ra it tay

f 54 bp

Pas

THE ANNALS

AND

| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. )

CONDUCTED BY

| CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Eso., M.A., F.B.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

| JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S. &.,

WILLIAM 8S. DALLAS, F.LS.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

307' aot

VOL. XII.—FOURTH SERIES.

REPL LL

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL,

AND CO.; KENT AND CO.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS :

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : ;

HODGES, FOSTER, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1873.

*‘Omnes res createe sunt divine sapientiz et potentia testes, divitize felicitatis

human :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomid in conseryatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper astimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Lrynvs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir quelle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruokner, Zhéoric du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

a .....,.. The sylvan powers

Gey our summons ; foe their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or licheng torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their seeret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

ft OD

4 /

, lo fo

CONTENTS OF VOL. XII.

[FOURTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER LXVII.

Page

I. On some Characters of Zingula anatina, illustrating the Study

of Fossil Palliobranchs. By Wititam Kriya, Sc.D., Professor of

Mineralogy and Geology in the Queen’s University, Ireland, and

Qucenms College; ‘Galway. (Plate Ula). te tn xc ci fate ges ve oiefe ess 4 1

II. On two new Species of Gumminee, with Special and General

Observations. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &c. (Plate L) ........ 17

IIL. A Catalogue of the Neuropterous Insects of New Zealand ;

with Notes, and Descriptions of new Forms. By Robert M‘Lacu-

TEIN) LESIDI S hehe oll tiles Ate tl Ura ar ath a Ara gle Al Aa Ee 30

IV. Description of two new Species of Bush-buck (Cephalophus)

fromm Western Africa By Dro J. EY Gray, FRG. &e) ee as. 42

V. Herpetological Notes. By A. W. E. O’Suaucunessy, Assistant

in the Natural-History Department, British Museum ............

VI. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera in the

Collection of the British Museum. By FrepEerick SMirH, Assistant

in the Zoological Department, British Museum ................4. 49

VII. On Nephropsis Stewarti, a new Genus and Species of Ma-

crurous Crustaceans, dredged in deep water off the Eastern Coast of

the Andaman Islands. By James Woop-MASON ..........++.. 59

VIII. Notes on some Mammalia from Fantee, including a new

Species of Macrorus. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e... 2.052005 0% 65

IX. Notes on the Family Chelydrade. By Dy. J. E. Gray,

1S] SAS peek A Lae 62 ie, Slo eae naa Pe RA NPR Rn 66

New Books :—First, Second, Third, and Fourth Annual Reports on

the Geological Survey of Indiana, made during the years

1869-72, by E. T. Cox, State Geologist, assisted by Messrs.

Bradley, Haymond, Levette, Collett, Hobbs, and Warder.

Ulustrated Guide to the Fish, Amphibian, Reptilian, and sup-

posed Mammalian Remains of the Northumberland Carboni-

ferous Strata, by T. P. Barkas, F.G.S.—The Physical Geology

and Geography of Great Britain, by A. C. Ramsay, LL.D.,

F.R.S., &.—The School Manual of Geology, by J. B. Jukes,

M.A., F.R.S., &g Second Edition, revised and enlarged ;

edited by “A. J. Jukes-Brown.—Geological Stories, ty J. E.

BR eSPLOS EGE AS i .feia\Aisic's w\a)s) 00's 4% Lddih doug etaMetert dfuh. 70—74

Note on the Scombrocottus salmoneus of Peters, and its identity with

Anoplopoma fimbria, by Theodore Gill, M.D., Ph.D. ; On the

Occurrence of Ligidiwm agile in Belgium, by M. F. Plateau ;

lV CONTENTS.

A Sponge on Hyalonema, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ;

On unequal Bivalve Shells, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ; The

Skeleton of Sphargis coriacea from Surinam, by Dr. Ferdinand

Krauss; The Deal-fish ( Zrachypterus arcticus) ; Damonia uni-

color, a new Species of Water-Tortoise from China, sent by Mr.

Swinhoe, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; A new and ingenious

American Move in the Game of Priority ; On Hylodes martini-

censis and its Metamorphoses, by M. Bayay; Mode of Walking

Page

ol:the Armadilloesstrsc¢e. ok bk we ioe eee ee Oe 74—80

NUMBER LXVIII.

X. On the Invertebrate Animals of the Baltic. By Prof. Karu

IMG DUIS SRI SS brcrtcne eta whee hs Risa batich\ofave oe ews cate Ne one Pee

XI. On some new Species of Stromatopora. By H. ALLEYNE

Nicuotson, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., &c., Professor of Natural History

in University College, Toronto. (Plate IV.)..............000005

XII. A Spheromid from Australia, and Arcturide from South

Africa. By the Rey. Tuomas R. R. Strppine, M.A (Plate III. A.)

XIII. On a new Species of Cellepora. By Epwarp ParFirt,

disq:. "(Plate Tit, Bowie ec ceuiaer spoke Skee cnn ele ae eee

XIV. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera in

the Collection of the British Museum. By Freprrick Sir,

Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum..........

XV. Notes on the Tortoises of the ‘Zoology of Mexico’ of MM.

A. Duméril and Bocourt. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &€.........

XVI. Answer to Dr. Stoliczka’s “ Notes on the Indian Species of

Theljphonus.” By A. G. Buruer, F.L:S., F.ZS8., &......-..20-«

XVII. A Monographie Revision of the Genus Phrynus, with De-

scriptions of Four remarkable new Species. By ArnTHUR GARDINER

Borie, FL.8.;20Z8., oc. (Plates, Vir & Vil)... ... sea eeee

XVIII. Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By

GrorRGE STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.S., and Davin RoBErtTson,

F.G.S.—No. VIII. On Marine Copepoda taken in the West of Ire-

land: i (Plates, VNU. & EX.) i. 5 jen Sap cie so os «tne ee

XIX. New Fishes from Angola. By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S...

XX. Notes on, and Descriptions of, some Lizards with Rudi-

mentary Limbs in the British Museum. By Dr. ALBerT GiNTHER,

FR.Ss Je chee aeteie geass ooh GAG 2102 2 he oe

XXI. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By H. W. Barss,

BLS. 5 ose onc eehiee beim ayo 68 3 ce ne ee ep Be oe

XXII. Notes on Chinese Mud-Tortoises (Trionychide), with the

Description of a new Species sent to the British Museum by Mr,

Swinhoe, and Observations on the Male Organ of this Fainily. By

Dri J. Gray, F.R.S. &c,..(PlatewValeee ees. 2 een ee

XXIII. On the Deer of the West Coast of South America, with

the Description of a new Species from Peru (Cervus Whitelyi). By

Dr. J; B. Gray JF R.S. &c,..ceeeeee ees sete: canal

109

114

117

142

145

148

156

161

CONTENTS.

Procaedingy’otttheshoyal Society i. 2... 0. eae oases 6%

Further Additions to the Ichthyological Fauna of Zanzibar, by Dr.

A. Giinther; On the Skull of the Spectacled Bear of Peru and

of the Helarctos from Malacca and Java, by Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S. &c.; On the Appearance of Danais Archippus in Aus-

tralia, by Frederick M‘Coy ; On the Habits of unequal Bivalve

Shells, by Philip B. Mason, M.R.C.S., F.L.S. ; On the Skeleton

of Kogia Macleay, by Dr. J. EK. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; A partial

Comparison of the Conchology of Portions of the Atlantic and

Pacific Coasts of North America, by Robert E. C. Stearns; The

Megalops Stage of Ocypoda, by 8. I. Smith; The Torpedo or

Electrical Ray, by R. Damon; On a Salamander (Svebo/dia)

from Shanghai, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; The Ribbon

BemitosoNlaska chy lls Gallas, 2.052 cst cavsedvasc no BORE Od Weed 182—188

NUMBER LXIX.

XXIV. On a new Species of Synocladia from the Carboniferous

Limestone Series of Midlothian. By R. Erueriper, Jun., F.G.S.

rear rts es reel tole a eo cee Wie eid sislepassfeicje wlaisieeanisia's woo % adie

XXV. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By H. W. Barss,

ra ese hy ers A hare ols a aio Sctcrs tals adalat ITE a ctats

XXVI. On the Primary Divisions of the Brachiopods. By Tuxo-

TG Ce (SOL ie BI) A oe Bee Se eee a es ee

XXVII. Notes on the Siliceous Spicules of Sponges, and on their

Division into Types. By Dr. J. E.Gray, FURS. &e. 2s... 0.0 +s!

XXVIII. Note respecting the Tracheal Pouch of the Emu. By

Mitten Covcutrey, M.B., Demonstrator of Anatomy, Liverpool

egal Inficmary School,of Medicine, arsjaie| ose alo sie « apsiaiee le sla

XXIX. List of Lepidoptera in a small Collection sent from Peru

by Mr. Whitely, with Descriptions of the new Species. By ARTHUR

Gamomacm purer, FL.S., HiZ.5., Gos 6,6. <<. «cen ae vhefelo de oe 6s

XXX. Additions to the Australian Curculionde. Part V. By

DP NIE EAM Sole (Chas. 108] ORS Ba Ce ee y

XXXI. Report on a Collection of Fishes from China. By Dr.

ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S., Assistant Keeper of the Zoological

Derantment, Brreist MuUseurie sy. clei ste 2. 5/<.0)2)s's\-iehelaye cho vib' ewe sitice « y

XXXII. Remarks on certain Species of Mollusca described and

figured in the ‘ Microdoride Mediterranea’ of Prof.O. G. Costa. By

fies Warquis Dic, MONTHROSATO: Giteit Ss ccc ee ss ccs se nels

XXXUI. On the Black and Ashy-grey Double-horned Asiatic

Rhinoceroses (Ceratorhinus sumatrensis, C. niger, and C. lasiotis).

Peper detent Avy. WeR SS SC. Tarctetale cideiciaics «ies o's asus cade

XXXIV. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera in

the Collection of the British Museum, and of a Species of the rare

Genus Iswara belonging to the Family Dorykde. By Freprrick

SmiruH, Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British

MVETRSSLOA MENG SMAI P Nai Neh talestitahina sc so ot odd ila oh MARRS aha yee ae eK

New Books :—Researches in Zoology, illustrative of the Structure,

Habits, and Economy of Animals, by John Blackwall, F.L.S.—

203

251

252

253

vi CONTENTS.

Page

On some Remarkable Forms of Animal Life from the Great

Deep off the Norwegian Coast, by George Ossian Sars .... 260, 261

On Noetiluca miliaris, Sur., by M. L. Cienkowski; Natal Sponges, by

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R. 8. ke. : ; Notes on a new African Squirrel

from Gaboon, “by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c. ; Note on a Speci-

men of Macroxus annulatus, vay. ” Fr eret, from Zanzibar, by Dr.

J. E. Gray, F.R.S., &c.; Habit of Pandora, by Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S. &e.; On the Genus Oceanapia, Norman (Rhizochalina of

Oscar Schmidt), by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; Sponges from

Ceylon, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.; On Ursus euryrhinus,

Nilsson, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; File-fish (Balistes

capriscus) at_ Weymouth, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; Ne-

cessity of a Common Language j in Natural Science, by Prof. T.

Rorell, of Wipsala.. cc.cecs sos Beceem ee 262—268

NUMBER LXx.

XXXYV,. On a remarkable Fish of the Family of Sturgeons disco-

vered by M. A. P. Fedchenko in the River Suir-dar. By K. F.

MGS eRe SO On pip nor he Oba ae Mae OME SEDO DARD O nabs. 3° 269

XXXVI. Note on Scaphirhynchus Fedtschenkot. By Dr. ALBERT

GUNTHER, FARIS. * ceo hi iinchet a aie wletstelp clef diatelel idle teehee 277

_ XXXVII. Additions to the Australian Curculionide. Part V.

by PRANCIS PD. PASCOR, HAS. :Qes..aits ost obs 2) 3 cee eee 278

XXXVIII. On Archediscus Karreri, a new Type of Carboniferous

Foraminifera. By Henry B. Brapy, F.L.S., F.G.S. (Plate XI.) .. 286

XXXIX. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera

in the Collection of the British Museum. By FREDERICK SMITH,

Assistant in the Zoological Department of the Museum .......... 291

XL. On the Amount of Substance-waste undergone by Insects in

the Pupal State; with Remarks on Papilio Ajax. By RAPHAEL

Men nOvAas IGS: + at.0.5.:s7ctate rat eter tes ei ats eae te 5 Sie ois < race ee 301

XLI. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By H. W. Batss,

OMENS agers tse ats a Fataral ates 'alore taslcfa a narstt lapeiede also rtm iets tole sos ate 308

XLII. Additional Notes on the Form of the Bones in the Sternum

of very young Tortoises, and their Development. By Dr. J. EK. Gray,

FURS eer (Plate: MEL) oases... es e122 Be 319

XLII. On Spontaneous Division in the Echinodermata and other

Rediatas (By @r. 0. 2 GDUTKEN 0... 0. oe oe eee 323

New Books :—Jottings during the Cruise of H.M.S. Curacgoa among

the South-Sea Islands in 1865, by Julius L. Brenchley, M. A,

EVR.GS. oo te ceieiici rs cist + cies > sini: es ei ae 337

On a new Species of Bubaline (Alcelaphus tora) from Abyssinia, by

Dr. J. EK. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ; On Rhopalorhynchus Kréyeri, a new

Genus and Species of Pycnogonida, by James Wood-Mason, of

Queen’s College, Oxford; On the Development of Distomwm

nodulosum, by O. yon Linstow ; Manufactured Glassrope, by Dr.

J. E. Gray, ERS. &c. ; ; Note’ on certain Species of Phasmide

hitherto referred to the Genus Baewllus, by James Wood- Mason,

of Queen's College, Oxford 2eaere.: !. 1.) wens eek 341-347

CONTENTS.

NUMBER LXXI.

XLIV. On the Hexactinellide and Lithistide generally, and par-

ticularly on the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and Farree, together

with Facts elicited from their Deciduous Structures, and Descrip-

tions respectively of three new Species. By H. J. Carrer, F.RS.

Vil

Page

Beem Oa te MPN Vie Soren scste opt tm tiedeie, 3 ovdia oo Didi tn tet atone MOhass 349

XLV. On three new Species of Birds from Chefoo (North China).

By Rosert Swinuor, H.B.M. Consul at Chefoo.............+4. 378

XLVI. On a Collection of Fishes from Chefoo, North China. By

Preteen GUNTHER, PRS. c1 cco de dvd de cdeddavaccsucedu 377

XLVI. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By H. W. Bates,

Lui. Shy AVG See Or Ge On ME aL. ae aa ae enka 380

XLVIIL. On Spontaneous Division in the Echinodermata and other

Tradintaoeyo Dr. C. WORE. io a. vib. toe soe tee oc's tn be eleyee 391

XLIX. Notes on some New-Zealand Fishes. By F. W. Hutton,

Crea DS oe A cass a clare otey bie Sahel ale ales seat clone Naa Sa Awe otebalaiars 400

L. Description of a new Species of Freshwater Crayfish from New

Zealand. 1 By E,W. Hourron, F.G.S., C.MAZS:: 600. ese eh eet 402

LI. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera in the

Collection of the British Museum. By FrepericK Smiru, Assistant

in the Zoological Department of the British Museum ............

LIT. Notes on the Rats; with the Description of some new Species

ab.

from Panama and the Aru Islands. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c... 416

New Books :—The Sea and its Living Wonders; a Popular Account

of the Marvels of the Deep, and of the Progress of Maritime

Discovery from the earliest ages to the present time, by Dr. G.

Hartwig.—Outlines of Natural History for Beginners, being

Descriptions of a Progressive Series of Zoological Types, by

H. Alleyne Nicholson, M.D. &e.—Endomycici Recitati: A Cata-

logue of the Endomycici, &c., with Descriptions of New Species

and Notes, by Henry Stephen Gorham, Vicar of Shipley,

SHUESOR . G8 oc HO ORI 0 Be ee ee no 419—421

On the Respiratory Organs of the Araneida, by Dr. P. Bertkau; Mi-

grations of Danais Archippus, by Georg Semper ; On the Change

of Form of the Lachrymal Pit during Growth in the Skulls of

the Bush-boks (Cephalophus) and Muntjacs (Cervulus), by Dr.

J. E. Gray, F.R.S.; New Species of Shells, by F. P. Marrat ;

On the Wood-Deer of Brazil (Blastocerus sylvestris), by Dr.

J. E. Gray, F.R.S.; Dolphins from the Cape of Good Hope, by

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; Experiments on the Scolex of

Tena mediocanellata, by M. Saint-Cyr; On a new Genus and

Species of the Family Trochilide, by John Gould, F.R.S. &e. ;

On the Zoological Position and Function of the Parasitic Acarina

called -Hypopes, by M. Mégnin .,...0 stein «hsaoeee 422—499

NUMBER LXXILI.

LIT. On the Protection of Pollen from Premature Dislodgment

Se ero T aS Ey NE tA. ICERNER . 7; ... 2:5 sn oseemeen ot kee se.

LIV. On the Hexactinellidee and Lithistidee generally, and

vill CONTENTS.

Page

particularly on the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and Farree, toge-

ther with Facts elicited from their Deciduous Structures, and

Descriptions respectively of three new Species. By H. J. Carrer,

URS. Ge. ale dsacace omsorssngeei ee ase idee a Sad le 437

LV. Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Heteromera, chiefly

from New Zealand and New Caledonia, together with a Revision of

the Genus Hypauax and a Description of an allied New Genus from

Colombia." By FREDERICK BATES) 4. 5)... §/- bc bl- 1e.nitt lalate ee 472

LVI. On the Great Northern Falcons. By ALFRED NEwTON,

M.A., F.R.S., &c.

LVI. Descriptions of three new Species of Asiatic Birds. By

Anrmun, ‘Viscount WALDEN, P.Z.S., FR.S.5 SC... <0 ea. ae to eee 487

LVIII_ Reply to Dr. J. E. Gray’s Observations on certain

Species of Sponges described in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoolo-

gical Society’ for 1873. By Dr. J. S. BowerBank, F.R.S. &c..... 488

New Books :—Andrew Garrett’s ‘Fische der Siidsee,’ beschrieben

und redigirt von Albert C. L. G. Giinther.—The Recent and

Fossil Foraminifera of Belgium, by MM. H. J. Miller and E.

Vanden (Brocele..j.%i:cac. ba cee ae ee eee er eee 491—494

Mr. Albany Hancock ; On a Variety of Chersina angulata, by Dr. J.

E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; Fertilization of Pedicularis canadensis, by

Mr. Thomas Meehan; Fertilization of Pedicularis canadensis,

by Mr. Gentry ; Bos brachyceros, the West-African Buffalo, and

the Dwarf Buffalo of Pennant, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. Xe. ;

On the Vascular System of the Ascidia, by Prof. C. Heller. .495—501

nd Ox vs .6% oak acide Hows etd deh ate ie ee Oe Te oe 502

PLATES IN VOL. XII.

PiaTE I. New Species of Gumminere.

Il. Structure of Lingula anatina.

Ill. New Crustaceans.—New Species of Cellepora.

IV. New Species of Stromatopora.

V. Oscaria Swinhoei.

vin pew Species of Phrynus.

i ee Marine Copepoda.

X. New Species of Synocladia.

XI. Archeediscus Karreri.

XII. Sterna of young Tortoises.

XII.

XIV.

eS Structure of the Hexactinellide and Lithistide.

XVI}

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. ]

CELE CF BORICH per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl. 1.

No. 67. JULY 1873.

I.—On some Characters of Lingula anatina, dlustrating

the Study of Fossil Palliobranchs. By WIiLuLtIAM KING,

Sc.D., Professor of Mineralogy and Geology in the Queen’s

University, Ireland, and Queen’s College, Galway.

[Plate II.]

THE investigations which have led to the preparation of the

present paper were begun with in order to ascertain the

relationship between Lingula and Trimerella—a poimt which

Mr. Davidson and myself considered necessary to be deter-

mined before completing the memoir we have in hand on the

family typified by the last-named genus *.

* Vide Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, x. p. 248.

I much regret that, owing to the distance by which we are separated, it

was impossible for my friend and colleague, Mr. T. Davidson, F.R.S., to join

with me in the investigations detailed in this paper. He has, however,

aided me to such an extent that had it been otherwise the paper certainly

would never have appeared. After much correspondence and trouble, he

at last succeeded in procuring a number of specimens of Lingula anatina

reserved in spirits. Some were supplied by Dr. L. de Koninck, Pro-

essor in the University of Liége ; and others by Dr. C. Semper, Professor

in the University of Wiirzburg, Bavaria, and Dr. G. Lindstrém, of

Wisby, Gothland. To these gentlemen we join in recording our sincere

thanks for their kind favours. We also feel it necessary to acknowledge

our obligations to Prof. A. E. Verrill, of Yale College, for his valuable

present of «a bottle containing several fine specimens of Discina lamellosa

and Terebratulina septentrionalis, These specimens have greatly assisted

me in my researches on Lingula.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 1

2 Prof. W. King on some

Notwithstanding that several highly valuable papers have

appeared on the shell and animal of Lingula anatina*, my

investigations have not been unsuccessful in bringing to light

certain characters that have apparently escaped the notice of

previous observers, or have been insufficiently understood by

them. ‘These and other characters are of so much importance

in elucidating the shells of some imperfectly known fossils as

to induce me to make them known to paleontologists.

Few, if any, shells exceed in interest those belonging to the

genus Lingula. Occurring in rocks that were formed in what

may be regarded in the present stage of geology as the oldest

life-period of our planet, and being represented in every rock-

system, as well as in existing seas, while most of its con-

* Mr. Davidson has kindly furnished me with most of the items of the

following list of authors who have contributed to elucidate the anatomy

of Lingula. I have made a few additions to the list, principally of

authors who have described either fossil or recent species of the genus,

BrueurérE. This author established the genus Lingula in the Encyclop.

Méthodique, 1789.

Cuvier. “ Mémoire sur les Lingules,” Mém. du Muséum, vol. i., 1802.

Lamarck. Animaux sans Vertébres, tome vi., 1819.

OwEN. Transactions of the Zoological Society, vol. i., 1825.

Voet. ‘Anatomie der Lingula anatina,’ Neue Denkschriften der all-

gemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fiir die gesammte Wissen-

schaften, Bd. vii., 1843.

Sowerby, G. B. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, 1846: recent Lingulas.

OweEN. In Davidson’s ‘Introduction to the British Fossil Brachiopoda ;’

Monograph of the Paleontographical Society, 1853,

Huxiry. Proceedings of the Royal Society, vol. viii., 1854.

Woopwarp. Manual of Mollusca, 1864.

OwEN. Lectures on the Invertebrate Animals, 2nd edition, 1855,

Hancock. Transactions of the Royal Society, vol. exlviii. 2nd part,

1855.

Gratroxet (P.). “ Etudes anatomiques sur la Lingule anatine ;” Journal

de Conchyliologie, 1860.

ReEEvE. Conchologia Iconica, 1861: recent Lingulas.

Semper. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, vols. xi, and xiv.,

1860, 1864.

Apams. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xi., 1863: Japanese Lingulas.

Davinson. Palzeontographical Soc. Monographs; British Fossil Brachio-

poda: Lingulas.

Morse. American Journal of Science, vol. 1., 1870.

Datu. American Journal of Conchology, vol. vi. part i., 1870.

Davipson. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1871:

Japanese Lingulas.

Hau. Notes on some new or imperfectly known Forms’ among the

Brachiopoda, &e., 1872: Lower Paleeozoic Lingulas.

Other authors, as De Blainville, Deshayes, Captain King, Stimpson,

Hinds, Broderip, and Salter, have more or less contributed information on

Lingula. Bonin and Vivier are cited by Semper; but I have not been

able to ascertain any thing respecting their work, except that it is

anatomical.

Characters of Lingula anatina. 3

temporary allies have become extinct, the genus may be looked

upon as the longest-lived one of its class that isknown. Still

the remarkable fact is, that its various species do not offer, as in

many other cognate genera, any striking variations of form ;

indeed it has been stated, though incorrectly, that certain

existing species are undistinguishable from, or identical with,

others characterizing different geological periods down to the

Cambrians *.

Another subject of interest attached to the study of Lingula

is, that throughout its entire existence the shell-substance of

its various species has remained constantly and essentially

corneous, the mineral, but more subordinate, constituents of

this substance being principally phosphate of lime. In

another corneous genus, Discina, there are the same paucity

of striking test-features, and a 7éle of equal duration. How

different with the calcareous genera—for the most part short-

lived, and marked with great diversity of specific forms !

The great pallial interspace, answering to the general cavity

of the shell, is divided into three different compartments,

each characterized by special features.

-1. The most important compartment occupies a considerable

portion of the posterior half of the shell-cavity, is bounded by

a highly muscular wall or parietal band (figs. 1 & 2,0), and

contains all the viscera, including the muscles. I propose to

name this division the splanchnoccele t, or visceral chamber.

With the exception of its frontal portion, which is prolonged

in the dorsal valve (fig. 2; and fig 3, A), the anterior half of

the present compartment is the widest, approaching to nearly

the lateral shell-margins. Its posterior half is much reduced in

width by a considerable incurvation of the corresponding

portions of the wall: and its frontal prolongation causes the

anterior outline to differ in the two valves—it being long and

tapering in the dorsal, and obtusely rounded, with a slight

median point, in the pedicle- or ventral one (fig. 1; and fig. 3, B).

The differences in the outline of the chamber suggest the

propriety of dividing its parietal band into four portions—

posterior, post-lateral, ante-lateral, and anterior.

2. The anterior half of the pallial interspace is open all round

(sides and front) except at its back, which is formed by the

anterior parietal. It encloses the arms or brachial appendages

* Mr. Davidson, who has been erroneously credited with this state-

ment, has not gone beyond expressing that ‘many fossil forms resemble

in contour such shells as the large LZ. tumida, L. ovalis, and L. anatina.”

See Brit. Silurian Brachiopoda, p. 34.

+ From splanchna, internal parts, and celia, cavity.

4 Prof. W. King on some

(fig. 2, 7), and may therefore be called the brachioccele * or

brachial chamiber. Its upper and under surfaces (dorsal and

ventral lobes of the pallium or mantle) are highly vascular.

3. The sides of the splanchnoccele in its posterior half, as

just stated, are rather strongly incurved, giving rise to two

lateral spaces (fig. 1; & fig. 2, m), each bounded at the back or

inner side by a post-latero-parietal, but open in front or the

side corresponding with the adjacent margin of the shell. Pos-

sessing no special feature, I propose to give the name pleuro-

cocles | to these spaces, simply from their position as side

chambers. The two lobes of the mantle forming their upper

and under surfaces are highly vascular.

The organs contained in the different chambers of most

importance in the present paper are those that lie next to, or

are inserted in, the valves—namely, the parietal band, shell-

muscles, liver, genitalia, and some others; in addition to

which the setal band and pedicle require to be described.

Parietal band (b).—The anterior portion, as already re-

marked, passes much further forward in the dorsal than in the

ventral valve: it slopes backward from the former to the

latter. Elsewhere the band passes directly or vertically be-

tween the valves. The incurvation of the post-lateral portions

is somewhat the deepest in the dorsal valve: these portions

are thicker and more muscular than the others.

In the dorsal valve there are two curving laminar muscular

processes (fig. 2, 4), each running somewhat vertically from

the inner face of the ante-latero-parietals to the medio-

longitudinal line of the shell. Huxley has named their

homologues in Terebratula the gastro-parietal bands.

Liver (c).—This occupies the anterior portion of the splanch-

noceele. Its surface-area is smallest in the pedicle-valve, and

centrally situated. In the dorsal valve the corresponding area

is more expanded, reaching nearly to the ante-latero-parietals :

it is divided rather deeply, and in the transverse direction, by

the gastro-parietal bands ; while the resulting anterior division

in its middle line is slightly grooved by the posterior portion

of a medio-longitudinal shelly plate (fig. 2, s), which belongs

to the interior of the valve.

Genitalia (d).—These, which occupy the remaining portion

of the splanchnoccele, are distinguished from the liver by a

larger pattern of granulation.. Their largest surface-area is in

the ventral valve.

As made known by previous observers, the mouth is

situated in the prolongation of the anterior parietal at a little

* From brachion, arm.

+ From pleura, side.

Characters of Lingula anatina. 5

distance from the dorsal valve. The cesophagus, which passes

between two muscles that attach themselves to the median

shell-plate, is imbedded in the anterior division of the liver.

The stomach, also similarly imbedded, is in connexion with

the gastro-parietal band. The intestinal canal runs directly

backward through the liver and genitalia: arrived at the

posterior part of the splanchnoccele, and after making a few

Hexures, vertical and horizontal, it emerges at the ventral

surface of the genitalia: next, running forward alongside the

right post-latero-parietal *, it reaches the hind part of the

adjacent ante-latero-parietal, penetrating this wall as a vent

(tig. 1, f).

Shell-muscles. — There are five pairs, and an odd one.

Three pairs (7, &, 7) are lateral, having their members limited

to the sides of the shell. One pair is ¢transmedian (7), each

member passing across the middle to reverse sides of the shell.

One pair (h) has its members confined to nearly the central

region. ‘I'he odd muscle (g) occupies the umbonal cavity.

Lateral muscles—In the dorsal valve one pair (/), which

may be termed the anterior, is attached to the median plate, a

member passing from each of its sides to the corresponding

one in the opposite valve, where the splanchnoccele is widest.

The second or outside pair (/) in the ventral valve has each

member passing from the outer side of the central muscles to

the same side in the dorsal valve, close to the posterior half

of the ante-latero-parietal, and in the widest part of the

splanchnoceele. ‘The third or middle pair (&) springs from the

ventral valve between the central muscles, each member

passing to its corresponding side in the opposite valve, in-

creasing much in size in the passage, and becoming inserted

in front of, and inwardly to, the attachments of the muscles

belonging to the last pair.

Transmedian muscles (¢).—In the dorsal valve both members

of this pair are implanted in the widest part of the splanchno-

coele, one on the inner side of, and immediately adjacent to, the

termination of the laterals & and /. Passing backward, each

member crosses diagonally to the reverse side of the ventral

valve ; but while one preserves its unity, and terminates by

inserting itself near the middle of the lett post-latero-parietal,

the other is divided in its passage, a division becoming

* In explanation of the terms right and left side, it is necessary to state

that in placing either of the valves with its interior upward, and its beak

nearest to the observer, the latter part is to be considered the posterior

end, and the opposite margin the anterior end: this makes the side

corresponding with the right hand fhe right one, and its opposite the

left one.

6 Prof. W. King on some

inserted near the posterior, and another near the anterior, end

of the opposite and corresponding parietal. The divided

member embraces the undivided one.

The wmbonal (figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, & 5, g) and central (h) muscles

do not require any further description.

Lingula differs widely in its muscular system from most

other Palliobranchs. The wnbonal, if, as suggested by some,

it really be two muscles that have become united, may be

homologous with the posterior adductors in Discina. ‘There is

some probability that the centrals correspond to the only pair

of adductors or valvulars occurring in the Terebratulids and

Rhynchonellids. The daterals appear to have little in common,

except their distinctive position, with either the pedicle or the

cardial muscles in the last-named families. As to the

transmedians, they. are essentially distinct from every muscle

of other genera, even the allied Discena *—none in the latter

ever connecting the two valves by their reverse or opposite sides.

It may be assumed that the central and umbonal muscles

(g, h) effect the direct closing and opening of the shell,

and that the laterals (7, %, 7) enable the valves to move

forward or backward on each other: but with respect to the

transmedians (¢), it is difficult to conceive otherwise than that

they allow the similar extremities (the rostral) of the

valves to turn from each other to the nght, or the left, on an

axis subcentrally situated—that is, between the anterior at-

tachments of these muscles a little behind the medio-transverse

line of the dorsal valve. Still there are two important

points, seemingly opposed to this view, that require to be

considered.

Thus the position of the umbonal muscle appears to be

capable of preventing any lateral displacement of the valves at

* I may on a future occasion describe the myology, and some other

characters, of this interesting shell, as there is much to be added to, or

amended in, the description given of it in papers already published. At

present I may merely mention that the two small muscles inserted in the

convex valve of Discina, between the adductors, appear to be the homo-

logues of the cardinals, discovered by Quenstedt in Rhynchonella (pub.

1835), and by myself, without knowing the latter fact, in Waldheimia

(pub. 1848). It would thus appear that Discina is closer in this respect

to the Terebratulids and Rhynchonellids than to Zingula, in which

these muscles are absent.

+ Cuvier, in the ‘Mémoires du Muséum,’ vol. i. p. 69, 1802, was the

first to notice the peculiar muscular character of Lingula. The muscles

acting separately, he states, would be able to slide the valves in all

directions ; but he does not mention the precise mode of action of the

transmedian muscles. The “sliding” motion of the valves has been

strongly contested of late years ; neyertheless, as will shortly be seen, the

Cuvierlan view is undoubtedly the Fie one.

Characters of Lingula anatina. 7

the posterior end of the shell; but the objection seems to be

met by the fact that this muscle is to some extent relaxable,

as I have had no difficulty in turning aside the beak of either

valve. Further, it might with some reason be assumed that

the rostral extremity of the non-pedicle- or unattached valve

possesses the greatest freedom of lateral motion; but the

assumption requires the posterior terminations of the trans-

median muscles to be inserted in the corresponding region of

the valve: the contrary, however, is the fact. It is highly

probable that careful observations on the habits of the animal

of Lingula will remove these two objections: but whatever

value attaches to them, or to the mode in which it has been

attempted to diminish their force as a counter argument, I do

not hesitate to regard the valvular movements, just contended

for, to be quite in unison with the following facts :—

The umbonal muscle (g) is in no way fettered by the

pedicle, or any other part. The shell is not only edentulous,

but its hinge-margins are widely and totally separated from

each other. ‘The beaks have their margins persistently apart,

even when the umbonal muscle is most rigid. The post-

latero-parietals are highly muscular, necessarily permitting an

unusual play of motion between the valves at their posterior

extremity. The ordinary muscles (A, 7, &, /), principally, are

limited to the middle third of the valves—not, as in most

Palliobranchs, to their posterior half. All these structural

peculiarities are reciprocally related, and they are strictly

consistent with the office herein ascribed to the transmedian

muscles*.

* It will be seen by a reference to the ‘American Journal of Science,’

vol. 1. pp. 103, 1870, that I am incomplete accordance with the observa-

tions of Mr. Morse, who has observed living specimens of Lingula

pyramidata, Stimpson, with the valves divaricated laterally at both ends,

the axis of motion being evidently located near the centre of the shell.

The idea with me was first suggested by Mr. Morse’s observations,

Since the above was written 1 have been favoured by Mr, Davidson

with an English translation of extracts from the “ Reisebericht” of

Professor C. Semper, published in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche

Zoologie,’ vol. xi. 1860, and vol. xiv. 1864. Semper, who had favour-

able opportunities while residing at Zamhuanga, in South America, for

studying living specimens of Lingula anatina, I find has anticipated the

above observations by Morse. In the last of the volumes cited he

mentions that it is “the habit of the animal of this species to displace

the valves sideways when it is about to open them, This is never done

suddenly or by jerks. The valves are at first always several times pushed

to one side and back again on each other, at the same time opening

eradually till at last they rest opposite to each other and widely apart.”

Some sketches sent by Dr. Semper to Mr. Davidson show the two valves

crossing each other with a slight obliquity, as in Mr. Morse’s figures.

Neither of these observers, however, enters into any explanation as to how

the lateral displacements are effected.

8 Prof. W. King on some

The various muscles, including the parietals, produce scars,

often well seen in the valves of recent Lingulas. The scars

are occasionally liable to become raised at their margin, giving

them the appearance of individualized muscular fulera or myo-

phores. A specimen before me has the scar of one of the post-

Jatero-parietals with its inner margin completely raised in the

form of a plate. Such cases are evidently of abnormal forma-

tion ; but they explain the origin of what may be assumed as

normal cases—for example, Lingula albida*, in which there

are two of the same kind of plates. The attachments of the

gastro-parietal bands produce in the dorsal valve two transverse

impressions (corresponding to t), each of which passes behind one

of the central muscle-scars, with a slight undulation, to nearly

the middle line of the shell. In Leptena analoga the myophore

of the dorsal valve has a transverse laminar division, inter-

rupted in the middle, which might be taken for the fulerum of

the gastro-parietal bands ; but this view could only be correct

if the muscle-scars in the fossil referred to were, as in

Lingula, situated in front of the laminar division, which is not

the case.

As the shell-muscles of Lingula differ so widely from those

characterizing most Palliobranchs, it cannot be expected that

many fossils of the kind should exhibit scars indicating their

possession of a similar myology. The remains of extinet

species of Lingula occasionally show the characteristic scars,

as may be seen by referring to Mr. Davidson’s figure of

Lingula Lewisii}. In this species, however, the central

muscles appear to be situated much further back than in L.

anatina. So far my researches have failed in detecting in

fossil Palliobranchs any scars that have been produced by

muscles homologous with the transmedians of Lingula.

In comparison with the splanchnoccele of the Terebratulids

and other shells allied to them, that of Léngula is not only more

voluminous, but it has much thicker walls. In the former the

parietals, being membranous and extremely thin §, leave little

* Glottidia albida of Dall (see ‘American Journal of Conchology,’ vol. vi.

p- 157, pl. viii. fig. 2).

+ King, ‘Monograph of Permian Fossils,’ pl. xx. fig. 7.

{ British Silurian Brachiopoda, pl. iii. figs. 5 & 6.

§ The membranous parietals in the Terebratulids are occasionally

strengthened by calcareous plates, so much so in Terebratulina caput-

serpentis that they are crowded and beautifully tessellated with radial

forms of the latter, as is also the case in the exposed or outer layer of

the mantle where it covers the ovaries. It would therefore not surprise

me to find that in some fossil species the visceral organs had been more

or less protected by completely calcified parietes. My colleague and self,

it is probable, may succeed in showing that the curious internal structures

occurring in the typical Trimerellas served as receptacles for certain

viscera,

Characters of Lingula anatina. 9

or no impressions ; and it is the same in a number of extinct

families ; from which it may be concluded that the relation of

the latter to the Lingulids must be remote.

One reason why the splanchnoccele of Lingula is much larger

than usual is that it contains the genitalia. These organs, or

perhaps more correctly the ovaries, in the Terebratulids &e.

are for the most part located in the brachioccele, leaving impres-

sions occasionally beautifully displayed in fossils; as may be seen

in Davidson’s figures of Orthis Bailyana, O. rustica, O. calli-

gramma*, and several others, also in some recent species.

The ovaries are generally located on each side of the splanch-

noceele ; it might therefore be inferred that the spaces similarly

situated in certain fossils, as the T'rimerellids, were the seat

of these organs. Judging, however, from what is seen in

Lingula, the spaces referred to may with more reason be taken

to represent the pleurocceles.

Brachiocele or brachial chamber.—The anterior prolonga-

tion of the dorsal surface of the splanchnoccele causes this

chamber to be much smaller in the dorsal than in the ventral

valve. Its most prominent contents are the brachial append-

ages (fig. 2, 7), which are spiral, and originate in the anterior

parietal, nearer to the dorsal than the ventral valve. The

point or apex of the spiral is turned or directed toward the

ventral valve, as in other recent Palliobranchs. The arms are

too much removed from the inner surface of either valve to

produce any impression, as is the case im certain fossils,

notably Davidsonia Verneuilit, Productus giganteus}t, and

Strophomena Jukesii§. If similar impressions occurred in

Lingula they would of course show that the arms had been

turned towards the ventral valve: it is remarkable, however,

that in the fossils referred to these organs appear to have

been turned towards the opposite or dorsal valve.

The mantle-lobes forming the dorsal (upper) and ventral

(under) surfaces of the chamber are well characterized by the

vascular system. Both lobes are traversed by a pair of

primary vessels (p) that run forward from the anterior parietal,

a member from each of its sides: gradually approximating in

their progress, without becoming united, they terminate, the

dorsal pair at about a quarter of an inch, and the ventral pair

at about twice this distance, from the margins of the chamber.

* British Silurian Brachiopods, pl. xxix. fig. 20, pl. xxxiv. fig. 16,

pl. xxxv. fig. 12.

+ Davidson, ‘ Introduction to Fossil Brachiopoda,’ pl. viii. figs. 187 &

88.

: ; King, ‘ Monograph of Permian Fossils,’ pl. xix. fig. 2.

§ Davidson, ‘ Monograph of British Silurian Brachiopoda,’ pl. xxxvii.

figs. 25 & 26.

10 Prof. W. King on some

From their inner side numerous secondary vessels (g) strike

inwardly, with a backward curve, and meet in the middle line

of the valves: others, larger than the latter (g), run off

from the outer side of the primaries in an oblique forward

direction, and parallel to one another; but they become sud-

denly and simultaneously constricted, and next somewhat

rapidly attenuated, before reaching the shell-margins. Both

the primaries and secondaries are slightly branched in the

middle of the anterior part of the brachioccele. The constric-

tion of the outgoing secondaries forms a line (v) which runs

round the margins from one side to the other of the anterior

parietal: here the line is about an eighth of an inch from the

margins, which distance is gradually increased to a quarter of

an inch at the front. Both sets of secondary vessels give the

interior of the pallial lobes a strongly plicated or ribbed

character.

At its departure from the anterior parietal, each of the

primary vessels sends off direct to the margin one or more

branches, which, instead of stopping suddenly, like the outgoing

secondaries, are abruptly turned backward, passing along the

narrow space on the outside of the ante-latero-parietals, and

entering the pleurocceles. These branches will be noticed

again shortly.

The vessels of the brachioccele, though prominent, do not

produce such strong impressions on the inner surface of the

valves as might be expected. Corresponding impressions are

often more marked in recent Terebratulids, &c.; and they are

frequently beautifully displayed in various species of extinct

genera. The specimen of Orthis striatula* originally be-

longing to Dr. de Koninck, and now in the British Museum,

and several other fossils that have been figured by Davidson,

show them very distinctly; also Leptena analogat, and

Camarophoria multiplicatat. In the last fossil the vascular

impressions even show a median line, which seems to corre-

spond with the mid rib inside the vessels in Lingula §.

Pleuroceles or side chambers.— Reverting to the main

* Introduction to Fossil Brachiopoda, pl. vii. fig. 133.

+ Monograph of Permian Fossils, pl. xx. figs. 6 & 7.

{ Ibid. pl. viii. figs. 6 & 7.

§ The mid rib is the septum of Semper, who has discovered that on

one side of it the blood flows forward, and on the other side backward.

Failing to detect any contractile organs, or the so-called “ hearts,” and

from certain evidences, he is of opinion that the circulation of the blood

is effected by the action of cilia lining the inside of the vessels. Each of

the primary vessels appears to be divided at its origin. Assuming this

interpretation to be correct, and adopting Semper’s opinion, one division

may serve for the outflowing, and the other for the inflowing current.

Characters of Lingula anatina. tt

branches of the primary vessels that pass backward external

to the ante-latero-parietals,—on entering the present compart-

ments they separate a little, and pass on, anastomosing here

and there, to the posterior part of the valves. Both on their

inner and outer sides spring a number of offshoots: the outer

pass direct tothe pallial margins; and the inner (7), some curving

backward, and others forward, pass to the post-latero-parietals.

The main branches define, as it were, the outer boundary of

each pleuroccele ; while the inner offshoots are often sufficiently

prominent to give an irregularly puckered character to its

upper and under (pallial) surfaces.

The next structure to be described may be not inappro-

priately introduced under the present head, though it belongs

equally to the brachioccele.

Both pallial lobes have a slightly raised flattened band (w)

from an eighth to a quarter of an inch in width, the widest

part being in front: it runs round the pallial margins, from

which its outer edge (w) is distant about one sixteenth of an

inch. ‘The attachment of the band is strongest at its inner

edge (which nearly corresponds with the line of vascular con-

striction, v): the outer edge, somewhat thickened or corded, is so

slightly attached that there is no difficulty, by inserting a fine

blade underneath, in separating it from the mantle; while

further inward the attachment is even slighter, permitting the

band to be raised in its entire width except along its imner

edge. Numerous long sete are well known to characterize

the pallial margins of the Palliobranchs. In Lingula these

parts (z) have their basal portion, about one third of their length,

imbedded in the band: they pass nearly to its inner edge, and

lie so close to each other, side by side, as to form a divisional

plane or an upper layer in it. On raising the upper layer,

the cause of its slight attachment is at once perceived ; for the

sete are tied down to the mantle only along the base of the

corded margin of the band.

Although the setal band, as it may be termed, runs along

the pallial margins in their entire extent, the course of the

sete in the ventral valve is interrupted in one part—that is, in

the region of the pedicle (figs. 1 & 4) : there is no interruption in

the opposite part of the dorsal valve*. The band in both

valves gradually thickens on approaching the hinge; at which

part it is puckered, and somewhat reduced in width (fig. 4, w),

the incrassation giving it a prominent appearance. In the

ventral valve, where the sete are interrupted, the attachment

of the outer edge is discontinued (fig. 3, u), the band being

* In Discina lamellosa the sete are not interrupted in either valve.

12 Prof. W. King on some

simply attached by its inner edge, now widened, to the narrow

space between the root of the pedicle and the postparietal.

In the pleurocceles the inner edge of the setal band corre-

sponds to some extent with the line formed by the main

posterior branches of the vascular system ; consequently both

structures contribute to form the outer boundary of these

chambers. In the brachioccele the same edge (v) is In im-

mediate connexion with the line formed by the constriction of

the outgoing secondary vessels (v) ; and it becomes thicker and

more prominent, appearing as if irregularly frilled, in passing

to the front of the valves. The rapidly attenuated vessels,

previously noticed, cross obliquely, with a slight forward

curve, the setal band, giving it, especially its inner edge, a

somewhat plicated character. The band is also crossed by

what appear to be incised lines, or strie, directed less obliquely

than the latter vessels, and which become subdivided near its

outer edge.

In none of the specimens of Lingula anatina that have

passed under my observation is there any well-marked im-

pression of the setal band. Aged individuals with thick

valves very probably show something of the kind ; and it can

readily be imagined that in such the muscular attachment of

the inner edge of the band will produce a submarginal

scar running round both valves. Usually the posterior half of

the valves is the thickest: and it is on the outside of the

spaces that represent the pleurocceles (belonging to this

half) that impressions may occasionally be observed, con-

sisting of an obscurely defined line that runs backward

from each side of the splanchnoccele, where it is widest, to

the hinge. Traces are seen of irregular impressions (which

answer to the offshoots) striking from both sides of the above

line, especially on the above spaces. Often, however, these

spaces are plain, each being bounded inwardly by the sear, gene-

rally strong, produced by the post-latero-parietal, and outwardly

by the obscurely defined line already mentioned. The two

spaces in both valves are occasionally connected at their posterior

end by a faint linear scar passing behind the umbonal muscle,

and which is evidently due to the attachment of the setal

band. Taken together, the posterior part of the band and the

two pleurocceles are represented by a large arch-shaped im-

pression, the crown of which is linear and the sides are

dilated.

In fossil Palliobranchs a posterior arch-shaped impression is

uncommon. Mr, Davidson and myself are prepared to show

that it occurs in the Trimerellids. Doubtless it is present in

extinct species of Lingula. Recently Mr. James Hall, who has

Characters of Lingula anatina. 13

kindly favoured me with gutta-percha impressions of it, has

made known a singular fossil (a small one), to which he has

given the generic name of Lingulops, on the idea that it is a

Lingulid. The posterior half is furnished with a broad semi-

circular impression of nearly uniform width, with a singularly

scolloped inner edge, reminding one of a Moorish arch. I

suspect this style of edging was produced by the symmetrical

form and arrangement of the vascular offshoots that traversed

the pleuroceeles. The same vessels in Lingula possess a

certain degree of symmetry that favours this suspicion.

Discina shows in each valve what might be taken for an

arch-shaped scar; but this is produced by the posterior ad-

ductor muscles. Obolus is characterized by some remarkable

scars in the cardinal region, particularly a pair having a

member curving outwardly from each side of the hinge.

Until recently I suspected the latter to be the homologue of

the arched impressions of Lingula; but I now feel convinced

that it was due, as in Discina, to the posterior adductors.

Attention must be directed in the next place to the pedicle

(fig. 4, y), its attachments and accessories (figs. 3, 4, & 5).

Beginning with the latter, the most important is the

deltidium (fig. 5, a); which, when properly developed (not

usually so), is a shallow triangular depression, having a

flattened space (c) on each side. The lateral spaces, which

form the hinge-area as usually known, are marked trans-

versely by epidermal lines of growth*. The deltidium is

marked both longitudinally and transversely by numerous fine

lines, the latter being the strongest. Immediately bordering

each of its sides there is a ridge (b) slightly raised above the

level of the areal spaces, and marked with arched epidermal

lines. The anterior end of the deltidial ridges is, as it were,

pushed up, thereby producing a small rude callosity (b’) : in

front of the latter there is a roundish depressed scar (e). The

ridge-callosities are no doubt insignificant ; nevertheless they

may be the rudiments of important structures. Apparently

they have become so far developed in Lingula Lesueurt as to

serve to articulate the valves. If I am correct in putting this

interpretation on the “ two depressions or pits in the cast seen

close to the extremity of the beak,” and represented in Mr.

Davidson’s figure of itt, this species cannot belong to the

genus in which it has been placed; as teeth seem to render a

pair of transmedian muscles (essentials in Lingula) unnecessary.

* There is an area in the non-pedicle-valve marked with transverse

epidermal lines; but it is not broken by a deltidium, merely by a faint

longitudinal groove.

+ Monograph of British Silurian Lingule, p. 48, pl. 1. figs. 2 & 3.

ove

14 Prof. W. King on some

On the anterior edge, which slopes forward, a finely marked

lineated impression (d’) is seen passing from one deltidial

ridge-scar to the other. The lines of this impression run

parallel with, and somewhat resemble, those which cross the

deltidium, so that the difference between the two is difficult to

make out: indeed both might be readily confounded.

The deltidium is a variable structure in Palliobranchs

generally ; and its modifications are far from being properly

understood. As regards the deltidium in the genus under

consideration, one circumstance is remarkable: it has been in

a great measure overlooked ; at least I can find little, or rather

no, notice of it in the writings of previous observers. It is

this oversight which led the late J. W. Salter to institute his

genus Lingulella, which he typified with the Cambrian Lin-

gula Davisi, under the belief that its ‘ pedicle-groove”’ and

“‘hinge-area’’ do not characterize any species of the old

Bruguitrian genus. Obolus and some apparently related

genera*, also the Trimerellids, are the only shells I am ac-

quainted with that have a structure resembling the deltidium

of Lingula. In the latter family it is a conspicuous object,

having attained a maximum development, which is equally

the case with the deltidial ridges.

The pedicle (fig. 4, y), which is cylindrical, consists of two

concentric layers, the innermost of which (fig. 3, h) is muscular,

and the other (g) corneous. Near the proximal extremity it

becomes suddenly reduced in diameter, and at the same time

compressed into the form of an oval, the long axis of which cor-

responds to the width of the shell. At the reduced part it is

attached by one of the flattened faces of the corneous layer to the

deltidium (fig. 3, g, a), the transverse and longitudinal lines of

which are marks of its attachment. The anterior edge or ex-

tremity (fig. 3, d) of the same face is inserted immediately in

front of the deltidium—that is, along the border of the hinge-

slope, the faint lineated impression previously noticed being

produced by its insertion. The sides or angles of the anterior

edge are converted into tendinous lobes, which are individuall

attached to each of the ridge-scars (e) : the pressure of the lobes

against the end of the deltidial ridges evidently gives rise to

the ridge-callosities. The corneous layer is not present on the

opposite face of the pedicle, but makes its appearance a little

within the opening of the beaks of the shell.

The muscular layer (h), passing in advance of the corneous °

one under the form of a much compressed cylinder, is rooted

in the narrow space between the hinge-slope and the attach-

* Discina may be included, as its deltidium, although remarkably

modified, appears to agree with that of Lingula.

Characters of Lingula anatina. 15

ment of the setal band; as may be seen by eflecting the outer

margin (here not attached) of the latter organ, and cutting

the pedicle across at the root (fig. 5, h).

Itis scarcely to be expected that any well-defined scar could

result from the attachment of the muscular layer, considering

the immediate proximity of such scar to those produced by

other organs (setal band and corneous layer, see fig. 3), and

the liability of all the scars to become confluent through the

incremental creeping backward or forward, as the case may be,

of the organs respectively producing them. Were it otherwise,

the attachment of the setal band and the corneous layer ought

to give rise to two subparallel lineated scars, more apart in

the middle than at the ends ; while between them there ought

to be an ellipsoid, produced by the muscular portion of the

pedicle (see fig. 5,h, i). For the reasons stated, the last kind

of scar cannot be expected to occur: traces may ; which leads

me to imagine that certain lines occasionally to be seen running

along the hinge-slope may represent it. An elliptical scar,

similarly situated, has been detected by Mr. Davidson and my-

self in testiferous specimens of certain Trimerellids : it is due,

we suspect, to the inner muscular layer of the pedicle.

Conclusion.—My researches connected with Lingula strongly

enforce on me the belief that it represents a group of Pallio-

branchs differing in several very important points from most

others of its class. From being furnished with spiral arms, it has

been placed by Dr. Gray in his “ subclass Helictopoda,” along

with Rhynchonella, Spirifer, Productus, and some other related

genera ; but as all these belong, from certain evidences which

I could adduce, to the great non-aniferous section, whereas

Lingula possesses‘an anal vent, it is clear that Gray’s “ sub-

class”? would be made a more natural one by removing this

genus from it.

As regards the great sections to which allusion has been

made, they appear to me to constitute the two primary and

most comprehensive ones into which the Palliobranchs may be

divided. I would therefore propose that one section should

comprise all the non-aniferous families belonging to Gray’s

subclasses Ancylopoda and Helictopoda, with the name Clist-

enterata*; and that the other should include the anzferous

families Lingulide and Discinide, and be designated Treten-

teratat.

Confining myself to the last section, I shall briefly notice

the features which distinguish it from the first one :—

* From cleistos, shut, and entera, intestine,

+ From tretos, perforated.

16 On some Characters of Lingula anatina.

Aniferous.

Splanchnoceele large, and lying within the pallial margins.

Setal band passing continuously round the pallial margins.

Genitalia principally enclosed within the splanchnoccele.

Muscular peculiarities.

Pedicle not serving as a base of attachment for any

muscles *,

Judging from what Semper and Morse have already made

known respecting Lingula anatina and L. pyramidata, it seems

highly probable that the section is also distinguished to some

extent by its respiratory apparatus.

The Tretenterates appear to admit of being grouped under

two divisions, hee ee represented by Lingula and Diseina,

as the latter genus is strikingly differentiated by its muscular

system, pedicle-characters, pallial vessels, and setal band.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

All the figures are diagrammatic, particularly figs. 3 & 5.

Fig. 1. Ventral or pedicle-valve. Splanchnoccele: this chamber in both

valves is bounded by the parietal band, b, which I have made

to consist of four portions—posterior (behind the part marked g),

post-laterals (at the incurvations), ante-laterals (at the ecurva-

tions), antertor (extensions in front): e¢, liver; d, genitalia ;

e, intestine ; f, termination of intestine; gy, umbonal muscle ;

h, central muscles; 7, transmedian muscles; lateral muscles (7, an-

teriors ; k, middles ; /, outsiders): m, pleurocceles; », vessels of

pleuroceeles (exaggerated) : brachioccele—all the anterior half of

the valves outside the anterior parietal; p, primary vessels of

brachioccele ; g, secondary vessels of brachioccele (those passing

from the inner side of the primaries may be called in-goers, and

those on the outer side out-goers) ; u, setal band (the pedicle is

not represented, in order to show the continuation of this band

in the rostral region) ; v, inner edge of setal band—answering

also to the line of vascular constriction; «w, outer edge of setal

band; 2, sete.

Fig. 2. Dorsal valve. 1, arms or brachial appendages (relative position

and direction of spirals merely shown) ; s, medio-longitudinal

shell-plate ; ¢, gastro-parietal bands (attached to slightly raised

shell-ridges in the valve, and which are represented under ¢). All

the other parts are lettered as in fig. 1.

Fig. 3. Medio-longitudinal section of cardinal region of both valves.

A, dorsal valve; B, ventral or pedicle-valve: a, deltidium ;

d, cardinal or hinge-slope: g, corneous or external layer of

edicle—the lower division (or, rather, under face of the pedicle)

is attached to a and d’; h, muscular or inner layer of pedicle ;

i, central hollow of pedicle: b, posterior parietal of splanchnoccele ;

g, umbonal muscle; uw, setal band; 2, sete.

Fig. 4. Cardinal region of pedicle-valve. y, pedicle (its attached end is

covered by the setal band, «) ; b, posterior parietal (a horizontal

* In Discina, contrary to what has been stated, the pedicle, which is

an external organ, has no proper muscular connexion with the interior of

the shell; the connexion is chiefly vascular and neural.

On two new Species of Gumminee. 17

section); g, umonbal muscle (a horizontal section) ; %, setal band ;

w, outer edge of setal band; «, sete. ate

Fig. 5. Cardinal region of pedicle-valve. a, deltidium ; b, deltidial ridges ;

b’, deltidial callosities, slightly developed; c, areal spaces ; d’,

lineated impression, produced by anterior end of corneous layer

of pedicle (see fig. 8, d) ; e, lobe-scars produced by tendinous lobes

of corneous layer of pedicle ; h, cross section of muscular or ner

layer at root of pedicle ; i, central hollow of pedicle: 6, posterior

parietal; g, umbonal muscle; «, setal band, which has its outer

edge (w) eflected to show the parts d, h, i (the corneous layer 18

removed to show the lineated impression made by the anterior

end of its lower division—see fig. 3, d, g).

I1.—On two new Species of Gumminee, with Special and

General Observations. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &c.

[Plate 1.]

IN a glass jar bearing the inscription “ H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine,’

No. 8a, lat. 48°31! N., and long. 10° 03’ W., depth 500 taths.,

and muddy bottom,” which must have been just outside the

so-called “chops” of the English Channel, is an oblong spe-

cimen about 24x 14x inch, consisting of a mass of dead

Lophohelia prolifera, over which has grown a Farrea, which,

having shared the same fate, had become partially infested, both

inside and out, with three other sponges bearing spicules which

indicate that they belong respectively to Dictyocylindrus, Bk.,

Desmacella, Sdt., and Reniera, Sdt., together with a Cliona whose

habitat was inside the stems of the Lophohelia and its fenestral

openings on the surface of the latter, all of which have finally

become enveloped in a Gummina, whose fleshy substance now

forms the greater part of the mass (PI. I. figs. 1 & 2).

With the exception of the Lophohelia and Farrea, all appear

to be new species.

As the three infesting sponges are merely parasitic growths

of small dimensions and without definite form, I shall only be

able to characterize them by their complements of spicules re-

spectively. The Cliona, too, having lived in the interior of the

Lophohelia, necessitates a similar description, while the Gum-

mina, which, as before stated, forms the greater part of the

mass, claims our first and chief consideration.

It is with great pleasure that I embrace this opportunity of

calling attention to a class of sponges which has been very little

studied, especiallyin England; and having found in the British

Museum, through the aid of Dr. Gray, another species, which

came from Port Jackson in New South Wales, I shall thus be

able to give the results of my examination of this as well as the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii, 2

18 Mr. H. J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminee.

deep-sea one, together with observations on the Gumminex

generally.

For the deep-sea specimen I would propose the name of

“ Corticium abyssi,” and for the one from Port Jackson “ Chon-

drilla australiensis,”’ giving my reasons for adopting these

names hereafter.

Corticium abyssi,n. sp. (Pl. I. figs. 1-9 & 15.)

Repent, amorphous, assuming more or less the form of the

object or cavity in which it may be growing. Smooth, slippery,

of a light greyish-yellow colour; semielastic, subcartilaginous,

solid. ‘Tearing when wet like hard-boiled white of egg, but

much tougher; brittle when dry, and breaking like glass.

Spiculiferous, but not fibrous in the sense of spongologists—that

is, without fibrous skeleton. Aspect homogeneous, massive,

puckered here and there on the surface towards fixed points as

if from contraction or forcible extension. Vents numerous,

small, of different sizes, congregated here and there irregularly

(figs. 1 & 2, c). Pores microscopic, linear, more or less uni-

formly spread over the surface (fig. 9, ). Internal structure

fleshy, solid, composed of an opaque mass or body of ovoid

cells, surrounded by a thin, translucent cortical rind; per-

meated throughout by branched systems of excretory canals,

respectively terminating in the vents mentioned, and charged

with siliceous spicules most numerous at the circumference.

Microscopic structure: Surface consisting of a thin, tough,

transparent cuticula, composed of parallel fibres, supported on

the points of spicules, in the intervals between which are the

vores 3 covering the cortical substance beneath, which consists

of a layer of spicules imbedded in a kind of trama composed of

fine fibres and minute granuliferous cells. Trama of the

cortex soonrendered opaque bythe presence of the body of ovoid

cells, to which it affords respectively separate cavities of a

similar shape throughout the mass. Ovoid cell about 5-G000ths

inch long, filled with granules, in which there appears some-

times to be a faint trace of a nuclear body; maintaining its form

when out of tts cavity, but presenting no appearance of cell-

wall (fig. 8, @). Surface of the excretory canals covered with

an epithelium of small conical cells, whose free ends, projecting

above the level of the canal, form, in juxtaposition, a remark-

ably rough granular pavement, which appears to be not less

common to the mouths of the pores and their canals than to

the excretory system generally (figs. 15 & 9,6). Mode of ter-

mination mwards of the pore-canals and commencement of the

excretory ones not observed. Spicules of two kinds, viz. bi-

Mr. H.J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminee. 19

ternate and birotulate; the former moderately large, and the

latter extremely minute. ‘The biternate spicule consists of a

straight shaft and three arms given off at the union of the two

upper fourths of the former (fig. 3); shaft obtusely pointed

above (fig. 4, a), and finely pointed below (fig. 4, ¢) ; inflated in

the centre, and covered throughout with short, conical, vertical

spines, except between the inflation and the arms, where it is

smooth like the first part of the latter (fig. 4, 6). Arms three

in number, parting from the shaft at equal distances from each

other, and dividing respectively into three secondary arms, all of

which are on the same plane and nearly perpendicular to the

shaft; secondary arms obtusely pointed and covered through-

out with short, vertical, conical spines (fig. 5, a, 6). Central

canal evident in every part (fig. 4, d), showing that the origi-

nal design of the spicule was biternate, which is confirmed by

the smaller or younger forms being of the same kind, but with-

out spines, and the central inflation consequently more evident

(fig. 6,a). Birotulate spicules extremely minute, consisting

of a straight shaft and four recurved arms at each end

(figs. 7& 8, b). Distribution: The biternate spicule, besides

being plentifully scattered throughout the mass, is particularly

congregated towards the surface, where it forms a layer with

the arms horizontal, and the obtuse ends of the shafts, as before

stated, supporting the cuticula. The birotulate spicule, on

the other hand, although equally scattered through the mass,

appears to be congregated most about the surface of the excre-

tory canals, whose course can be thus traced by this accumu-

lation in specimens which have been dried under compression

and afterwards mounted in Canada balsam. Measurement :

Shaft of the biternate spicule 14-6000ths inch long; diameter

of the head or arms 13-6000ths. Shaft of birotulate spicule

1-5000th inch long; other parts too minute for measurement.

Size of specimen, that of the mass of dead Lophohelia over

which the Corticium has grown.

Hab. Marine, growing over various objects, imbedded or not

in deep-sea mud, as the case may be.

Loc. Western entrance of the English Channel, about

48° 31’ N. lat., and 10° 03! W. long., in 500 fathoms.

Obs. As the spicules of this Gummina come nearest to those

of Corticium candelabrum, Sdt. (Die Spong. adriat. Meeres,

p- 42, Taf. in. f. 25) and C. plicatum (Die Spong. Kiiste Algier.

p- 2, Taf. in. f. 11), I have given it this generic name, with a

deep-sea designation. It occurs in the specimen mentioned,

and on a large piece of Pachastrella abyssi, Sdt. (also dredged

up by the ‘ Porcupine’), over part of which it has dragged itself,

enveloping every thing in its course like an 4thalium. While

20 Mr. H. J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminer.

fresh or in spirit it has much the appearance of wet chamois-

leather; and although not more than half as tough (for it can

be easily torn), it is so soft and resilient that it will receive the

impression of the nail, and efface the same of its own accord.

After it has been dried, however, it becomes hard like glue,

and breaks with a similar fracture; while, wet or dry, its aspect

is so homogeneous, that at first sight one would hardly conceive

it to possess all the structures above mentioned.

The pores, the vents, and branched systems of excretory

canals, together with the siliceous spicules, all point to its imti-

mate connexion with the sponges; while the entire absence of

the so-called sponge-fibre-structure, and the presence of the

ovoid cell (fig. 8, a), which makes up the greater part of the

body-mass, together with the remarkably granulated form of

the epithelial layer of cellules on the surtace of the excretory

canals (fig. 15, a), are equally characteristic of the Gumminee.

By the so-called “‘ sponge-fibre-structure ” I mean the ske-

leton of sponges, par excellence, which is horny in many, and

composed of spicules united together into a fibrous structure b

amorphous sarcode in others.“ Fibre” is a bad name for this

structure ; for, besides being inappropriate, there is real fibre

(that is, minute linear filament) to be seen in many soft parts

of sponges, which has nothing to do with the skeleton what-

ever. Thus, although in the Gumminee, there is no “ sponge-

skeleton-fibre ”’ so to speak, the cuticula and a great part of

the body is made up of fine, intercrossing filaments, which are

so soft that, on drying, they all sink their form into a common

homogeneous mass, like hard glue.

Nothing can be more unlike sponges in general than the

slippery, resilient, amorphous, rounded, sublobed, flat, incrust-

ing, hoinogeneous-looking mass presented by the Gumminee ;

while, perhaps, a piece of wet dough resembles them most.

Although the vents appear to retain their circular form, the

pores are more like crevices—that is, linear, and sometimes tri-

angular like the form of a leech-bite (fig. 13), not circular, as

they are in the true sponges. This may be owing to the struc-

tural lining of the pore, which, together with that of the excre-

tory canals, as before stated, in the Gumminez consists of a

rough, granulated layer, each granule of which is a separate

cellule (fig. 9, 5) (probably flagellate in the living state) ; while

in the true sponges the pore is circular and smooth, as if always

surrounded by a homogeneous layer of sarcode. If there be

similar cells in the latter during life, they subside into the form

of a homogeneous sarcode after death, and thus become indistin-

guishable ; while in the Gumminez they remain, indicative of

a higher state of development—that is, a state in which the his-

Mr. H. J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminex. 21

tological element maintains its living form instead of relapsing

after death into a common homogeneous mass. In the true

sponges the softer histological elements, such as fibre-filament,

cells, &c., hardly do more than loom, as it were, in the scale

of development, vanishing with death into homogeneity; while

in the higher developments they become permanent—e. g., the

histological elements in the human subject. Homogeneity of

appearance, as in the intercellular sarcode of sponges, is no

proof whatever of the absence of histological structure. There

is structure in glass, as I have often said before ; but this cannot

be demonstrated.

It is possible that the pores may be continuous, through

tubular prolongations, with the excretory canals, as in thefollow-

ing species ; but although invisible here (probably on account

of the thick surface-layer of spicules in the cortex), there can

be little doubt that the increasing size of the branches of the

latter, as they join one another to form a common trunk, indi-

cates, as in the true sponges, a current ¢nwards through the

pores, and outward through the oscula.

The ovoid cells (fig. 8, a), which are only half the size of

those in the following species, have been called “ embryos ’”’

by Schmidt (Spong. adriat. Meeres, p. 42) ; and Kélliker has

used the same name after him, although evidently not satisfied

of their true import (Icones Histologic, ‘ Feinere Bau der

Protozoen,” p. 68, with excellent illustrations, Taf. vin. f. 18,

and Taf. ix. f. 10 & 11); but ifthey be the “ embryos,” where

are we to look for the adult forms ?—since, throughout every

part of Corticium abyss, as well as in the following species,

viz. Chondrilla australiensis, respectively, they are all

alike. ‘

It is also possible that ova may be present, and that I have

overlooked them, as they have been seen in Corticium candela-

brum by Kolliker, and figured (op. cit. Taf. vii. fig. 3) ; but no

one could confound the “ ovoid cell”? with an ovum, inasmuch

as the globular form of the latter, with evident nucleus and

nucleolus, must contrast strongly with the conoid form of the

ovoid cell filled with granules, in which a nucleus is only now

ana then faintly visible. I must, then, for the present, look

upon these ovoid cells of the Gumminez as analogous to the

spheroidal groups of flagellated cells in the fibrous sponges,

reserving all further description of them in this respect until I

shall have observed and experimented on them in the living

state, as I have heretofore done on the true sponges. ‘T’o show

that the cells which line the surface of the excretory or water-

canal (Wimper-Apparat of Lieberkiihn), or those of the am-

pullaceous sac (Wimperkorb of Schmidt), are flagellated is not

22 Mr. H.J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminee.

sufficient : we want to know if they take in crude material for

food, like those of the other sponges. This is what I claim to

have shown in 1857 in Spongilla (Annals, vol. xx.), and re-

peated in 1871 in Grantia compressa (ib. vol. vii.).

The birotulate of Corticium abyssi is the smallest spicule

that I have met with. Even under 1-40th-inch focus, which

Mr. Powell, junior, kindly put upon it for me, I could hardly

distinguish its form, and then not so distmetly as with one of

his $ immersion object-glasses. (So much for the definition of

the higher powers!) To see this spicule, even tolerably satis-

factorily too, with a 4, it is necessary to boil a piece of the

Corticium in nitric acid, and, after a convenient amount of

dilution with water, to place a little of the fluid containing the

spicules under a glass cover, when, by the vibration of the

spicule causing it to turn over and over, the arms may now and

then be distinguished, and the shaft appear to be microspined

about the centre. This must be done at once, as the accumu-

lation of organic matter about the spicules, after a few hours’

interval, entirely defeats the object.

One of the most interesting points elucidated by the exami-

nation of this deep-sea specimen is the fact that the Corticitwm

has enveloped the remains of a Farrea, and that the Corticium

possesses similar “‘ biternate”’ spicules to those figured by Dr.

Bowerbank as the ‘retentive spicules” of his Farrea occa

(Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., May 1869, pl. xxiv. figs. 2-6).

Were it not evident that .a “ biternate”’ spicule can never

form part of a Hexactinellid sponge, the fact of such spicules

having not only been figured in connexion with Farrea occa,

but also with Dactylocalyx pumiceus and Iphiteon panicea

(Proceed. Zool. Soc., Jan. 1869, pl. i. fig. 16, and May 7.

pl. xxii. fig. 11), would cast a doubt over their real parentage.

Taken, however, in connexion with the fact that Dr. Bower-

bank’s specimens of Harrea occa were obtained from the detri-

tal mass supporting Muplectella cucumer, Owen (Trans. Linn.

Soe. vol. xxi. pl. xxi.), it seems not unlikely that they were

there also accompanied by a Gummina, as in our deep-sea

specimen, but of a form, as may be seen by the spicules figured

by Dr. Bowerbank, still more nearly approaching those of

Schmidt’s Corticdum candelabrum (op. cit. Taf. i. fig. 25, a, 9)

than those of Corticium abysst.

The fragments of Harrea enveloped by Cortictum abysst in

the deep-sea specimen (fig. 2,d@d@) will form the subject of my

next communication, in which I shall endeavour to show what

the loose spicules that belong to Farrea really are, and what

relation Harrea itself bears to Aphrocallistes.

Mr. H. J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminee. 23

Chondrilla australiensis, n. sp. (Pl. I. figs. 10-14 & 16.)

Incrusting, or self-supporting and spreading horizontally ;

flat, cake-shaped, lobed, of a dirty yellow or buff colour.

Surface smooth, slippery, glistening. Consistence semielastic,

subcartilaginous, slowly resilient in effacing impressions of

the nail, tolerably tough. Vents numerous, small, of different

sizes, congregated into groups here and there, or larger and

single at the end of a mammiform lobe (figs. 10, c, & 12, g).

Pores microscopic, linear, each in the centre of a granuliferous

area having the appearance of a lobule, forming altogether a

continuous uniform layer presented by the surface generally

(fig. 13, a, 6). Internal structure consisting of an opaque

fleshy mass or body of ovoid cells, surrounded by a translucent

cortical rind (fig. 12, 6, a). Body-mass (fig. 12, >) permeated

by branched systems of excretory canals (fig. 12, ), which re- .

spectively terminate on the surface in the vents mentioned ;

scantily charged with siliceous globular stellates of two kinds,

most numerous towards the circumference (fig. 12,). Afcro-

scopic structure: Surface consisting of a thin, fibrous cuticular

layer, pierced by the pores in the manner above mentioned.

Cortical layer translucent, consisting of a trama formed of fine

fibres and minute granuliferous cells traversed by the pore-tubes

(fig. 12,d). Trama (fig. 14, a), extending inwards, soon arrives

at the opaque body of ovoid cells (figs. 12, 6, & 14, 6), through-

out which it is continued, torming for them separate but simi-

larly shaped cavities in close approximation (fig. 14,5). Ovoid

cell 12 to 15-6000ths of an inch in length, filled or lined with

minute cellules (fig. 14,4). Surface of the excretory canals, when

fresh, apparently provided with the epithelial granular layer so

characteristic of the Gumminee (fig. 15)—but here absent, pro-

bably from defective preservation. Pore-tubes frequently in-

creasing in size and branching before they have traversed the

translucent cortical layer, to become lost in the opaque body-

substance, where they appear to join the excretory canals

(fig. 12, ee). Commencement of the excretory canals not

observed. Spicules globular, siliceous, of two kinds, viz.

sphero-stellate and radio-stellate :—the former, which is the

largest, consisting of a clear spheroid covered uniformly with

short, sharp, smooth, conical spines arranged perpendicularly to

the surface (fig. 16, a); and the latter consisting of several

long, conical, spiniferous rays, bifid and sometimes trifid at the

extremities (fig. 16, 6). Distribution: Scattered indiscrimi-

nately throughout the mass (fig. 12, 2), being most thickly

congregated, as above stated, towards the surface. J/ea-

surement: Spheero-stellate 6-G000ths inch in diameter ; radio-

24 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminee.

stellate 5-G000ths. Size of largest specimen about 3 inches

long, 1 inch broad, and } inch thick, covering a tunicated

ascidian ; the other specimen about 2} long by 24 broad,

and the same thickness, enclosing the valves of an oyster.

Hab. Mayvine, growing over various objects and upon other

sponges. Incrusting for the most part, but sometimes self-

supporting, in the form of caudal or mammilliform prolonga-

tions.

Loc. Australia, Port Jackson.

Obs. The sphero-stellate spicule (fig. 16, a) being identical

in torm with that of Chondrilla nucula, Sdt., I have called this

species “ C. australiensis.” In consistence, C. nucula (judging

from Schmidt’s specimens in the British Museum) appears to

have been a little firmer, of a darker colour on the surface, and

far more spiculiferous; but then it only possesses one, the

spheero-stellate form of spicule, while the Australian species has

two. In other respects there is a great resemblance between

the two species, although, probably from defective preservation,

the characteristic epithelial layer of the excretory canals of the

Gumminee generally has here, for the most part, passed into

dissolution.

There are two specimens in the British Museum, both from

Port Jackson—one, as above stated, surrounding the deciduous

valves of an oyster, and the other all but covering a large tuni-

cated ascidian fixed to the detrital mass supporting a rough, mu-

ricated, brown specimen of /rcinia, which contrasts strongly in

appearance with the smooth, doughy, fleshy-looking Gummina.

The ovoid cells in this species are fully double the size of

those in Corticium abyssi, and filled or lined, as above stated,

with minute cellule, whereby we may infer that the so-called

granules filling the ovoid cells of Corticium abyssi (fig. 14, 6)

would also turn out to be cellules, if more highly magnified.

‘There is no visible cell-wall on these cells; but its existence may

be inferred from the group of cellules retaining the same ovoid

form after they have been pressed out of the cavities in the

trama, unless they cohere together in this form by their sar-

code individually.

General Observations.

The group of sponges called by Schmidt “ Halisarcinee Gum-

mine ”’ (Atlantisch. Spongienfaun. p.78),to which the two fore-

going species belong, has been very little studied—partly, per-

haps on account of the species having been overlooked among

the Compound Tunicata, which are much in the same condition,

and partly because they are so totally unlike the form and

appearance of sponges generally.

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminex. 25

If we were to see a tough, wet, shining lump of dough lying

on a piece of sponge in our bath-room, there would be no hesi-

tation in distinguishing the two objects; but if we were to

observe something like this attached to a sponge growing on a

rock in its natural habitat, the probability is that it would be

a Gummina. Such may give some idea of the typical form

of the Gumminee.

As yet only one species has been noticed on the British

coasts; and that has been designated by Johnston “ Halisarca

Dujardinii,” after the illustrious naturalist who first described

and gave it the name of “ Halisarca” (&dwos, marine, and

oapé, flesh). Johnston found it in Berwick Bay, and has

given the following description of it in his ‘ British Sponges,’

published in1842 (p. 192), together with a figure (pl. xvi. f.8) :—

“ FIALISARCA, Dujardin.

“ CHARACTER. Substance fleshy or rather gelatinous, semt-

transparent, unorganized, forming an irregular crust on the

objects to which it adheres.

“1. H. Dwardinit (plate xvi. fig. 8).

“ Halisarca, Dujardin, in Ann. des Se. Nat. n.s, x. p. 7, pl. 1. fig. 5.

“Hab, On the underside of stones between tide-marks, and

on the stalk and roots of Laminaria digitata, common. Ber-

wick Bay; Holy Island (G. J.).

“ Sponge in the form of a gelatinous crust, spreading irregu-

larly, about a line in thickness; the surface even and smooth,

of a straw or ochre-yellow colour, mottled with little pale cir-

cular spots or pores, produced apparently by a deficiency of

colouring-matter in their places. A few of these transparent

spots are larger than the others; and if the former have any

relation to the pores of the true sponges, the latter may be the

analogues of the faecal orifices.

“This production is liable to be mistaken for one of the

crustaceous Compound Tunicata, or, rather, for the gelatinous

spawn of the naked mollusca; but a careful inspection easily de-

tects the difference. This exhibits no trace of any oviform bodies

or cellular tissue, and contains neither crystals nor spicula, but

is no other thing than a mass of irregular and granulous

globules, of great minuteness, that lie imbedded in a clear jelly,

- covered over with a more consistent and coloured skin. Dujar-

din has ascertained that, when broken up, the separated masses

shoot out from their sides delicate prolongations or filaments

of various lengths, and slowly change their figure, in the same

manner as do the detached sarcoid pieces of the freshwater

sponges (see woodcut no. 9, p. 61).”

26 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminee.

Thus commenced our knowledge of this family.

In 1859 (Archiv f. Anat.) Lieberkiihn seems to have pub-

lished (for I have not the means of referring to his papers here)

observations on Halisarca Dujardinti made in Heligoland ;

and to him we are indebted, according to Schmidt, for having

more accurately identified this organism with the true sponges

(Die Spong. adriat. Meeres, p. 79, 1862).

Finally, Schmidt, in a former part of the same publication

(p. 36 et seg.), established a family for this and similar species

by the name of “ GumMINEa#,”’ under which .are included

the following four genera and six species, viz. :—1. Gummina:

G. glirtcauda, G. ecaudata. 2. Chondrilla: C. nucula, C. em-

bolophora. 3. Cellulophana: C. pileata: 4. Corticium: C.

candelabrum. And further on, at p. 79, under Hauisarca, Du-

jardin, 1. lobularis. In his first ‘‘ Supplement” to this pub-

lication (p. 41, 1864) was added another species of the latter,

viz. :—Halisarca guttula. Then follow new species which

he received among other sponges from the coast of Algiers

(Die Spong. der Kiiste von Algier. p. 1, 1868), viz. :—Chon-

drosia, Nardo: C. reniformis, Nardo; and C. plebeja, Sdt.

Finally those mentioned in his ‘ Atlantisch. Spongienfauna,’

p- 25, 1870, viz. Cellulophana collectrix, Columnitis, n. gen.,

C. squamata, and Chondrilla phylodes,—making altogether 7

genera and 13 species, to which adding Halisarca Dujardinit,

a species described and figured by Dr. Emil Selenka under the

name of Lacinia” (Zeitsch. f. wissenschaft. Zool. B. vi.

8. 568, Taf. xxxv. figs. 8-10), and the two species above de-

scribed gives a total of 17 species.

Although Selenka claims for his species (which is from

Bass’s Straits in Australia, cake-shaped, and about 2 inches

long by 1 thick) anew genus, on account of the sphero-stellate

spicule with which it is charged being calcareous and not sili-

ceous, it seems to me to require further elucidation ; for, in the

first place, the sphero-stellates, in material and form, appear to

be almost identical with those which abound in many species

of Compound 'Tunicata not unlike Lacénia in general form,

and, in the second place, the anatomical details do not satisfac-

torily show that the species is similarly composed to the class

of sponges under consideration. The genus is called “ La-

cinta,” and the species L. stellifica.

While Schmidt gives excellent figures of the general form

and spicules of his species, Kélliker, in his ‘ Feinere Bau der

Protozoen,’ gives the best illustrations of the softer parts.

[ have not been able to get beyond what Kolliker has here

figured and stated, simply because, like Kélliker, my obser-

vations have been confined to specimens preserved in spirit ; nor

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminee. Pig

have I become aware until just now that I had such an im-

portant group of sponges to study ; while, as I cannot help

thinking that there must be more species than Halisarca Du-

jardinii to be found on our coasts, so I hope to meet with not

only this but other species of the family here in a living state,

through which I may, by experiment, be able to add something

more satisfactory to our knowledge of their intimate structure

than we at present possess.

Aided by Schmidt’s figures and descriptions of the last

species, which he has published (Atlantisch. Spongienfaun. /.c.),

I now plainly see, from mounted specimens, that the incrusting

cartilaginous sponge which I found associated with the speci-

mens of Polytrema on a crab-claw kindly given to me by Dr.

Carpenter, and noticed in the Annals (vol. v. p. 392, 1870),

charged with minute stellates and long, pin-like spicules, bearing

a “close alliance to Tethya lyncurtum,” is as closely allied to

the incrusting species of Gummina called by Schmidt Colum-

nitis squamata, described and figured in the Atlantish. Spongien-

faun. Ke. (p. 25, Taf. v. figs. 3 & 4) ; while the figured section of

this Gummina, in spicules and structure, is almost identical with

a vertical section of the circumference of Tethya (Donatia) lyn-

curtum. In short, both species are but repent forms of Donatia,

which, although for the most part (but not always) assuming a

globularform, is, inthe structure of its cartilaginous circumference

and spicules, more nearly allied to the species of Gumminez

just noticed than to any other form of sponges yet described.

Then, too, we cannot help seeing the intimate relation which

subsists between these sponges and the Suberites, e.g. Cliona

celata, var., Raphyrus Griffithsi’, Bk., &c.; and thus the value

of Schmidt’s grouping Donatia (Tethya) lyncurium and the

latter sponges &c. under the heading ‘ Suberitidine ” (Atlant.

Spongienfaun. &e. p. 79) becomes apparent.

In this category will also have to come several specimens in

the British Museum when I have time to illustrate and describe

them, the species (indicated by their spicules) which appear

in Dr. Bowerbank’s illustrations of the Hexactinellid sponges

mentioned, and no doubt many others which will sooner or

later come fo notice—all showing that this will one day form a

very large and important group among the Spongiade.

With reference to my statement (Annals, 1872, vol. x. p. 47)

that Schmidt’s Halisarca guttula appeared to me to be a com-

pound tunicate animal and “no sponge at all,” I would add

that later examination of the Gumminee shows me that such

an assertion has yet to be proved. Undoubtedly, when the

caleareous sphzero-stellates are dissolved out of some incrusting

species of Compound Tunicata, the embryos of the latter have

28 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminee.

yery much the appearance of what is seen in Halisarca guttula,

and if arrested in this stage of development would be almost

identical ; but when the cell-mass of the embryo is “told off”

into the organs which they are to assume in the fully deve-

loped Ascidian, then, of course, the difference at once becomes

obvious.

Still there may be lower forms of the Compound Tunicata

which permanently remain in the embryo state of the higher

ones ; and this I propose to myself to determine when time and

opportunity enable me to hunt for them among+the rocks of

the sea-shore in this locality.

All are liable to shortcomings, and Schmidt among the

rest, although he is certainly, at present, much beyond all

others in actual knowledge of this family; still I could

have wished that he had not compared the fibrille of the

Gumminez (Die Spong. adriat. Meeres, p. 37, 1862) to the

fibrille of Lieberkiihn’s Filifera, since the said fibrille upon

which this family of sponges has been built are nothing but a

parasite, which I have not only found in different sponges from

all quarters of the globe, but especially pervading a species of

Reniera like Schmidt’s R. fibulata (Die Spong. des adriat.

Meeres, p. 73, pl. vi. f. 9), viz. bearing smooth, fusiform,

slightly curved acerates and small bihamates, which is equally

cosmopolite.

In my arrangement of the sponges in the British Museum

I have had to expunge the family of ‘ Filifera”’ in name (Poly-

therses, Duchas. et Michelot.) altogether, and for the algal

parasite itself on which the family was erroneously founded by

Lieberkiithn have proposed the name of ‘ Spongiophaga

communis” (Annals, 1871, vol. viii. p. 330).

If called upon for a practical definition of the Gumminee,

I should say that they are like a piece of yellowish dough in

appearance. Incrusting, lobed. ‘Tough, semielastic, subcar-

tilaginous. Slippery, smooth. Consisting of a cortical and

medullary or body portion: the former translucent and

narrow; the latter opaque, bulky, and massive. The former

covered by a thin fibrous cuticle, uniformly pierced by pores

and presenting here and there oscula singly or "in groups.

Composed of a kind of trama formed of fine fibres and minute

granuliferous cells, which trama extends throughout the body-

mass and affords cavities for the ovoid cells respectively of

which the body is composed. The cortex traversed perpendi-

cularly by the pore-tubes continued from the pores inwards to

unite with the branches of the excretory canals, which, in their

turn, traverse the body-mass in tree-like forms to terminate

respectively in the oscula mentioned. Abundance of siliceous

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminee. 29

spicules (in Selenka’s species calcareous), of different forms

according with the species, or none at all as in the Halisarcine ;

but in no instance a fibrous skeleton, like that of sponges in

general; indeed no skeleton at all, which is the chief distin-

guishing point between the Gumminew and true sponges.

About the specimen dredged up on board the ‘ Porcupine’

are :—besides the well-known Coccoliths, a gveat number of that

species first described and figured by Schmidt as‘‘ Rhabdolithes”’

(Annals, 1872, vol. x. p. 859, pl. xvi), for which I would

propose the name of R. Schmidtii, after its well-known disco-

verer (Pl. I. fig. 17) ; also a number of calcareous spherical

cells lined with minute cellule, for which I would propose

provisionally the name of Spheolithes abyssi (fig. 18), as

they may perhaps hereafter, be found to be embryos of the

Globigerine or some other deep-sea foraminifer. They are,

however, very numerous and of all sizes below the largest,

which is that figured.

The fragments and spicules of the other sponges about this

specimen, viz. Dictyocylindrus abyssi, n. sp. (Pl. I. fig. 2, e),

Desmacella annexa, Sdt. (Florida) (fig. 2, e), Rentera fibulata,

Sdt. (fig. 1,e), and Cliona abysst, n. sp. (fig. 1, d), will be de-

scribed and figured on a future occasion.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Portion of Lophohelia prolifera, imbedded in Corticiwn abyssi,

n. sp., dredged up on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in the “ chops ”’

of the English Channel; depth 500 fathoms, muddy bottom.

Natural size. a, Lophohelia; b, Corticitum abyssi; c, vents of

the same ; d, fenestral openings of Cliona abyssi, n. sp.,in Lopho-

helia ; e, portion of Reniera fibulata, Sdt. ; f, fragments of large

spicules imbedded in the Corticiwm.

Fig. 2. The same, opposite side, nat. size: a, Lophohelia prolifera ; b, Cor-

ticium abyssi; c, vents of the same; d, portions of a Furrea

which grew on the Lophohelia before the whole became im-

bedded in the Corticiwm ; e, portions of Dictyocylindrus (Bk.)

abysst, Cart., n. sp., and Desmacella annexa, Sdt., filling and sur-

rounding the tube net of Farrea ; f, portion of Corticium filling

tube net of Farrea; g, fragment of large spicule imbedded in

Cortictum ; h, fragment of Reniera fibulata, Sdt.

Fig. 3. Corticium abyssi, biternate spicule of, lateral view.

Fig. 4. The same, average largest size of biternate spicule: a, portion of

shaft supporting the cuticula ; 6, arms broken off ; c, inner portion

of shaft; d, central canal. Scale 1-12th to 1-6000th of an inch.

Fig. 5. The same, vertical view of head of biternate spicule: a, main arms,

not spined ; 6, secondary arms, spined. Same scale,

Fig. 6. The same, young form of biternate spicule, spineless: a, central

inflation.

Fig. 7. The same, birotulate with four recurved arms, about 1-6000th of

an inch long. Scale 1-12th to 1-6000th of an inch.

Fig. 8. The same, portion of body-substance : a, ovoid cells, and 8, biro-

30 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on the Newropterous

tulates, relatively magnified. Scale 1-48th to 1-6000th of an

inch.

Fig. 9. The same, pore surrounded by ovoid cells, seen through the cuti-

cula: a, ovoid cells; 6, epithelial cells lining the pore. Scale

1-24th to 1-6000th of an inch.

Fig. 10. Chondrilla australiensis, n. sp., small specimen attached to a

piece of oyster-shell: a, Chondrilla; b, oyster-shell; c, vent:

magnified 2 diameters.

Fiy. 11. The same, vertical section, nat. size.

Fig. 12. The same, vertical section (No. 11) magnified 8 diameters:

a, cortical translucent rind ; 6, body-substance, opaque; c, oyster-

shell; d, pore-tubes passing down vertically through rind;

e, pore-tubes, enlarged, branching and apparently opening direct

into excretory canal-system ; f, excretory canal-system,segmented

in the section; g, vent, or single termination of the same; h,

spheero-stellate and radio-stellate spicules imbedded inthe cortex.

The spicules, though really existing throughout the mass, are

generally not inserted, for the sake of perspicuity, any more than

the ovoid cells and opaque structure of the body-mass.

Fig. 13. The same, portion of the surface, showing pore-openings, ver-

tical view: a, pore; 6, surrounding granules. Scale 1-48th to

1-G6000th of an inch.

Fig. 14. The same, portion of the body-substance, showing :—a, trama,

consisting of fine fibrillee or filaments and minute granuliferous

cellule ; b, ovoid cells lined with cellule, situated in ovoid

cavities of the trama; c, sphro-stellate spicules. All relatively

magnified ; scale 1-48th to 1-6000th of an inch. (Compare

with fig. 8, on the same scale, to show that the cells of Corticium

are only half the size of those of Chondrilla.)

Fig. 15. Corticitum abyssi, diagram of fragment of excretory canal-system,

to show characteristic epithelial-cell lining: a, vent; b, “ frag-

ment.” (In Chondrilla australensis this cell lining is not

present, probably from defective preservation.)

Fig. 16. Chondrilla australensis, spicules of: a, spheero-stellate ; b, radio-

stellate. Scale 1-12th to 1-6000th of an inch.

Fig. 17. Rhabdolithes Schmidtii, Cart. Scale 1-12th to 1-6000th of an

inch, (See Schmidt’s figures and description, ‘Annals,’ 1872,

vol. x. p. 359, pl. xvii.)

Fig. 18. Spherolithes abyssi, n. sp., Cart., average largest size. Same

scale. (The double line is a deception here; it should merely

signify the outer boundary of the layer of cellules, in fact the

capsule which is perfectly spherical.)

III.—A Catalogue of the Neuropterous Insects of New Zea-

land ; with Notes, and Descriptions of new Forms. By

Ropert M‘Lacuiay, F.L.S.

Ir has been represented to me that the entomologists of New

Zealand are greatly in need of classified lists of the insects of

that colony, and that any contribution in this way would be

welcome. Acting upon this suggestion, | have drawn up a

catalogue of the New-Zealand Neuroptera (in the Linnean

¥.

Insects of New Zealand. 31

sense). The task has not been difficult ; for, including three

new species here described, the total number of insects of the

order at present known to inhabit the colony barely exceeds

forty-five species ; and some of these are yet doubtful, pending

further information. Nearly half of them are Trichoptera,

which division appears to be the best-represented ; or it may

be that they are best known only because a friend, knowing

my penchant for these insects, has collected them more

assiduously.

Owing to the proximity of New Zealand to the Australian

continent, and to the fact that some few species are common to

both, it may not be uninteresting to give a brief comparative

sketch of the various Neuropterous families as regards their

numerical strength in the two districts, so far as present know-

ledge will permit. The physical conditions of Australia and

New Zealand are so different that a considerable discrepancy

might naturally be expected ; but, owing ie its ramified water-

system and comparative freedom from drotght, the advantage

ought to be on the side of the latter. Let us see, then, how

this idea is affected by the apparent facts. I will commence

with the Odonata (Dragonflies). In Australia all the tribes

(excepting Calopterygina) are tolerably abundant. From

New Zealand I know of only eight species; the great tribe

Libellulina is wholly absent ; the Corduliina are represented

by three species of Australian facies ; the Auschnina by one

Australian species ; the Gomphina by one (Uropetala), a mag-

nificent insect of an Australian group ; the Calopterygina are

absent, but are almost so in Australia; of the Agrionina there

are only three species. Of other Pseudo-Neuroptera the Ter-

mitide, Ephemeride, and Perlide have a few representatives

in both ; the Psocide are not known from New Zealand, and

but few have been noticed in Australia; but this is probably

owing to their minute size. Among the Planipennia, New

Zealand and Australia have each a species of Sialide (Chau-

liodes) ; the former has only one ant-lion (Myrmeleontide),

though they are common in the latter ; Ascalaphide appear to

be wanting in the former and tolerably well represented in the

latter; and the same remark will apply to Chrysopide and

Mantispide. Australia has one species of Nemopteride and a

few Panorpide, neither of which are known from New Zea-

land ; while Hemerobiuide and Osmylide are feebly represented

in both; the Nymphide, an almost peculiarly Australian

family, are unknown in New Zealand. In Trichoptera alone

does New Zealand appear to have the advantage over Australia,

The paucity of species of Dragonflies is very remarkable ;

and one is tempted to believe that in New Zealand there must

32 Mr, R. M‘Lachlan on the Neuropterous

be a scarcity of aquatic insects both as larve and otherwise,

and of those aérial insects upon which the perfect Dragonflies

prey. Another point strikes me; and that is the small number of

aphidivorous Planipennia, the chief of which (the Chrysopidz)

are unrepresented. Can it be that indigenous Aphides are

happily almost unknown there? It may be that the ideas

here thrown out are based upon erroneous premises ; and if so

it behoves the entomologists of New Zealand to set me right

by producing a fair sample of the insect fauna of their colony.

The list of Trichoptera here given is scarcely more than a

reprint of that already published by me in the ‘Journal of the

Linnean Society’ (Zoology), vol. x. Much of the material

from which the entire list is compiled has been received from

my friend Mr. R. W. Fereday of Christchurch, and from Mr.

H. Edwards, who was for some time at Auckland; nor must the

collections formed by Dr. Sinclair, Mr. Colenso, Dr. Hooker,

Col. Bolton, the naturalists of the ‘ Novara,’ &c. be forgotten.

No special localities are given, because many of the insects are

noted simply as from New Zealand without further indication.

In the references I have indicated by an asterisk where the

best description of each species may be found ; and if this sign

occurs so frequently in connexion with my own descriptions,

the reader must please consider that I do not claim for them

any special excellence, and that it is owing to the fact that in

most cases no others exist.

PseuDO-NEUROPTERA.

Termitide.

Genus CALOTERMES, Hagen.

1. Calotermes insularis, White.

Termes insularis, White, Zool. of Voyage of ‘ Krebus’ and ‘ Terror’ f ;

Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. ill. p. 522. Calotermes insularis,

Hagen, Linnza Entomologica, Band xil. p. 42 * ; 2d. Brit. Mus. Cat.

Neuropt. (Termit.), p. 2.

Also found in New Holland.

2. Calotermes improbus, Hagen.

Calotermes improbus, Hagen, Linnzea Entomologica, Band xii. p. 44 *;

wd. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. (Termit.), p.6; Brauer, Reise der

‘Novara,’ Neuropt. p. 45.

Hagen described a wingless example from Van Diemen’s

Land. Brauer described the winged form of what he considers

to be the same species from New Zealand.

+ I have not been able to verify this reference,

Insects of New Zealand. 33

Genus STOLOTERMES, Hagen.

3. Stolotermes ruficeps, Brauer.

Stolotermes ruficeps, Brauer, Reise der ‘ Novara,’ Neurop. p. 46.*

Perlide.

Genus STENOPERLA, M‘Lachlan.

4, Stenoperla prasina, Newman.

Chloroperla prasina, Newman, Zoologist, 1845, p. 853.* Hermes pra-

sinus, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. ii. p. 206. Stenoperla pra-

sina, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. v. p. 354.*

Genus PERLA, Geoffroy.

5. Perla (?) Cyrene, Newman.

Chloroperla Cyrene, Newman, Zoologist, 1845, p. 853.* Perla(?) Cy-

rene, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. i. p. 168,

This insect is certainly not a Chloroperla, nor is it a Perla

as restricted. The wings are densely reticulate with cross

veinlets. I have seen no examples in good condition.

Genus LEPTOPERLA, Newman.

6. Leptoperla opposita, Walker (?).

Perla opposita, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. i. p. 171.

Walker mentions two examples from Van Diemen’s Land

and one from New Zealand; but I much doubt if this latter

is specifically identical with those from Tasmania.

I have seen two or three more species of Perlide from New

Zealand, but await additional information before describing

them. One is an insect with the factes of Nemoura or Tenio-

pteryx, but with short caudal sete.

Ephemeride.

Genus LEPTOPHLEBIA, Westwood ;

Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 77.

7. Leptophlebia dentata, Eaton.

Leptophlebia dentata, Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 80, pl. iy.

figs. 18 & 18 a-d (details).*

8. Leptophlebia nodularis, Eaton.

Leptophlebia nodularis, Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 187], p. 81, pl. iv.

figs. 20 & 20 a-c (details).*

Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 3

34 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on the Neuropterous

Genus CoLosurus, Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

1871, p. 1382.

9. Coloburus humeralis, Walker.

Palingenia humeralis, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. iii. p. 562

(Qsubimago). Baetis remota, Walk. op. cit. p. 564 (imago). Colo-

burus humeralis, Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 182, pl. iii. fig. 3

(wing), pl. vi. figs. 6 & 6 a, b (details).*

I possess yet two species of Ephemeride from New Zealand,

one of which may be the Australian Leptophlebia costalis,

Burmeister.

Odonata.

Tribus Corpvriiwa.

Genus CorpuiA, Leach, Selys.

10. Cordulia Smithti, White.

Cordulia Smithii, White, Zoology of Voyage of ‘Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’

pt. xi. pl. vi. fig. 2 (2); Selys, Syn. Cordulines, p. 27. C. nove-

zealandie, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1865, p. 501; zd.

Reise der ‘ Novara,’ Neuropt. p. 78, t. ii. figs. 3-3 b.*

Genus Eprrueca, Charpentier.

11. Epitheca Grayi, Selys.

Epitheca (Somatochlora) Grayi, Selys, Syn. Cordulines, p. 49.*

12. Epitheca Brauert, Selys.

Epitheca (Somatochlora) Braueri, Selys, Syn. Cordulines, p. 50.*

Tribus Goupura.

Genus Uropetata, Selys.

13. Uropetala Carovet, White.

Petalura Carovei, White, Zoology of Voyage of ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’

pt. xi. pl. vi. fig. 1 (¢); 2d. in Dieffenbach’s Travels in New Zealand,

vol. ii. p. 281; Selys, Syn. Gomphines, p. 92. Uropetala Carovei,

Selys, Mon. Gomphines, p. 370, pl. xix. fig. 2 (details)*; 7d. Secondes

Addit. Syn. Gomphines, p. 42.

Tribus 4’scuwrwa.

Genus A‘scuna, Fabricius.

14. Aschna brevistyla, Rambur.

Aischna brevistyla, Ramb. Hist. Névropt. (Suites 4 Buffon), p. 205.*

I received three examples of this Australian species from

Mr. Henry Edwards, labelled “ New Zealand ;” and although

Insects of New Zealand. Bd

that gentleman also collected in the neighbourhood of Mel-

bourne, there is no reason to suspect any confusion of locality.

The A’schnina are insects of notoriously wide distribution and

great power of wing.

Tribus Aeron.

Genus Lestes, Leach.

15. Lestes Colensonis, White.

Agrion Colensonis, White, Zoology of Voyage of ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’

pt. xi. pl. vi. fig. 3 (¢). Lestes Colensonis, Selys, Syn. Agrion.

(Lestes), p. 44.*

Genus TELEBASIS, Selys fT.

16. Telebasis zealandica tf, n. sp.

6. Caput supra nigrum, longe brunneo-pilosum, antice et postice

cum nasi margine labroque (macula mediana nigra excepta) san-

guineum ; ore flavyido. Pronotum nigrum, marginibus maculisque

tribus sanguineis ; margine postico fere semicirculari. Thorax

supra niger, inter alas sanguineus, lineis duabus sanguineis ;

ad latera rubescens, lineis duabus brevibus ad alarum_ bases

nigris. Pedes sanguinei, nigro-spinosi, tarsorum apicibus nigro-

terminatis. Abdomen sanguineum, ad apicem obscurius ; macula

quadrata ad basin segmenti basalis, juncturis lineaque utrinque

apicem versus nigris; segmento ultimo supra in medio exciso ;

appendicibus superioribus parvis, sanguineis, intus tuberculo

nigro instructis ; inferioribus elongatis, subforcipatis, sanguineis,

nigro terminatis. Ale vitree ; pterostigmate rufo-brunneo vel

flavido.

@. Caput thoraxque fere ut in ¢, sed colore sanguineo in flavum

mutato; labro postice evidenter nigro-marginato. Pedes palli-

diores ; femoribus supra infuscatis. Abdomen supra nigrum,

juncturis (ad apicem exceptis) flavis; infra flavum.

6. Long. corp. 14-15'", long. abdom. 11-12!"; exp. alar. 16-17!",

long. ale postic. 8-83'". 2. Long. corp. 15!, long. abdom. 114'";

exp. alar. 19/"’, long. ale postic. 9'".

Male. Head and thorax above black, with long brownish

hairs. Hinder and anterior margins of the head, the front

margin of the nasus, and the labrum wholly (excepting a black

spot in the middle) red; under lip yellowish; second joint of

the antenne red, black at the apex. Pronotum with the

margins and three discal spots red; posterior margin nearly

+ The characters of Telebasis are briefly indicated in a note appended

to the introduction to his ‘Synopsis des Agrionines,’ 5™ légion, p. 4.

The chief character is that the wings are petiolated up to the first basal

postcostal nervule.

t De Selys, MS.

36 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on the Neuropterous

semicireular, very slightly produced in the middle. Two

bright red lines on the thorax above ; the sides reddish, with

two short black streaks, one under the base of each wing ;

there is also an appearance of two lines paler than the ground-

colour. Legs bright red, with black spines; the tips of the

tarsal joints black. Abdomen bright blood-red ; a quadrate

black spot above at the base of the first segment; the sutures

of all the segments with a black ring; on the sides a black

subapical line, commencing at the apex of segment 6, continuous

on segment 7, and nearly so on segment 8, but not there reach-

ing the margins; segment 10 excised in the middle above ;

superior appendages short, only slightly exserted, subtrian-

gular, red, with a black tubercle internally ; inferior appen-

dages somewhat forcipate, long, red, with the tips black and

pointed. Wings hyaline, narrow; veins black, slightly

reddish at the base ; pterostigma reddish brown (yellowish in

immature examples), in the form of an irregular lozenge, the

upper edge much longer than the lower, surmounting one cel-

lule; in the anterior wings the upperside of the quadrilateral

is more than one half shorter than the lower, in the posterior

wings about one third shorter; thirteen to fourteen post-

cubital nervules in the anterior wings ; three cellules between

the quadrilateral and the nodus.

Female. All the markings of the head and thorax that are

red in the male are here yellow; the base of the labrum has a

distinct black line; on the prothorax there are only two spots

instead of three. Legs yellowish, the femora fuscous above.

Abdomen bronzy black above, pale yellowish beneath ;

segments 1-6 above with a yellow half-ring at the base of

each; appendages short, conical, blackish; vulvar valves

yellow, the terminal appendages black.

I have examined several males and females of this species.

17. Telebasis sobrina, n. sp.

3. T. zealandice valde affinis, sed major; appendices superiores

multo longiores, inferioribus dimidio tantum breviores. Long.

corp. 18'", long. abdom. 15'"; exp. alar. 22!’, long. als postic.

103",

Very closely allied to 7. zealandica, but considerably larger ;

on the abdomen the basal spot at the base of segment 1 is

divided ; the superior appendages are much exserted, scarcely

one half shorter than the inierior, subtriangular, the lower

edge concave, hence the tips are much curved downward (the

black tubercle is present as in 7. zealandica). There are four

cellules between the quadrilateral and the nodus in all the

Insects of New Zealand. 37

wings, and the pterostigma is larger and surmounts fully two

cellules ; fifteen postcubital nervules in the anterior wings.

Notwithstanding the great similarity I must, for the present,

consider this insect specifically distinct from 7. zealandica.

Only one male has been examined, and that rather immature,

the red markings on the head and thorax not being fully de-

veloped and more or less yellowish, and the pterostigma dusky

yellow.

PLANIPENNIA.

Sialide.

Genus CHAULIODES, Latreille.

18. Chauliodes diversus, Walker.

Hermes diversus, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. ii. p. 205. H. du-

bitatus, Walk. op. cit. p. 204 * (cf. M‘Lachlan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

July 1869, pp. 387 & 39).

This insect varies much in size. Of five individuals in my

collection the smallest (male) has an expanse of wings of only

25’, the largest (female) expands to 41’. The structure of

the antenne is the same in both sexes.

Myrmeleontide.

Genus MyrMeveon, Linné, Hagen.

19. Myrmeleon acutus, Walker.

Myrmeleon acutus, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. ii. p. 3877.*

Appears to be the sole representative in New Zealand of this

extensive family. The hind wings of the male possess a

“* pelote”’ or knob at the extreme base of the inner margin, as

in many other species.

Osmylide.

Genus SteNnosMyLus, M‘Lachlan.

The New-Zealand species might be transferred to a new

genus on account of the subfalcate wings and excised apical

margin; but the Australian S. pallidus is in some respects

intermediate between them and the typical species; hence

their retention in this genus will answer every purpose, at any

rate for the present.

20. Stenosmylus incisus, M‘Lachlan.

Osmylus incisus, M‘Lachl, Journ. of Entom. vol. ii. p. 112, pl. vi. fig. 1 *

(cf. M‘Lachl. Entom. Monthly Mag. vol. vi. p. 195),

38 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on the Neuropterous

21. Stenosmylus citrinus, n. sp.

S. forma S. incisi. Citrinus. Frons obscurior, supra nigricans.

Thorax utrinque niger. Tibi antice et intermedise (femoraque

postica) ad apices et in medio fusco semicincte. Ale antice

punctis nigris consperse ; macula discali subapicali, nonnullisque

parvis ad marginem apicalem et internum albidis, nigro marginatis:

posticee pallidiores, punctis nigris subobsoletis solum ad costam,

maculis albidis nullis. Abdomen infuscatum. Long. corp. 7!";

exp. alar. 27'".

The whole insect is of a delicate citron colour, excepting

the abdomen, which is infuscate; but the colour of this part

is probably changed in dry examples. On the face the colour

becomes obscured, and below the base of the antenne it is

blackish. On the pronotum anteriorly there is a trace of a

black median longitudinal line, and the sides are broadly black, ,

with black hairs; the meso- and metanota have the sides

broadly infuscate, bordered by a black line. The anterior and

intermediate tibiz have a black spot at each end and in the

middle; the posterior femora are somewhat infuscate, darker

at each end, and with a trace of a black spot in the middle;

all the legs are clothed with citron-coloured hairs. The an-

terior wings have many small black dots, those below the radius,

and two discal ones, larger than the others; at the end of the

first branch of the sector and the upper cubital vein, before the

apex, 1s a conspicuous irregular whitish spot margined with

black, and along the excised apical margin and on the inner

margin are smaller whitish spots, margined with blackish in-

ternally, or with a blackish dot on each side; the sector has

sixteen principal branches; the inner series of gradate nervules

is rudimentary. The posterior wings are paler than the an-

terior, without whitish spots ; and the black dots are only faintly

indicated on the costal margin.

A very beautiful insect, of the same form as S. incisus.

Hemerobiide2.

Genus DREPANOPTERYXT, Leach.

22. Drepanopteryx instabilis, M‘Lachlan.

Drepanopteryx instabilis, M‘Lachl, Journ. of Entom. vol. ii. p. 115, t. vi.

fig. 4.*

Found also in Australia without apparent specific difference.

Most of the New-Zealand examples (but not all) pertain to the

+ According to the characters of the genera Drepanopteryx and Mega-

lomus as laid down by Brauer (cf. ‘ Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellschaft in

Wien,’ 1866, p. 987), the two New-Zealand species and the Australian

D. binoculus ought perhaps to be placed in the last-named genus.

Insects of New Zealand. 39

variety indicated at fig. 4*, with a large whitish costal spot in

the fore wings; but at present I see nothing to indicate that

these form a distinct species.

23. Drepanopteryx humilis, M‘Lachlan.

Drepanopteryx humilis, M‘Lachl, Journ. of Entom. vol. ii. p. 116, pl. vi.

fig. 5,*

Found also at Moreton Bay. The smaller size seems to in-

dicate that this is not a form of D. instabilis.

Genus Micromus, Rambur.

24, Micromus tasmanie, Walker.

Homie ones tasmanie, Walk. Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 2, vol. v.

p. 186.*

I have two examples which scarcely appear to differ speci-

fically from others from Australia ; but it is desirable that long

series of both Australian and New-Zealand specimens should

be compared. The insect has the costal area of the fore wings

narrowed at the base, and without a recurrent nervule, and

hence is a Mécromus and not a Hemerobius as restricted.

TRICHOPTERA.

Sericostomatide.

Genus Ciconesus, M‘Lachlan.

25. Cconesus maort, M‘Lachlan.

(Econesus maori, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 808 * ;

id. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. x. p. 211, pl. ii. fig. 1 (neuration), ¢.

I now possess the female of this insect ; it differs from the

male in its larger size; the neuration of the anterior wings is

regular; and in the posterior wings there are two additional

apical forks. The maxillary palpi are 5-jointed, the basal

joint very short, the second slightly longer, the third to fifth

still longer and nearly equal ¢nter se.

Genus Ournx, M‘Lachlan.

26. Olinx Feredayi, M‘Lachlan.

Olin Feredayi, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 198, pl. i.

figs, 2-2 d (details).*

Genus Pycnocentria, M‘Lachlan.

27. Pycnocentria funerea, M‘Lachlan.

Pycnocentria funerea, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. v.

p- 252, pl. xviii. fig. 1 (details).*

40 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on the Neuropterous

28. Pycnocentria evecta, M‘Lachlan.

Pyenocentria evecta, M‘Lachl. Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 199

pl. ii. fig. 3 (details).*

29. Pycnocentria aureola, M‘Lachlan.

Pyenocentria aureola, M‘Lachl, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 200,

pl. ii. figs. 4 & 4a (details).*

HELICOPSYCHE.

This term was applied to certain cases of the larvee of Tri-

choptera found in Europe, which depart from the usual forms

and assume a spiral condition, thus resembling small Helices,

formed of sand grains neatly cemented together; and this re-

semblance has often deceived conchologists, who have described

them as shells. They have since been found in streams almost

all over the world, and their real nature has long been known.

Recently in North America the perfect insect of one species

has been bred. Three forms occur in New Zealand (cf

M‘Lachlan, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 200). There is

yet much mystery about the species that form them; and it

is possible that they are the work of more than one genus of

Sericostomatide. The European forms have not been referred

to any particular insects ; and in Kurope no insect has been

discovered that absolutely agrees generically with that bred in

America. The same remark applies to those from New Zea-

land ; and I have a suspicion that they may be the work of

species of Pycnocentria. It is much to be desired that colonial

entomologists will investigate this matter; the cases are pro-

bably found attached to stones in streams.

Leptoceride.

Genus TETRACENTRON, Brauer.

30. Tetracentron sarothropus, Brauer.

Tetracentron sarothropus, Brauer, Verh, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1865,

p- 418; zd. Reise der ‘Novara,’ Neurop. p. 12, t. 1. fig. 5 (details).*

Pseudonema obsoleta, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i.

p- 305 (cf. M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xi. p. 128).

31. Tetracentron amabile, M‘Lachlan.

Tetracentron amabile, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 201,

pl. ii. figs. 5-5 d (details).*

Genus Noranarouica, M‘Lachlan.

32. Notanatolica cognata, M‘Lachlan.

Leptocerus cognatus, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i.

p- 3806.* Notanatolica cognata, M‘Lachl. oc. cit. vol. v. p. 258.

Insects of New Zealand. 41

33. Notanatolica cephalotes, Walkev.

Leptocerus cephaloies, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. i. p. 73 (cf.

M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 213).

A doubtful species.

Genus Leprocerus, Leach, Hagen.

34. Leptocerus (?) alienus, M‘Lachlan.

Leptocerus (?) alienus, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 202.*

This insect is not a true Leptocerus as restricted.

Genus SETODES, Rambur.

35. Setodes unicolor, M‘Lachlan.

Setodes umcolor, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. vol. x. p. 203, pl. ii.

fig.7 (details).*

Hydropsychide.

Genus HypropsycHE, Pictet, Hagen.

36. Hydropsyche fimbriata, M‘Lachlan.

Hydropsyche fimbriata, M‘Lachl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i.

p. 309.

37. Hydropsyche colonica, M‘Lachlan.

Hydropsyche colonica, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xi. p. 131,

t. iv. fig. 16 (details).*

Genus PoLycENTROPUS, Curtis.

38. Polycentropus puerilis, M‘Lachlan.

Polycentropus puerilis, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 204,

t. 11. figs. 8-8 b (details).*

Genus Hyprosrosis, M‘Lachlan.

39. Hydrobiosis frater, M‘Lachlan.

Hydrobiosis frater, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 207, t. ii.

figs. 9-9 b (details).*

40. Hydrobiosis umbripennis, M‘Lachlan.

Hydrobiosis umbripennis, M‘Lachl, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 208,

t. ii. figs. 9c, d (details).*

Genus PsttocHoreMa, M‘Lachlan.

41. Psilochorema mimicum, M‘Lachlan.

Psilochorema mimicum, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, ser. 3, vol. v.

p. 274, pl. xviii. fig. 4 (details).*

42 Dr. J. E. Gray on two new

42. Psilochorema confusum, M‘Lachlan.

Psilochorema confusum, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 210,

t. ii. figs. 10-10 6 (details).*

Rhyacophilide.

Genus Puiuanisus, Walker.

43. Philanisus plebejus, Walker.

Philanisus plebejus, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt.i. p. 116. -Ano-

malostoma alloneura, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1865,

p. 422; id. Reise der ‘ Novara,’ Neurop. p. 16, t. i. fig. 6 (details).*

Hydroptilide.

Genus OXYETHIRA, Eaton.

44, Oxyethira albiceps, M‘Lachlan.

Hydroptila albiceps, M‘Lachl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i.

p. 304. Oxyethira albiceps, Eaton, loc. ett. 1873, p. 145.*

This species was accidentally omitted in my list in ‘ Journ.

Linn. Soc.,’ Zool. vol. x.

1V.—Description of two new Species of Bush-buck (Cepha-

lophus) from Western Africa. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

&e.

In the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1871,

p. 588, I published some notes on the Cephalophi, and de-

scribed two new species which had been sent home from

Africa by M. du Chaillu as materials for stuffing out the

skin of the bongo (Eurycerus eurycerus). I now add the de-

scriptions of two others from the inside of the same skin, which

I did not notice at the time because I hoped to have additional

specimens in confirmation of their distinctness; but second

consideration has induced me to believe that they are the

evidence of the existence of two other species in that country,

though M. du Chaillu said that there were no antelopes in

Western Africa, and confirmatory of the idea that he obtained

the chief of his collections from native collectors and he really

did not know what he had brought home.

1. Cephalophus aureus.

Fur on the sides of the body rather elongate and soft, of the

head and neck shorter and more rigid, pale bay. ‘The crown of

the head and long hairs between the horns black; spot over

the eye deep bay ; front part of the body and front part of the

fore legs darker brown, varied with blackish hairs, which are

Species of Bush-buck. 43

more abundant and form the indistinct streak down the back

of the neck and front part of the back ; but in the latter part

they are more or less spread over the shoulders so as not to

form any regular dorsal band; the black hairs are abundant

on the front part of the fore legs; fore legs trom the knees to

the hoofs and the hind feet blackish; underside of the head

rather paler; chest blackish, hinder part of the belly and

imner side of the thighs white; tail dark brown, white on

the underside. Hoofs elongate.

Hab. West Africa, Gaboon (Du Chaillu).

Differs from C. dorsalis in the softness of the fur, in the

underside of the head being bay and not whitish, in the hind

legs beg brown, and in the hocks and feet to the upper

hinder hoofs only being black. In many respects it is like

C. nigrifrons ; but the fur is softer and longer and much paler.

2. Cephalophus leucogaster.

Fur bay, darker in the middle, with a broad black unde-

fined dorsal streak, which is broader in the middle and nar-

rower and more defined on the rump; crown darker blackish

brown, paler-grizzled; underside of the head, middle line of

the throat, the chest, belly, and inner side of the linbs white.

Tail rather bushy, with intermixed black and white long

hairs.

Hab. West Africa, Gaboon (Du Chaillu).

In Cephalophus badius the underside of the body is rather

paler bay ; the chest is black, which extends some way down

the belly in a narrow line; the underside of the head is paler

whitish, the hinder part of the belly and imner side of the

thighs whitish.

The Cephalophi, with conical, short, more or less re-

cumbent horns and separate nasals, may be divided into

groups according to the bones of their skulls.

I. Nasal bones elongate.

* The lachrymal cavity deep, large.

+ The lachrymal pit high up from the tooth-line. Sylvicultrix.

C. sylvicultrix, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 595, f. 4.

t+ Lachrymal cavity near to the upper edge of the grinders, separated

from it by a ridge. Cephalophus.

C. natalensis, Gray, Cat. Ungulata, t. 10. f. 1.

C. nigrifrons, Gray, P. Z. 5. 1871, p. 598, f. 6.

44 Mr. A. W.E. O’Shaughnessy’s Herpetological Notes.

** Lachrymal cavity large, shallow, broad behind down to the base

of the teeth, flattened in front of the sides of the nose.

C, Maxwellii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 600, f. 8.

*** The lachrymal pit shallow, deepest in the middle and front of

the lachrymal bone, which is very large and produced m front.

C. Ogilbyt.

Il. Nasal bones short, broad behind.

C. coronatus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 599, f. 7. Lachrymal pit

deep and broad.

C. rufilatus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 597, f. 5. Lachrymal

pit shallow and more elongate. —

C. badius. Lachrymal pit small, triangular.

V.—Herpetological Notes. By A. W. E. O'SHAUGHNESSY,

Assistant in the Natural-History Department, British

Museum.

EUPREPES NOVARA (Fitz. 7n liters), described as a new species

from Tahiti by Dr. Steindachner (Rept. im Voyage of the

‘Novara,’ p. 47), is the Scincus noctua (“Scinque phaléne ”’)

described and figured by Lesson (Voyage of the ‘ Coquille,’

Zoologie, tom. ii. p. 48, pl. iil. fig. 4, gr. nat.), which seems to

have been overlooked by subsequent writers, with the exception

of Girard, who describes it in vol. xx. of Wilkes’s United-

States Exploring Expedition, p. 249, and in ‘ Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sc. Philad.’1857. It is one of the common species, according to

Girard occurring in the habitations of the natives, and having

almost as wide arange as Mabouya cyanura. Lesson procured

it in a field of sugar-canes in Ovalau.

The new subgenus and species, Chalcides (Hapalolepis)

Abendrothii, described by Dr. Peters in the ‘ Monatsber. der

Konigl. Akad. Berlin,’ August 1871, p. 399, is the genus and

oe Ophiognomon trisanale described at length by Mr. E. D.

ope in the ‘ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad.’ 1868, p. 100. Both

authors make the same remark as to its apparent resemblance to

the Amphisbeenians. It is probably through an oversight that

Mr. Cope states that his genus differs from Chalcisin the position

of the nostril; the position of the nostril is the same in both,

as Dr. Peters rightly indicates, the obvious difference being

the absence of an internasal plate. This plate is present in

Chalcis. The “ nasorostrales ” of Duméril and Bibron =the

Mr. A. W. E. O’Shaughnessy on Gerrhonotus. 45

nasals ; their “‘ internasorostrale ”’ = the internasal; and con-

sequently their “ fronto-internasorostrales ”’ =the frontalia an-

terlora.

List of Species of the Genus Gerrhonotus.

Group I. Head depressed ; occipital and temporal plates more or less

swollen. Scales of back and sides weakly keeled or smooth.

Abronia.

Gerrhonotus Deppii, Wiegm. Herpet. Mexicana, 1834, p. 31,

pl. ix. fig. 3.

Mexico. Type in Berlin Museum.

G. teniatus, Wiegm. /. c. pl. 1x. figs. 1, 2.

Mexico. Type in Berlin Museum.

G. gramineus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1864,

p- 179.

Mexico. Smithsonian Museum.

Apparently closely allied to G. Deppit.

G. auritus, Cope, 1. c. 1868, p. 306.

Vera Paz. Smithsonian Museum.

G. Vasconcellosit, Bocourt, Nouv. Archives du Muséum, 1872,

p- 107.

Guatemala.

Group II. Head not depressed ; occipital shields not prominent.

Scales of back keeled, the keels forming longitudinal ridges.

Gerrhonotus.

A. Head more or less tapering ; body slender ; tail very long and

tapering.

* A small plate interposed between the first supranasals,

P '?P (ip

. tessellatus, Wiegm. /.c. p. 32. (See Cope, /. c. 1866, p. 321,

and Bocourt, /. c. p. 102.)

? Pterogasterus ventralis, Peale & Green.

Mexico. Types in Berlin Museum and several specimens

in British Museum.

G. lemniscatus, Bocourt, 1. c. p. 105.

Mexico, Vera Paz.

The British Museum possesses three specimens which I

46 Mr. A. W. E. O'Shaughnessy on

recognize as belonging to this species—a still longer and

slenderer one than G. tessellatus, and having the tail of ex-

cessive length, but agreeing with the latter in the arrangement

of the supranasals.

G. ophiurus, Cope, l. c. 1866, p. 321.

Oriza, Mexico.

G. infernalis, Baird, Emory’s U. 8. B. Exped., Rept. p. 11;

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1858, p. 255; Cope, J. c.

p- 322.

Texas.

G. viridiflavus, Bocourt, Ann. des Sc. Nat. xvii., Déc. 1872.

Mexico.

** No small accessory plate between the first supranasals.

G. Webbii, Baird, /. c. pl. xxiv. figs. 1-10; Proc. Ac. Nat.

Se. Philad. 1858, p. 255.

California.

The young specimen figured by Baird seems to have only

one pair of narrow oblique supranasals.

G. nobilis, Baird & Gir. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1852,

p- 129 Emory’s U. 8. B. Exped., Rept. pl. xv:

figs. 1-8. .

New Mexico.

G. (Elgaria) Kingii, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1838, 1. p. 390.

G, multifasciatus, Dum. & Bibr. ; Bocourt, 7. c. p. 106, note.

The type of this species in the British Museum is in a rather

bad state. It agrees with the lengthened description of G.

multifasciatus in the ‘ Erpétologie Générale.’ Two pairs of

narrow supranasals, without accessory plate between. Tail

more than twice the length of body and head together ; fifty

transverse series of scales from occiput to commencement of

tail.

B. Head and body stouter ; tail of moderate length.

G. Wiegmannt, Gray, Catal. of Lizards, 1845, p. 54.

Type in the British Museum. I do not find any allusion to

this species by succeeding writers. The arrangement of the

plates of the head is the same as that in the figures of Elgaria

the Genus Gerrhonotus. 47

grandis, the description of which it agrees with in other

respects, having, however, forty-eight instead of fifty transverse

series of scales between occiput and commencement of tail.

Head broad posteriorly ; supranasals two pairs, oblique, un-

symmetrical ; internasal wide, transverse; fronto-nasals large

and broadly in contact along the median line. Scales of back

keeled, moderate, in forty-eight transverse series from occiput

to tail, thirty-two between axil and groin; in fourteen longi-

tudinal series; ventral plates in twelve longitudinal series.

Limbs short, not meeting. Tail once and a half the length of

head and body.

G. (Elgaria) grandis, Baird & Gir. Proc. Acad. Nat. Se.

Philad. 1852, p.176; Wilkes’s Expl. Exped. xx. p. 212,

pl. xxi. figs. 1-9.

Oregon.

Fifty transverse series of scales between occiput and com-

mencement of tail; fourteen longitudinal dorsal series.

G. (Elgaria) scincicauda, Skilton; Baird & Gir., Stansbury’s

Exped. p. 348, pl. iv. figs. 1-3 ; Wilkes’s Expl. Exped.

xx. p. 210, pl. xxii. figs. 1-9.

Closely allied to the preceding.

Scales in fifty-two transverse, fourteen longitudinal series.

G. (Elgaria) formosa, Baird & Gir. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc.

Philad. 1852, p. 175; Wilkes’s Expl. Exped. xx. p. 206,

pl. xxii. figs. 10-17.

Upper California.

Closely allied to the last two.

Scales in forty-eight transverse, sixteen longitudinal series.

2G. multicarinatus, De Blainv. Nouv. Ann. du Mus. iv.

p- 289, pl. xxv. fig. 2; Dum. & Bibr. Erpét. Géné:. v.

p- 404; Hallowell, Pacific Railr. Exped., Rept. p. 9, pl.ix.

fig. 1.

California.

G. Burnettii, Gray, Catal. of Lizards, p. 54.

South America. Type in British Museum.

Head rather short; supranasals two pairs, large, one behind

the other, followed by a subcircular internasal ; fronto-nasals

well developed and broadly in contact, coming obliquely for-

wards to meet the supranasals, and thus enclosing the inter-

48 On the Genus Gerrhonotus.

nasal. Dorsal scales in forty-eight transverse series from

occiput to tail, and sixteen longitudinal; ventral plates in

twelve longitudinal series. Limbs short, not meeting. Tail

short, only equal to length of head and body.

G. ceruleus, Wiegm. Isis, 1828, p. 379.

Brazil.

G. (Elgaria) principis, Baird & Gir. Proc. Acad. Nat. Se.

Philad. 1852, p. 175; Wilkes’s Explor. Exped. xx.

p. 214, pl. xxii. figs. 1-16.

Oregon.

Dorsal scales in forty-eight transverse, fourteen longitudinal

series.

G. Moreletii, Bocourt, Nouv. Arch. du Mus. 1872, p. 102.

Guatemala.

Founded by M. Bocourt upon the specimen given in

Duméril’s Catalogue (1851) as the unique example of G. tes-

sellatus. 'The British Museum now possesses four specimens

of this well-marked species: two of these seem referable to

G. fulvus of M. Bocourt, but appear scarcely specifically

distinct. This is the lizard which Mr. Salvin obtained at

Lanquin, and which he mentions in ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.’ 1860,

p- 455, under the name G. Wiegmanni, as follows: —“ A single

specimen was the only one that came under my notice ; this I

caught on the convent wall. It was shown me by the priest,

who said that he had noticed it on the same spot several nights

in succession.”

G. fulvus, Bocourt, 7. c. p. 104.

Elgaria marginata, Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad.

1852, p. 179 (unrecognizable) ; Sitgreave’s Exped. Zuni

and Colorado, p. 114, pl. ui. (bad).

Probably G. tessellatus.

G. olivaceus, Baird, Emory’s U. 8. B. Exped., Rept. p. 11;

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1858, p. 255 (description in-

sufficient).

“No single frontal.”

California.

On new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 49

VI.—Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera

in the Collection of the British Museum. By FREDERICK

SmitH, Assistant in the Zoological Department, British

Museum.

[Continued from vol. xi. p. 451.]

Genus Norocypuus, Smith.

Notocyphus maculifrons.

Female. Length 74 lines. Head, thorax, and base of the

abdomen black, the following segments ferruginous ; wings

fusco-hyaline, with the apex of the anterior pair dark fuscous.

Head as wide as the thorax; a narrow abbreviated line at the

inner orbits of the eyes, above the insertion of the antenne ;

a small yellow angulated spot on each side of the clypeus;

an obscure fulvous line on the seven apical joints of the

antennz beneath; the palpi rufo-testaceous. Thorax: the

prothorax shorter, and the metathorax a little longer than the

mesothorax; the latter truncate ; the claws of all the tarsi and

the spurs of the anterior tibie ferruginous. Abdomen: the

posterior margin only of the first segment ferruginous; the

two following segments have on each side a pale ferruginous

curved line, those on the third segment uniting at the base of

the segment; the two following segments have, at their base,

a dark fuscous transverse spot; beneath, each segment has a

large black macula on each side, which occupies the greater

part of the segment.

Hab. Para.

This species resembles the type of the genus, NV. sevissimus,

also found at Para; but it has a broader head, its prothorax is

proportionally shorter, as is also the metathorax; it differs

also in having ferruginous claws and in the coloration of the

wings, and in having the clypeus maculated.

Genus Pepsis, Fabr.

Pepsis eximtus.

Male. Length 7} lines. Brilliant green, with golden tints.

Head : the sides of the clypeus and of the face covered with

bright golden pubescence, the cheeks are also adorned with

the same; antenne orange-yellow, with the scape and first

joint of the flagellum black. The sides of the thorax and the

coxee beneath covered with bright golden pile; the sides of

the scutellum, the postscutellum, and entire margins of the

metathorax above with golden pile; legs black, with tints of

bright green in certain lights; wings fulvo-hyaline, with a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii.

50 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

dark fuscous cloud at their apex, which covers the marginal

and third submarginal cells, and extends to the apex of the

wings. Abdomen subpetiolate, and of a vivid golden green.

Hab. Santarem.

Pepsis tinctipennis.

Female. Length 154 lines. Black, with blue and green

shades in different lights; wings dark brown, glossy, but not

prismatic, with the apex of the anterior wings yellow from

the base of the third submarginal cell. Head: the scape of

the antenne of a blue tint; the seven following joints opaque

black; the five apical joints orange-yellow. Thorax: the

disk has a bright green tint in certain lights; the metathorax

obscurely tinted with shades of blue or green, and irregularly,

strongly, transversely striated; the legs dark blue; the tibie

and tarsi thickly set with short spines. Abdomen shining, and

reflecting shades of purple, blue, and green.

Hab. Para.

Pepsis fuscipennis.

Female. Length 9-113 lines. Head and thorax obscurely

blue ; abdomen black, exhibiting a blue lustre in certain lights.

Head: antenne pale yellowish white, with the scape and

three, or sometimes four, of the basal joints black; the third

and the fourth joints also occasionally more or less pale at the

apex. Thorax: the metathorax more or less covered with

pale golden pile, and transversely striated ; wings fuscous, not

darkly so, with the apex of the anterior pair milky white ;

legs obscure blue; the tibize and tarsi thickly set with short

spines. Abdomen elliptical ; the second and three following

segments with two very obscure, divergent ferruginous lines

in the middle.

Hab. Ega: Para.

Oi,

This may possibly be the P. elongata of St. Fargeau in

very fine condition, having golden pile on the metathorax ; it

has the wings paler, and it also differs in having the tips of

the anterior wings pale; still [ have a suspicion of its being

a local variety. P. elongata is from Surinam.

Pepsis optimatis.

Female. Length 12 lines. Head and thorax clothed with

golden pubescence ; abdomen black, with a beautiful change-

able opaline lustre. Head: the antenne orange-red; the

scape black, and with a golden pile. Thorax bright golden ;

wings dark rufo-fuscous, with a pale spot in the second dis-

—" 7

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 51

coidal cell; legs black; the tibiee and tarsi very strongly

spinose ; the coxw with golden pile. Abdomen black, with

a sericeous pile that changes in tint in different lights, to green,

gold, blue, or opaline lustre.

Hab. Para.

Pepsis purpureus.

Female, Length 7 lines. Purple, with blue and green tints

in certain lights. The four apical joints of the antennez, and

the apex of the fifth, bright orange-yellow. The posterior

margin of the prothorax incrassate; the metathorax trans-

versely and irregularly striated, and having a longitudinal

central impressed line, extending to the apex; the wings

dark fuscous, with a minute hyaline spot at the base of the

second discoidal cell ; the intermediate and posterior tibize and

tarsi strongly spinose. Abdomen smooth and shining, par-

taking of splendid tints of. purple, blue, and green in different

lights; the apical segment covered with erect black hairs.

Hab. Tapajos; Para.

A specimen of what I can only regard as a variety of this

species, from Para, differs in having an additional pale joint

at the apex of the antenna, and also in having the impressed

line on the metathorax very faintly traced.

Genus CEROPALES, Latr.

Ceropales crassicornis.

Male. Length 6 lines. Black, and variegated with spots

and fascie of a pale ochraceous colour, tinged with ferru-

ginous. Head rather wider than the thorax, the antenne

fulvous beneath ; the clypeus and inner orbits of the eyes as

high as the anterior stemma, and a narrow line behind the

eyes ochraceous; the labrum sulphur-yellow. Thorax: the

posterior margin of the prothorax, the tegule, and a line over

them, an oblong spot on the mesothorax, the scutellum, the

sides of the metathorax, and a line in its centre, not reaching

its apex, ochraceous ; two ovate black spots at the base of the

scutellum ; all the coxe ochraceous, and more or less striped

with black ; wings flavo-hyaline, with a dark fuscous cloud at

the apex of the anterior pair, which extends nearly to the base

of the marginal cell; the posterior pair faintly clouded at

their apex; the nervures ferruginous, the costal ones black.

Abdomen: the basal margin of the first, second, and third

segments with an ochraceous fascia; beneath, the three basal

segments have their lateral margins broadly ochraceous.

Hab. Para.

52 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

Ceropales lugubris.

Male. Length 34 lines. Black, thinly covered with hoary

pile; wings subhyaline and iridescent, faintly clouded at

their apex, with their nervures fuscous. Head: the clypeus

covered with silvery pubescence, and, as well as the palpi and

a minute spot on the cheeks, close to the base of the man-

dibles, white; a yellowish-white spot on the scape of the

antenne. ‘Thorax: the posterior margin of the prothorax, a

minute spot on the scutellum, another on the mesothorax |

between the wings, white; a pale spot at the apex of the

anterior tibize ; the anterior tarsi rufo-testaceous; the posterior

legs nearly twice as long as the body. The apical segment

of the abdomen white.

Hab, Santarem.

Ceropales pedestris.

Male. Length 3 lines. Black, the wings hyaline and

beautifully iridescent ; posterior legs more than twice the

length of the body, and the abdomen maculated with white.

Head rather wider than the thorax; the clypeus, labrum,

palpi, scape in front, first joint of the flagellum in front, and

the inner orbits of the eyes, as high as their sinus, white.

Thorax : the postscutellum, coxee beneath, anterior trochanters

beneath, and the tibiz and tarsi entirely white ; the tibiz have

a narrow black line above ; the nervures of the wings black ;

the scutellum elevated into a pointed tubercle; the meta-

thorax with a changeable silvery pile. Abdomen: each

segment with a lateral oblong macula; the fifth with two

central ovate spots, the sixth with a large quadrate one, and

the seventh segment entirely white.

Hab. Para.

Ceropales irregularis.

Male. Length 43 lines. Head and thorax black and

shining ; abdomen and legs red; the posterior legs twice the

length of the body. Head: the labrum, clypeus, face, as

high as the insertion of the antenne, a line at the inner orbits

of the eyes, which widens and terminates in their sinus, and a

narrow line behind the eyes white; the scape and first joint

ot the antennze white beneath. Thorax: the posterior margin

of the prothorax, the postscutellum, and anterior coxee beneath

white; the metathorax with a deep central longitudinal in-

cision, and with its posterior lateral angles white and

covered with silvery pubescence; wings hyaline, their

nervures black, with the apical margin of the anterior pair

slightly fuscous ; the posterior tarsi black.

Hab. Paya.

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 53

Genus APORUS, Spin.

_Aporus quadrimaculatus.

Female. Length 52 lines. Black, with a large ovate white

macula on each side of the second and third segments. Head:

the tips of the mandibles, the scape beneath, as well as the

four basal joimts of the flagellum of the antenne beneath,

fulvous. ‘Thorax: the posterior margin of the scutellum, the

postscutellum, and the metathorax covered with a glittering

silvery pile that changes in different lights to shades of

greater or less brilliancy ; the coxe and femora also covered

with glittering pile; the calcaria at the apex of the inter-

mediate and posterior tibies white; the anterior wings dark

fuscous, with a hyaline fascia crossing them at the apex of

the first submarginal cell; the externo-median cell is also

hyaline, and the extreme apex of the wings pale ; the posterior

wings are hyaline and iridescent, with a faint cloud at their

apex. The apical segment of the abdomen white, or yellowish

white.

Hab. Para; Santarem.

Aporus canescens.

Female. Length 33-5 lines. . Black, and covered with

hoary pile, most thinly so on the vertex, disk of the thorax,

and base of the abdomen. ‘ips of the mandibles ferrugi-

nous; wings dark fuscous, and having a coppery refulgence ;

the hoary pile is most dense at the base of the segments of

the abdomen.

Hab. Para; Tiga.

The male only differs in being smaller and less pilose ; the

wings are dark fuscous; the metathorax concavely truncate.

Aporus minutus.

Male. Length 2 lines. Black, and thinly covered with a

fine hoary pile; smooth and shining; the wings fusco-

hyaline; the spines and calcaria on the intermediate and

posterior tibie and tarsi elongate; the apex of the meta-

thorax rounded; the abdomen narrow, and pointed at its

apex.

Hab. Paya.

This insect is very like the male of A. canescens, but, I

think, is a distinct species; the metathorax is not distinctly

truncated.

54 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

Family Sphegide.

Genus TRIGoNopsIS, Perty.

Trigonopsis cyclocephalus.

Male. Length 8 lines. Head and thorax black; abdomen

ferruginous, with the petiole black ; anterior wings with two

light-brown fasciz. Head slightly narrowed behind, smooth,

shining, and impunctate ; the sides of the face and the clypeus

covered with golden pubescence ; the latter produced into two

teeth at its anterior margin, which, as well as the mandibles,

are ferruginous; the latter black at their tips; the scape of

the antenne pale ferruginous, and the two following joints of

the flagellum obscurely ferruginous beneath; the prothorax

smooth, shining, and narrowed anteriorly into a short neck ;

its posterior margin fringed with silvery hairs, and in the

middle it is elevated into a slight tubercle; the anterior and

intermediate tibie and tarsi ferruginous ; the anterior femora,

and the other femora more or less, ferruginous at their apex.

Hab. Kiga.

This species is very distinct from all those that have a

similar coloration—namely, the typical one (Z. rufiventris),

T. affinis, and T. intermedvus, described by Saussure in ‘ Reise

der Novara.’ It is distinguished from the type by its shorter

and rounder head, by the pale tibize and tarsi, its shorter neck

and metathorax, the latter being covered with transverse

strie. From the male of T. afinds it is at once distinguished

by the ferruginous scape of the antenna, and by its having

the teeth and anterior margin of the clypeus also ferruginous ;

it has the second submarginal cell square and larger, and its

legs are differently coloured. From 7. intermedius it will

probably prove to differ; but the male of that species is not

known.

Trigonopsis plesiosaurus.

Female. Length 7 lines. Elongate and attenuated; head

and thorax shining black; abdomen red. Head narrowed

behind, the sides nearly parallel, or only slightly widest

anteriorly ; the clypeus and face with a golden pile; the

anterior margin of the clypeus with four teeth, the outer pair

stoutest and longest; the mandibles arcuate, and, as well as

the scape of the antenne in front, ferruginous, as are also its

extreme base and apex. Thorax smooth, shining, and forming

a long neck with a deep central abbreviated channel at its

base; the mesothorax with scattered large deep punctures ;

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. -. §9

the metathorax strongly punctured, and with a triangular

patch of silvery pubescence at its base ; the wings with similar

fascize as in 7. cyclocephalus, the tegule obscurely testaceous ;

the anterior and intermediate femora, tibie, and tarsi ferru-

ginous ; the intermediate femora more or less fuscous above ;

the posterior pair ferruginous at their extreme base and apex ;

the petiole and swollen part of the segment, except its apical

margin, black.

This is perfectly distinct from all the species with which I

am acquainted; its long attenuated form alone would di-

stinguish it; but its punctured metathorax, without striation,

at once separates it.

Hab, Higa.

Genus AMPULEX, Jurine.

Ampulex trigonopsis.

Female. Length 72 lines. Black: head and thorax with

an olive-green pile; wings maculated. Head : clypeus covered

with silvery pile, sharply carinated, and produced in front into

an acute tooth; covered with somewhat oblong punctures ;

those on the pro- and mesothorax are similar; the meta-

thorax with a central and on each side four longitudinal

carine, three of which converge inwards; between the carine

it is transversely striated ; the posterior lateral angles dentate ;

wings hyaline; the nervures black; the anterior margin of

the superior wings fuscous; a fuscous cloud covers the mar-

ginal, two submarginal cells, and the apex of the third dis-

coidal cell ; the legs have an olive silky pile. Abdomen very

smooth and shining, with a pale silvery pile over the apical

margin of the second segment, and also the rest of the abdomen ;

the apical segment rufo-testaceous.

Hab. Ega.

Family Larride.

Genus LARRADA, Smith.

Larrada fasciata.

Female. Length 44 lines. Black; pilose. The face and

clypeus silvery, only observable in certain lights; the tips of

the mandibles ferruginous. Thorax: the mesothorax with

pale golden pile, on the rest of the thorax it is silvery, and

on the metathorax brightest ; that on its truncation very dense

and bright; wings hyaline; the anterior pair with a pale

fuscous fascia crossing them from the stigma, its width being

56 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

equal to the length of the third discoidal cell; the nervures

fuscous; the stigma and costal veins blackish; the tegule

obscurely testaceous. The abdomen narrowed at its base and

subpetiolate ; the three basal segments with silver fasciz on

their apical margins ; the three apical segments with a covering

of pale golden pile, only observable in certain lights.

Hab. St. Paulo (Amazons).

Larrada facilis.

Female. Length 5} lines. Black, and brilliantly adorned

with bright silvery pile. The face and clypeus silvery.

Thorax slightly shining; the metathorax opaque, and more

or less covered with bright silvery pile ; wings subhyaline,

the nervures fuscous; costa and stigma black; the: outer

margin of the tegule testaceous. The apical margins of the

three basal segments of the abdomen with bright silvery

fascive ; the two apical segments entirely silvery.

Hab. Ega.

Larrada tenebrosa.

Female. Length 44 lines. Shining black; the head and

mesothorax highly polished and impunctate. The clypeus

with silvery pile. Thorax: the sides, and also beneath, thinly

covered with a short changeable hoary pubescence ; the meta-

thorax finely transversely striated, and having a central

longitudinal depression; the truncation with a central im-

pressed line, and with the lateral margins roughened; wings

fuscous, with their apex pale. Abdomen smooth, shining,

impunctate, and destitute of marginal fascie.

Hab. Eiga.

Larrada pruinosa.

Female. Length 51 lines. Black, and covered with a thin

hoary pile, most densely so beneath ; on the sides of the thorax

and legs, in certain lights having a silvery lustre. The face

and clypeus with bright silvery pile, also the metathorax on

the sides and: posteriorly ; the wings hyaline, faintly tinted

with yellow ; the nervures pale testaceous, with the costa and

stigma black. Abdomen with silvery fascize on the posterior

margins of the three basal segments ; the apical segment with

a changeable short fuscous pubescence.

Hab. Kga.

Larrada cethiops.

Female. Length 82 lines. . Black; head and abdomen

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 57

shining ; thorax opaque. Head: mandibles ferruginous, with

their base black ; the anterior margin of the clypeus rounded ;

the head behind covered with silvery pile, a patch of the same on

each side of the clypeus. ‘The thorax covered with a changeable

silvery pile, most sparingly so on the mesothorax ; the legs

pilose ; the scutellum shining ; a patch of bright silvery hair

on the metathorax close to the insertion of the posterior coxe ;

wings dark brown, and having a coppery and violet iridescence

in certain lights; the base of the posterior pair subhyaline.

Abdomen smooth, shining, and impunctate.

Hab. Kiga; St. Paulo.

Larrada limpidipennis.

Female. Length 5+ lines. Black, with pale flavo-hyaline

wings; their tegule and all the nervures towards the base of

the wings bright yellow, but towards their apex becoming

slightly darker; a faint cloud at the apex of the superior

par. Head: the clypeus densely covered with bright silvery

pile, the cheeks also pilose; the mandibles, and the antenne

beneath, ferruginous. ‘The metathorax, the coxe, and femora

beneath, covered with bright, changeable, silvery pile; the

apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous. The apical margins of

the three basal segments of the abdomen with fascie of bright

silvery pile.

Hab. Paya.

Genus TACHYTES, Panz.

Tachytes tridipennis.

Female. Length 3-3% lines. Black; wings hyaline, and

exhibiting beautiful iridescent colours in different lights.

Head : the lower part of the face and the clypeus covered with

bright silvery pubescence. The mesothorax shining and finely

punctured; the metathorax above with longitudinal, fine,

divergent strie ; the wings with the neuration black and the

tegulz pale testaceous; the apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous ;

the sides of the thorax beneath, and also the legs, with a thin,

changeable, cinereous pilosity. Abdomen conieal, very thinly

pilose, shining, and with changeable silvery fasciz on the apical

margins of the segments ; beneath smooth and shining.

Hab. Tiga.

Tachytes fervens.

Male. Length 43 lines. Black; the legs ferruginous;

adorned with golden pubescence. Head : the face and clypeus

covered with bright golden pubescence ; the mandibles fer-

38 On new Species of Fossorial ILymenoptera.

ruginous. Thorax: the pubescence thin on the disk of the

mesothorax, but dense and bright at its margins, and also on

the prothorax and postscutellum ; the metathorax covered with

a thin, erect, pale pubescence ; wings flavo-hyaline, their ner-

vures ferruginous; the tegulee pale testaccous ; legs ferruginous,

with the cox and base of the femora above blackish. Abdo-

men: the posterior margins of the segments broadly ferrugi-

nous, and covered with a thin golden pile; beneath ferruginous,

with the base of the first and second segments more or less

black.

Hab. Kiga.

Tachytes simulans.

Female. Length 53 lines. Black; the abdomen with pale

golden fascie. The face and clypeus covered with silvery

pubescence ; the mandibles ferruginous. Thorax: the sides and

beneath, covered thinly with a changeable hoary pile ; the pro-

thorax, margins of the mesothorax, “and of the scutellum with

very pale golden pile; the tibie and tarsi have a pale

golden pile, their spines ferruginous; wings flavo-hyaline,

with the nervures pale ferruginous ; the tegule pale testaceous.

Abdomen thinly covered with a fine, changeable, golden pile ;

the posterior margins of the segments with fascize of bright

pale golden pubescence; the apical segment entirely golden.

Hab. Kga.

Tachytes frontalis.

Female. Length 7 lines. Black ; the face densely clothed

with bright golden pubescence, that on the cheeks pale golden,

inclining to silver; the mandibles ferruginous, with some

silvery pubescence at their base. Thorax semiopaque, and on

the sides and beneath thinly covered with cinereous pubescence;

the margins of the mesothorax and postscutellum silvery ; the

legs pilose, more or less silvery in certain lights; the spines

on the tibiee and tarsi ferruginous ; wings hyaline, the nervures

pale ferruginous, the costal ones fuscous; a narrow fuscous

stain runs along the anterior margins of the front wings from

the base of the first submarginal cell to the apex of the wing ;

the sides of the metathorax with long hoary pubescence.

Abdomen: a bright silvery fascia on the posterior margins of

the first and three followmg segments; the apical segment

covered with pale golden pubescence.

Hab. St. Paulo (Brazil).

Tachytes auro-vestitus.

Female. Length 9 lines. Black; the head and thorax

——_—

On a new Macrurous Crustacean. 59

densely clothed with bright golden pubescence. The man-

dibles ferruginous at their tips ; their base covered with golden

pubescence; the palpi pale ferruginous. The wings sub-

hyaline, the nervures pale ferruginous, the costal nervures

dark fuscous ; a narrow fuscous stain runs along the anterior

margin of the front pair, from the base of the first submarginal

cell to the apex of the wings; the tegule rufo-testaceous; the

tibize with golden pubescence outside ; the tarsi are pale golden,

inclining to silver ; the spines on the tibize and tarsi pale fer-

ruginous. Abdomen: the basal segment with a thin, pale

golden pile; the apical margins of the four basal segments

with silvery fascize.

Hab. Tiga.

['To be continued. |

VII.—On Nephropsis Stewarti, a new Genus and Species of

Macrurous Crustaceans, dredged in deep water off the Eastern

Coast of the Andaman Islands. By JAmes Woop-Mason*.

In April of last year I was deputed by the Trustees of the

Indian Museum, with the sanction of the Government of India,

to proceed to the Andaman Islands for the purpose of making

a collection illustrative of the marine fauna of that part of the

sea of Bengal in which those islands are situated. I reached

Port Blair about the 6th of April, and immediately put myself

in communication with the Chief Commissioner, who at once

placed at my disposal a well-manned boat and a small steam-

launch, with which I dredged for nearly two months, with

much success, from low-water line down to near 50 fathoms.

Towards the end of my stay, General Stewart, knowimg my

intense desire to try my fortune in deeper water, placed at

my disposal for one day the 8.8. ‘Undaunted,’ which had been

recently armed and put into commission for service as a guard-

ship. The time allowed was short, but sufficiently long to

enable me to bring away samples of the life supported by the

sea-bed at and beyond the 100 fathoms’ line, and to ascertain

that the sea-bed was uniformly covered with a thick deposit of

fine olive-coloured mud, derived from the waste of the coral-

reefs and of the sandstone and serpentine rocks of the islands.

* From the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. xli. part 2,

1873. A plate accompanies the original.

+ The following rough analysis by Mr. Tween, the chemist of the Geo-

logical Survey of India, will show the proportion of insoluble matter :—

Soluble in H Cl, mostly CaO CO,.........08: 42°8

Insoluble clay and sand .......+.+..eeeeewes 57:2

60 Mr. J. Wood-Mason on a new Genus

This mud was not very productive, yielding only a few Annelids,

but was crowded with dead shells of Pteropods and Dentalium

and with fragments of a large Brachiopod.

It was in the last cast of the dredge that I had the good

fortune to capture the interesting addition to the crustacean

fauna of these seas described in the following pages. It is

closely allied to Nephrops norvegicus of northern European

seas—indeed, so closely allied that, were it not for the absence of

the squamiform appendage of the antenne, I should be under

the necessity of placing it in the same genus as a second species.

The absence of this appendage, however, leaves me no choice

but to establish a new genus for its reception.

The discovery in these warm seas of a very near, of the

nearest ally, in fact, of so characteristic a cold-water species,

remarkable though it is, will not appear so surprising when 1

mention that my crustacean lived and burrowed in the

mud of the sea-bed at a depth of nearly 300 fathoms, in a

temperature certainly not exceeding 50° Fahr.

One of the chief points of interest attaching to this new form

lies in the loss of its organs of vision by disuse, as in Calocaris

Macandreew, Bell, in Cambarus pelluctdus (a member of

the same family as that to which Nephropsis belongs), and in

the other crustaceans and animals inhabiting the caves of

Carniola and Kentucky. I not only agree with Mr. Darwin*

in attributing the loss of the eyes to disuse, but I also regard

the great length and delicacy of the antenne and the great

development of the auditory organs as modifications effected

by natural selection in compensation for blindness.

NEPHROPSIS, gen. nov.

Draan. Antennal scale absent. y

Nephropsis Stewarti, sp. nov.

Body covered with fine rounded tubercles and with a short

* Origin of Species, 5th edit. pp. 171-173.

+ Since these remarks appeared in the abstract of my paper (Proc. As.

Soc. Beng. 1872, viii. p. 151), Dr. Hagen’s Monograph of N.-American

Astacide has reached Calcutta; and from it I give the following extract,

on account of its obvious applicability to the species here described, merely

remarking that the perusal of it led me to note also the stoutness of the

rostrum and the great development of the cephalostegal spines in Nephropsis

as compared with the slenderness of the one and the minuteness of the others

in Nephrops :—“ But it seems to be a somewhat well-recognized law in

Nature (Rathke, Metamorph. Retrogr. p. 155), that if any partis atrophied,

or stopped in development, the nearest parts show an abnormal increase of

development. This is apparently the case in C. pellucidus: the eyes are

atrophied ; and the rostrum, the fore border of the cephalothorax, the an-

tennal lamina, the basal joint of the inner antenne, and the epistoma

are altered or larzely developed.”— Op. cit. p. 54.

and Spectes of Macrurous Crustaceans. 61

but dense pubescence. The carapace is subovoid, armed on

each side, just externally to the base of the rostrum, and behind

the anterior margin, with an acute, forwardly directed spine ;

a similar spine springs from each side of the anterior margin

itself at about the level of the upper surface of the antennal

peduncle; the basis of each of these two spines is confluent,

with a conspicuous convexity to be seen just behind it; imme-

diately in front of each of these convexities lies a smooth,

slightly excavated surface, bounded in front by a curvilinear

row of tubercles. The cervical suture, dividing the carapace

into an anterior or cephalostegal, and into a posterior or omo-

stegal portion, is broad and deeply impressed mesially and

laterally, until it reaches the level of the anterior margin of

the epistoma, where it bends boldly upwards and backwards

upon itself, passing into the well-defined semicircular depres-

sion that bounds the lateral convexities described above. The

cardiac region is broader than long, very convex transversely,

and bounded on each side by a densely tuberculated elevation,

which running backwards, downwards, and forwards along the

line of the granulated rim of the branchiostegite, and finally

bending upwards almost opposite the origin of the second pair

of abdominal appendages, passes again into the swollen ante-

rior boundary of the omostegite ; the ovoidal area thus limited

off is more sparsely beset with tubercles, and presents a marked

depression on its anterior half.

The rostrum carries on each side a most acute spine, directed

upwards and forwards and curved slightly mwards, and

above presents two roughly granulated ridges, coalescent

towards the tip, but divergent at the base; beyond the spines

it is canaliculate on each side, above and below; and each

lateral ridge is fringed with long hairs ; below it is carinated

and coarsely granulated at the base. A faint linear impression,

continuous with the groove between the ridges on the rostrum,

passes along the middle line of the carapace almost to its

posterior border; situated in this line, and marking the ante-

rior limit of the convex gastric region, lies an almost erect

spiniform tubercle.

Antenne and antennules.—The peduncles of these appen-

dages lie, as in Nephrops norvegicus,in the same horizontal line ;

and their inner margins are ciliate. The basal joint, or coxo-

cerite, of the former is extremely short, and wants the apical

spine in Nephrops, but the perforated conical process on its

inferior surface is remarkably salient; the second is devoid

both of the prominent spine into which, m Nephrops, its distal

and external angle is produced, and of the squamiform ap-

pendage or scale seen in all the other recognized genera of *

62 Mr. J. Wood-Mason on a new Genus

Astacide*, and developed to such an extraordinary degree in

Carideous Crustacea, one or two small folds or impressions

between or upon the second and fourth joints being all that

remains of the antennal scale and of the rudimentary joint

that in Nephrops corresponds to the movable spine of Astacust.

The flagella of the antenne are remarkably long and of

excessive fineness at their extremities.

The basal joint of the antennules has its upper surface greatly

inflated, owing to the remarkable development of the auditory

organ to which, in most Podophthalmatous Crustacea at any

ratef, this jomt gives lodgment; and the almost globular

appearance of the joint as seen from the side contrasts strongly

with the flatness of its upper surface in Nephrops or Astacus.

Of the two remaining joints of the antennulary peduncle, the

first is short and cylindrical, being less than half the length of

the last, which in Nephrops is short and equal to that which

precedes it. The peduncle terminates, in the usual manner, in

a double flagellum, the outer branch of which is conspicuously

stouter than its filamentous and cylindrical fellow, perceptibly

compressed, and thickly fringed below with short hairs along

its distal third.

The epistoma is much the same as in Nephrops, save that

its posterior edge is straight and presents two small tubercles,

which give it the appearance of being slightly roundly emar-

ginate in the middle.

The external maxillipeds and the parts of the mouth in front

of them are identical in structure with those of Nephrops. _

The eyes are completely rudimentary, neither pigment nor

corneal membrane being developed: the peduncles, indeed, are

present ; but even these are short, subcylindrical, mere aborted

structures, concealed entirely from view by the stout base of

the overhanging rostrum ; in spirit they have become perfectly

* The antennal scale in Astacoides escaped the notice of Guérin, who

founded his genus on its supposed absence.

+ There appears to be no doubt that the antennal scale is the repre-

sentative of the outer of the two appendages borne upon the protopodite

at an early stage of embryonic life; and if the movable spine in Astacus

and its undoubted homologue in the antennz of Nephrops represent the

inner of these appendages, then must the three distal joints of the peduncle

with the flagellum be looked upon, as Dr. Fritz Muller looks upon them,

as a new formation (Neubildung) and no longer as being in serial homo-

logy with the five distal joints of the other appendages, e. gy. of an ambu-

latory leg, which represent the endopodite, the exopodite being completely

aborted or represented at most,as Rolleston remarks, by the annular con-

striction on the ischiopodite. For the facts relating to the transformation

of the embryonic exopodite into the antennal scale of the prawn, part

passu with the budding-out of the flagellum and the abortion of the endo-

* podite, ezde Fritz Miiller’s admirable essay on the development of the

Crustacea, entitled ‘ Fiir Darwin,’ p. 41, fig. 51.

t The caudal ear of Mysis forms an exception to this.

and Species of Macrurous Crustaceans. 63

blanched like the rest of the appendages; but in life the delicate

rose-pink coloraticn of the animal extended itself to their very

tips. The peduncles are far less conspicuous from the side

view than represented in the plate.

The first pair of abdominal appendages, those which bear

the great chele, are unfortunately absent, the specimen having

lost its claws a considerable period previously to its capture, as

the presence of uncalcified reproduced rudiments of these

appendages indicates ; the other legs are smooth and slender:

the second and third pairs are didactyle; of these the former

has both its upper and lower margins, from the base of the

carpopodite to the extremity of the claws, fringed with long

hairs; the latter, much the slenderer as well as the longer of

the two, has its propodite greatly elongated, and its claws are

ciliated: the fourth pair, the longest of all and ciliated only

on the outer face of the dactylopodite, and the fifth, about as

long as the second pair, are monodactyle.

The last abdominal somite is immovably united to that

which precedes it, as in Nephrops and the common lobster*;

and the sternum is linear, as in the Astacide generally.

Postabdomen.—The postabdomen is gradually attenuated

to the extremity of the telson. The appendages of its first

somite are as completely rudimentary as they are in the female

of Nephrops norvegicust; those which follow are long and

slender, their foliaceous branches being very narrow, produced

to a sharp point, and fringed with excessively long cilia. All

the terga are covered with minute rounded tubercles, and present

at their anterior ends, just behind the tergal facets, abroadsmooth

transverse groove, with its hinder margin convex backwards.

The pleuron of the first somite is precisely similar to that of

Nephrops norvegicus ; but those of the remaining somites are

even more acutely triangular than in that species, and have

their margins denticulate and furnished with a frmge of long

cilia. In all the somites, with the single exception of the first,

* On characters furnished by the claws alone Dana artificially divides

the recognized genera of Astacide into two groups, typified respectively

by Astacus and Nephrops ; the first of these is further subdivided according

to the number of the branchiz and the mobility or immobility of the last

abdominal somite ; but no mention is made of the fact that this is firmly

fixed in Nephrops too. If Paranephrops, a genus including only fresh-

water forms, should turn out to have a mobile last abdominal somite, then

we shall have this curious fact presented to us—viz.,that all those members

of the family Astacide which live in fresh water or are terrestrial (Eng@us)

have this somite movably united by membrane only to that which pre-

cedes, while those of them that are marine have it fixedly united to the

rest of the sternum.

+ The ventral plates of the 2nd, 5rd, and 4th postabdominal somites in

the males of Nephrops norvegicus have an erect spine in the middle line ;

but the females exhibit no trace of such.

64 On a new Macrurous Crustacean.

the tergal and pleural regions are most sharply defined as such,

the former not curving continuously with the latter, but termi-

nating abruptly at the level of the ventral chords in a line

convex outwards; so that if a somite were detached, deprived

of its ventral chord, and flattened out on the table with its dorsal

surface uppermost, the imaginary continuation from pleuron

to pleuron of the plane in which these pleura lay would pass

below that of the surface of the tergum.

The “ swimmeret,”’ constituted as in all other Macrurous

Crustacea by the highly modified and backwardly placed ap-

pendages of the last postabdominal somite and by the “telson,”

differs in no particular of more than specific value from that of

Nephrops; the mesial element, or telson, is longer in propor-

tion to its breadth, its greatest breadth being a transverse line

separating its anterior from its middle third, and not at the

base as in Nephrops, is slightly more truncate posteriorly ;

and the oblique rounded elevations, that gradually narrow

as they pass backwards into the spines at its postero-lateral

angles, are stronger than in Nephrops. The outer plate of

the lateral elements of the swimmeret is movably articu-

lated at its posterior third, as in the rest of the Astacide ; but

the sutural line is curved, and the posterior margin of the prox-

imal and larger division exhibits hardly a trace of the over-

lapping denticulation seen in other Astacide.

Length from tip of rostrum to the posterior margin of telson.. 98

Leneth of carapace, im. middle Jine © 257.4 2\- bis ee = ee ee 42

Teneth ef postabdomen:,. 2c fer. ede donee ath eee 56

therefore the postabdomen : carapace (rostrum incl.) :: 13: 1 exactly,

and the length of body : that of postabdomen eye a By =

The only specimen (a female) obtained was dredged in from

260 to 300 fathoms, about 25 miles off Ross Island, on the

eastern coast of the Andamans. That the specimen was really

brought up from this great depth is certain from the unmis-

takable signs of crushing from contact with the lip of the

dredge, from its position in the dredge-bag, and from its firmly

adherent greenish coating, which appears to indicate that, like

Calocaris Macandree, it was a burrower.

In conclusion, I have to thank Captain Beresford, the com-

mander of the vessel, for his skilful management of the sound-

ing-line and for the zeal displayed by him in carrying out my

wishes during our too short cruise.

Ihave much pleasure in connecting with this extremely

interesting species the name of Major-General Donald M.

Stewart, C.B., Chief Commissioner of the Andaman and

Nicobar Islands, to whose ever ready help the success of my

trip was so largely due.

On some Mammalia from Fantee. 65

VILI.—Notes on some Mammalia from Fantee, including a

new Species of Macroxus. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

THE British Museum has received a series of skins of Mam-

malia that were collected by Mr. Aubinn at Fantee.

Nandina binotata.

The collection contains a very large and perfect skin, with

its skull, of this species, the head and body being 23 and the

tail 22 inches long. It is marked with very distinct moderate-

sized spots.

This species seems to vary very greatly in the size of the

spots, these being in some much smaller and more numerous

than in others, which is particularly the case in two specimens

from the east coast of Africa, which we purchased of M. Ver-

reaux. There is a small skin of a young Viverrine animal, but

without tail and a great part of the head and without any

bones, that appears to belong to this species, sent by Dr.

Livingstone to the Museum in 1863.

In the British Museum there is the skin of an animal we

received from Dr. Kirk in June 1861 (“it is called ‘ Nthoro,’

which eats mice and poultry, and lives in the lower Shira

valley”), which may be a specimen of this species; but the

feet are destroyed: the tail is shorter and obscurely ringed

with black on the upperside; and the back has only slight

indications of small black spots.

Herpestes Pluto, Temminck, Esquisses, p. 93 ;

Gray, Cat. Carniv. &c. B. M. p. 150.

Hab. Fantee.

A skin and perfect skeleton of this species is peculiar for

the fur not being grizzled like that of the other Herpestes.

Macroxus Aubinnit.

Fur blackish olive, closely and abundantly varied with

minute rufous dots, rather paler beneath; tail black, lower

part of the hairs brown, with black bands and black tips, the

brown part occupying more of the hair as it reaches towards

the tip of the tail, which ends in a pencil of long hair ; whiskers

black.

Length of the body 11 inches, tail 124 inches.

Hab. Fantee. Two specimens in the British Museum.

This species is at once known by its very uniform and

minutely punctulated fur, its long, slender, uniformly coloured

tail, which is black at the upper part of the base; but the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. xu. 5

66 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Chelydrade.

underside shows that the tail is covered with hairs that are

annulated with brown at the base and black at the end, the

brown rings becoming more abundant and occupying a

greater part of the hairs as they approach the end of the tail,

where the black tips only occupy a small part of the ends of

the hairs.

The two specimens differ in the brightness of the pale bands

on the underside of the tail. In one the hairs are black, and

the bands pale and very distinct; im the other the hair is

brownish black and the brown bands are indistinct and only

slightly paler.

This species I have named after Mr. Aubinn, who has sent

many good specimens of Mammalia and birds from Fantee,

and is a very intelligent native collector.

I cannot find this species noticed in the ‘ Esquisses de

Zoologie sur la céte de Guinée’ of M. Temminck ; and it is dif-

ferent from any of the numerous species of African squirrels

we have in the Museum.

Macroxus Wilsonti, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867,

xx. p. 328.

Hab. Fantee. B.M.

Anomalurus Beecroftii.

Hab. Fantee. B.M.

This species has hitherto been said to come from Fernando

Po, but I think it is very doubtful.

IX.—Notes on the Family Chelydrade.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

In my paper on the development of the bones of the sternum

of the aquatic tortoises, I regretted that I had no materials to

observe the change of form of the bones during growth in the

animals of this family. I still have to regret the same want

of young specimens which I could make into skeletons ; but

the examination of the sternum of the more adult animals

shows very great differences to exist in their structure, which

divide them into two distinct groups, which perhaps may

eventually be considered as families, though they bear very

great resemblances to each other. _

The pelvic bones are slender and elongate, but they are

much more elongate in the trap tortoises (Eurysterna) than

in the cross-sternal tortoises (Crucisterna) ; they are very

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Chelydrade. 67

long and bowed out on the sides, with a much longer central

cavity than I have observed in the Chelonians.

Section I. Crucisterna, Gray, Hand-list of Sh. Rept. p. 56.

The sternum cross-shaped, simple and acute behind, with

more or less elongate lateral processes to the sternal costal

suture, and united to the marginal bones by an osseous suture.

The anterior pair of bones elongate, broad, with a well-de-

veloped odd internal bone; the two middle pairs are well

developed, and, in the adult, united on each side by a straight

dentate suture, and also by a medio-longitudinal suture. The

hinder pair of bones are slender and united together in the

middle, and in front to the hinder edge of the central pair of

bones.

In the young animal the pair of lateral bones are not united

by a longitudinal central suture, and there is a triangular

cavity on the hinder sides of the odd central bone and at the

front end of the lateral bone; but these bones increase in

breadth, and more or less approach together, and are united

by a linear suture.

These terrapins are furnished with two beards ; one species,

however, described as coming from Guatemala, has a second pair

of beards; but this may be accidental in the specimen, as I do

not recollect it to have occurred in any other water-tortoise ;

at least it wants confirmation.

Tribe I. Chelydraina.

The sternum with five pairs of shields ; tail elongate.

MACROCHELYS.

M. Temminckii.

CHELYDRA.

C. serpentina. Beards 2.

C. Rossignonii, Bocourt, t. v. f. 2. Beards 4.

bo bo ee

Tribe II. Staurotypina.

The sternal shields in four pairs; the hinder pair on each

side sometimes united together into one shield; and there is

sometimes a small central anterior shield, the representative

of the anterior angular pair of sternal shields in other terra-

pins.

The anterior pair of bones and the odd bone are broad ; the

lateral pair of bones are united all together into one mass by

a longitudinal central suture and by a linear transverse sub-

central suture. ‘The hinder pair of bones are elongate, united

together by a linear longitudinal suture, and to the hinder

68 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Chelydrade.

outer margin of the hinder lateral bones by a simple linear

suture.

The tail of the animal is short ; and the front or hinder lobes

of the sternum have been said to be more or less movable ;

but they cannot be as they are in the true trap box tortoises,

as the sutures between the bones are not the same as the

sutures on the plates of the sternum.

This tribe contains three genera.

Section I. The sternal plates in four pairs of shields, the hinder

pair sometimes united into one plate, without any odd anterior or

gular plate. The lateral processes broad, with distinct axillary

and inguinal shields.

1. Sraurotypus. Sternum broad, straight on the sides,

roundly truncated in front. The front lobe separated from the

middle part of the sternum by a well-marked transverse

sinuous suture.

1. S. triporcatus.

2. STAUREMYS. Sternum narrow, narrowed in front, con-

verging on the sides. The front lobe immovable, without

any transverse suture.

1. S. Salvinii.

Mr. Cope believes “the genus Stawrotypus belongs to the

family Kinosternide, a family defined by the absence of the

mesosternal bone ;”” but this is a mistake. In the adult speci-

men in the Museum, the mesosternal bone is visible both

externally through the thin sternal plates and on the inner

surface of the sternum. In the adult animal the front lateral

pair of bones are very broad, approaching those of Avnosternon

in form; but there is a large, well-developed, subtriangular

odd or mesosternal bone between the hinder part of their inner

edges. In the adult all these bones are strongly united

together by a very narrow, almost obliterated suture. But it

appears doubtful to me whether Mr. Cope speaks from having

examined a specimen; at least his account does not lead one to

believe that he had.

Section II. Sternal plates in four pairs, with small odd central or

gular plate in front ; lateral processes very narrow ; inguinal

shields small or wanting.

3. CLAUDIUS.

1. C. angustatus, Cope. C. macrocephalus, Boucard.

Mr. Cope established this genus for the above species,

which I only know from Bocourt’s figure, and which appears

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Chelydrade. 69

from that figure to be distinct from Stawremys ; but in his

last paper Mr. Cope has enlarged Claudius and placed my

Stauremys as a section of it, and refers Stawrotypus to a dit-

ferent family.

He divides the specimens described into two species on

account of the difference of the size of the head; but this is

common to many terrapins, and appears to be-a sexual cha-

racter, or one liable to occur in specimens from the same

locality.

Section II. Eurysrerna. (Trap Terrapins.)

The sternum covered with five pairs of shields, and gene-

rally a small odd or gular shield, formed of the rudiments of the

two geminate front shields, between the fore parts of the front

lateral pair. The sternum without any odd internal or meso-

sternal bone, which is found in all the other Chelonians. The

lateral pair of bones united together by a linear cross suture

and by a dentate central longitudinal suture, forming a square

disk which is covered by the abdominal pair of plates, the

anterior and posterior pairs being very broad and united by a

central longitudinal suture, and each being united to the front

and back of the central abdominal portion by a more or less

straight transverse suture at each end, which allows the front

and hinder portions to be movable on the central one. The

front portion is covered externally with two pairs of plates

and the odd anterior one when present; the hinder portion

with two pairs of plates.

The general structure of these terrapins is peculiar; the

marginal plates are produced up to meet the dilated ribs.

Indeed the whole osteology of this group deserves a mono-

graph ; and I only regret my inability to undertake it.

The only very young one that I have seen of this group

leads me to suppose that the bones in the young state form a

very broad ring, leaving a central longitudinal space between

them, which becomes filled up as the animal grows; and

in the adult state these bones are all united together, forming

a most solid bone, which, in the more developed genera, is

divided by two cross sutures so as to have a movable flap at

each end.

This division was accidentally left out in the Hand-list of

Tortoises in the Museum, at p. 57.

(In the account of the development of the sternum of Che-

lonians in the ‘ Annals,’ xi. p. 163, I see that, by a mistake

of the amanuensis, the front flap is said to consist “ of the

frontal pair of bones and the odd bone.” It ought to be “ and

no odd bone.’’)

70 Bibliographical Notices.

* Sternum moderately broad, with extended sides of the abdominal

plates united to the margin by a dentate bony suture. Hinder

part of the sternum truncated ; anal plates quadrangular. The

pectoral plates quadrangular, nearly as broad in the central line

as on the outside.

1. GonIocHELYS. Sternum truncated in front, without any

odd anterior plate; the shields transverse, parallel.

1. G. carinatum.

_2. AROMOCHELYS. Sternum rounded in front, with a tri-

angular odd front shield ; second pair of shields diverging.

1. A. odoratum.

** Sternum broad, attached to the marginal plates by the elongated

cartilaginous suture, which becomes more or less bony with age.

The hinder part of the sternum entire or slightly truncated and

notched in the middle ; the anal plates triangular. The anterior

and posterior lobes more or less broad and movable on the central

portion by a straight mobile suture. The axillary, and espe-

cially the inguinal, plates elongate, covering the sternal costal

suture. The pectoral plates triangular, very narrow in the

central line.

3. Krnosternon. The hinder sternal lobe not so broad as

the cavity of the dorsal shell, leaving the legs exposed at all

times.

1. K. pennsylvanicum, &e.

4, SwankKa. The hinder lobe of the sternum as broad and

large as the cavity of the shell, covering the legs when with-

drawn.

1. S. scorpoides.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

First, Second, Third, and Fourth Annual Reports on the Geological

Survey of Indiana, made during the years 1869-72. By E. T.

Cox, State Geologist, assisted by Messrs. Braptey, Haymonn,

Leverre, Cotterr, Hopss, and WarpeEr. In three vols., with two

Atlases of Maps. 8vo. Indianapolis, 1869-72.

Srep by step, and indeed with rapid strides, is the geological surveyor

examining the North-American States in detail, mapping and re-

cording the physical features, structure, mineral contents, and pro-

ducts of each State, as well as its natural-history characteristics.

Indiana, consisting almost wholly of Carboniferous strata, has its

limestones, sandstones, fire-clays, ironstones, and coals in abundance,

covered with glacial deposits and alluvium. All of these are being

Bibliographical Notices. 71

defined on the maps, and have their characters, relative position,

and economic capabilities duly pointed out. For those inter-

ested in coal- and iron-works, Prof. Cox’s Reports afford much in-

formation ; and the agriculturist finds instruction in them on many

points as to hill-sides, flats, river-banks, &c. The mineral waters

and oil of the coal-series, the salt wells and mineral springs, the

great caves, especially of Wyandotte, rivalling the “Mammoth Cave”

of Kentucky, and the cave-fauna, are among the special objects of

interest to geologist and naturalist. The old Indian mounds of

Martin and Sullivan Counties are also described. The Meteorology,

Botany, and Zoology of certain parts are treated of in detail by

various collaborators.

Prof. Cope supplies (1872) a Report on the Wyandotte Cave and

its fauna, giving a detailed account of the Cave and its inhabi-

tants, with woodcut illustrations. The following is his list of the

species living in the caves, chiefly of Indiana and Kentucky :—

Vertebrata.

Amblyopsis speleeus, De Kay. Mammoth Cave and Wyandotte

Cave.

Typhlichthys subterraneus, Girard. M. Cave.

Arachnida.

Erebomaster flavescens, Cope. W. Cave.

Acanthocheira armata, Tellk. M. Cave.

Phrixis longipes, Cope. M. C.

Anthrobia, sp. W.C.

mammouthia, 7Vellk. M. C.

Crustacea.

Orconectes inermis, Cope. W. C.

pellucidus, Tellk. M. C.

Cecidotea microcephala, Cope. W. C.

stygia, Pack. M.C.

Cauloxenus stygius, Cope. W. C.

Stygobromus vitreus, Cope. M. C.

Insecta.

Anophthalmus tenuis, Horn. W. C.

eremita, Horn. W.C.

—— Menetriesii, Motsch. M. C.

Tellkampfii, Hrichs. M. C.

striatus, Motsch. M. C.

ventricosus, Motsch. M. C.

pusio, Horn. Erhart’s Cave, Virginia.

pubescens, Horn. Cave-city Cave, Llinois.

Quedius speleus, Horn. Wyandotte Cave.

Adelops hirtus, Tell. Mammoth Cave.

Lestera, sp. W. C.

Raphidophora, sp. W. C.

72 Bibliographical Notices.

Raphidophora subterranea, Scudd. M. C.

Phora, sp. W.C. and M. C.

Anthomyia, sp. W.C. and M. C.

Machilis, sp. W.C. and M. C.

Campodea, sp. W. C.

Cookei, Pack. M. C.

Tipulid. W.C.

Myriopoda.

Spirostrephon cavernarum, Cope. W. C.

Scoterpes Copei (Pack.), Cope. M. C.

' “The mutual relations of this cave-life form an interesting sub-

ject [observes Prof. Cope]. In the first place, two of the Beetles,

the Crickets, the Centipede, the small Crustaceans (food of the blind

Fish) are more or less herbivorous. They furnish food for the

Spiders, Crawfish, Anophthalmus, and the Fish. The vegetable

food supporting them is, in the first place, Fungi, which, in various

small forms, grow in damp places in the cave ; and they can always

be found attached to excrementitious matter dropped by the Bats,

Rats, and other animals which extend their range to the outer air.

Fungi also grow on the dead bodies of the animals that die in the

caves, and are found abundantly on fragments of wood and boards

brought in by human agency. The Rats also have brought into

fissures and cavities, communicating with the cave, seeds, nuts, and

other vegetable matters, from time immemorial, which have fur-

nished food for Insects. The Rats and Bats have, no doubt, had

much to do with the continuance of land life in the cave; and the

Mammals of the Postpliocene or earlier period, which first wandered

and dwelt in its shades, were introducers of a permanent plant life.

«As to the small Crustaceans, little food is necessary to support

their small economy; but even that little might be thought to be

wanting as we observe the clearness and limpidity of the water in

which they dwell. Nevertheless the fact that some cave-waters

communicate with outside streams is a sufficient indication of the

presence of vegetable life and vegetable débris in variable quantities

at different times. Minute freshwater Algze no doubt occur there,

the spores being brought in by external communication ; while re-

mains of larger forms, as Conferye &c., would occur plentifully

after floods. In the Wyandotte Cave no such connexion is known

to exist. Access by water is against the current of small streams

which discharge from it.

‘On this basis rests an animal life which is limited in extent and

must be subject to many vicissitudes. Yet a fuller examination will

probably add to the number of species, and of these no doubt a

greater or less number of parasites on those already known. The

discovery of the little Lernean | Caulowenus stygius, on the upper lip

of Amblyopsis speleus| shows that this strange form of life has re-

sisted all the physiological struggles which a change of light and

temperature must have produced; and that it still preys on the food

of its host, as its ancestors did, there is no doubt. The blindness of

— ea ee

Bibliographical Notices. 73

the Fish has favoured it in the ‘ struggle for existence,’ and enabled

it to maintain a position nearer the commissariat with less danger to

itself than did its forefathers.”

Illustrated Guide to the Fish, Amphibian, Reptilian, and supposed

Mammalian Remains of the Northumberland Carboniferous Strata.

By T. P. Barxas, F.G.S. 8vo, pp. 117; and Atlas of Carbonifer-

ous Fossils from the Northumberland Carboniferous Strata, folio,

10 plates. Hutchins: London, 1873.

Mr. Barxas is willing that paleontological students shall fully profit

by the rich collection of fossil bones, teeth, and scales which he has

obtained both by personal search and by judiciously directing the

intelligent observation of working miners in the Newcastle coal-

field. With this view he has had nearly 250 figures carefully

lithographed, and some chromo-lithographed, of natural size and

magnified, in the handsome Atlas of his ‘ Manual of Coal-measure

Paleontology.’ These figures comprise several reproduced from

other works, for comparison and to make this illustrated series of

vertebrate remains from the Northumberland Coal-measures as

complete as present circumstances permit. The descriptive portion,

evidently from the pen of an amateur, contains abundant references

to other publications and frequent acknowledgment of fellow

workers. Doubtless Mr. Barkas’s good intention of stimulating

further research in this highly interesting field of geology will not

be fruitless ; collectors will see at a glance the natural groups to

which their specimens may be referred; and naturalists have here

much material before them ready for critical examination, and will

find in Mr. Barkas’s descriptions many suggestive observations on

specimens having doubtful characters.

1. The Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain. By A.

C. Ramsay, LL.D., F.R.S., &e. 3rd Edition. London: Stanford,

1872.

2. The School Manual of Geology. By J. B. Juxxs, M.A., F.RS.,

&e. Second Edition, revised and enlarged ; edited by A. J. Juxes-

Browne. Small 8vo. Edinburgh: Black, 1873.

THESE new editions are to be recommended; for the first is now a

standard work on the physical geography of the British Isles and,

correlatively, on the geological structure, not only of neighbouring

lands, but of all parts of the world; for the same principles rule,

and similar results are found, wherever the geologist betakes himself

with educated eye and mature judgment. The bold treatment of

physical features, on the large scale, by reference to ancient extensive

planes of marine denudation and the subsequent long-continued ex-

cavation of all valleys by atmospheric, glacial, pluvial, and fluvial

action, is a leading idea in Prof. Ramsay’s masterly work, and has

a powerful and wholesome influence in enlarging the mental views

74 . Miscellaneous.

of the geological student, and in enabling him to grasp the characters

and meaning of all the geographical features met with in travel at

home and abroad.

Jukes’s ‘School Manual’ is much improved in this new edition,

and is well calculated for beginners really intending to work at the

science, and not merely amusing themselves with peeps into nature,

empty admiration of physical novelties, and easy pursuit of sensa-

tional inquiries neither useful nor lasting.

Geological Stories. By J. BE. Taytor, F.G.S. Small 8vo, pp. 301,

with many Woodcuts. Hardwicke: London, 1873.

Tus is an elementary work, intended to lead amateurs to a know-

ledge of geology by “a series of autobiographies, in chronological

order,” supposed to be related by different constituent members of

the several geological formations, as granite, quartz, slate, limestone,

sandstone, coal, rock-salt, jet, Purbeck marble, chalk, clay, lignite,

crag, boulder, and gravel. The attempt is praiseworthy, and, ex-

cepting in some details, is well carried out. The author should be

more exact as to the characters of felspar, the structure of brachio-

pods, and other points in natural history, and more correct in his

Latin words, in his next edition, if he wishes his well-intentioned

and well-directed book to fulfilits purpose in advancing geological

knowledge.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on the Scombrocottus salmoneus of Peters, and its identity with

Anoplopoma fimbria. By Turopore Giot, M.D., Ph.D.

Tue distinguished zoologist of Berlin, Dr. Wilhelm Peters, has re-

cently published a communication on a supposed new generic type

of Cataphracti from Vancouver's Island, which he has named Scom-

brocottus salmoneus. ‘This form was regarded as possessing the

highest interest, on account of a combination of characters which

allied it to the Scombroids, and thus corroborated Dr. Giinther’s

views respecting the affinity between the Cataphracti and Scombroids

of Cuvier.

It was at once apparent, after a perusal of the good description,

that the supposed new type was identical with the form first dis-

covered and named by Pallas Gadus fimbria, and subsequently, by

Dr. Ayres, Anoplopoma merlangus. And it was with special interest

that I also recalled the fact that both its former describers had failed

to perceive any resemblance to the Scombroids (they equally failed,

however, in detecting the relations to the Cataphracti), and both

had believed they could perceive a resemblance to the Gadoids* ;

* Dr. Ayres noticed the enlarged suborbitals, but referred the genus

near to Stizostedion (Luctoperca, Cuv.).

Miscellaneous. 75

this was the more noteworthy, as the later observer was ignorant of

the labours of his predecessor; and it was also with interest that I

perceived that Dr. Peters had likewise been struck with a resemblance

of the same form to the trout, naming the species S. salmoneus, and

describing it as trout-like (“‘ Habitus forellenihnlich”). Now it is

evident, from a study of the anatomy, that these several forms are

very dissimilar in fundamental characters, and most of them, at least,

quite distantly allied. A likeness which is so ambiguous as to mis-

lead persons equally familiar with the external appearance of the

several forms, and to lead to such dissimilar results, must be of very

slight importance. At any rate, the affinities of the form in question

(Anoplopoma fimbria) with the Cataphracti (and more especially the

Chiride) are evident from an examination of the external and in-

ternal structure ; and I am unable to appreciate the likeness which

others have seen to the cods, the mackerels, or the trout.

The synonymy of the species will now stand as follows :—

Anoplopoma fimbria, Gill, ew Pallas.

Gadus fimbria, Pall. Zoogr. Ross.-As. iii. p. 200, 1831.

Anoplopoma merlangus, Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. N.S. ii. p. 27, 1859,

Merlucius ? | fimbria), Grd. Expl. P. R. R. viii. Fishes, p. 141, 1858.

Merlucius | fimbria}, d. sp., Gthr. Cat. Fishes, iv. p. 344, 1862.

Anoplopoma | fimbria], Gill, Proc. Acad. N. 8. Phil. 1868, p. 247.

Scombrocottus salmoneus, Pet. Monatsh. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1872,

p- 569.

—Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, April 1878.

On the Occurrence of Ligidium agile in Belgium.

By M. F. Prarzav.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

Ghent, June 6, 1873,

GrNTLEMEN,—In the interesting article published in the ‘ Annals

and Magazine of Natural History’ (ser. 4. vol. xi. p. 419) by the

Rey. A. M. Norman, and entitled “ Note on the Discovery of /igi-

dium agile, Persoon, in Great Britain,” the author says that this

Crustacean has been found hitherto in England, Sweden, Denmark,

Prussia, Bohemia, and France. To this enumeration we must add

Belgium.

In a note entitled ‘‘ Matériaux pour la Faune Belge: Crustacés

Isopodes terrestres” * I have indicated the occurrence of Ligidium

agile (L. Persoonii) in Belgium. With us this little Isopod often

accompanies Philoscia muscorum, and occurs in the woods, under

moss at the water’s edge. The locality where I have most frequently

met with it is the village of Dickelvenne, near Gavre, about nine

miles from Ghent.

Accept &e.,

F. Puiareav.

* Bull. Acad. Sci. Belg. 1870, 2¢ sér. tom. xxix.

76 Miscellaneous.

A Sponge on Hyalonema. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.RS. &e.

Mr. Tennant kindly brought to the Museum a very fine thick spe-

cimen of the Japanese glassrope (Hyalonema) with a small quantity

of bark on it, and a triangular fan-shaped specimen of a true fibrous

sponge on the smaller end of it, which I considered a very in-

teresting specimen, as showing that a true fibrous sponge, as well

as the friable sponge forming the genus Carteria, was found para-

sitic on the apex of this sponge.

Dr. Giinther, on looking at the specimen, was suspicious that the

sponge had been gummed on to the end of the glassrope; but I

showed him that the fibres of the glassrope could be seen nearly to

the upper edge of the sponge. However, to make sure, we soaked

the sponge in the water; and, lo! the two sides of the fan-like body

separated, and showed that it had been cut down on one side, opened,

the ends of the fibres of the glassrope inserted, and the sponge then

glued together with gum on the edges and round the narrow base!

The sponge used for this purpose is the Spongia aculeata of Esper

(Zooph. t. vii.a), or a species very nearly allied to it. It is very

probable that more specimens of this kind have been prepared for

sale in Europe. This is not like the square pieces of the bark of

Hyalonema, that were stuck on the ends of the fibres and figured as

isolated zoanthoid animals by Professor Wyville Thomson in his

account of this genus.

It is a curious question if these artificial specimens are made by

the Japanese or by a French dealer in objects of natural history. In

both these cases the cement used is gum thickened with starch, just

such as is used by the French bird-stuffers for such purposes.

On unequal Bivalve Shells. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.BR.S. &e.

It has been generally believed, and I, think truly, that all equal-

valved shells live sunk perpendicularly in the sand, mud, or rocks,

attached by a byssus, which allows the water or food to enter on all

sides of them, and that the bivalves with unequal valves naturally

live lying horizontally on the surface of the rocks, or more or less

sunk in the sand, and that the inequality of the valves depends on

the permanence of this mode of life, and therefore is greatest in

such genera as Ostrea, which are fixed to rocks by the lower surface

of the under or attached valve. In some species of this genus, for

example, the upper valve is so small as to look almost like an oper-

culum. Unfortunately I have had little opportunity of verifying these

facts in the genera which have the valvesonly slightly unequal, as the

greater part of my time has been spent in the Museum, and the chief

part of my vacations in visiting and examining the various museums

of Europe.

Tt would be very useful if persons living on the coast would verify

this theory, more especially as some genera (like Pandora) which

have very unequal valves are said to live free.

My attention has been called to this fact by observing that Professor

Miscellaneous. 17

Karl Mobius, in his very interesting lecture on the “psychischer

Horizont der Thiere,” figures the animal of Mya arenaria, which has

unequal valves, and represents it as sunk perpendicularly in the sand.

It would be very desirable that any body having the opportunity of

observing the bivalve Mollusca in their living state should examine

into the truth of this theory, and record the exceptions.

The Skeleton of Sphargis coriacea from Surinam.

By Dr. Ferprnanp Krauss.

Ihave compared the adult skeleton in the Stuttgart Museum from

Surinam with the figures of the skeleton of the French specimen

in the ‘Archives du Muséum.’ I can find no difference between

them ; but I notice that no account of the length of the Paris spe-

cimen is given, so that we do not know if it is an adult or a young

one.

The Surinam specimen in the Stuttgart Museum measures in a

straight line, from the end of the skull to the tip of the tail, 187

centims.; the skull is 25 centims. long and 21-5 centims. broad,

the fore foot (humerus to the point of the digit) 87 centims., hind

foot 66 centims.

The Deal-fish (Trachypterus arcticus).

In the Report of the Montrose Natural-History and Antiquarian

Society for 1873 there is the description of a Vaagmaer or deal-fish,

found on the beach at Buddin Bay, near Montrose, and presented to

the Society by Joseph Johnston and Sons. . The description is ac-

companied by a very good photograph, 83 inches long. The Society’s

specimen appears to be the 7’. arcticus of Nilsson and Giinther.

Damonia unicolor, a new Species of Water-Tortoise from China,

sent by Mr. Swinhoe. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Mr. Swinhoe has sent a number of tortoises in spirits from

Shanghai. They consist of :—

1. Several specimens of Landemania perocellata, all young; but

Mr. Swinhoe says that it grows to the length of 23 to 3 feet.

2. Several specimens of Damonia Reevesii, most being of adult

age, some being even between 4 and 5 inches long, larger than the

adult specimen described by me in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873,

xi. p. 299.

They all have the shell of a nearly uniform pale brown colour,

and are black beneath. The head is large and broad, uniform olive

above, with a white streak from the middle of the back of the eye,

which forks on the cheek, the upper branch being continued along

the side of the neck, the lower branch forked again in front of the

tympanum, with the upper branch reflexed and the lower arched ;

‘but the form of these lines is not important, as they vary on two

78 Miscellaneous.

sides of the same specimen, viz. on one side being continuous and on

the other broken up into oblong spots. In one specimen there is a

ring-like spot, including a small white central spot, on the hinder

part of the eye on one side, and not on the other. There are one

or two obscure streaks on the side of the neck, parallel to the upper

one. I described the head and neck of this species as being streaked

when mentioning the species of the hairy tortoise of the Chinese in

the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, xi. p. 148.

3. Several specimens of what Mr. Swinhoe very correctly con-

siders a new species of Terrapin, which I propose to name

Damonia unicolor. (The Black Damonia.)

Animal and shell black. Shell oblong, three-keeled. Vertebral

shields oblong, broader than long, the first one nearly square, as

broad behind as in front; vertebral keel broad and blunt in front,

sharper and higher behind; the lateral keels blunt, rather above the

middle of the plates.

Shanghai (Swinhoe). Brit. Mus.

This species is very like Damonia Reevesit. It chiefly differs from

it in the animal and shell being black, in the front vertebral plate

being more square, nearly as broad behind as in front, in the head

being smaller and narrower, covered with a smooth hard plate, and

the sides of the head and neck being uniformly black.

The inguinal plate varies in size: it is generally larger than in

Damonia Reevesii; but im one specimen it is smaller and nearly

of the same size ; and it varies in size and form also in D. Reevesit.

This species is quite different from Damonia nigricans (also from

China)—which has a single keel, and the neck marked with broad,

pale, more or less interrupted longitudinal streaks.

A new and ingenious American Move in the Game of Priority.

The following circular letter, partly printed, partly written, which

has just come to our knowledge, will, we think, somewhat amuse

our readers :—

“BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES.

June 6, 1873,

“ To the Secretary of the ————— Society.

“ Dear Str,—You are hereby notified that a paper entitled “ Con-

tributions to a Knowledge of North-American Moths,” by A. R.

Grote, has been read this evening before this Society, declaring that

three new genera [Litognatha, Meghypena, Phecasiophora| and

nineteen hitherto undescribed species [Acronycta 4, Agrotis 1,

Cloantha 2, Litognatha 2, Meghypena 2, Botis 1, Eurycreon 1,

Phecasiophora 1, Penthina 3, Graptolitha 1, @ta 1] occur in the

North-American insect-fauna (whereof these Presents, to which the

Seal of this Society is affiwed, are evidence), and that this Society

Miscellaneous. 79

considers the reading of the above paper as securing all rights to its

author that he might acquire by publication.

“ Mr. Grote’s paper has been accepted by the Publication Com-

mittee of this Society for publication in its Bulletin.

«« Yours respectfully,

Leon F. Harvey,

Corresponding Secretary B.S.N.S.”

In characterizing this proceeding on the part of one of the

youngest publishing societies in the world we are forced to cull a

phrase from the slang dictionary; it is simply the “ cheekiest”

thing we ever remember to have seen. The use of legal phraseology

in the words which we have put in italics has quite a peculiar

charm, and will doubtless produce its due effect in causing ento-

mologists in all quarters of the world to avoid trespassing on those

unknown premises which have been formally handed over by ‘ these

Presents” to Mr. Grote by the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.

It seems hardly credible that experienced naturalists, such as Mr.

Grote at any rate is, should have even dreamed of adopting so

absurd a course as this. Another favourite American dodge of

printing descriptions of new species, with a date attached to them,

for private circulation and not for sale, is bad enough, but it must

yield the palm to the Buffalo invention.

On Hylodes martinicensis and its Metamorphoses. By M. Bavay.

The facts cbserved by M. Bavay display an exception in the deve-

lopment of the Batrachia which is perhaps more interesting than any

of those previously known. They relate to a tree-frog which, before

hatching, undergoes all the changes through which the tadpoles of

the Anura pass.

Hylodes martinicensis, a very abundant species at Guadeloupe,

deposits, under the remains of leaves in very damp places, a mass of

about 20 eggs, each about 2 millims. in diameter at the moment of

its deposition. The chorion is then separated from the vitellus by a

very thin zone of gelatinous matter.

As early as the second day after deposition this gelatinous matter

is observed to be swelled, and the lineaments of the embryo appear.

On the evening of the second day the embryo already appears as a

little white mass, widened at one end and furnished with four

appendages, which are the first traces of the feet. Beyond the base

of the posterior feet there is the rudiment of a tail. The embryo is

endowed with a rotatory movement, due, no doubt, to vibratile cilia,

which, however, M. Bavay was unable to detect.

On the third day the forms become more distinctly marked ; the

tail is visible, as also two prominences which indicate the future

position of the eyes on the head. The heart appears a little before

the antertor feet. On each side of the neck two little processes (the

branchie) make their appearance.

On the fourth day the eyes are more developed ; the branchizw may

80 Miscellaneous.

be distinguished in the form of a simple vascular loop: the limbs are

still styliform ; but the proper movements of the young animal are

already manifested when the egg is pressed.

On the fifth day the heart, as well as the branchiz, are visible

to the naked eye. The circulatory system has become perfect.

On the sixth day the feet are well formed, and the toes appear.

The tail, on the contrary, shows signs of atrophy. The branchize

are still perceptible ; but their absorption has also commenced.

On the seventh day the branchiz have disappeared, and the tail

withers and folds.

On the eighth day the coloration, which began to show itself on

the fifth day, increases throughout ; and even some markings are pro-

duced at certain points. The tail disappears, and then the vessels

which nourished it.

On the ninth or tenth day the eggs hatch. The vitellus, which

is pretty voluminous in the young tree -frog, is still very visible through

the walls of the abdomen ; but this does not prevent the animal from

leaping and being very free in its movements.

During incubation the gelatinous mass interposed between the

chorion and the vitellus swells up considerably, so that the diameter of

the egg becomes as much as 6 millims. When one of these greatly

inflated eggs is opened there issues from it a considerable quantity

of a clear liquid, in which the young animal floated.

M. Bavay puts forward the supposition that nearly pure water

penetrates through the chorion into the cavity occupied by the em-

bryo and its vitellus, and that it is in this water that the rotatory:

and voluntary movements of the embryo are performed. It would

be in this aérated liquid that it would respire—at first by its branchie,

and afterwards by the whole surface of its blastoderm. Respiration

would be effected especially, during this second phase, by vessels

which, starting from each side of the neck, pass into the vitellus, at

the surface of which they develop abundant ramifications. A re-

markable fact is that the appearance of these vessels coincides with

the commencement of the withering of the branchie.— Revue des Set.

Nat. tome i. 1872, p. 281, and Journ. de Zoo’. tome 11. 1873, p. 138;

Bibl. Univ. June 15, 1873, Bull. Set. p. 155.

Mode of Walking of the Armadilloes.

Mr. Bartlett has kindly examined for me the way of walking of

the living armadilloes in the Zoological Gardens. He observes that

Chetophractus villosus and C. vellerosus walk on the tips of their toes

like Xenurus. Huphractus minutus, belonging to the same family as

the preceding, and Tatusia peba, T. hybrida, and Praopus Kappler,

belonging to the family Tatusiade, walk on the palms of the fore

feet, with the claws spreading out and the tips elevated from the

soil.—J. E. Gray.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. ]

No. 68. AUGUST 1873.

X.—On the Invertebrate Animals of the Baltic.

By Prof. Karu Mosivs.*

FAUNISTICALLY the Baltic is sharply divided into an eastern |

and a western basin. ‘The western basin is separated from

the Kattegat by the Danish islands. I do not include the

Belts and the Ciresund in the western basin when I speak of the

fauna of the latter. ‘The eastern basin meets the western one

in the meridian of the west coast of the Isle of Riigen.

Of the 241 invertebrate animals catalogued, 216 species

have been found in the western, and hitherto only 69 in the

eastern basin.

Besides those mentioned, Acarina, Ostracoda, Infusoria, and

Rhizopoda exist in the Baltic; but their enumeration must be

postponed until the species have been determined with more

certainty, for which purpose further mvestigations are neces-

sary.

: Peciie the Infusoria, however, I will refer to Peridiniwm

tripos, Miill.t, which appears in great abundance during the

summer and autumn in the bay of Kiel as a luminous animal,

and is of importance as food for Copepoda and the swarming

embryos of other Invertebrata.

* Translated by W. 8S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the concluding remarks

appended by the author to the list of the Invertebrata of the Baltic, pre-

ared by him with the assistance of Profs. K. Kupffer, E. Hackel, W.

Echmidt and of Dr. Biitschli, and published as part of the report on the

scientific results of the expedition of the steamship ‘ Pommerania’ in 1871

(pp. 188-141).

t Ehrenberg, ‘ Infusionsthierchen,’ p. 255, pl. 22. fig. 18,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii.

82 Prof. K. Mébius on the

The shell-bearing Mollusca, to which the second volume of

the ‘ Fauna der Kieler Bucht’ is devoted, are particularly well

fitted for comparisons between animals of the same species

inhabiting both the North Sea and the Baltic. In all the

shells are lighter than in specimens of the same dimensions

from the North Sea*. Stunting occurs also in the other

classes of animals. Thus at Kiel the fore part of the body of

Temora longicornis is, on the average, only 1 millim. in

length, whilst it becomes 2 millims. long in individuals from

Arendal. At Kiel Pectinaria belgica only attains a thickness

of 5 millims. in front; at Arendal this worm becomes so

large that it attains a transverse diameter of 12 millims at its

anterior end. Another worm, Travisia Forbesit, becomes 15

millims. long, and 3-4 millims. thick at Warnemunde, and

26 millims. long and 7 millims. thick (according to Rathke)

on the Norwegian coast.

In the eastern basin of the Baltic the animals become far

more stunted than in the western. Near Kiel Mytilus edulis

becomes 8-9 centims. long; in the eastern basin (e.g. on the

Stolper Bank, near Gotland, near Dularé) this mollusk only

attains a length of 8-4 centims. Mya arenaria, Tellina bal-

thica, and Cardium edule differ less in the eastern basin, as

far as Gotland, from the individuals of the same species in the

western basin, than the individuals of Mytilus in the two

basins differ from each other. This phenomenon is due to the

fact that even in the western basin these mollusca are sur-

rounded for the greater part of the year with but slightly salt

water, as they inhabit the smaller depths.

In Mytilus edulis and Tellina balthica, of the eastern basin,

the calcareous layers of the shell are extraordinarily thin.

After the death of the mollusk, the calcareous mass of the

shell seems to disappear very speedily ; for among the rocks of

eastern Sweden, between Sweden and Gotland, and in the Cal-

marsund, we found in the clayey mud of the sea-bottom a

great many cuticular membranes of Mytilus edulis and Tellina

balthica most perfectly preserved. The two brown membranes

were often united at the dorsal margin by the ligament, as in

the perfect shell. If a sea-bottom of this kind were upheaved

these cuticular shells in the clay would appear just like thin

impressions of Posidonic, with all the curvatures and deforma-

tions by pressure with which we are acquainted in those fossils

of the fine shales of secondary formations; and we should fall

into a great error if we were to conclude from these bendings

of the cuticular shells that the strata of clay had been bent

after they were laid dry.

* See ‘ Fauna der Kieler Bucht, Bd. ii. p. xvii.

Invertebrate Fauna of the Baltic. 83

By far the greater number of the Invertebrata of the Baltic

are also inhabitants of the North Atlantic Ocean. Of many

of them we know that they are spread into the icy polar sea,

and as far as the African coast. With regard to the shell-

bearing mollusca, this was demonstrated in detail in the

‘Fauna der Kieler Bucht.’ This wide distribution of the

Baltic animals, their ability to live in warm, temperate, and

cold seas, becomes intelligible when we have made ourselves

acquainted with the temperatures which they have to endure

in the Baltic. In the physico-chemical section of this Report

it is shown by a table (xxxi.), founded upon three years’

observations by Dr. H. A. Meyer, that the differences of

temperature in the superficial layer rose to 14°-9-20°

(=26°-8-36° F.), attained 13°°3-17°°3 (=23°°9-31°14 F.)

at 5 fathoms, and even at a depth of 16 fathoms still amounted

to 9°°2-12°2 (=16°:56-21°96 F.). In all the strata of the

water, even in the deepest, at the coldest season, the animals

of the Baltic have to endure a temperature which sinks to the

freezing-point of salt water, therefore below zero (=382° F.).

In summer and autumn, on the contrary, they are exposed to

a pretty high temperature. ‘The different temperatures which

the individuals of a species experience in the course of a year

in the Baltic are undergone at the same time by other indi-

viduals of the same species which live in the Mediterranean,

the North Sea, and the north polar sea. The Baltic contains

only a selection of such Atlantic and Polar animals as are

capable of supporting great differences of temperature. Yor

this reason they may be called euwrythermal* animals, in con-

tradistinction to those animals which thrive only in warm or

cold and tolerably constant temperatures, such as the tropical

and exclusively arctic marine animals, both of which may on

this account be denominated stenothermalt animals.

All the marine animals of the Baltic have further the faculty °

of living in sea-water containing a variable amount of salt ;

those Baltic animals which also occur in the Mediterranean

can bear a larger amount of salt than the Atlantic ocean con-

tains. This faculty of the Baltic animals is by no means

indicated by calling them brackish-water animals ; on the con-

trary, this expression carries our thoughts away from one of

their most remarkable peculiarities ; for animals which can live

not only in slightly but also in strongly salt water are not

brackish-water, but ewryhaline} animals.

A very pertectly euryhaline animal is Hydrobia ulve.

* From evpus, wide, and depyds, heat.

+ From orevds, narrow, and depyds, heat.

{ From eipis, wide, and dds, salt.

84 Prof. K. Mobius on the

This Gasteropod becomes developed in the slightly salt water

near Gotland to the same size as in more than normally salt

lakes on the shore of the North:Sea.

Because the Baltic animals are eurythermal and euryhaline

they are capable of living both at small and great depths and

of maintaining their ground throughout long geological periods.

Among the animals catalogued there is only one true

brackish-water animal, namely Cordylophora lacustris, a

polype which lives only in very slightly salt water, and perishes

both in fresh water and in water containing a larger amount

of salt*.

Besides this brackish-water animal and the euryhaline ani-

mals, a number of freshwater animals live in the eastern basin.

These are such as can bear slightly salt water. Nature has

not succeeded in habituating them to the larger amounts of

salt in the western basin, although probably she makes fresh

attempts every year to diffuse freshwater animals from the

mouths of rivers and brackish-water bays further into the sea.

The pioneers constantly sent out, however, have been unable

to force their way into the -salter region. Such miscarriages

of Nature in her constant forward march must render us very

cautious in estimating the value of experiments made in

aquaria for the purpose of habituating freshwater animals to

salt water and marine animals to fresh water. I refer here

especially to the recent experiments of Plateau upon Asellus

aquaticus and some other animalsf.

The number of species diminishes suddenly when we pass

from the shallow and more saline western basin into the deeper

and less saline eastern basin. We found most of the species

of the latter at depths from 0-20 fathoms; they became |

fewer at 20-50 fathoms, and very few from 50-95 fathoms.

The following animals are inhabitants of the greater depths ,

of the eastern basin :—

Astarte borealis... .. . . . down to 46 fathoms.

Tellina balthica...... sia ama Slee! a

Cia ae es! 8s Be sy. = ed es

Idotea entomon ...... foe ye ODE

Astemma rufifrons ...... 3) nO ae

Nemertes gesserensis ..... spon OUP Wis.

Halieryptus spinulosus ... . “Pah 5 | baa de

Scoloplos armiger ....... yj Nae |

Terebellides Strémit ..... Soap gee let

Eolynoe comata J. Pe ay oO) Ba

* See p. 100 of the Report, and also E. Schultze, ‘Bau und Entwick-

lung von Cordylophora lacustris,’ 1871, pp. 43-48.

+ Mém. Acad. Belg. 1870, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. vii.

1871, p. 362.

Invertebrate Fauna of the Baltic. 85

Thus the Crustacea and Vermes go deepest. Bivalve mol-

lusca were no longer found in the great depths, although organic

substances still existed there, as is shown by Dr. Behrens

from his investigations of samples from the bottom. As the

bivalve mollusca are among those important animals which

are capable of converting dead organic substances of the sea-

bottom into living animal matter, the number of carnivorous

animals must also be diminished where they are wanting,

unless other mud-eaters carry out the business of the first

preparation of flesh in their stead.

Our knowledge of the physico-chemical conditions of the

greater depths is not sufficient to explain satisfactorily the

disappearance of the animals. Besides the small amount of

salt and the persistently low temperature, one of the causes of

the impoverishment of the fauna in the greater depths of the

eastern basin of the Baltic must be sought in the wéakening

of the currents which assist the change of gases and carry

food with them.

The ten species which were found at depths of 46-95

fathoms are all inhabitants of higher regions. In general, the

animals of the eastern basin of the Baltic, as may be seen

from the list of their localities, accommodate themselves to

various depths and to the most various conditions of the

bottom. They possess a greater capacity of adaptation to

differences in the amount of salt, in temperature, depth, and

bottom, than those species which occur only in the western

basin. ‘This very plable nature has given them the predomi-

nance over the whole eastern region ; and here, therefore, they

can develop into enormous multitudes of individuals without

having to maintain a contest for their dwelling-place and

nourishment with fresh immigrants from the west.

The species which occur in particular abundance are the

following :—Hydrobia ulve, Mytilus edulis, Tellina balthica,

Cardium edule, Palemon squilla, Cuma Rathkei, Mysis spinu-

losa, M. vulgaris, Gammarus locusta, Pontoporeia femorata,

Idotea entomon, I. tricuspidata, Jera marina, Temora longi-

cornis, Polynoé cirrata, Scoloplos armiger, Nephthys ciliata,

Nereis diversicolor, Terebellides Strémii, Halicryptus spinu-

losus, Membranipora pilosa, Alcyonidium mytili, and Medusa

aurita. i

The simultaneous production of many individuals of the

same species at the same place is of importance for the nutri-

tion of the edible fishes. As soon as these have found the

dwelling-place of a great multitude of individuals of bivalve

mollusca, worms, crustacea, or other eatable animals, they can

feed themselves with ease. This also explains why we often

find in the stomachs of fishes many animals of the same spccies.

86 Prof. K. Mobius on the

A great quantity of uniform nourishment in a region is

therefore favourable to the growth and fertility of fishes ; and

it is this that collects the fishes in particular places in such

quantities that a profitable fishery can be carried on there.

The value which great quantities of animals of the same

species may attain as fish-nourishment may be shown by an

example. The oldest fishermen of Ellerbeck can number no

year in which they took so many herrings in Kiel harbour as

in the winter and spring of 1872. According to the estimates

of MM. F. Holm and J. Schmidt, fish-dealers of Kiel, for

three weeks, especially in January and February, 5000 walls

of herrings (mixed with sprats) were taken daily. Each wall

consists of 80 fishes. ‘The contents of the stomachs of the

herrings captured consisted chiefly of a small crustacean,

Temora longicornis, the fore body of which is only 1 millim.

in length. Here and there among them there was another

equally small Copepod, Dias longiremis. Very rarely some

larger crustacea (Mysis flexuosa, Idotea tricuspidata, or Gam-

marus locusta) were intermixed with the food. Very often

nothing but Zemora longicornis was to be observed in five or

six samples of the contents of the stomach when examined

microscopically. These little crustacea filled the stomachs of

the herrings as a stiff paste of a pale reddish colour ; in the

intestines there was a soft red excrement, in which the legs,

antenne, and spermatophora [egg-sacs ?] of the same Copepod

were still recognizable. On the 28th of February I took from

the stomach of a female herring, of 25 centims. length, 1°5

cubic centim. of the above-mentioned stiff Zemora-paste, and

placed it in spirits, in order to undertake subsequently an

estimate of the number of animals eaten. ‘The whole volume

of the mass diluted with spirits amounted to 9 cubic centims.

It was shaken up in the bottle in order to diffuse the crusta-

ceans equally, and 1 cubic centim. of it was taken out. By

counting this in portions [ found in it 2130 specimens of

Temora longicornis ; this number multtplied by 9 gives 19,170

Copepods in the contents of the stomach, consisting of 1°5

cubic centim. of Temora-paste. This gives 12,780 specimens

to 1 cubic centim. of the contents of the stomach.

A female herring, with a particularly full stomach, opened

on the 24th of February, contained 4 cubic centims. of

Temora-paste, three specimens of Mysis flexuosa, and one [dotea

tricuspidata. ‘The Temora-paste was diluted with spirit until

the whole mass made 19 cubic centims. Of this 1 cubic

centim. was poured off after the Copepods had been uniformly

diffused by shaking the bottle. At my request, Dr. Biitschli

counted the animals existing in it and found 3205 specimens.

Invertebrate Fauna of the Baltic. 87

3205 x 19=60,895 was therefore the number of the Copepods

devoured. 1 cubic centim. consequently contained 15,223

specimens. Counting the two ascertained numbers together

and dividing them by two, we obtain 14,000 specimens as the

average number in 1 cubic centim. of Temora-paste.

I did not find Temora-paste in the stomach of every her-

ring or sprat that I opened, and in many only 1, or 0°75, or

0-5 cub. centim. But if we consider that those specimens

whose stomachs contained from 1 to 4 cubic centims. of

Temora-paste were taken quite at random from a great quan-

tity of freshly caught animals, we shall certainly not go too

far if we assume that every herring caught in Kiel Harbour

had devoured 10,000 individuals of Zemora during its sojourn

there. Then, to the take of one day, of 8000 ‘ wall,” each of

80 fish, we get 3000 x 80 x 10,000 =2400 millions of indi-

viduals of Temora longicornis, and to the take of three weeks

43,200 millions of these little crustaceans.

That Temora longicornis existed in great abundance in

Kiel Harbour at the time of the productive herring-fishery,

was also proved by fishing with fine surface-nets. It was easy

to collect many thousands of these animals. In herrings which

had been taken near Kckernforde I also found many of them.

For the capture of Copepoda and other small swimming

animals the herring possesses an excellent arrangement—we

might say, a narrow-meshed Jlobster-pot, to which its mouth

forms the entrance. ‘This’ pot consists of the four branchial

arches on each side, and of a close series of teeth on each arch.

In herrings 20-23 centims. in length these teeth are of the

following lengths :—on the first branchial arch 7-10 millims.,

on the second 3-4 millims., on the third 2-3 millims., and on

the fourth 1°5-2 millims.; and they stand so close together

that there are two teeth at least in a space of 1 millim.

As these teeth are biconvex, the passages between them are

much narrower than $ millim. In the neighbourhood of the

inner margin of each tooth, or that turned towards the cavity

of the mouth, there stand two rows of spines—one row on the

anterior, the other on the posterior surface of the tooth. These

spines are from 0°2-0°3 millim. from each other. As the

anterior row of spines stands a little nearer the inner edge of

the tooth than the posterior row, the anterior spines of each

tooth overreach the posterior spines of that preceding it. The

spines of neighbouring teeth also frequently push in between

one another. The narrow-spaced latticework which is thus

produced allows the passage of the water which is to flow

over the branchial lamella; but small animals (down to 0-2

and 0°1 millim. in diameter) which get into the mouth of the

88 On the Invertebrate Fauna of the Baltic.

herring with the water are separated from it by this branchial

basket, and accumu-

lated at the back of

the buccal cavity so as

to be swallowed (see

woodcut).

The branchial bas-

ket is constructed in

the sprat exactly as in

the herring.

In most other fishes

which occur in abun-

dance in Kiel Bay,

such as Belone rostra-

ta, Zoarces viviparus,

Anguilla fluviatilis,

Platessa vulgaris, P.

flesus, Gadus mor-

rhua, Gasterosteus

aculeatus, and Gaste-

rosteus sptinachia, the

teeth of the branchial

arches are shorter and

further apart than in ai

Clupea harengus and

C. sprattus. These

fishes, therefore, can-

not be competitors for

food with the herrings

and sprats. And that *

they are not so is Three teeth of the second branchial arch of the

proved by the contents. right side, from a herring 23 centims. long.

of their stomachs, Inside view from the cavity of the mouth,

which usually consist s and so that the hinder side of the teeth may

also be seen. The two rows of spines stand

of Mollusca and mo- at unequal distances from the inner margin

derate-sized Crustacea of the tooth, as shown by the annexed out-

(Gammarus — locusta, line of a cross section of a tooth.

Mysis spinulosa, and Palemon squilla) or of small fishes, which

they must seek chiefly at the bottom.

The mackerel (Scomber scombrus) alone is furnished with

a branchial basket almost as close as that of the herring. As

in the herring there are long teeth on their outer branchial

arches; in a small mackerel, 18 centims. long, the longest

were 8 millims. long, and 0°8 millim. from each other. At

the sides also these teeth are furnished with spines, which are

even longer and thinner than in the herring. The following

1} {3(]| iii

On new Species of Stromatopora. 89

three branchial arches of the mackerel, however, bear no long

teeth, but an outer and inner series of tubercles with spines.

By means of this latticework of teeth and spines the mackerel,

hke the herring, can easily filter great masses of Copepods

from the water. According to A. Boeckh (Forhandl. Vid.

Selsk. Christ. 1864, p. 227), the autumn mackerel on the

Norwegian coast become fattened by abundant Copepod

nourishment. On the east coast of Schleswig and Holstein

the mackerel appears in considerable quantities only from the

beginning of July to the end of September ; from autumn to

spring therefore, when the shoals of sprats and herrings

appear here, the mackerel does not deprive them of any of

their best food.

Where multitudes of food-animals occur, there also, as a

general rule, multitudes of fishes collect. The herrings pursue

the Copepods; and the cod (Gadus morrhua) follow the herrings.

For a long time there had not been so many large cod taken

between the fortress of Friedrichsort and the village of Labi as

in the winter of 1871-72, when the herrings were so plentiful.

For carrying on the fishery, such a gathering together of

great shoals of fishes belonging to the same species is of great

value. Social animals of the same kind lead a similar life.

They seek their food in common, become sexually mature at

the same time, and collect, for the purpose of spawning, at

definite spots. Thus the fisherman finds them at certain times

in great numbers together, and can reckon beforehand on

making a good haul with properly designed instruments of

capture. But where many different species live, the fisherman

cannot take an equal weight of fish with the same amount of

labour, even when the sum of all the individuals in the same

space is as great as the number of individuals of a single species,

because each different species has a different nature, and con-

sequently must be circumvented in a different manner. Hence,

whilst the rich southern fish-fauna breaks up the work of the

fishing-population and renders it less remunerative, the

northern fish-fauna, which, although poorer in species, is rich

in individuals, leads to a powerful and remunerative concen-

tration of the business of fishery.

XI.— On some new Species of Stromatopora. By H. ALLEYNE

Nicnotson, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., &c., Professor of

Natural History in University College, Toronto.

, [Plate IV.]

THe affinities of the singular genus Stromatopora have always

been more or less uncertain, though there has been a general

90 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on some

tendency to regard the genus as being referable either to the

Foraminifera or to the sponges, or as constituting a connecting

link between these two orders of Rhizopoda. dn the present

communication I propose to describe four new species of the

genus from the Silurian and Devonian formations of Western

Canada, all of which show certain points of relationship to the

Spongiida which have not been noticed in the species already

recorded by paleontologists.

1. Stromatopora ostiolata, Nich. Pl. IV. figs. 1, La.

Spec. char. Fossil forming large hemispherical masses,

several inches in diameter, composed of innumerable delicate

lamine, arranged concentrically, and separated by interspaces

which are broken up by numerous slender vertical pillars,

giving the whole a finely reticulate structure. The lamine

are as thin as writing-paper; and, with the intervening inter-

spaces, there are about ten of them in the space of one line.

The upper surface of the mass is undulated and is quite smooth,

except for the presence of small rounded or conical elevations,

perforated at the apex with rounded openings (PI. IV. fig. 1 a)

and arranged with tolerable regularity in diagonal lines.

These elevations have a width of about half a line, and appear

to be of the nature of exhalant apertures or oscula. The lines

of oscula are placed at distances apart of from four to five

lines ; and the oscula in each line are about the same distance

from one another. When the mass is broken, similar oseuli-

ferous surfaces are found to exist throughout the whole, ar-

ranged concentrically with one another, and separated by

spaces varying from two to three lines in thickness, these

spaces being occupied by the ordinary laminated or reticulated

tissue of the fossil. Laterally the laminz and osculiferous

surfaces, instead of being concentrically arranged as regards

the entire mass, terminate in a series of rounded, nipple-shaped

prominences, each of which is composed of thin concentric

lamin which scale off like the coats of an onion. ‘The lateral

surfaces of the fossil thus come to exhibit an extraordinary

nodulated and botryoidal appearance (PI. IV. fig. 1).

It is impossible to give in a few words any adequate diagnosis

of this most remarkable fossil, which appears to throw con-

siderable light upon the affinities of the genus Stromatopora,

if, indeed, it does not truly constitute a new genus. In the

fact that its main bulk consists of a succession of thin calcareous

lamin, with intermediate vertical props, pillars, or dissepi-

ments, marking off minute cellular compartments, S. ostiolata

agrees entirely with the typical species of Stromatopora; and

in the great number of lamine in a given space it closely

new Species of Stromatopora. 91

resembles S. striatella, D’Orb. It exhibits, however, two pecu-

liarities which, so far as I am aware, are altogether unique.

In the first place, it is not composed, as are S. striatella,

D’Orb., and S. concentrica, Goldt. (which it most nearly re-

sembles im general form), of a succession of laminz concen-

trically arranged round an imaginary centre or centres. On

the contrary, in the present species, intercalated amongst the

general enveloping concentric lamine of the mass is a series

of cylindrical masses, each composed of lamine concentric

with its long axis, and each terminating (probably at both

ends, though this is not shown; in a rounded nipple-shaped

extremity. Superiorly these laminated cylinders are enveloped

by laminee which are concentric to the whole mass, so that the

outermost surface is simply undulating. On two of the sides

of the fossil the ends of the above-mentioned cylinders protrude

as so many nipple-shaped conical prominences, giving these

aspects of the mass very much the appearance of the peculiar

inorganic structure known as ‘‘cone-in-cone.”’

In the second place, a still more remarkable feature is pre-

sented by the upper surface of the fossil. ‘The specimens are

so highly mineralized (as is always the case with the fossils of

the dolomites of the Guelph formation) that the smooth un-

dulating upper surfaces of the lamine exhibit no structure that

can be made out with the lens. If any pores existed, as is

most probable, they cannot now be detected. The upper

surface, however, exhibits tolerably regular diagonal lines of

small conical papille, some of which at any rate are unmis-

takably perforated by rounded apertures. It is true that some

of these eminences do not show any sign of being perforated ;

but this is probably, indeed almost certainly, due to the peculiar

condition of mineralization of the fossil. The perforated

eminences are distant from two to four lines from one another ;

and the diagonal rows stand about as far apart. ‘The appear-

ance presented by the upper surface, with its perforated papilla,

thus comes to simulate somewhat the root of a fossil plant like

Stigmaria, with the points whence the rootlets proceeded.

The eminences themselves are but slightly elevated above the

general surface ; and the apical aperture has a diameter of about

one thirtieth of an inch. Not only does the outermost or

highest lamina of the fossil exhibit the above appearance, but

the same structure reappears at intervals of two to three lines

all through the mass, each surface being concentric with the

preceding one, and separated from it by reticulated tissue. It

is probable, therefore, that we should regard the fossil as really

consisting of thin crusts, which are only accidentally super-

imposed one above the other.

92 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on some

A structure apparently analogous to the above has been

described (M‘Coy, Pal. Foss. pp. 12 & 65) as occurring in

Stromatopora striatella, D’Orb., S. concentrica, Goldf., and S.

(Caunopora) placenta, Phill. In the first of these, according

to M‘Coy, the general laminated structure of the mass is

traversed nearly at right angles by “ vertical vermicular per-

forations about one fourth of a line in diameter,” at distances

varying from one to two lines apart ; and essentially the same

thing is seen in the other two species above mentioned. In

the present species, however, there is no evidence that the

apertures on the surfaces of the successive osculiferous layers

communicate internally with vermicular tubes, though it is

possible that they do; whilst the apertures are placed at the

summit of small rounded or conical elevations, and are com-

paratively remote and large.

It can hardly be doubted that the perforated eminences of

Stromatopora ostiolata correspond with the “oscula” of the

genuine sponges. Indeed the surface of this species reminds

one very strongly of the well-known genus Porospongia or

Manon. The probability that Stromatopora is truly referable

to the Calcispongie is thus rendered stronger than it would have

appeared from the evidence formerly in our possession. If,

however, it should be found that these oscula are not present in

all the species at present referred to Stromatopora (and they

have certainly not hitherto been recognized in the majority of

forms), then it might be advisable to divide the genus into

two, retaining Stromatopora for the species without oscules,

and forming a fresh genus for those in which these apertures

are present. ‘The former would thus be nearly allied to the

Foraminifera, whilst the latter would lead from the Forami-

nifera to the Calcispongie.

The specimens of Stromatopora ostiolata from which the

above description was taken were presented to the Museum of

the University of Toronto by their discoverer, Mr. John

Wilkie. ‘The species itself cannot possibly be confounded

with any previously described form.

Loc. and Form. In the yellow crystalline dolomite of the

Guelph formation (Middle Silurian), Guelph, Ontario. As-

sociated with numerous specimens of Stromatopora concentrica,

Goldf.

2. Stromatopora tuberculata, Nich. PI. IV. figs. 2, 2a.

Spec. char. Fossil forming crusts of varying thickness and

often covering large surfaces, composed of numerous concentric

calcareous Jamine, separated by delicate calcareous rods of

new Species of Stromatopora. 93

pillars, which are disposed at right angles to the laminz and

mark off minute cellular compartments or interspaces. ‘The

lamin and intervening spaces are about five in the space of

a line; and the vertical pillars are comparatively strong, and

placed at proportionally remote intervals. The upper surface

of the mass (PI. IV. fig. 2) is more or less strongly undulated,

and is covered with close-set, conical, clavate, or fungiform

tubercles, the elevation of which is about one twenty-fifth of

an inch above the general surface. ‘The tubercles appear to

be sometimes perforated, but are more commonly imperforate,

and they are placed in irregular sinuous lines. They are

separated from one another by about their own width (more or

less), one twenty-fifth of aninch. Where this fossil is broken

it is seen that similar tuberculated surfaces occur at various

depths in the mass, concentric with one another, and separated

by laminated and reticulated tissue.

This singular species is readily distinguished by its very

coarse reticulation (coarser than in any other species of Stro-

matopora with which I am acquainted), and by the tuberculated

nature of the surface. ‘here is no proof that the vertical

pillars which separate the different lamine of the mass are

hollow; and there is reason to believe that they are cer-

tainly solid. Asa rule, also, no perforations can be detected

in the surface-tubercles ; and the true nature of the latter is thus

rendered a matter of question. In some specimens, however,

the tubercles appear to be distinctly perforated at their apices.

Many examples exhibit rounded openings or tubes, from half

a line to a line in diameter, descending at right angles to the

mass, and placed at varying intervals. These openings are

not elevated above the general surface. They are not constant

in their occurrence, though very generally present ; and I have

not been able to satisfy myself that they are not truly extra-

neous to the fossil. They may, perhaps, be annelidous in

their nature ; or they may be due to the fact that the organism

has enveloped a colony of Syringopora, which has subsequently

been dissolved away. In one specimen the crust seems to

have been supported upon a wrinkled calcareous base, very

similar to the epitheca of Favosites gothlandica. ‘he crusts

vary in thickness from three or four lines to two inches or more ;

but the latter specimens are to be regarded as being composed of

a succession of crusts superimposed, the younger upon the older.

Loc. and Form. Common in a silicified condition in the

Corniferous Limestone (Devonian) of Ridgeway and Port Col-

borne, on the north shore of Lake Erie, Canada West.

Collected by the author.

94 On new Species of Stromatopora.

3. Stromatopora granulata, Nich. Pl. IV. figs. 3, 3a.

Spec. char. Fossil forming thin crusts (usually about half

an inch in thickness), often occupying very extensive surfaces.

Composed of concentric calcareous lamine, about ten in the

space of a line, separated by interspaces which are minutely

broken up into cells by numerous delicate vertical rods,

Surface regularly undulating, often raised into chimney-like

or conical elevations, which, however, are never perforated.

The entire surface is covered with a fine miliary granulation,

constituted by minute conical pustules, placed close together,

about one hundredth of an inch apart, and apparently imper-

forate. Exfoliated and broken specimens show that similar

granulated surfaces occur at small intervals throughout the

crust.

Stromatopora granulata is nearly allied to S. tuberculata,

from which, however, it can be readily separated, even in small

fragments. Itis recognized by the much finer reticulation ot

the lamin and vertical rods (PI. LV. fig. 3a), and by the

minute crowded tubercles which cover the whole surface being

so closely placed as to be often nearly in contact. Though

many of the specimens show larger or smaller crateriform

elevations, I have been unable to detect any perforations or

apertures in the surface. Usually the surface-layers exfoliate

round numerous points, giving the upper surface of the fossil

quite a characteristic appearance, which is wanting in S. tu-

berculata. One specimen observed by me covered a slab

about three feet in length by two feet in width, with an average

thickness of about half an inch.

Loc. and Form. Not uncommon in a silicified condition in

the Corniferous Limestone (Devonian) of Port Colborne and

Savage’s Quarry, Wainfleet, on the north shore of Lake Erie,

Canada West. Collected by the author.

4, Stromatopora mammillata, Nich. Pl. IV. fig. 4.

Spec. char. Fossil forming thin crusts, about two or three

lines in thickness, often covering extensive surfaces. Crust

composed of successive concentric calcareous laminz, separated

by interspaces, broken up by vertical rods. Surface un-

dulating, and exhibiting a series of large conical elevations,

about one fifth of an inch in height and the same in diameter

at the base, placed at distances apart varying from one fifth

of an inch to half an inch. Most of these conical elevations

show no signs of being perforated; but some appear to have

apertures at their summits. The surface between these eleva-

tions is roughened by small tubercles and irregular ridges.

Nothing could be more distinct than the aspect of this very

Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on new Crustaceans. 95

remarkable species, the large conical elevations which cover

its surface giving it exactly the appearance of an undulating

plain covered with numerous small volcanos. Superficially

examined, it presents a striking resemblance to many recent

sponges; but [ have not been able to satisfy myself that the

conical elevations just alluded to are really of the nature of

oscula. Some of them certainly look as if they were perforated ;

but most show no signs of any aperture. This may be due to

the manner in which the fossil has been preserved ; but I can-

not speak positively upon this point. The internal structure

of all the examples which I possess of this species is much

more imperfectly preserved than is the case with the other

species here described, and I have simply been able to satisfy

myself that it is essentially the same as 1s characteristic of Stro-

matopora in general. I have seen crusts of this species covering

an area of several square feet ; but it is by no means common

in its occurrence.

Loc. and Form. Rare, in a silicified condition, in the Cor-

niferous Limestone (Devonian) of Port Colborne, on the north

shore of Lake Erie, Canada West. Collected by the author.

5. Stromatopora concentrica, Goldf.

Besides the preceding three species I have found in the

Corniferous limestone of Canada specimens which are un-

distinguishable from Stromatopora concentrica, Goldfuss. As,

however, none of these specimens exhibit their surface it cannot

be positively asserted that they belong to this familiar Devonian

species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Fragment of Stromatopora ostiolata, Nich., natural size.

Fig. 1a. Fragment of the same, enlarged, to show the oscula on the

surface.

Fig. 2. Fragment of Stromatopora tuberculata, Nich., natural size.

Fig. 2a. Lateral view of a fragment of the same, enlarged, to show the

reticulate structure.

Fig. 3. Fragment of Stromatopora granulata, Nich., natural size, showing

the granulated surface.

Fig. 3a. Lateral view of a fragment of the same, enlarged to show the

reticulate structure.

Fig. 4. Fragment of Stromatopora mammillata, Nich., natural size.

XII.—A Spheromid from Australia, and Arcturide from

South Africa. By the Rev. THomas R. R. Steppin, M.A.

[Plate III. A. figs. 1-8 a.]

THE crustaceans described in this paper presented themselves

among the sand and fragments shaken in transit from a variety

96 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on new Crustaceans.

of sponges and gorgonias sent me by Mr. Wilson Saunders.

The Sphxromid, shown in fig. 1, occurred in a collection from

Swan River, 8.W. Australia; the Arcturide, figs. 2 and 3,

in one from Fort Elizabeth, Algoa Bay, South Africa.

Fig. 1 appears to be a Cymodocea; it has the setose tail and

tail-appendages of that genus, the tail-piece terminating in a

deep notch, occupied by a produced central plate or lobe. The

body is very convex, with the sides parallel; the flagella of

both pairs of antennz are multiarticulate; the branches of:

the tail-appendages do not close one under the other.

The species would be appropriately named Cymodocea tu-

berculosa; for though the first segment of the pereion is smooth

and marbled, the five following segments are adorned and

almost covered with rows of shining tubercles. ‘Tubercles

can be detected among the matted hairs of the pleon and uro-

poda; and notably a row of three is conspicuous on the lobe

which runs out into the notch at the end of the tail-piece.

The branches of the uropoda have a pair of smooth shining

tips at the extremity of each. The head, which is nearly as

broad as the body, is long and sloping ; its frontal border has

two small nostril-like prominences in the centre; a lower

frontal margin is adorned with ten teeth or turrets, divided:

into two sets of five, and exhibiting between them a still

lower frontal plate with two shining lobes. The colour of the

mouth is red, of the claws brown. The length of the animal is

rather under half an inch; but, in spite of the small size, the

beauty of the details makes it an object of considerable interest.

Fig. 2 represents an animal of still more remarkable ap-

pearance, which pretty clearly belongs to the genus Arcturus

of Latreille, a genus described by Spence Bate and Westwood

as “remarkable among the Jsopoda for its slender cylindrical

form, the length of its lower pair of antenne, and the delicate

ciliated structure of the four anterior pairs of legs, whilst the

hind ones are short and very robust.” Our African species

agrees with all these details, except that the bulging character

of the fourth segment of the pereion is scarcely consistent

with such a descriptioa as “a slender cylindrical form.” It

still seems an open question whether the British Arctur? ought

not to be separated from A. Baffind, the type of the genus,

which has the fourth segment of the body scarcely longer than

the others, and the lower antenne terminated by multiarticu-

late flagella. Were the genus Leacia or Leachia revived to

receive them, the species now under consideration would join

them in it, its fourth segment having a very conspicuous de-

velopment, and the lower antennz bearing three-jointed in-

curved flagella like those of our British species. Meanwhile

Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on new Crustaceans. 97

it may be described as Arcturus corniger, taking its specific

name from its numerous horn-like protuberances, seven of

which surmount as many separate segments; while the fourth

segment carries no less than six cone-like swellings, the two

largest of which are on the median line of the back, the front

one being preceded, and the hinder one in like manner fol-

lowed, by a smaller flanking pair of heights.

The upper antennz extend only as far as the second joint of

the lower ones ; they are slender and apparently three-jointed,

the last articulation being the longest and ending obtusely.

‘The lower antenne are stout, and equal i in length to half that

of the rest of the animal: the second joint is notched ; the

fourth joint is considerably the longest; the third and ‘fifth

are also long and about equal in size. ‘The eyes are promi-

nent. The marsupial pouch of the fourth segment has a row

of tubercles just below the hinge-line; and in the rear

of this, three small apertures are visible in the ventral

surface.

The Rev. A. M. Norman kindly informs me that the draw-

ing of this species which I sent him comes near to Leachia

nodosa of Dana, but that he should hesitate to unite the species

on the evidence of the figures which he has seen, the

spiny processes on the segments being somewhat differently

arranged.

Of fig. 3 four specimens occurred, obviously belonging to

the same genus as fig. 2. Three of these had masses of red

granular matter clinging to the lower surface ; but whether

this consisted of the eggs or of some extraneous substance it

is not easy to say. All these four lie flat, in a posture very dif-

ferent from the strange angularity shown by Arcturus corniger

in common with our British Arcturide: neither do they pos-

sess any remarkable protuberances; the segmentation, how-

ever, is the same. The anterior legs are slender and ciliated,

the three hinder pairs being stout by comparison, though not

absolutely very robust. The upper antenne extend beyond

the second joint of the lower, and terminate in a point. The

lower antennx display a prominent angle on the second joint ;

the third and fourth joints are each respectively longer than

those which precede them; the fifth is not quite so long as

the fourth. The fourth segment of the body, viewed from

above, is coftin-shaped, and has two small tubercles on the

median line. ‘The eyes are prominent. ‘The whole length,

antenne included, is about half an inch. ‘The colour of the

specimens is a more or less purplish brown, closely speckled

all over with dark spots. Arcturus lineatus may be offered as

a specific name for these creatures, as they seem to hold

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol, xii, 7

98 Mr. E. Parfitt on a new Species of Cellepora.

themselves with body, tail, and antenne all in one line,

instead of assuming the angular prancing attitude of their

congeners.

A fifth specimen differs from the other four in having the

head wider and the fourth segment of the body much narrower,

and in being without any dark markings on the skin. This

is probably the male.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IIL. A. figs, 1-3 a.

Fig. 1. Cymodocea tuberculosa; 1 a, underside of tail-piece ; 14, leg.

Fig. 2. Arcturus corniger.

Fig. 3. Arcturus lineatus ; 3a, one of the upper antennex.

XIII.—On a new Species of Cellepora.

By Epwarp Parritt, Esq.

[Plate III. B. figs. 1-6. ]

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

I beg to introduce to you a new species of Cellepora dis-

covered by me at Exmouth in the aytumn of 1872, a descrip-

tion and figures of which I enclose. Ihave named it Cellepora

hemispherica, from the cells forming little hemispherical

masses. It appears to be perfectly distinct from any thing I

can find, either amongst the fossil or recent species.

I am, Gentlemen,

. Yours obediently,

Exeter, June 11, 1873. EDWARD PARFITT.

Cellepora hemispherica, n. sp.

Cells heaped together irregularly into, generally speaking,

hemispherical masses ; mouth simple, elliptical ; cells variously

formed, but generally ovate, white, shining, and thickly per-

forated ; sometimes they are very much inflated, and in other

specimens they are more or less depressed ; many of the cells

are mouthless, or open into other contiguous cells. Avicularium

or vibraculum very rarely developed: I have only seen one;

and this, I think, was abnormal, as it was in the back of the

eell. Ovicell 2? Animal ?

The minute masses of cells are attached by the somewhat

flattened underside to the branches of Sertularia abietina : the

edges of the mass slightly curve, so as to fix themselves firmly

to the branch ; they measure generally about one 25th of an

inch in diameter.

On new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 99

The mouths of the cells are generally placed so as to come

between two other cells, and they are so pressed down as to be

discovered with difficulty ; and it frequently happens that no

mouth can be discovered over the whole upper surface, but

one or two may be found on the edge of the mass.

The arrangement of the cells, if arrangement it can be

called, reminds me more of Cellepora informata, a Miocene

species described by Lonsdale in the first volume of the

‘Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society,’ p. 506. The

form of the cells, and their heaping together and being fora-

minated, gives a certain resemblance to them ; but in the fossil

rather regular layers of cells can be traced, similar to those in

old specimens of C. pumicosa, while in the recent species we

have in view they are so minute that I cannot satisfy myself on

this point.

Large masses of Sertularia were cast ashore last autumn

and winter on the beach at Exmouth. I collected a good

many of them, and on some I discovered this species ; they

are principally on the lower branches of the Sertularian. [

shall send specimens to the British Museum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IIL. B. figs. 1-6.

Fig. 1. Groups of cells, natural size.

Fig. 2. Enlarged.

Fig. 3. Removed from the Sertularian.

Figs. 4, 5. Front and lateral views of cells.

Fig. 6. The beginning of a group with four cells, mouthless, or opening

into a common elongated cell.

XIV.—Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera

in the Collection of the British Museum. By FREDERICK

SmiTH, Assistant in the Zoological Department, British

Museum.

{Continued from p. 55. |

Family Crabronide.

Genus TRYPOXYLON, Latr.

Trypoxylon vagum.

Female. Length 5} lines. Black, adorned with golden

pubescence; abdomen pale testaceous at the base. Head

opaque ; the face and clypeus with silvery pubescence, that

above the insertion of the antenne and in the sinus of the eyes

has a golden lustre; the cheeks silvery; the mandibles and

the apex of the scape ferruginous. Thorax: the anterio

100 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

margin of the prothorax transverse and elevated, the posterior

margin fringed with golden pubescence; the mesothorax

smooth and shming, its lateral and posterior margins with

golden pubescence; a band of golden pubescence crosses the

postscutellum from the insertion of the posterior wings; the

sides of the metathorax, which is smooth and shining, with

‘pale golden pubescence ; the tibize and tarsi ferruginous, the

posterior pair more or less fuscous ; the tips of the femora and

the underside of the posterior pair ferruginous ; wings sub-

hyaline, with a fuscous cloud in the marginal cell. Abdomen :

the first and second segments above, the base of the third, and

the apical margins of the following segments narrowly pale

testaceous ; beneath, entirely testaceous, with a few irregular

fuscous stains, and covered thinly with a fine changeable golden

pubescence.

Hab. St. Paulo.

Trypoxylon superbum.

Female. Length 6 lines. Head and thorax black, and

adorned with bright golden pubescence; abdomen and legs

pale rufo-testaceous. Head: the face and clypeus covered

with bright golden pubescence ; the cheeks with a change-

able pale golden pile, which, in certain lights, has a silvery

brilliancy ; the palpi and mandibles testaceous yellow, the

latter rufo-piceous at their apex; the scape, and four or

five of the following jomts of the antenne, ferruginous.

Thorax: the prothorax and tegule pale ferruginous, the

posterior margin of the former, the margins of the mesothorax,

the postscutellum, and the metathorax adorned with bright

golden pubescence; at the base of the metathorax is a sub-

triangular space covered with very short pubescence, or golden

pile; the sides of the thorax and also beneath clothed with

changeable fine golden pile, which, on the pectus, has a silvery

lustre; wings flavo-hyaline and iridescent, the nervures fer-

ruginous. Abdomen: the apical margins of the segments

usually more or less black, sometimes rufo-piceous, and in some

examples only faintly coloured with darker ferruginous.

Hab. Ega.

Trypoxylon rugifrons.

Female. Length 64 lines. Head and thorax black, and

adorned with golden pile; the abdomen and legs pale ferru-

ginous. Head: an ovate space on the face, below the anterior

stemma, rugose; the head otherwise covered with pale golden

pile, that on the cheeks and clypeus having a silvery brightness

in certain lights; the scape and two basal joints of the fla-

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 101

gellum of the antennz, as well as the mandibles, ferruginous.

Thorax smooth and shining, and more or less covered with

pale golden pubescence; the mesothorax, the scutellum, and

metathorax usually destitute of pubescence; a deep longitudinal

sulcation at the base of the metathorax, from which a groove

runs down to its apex; wings flavo-hyaline, the nervures

ferruginous. Abdomen smooth and shining, with the petiole

more or less obscure at the base.

Hab, Higa.

Trypoxylon levifrons.

Female. Length 64 lines. Head and thorax black, and

adorned with golden pile. Coloured the same as rug?frons,

with these differences: the two apical joints of the antenne

ferruginous, and the petiole of the abdomen not discoloured.

The specific differences are, that the space below the anterior

stemima is covered with delicate shallow punctures, and it has

a central longitudinal channel which terminates in a slightly

raised tubercle above the insertion of the antenne ; the meta-

thorax has no sulcation at its base, but has a central, broad,

slightly impressed channel, which runs from its apex upwards,

stopping short one third of its length before the base.

flab, Kuga.

Trypoxylon fabricator.

Female. Length 53 lines. Black, smooth and shining, with

the basal margins of the second and third segments of the

abdomen rufo-testaceous. Head: the clypeus, lower part

of the cheeks, and the sinus of the eyes clothed with golden

pubescence ; the mandibles, base and apex of the scape, and

the first joint of the flagellum at its apex, and also beneath,

rufo-testaceous ; the defined space in front of the anterior

ocellus with a few irregular shallow punctures; from its

anterior margin an elevated cara runs down to the insertion

of the antenne. Thorax: the margins of the pro- and meso-

thorax with golden pubescence ; the sides of the metathorax

have a paler pubescence ; at its base is a deep central sulcation,

which is indistinctly and transversely striated; the oblique

truncation has a second broad groove, which runs to the apex ;

wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures black ; the articu-

lations of the legs are pale; the anterior tibie and tarsi

yalest ; the basal joint of the intermediate tarsi white at the base.

The male closely resembles the other sex, but has the detined

space on the front rugose ; the legs are darker, and the trans-

verse striation on the metathorax is stronger.

Hab. Ega; Catagallo (Brazil).

102 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

Genus CrABRO, Fabr.

Crabro nasicornis.

Female. Length 3-34 lines. Black, with yellow markings ;

the clypeus covered with bright silvery pubescence, and having

an acute tooth in the middle of its anterior margin. Head

large, subquadrate, and a little wider than the thorax; the

cheeks covered with silvery pile; the scape of the antenne

bright yellow ; the mandibles yellowish white. Thorax: the

collar, tubercles, an ovate spot on each side of the scutellum

at its base, and another which is united to it at its side, yellow ;

the wings hyaline and iridescent; the nervures black ; the

tegule honey-yellow ; the cox and femora beneath yellowish

white; the tibie pale ferruginous; the tarsi whitish; the

femora above, and the intermediate and posterior tibiz outside,

rufo-piceous, sometimes blackish. Abdomen: the apical

margins of the segments narrowly rufo-piceous; the basal

margins have on each side a yellow fascia, which widens into

a large macula at the extreme lateral margins; the apical seg-

ment canaliculated and bright ferruginous ; beneath, the second

segment is usually almost entirely yellow, and the third has

two pale yellow spots ; the markings beneath are variable in

the three examples examined, as is also the colouring of the

legs in its intensity.

Hab. Ega; St. Paulo.

Crabro pugnans.

Female. Length 23 lines. Black ; head and thorax marked

and spotted with yellow. The scape of the antenna, the palpi,

and mandibles yellow ; the flagellum fulvous; the clypeus

covered with bright silvery pubescence ; a longitudinal groove

along the outer margins of the eyes, which is filled with silvery

pubescence. Thorax: the collar, tubercles, an ovate spot at

the lateral angles of the base of the scutellum, two curved lines

on the metathorax laterally, immediately behind the insertion

of the wings, yellow; the metathorax coarsely rugose; the

mesothorax shining, and finely and closely punctured; wings

subhyaline, iridescent, and with the nervures black ; the tibie

and tarsi yellow. Abdomen smooth and shining; the fifth

segment with a fine cinereous pile; the apical segment fer-

ruginous.

Hab. Para.

Crabro megacephala.

Female. Length 2} lines. Black; head very large, rather

wider than the thorax, and oblong-quadrate. Head: the scape

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 103

of the antennz and a line at the base of the mandibles yellow,

the latter otherwise ferruginous; the flagellum fulvous.

Thorax: the collar, tegule, two ovate spots on the scutellum

laterally, and a line united to them, running up to its base, as

well as the postscutellum, yellow ; the legs yellow, with the

posterior femora rufo-testaceous ; wings hyaline and iridescent,

with the nervures fusco-ferruginous. Abdomen: an ovate

yellow spot on the second, third, and fourth segments laterally,

close to the outer margins.

Hab, Para.

Crabro carinatus.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black; head and thorax marked

with yellow; abdomen fasciated with the same. Head large,

subquadrate above, and rather wider than the thorax ; ocelli

ina curve; the clypeus with silvery pubescence, and the cheeks

with bright, changeable, silvery pile ; the scape of the antenne

and a line at the base of the mandibles yellow. Thorax: the

collar, tubercles, a line at the base of the scutellum, the post-

scutellum, and all the tibiz in front yellow ; the legs sometimes

rufo-piceous ; the mesothorax with two elevated abbreviated

earine on the disk anteriorly ; the disk rugose; the meta-

thorax with a deep, central, longitudinal channel; the en-

closed space at its base obliquely rugose ; the truncation with

shallow, transverse, coarse striae; wings flavo-hyaline, the

nervures pale ferrugimous. Abdomen: the first segment

strongly punctured, the second less strongly so, the following

impunctate ; the segments margined posteriorly, and with

broad yellow fasci#, which extend over the margination; the

first segment without a fascia; the apical segment yellow and

canaliculated.

Hab. St. Paulo; Ega.

Crabro sculpturatus.

Female. Length 53 lines. Black; the scape of the an-

tenne, scutellum, postscutellum, and legs beneath yellow.

Head as wide as the thorax; ocelli in a triangle; coarsely

rugose with confluent punctures; clypeus sharply carinate

and densely covered with silvery pubescence. ‘lhe anterior

margin of the prothorax elevated into a sharp carina, which

terminates laterally in an acute tooth ; the anterior portion of

the mesothorax, before the insertion of the wings, coarsely

sculptured with divergent strie or grooves; the posterior

portion with oblong longitudinal punctures disposed in rows ;

the metathorax with a coarse reticulation, composed of large

shallow punctures ; at the sides it has an oblique coarse stria-

104 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

tion; the rest of the thorax beneath has large shallow

punctures ; the tarsi pale yellow, with the apical joimts black ;

wings subhyaline, nervures fuscous. Abdomen: the basal

segment strongly punctured, with its apical margin opaque

and finely shagreened ; the second, third, and fourth segments

are transversely and evenly striated at their base ; the middle

portion is strongly punctured, and the apical is shagreened ;

the following segments are smooth and shining; the fifth

segment has a few punctures at its apical margin, and the

terminal segment is canaliculated and punctured, and has a

tuft of golden sete on each side ; beneath, smooth and shining,

the second segment having, on each side, a large ovate space,

which is semiopaque, and covered with fine, thin, hoary

pile.

Hab. Ega.

This species belongs to St. Fargeau’s subgenus Ceratocalus,

and is a most remarkably sculptured insect.

Crabro dentatus.

Female. Length 32 lines. Black, with yellow markings ;

a stout tooth im the middle of the anterior margin of the

clypeus, and a smaller one on each side at the lateral angles ;

the cheeks have also a sharp tooth at their lower posterior

angles. Head large, subquadrate, and wider than the thorax ;

the ocelli in a curve on the vertex; the scape and mandibles

yellow, the latter rufo-piceous at their apex; the flagellum

fulvous. Thorax: the collar, tubercles, two spots on the scu-

tellum and another on each side of it, which unite with the

former ones, and the postscutellum yellow; the anterior legs

reddish yellow ; all the coxe, the intermediate and posterior

legs yellow; all the femora above, and the posterior pair with

a line beneath, black; the semicircular space beneath the

postscutellum with coarse, divergent, longitudinal grooves ;

wings hyaline and iridescent, with the nervures fuscous.

Abdomen subpetiolate; the basal margins of the segments

more or less rufo-testaceous laterally; the second segment

beneath, and the apical margins of the other segments, rufo-

testaceous.

Hab. Paya.

Crabro verticalis.

Female. Length 3 lines. Black ; two large, yellow, ovate

spots on the scutellum, and two smaller spots on the post-

scutellum ; abdomen petiolate. Head: the posterior margin of

the vertex raised, forming a transverse carina which terminates

laterally in a small tubercle; the ocelli in an equilateral

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 105

triangle; the scape in front and the mandibles yellow, the

latter ferruginous at their apex ; the flagellum fulvous beneath ;

the palpi pale testaceous; the lower part of the face and the

clypeus covered with bright silvery pubescence. Thorax: the

collar, tuLercles, anterior and intermediate tibiz and tarsi, and

all the femora at their apex yellow ; the posterior tibiz spinose

externally, and their calcaria pale ferruginous; the wings

hyaline and iridescent, with their nervures fuscous ; the tegule

testaceous ; two yellow spots on the scutellum, and also two

on the postscutellum. Abdomen shining, and thinly covered

with a fine, pale, sericeous pile.

Hab. St. Paulo (Brazil).

Family Philanthide.

Genus CEeRceris, Latr.

Jercerts reversus.

Male. Length 3} lines. Black, with yellow spots and bands

above; beneath yellow, with black markings. Head: the

face, clypeus, mandibles at their base, and the scape of the

antenne in front yellow; the flagellum fulvous beneath.

Thorax: an interrupted line on the collar, the tegule, scu-

tellum, postscutellum, and the metathorax yellow ; the latter

with an abbreviated black line that runs halfway up from its

base; and at its base a minute triangular black space, with a

yellow dot in the middle; wings subhyaline, iridescent, and

with a fuscous stain along the anterior margin of the fore

wings; the legs are yellow beneath, except the posterior

femora, which are only so at their base; an irregular-shaped

yellow spot in the middle of the pectus; the anterior and in-

termediate tarsi yellow, the posterior pair fuscous. Abdomen :

the first segment, a line on the posterior margin of the second

laterally, and an entire fascia on that of the four following

segments, with the seventh entirely, yellow ; beneath yellow,

with narrower black fascie.

Hab. Para.

Cerceris pullatus.

Female. Length 44 lines. Black ; the wings fuscous; the

legs varied with yellow. Head: the sides of the face, below

the insertion of the antenne, yellow ; the clypeus black, its

anterior margin slightly emarginate, and produced at the angles

into a short acute tooth; the lower part of the face, on each

side of the clypeus, with a bright silvery pubescence ; the

scape, and two basal joints of the antenna, and the underside

106 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

of the other joints, ferruginous ; mandibles ferruginous, with

a yellow spot at their base. Thorax: an interrupted line on

the postscutellum and the tegule reddish yellow ; wings fusco-

hyaline, with a dark fuscous stain along the anterior margin

of the superior pair; the anterior legs ferruginous; of the

other pairs the tibiz and tips of the femora beneath are yellow,

the posterior tibize being more or less black ; the basal joint of

the tarsi white, the other joints more or less rufo-fuscous.

Abdomen: a minute spot on the basal segment and the apical

margins of the second, fourth, and fifth segments with narrow

yellow fascie. The insect covered with strong confluent

punctures.

Hab. St. Paulo.

The markings of this species are evidently variable: of two

examples only, one has a minute yellow spot behind the eyes,

and also a very narrow interrupted line on the collar.

Cercerts modestus.

Female. Length 44 lines. Black, and adorned with bright

yellow markings. Head: a yellow line at the inner margins

of the eyes, widening towards the base of the clypeus, which

is also yellow and elevated; the base of the mandibles and a

spot behind the eyes yellow ; the antennz fulvous beneath.

Thorax: the collar, a spot beneath the wings, the tegule,

scutellum, two spots on the postscutellum, and another on each

side of the metathorax above yellow ; wings hyaline, iridescent,

and with a dark fuscous stain in the marginal cell, which ex-

tends to the apex of the wings; the nervures dark fuscous ;

the tibiee with a yellow line outside ; the legs dark rufo-piceous.

Abdomen: the second segment yellow, except its extreme

base ; the apical margins of the other segments yellow, the

apical one entirely so. ‘The head and thorax strongly punc-

tured, the abdomen sparingly so.

Hab. Kiga.

Cerceris nigriceps.

Female. Length 4 lines. Head black, and also the three

apical segments of the abdomen ; otherwise of a reddish yellow.

Head: the face yellow, and with a pale golden glittering

pubescence ; a short conical tubercle at the base of the clypeus ;

mandibles yellow, with their tips black; the scape and four

basal joints of the antenne ferruginous, the following joints

ferruginous beneath. ‘Thorax: the postscutellum yellow ; the

tarsi and front of the tibiae and femora, as well as the coxz

beneath, yellowish ; wings subhyaline, iridescent, and with a

fuscous stain along the anterior margin of the front wings;

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 107

the nervures fusco-ferruginous. Abdomen: the apical margins

of the segments yellow. The insect covered with confluent

punctures.

Hab. Paya.

The colour of this species will probably be found to vary in

being more or less red, and also in the amount of pure yellow

with which it is variegated. It is unique in the National

Collection.

Cerceris ruficeps.

Female. Length 44 lines. Head red, with the face and

clypeus yellow; thorax and abdomen black, and spotted and

banded with yellow. Head: the scape yellow in front, fer-

ruginous behind ; the four basal joints of the flagellum ferru-

ginous, the following are only so beneath; the mandibles

ferruginous, with their apex black; a large black spot on the

vertex, enclosing the ocelli. Thorax: the collar, two spots

spots beneath the wings, the tegule, a minute spot on each

of the scutellum, and the postscutellum yellow, and more

or less tinged with ferruginous ; wings fusco-hyaline and iri-

descent ; the costal nervures and the stigma pale ferruginous,

the rest of the nervures dark fuscous ; the legs ferruginous and

more or less variegated with yellow; the posterior tibie and

femora blackish within. Abdomen: a broad yellow margin

on the basal segment, edged with ferruginous ; the second and

fifth segments with a narrow white fascia near their apical

margins. The insect covered with confluent punctures.

Hab. St. Paulo.

Genus TrAcuypus, Klug.

Trachypus disjunctus.

Male. Length 5? lines. Black, variegated with yellow and

white. Head shining on the vertex, which is covered with

large confluent punctures; the face more closely and finely

punctured, and covered with silvery pubescence ; the clypeus

and cheeks with long fulvous pubescence ; the scape in front,

and a very narrow line at the inner margins of the eyes, yellow ;

six or eight of the basal joints of the flagellum yellowish

beneath ; tips of the mandibles rufo-piceous. Thorax shining ;

the mesothorax with three deep longitudinal furrows, which

have a short impressed line between them and the tegule ;

the scutellum, postscutellum, and an enclosed space at the base

of the metathorax smooth and shining ; the latter has a small

pitin the middle ; beyond, the metathorax is punctured ; wings

108 On new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera.

subhyaline, beautifully iridescent, the nervures rufo-fuscous ;

an interrupted line on the collar, two spots on each tegula, and

a small oblong spot on each side of the insertion of the abdo-

men yellow ; the tibie and knees of the anterior and inter-

mediate legs, and also the tarsi of the former, yellow ; the in-

termediate and posterior tarsi white, with the tips of the joints

black. Abdomen smooth and shining; the extreme base of

the second segment ferruginous ; it has also a little before its

apical margin an interrupted yellow fascia, which widens

towards the lateral margins; the apical margins of the fourth,

fifth, and sixth segments with narrow yellow fasciz, the first

slightly interrupted.

Hab. St. Paulo.

This insect may possibly be the male of Trachypus basalis,

since both are from St. Paulo.

Trachypus basalis.

Female. Length 53 lines. Black, and variegated with

yellow and ferruginous. Head rather strongly punctured, the

punctures shallow and confluent ; the face, as high as the an-

tenn, the clypeus, and a bilobed spot above it, also a minute

spot between the lobes, the scape of the antennee in front, the

cheeks, and a line behind the eyes yellow ; tips of the man-

dibles black; the flagellum of the antennz fulvous beneath.

Thorax: the disk with fine shallow punctures; an oblong

central broad depression and a narrower one on each side ; the

base of the metathorax very smooth and shining; a slightly

interrupted line on the collar, the tegule, tubercles, and two

abbreviated lines at the apex of the metathorax yellow; the

anterior and intermediate tibie, and femora in front, yellow,

ferruginous above, and the tibie with a black line behind ;

the tarsi ferruginous beneath and more or less fuscous above ;

the posterior femora fusco-ferruginous ; the apical joints of the

tarsi pale ferruginous ; wings flavo-hyaline, with the nervures

ferruginous. Abdomen very smooth and shining, the second

segment obscurely ferruginous ; an interrupted fascia at the

apex of the petiole ; a fascia on the apical margin of the second

segment, attenuated in the middle, and the margins of the

fourth and fifth with a narrow fascia, yellow ; the sides of

the apical segment yellow; beneath, the second segment

yellowish white, with a furcate black spot at the base; the

apical margin of the fifth segment yellow.

Hab. St. Paulo.

On the Tortoises of the ‘ Zoology of Mexico.’ 109

XV.—WNotes on the Tortoises of the ‘ Zoology of Mexico’ of

MM. A. Duméril and Bocourt. By Dr. J. HE. Gray,

F.R.S. &e.

THIS is a part of the zoological researches of the scientific

expedition to Mexico and Central America, published under

the direction of M. Milne-Edwards, entitled, ‘‘ Etudes sur

les Reptiles et les Batraciens, par M. Auguste Duméril,

Membre de l'Institut, et M. Bocourt, Naturaliste-voyageur,

Membre de la commission scientifique de Mexique.”’ The

work seems to have been stopped by the Revolution; for

this livraison appeared in 1870, and I have not seen any

since.

This part contains 10 plates, marked 1.—xii., the eighth and

tenth not being published. The text only refers to the Che-

lonians, with the exception of a few pages about crocodiles ;

so I shall confine my observations to the Chelonians.

The work is written in a very slight and popular style ;

and the illustrations are more decorative than accurate, the

figures appearing to be very much embellished. Indeed the

descriptions are of the most prominent characters only, and far

behind our knowledge of the structure of the Chelonians—no

details of the skulls, or the palates, or the development of the

sternum being given, which would at once have enabled us to

ascertain the smaller groups to which the species belong,

to determine easily their proper relations, and to be certain

whether they are correctly identified.

Indeed the whole work is a lamentable exhibition of the

very backward state of zoological science in the French

capital; the principal part of it seems to be merely the produc-

tion of probably an excellent collector of animals in foreign

countries, but who has had no preliminary education.

Like many other zoological works of late years published

in France, it isin great part a mere compilation by a “ prentice

hand,” which often shows great industry but no zoological

talent. It seems to be the system now for such works to

be composed by a person who is taken from the zoolo-

gical laboratory and sent out to collect, or desired to study

the collections and works on a given subject, and write the

best he can upon it, and publish it, generally in conjunction

with the name of a Member of the Institute, who writes a

few pages, differmg in number according to his leisure or

inclination, puts their two names in the title, and, if I have

not been very incorrectly informed, takes the lion’s share of

“honorarium ”’ paid for the preparation of the work.

110 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Tortoises

1. Emys incisa, Duméril and Bocourt, l.c. p. 11, t. 1. & i.

From the mountains of Conchavona, in the province of La

Union, one of the ports of Salvador on the Pacific. The in-

habitants say it is never found in water.

It appears to be an Hmys ; but the head is so indistinctly

ficured that it is impossible to determine what modern genus

or species it may belong to.

2. Emys areolata, Dum. Arch. du Mus. 1852, tome vi.

p- 223, t. xiv.; Bocourt, U.c. p. 13.

Cholepus areolatus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1866, p. 128.

M. Bocourt observes that fig. 1 in the plate cited repre-

sents more plates than the species possesses, the artist being

apparently misled by the irregularity in one side of the cara-

ace.

' In the ‘ Supplement to the Catalogue of Shield Reptiles,’

p- 42, I observed that this species was probably a variety of

Malaclemmys concentrica. ‘The examination of the palate,

which would at once settle this question, is not noted in MM.

Duméril and Bocourt’s essay, but the species is left in that

magazine of incongruous species called Hmys by these authors.

3. Emys venusta, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept. 1855, p. 24, t. xu. a;

Bocourt, /.c. p. 13.

He refers to a peculiarity in the genito-urinal organs de-

scribed by Vautherin, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 5, p. 12.

4. Emys Grayt, Dum. & Bocourt, l.c. p. 18, t. ui. f. 2, 2 a.

This species is described as allied to, but different from,

Emys ornata, Bell, MSS.; Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. t. i.

p. 286; Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 24, t. xii.; Bocourt, /.c. t. i.

f. 1 & 1a, figured from a specimen presented by Mr. Bell to

the French Museum. . Gray? is found on the east coast of

Guatemala, at the mouth of the Nagualate.

I believe that this species is the same as Callichelys con-

cinna, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, x. p. 148;

Hand-list Sh. Rept. p. 48%. Described from two specimens

received from Tehuantepec, San Mateo.

This species has nothing to do with Hmys Grayz of Ginther,

P. Z. S. 1869, p. 504, t. 38, from Bussora (Emmenia Grayt,

Gray, Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 38, and Hand-list Sh. Rept.

p- 36

* In the ‘Hand-list of Shield Reptiles,’ p. 48, the name accidentally

dropped out in making up the pages, and the specimens are referred to as

belonging to C. callirostris.

of the ‘Zoology of Mexico.’ nt

5. “ Emys pulcherrima, Gray,” Dum. & Bocourt, /. ¢.

pelid, te -vat hes. 1 aki 6:

This they regard as “ the adult of the #. pulcherrima, Gray,

Cat. Sh. Rept. ‘B. M. 1855, t. xxv. fig. 1 (young).”

It is described from a specimen said to have come from

Central America, which is living in the Menagerie of Reptiles.

Only the external form and the colouring of the upper part

of the animal is figured ; and the description is so general that

it is impossible ‘to determine to what subgenus this species

should be referred; and I greatly doubt its ‘being the adult of

my Emys pulcher rima (from the colouring of the head, neck,

and feet), which is, by the structure of its sternum, a Bhino-~

clemmys. ‘The species described by Duméril and Bocourt,

from the shortness of the toes and the form of the streaks on

the head, may belong to the same genus. If it does, it is quite

a new species, characterized by the streaks of the head and

the broad orange streaks edged with black on the fore legs,

which separate it from all the species of hinoclemmys known.

.I therefore propose to call it Rhinoclemmys Bocourtt. The

colouring of the shell is somewhat like that of, but very dif-

ferent from, 2. mexicana.

6. Emys marmorata, Baird & Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sei. Philad. vi. 1852, p. 177.

MM. Duméril and Bocourt observe that there are two speci-

mens of this species in the French Museum from the province

of San Francisco, California, sent by Professor Agassiz; but

their description adds nothing to our knowledge of this species ;

they give the account of the synonyma compiled for Mr.

Agassiz, which I believe contains two very different animals

confused together.

Mr. Girard’s figure very much resembles the animal which

I described in 1855, from a specimen I purchased at Nantes,

under the name of Hmys olivacea, Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 30,

t. xi. c, and which I’now call Redamia olivacea; and the

truth of this suspicion might have been confirmed if MM.

Duméril and Bocourt had given us the details of its palate.

Cistudo mexicana, Gray ; Duméril & Bocourt, /.c. p. 17,

who add nothing new to the account of this species ; indeed it

appears doubtful whether the authors had ever seen a specimen.

Dermatemys Mawiti, Gray ; Duméril & Bocourt, lc. p. 17,

t. vill. figs. 2, 2a.

They merely observe that this species is found in the fresh

112 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Tortoises

waters of Belize, where it is eaten in the early months of the

year, and several specimens were received from Mexico.

. They give a very poor figure of the head, from the living

animal, which, if correct, has not the black spot on each side

of the pupil, so common in American water-tortoises ; and this

peculiarity 1s not noticed in the description.

In the synonyma the authors refer Hmys Berardit of M.

A. Duméril, so badly figured in the Arch. du Muséum, 1852,

vi. p. 231, t. xv., and Plychemys (i.e. Ptychemys) Berardii of

Agassiz without any doubt as synonyma of this species, which

I suppose, settles this question; but the species was so very

badly described that it was a matter of great doubt.

Emysaurus Rossignonii, Duméril & Bocourt, 7. c. p. 18,

tows dees

This species, which is established on three young speci-

mens, two from Guatemala and one from Mexico, is distin-

guished from the young /. serpentina from Pennsylvania

(which they figure t. v. f. 1) by having four beards, two on

each side of the symphysis of the chin, a broader sternum, less-

marked cuticular processes on the neck and limbs.

This is a species that has not occurred to me among the

many tortoises Mr. Salvin has brought from Guatemala.

Ciauptus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1865.

Claudius angustatus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.

1865, p. 187; 1869, t. ix. ; Duméril & Bocourt, /. c. p. 20,

t. vi. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.

Claudius megalocephalus, Bocourt, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., 1868, x. p. 122.

Described from a single specimen in the Paris Museum,

received from Mexico.

This species I have not seen. It is very interesting in the

nose not being produced or cylindrical, the chin having two

beards, the sternum being acute at each end and covered with

four pairs of shields, and the lateral process of the second pec-

toral plate being slender. The tail is very short and marked

with four longitudinal tubercular ridges.

1. Staurotypus triporcatus, Wagler; Duméril & Bocourt,

Lc. p. 2h's Gray, Cat. Sh Rept: t) xx: b:

The authors add nothing to the account of this animal;

indeed it is doubtful if they have seen it.

of the ‘Zoology of Mexico.’ 113

2. Staurotypus Salvinii, Gray, Duméril & Bocourt, /. c. p. 22,

t.v. f.3,3a@; Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 127; 1869, p. 179,

fig. 5 (skull) ; Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 65.

Received from Vera Paz, Guatemala, one of the affluents of

the Polochie.

The figure only represents the underside of the living

animal.

I do not see how Staurotypus marmoratus of J. von Fischer,

from Tejas in Mexico, described and figured in Wiegmann’s

Archiv fiir Naturg. 1870, p. 265, t. x., differs from this

species.

1. Cinosternon cruentatum, A. Duméril, Arch. du Muséum,

1852, vi. p. 238, t. xvi.

2. Ctnosternon albogulare, Duméril & Bocourt, /. c. p. 24.

The Museum received three specimens from San José, Costa

Rica.

3. Cinosternon leucostomum, A. Duméril, Arch. du Muséum,

1852, vi. p. 239, fig. 17.

4, Cinosternon hirtipes, Wagler, Icon. Amphib. t. xxx.

The three former are only in the Paris Museum; and the

characters separating them seem very doubtful. The last is

only known from Wagler’s figure. The large number of

specimens in the British Museum from different parts of

tropical America show that the species of this genus are very

liable to vary.

Chelonia Agassizii, Duméril & Bocourt, /. c. p. 26, t. vi.

Described from a single specimen in the Museum of Paris,

taken at the mouth of the Naguale, on the Pacific shores of

Guatemala.

From the form of its head-shields, it appears to be a species

of the restricted genus Chelonia. ‘The authors say it is well

distinguished from Chelonia virgata by the dorsal disk being

more elevated and sloping on each side like a roof, and more

elongate and narrowed over the hinder limb, and by the

resence of an interoccipital plate on the back of the crown.

t may probably be a distinct species, perhaps one of those de-

seribed by Mr. Girard.

It is very difficult to distinguish species of turtles when

they are divided into small groups by the form of the skull,

number of head-shields, &c., unless you have a series of speci-

mens showing all the ages of the species; for the bones undergo

such a change of form during the development of the animal.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xi. 8

114 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Indian

I have just seen Mr. Cope’s synopsis of the Chelydrine in

the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Nat. Sciences of Phila-

delphia’ for 1872, p. 22, which contains some remarks on

M. Bocourt’s paper. He observes that

1. Staurotypus Salvinit, figured by Bocourt, appears to him

to be very different from that described by Dr. Gray, and

perhaps pertains to another genus. ‘ Dr. Gray describes the

anterior lobe of the sternum in S. Salvinii as narrowed like

the posterior, while it is broadly rounded in this animal.”

Mr. Cope forms for this a species, which he names Claudius

pictus; but he seems to have a doubt if it is distinct from a

species which he calls Claudius severus, p. 24,—which I think

are both the same as Stauremys Salvinit.

Mr. Cope’s paper induces me to believe that the first section

of his genus Claudius is synonymous with my genus Stau-

remys, which differs from Claudius in having a broader sternal

costal process and a distinct inguinal.

2. Claudius angustatus, Cope. He seems to consider that

his species is different from that figured by M., Bocourt, and is

inclined to think that Bocourt was right when he named it me-

galocephalus in 1868, though he afterwards gave it up, believing

it to be the same as Cope’s. From these observations it would

appear as if the genus Claudius ought to be confined to this

species, peculiar for having a very narrow costal lateral lobe

and only a single or no inguinal shield.

XVI.—Answer to Dr. Stoliczka’s “Notes on the Indian Species

of Thelyphonus.” By A. G. Burter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

Dr. SroriczKa has just forwarded to me a paper recently read

before the Asiatic Society of Bengal, containing a criticism of

my monograph of Thelyphonus (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. x. pp. 200-206), and supplemented by descriptions of

several new species.

It is unfortunate that the author did not acquaint me with

his intention to describe new Indian Thelyphoni, as 1 should

willingly have deferred the publication of my own paper (Cist.

Ent. vi. pp. 129-132) until his descriptions had appeared, and

thus avoided adding to the synonymy of the genus. As it is,

there can be little doubt that my paper has priority, since it

was before the public on May 1, whereas the separate copies

even of Dr. Stoliczka’s paper appear not to have reached the

author much before the middle of that month, the one forwarded

to me having left Calcutta on the 15th.

Species of Thelyphonus. 115

I must now briefly refer to a few remarks which occur in

Dr. Stoliczka’s paper. He says, in the first place, speaking of

the sections into which I have grouped the genus, “‘ Turning

now to the sections distinguished by Mr. Butler, there are

some discrepancies to be noticed in the species referred to them

by the author.” He then proceeds to point out, amongst other

unimportant details, that Koch has not accurately figured the

cheliceres of 7. brasilianus and T. linganus, provided that I

have referred them to their proper sections. This I am at once

willing to admit ; but Koch’s figures are exceedingly rude, and

Dr. Stoliczka himself is evidently aware that that author laid

no stress on the number of “denticles,” as appears in his note

on T. brasilianus, where he says :—‘‘ Their number, it is true,

is not mentioned in the description ; but if Koch’s figure has

been found to be incorrect, the correction should have been

noticed ;” and in his note on 7. linganus, “ Koch’s original

figure gives six denticles on the second joint of the cheliceres,

but does not refer to that number in the text. Is the figure

incorrect in that respect ?”

It is certainly remarkable, considering how little dependence

can be placed on Koch’s figures of Thelyphonus, that any one

can feel certain that ‘‘ Koch’s 7. rujipes is clearly not the same

species as the one originally described by Lucas under the

same name;”’ and, considering the admission that, as regards

two other species figured by him, “the differences which he

notices as distinguishing the two are decidedly of no specific

value,” it is, I think, odd that Dr. Stoliczka should assume to

believe that the “denticles”’ on the cheliceres were counted

when Koch figured his specieg, though neglected when he

described them. He says, however :—“If those descriptions

and figures were found to be incorrect or not reliable, the

mistakes had first to be pointed out and corrected before a

determination, based upon them, was admitted or rejected.”

To this I reply that I consider the descriptions reliable, and

the figures give a vague notion of the general outline, whilst

the localities given assist still more in the determination of the

species. I did not consider it necessary to state in full my

reasons for every little change which I made; for I consider

brevity as much the soul of science as itis the soul of wit.

As regards Guérin’s 7. caudatus, a figure is given, and by

no means so careful a one as to enable any body with certainty

to determine the species: the locality ‘‘ Antilles” is therefore

the only clue to the species ; it is not the locality of 7. caudatus,

which, as Dr. Stoliczka remarks, is stated to be Java. Nothing,

therefore, could be more reasonable than to refer it to 7. an-

tillanus.

116 On the Indian Species of Thelyphonus.

My reason for considering Koch’s figure of 7. proscorpio

identical with the 7. caudatus of Lucas is that there is a great

similarity in their general appearance, whilst they both have

five denticles on the second joint of the cheliceres ; the dif-

ference of width of joints is one often noticeable in a com-

parison of figures of the same species drawn respectively by

German and French artists, and cannot be depended upon.

As to T. angustus of Lucas, Dr. Stoliczka appears to be doubtful

of his own identification of the species; and therefore I need

not discuss it.

Dr. Stoliczka seems indignant at my considering his 7°

assamensis the adult form of 7. rufimanus; and certainly, if

his later figures are taken from the type (in which case the

earlier ones cannot be), I should myself allow the two species

to be distinct, and should correct the synonymy by considering

T. scabrinus of Stoliczka identical with 7. rufimanus, and T.

assamensis of the later paper and plate as probably a malformed

example of my 7’. psittacinus.

I may be allowed to state my view of the really well-

executed plate which accompanies Dr. Stoliczka’s notes, as

follows :—

Fig. 1. Thelyphonus scabrinus, Stol., = T. assamensis, Stol. (rufi-

manus, Lucas).

2. T. assamensis, Stol., = ? 7’. psittacinus, Butl., malformed.

3. T. (conf.) angustus, Lucas, = ? 7’. proscorpio, Latr., junior.

4. T. formosus, Butl., = 7. formosus, Butl., variety.

5. T. indicus, Stol., = 7’. sepiaris, Butl.

6. 7. Beddomei, Stol., = n. sp.

It appears, notwithstanding the author’s statement that

“ ficures of single parts are undoubtedly very useful, but they

are not sufficient,’ &c., that he has been successful in de-

termining my 7’. formosus ; and he does not hint at the possi-

bility of any of my other new species being wrongly identified.

In conclusion, if in the above remarks [ have felt bound to

defend myself, from a consciousness that my determinations

are worthy of more consideration than Dr. Stoliczka has shown

them, it must be understood that I have done so with a view

to the advancement of science, and from no wish to contradict

the author of a really useful paper; and I may add that I

shall look forward with great pleasure to Dr. Stoliczka’s

promised paper on the anatomy of the genus, which will, I

doubt not, throw much light upon the affinities of this long

neglected but most interesting group.

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. 117

XVII.—A Monographie Revision of the Genus Phrynus, with

Descriptions of Four remarkable new Species. By ARTHUR

GARDINER BUTLER, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

[Plates VI. & VII.]

THE last list of the species of Phrynus was that published by

Gervais in the third volume of his ‘ Aptéres;’ since then the

two Kochs, Horatio Wood, and M. Lucas have all added spe-

cies, bringing the total number of known forms up to twenty;

one or two of these, however, will probably prove synonymous

with species previously described. In the present paper I

have added four new species, one of which possesses the cha-

racter, hitherto unknown in the genus, of a strongly serrated

front margin to the cephalothorax.

In all published descriptions of Phrynides I have found one

very important character overlooked, namely the arrangement

of the teeth in the mandibles. This character will alone serve

to distinguish most of the species, and therefore should not be

neglected. The mandibles are easy to extract from dried

specimens, whilst with specimens in spirit this is unneces-

sary, for they can be drawn forward and examined without

difficulty.

I have sketched the mandibles of most of the species in the

collection of the British Museum ; and I find that all the New-

World forms are characterized by the distinct bifurcation of

the first tooth in the lower mandible, this type of tooth being

rare in Old-World species. The toothing of the upper man-

dible differs more or less in the bulk of the species, even be-

tween species in which the toothing of the lower mandible is

identical.

Genus Purynus, Olivier.

American Species.

1. Phrynus chetracanthus. Pl. V1. fig. 1.

Phrynus cheiracanthus, Gervais, Brit. Mus. 1842; Soc. Phil. Paris, in

Journ. |’Inst. p. 72 (1842); Apt. iii. p. 3, n. 3 (1844).

Hab. Type, Demerara (Bowers); New Granada (Stahl-

schmidt). B.M.

2. Phrynus gorgo.

Phrynus gorgo, Wood, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vol. xiii., n.s., p. 440

(1869).

Hab. “ Peru” (Wood); Paré? B.M.

We have one example of apparently this species, larger than

118 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus.

the type. The first pair of legs are enormously developed, as

in P. chetracanthus ; and the palpi are longer and more slender

than in Wood’s figure.

3. Phrynus Kochit, n. sp. Pl. VI. fig. 2.

Phrynus medius, Koch (nec Herbst), Arachn. viii. p. 8, pl. 255. fig. 698

(1841).

Hab. America (Koch). B.M.

4. Phrynus asperatipes.

Phrynus asperatipes, Wood, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., n. 6., vol. v.

pt. iv. p. 875 (1863).

Hab. “ Lower California” (Wood).

5. Phrynus reniformis. Pl. VI. fig. 3.

Phalangium reniforme, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. fase. ix. p. 45, pl. 3. fig. 3

(1772); Lichtenstein and Herbst, Natursyst. ungefl. Ins., Phalang.

p- 79, pl. 5. fig. 2 (1797).

Phrynus reniformis, Gervais, Apt. iii. p. 5. n. 6 (1844); Koch, Arachn.

vili. p. 12, pl. 256. fig. 600.

Cancellus araneoides, Petiver, Pterigr. pl. 20. fig. 12 (see Gervais).

Hab. Haiti (Tweedie). B.M.

Some young specimens in spirits of what I believe to be

this species have the abdomen much elongated and the spines

on the palpi very feebly developed.

6. Phrynus variegatus. Pl. VI. fig. 4.

Phrynus variegatus, Perty, Delect. Anim. p. 200, pl. 39. fig. 10 (1830-

84); Koch, Arachn. viii. p. 10, pl. 259. fig. 599 (1841).

Hab. River Amazon (Perty); Jamaica (Gosse); Venezuela;

W. Coast. B.M.

7. Phrynus palmatus. Pl. VI. fig. 5.

Phalangium palmatum, Lichtenstein and Herbst, Natursyst. ungefl. Ins,

p. 82, pl. 4. fig. 2 (1797).

Phrynus palmatus, Koch, Arachn., viii. p. 13, pl. 257. fig. 601 (1841).

Phrynus mexicanus, Bilimek, Verh. zool.-botan, Gesellsch. Wien, xiii.

p- 905 (1867).

Hab. Colombia (Goudot); Mexico, Puebla (ouquette).

B.M.

8. Phrynus pumilio.

Phrynus pumilio, Koch, Arachn. viii. p. 15, pl. 257. fig. 602 (1841).

Hab. Brazil (Koch).

If correctly drawn, this species has a remarkably narrow

cephalothorax ; it seems allied to P. fuscimanus and P. pal-

matus.

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. 119

9. Phrynus fuscimanus. Pl. VI. fig. 6.

Phrynus fuscimanus, Koch, Arachn. xv. p. 67, pl. 523. fig. 1463 (1848).

Hab. North America (Koch) ; Colombia (Goudot). B.M.

Closely allied to P. palmatus, but with the legs conspicu-

ously banded.

Australasian Species.

10. Phrynus australianus.

Phrynus australianus, Koch, Verh. zool.-botan. Gesellsch. Wien, xvii.

p- 281 (1867).

Hab. “ Upolu” (Koch).

Asiatic Species.

11, Phrynus Whiter. ~ Pls VI. fig. 7.

Phrynus Whiter, Gervais, Brit. Mus. 1842 ; Bull. Soc. Phil. Paris (1842)

Journ. l’Inst. p. 72 (1842) ; Apt. iii. p. 6. n. 9 (1844).

Hab. Burdwan (Hardwicke). Type, B.M.

12. Phrynus marginemaculatus.

Phrynus marginemaculatus, Koch, Avachn. viii. p. 6, pl. 254. fig. 597.

Hab. India (Koch).

I think there can be little doubt that this is the P. Whitet

of Gervais; the spines on the palpi, however, are so much

more robust in Koch’s figure than in our type that I shall

provisionally consider it distinct.

13. Phrynus Grayti. Pl. VII. fig. 1.

Phrynus Gray, Gervais, Brit. Mus. 1842 ; Soc. Phil. Paris, in Journ.

Vinst. p. 72 (1842) ; Apt. iii. p. 4. n. 4 (1844).

Hab. Manilla (Cuming). In spirits and dry, B.M.

14. Phrynus ceylanicus.

Phrynus ceylanicus, Koch, Arachn. x. pl. 336. fig. 776 (1843).

Hab. Ceylon (Koch). Coll. O. P. Cambridge.

A large and (according to the Rev. O. P. Cambridge) com-

mon species; it is allied to P. scaber. I have examined a

small example from Ceylon formerly in Mr. Saunders’s col-

lection ; it is altogether much redder than Koch’s figure. A

larger example from Siam is intermediate in colouring be-

tween the two.

15. Phrynus nigrimanus.

Phrynus nigrimanus, Koch, Arachn. xy. p. 69, pl. 523. fig, 1464 (1848).

Hab. Kast Indies (Koch).

Allied to P. scaber.

120 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus.

African Species.

16. Phrynus scaber. Pl. VII. fig. 2.

Phryne scaber, Gervais, Apt. iii. p. 3. n. 2 (1844).

Hab. “Mauritius” (Gervais); Round Island (Pike). B.M.

17. Phrynus medius.

Phalangium medium, Lichtenstein and Herbst, Natursyst. ungefl. Ins.,

Phalang. p. 77, pl. 4. fig. 1 (1797).

Phrynus medius, Gervais, Apt. ili. p. 4. n. 5 (1844).

Hab. Fernando Po; Sierra Leone. B.M.

Gervais says that we once possessed a specimen of this

species from Brazil; he probably means the P. medius of

Koch, which is certainly distinct.

18. Phrynus bassamensis. Pl. VII. fig. 3.

Phrynus bassamensis, Lucas, Archiy. Entom. ii. p. 434 (1858).

Hab. “Grand Bassam in Guinea” (Lucas); W. Africa;

Congo (Curror). B.M.

Nearly allied to, if not a mere variety of, P. medius of

Herbst; the mandibles are identical in structure.

19. Phrynus lunatus. Pl. VII. fig. 5.

Phalangium lunatum, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. i. p. 549. n. 9; Lichtenstein and

Herbst, Natursyst. ungefl. Ins., Phalang. p. 71, pl. 3 (1797).

Phrynus lunatus, Koch, Arachn. viii. p. 4, pl. 254. tig. 696 (1841).

flab. Port Natal (Argent). B.M.

This is an African species allied to P. scaber; Koch says,

however, that it comes from the East Indies.

20. Phrynus annulatipes. Pl. VII. fig. 4.

Phrynus annulatipes, Wood, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vol. xiii.,n. s., p. 441

(1869).

Hab. “ Zulu country” (Wood); Port Natal (Guetnzius)

S. Africa; Cape of Good Hope. B.M.

A very common South-African species.

21. Phrynus Batestvi,n. sp. PJ. VI. figs. 8, 9.

Cephalothorax dull black, mottled with ferruginous, irregu-

larly reniform, somewhat truncated anteriorly, sparsely granu-

lated, with well-marked marginal ridge, teebly denticulate

posteriorly; median sulcus sharply defined, with four ill-defined

lateral depressions ; much elevated in front; the central ocu-

liferous tubercle very prominent, subquadrate, projecting

obliquely forwards ; the eyes wide apart ; lateral tubercles less

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. 121

prominent, smaller; eyes yellow. Abdomen dull pitchy,

sparsely granulated at the sides, and with regular series of

minute granules in front of each segment; covered sparsely

with short bristles ; four longitudinal ochraceous parallel sulce

on each side. Legs dull pitchy, becoming castaneous towards

the tarsi, which are distinctly castaneous, ochraceous at the

joints; the femora coarsely granulated and slightly pilose ;

tibiz and tarsi covered with short hairs; palpi dull black,

ochraceous at the joints, very long and slender, sparsely gra-

nulated; the coxx pitchy, their opposing edges with nume-

rous short tawny bristles; mandibular process pronounced ;

trochanter bearing four well-marked unequal spines on its

antero-inferior margin (one of them considerably longer than

the others), and a strong cylindrical process with ochraceous

clavate termination on its postero-inferior margin; femoral

joint cylindrical, its interior surface flattened and depressed,

with nine well-marked spines on its basal half, most thickly

grouped and longest at its basal extremity ; tibial joint similar

in general form to the femoral, but not flattened internally,

with eleven well-marked unequal spines, the first three emit-

ted above the middle, increasing in size, the first being about

a line in length, the third about two lines; the three next, on

the supero-interior margin, are the longest, being about 4 lines

in length; nearly opposite to the first of these, but emitted

from the inferior margin, is a fourth long spine, about 24 lines

in length; four short curved spines on either side of the distal

end complete the series: last joit elongate, cylindrical,

coarsely granulated, quadrispinose at base, the anterior spines

being long and curved; terminal claw long, curved, pilose

internally. Mandibles pitchy, clothed internally with long

tawny hairs, long, slightly roughened anteriorly above ; upper

mandible with four well-developed conical teeth, the three

external ones slightly shorter than the other, equal in length,

united at base; lower mandible with five teeth, the first and

the last being the longest, the first unequally bifid at apex

(as usual in American species).

Ventral surface pitchy; the coxe and trochanters of legs

of normal type, but the coxe of second pair of legs with un-

usually well-developed anterior process; abdomen rather less

granulated than above; ligular process tawny, rather shorter

than usual, terminating in two short bristles.

Length of body 14 lines, of mandibles extracted and opened

3 lines, of palpi 56 lines; first pair of legs about 88, second

41, third 42, fourth 43.

Hab. Upper Amazons (Bates). ‘Two dried examples, B.M.

A fine species, with remarkably long and slender palpi.

122 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus.

I have taken measurements from our larger specimen, the

other being apparently not full-grown, and consequently paler

in colour. The nearest allies of this species are P. gorgo of

Wood and P. chetiracanthus of Gervais.

22. Phrynus granulosus, n. sp. Pl. VII. figs. 10, 11, 12.

Cepbalothorax dark castaneous, reniform, slightly truncated

in front, coarsely granulated, with fairly well-marked mar-

ginal ridge; slightly elevated in front; the central oculife-

rous tubercle ovate, with central keel; eyes wide apart;

lateral tubercles rounded, smaller; eyes yellow. Abdomen

reddish fuscous, the segments and sides (especially the lateral

sulci) ochraceous ; unequally granulated transversely. Legs

bright reddish castaneous, with paler bands on the femora;

the ligaments of the joints pale ochreous ; femora coarsely gra-

nulated and clothed with very short bristles; tibie and tarsi

finely granulated and pilose; palpi blackish pitchy, pale

ochreous at the joints; the first four joints coarsely granu-

lated ; cox castaneous, their opposing edges pale ochreous,

clothed superiorly with short hairs; mandibular process well

developed; trochanters covered in front with short spines;

femoral joint semicylindrical, bearing internally about thirty-

two longer or shorter spies, eleven on the upper and nine

on the lower edge being longer than the remainder, but still

varying considerably in length; tibial jomt subcylindrical,

divided longitudinally into four surfaces, formed externally

by spinose ridges, bearing internally fifteen distinct and nu-

merous obsolete spines, three alone at the distal end above

being well developed, the second and third being longest,

divergent, curved, and springing from the same basis; ter-

minal joint shining black, trispinose, the two external spines

much longest, curved; terminal claw long, curved, pilose in-

ternally. Mandibles pitchy, clothed internally with tawny

hairs; moderately long, granulated above; upper mandible

with four well-developed teeth, the first and third from the

base largest, the three external ones united below; lower

mandible with five teeth, the first and last the longest, the first

unequally bifid at apex.

Ventral surface reddish ochraceous; the coxee of legs sub-

cylindrical, with anterior well-defined ridge ; abdomen nearly

smooth ; ligular process moderately long, castaneous.

Length of body 14 lines, of mandibles extracted and opened

3 lines, of palpi 22 lines; first pair of legs 66, second 25,

third 26, fourth 26.

Hab. S. America. Two in spirit, one dry, B.M.

Egg globose, ochraceous, with two series of closely approxi-

Mr, A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. 123

mated lunate white spots on one side, the ends of the two

series being united above and below so as to produce a distinct

fusiform marking.

This interesting species is allied to P. chetracanthus.

23. Phrynus longicornis, n. sp. Pl. VII. figs. 6, 7.

Cephalothorax dull black, mottled with ferruginous, irregu-

larly reniform, somewhat truncated in front, sparsely granu-

lated, with tolerably well-marked marginal ridge; median

sulcus sharply defined, radiating depressions ill defined ;

moderately elevated in front; central oculiferous tubercle very

prominent, subovate ; eyes wide apart; lateral tubercles much

smaller, rounded; eyes yellow. Abdomen black, pitchy at

the sides, irregularly transversely granulated. Legs pitchy,

becoming castaneous towards tarsi; ligaments yellow ; femora

coarsely granulated, with strong, conical, terminal, internal

tooth ; tibie and tarsi finely granulated and pilose ; palpi dull

black, yellow at the joints, and with coxe and under surface

of terminal joint castaneous, coarsely granulated; the cox

with short hairs on their opposing edges ; mandibular process

well developed; trochanters with four or five short denticles

on antero-superior edge, otherwise exactly as in P. Batesii ;

femoral joint semicylindrical, with ten spines on its interior

margins—five above (that next to the proximal end double),

and five below; tibial joint similar to the femoral, with thir-

teen spines on its inner margins, seven above and six below,

the third, fourth, and fifth above considerably longer than the

others (44 lines) and subparallel; terminal joint long, shining,

coarsely granulated internally, quadrispinose at base, the an-

terior spines being twice as long as the others and slightly

curved ; terminal claw long, curved, pilose internally. Man-

dibles black, pitchy behind, clothed internally with long red-

dish hairs, roughened and sparsely granulated above ; wpper

mandible with four well-developed teeth, the first and third

from the base the largest, the three external ones united below ;

lower mandible with five teeth, the first and last the largest,

the first unequally bifid at apex.

Ventral surface ferruginous ; the cox of legs subcylindrical,

with anterior well-developed ridge ; abdomen nearly smooth ;

ligular process castaneous.

Length of body 16 lines, of mandibles extracted and

opened 34 lines, of palpi 29 lines; first pair of legs about 99,

second 44, third 45, fourth 43.

Hab. Paré (Bates & Wallace). ‘Three specimens, B.M.

We have only one example of this species full-grown: our

smallest specimen is nearly as dark as the one described; the

124 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus.

third specimen, however, is of an olive-green colour, with the

stigmatiform depressions on the abdomen and the spines on

palpi pale ochraceous. It must, I think, have been killed in

an immature condition.

P. longicornis is allied to P. gorgo, and agrees with P. chei-

racanthus in the terminal spines on femora, and with P. gra-

nulosus in the toothing of the mandibles.

24. Phrynus coronatus,n.sp. Pl. VII. figs. 8, 9.

Cephalothorax pitchy or reddish castaneous, irregularly

reniform, distinctly truncated in front; the anterior margin

dentate-serrate (the larger denticles, about sixteen in number,

pale ochreous), coarsely granulated all over; median sulcus

sharply defined; lateral radiating grooves about five on each

side; central oculiferous tubercle very prominent, subovate,

black ; eyes wide apart, pale yellow; lateral tubercles small ;

eyes yellow. Abdomen dull pitchy, crossed by dirty ochreous

bands, or castaneous, more or less granulated transversely.

Legs covered with short hairs ; the femora dirty reddish ochra-

ceous, becoming darker towards the knee, and then suddenly

ochraceous, covered with coarse dark granules, which are more

or less denticulate above and below; terminal compressed

spine on exterior margin well developed; tibize and tarsi

reddish pitchy, more or less finely granulated; palpi reddish

ochraceous, covered above and more sparsely below with

distinct blackish granules ; coxee smooth ; mandibular process

prominent; trochanters with three spines on their anterior

surface, one emitted from antero-inferior angle longest, also

a number of small denticles, all blackish ; femoral joint semi-

cylindrical, bearing a number of spines on its internal margins

—ten, moderately long, on the superior, and six, rather longer,

on its inferior margin, besides a number of smaller spines:

tibial joint three-sided, sparsely covered with short hairs; in-

ternal surface flattened, its superior margin bearing fourteen

black-tipped spines, the first, third, fifth, sixth, and eighth

very short, the seventh and thirteenth moderately long, the

ninth and eleventh longest (23 lines); twelve spines on the

inferior margin, the second, fourth, ninth, and twelfth some-

what prominent, the seventh and tenth moderately long

(14 line); terminal joint subcylindrical, its upper and lower

interior surfaces each bearing a long curved spine and two

denticles ; terminal claw curved, long, hairy internally. Man-

dibles moderately long, smooth; upper mandible with four

conical teeth, the first and third longer than the others ; lower

mandible of the ordinary American type, becoming blackish

towards the tip.

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. 125

Ventral surface smooth, dull ochraceous; coxe and tro-

chanters of legs normal; ligular process moderately long,

ilose.

' Length of body 15 lines, of mandibles extracted and opened

24*, of palpi 22; first pair of legs 80, second 34, third 34,

fourth 33.

Hab. California. Coll. Rev. O. P. Cambridge.

The measurements of this remarkable species are taken

from an adult female.

‘ The following species has just come to my notice :—

Phrynus bacillifer.

Phrynus bacillifer, Gerstacker, Reisen in Ost-Africa, vol. iii. Abth. ii.

p- 472. n. 18 (1873) fF.

Hab. “ Zanzibar” ( Gersticker).

Belongs to the P. lunatus group. It differs from P. scaber

in size, and in the number of teeth on the shank of the palpi,

&e.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PraTeE VI.

Fig. 1. Mandibles of P. chetracanthus.

Fig. 2. A P. Kochi.

Fig. 3. 9» . L. rensformes.

Fig. 4. - P. variegatus.

Fig. 5. “/ P. palmatus.

Fry. 6. + P. fuscimanus.

Fig. 7. i" P. White.

Figs. 8,9. P. Batesii and mandibles.

PraTe VII.

Fig. 1. Mandibles of P. Grayi.

Fig. 2. cf P. scaber.

Fig. 3. 3 P. bassamensis.

Fig. 4. 7 P. annulatipes.

Fig. 5. P. lunatus.

Figs. 6, 7. P. longicornis and mandibles.

Figs. 8, 9. P. coronatus and mandibles.

Figs. 10, 11, 12. P. granulosus, egg, and mandibles.

* They may be a little longer, as I was obliged to take the mandibles

from a small example.

+ In the above work several species of Gasteracantha are described,

amongst these G. resupinata of Gerstiicker (which is, figured) is probably

identical with my G. falcicornis, recently published in my Monograph of

the genus (Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 158. n. 18, pl. iv. fig. 10, May 1873) ; it,

however, differs slightly and may be distinct.

Amongst the Lepidoptera figured on the plates, I notice “ Ismene

Anchises”’ very close to I. Pansa of Hewitson, previously described by

Latreille and Doumet under different names.

126 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine

XVIII.— Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca.

By GrorGeE Stewarpson Brapy, C.M.Z.8., and Davip

Rosertson, F.G.S.

No. VIII. On Marine Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland.

[Plates VILL & IX.] .

THE following notes embrace the chief results of our work

amongst the marine Copepoda during three visits to the coasts

of Galway and Mayo. Had these little creatures been the

primary object of attention, the list would doubtless have been

very much longer. In addition to our own collections we have

been favoured with some interesting gatherings made by means

of the surface-net, off the coast of Ireland, by Mr. E. C.

Davison, to whom our best thanks are due. Our notes have

been considerably enriched from this source.

Fam. Calanide, Dana.

Subfam. Cazayrvz, Dana.

Genus CALANUuS, Leach.

( Cetochilus, Roussel de Vauzéme.)

Calanus finmarchicus (Gunner).

Abundant in the open sea and between tide-marks.

Genus ParaAcALaNnus, Boeck.

( Calanus, Claus. )

Paracalanus hibernicus, n. sp. Pl. VIII. figs. 1-3.

Antero-inferior angle of the cephalothorax slightly produced.

Anterior antenne of male and female alike, slender, a little

longer than the cephalothorax, thick at the base and tapering

gradually to the extremity, twenty-five-jointed ; the nine basal

joints (except the first, which is very large) broader than long,

the succeeding joints being from twice to thrice as long as

broad, except the terminal one, which is very short; each

joint bears on its outer margin one or two short sete; and the

seven or eight proximal joints are produced into a short median

spine or tooth; the last joint has one long and two small sete;

the penultimate, one very long seta. Both branches of the

posterior antenne stout, and nearly equal in size, densely setose

at the apex. Mandibles strong, with a largely developed palp.

Maxille and upper maxillipeds stout, and densely beset with

marginal sete. Lower maxillipeds tapering, slender, and

bearing fine plumose sete. Swimming-feet having the inner

Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 127

branch very short, about half the length of the outer branch,

the last joint of which is very long and truncate at the apex ;

marginal and terminal spines very small. The fifth feet in

both sexes are cylindrical and one-branched ; in the male four-

and in the female three-jointed, those of the female, however,

being much shorter than those of the male, and having joints of

nearly equal length terminated by two or three fine short sete.

Inthe male the first and fourth joimts are much elongated, the

foot of one side being swollen, and bearing a long, slender,

curved process. Abdomen of female four-jointed (including

caudal segments), first jot equal in length to the second

and third. Caudal sete scarcely equal in length to the last

three segments. Length * =; of an inch.

Taken plentifully in the open sea in several places off

Treland: off the mouth of the Shannon; Galway Bay ; off

Loup Head; Dingle Bay; near Valentia; Rockall Bank;

in lat. 51° 22’N., long. 12° 25’ W., and lat. 53° 24' N., long.

15° 24’ W.

Genus PsEUDOCALANUS, Boeck.

(Clausia, Boeck, 1864.)

Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck.

Abundant in the open sea and in tide-pools.

The generic term Clausia has been recently (1872) with-

drawn by M. Boeck, it having been previously applied by

Claparéde to a genus of parasitic Copepoda. M. Boeck pro-

poses instead the name Pseudocalanus.

Genus Dias, Lilljeborg.

Dias longiremis, Lilljeborg.

Abundant in the open sea and between tide-marks.

Genus Tremora, Baird.

Temora longicornis (Miiller).

Occurring very abundantly in the open sea as well as in

tidal pools.

Genus Istas, Boeck.

Isias clavipes, Boeck.

On the fronds of Laminarie in Clifden and Roundstone

Bays. Rare.

* The measurements are in all cases exclusive of the tail-setz.

128 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine

Genus CENTROPAGES, Kroyer. ’

1. Centropages typicus, Kroyer.

Frequently taken in the surface-net in the open sea, but

never in any great abundance.

2. Centropages hamatus (Lilljeborg).

o, and often in

Taken in similar situations to the foregoing,

company with it.

Genus PsreuDocycops, Brady *.

Forma Cyclopi similis: antenne antice mediocres, multiarticulate,

maris dextra in medio tumefacta non geniculans ; antenne postice

parve biramose; mandibularum palpus biramosus; maxilla

et maxillipedes iis Paracalani fere similes; pedes quinti paris

femine biramosi, maris complexi, laminati, spinosi.

Though distinctly Cyclopoid in general appearance, this

curious genus, like the Misophria of M. Boeck, exhibits a

distinct affinity to the Calanide in the structure of its mouth-

apparatus: this, taken in conjunction with the biramose second

antenna and the structure of the fifth pair of feet in the female,

has induced us to transfer it to the position it here occupies.

M. Boeck thinks that this genus belongs to the male of his

Misophria ; but in this opinion we are unable to agree. Of

the species described in a previous paper, Pseudocyclops crassi-

remis, it is true that we found only the male; but of that here

noticed we have taken many specimens, both male and female.

From Misophria the genus is clearly distinguished by several

characters, notably the following: the basal joint of the

secondary branch of the posterior antenna is excessively broad

and truncate, the succeeding joint or joints being very narrow,

and the fifth foot in the female is distinctly two-branched,

each branch being triarticulate.

Pseudocyclops obtusatus, n. sp. Pl. VIII. figs. 4-7.

Cephalothorax very tumid, obtusely rounded in front down

to the rectangular and almost obsolete rostrum; dorsum

strongly arched; first segment very large, nearly equal in

length to half the cephalothorax; abdomen slender, in the

male five-, in the female four-jointed. Anterior antenne

eighteen-jointed, stout, and about equal in length to the first

cephalothoracic segment; basal joints (except the first) ex-

tremely short, gradually increasing in length to the terminal

joint, which is twice as long as broad, closely beset on the

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, vol. x. p. 7.

Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 129

anterior margin with hairs of moderate length; right antenna

of the male swollen in the middle, but having no true hinge-

joint : posterior antenne four-jointed, with a large biarticulate

secondary branch springing from the basal joint. Mandible-

palp large, having a uniarticulate secondary branch. First

four pairs of swimming-feet stoutly built, with short sete and

broad marginal lancet-shaped spines ; branches subequal, tri-

articulate ; the sete of the imner margins are peculiar, con-

sisting of short, slender, abruptly truncated rods, from the

extremities of which spring solitary short hairs. Fifth pair

in the female having the inner branch very short, and beset

with a few short transverse rows of minute setz ; those of the

male largely developed, each formed apparently of two modified

three-jointed branches, the outer branch on each side forming

a strong terminal spine, and on the left (?) having also a very

large falciform claw ; the remaining processes form a number

of irregularly laciniated plates. Abdominal segments short ;

caudal segments scarcely twice as long as broad; the longest

tail-seta about equal in length to the abdomen. Length 5; of

an inch.

P. obtusatus was taken, but ia no great numbers, by the

surface-net in Roundstone Bay, on a moonlight night in July

1871.

Subfam. Powrerrin 2.

Genus ANOMALOCERA, Templeton.

Anomalocera Patersonii, Templ.

Often in great abundance in the open sea.

Genus PonTeLua, Dana.

Pontella brevicornis, Lubbock.

Taken sparingly in the surface-net in Westport Bay and

Kinsale Harbour ; also amongst Zostera and other weeds near

low-water mark in Westport and Clifden Bays.

Fam. Cyclopide.

Genus Cycuops, O. F. Miiller.

Cyclops equoreus, Fischer.

In a pool near high-water mark, south of Clifden.

Genus THORELLIA, Boeck.

(? Euryte, Philippi, Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1845.)

Thorellia brunnea, Boeck.

Taken sparingly in the ee in Westport and Ventry

Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4. Vol. xu.

130 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine

Bays and in Kinsale Harbour; also on the fronds of Lami-

narta saccharina in Clifden Bay.

We can scarcely doubt that this genus is identical with Dr.

Philippi’s Huryte; but, considering the somewhat vague de-

finition and figures given by that author, we should not feel

safe in discarding M. Boeck’s more recent generic name.

Genus Orrnona, Baird.

Oithona helgolandica?, Claus.

Of not uncommon occurrence in surface-net gatherings:

Westport Bay, Kinsale Harbour, near Valentia, off the

Skelligs.

We are not satisfied that the species referred to here, as

well as in the previous list of the Copepoda of the north-east

coast of England, is really identical with any of those described

by Claus, Boeck, and other authors; but the differences

appear to be so small that we are unwilling to run the risk of

proposing another specific name, not having had the oppor-

tunity of examining undoubted specimens of the previously

described forms.

Fam. Harpactide.

Genus LonerpepiA, Claus.

Longipedia coronata, Claus.

In rock-pools, Great Isle of Aran; and on Laménarie in

Clifden Bay, where it was also dredged on a gravelly bottom

in a depth of four fathoms.

Genus Ectinosoma, Boeck.

Ectinosoma melaniceps, Boeck.

In rock-pools, Great Isle of Aran.

Genus MICROSETELLA, nov. gen.

Corpus angustissimum, fere lineare, antice attenuatum ; fronte

arcuata, appendicibus falciformibus carente. Antenne antice

breves, tenues, articulo tertio appendicem gerentes; antenne

posticee ramo secundario preedite. Partes manducatoriz omnes

perminute ; maxillipedes posteriores perbreves, uncinati. Pedes

natatorii tenues, elongati; quinti paris foliacei. Seta caudalis

longissima.

Microsetella atlantica, n. sp. Pl. IX. figs. 11-16.

Body not unlike Hetiénosoma in general shape, somewhat

Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 131

curvate, tapering before and behind. First segment of the

cephalothorax attenuated, nearly equal in length to the follow-

ing five segments. Anterior antenne slender, five-jointed,

sparingly setose ; posterior antenne comparatively large, three-

jointed, the first joint bearing a long secondary branch. The

mouth-organs are all extremely small, and similar in structure

to those of the Harpactide generally ; lower maxillipeds having

an ovate hand terminated by two (?) slender claws. Four

pairs of swimming-feet long and slender, having both branches

three-jointed and of nearly equal length ; fifth pair with three

very long and three smaller sete. Caudal segments very

short, each bearing two principal sete, one of which is short,

and the other as long as the body of the animal. Length 3; of

an inch.

Taken in the surface-net by Mr. E. C. Davison in the open

sea as follows :—lat. 53°24! N., long. 15°24! W.; lat. 53° 15!

N., long. 11° 51’ W.; lat. 51°22! N., long. 12° 253’ W.; and

at 40 miles off the Skelligs.

This very minute species appears to differ from Setella chiefly

in the absence of the double falciform rostrum, described as

belonging to that genus by both Dana and Claus, and in the

presence of a secondary branch of the lower antenna. The

mouth-organs are so excessively minute and crowded together

that we have not been able fully to examine the mandibles,

nor even to find the maxille at all. The mandibles probably

have a palp, though we have not seen it.

Genus Euterpe, Claus.

Euterpe gracilis, Claus.

A few specimens taken in the surface-net in Kinsale Harbour

by Mr. E. C. Davison.

Genus PARATACHIDIUS, noy. gen.

Corpus lineare, rostratum. Antenne antice breves 7-articulate,

apud marem appendicem vesiculiformem gerentes, apicemque un-

guiculatz ; antenne postice parve, ramo secundario minuto bi-

articulato. Mandibule maxilleque iis Z'wchidii fere similes.

Maxillipedes anteriores parvi, 3-digitati; posteriores 4-articulati

cheliformes. Pedum quatuor parium priorum rami interni 2-,

externi 3-articulati; paris primi ramus internus magnopere

elongatus. Pedes quinti paris foliacei. Sacculus ovifer unicus.

Paratachidius gracilis, n. sp. Pl. VIII. figs. 8-16.

Body slender, resembling Tachidius in general appearance.

Anterior antenne of the female seven-jointed, having a small

135 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine

flagelliform appendage ; that of the male much swollen, the

last joint forming a sort of claw in front of the large vesiculi-

form swelling.. Mandibles bearing a small one-branched (?)

palp. Second pair of maxillipeds setose on the anterior margin,

terminating in a long and slender claw. Inner branch of the

first pair of swimming-feet nearly twice as long as the outer, its

first joint longer than the entire outer branch ; second joint

short. Fifth pair of feet well developed, biarticulate in the

female; in the male uniarticulate, much broader, rounded and

Spe with shorter and stronger spines. Length 3}; of an

inch.

This species was taken plentifully in a pool above high-

water mark on the shore south of Clifden in Connemara.

Genus Ipya, Philippi.

( Tisbe, Lilljeborg.)

Idya furcata (Baird).

Extremely common in littoral situations on weeds; also

taken in the surface-net in sheltered bays.

Genus WeEstwooptIA, Dana.

1. Westwoodia nobilis (Baird).

On weeds in Ventry Bay, taken by Mr. E. C. Davison.

2. Westwoodia minuta, Claus.

Dredged in Westport Bay ; rare.

Genus ILYOPSYLLUS, nov. gen.

(iAds, mud; Widros, a flea.)

Corpus tumidum, gibbosum. Antenne antice brevissime, appen-

dicem ensiformem gerentes, 5-articulate, parte basali magnopere

dilatata; antennz posticee valide, ramo secundario carentes.

Mandibule parvule, palpo simpliei biseteso. Pedes primi paris

valide armati, ramo interno 1-, externo 3-articulato ; sequentium

parium rami ambo 3-articulati. Abdomen breve, versus extremi-

tatem attenuatum ; sete caudales spathulate.

Ilyopsyllus coriaceus, n. sp. Pl. [X. figs. 1-5.

Body very tumid; seen laterally the ventral line is almost

straight, the dorsal excessively arched, so that the cephalo-

thorax forms almost a semicircle ; seen from below, the outline

is like that of a spear-head rounded off in front; greatest

width situate in the middle, and equal to half the entire length

of the body ; posterior half abruptly tapered. First cephalo-

thoracic segment very large, forming half the length of the

Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 133

animal. Anterior antenne five-jointed, sparingly setose, very

minute, the basal joint excessively dilated and produced an-

teriorly into an overlapping hood-like beak ; posterior antennee

simple, biarticulate (?), the second joint armed with six strong

spines, one of which is very long. Mandibles extremely

small, with a small bisetose palp. First pair of feet short and

thick: internal branch one-jointed, and bearing two strong

terminal spines, one longer than the other; external branch

three-jointed, bearing at the truncated apex of the last joint

two spines similar to those of the inner branch, and also two

very long curved sete: second, third, and fourth pairs of feet

having both branches triarticulate and nearly equal, more

slender than the first pair, each joint bearing at its apex a sub-

verticillate series of sharp slender spines. Abdominal segments

beset round the posterior margins with fine spine-like sete,

the last two cut into rectangular notches. Caudal segments

very small, each bearing one large and two small sete, the

larger ones curved, their anterior halves dilated and spathulate.

Colour dark vinous red; skin excessively thick and tough.

Length 54, of an inch.

The habitat of this remarkable species is amongst the black

peaty mud of the upper end of Roundstone Bay, near high-

water mark. It is to be regretted that the specimens were

not noticed until after the mud in which they were taken had

been completely dried; had we been able to preserve them in

spirit it is possible that more accurate knowledge of the mouth-

apparatus and some other organs might have been obtained.

As things stand we have been unable, with the most careful

dissection, to find any trace of maxille or maxillipeds except

(doubtfully) of a very feeble posterior maxilliped, neither have

we seen any trace of a fifth pair of feet.. The remarkably short

and thick limbs of this little creature, together with its flattened

ventral surface, its short, stout, and dilated tail-sete, and

general absence of delicate setose encumbrances, seem to fit

it admirably for the sort of locality in which it was found, to

which and similar situations it is probably exclusively con-

fined.

Genus Harpacticus, Milne-Edwards.

1. Harpacticus chelifer (O. F. Miiller).

On weeds in Westport Bay, Valentia Harbour, and in

brackish pools near Clifden.

2. Harpacticus fulvus, Fischer.

Frequent in pools at and above high-water mark: coasts of

Galway and Great Isle of Aran.

134 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine

3. Harpacticus flexus,n. sp. Pl. LX. figs. 17-21.

Anterior antenne rather short and stout, eight-jointed, first

four joints in the female of nearly equal length, last four also

subequal and less than one half the length of the preceding ;

anterior antenne of the male short and stout, joints coalescent,

so as to form four only, terminating in a large vesiculiform

swelling: second antenne having a minute biarticulate

branch. Posterior maxilliped small ; hand elongated, oval, with

a slender, gently curved terminal claw. First pair of feet not

materially different from those of H. chelifer, but more slender ;

fifth pair of feet in both sexes broader than in ZH. chelifer ;

third pair of feet in the male, as in all other species of this

genus, largely developed and armed with very strong spines.

Body suddenly bent forward at the junction of thorax and

abdomen. Length 3; of an inch. é'

Taken in the surface-net in Westport Bay ; moderately

plentiful.

We at first thought this might perhaps be a young form ot

some better-known species; but the uniform size of the speci-

mens, the different proportions of the antennal joints, and the

form of the posterior maxilliped point it out as entitled to

distinct specific rank.

Genus ZAus, Goodsir.

Zaus spinosus, Goodsir.

On weeds in Ventry Bay: dredged by Mr. E. C. Davison.

Genus ALTEUTHA, Baird.

1. Alteutha oblonga (Goods).

Carillus oblongus (2), Goodsir, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. (1845),

pl. xi. figs. 12-15.

? Sterope interruptus ( 3), Goodsir, loc. cit. pl. xi. fig. 10.

Alteutha bopyroides, Claus, Die frei-lebend. Copepod. p. 143, Taf. xxii.

figs. 10-17. ;

Taken commonly all round the British Islands in the open

sea. Both males and females occur in surface-gatherings ; but

females with ova we have only rarely found, and those always

in dredgings from several fathoms depth.

2. Alteutha purpurocincta, Norman.

On the fronds of Laminaria saccharina in Clifden Bay.

Genus Asprpiscus, Norman.

Aspidiscus fasciatus, Norman.

On Laminaria in Clifden and Ventry Bays.

Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 135

Genus SCUTELLIDIUM, Claus.

Scutellidium tisboides, Claus.

Two specimens taken on weeds in a rock-pool in Clifden

Bay.

Genus THALESTRIS, Claus.

1. Thalestris harpactoides, Claus.

Taken in the surface-net: Roundstone Bay, Ventry Bay,

Killybegs.

2. Thalestris mysis, Claus.

In the surface-net, Westport and Roundstone, and on the

fronds of Laminarie at Clifden.

3. Thalestris helgolandica, Claus.

On the fronds of Laminaria, Clifden Bay.

The fifth feet and gnathopods of our specimens differ slightly

from the figures given by Dr. Claus; and the body and an-

tenne of the animal, especially in the male, are beautifully

banded with dark vinous red.

4. Thalestris hibernica, n. sp. Pl. VIII. figs. 17-19.

Body slender, rostrum of considerable length. Anterior

antenne nine-jointed, of moderate length, rather thickly clothed

along the anterior margin with shortish hairs; second, third,

and fourth joints nearly equal in length, about twice as

long as broad; fifth, sixth, seventh, and ninth also nearly

equal, and about half the length of the foregoing ; penultimate

jot much smaller: anterior antenne of the male shorter and

swollen, third joint very short and constricted, fourth much

the longest and as wide as the two basal joints, armed with a

long falciform appendage, fifth and sixth joints about half the

length and breadth of the fourth, seventh and eighth very

small, last jomt as long as the fifth, but very narrow; a few

crowded setze on the margin of the second joint, and three

small ones at the apex of the last jomt: posterior antenne and

mouth-organs as usual in the genus. esters maxillipeds

terminating in a slender clawed hand, in shape approaching

that of 7. longimana, the propodos being irregularly angular

and suberescentic, with the internal angle slightly setose; the

unguis strong and well curved. First pair of swimming-feet

almost as in 7. longimana, except that the terminal claws and

sete are longer and more slender, the two branches being

nearly equal, and the long claw equal in length to the branch

itself. ‘The ianer branch of the second pair of feet in the

136 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine

male is only two-jointed. Longest tail-seta about as long as

the body of the animal. Length ;!> of an inch.

T. hibernica was taken in no very great numbers in the

surface-net in Westport Bay. Anatomically it bears a very

close resemblance to, and we have some doubt whether it ought

not to be considered as a variety of, the following species. It

is, however, very much more slender in all its parts, has not

the same tough leathery skin, the same vivid colouring, nor

the gibbous outline. That it is not a young form of 7” longi-

mana is proved by many of the female specimens bearing fully

formed ovisacs.

5. Thalestris longimana, Claus.

Valentia Harbour and Killybegs (Mr. H. C. Davison).

Genus PARATHALESTRIS, nov. gen.

Generi antecedenti similis; pedum vero secundi paris rami interni

biarticulati; mandibule parve, tenues, palpo tenui elongato,

ramo secundario minuto, ramo majore setis longis numerosis fim-

briato,

Parathalestris Clausti (Norman).

Thalestris Clausii, Norman, Last Shetland Dredging Report, p. 297.

On weeds in Birtirbuy, Clifden, and Westport Bays.

We here follow M. Boeck in restricting the generic name

Thalestris to those species of Claus’s genus which have both

branches of all the swimming-feet three-jointed, and the mouth-

apparatus constructed as in T. mysis and harpactoides. The

second pair of feet and the mandibles in the present species do

not fulfil these conditions.

Genus Dacryopts, Claus.

1. Dactylopus Stromii (Baird).

On weeds in Ventry Bay, Valentia Harbour, and Killybegs,

2. Dactylopus tisboides, Claus.

In pools near Clifden, and taken in the surface-net in West-

port Bay ; moderately abundant,

3. Dactylopus (?) cinctus, Claus.

Taken in the surface-net in Westport Bay; only four or

five specimens, all males.

4, Dactylopus (?) minutus, Claus.

In the same locality as the preceding species ; scarce.

Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 137

Genus Niroxra, Boeck.

Nitokra tenuicornis (Claus).

Dactylopus tenwicornis, Claus, Die frei-lebend. Copepod.

On Laminaria saccharina in Clifden Bay ; taken also in

the surface-net in Westport Bay, and more abundantly in

Roundstone Bay.

Genus Mrsocura, Boeck.

Mesochra Lilheborgii, Boeck.

One specimen, apparently referable to this species, and

agreeing closely, so far as our observation extended, with

drawings kindly sent to us by M. Boeck, was taken in the

surface-net in Westport Bay. M. Boeck doubtfully identities

the present species with that figured by Lilljeborg as Cantho-

camptus Strom. ‘This reference may possibly be correct,

seeing that that author shows the inner branch of the second

pair of feet as consisting only of two joints ; but the descriptions

of Baird and Claus refer to a species in which both branches

of the second, third, and fourth pairs of feet are said to be

three-jointed—not, therefore, to any species of the genus

Mesochra.

Genus ASELLOPSIS, nov. gen.

Corpus depressum, segmentis caudalibus laminatis, rotundatis.

Pedum primi paris rami ambo biarticulati, interni elongati, valde

uncinati, externi perbreves ; quinti paris rami ambo subeequales :

ceterum Laophonti omnino similis.

Asellopsis hispidus, n. sp. Pl. EX. figs. 6-10.

Body elongated, much depressed, lower thoracic segments

distinctly narrowed, the margins of the first three abdominal

segments produced downwards at the sides in an imbricated

manner. Anterior antenne short, densely setose, seven-jointed,

first two joints not much longer than broad, third about the

same length but much narrower, fourth very short and broad,

fifth about twice as long as the fourth, sixth and seventh equal

andvery small, the proportionate lengths of the joints, beginning

at the base, being as follows—9, 9, 9, 3, 5, 2, 2: posterior

antenne nearly as large as the anterior, biarticulate, bearing a

very small one-jointed secondary branch. Mouth-apparatus

as in Laophonte ; second pair of maxillipeds three-jointed, with

an oval hand and long slender claw. First pair of feet having

the inner branch very long, biarticulate, the first joint much

elongated, terminal claw thick and strong ; outer branch also

biarticulate, the entire length being less than half that of the

138 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine

first joint of the inner branch ; second, third, and fourth pairs

of feet with the outer branch long and three-jointed, the inner

very short and two-jointed; fifth pair rather narrow and

elongated, the two lamine being of nearly equal length.

Caudal segments very broad, rounded ; surface hispid towards

the margins ; terminal sete very short, the longest not much

exceeding the length of the segment itself. Length !, of an

inch.

Several specimens of A. hispidus were taken in the surface-

net in Westport Bay. We have also dredged it sparingly in a

depth of from four to ten fathoms off the Durham coast, and

more abundantly on a bed of fine clean gravel off Glen Sannox,

Arran (N. B.).

Genus LAopHoNTE, Philippi.

1. Laophonte similis (Claus).

In tidal pools on Great Isle of Aran; and on Laminarie

and other weeds in Westport, Clifden, Roundstone, and Ventry-

Bays: not uncommon.

2. Laophonte forcipata (?) (Claus).

Amongst weeds in Westport Bay.

Genus CLETODES, Brady.

Cletodes limicola, Brady.

Dredged in Westport Bay.

Genus ORTHOPSYLLUS*, nov. gen.

Lilljeborgia, Claus.

Cletodes, Boeck (not of Brady).

Orthopsyllus linearis (Claus).

One specimen, taken on a sponge dredged in Westport Bay.

The name Lilljeborgia having previously been applied to an

Amphipod Crustacean, it became necessary to rename the genus

so called by Dr. Claus. M. Boeck considers it to be identical

with Cletodes, Brady, and applies to it that name ; but the dif-

ferences between the two are not unimportant. Lilljeborgia

is stated by Claus to have the first antenne four-jointed, the

second antenne with a secondary branch, the first pair of

swimming-feet to have a two-jointed well-developed inner

branch, while the three following pairs of feet have the mner

* 6pO0s, straight ; WudNos, a flea.

+ Nye Slegter og Arter af Saltvands-Copepoder, 1872.

Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 139

branch quite rudimentary. Cletodes, however, has the first

pair of antenne six-jointed, the second antennae without a

supplementary branch, and the four pairs of swimming-feet

all alike, the inner branch ending in two long filaments.

Under these circumstances we propose to call Claus’s genus

Lilljeborgia by the new name Orthopsyllus.

Genus PoRCELLIDIUM, Claus.

1. Porcellidium fimbriatum, Claus.

? Sterope ovalis, Goodsir, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. (1845), pl. xi.

fig. 11.

Dredged on a bottom of decaying vegetable mud in Bir-

tirbuy Bay, and on Laminarie in Clifden and Ventry

Bays.

It seems to us most probable that Goodsir’s figures and

description (/oc. cit.) apply to this species, and not to Zaus

ovalis as supposed by Dr. Claus. If this could be ascertained

with certainty, Goodsir’s nomenclature would have to be adopted

on the ground of priority.

2. Porcellidium viride (Philippi).

Thyone viridis, Phil. Archiv fiir Naturg. 1840, p. 190, Taf. iv. fig. 2.

Porcellidium dentatum, Claus, Die frei-lebend. Copepod. (1863) p. 140,

Taf. xxii. figs. 2-5; and Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Entom. (1860),

Taf. ii. figs. 19-22.

Dredged in Birtirbuy Bay in company with the preceding

species ; on weeds in Clifden, Westport, and Ventry Bays.

There can be little doubt that Dr. Philippi’s figure applies

to this species; and we therefore adopt his specific name;

but the generic term Thyone is preoccupied, having been

applied by Oken to a genus of Holothuriade.

3. Porcellidium subrotundum, Norman.

P. subrotundum, Norman, Last Shetland Dredging Report, p. 297.

Dredged in Birtirbuy Bay with the foregoing; also on the

fronds of Laminarie in Clitden Bay.

4. Porcellidium tenuicauda, Claus.

P. tenuicauda, Claus, Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Entom. (1860), p. 6,

pl. ii. figs. 10-15; and Die frei-lebend. Copepod. p. 140.

A few specimens taken from the interior of the “bulb” of

Laminaria bulbosa in Birtirbuy Bay ; also on weeds in Clifden

and Ventry Bays. Scarce.

140 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine

Fam. Coryceide.

Genus Corycaus, Dana.

Coryceus anglicus, Lubbock.

C. anglicus, Lubbock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xx. (1857), pl. x.

figs. 14-17.

C. germanus, Leuckart, Archiv fiir Naturg. (1859), Taf. vi. fig. 9; Thorell,

Bidrag till Kannedomen om Krustaceer (1859), tab. xi., xil. fig. 17;

Claus, Die frei-lebend. Copepod. (1863), p. 156, Taf. ix. figs. 1-4, Taf.

xxiv. figs. 5, 6, Taf. xxviii. figs. 1-4.

Taken in the surface-net in several localities, but nowhere

plentifully. Between Cornwall and Cape Clear; Kinsale

Harbour, Dingle Bay; in Valentia Harbour, and near the

Skelligs. or all these gatherings we are indebted to Mr. E.

C. Davison of Sunderland.

Fam. Sapphirinide, Thorell.

Genus Licnomo.eus, Thorell.

1. Lichomolqus furcillatus ?, 'Thorell.

L. furcilatus, Thorell, Bidrag till Kannedomen om Krustaceer, som lefva

1 Arter af Slagtet Ascidia (1859), p. 74, tab. xiii. fig. 20.

One specimen, which is probably referable to this species,

was taken in the surface-net in Roundstone Bay.

2. Lichomolqus fucicolus (Brady).

Macrocheiron fucicolum, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. (1872),

p- 9, pl. iii. figs. 9-18 ; and Nat. Hist. Trans. North. and Durham, p. 434,

pl. xviii. figs. 9-18.

This was described by one of us last year under a new

generic name, the fact of its being taken amongst alge having

caused us to omit reference to M. Thorell’s work, which deals

only with species parasitic in Ascidians. ‘The genus Cyclo-

picera proposed in the same paper seems also to be very

closely allied to, though scarcely identical with, the previously

established Ascomyzon of Thorell.

One specimen of L. fucicolus was found amongst weeds in

Westport Bay, and one in a similar situation in Clifden Bay ;

two or three specimens have also been found on the Durkam

coast.

Fam. Ascomyzontide, Thorell.

Genus Ascomyzon, Thorell.

Ascomyzon Lilljeborgit, Thorell.

A, Lilbeborgiti, Thorell, loc. cit. p. 78, tab. xiv. fig. 21.

Taken in the surface-net: three specimens in Roundstone

Bay, and three in Westport Bay.

Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 141

This species is described by Thorell as being a common

parasitic inhabitant of Ascidia parallelogramma.

Genus SOLENOSTOMA, nov. gen.

Generi antecedenti simile. Antenne vero primi paris breves, 12-

articulate ; secundi paris magne, biramose, ramo principali

4-articulato, in apice spinis 2 fortibus aculeatis armato. Maxil-

larum rami secundarii obsoleti, setis 2 ciliatis compositi.

Solenostoma scutatum, n. Sp.

Body subpyriform ; cephalothorax broadly ovate, first seg-

ment equal to half the entire length of the animal. Anterior

antenne very short, equal to scarcely one third the length

of the first segment of the body, densely setose: posterior about

equal in length to the anterior, stout; primary branch ter-

minating in two strong lancet-shaped spines, one of which is

much longer than the other, and bearing also one moderately

long and two small sete ; secondary branch simple, uniarticu-

late, and bearimg a long terminal seta. Mandible tubular,

excessively long, reaching as far as the middle of the caudal

segments ; palp long, filiform, and setose. Caudal segments

three or four times as long as broad, each bearing one short

lateral and five long apical sete, two of which are strongly

plumose. Length =); of an inch.

Found sparingly on the fronds of Lamdnarie in Clifden

Bay.

A very remarkable animal, differmg from the genus Asco-

myzon chiefly in the structure of the maxille and second pair

of antenne, but agreeing with that genus in the general con-

formation of the mouth-apparatus.

Genus ASTEROCHERES, Boeck.

Asterocheres Lilljeborgit, Boeck.

A. Lilljeborgii, Boeck, Tvende nye parasitiske Krebsdyr (1859), p. 6,

tab. 2.

Three specimens were found on a sponge dredged in West-

port Bay. M. Boeck’s specimens were taken on the disk and

rays of Hehinaster sanguinolentus ; but though after its first

discovery that author sought for the little parasite diligently on

many examples of the starfish, he did not succeed in finding

any further specimens. It would appear, indeed, from the

various positions in which we have found many of these sucto-

rial or parasit’c species, that they are not very fastidious as to

the source from which they draw their nourishment.

142 Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Angola.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTE VIII.

Fig. 1. Paracalanus hibernicus, anterior antenna. Fig. 2. Fifth pair of

feet of male. Fg. 3. Fifth pair of feet of female.

Fig. 4. Pseudocyclops obtusatus, right anterior antenna of male. F%g. 5,

Right anterior antenna of female. Fig. 6. Posterior antenna.

Fig. 7. Foot of fifth pair (female).

Fig. 8. Paratachidius gracilis, anterior antenna of female. F%g.9. Anterior

antenna of male. Fg. 10. Mandible and palp. F%g. 11. Maxilla.

Fig. 12. Anterior maxilliped. Fig. 13. Posterior maxilliped.

Fig. 14. Foot of first pair. #%g. 15. Foot of fifth pair (female).

Fig. 16. Foot of fifth pair (male).

Fig. 17. Thalestris hibernica, anterior antenna of female. Fg. 18. Poste-

rior maxilliped. %g. 19. Foot of first pair.

PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Ilyopsyllus coriaceus, femal& seen from below : a, anterior antenna ;

b, posterior antenna; c, foot of first pair. ig. 2. Anterior

antenna. J/%g. 3. Posterior antenna. Fig. 4. Mandible and

palp. ig. 5. Foot of second pair.

Fig. 6. Asellopsis hispidus, female, seen from side. Fig. 7. Anterior an-

tenna of female. %g. 8. Posterior maxilliped. Fig. 9. Foot

of fifth pair. F%g. 10. Posterior abdominal segments.

Fig. 11. Microsetella atlantica, female (?),seen from side. Fig. 12. Posterior

antenna. J%g. 15. Mandible. Fig. 14. Anterior maxilliped.

Fig. 15. Posterior maxilliped (?). Fig. 16. Foot of fifth pair.

Fig. 17. Harpacticus flerus, anterior antenna of female. Fig. 18. An-

terior antenna of male. F%g. 19. Posterior maxilliped. Fig. 20.

Foot of fifth pair (female). Fig. 21. Foot of fifth pair (male).

XIX.—New Fishes from Angola.

By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER.

Mr. Monterro has brought home a small collection of fishes

from Angola. Some of them were collected in a lake some

100 miles inland of Ambriz. Besides Pellonula vorax and

Ophiocephalus obscurus (with thirty rays in the anal fin)

and some other known forms, the following undescribed species

were in this collection.

Gymnallabes apus.

D. ca 140. A.ca 126. Body exceedingly elongate, its

depth being one twenty-third of the total length (without

caudal), the length of the head one thirteenth. Pectoral fins

reduced to a minute rudiment, ventrals entirely absent ;

vertical fins only half as high as the body. The maxillary

and outer mandibulary barbels are nearly equal in length, ex-

tending somewhat beyond the gill-opening, and rather longer

Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Angola. 143

than the other barbels. The distance of the vent from the

end of the snout is two fifths of its distance from the root

of the caudal. The branchial accessory organ is dendritic.

Uniform brownish-black. _

Length 84 inches. Interior of Ambriz.

This very singular form differs so materially from the type,

described in the ‘Annals’ for August 1867, that it may be

regarded at all events as a subgenus, for which the name

Channallabes may be used. In appearance the head and

body and the vertical fins resemble very much those of G.

typus; but with the greater elongation of the body the paired

fins became useless and disappeared. The typical specimen

of G. typus has the postbranchial organ of a much more simple

form than G. apus; but this is, perhaps, only due to age, as in

Anabas. :

BRYCON ZTHIOPS.

This genus is the African representative of the American

Brycon, from which it is distinguished by its very small,

toothless maxillary.

Dorsal fin placed in the middle of the length of the body,

opposite to the ventrals; anal rather long. Body oblong,

covered with scales equal in size. Belly rounded. Cleft of

the mouth rather narrow. Intermaxillary with three series of

teeth, the teeth of the two outer series being subconical, those

of the inner broad, molarlike, with several cusps. Maxillary

small, short, enveloped in the skin, toothless. Mandible with

a series of strong tricuspid teeth, and with a pair of conical

teeth in the middle behind the front series. Gull-openings

wide, the gill-membranes being united for a short space in

front, but not attached to the isthmus. Gillrakers short,

feeble, slender, lanceolate.

Bryconethiops microstoma.

Dio, Aj.20. Veo? Esa srt: Wi. transy.’ 6/5.

The height of the body is one third of the total length

(without caudal), the length of the head two sevenths. The

large eye is covered with an adipose eyelid in front and

behind ; it is equal in length to the postorbital portion of the

head, and longer than the snout. ‘The maxillary terminates

under the front margin of the eye. Dorsal fin nearly midway

between the extremity of the snout and the root of the caudal.

Ventral nearly opposite to the middle of the dorsal. Pectoral

not extending to the ventral.. There are three series of scales

between the lateral line.and the ventral. Silvery; a bluish

144 Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Angola.

spot at a short distance behind the gill-opening is more

distinct after the scales are removed. Dorsal fin with a

blackish line behind and parallel to each of the rays.

Two specimens, 4+ inches long, from the River Congo.

Alestes holargyreus.

D.10. A. 21. LL. lat. 23. LL. transv. 43/3.

Alhed to A. tenturus.

The height of the body is a little more than one third of

the total length (without caudal), the length of the head two

sevenths. The origin of the dorsal fin is immediately behind

the base of the ventrals; pectoral just reaching the ventral.

Bright silvery, without spots. Caudal with a very indistinct

blackish median band.

Several specimens, 24 inches long, from the River Congo.

Distichodus affinis.

DotG., Avot lat od. li. transy.1o-70-

Allied to D. notospilus.

The height of the body is two fifths of the total length

(without caudal), the length of the head a little less than two

sevenths. Nose scarcely protruding. Teeth ina double series,

the lower jaw with fourteen teeth in the front series. Body

uniform greenish, without spot. The membrane between the

anterior three or four dorsal rays black.

A young specimen, only 2 inches long, from the River

Congo.

Mormyrus Monteir?.

D300. Assse Slat.

Allied to M. Petersii and M. senegalensis.

Snout subconical, nearly straight, of moderate length, with

a mandibular fleshy appendage in front, which is about as

long as the eye. Kye of moderate size, situated before the

middle of the length of the head, and one half of the length of

the snout (without appendage). Pectorals extending beyond

the middle of the length of the ventrals. The height of the

body is two sevenths of the total length (without caudal), the

length of the head two ninths. The free portion of the tail as

long as the head (without appendage). Coloration uniform,

shining silvery.

Three specimens from Angola, the largest being 84 inches

long.

On Lizards with Rudimentary Limbs. 145

XX.—WNotes on, and Descriptions of, some Lizards with

Rudimentary Limbs in the British Museum. By Dr.

ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S.

Delma Fraser.

I have recently examined the typical specimen of Delma

Gray? (Smith, Ill. 8. Afr. Rept. pl. 76. fig. 2). It is identical

with D. Fraseri, and there can be no doubt that it came from

Australia, as supposed by Sir A. Smith himself.

I am also of opinion that Delma Molleri, Liitken (Nat.

Foren. Vid. Medd. 1862), is not specifically distinct. The

specimen to which this name was given has the supranasal

and anterior frontal of each side united into one shield, a

peculiarity which I consider to be individual. Confluence of

two shields into one is by no means of uncommon occurrence

in this lizard; and the distinctness of the markings on the

head is subject to great variation. ‘Ten specimens in the

British Museum are from Western Australia.

Aprasia pulchella.

All the eight specimens in the British-Museum collection

(including the types) have 12 series of scales round the body,

and not 14, as found by Prof. Peters (MB. Berl. Ak. 1863,

p- 233). With regard to coloration, there is a gradual passage

from specimens which show only a few faint rows of brownish

dots to such as are ornamented with six or eight longitudinal

black bands. Therefore Aprasia octolineata (Ptrs.) cannot be

regarded as distinct from A. pulchella (Gray). Some of our

specimens are from South, others from West Australia.

Chelomeles pseudop us.

Scales round the middle of the body in 22 series; about

104 scales in a longitudinal series between the fore and hind

limbs. Four large preanal scales. Subcaudals not enlarged.

A longitudinal groove runs along each side of the abdomen for

a distance of about 24 scales, commencing from the axil of

the fore limb. Fore limbs very short, about as long as the

snout, with three rudimentary claws; hind limbs still shorter,

undivided. ‘The anterior frontal forms a rather broad suture

with the rostral and vertical—this latter being bell-shaped,

longer than broad. Four supraciliary shields. A pair of

anterior occipitals ; central occipital elongate. Seven upper

labials, the third and fourth separated from the orbit by a

series of shields which are as large as the labials below them.

Mental as broad as the median lower labial. Ear entirely

hidden. Coloration uniform.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xi. 10

146 Dr. A. Giinther on Lizards

One specimen, 14 inches long, the body measuring 7+ inches.

A portion of the tail is reproduced. It is not known where

this specimen was obtained.

Chelomeles sumatrensis.

Scales round the middle of the body in 22 series ; about 84

scales in a longitudinal series between the fore and hind

limbs. Four large preanal scales; subcaudals scarcely en-

larged ; no longitudinal groove along the side of the abdomen.

Fore limbs very short, a little longer than the snout, with two

claw-like prominences; hind limbs longer than fore limbs,

with a terminal claw, and a second, lateral one. The anterior

frontal forms a rather broad suture with the rostral and

vertical, this latter being scarcely longer than broad. Three

supraciliary shields. Two anterior occipitals as long and as

large as the central occipital. Six upper labials, the fourth of

which enters the orbit. Mental as broad as the median lower

labial. ar entirely hidden. Uniform brown obove; middle

of the abdomen white; lateral scales with a brown central

spot.

EGhie specimen, from Agam, has a body 34 inches long, only

about 14 inch of the tail being preserved. We obtained it,

with other reptiles, from Dr. Bleeker. .

Chelomeles reticulatus.

Scales round the middle of the body in 24 series; about

100 scales in a longitudinal series between the fore and hind

limbs. Dorsal scales larger than the others ; two large pre-

anal scales; subcaudals enlarged. No lateral groove on the

side of the abdomen. All the limbs three-toed, the toes being

extremely short, clawed. Fore limbs somewhat longer than the

snout, and rather shorter than the hind limbs. ‘The anterior

frontal is in contact with the rostral; but the nasal shields are

closely approximate. The vertical forms a short suture with

the anterior frontal, and is rather longer than broad, penta-

gonal, the ‘anterior side being the shortest. The anterior

occipitals form a broad suture together, whilst the posterior

are nearly entirely separated by the intercalated central occi-

pital. Four supraciliary shields. Mental as broad as the

median lower labial. Ear entirely hidden. Upper parts

olive-coloured, finely punctulated with brown; sides and

abdomen bluish white, with black lines following the edges

of the scales.

One specimen, from the Clarence river, 12 inches long, sent

by Mr. Krefft (no. 26) : the tail is 4 inches ; but a great portion

of it is reproduced.

with Rudimentary Limbs. 147

SoripIA and PHOLEOPHILUS.

In the British Museum there are :—

1. The types of Soridia lineata, Gray (1839), renamed

Prepeditus by Duméril and Bibron. They were collected by

Gilbert in Western Australia; and their Australian origin is

confirmed by other specimens received by Mr. Buchanan from

the same country, and by the occurrence of a second, closely

allied species, Soridia miopus (Gthr.), in Champion Bay.

2. The types (two specimens) of Pholeophilus capensis,

Smith (Ill. S. Afr. Rept. App. 1849). This author says,

p- 15 :—‘‘ The two specimens I possess were obtained in Little

Namaqua Land, and were found under a loose stone, in a

burrow like what is formed by an earthworm.”

Now all these specimens are specifically identical* ; and as I

am not yet prepared to admit that so singular a form as

Soridia is common to South Africa and Western Australia, I

can at present arrive at no other conclusion but that Sir A.

Smith, who does not say that he himself found the examples,

received them from some other person, either at Cape Town

or in England, and was misinformed as regards their locality t.

Herpetosaura } inornata.

Lithophilus inornatus, Smith, Ill. 8, Afr. Rept. App. p. 12 (1849;

generic name preoccupied).

Herpetosaura arenicola, Peters, Wiegm. Arch. 1855, p. 48.

Scales in 20 series round the middle of the body; 104~

112 scales in a series between the chin and vent. In one

specimen a minute rudiment of the hind limb is visible. The

very small shield behind the nostril is sometimes confluent

with the first upper labial. There are three specimens in the

British-Museum collection :—

a. Type of the species. S.Africa, Presented by Sir A. Smith.

6. Adult. Port Natal. Presented by the Rev. H. Calloway.

ce. Half-grown, Port Natal. Purchased of Mr. T. Ayres,

Herpetosaura atra.

Scales round the middle of the body in 23 series; about

* Bibron has already recognized this fact; but he thought the species

to be from the Cape.

+ In this respect it may be of some importance to mention that these

two specimens had been previously preserved in turpentine—a method

which, as Mr. Ford in‘orms me, had been frequently adopted by one of

the Verreauxs, who is known to have collected in Australia, and from

whom Sir A. Smith procured many specimens.

t This genus, as well as Sepomorphus caffer (Peters, 1861), is to be

added to my Synopsis of Sepide in Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 7

148 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

160 scales in a series between the chin and vent. Dorsal

scales not larger than the others; four preeanal scales, the two

middle ones largest; subcaudals not enlarged. No trace of

limbs. Frontal separated from rostral by a pair of small

intervening shields, but forming a short suture with. the

vertical; this latter shield is subtriangular in shape, with the

posterior side the longest, and forms a very broad suture with

an occipital shield, which is likewise triangular, its anterior

side bemg the longest. The first upper labial is very large,

ascending to behind the nostril, which is situated in a notch of

the rostral. ar entirely hidden. Black.

One specimen, from the Zambesi, is 8 inches long, the body

being 6} inches, and part of the tail reproduced.

XXI.—On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan.

By H. W. Bates, F.L.S.

THE large collection of Coleopterous Insects made, during a

residence of five years in Japan, by Mr. George Lewis, on

which the present account of the family Longicornia is

founded, furnishes materials for enabling entomologists for the

first time to form a definite idea of the nature of the Japanese

fauna in this department. Hitherto the number of species of

Longicornia recorded from these islands has not reached a

score. Mr. Lewis’s collection contains 103, the total number

now known being 107. Of these, 62 are new species discovered

by Mr. Lewis. In a former paper, on the Geodephaga*, 1

have recorded a similar great augmentation of our knowledge

due to the labours of this entomologist, the number of known

Japanese species in that group having been trebled by him,

and 120 new species added to science.

With regard to the nature and relations of the Insect-fauna,

an analysis of the list of Longicornia quite confirms the

leading results arrived at in the memoir on the Geodephaga

above cited. In the introductory notes to that paper, after

describing the geographical position of the Japanese archipe-

lago, and alluding to the views of many Russian and English

entomologists in favour of the fauna being considered as

forming part of the great Palearctic province, I showed that

the very large mixture of tropical genera and the striking

absence of characteristic European and north-temperate forms

were opposed to those views. ‘The conclusion implied was

* Trans. Entom. Soc. 1873, part ii. p. 219.

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 149

that the composition of the Japanese Coleopterous fauna was

essentially different from that of the Palearctic province, and

required to be accounted for by a different set of antecedents.

A similar conclusion has been arrived at long ago by Giinther

with regard to the Reptilia, and by other authors; and it is

interesting thus to find the various groups of the animal

kingdom corroborating these generalizations.

The total number of genera of G'eodephaga known from Japan

is 84, of Longicornia 64. The number of tropical genera in

both cases is 21, of genera peculiar to Japan (so far as at present

known) 9 and 7 respectively, genera common to Europe and

Japan (most of them being widely distributed temperate

forms) 44 and 22, characteristic: or peculiar Kuropean genera

absent from Japan 52 and 40 (more than one half the total

number in each case). In the Longicornia there are 8 genera

common and peculiar to Eastern or North-eastern China and

Japan ; in the Geodephaga there are only 2. The number of

Longicorn species actually identical in Japan and Europe is

only 4; but 6 others are so closely allied that they would be

considered by some entomologists local varieties, making the

total number 10.

The general aspect of the Longicorn collection is much more

tropical and anti-European than that of the Geodephaga.

This is owing to so many of the large and striking species

being well-known Indo-Chinese and Malayan forms. Such

are Xystrocera, Neocerambyx, Pyrestes, Erythrus, Melanauster,

Batocera, Apriona, Olenecamptus, Alara, Glenea, and others.

Besides these, we find :—fhodopis, hitherto known only

from Sylhet ; Distenda, a tropical and subtropical genus in both

hemispheres, unknown to the Europxo-Siberian and Mediter-

ranean faunas; Thranius, hitherto known only from the

Moluccas and Ceylon; and a few common tropical genera repre-

sented in Japan by numerous species, such as Cerescum,

Praonetha, Apomecyna, and Sybra—all totally foreign to the

north-temperate continental fauna. The absence of many of

the most familiar and characteristic European genera is equally

striking, such as Cerambyx, Hylotrupes, Hesperophanes, Gra-

cilia, Necydalis, Stenopterus, Molorchus, Parmena, Dorcadion,

Morimus, Lamia, Rhagium, &e.

Many entomologists, authorities in their respective groups,

are at work on other portions of Mr. Lewis’s magnificent col-

lection ; and it is to be hoped this enterprising traveller may

be enabled to republish all the scattered memoirs in a collected

form, as a contribution to the fauna of Japan.

Mr. Lewis’s collections were made chiefly at Nagasaki,

Osaka, and Hiogo.

150

Mr. H. W. Bates on the

List of Species.

Fam. PRIoNID®.

Prionus insularis, Motsch.

Egosoma sinicum, White.

Fam. CERAMBYCID2.

Spondylis buprestoides, Linn.

Criocephalus rusticus, Linn.

Xystrocera globosa, Oliv.

Mallambyx japonicus, n. sp.

Pachydissus (?) fulvidus, Pascoe.

Neocerambyx chrysothrix, n. sp.

Ceresium sinicum, White.

holophzum, n. sp.

Stenodryas clavigera, n. sp.

Stenygrinum quadrinotatum,n. sp.

Gracilia pygmea, F.

Obrium longicorne, n. sp.

Stenhomalus cleroides, n. sp.

Distenia japonica, n. sp.

Toxotus czeruleipennis, n. sp.

Acmezeops criocerinus, n. sp.

Leptura scotodes, n. sp.

tenuicornis, Motsch.

—— dimorpha, n. sp.

xanthoma, n. sp.

~— ochraceofasciata, Motsch.

anaspidoides, n. sp.

Thranius variegatus, n. sp.

Pyrestes cardinalis, Pascoe.

Erythrus congruus, Pascoe.

Callichroma tenuatum, n. sp.

Sympiezocera japonica, Lacord.

Semanotus rufipennis, Motsch.

Phymatodes albicinctus, n. sp.

Clytanthus notabilis, Pascoe.

oppositus, Chevr.

quinquefasciatus, L. & G.

muscosus, 0. sp.

—— diminutus, n. sp.

annularis, Fab.

Xylotrechus Grayii, White.

pyrrhoderus, n. sp.

Clytus caproides, n. sp.

Dere thoracica, White.

Purpuricenus Temminckii, Guér.

spectabilis, Motsch.

Fam. LaMIap»®.

Echthistatus gibber, n. sp.

Monohammus subfasciatus, n. sp.

tesserula, White.

—— luxuriosus, n. sp.

—— fraudator, n. sp.

sejunctus, n. sp.

degener, n. sp.

Psacothea hilaris, Pascoe.

Melanauster chinensis, Forst.

—— glabripennis, Motsch.

?) ruber, Dalm.

Batocera lineolata, Chevr.

Apriona rugicollis, Chevr.

Urecha bimaculata, Thoms.

Mesosa Jeporiee, n. sp.

i a Pascoe.

ongipennis, n. sp.

Rhodopis Lewisii, n. sp.

Olenecamptus cretaceus, n. sp.

Bumetopia oscitans, Pascoe.

/Elara furcata, n. sp.

Praonetha caudata, n. sp.

zonata, Nl. Sp.

jugosa, n. sp.

— Bowringii, Pascoe.

— rigida, n. sp.

angusta, nl. sp.

leiopodina, n. sp.

Apomecyna neglecta, Pascoe.

nevia, 0. sp.

Sybra ordinata, n. sp.

cribrella, n. sp.

Microlera ptinoides, n. sp.

Atimura japonica, n. sp.

Lasiapheles obrioides, n. sp.

Pogonocherus seminiveus, n. sp.

Aulaconotus pachypezoides,

Thoms.

Pothyne silacea, Pascoe.

Smermus bimaculatus, n. sp.

Calamobius japonicus, n. sp.

Acanthocinus griseus, F.

Leiopus guttatus, n. sp.

Exocentrus fasciolatus, n. sp.

lineatus, n. sp.

tonsus, n. sp.

—— guttulatus, n. sp.

Asaperda rufipes, n. sp.

—— agapanthina, n. sp.

Agapanthia pilicornis, 7.

Saperda sanguinolenta, Thoms.

Thyestes Gebleri, Fulderm.

Glenea Fortunei, Saund.

galathea, Thoms.

—— ocelota, n. sp.

—— relicta, Pascoe.

Phytcecia simulans, n. sp.

ventralis, Chevr.

Oberea japonica, n. sp.

hebssestie n. sp.

mixta, n. sp.

—— nigriventris, n. sp.

—— marginella, n. sp.

—— fulveola, n. sp.

Chreonoma Fortunei, Thoms.

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 151

Fam. Prionide.

Prionus insularis, Motschulsky.

Prionus insularis, Motschulsky, Etudes Entom. 1857, p. 36,9; zd. 1861,

p- 21, 5; Solsky, Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. t. vii.

P. tetanicus, Pascoe, Ann. N. H. xix. p. 412 (1867).

P. fossatus, Pasc. Trans. Ent. Soc. ond ser. iv. p. 90 (1857) ?

Japan, common; also North China.

I see no difference between Japanese specimens and others

from Northern China, whence Pascoe described his P. fossatus ;

his description, however, does not precisely agree with the

insect, especially as regards punctation, and I cite the syno-

nymy with doubt.

Aigosoma sinicum, White. 4

Aigosoma sinicum, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 30, 2.

Many examples; on fir trees.

White only knew the female, which resembles the same sex

of 42. scabricorne. The male is much more different from the

corresponding sex of that species, having much shorter and

thicker antenne, with the scape shorter and more cubical.

The thorax differs in shape, being gradually widened from

apes to base, at which latter it is nearly equal in width to the

elytra.

Fam. Cerambycide.

Section A. Eyes coarsely faceted. Habits nocturnal.

Spondylis buprestoides, Linn.

Spondylis buprestoides, Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. 2. p. 621.

Also found in N. China.

Criocephalus rusticus, Linn.

Criocephalus rusticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. 2. p. 634; Kraatz, Berl.

ent. Zeit. vii. p. 107.

Maiyasan ; running over fir trees at night.

Japanese examples have punctured elytra and sutural apices

briefly spinose, as in German specimens.

Xystrocera globosa, Oliv.

Xystrocera globosa, Oliv. Entom. no. 66. p. 27, t. 12. f. 81.

Stenocorus vittatus, Fab, Syst. El. ii. p. 309.

Many examples, agreeing with others from Cambodia, &e.

Fabricius erroneously cited Brazil as the locality of his

Stenocorus vittatus, which is evidently the same as Xystrocera

globosa.

152 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

Pachydissus (Mallambyx) japonicus, n. sp.

P. minus convexus, olivaceo-fuscus, pube subtili fulvo-grisea

vestitus ; thorace elytris multo angustiore, medio paulo dilatato,

antice fortiter angustato, supra minus profunde flexuoso-plicato ;

elytris levibus, apice singulatim rotundatis angulo suturali spi-

noso; antennis ( ¢ ) corpore dimidio longioribus, omnino inermibus,

articulis tertio quartoque apice paululum incrassatis, 4° quam 5°

multo breviore. Long. 1 in. 5 lin. to2in. ¢ Q.

Japan.

eae with the typical (Australian) species of Pachydissus in

the unarmed antenne and thorax and the finely pubescent sur-

face; but differs much in faces and in the very slight nodosity of

the 3rd and 4th antennal joints. The combination of characters

which the species offers renders it ill-placed in any of the genera

hitherto proposed in this group; and it may be found conve-

nient to separate it under the generic name Mallambyx. The

sockets of the anterior haunches are angulate externally ; but

this character is not even of generic importance, although La-

cordaire founded a section upon it ; for some Australian species

of Pachydissus possess strongly angulated acetabula, whilst

others, very closely allied, have them only circular. The pro-

sternal process is a little prominent at the edge of its posterior

declivity ; the mesosternum plane. The crown of the head

has a single (central) groove, extending behind to the neck, as

in Cerambyx and Hoplocerambyx, and not ending in a trans-

verse groove at the level of the posterior margin of the eyes

as in Pachydissus.

Pachydissus (?) fulvidus, Pascoe.

Pachydissus(?) fulvidus, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. new ser. iv. p. 236.

One example, Nagasaki; also North China.

The elytra are clothed with rather coarse, uniform, laid,

tawny pubescence, and are rounded at the apex. The species

may possibly come within the proposed genus Mallambyz ; but

I have seen only a female specimen, and therefore cannot

decide.

Neocerambyx chrysothrix, n. sp.

NV. forma et colore Cer. aurifabro (White) similis, at differt antennis

nullomodo spinosis, nec thorace transversim plicato. Elongatus,

subcylindricus, fulvo-fuscus, tomento sericeo mutabili vestitus ;

thorace utrinque medio spinoso, supra grossissime irregulariter ru-

goso et tuberculato, ad basin sulcis binis transversis; elytris

apice breviter oblique truncatis, angulo exteriore paulo producto

acuto, suturali longe spinoso ; antennis ( ) articulis 3°-6"™ singu-

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 153

latim quam quinto distincte brevioribus ad apicem tumidulis.

Long. lin. 3lin. @.

Nagasaki.

The pubescence is rich tawny golden, thick and adpressed ;

it is laid or, as it may be described, brushed in different ways,

sometimes convergent, and is of lighter and darker shades, the

darker forming two indistinct flexuous bands across the elytra.

The tomentum is also thick and coarse on the head and

thorax, and clothes the whole of the antenne. The thorax

has no trace of transverse furrows or of central smooth plate,

as in Cer. holosericeus, I.

The species belongs, but imperfectly, to the genus Neo-

cerambyx, differmg from it in the spined thorax, and in the

sockets of the anterior haunches being scarcely opened ex-

ternally.

Cerestum sinicum, White.

Ceresium sinicum, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 245.

Nagasaki.

Ceresium holopheum, n. sp.

C. quam C. sinico minus elongatum, omnino fulvo-testaceum, flavo-

pubescens ; capite grosse inwqualiter punctato ; thorace oblongo-

ovato, punctis magnis et parvis subcrebre impresso, linea abbre-

viata, elevata, dorsali, levi; elytris crebre equaliter punctatis ;

antennis articulis tertio quartoque subequalibus, quinto vix lon-

giore. Long. 43 lin. ©

Hiogo ; three examples, apparently males.

STENODRYAS, nov. gen.

Genus inter Callidiopsides et Gracilides (Lacord.) locum tenens.

Corpus elongatum, gracile, subglabrum. Caput thorace latius ;

oculi magni, convexi; genis brevibus. Palp? maxillares labialibus

duplo longiores ; articulis ultimis omnium dilatatis, triangularibus.

Antenne ( g ) corpore dimidio longiores, tenues, filiformes, nullo-

modo sulcate, basin versus infra ciliate; articulo quarto quam

tertio vel quinto multo breviore. Thorax elongatus, cylindroideus,

medio paululum dilatatus, vix ineequalis. Hlytra apice rotundata.

Coxe anteriores conico-globose exserte ; prosternum inter coxas

angustissimum. Mesosternum angustum, coxis globosis, acetabulis

clausis ; episterna metathoracica angusta, postice attenuata. Pedes

elongati, gracillimi, femoribus abrupte elongato-clavatis ; tarsi

graciles, articulé primo secundo tertioque conjunctis equali.

The numerous examples of this species that I have seen all

appear to be males ; at least I have observed no difference in

the antenne or the abdomen, which latter is quite normal ;

and consequently I am unable to say whether the ? offers the

154 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

curious abnormal structure presented by Obrium and many

allied genera. The genus has much general similarity to

Ceresium, except in the long slender legs and abruptly clubbed

femora. The exserted anterior coxe bring it, so far, within

the definition of the Gracilides (Lacord.); but the tightly

closed middle sockets exclude it from that group.

Stenodryas clavigera, un. sp.

S. angusta, fulvo-testacea, sparsim pubescens; antennarum scapo,

femorum clava tibiarumque apice piceo-nigris; capite supra

rugoso-punctato; thorace subsparsim punctato, subopaco, plaga

elongata mediana levi, disco utrinque inequali; elytris passim

eequaliter discrete punctatis. Long. 4?lin. 6.

Hiogo.

STENYGRINUM, noy. gen.

Facie generis Stenygre, gen. Ceresio affine. Thorax cylindricus, sed

femoribus abrupte valde clavatis et tibiis intermediis fortiter cur-

yatis. Corpus elongatum, sparse setosum. Caput, cum oculis

convexis, thorace paulo latius; palporum articulo ultimo dilatato

triangulari, maxillaribus elongatis. Antenne robuste, filiformes,

articulis 5°-10"™ apice extus productis, articulo quarto parvo, quam

tertio vel quinto dimidio breviore. Cowe antice globose ; pro-

sternum inter coxas modice angustum; mesosteruum planum.

This new genus is closely allied to Ceres¢um, and still more

so to the Australian genus Bethelium, from which latter it

differs in the cylindrical (instead of cordate) thorax and less

hirsute antenne. The elytra are similarly coloured to the

Tropical-American genus Stenygra, and they are also distin-

guished by two oblique depressions on each, one near the

suture towards the base, and the other on the posterior part of

the disk. The legs are rather short and stout ; the femora of

all abruptly and strongly clavate. The intermediate tibie are

strongly bent outwards, as it appears, in both sexes. The

antenne in the ¢ are a little longer (in the ? a little shorter)

than the body.

Stenygrinum quadrinotatum, n. sp.

S. elongatum, convexum, sparse setosum, rufo-castaneum ; elytris

medio fusco-nigris, maculis duabus utrinque discoidalibus flavo-

testaceis, una paulo ante, altera apud medium; thorace juxta

apicem constricto, ante medium paululum dilatato, subcrebre haud

profunde punctulato, punctis majoribus rugulisque intermixtis,

linea dorsali levi; elytris punctis piliferis discretis, versus apicem

minutissimis. Long.5lin. 6 Q.

Tpongi ; three examples.

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 155

Gracilia pygmea, Fab.

Gracilia pygmea, Fab. Syst. El. ii. p. 339.

One example, Osaka; not distinguishable from the Eu- .

ropean species.

Obrium longicorne, n. sp.

O. brunneo paulo majus et latius, fulvo-testaceum, subtiliter dense

pubescens et longe setosum, haud nitidum; oculis (¢) max-

imis; antennis corpore duplo longioribus; thorace ut in O.

brunneo tuberculato, postice magis angustato, sparsim punc-

tulato ; elytris supra subplanis, crebre punctulatis. Long.

2z lm. ¢.

One example.

By the magnitude of its eyes this species approaches Sten-

homalus (White).

Stenhomalus cleroides, n. sp.

S. nigro-fuscum, pubescens, antennis pedibusque rufo-testaceis, fe-

moribus tibiisque medio infuscatis; thorace aureo-pubescente,

tubere laterali valido, basi constricto, supra sparsim punctato ;

elytris basin versus sparsim punctatis, pallido-testaceis macula

communi basali rhomboidea, altera subquadrata pone medium

antice obliqua, tertiaque parva transverse ante apicem nigro-fuscis.

Long. 33 lin. 9.

Two examples, Ipongi.

Differs from St. fenestratus (White) by the design on the

elytra. Their ground-colour is pale testaceous, with a large

spot at the base, touching the base on the scutellum, ending in

a point on the suture posteriorly, and leaving the shoulders

pale; a subtriangular spot follows this behind the middle,

narrowing to a point towards the suture. These two black

patches leave between them a very oblique V-shaped pale fascia.

The pale apical part has in the middle a faint dusky spot.

The abdomen of the ? has asimilar abnormal structure to that

of Obrium, the 2nd ventral segment having a long fringe of

hairs, and the 3rd to 5th being hidden in its posterior concavity.

Distenia japonica, n. sp.

D. magna, elongata, fusca, subtiliter pubescens, antennis pedibusque

subrufescentibus ; capite pone oculos tumido; thorace lato, crebre

punctulato, disco utrinque bituberculato; elytris apice angulo

suturali longe dentato, supra sparsim lineato-punctatis, dimidio

apicali levi; femoribus inermibus. Long. 11-l4lin. g Q.

Maiyasan, Hiogo ; many examples, found at night running

over fir trees. Cini

A typical Distenia, allied to D. undata, but differing from

156 Dr. J. E. Gray on Chinese Mud- Tortoises.

all the American species, even those with only one apical

spine to the elytra, by the spine (or sharp tooth) being a pro-

longation (a little divergent) of the sutural angle, and not

distant from it; from the spine the apex is gradually rounded

to the sides. The punctation of the elytra is scanty and in

lines. The thorax is rather wider than usual in the middle,

and the discoidal tubercles are very obtuse. ‘The head is

tumid behind the eyes, more distinctly so in the g than in

the ?. The scape of the antenne is roughly punctured.

There is no long pubescence on body or limbs.

[To be continued. |

XXII.—Notes on Chinese Mud- Tortoises (Trionychide), with

the Description of a new Species sent to the British Museum

by Mr, Swinhoe, and Observations on the Male Organ of this

Family. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

[Plate V.]

Mr. SwINHOE has most kindly sent to the British Museum

several specimens, preserved in spirits, of Mud-Tortoises from

the neighbourhood of Shanghai.

’ The collection contains :—a large specimen of the most

beautiful species of Mud-Tortoise which I have yet observed

from any country; and I believe it to be new to science ;

three specimens of a very plain olive Mud-Tortoise, which

are peculiar for having the crown of the head and nose covered

with a hard very thin skin, somewhat like the skin whick

covers the head of the Terrapins; and several specimens 0’

different ages, but all young, of Landemania perocellata,

showing the change of colour in the young animals of this

species as they increase in age.

This collection is also interesting as showing the form of

the male organ and the external sexual character of the males

of this group of Chelonians. The specimens having been killed

by being placed in spirit, the male organ has been exserted in

two of the specimens. It is expanded and fan-shaped, wit!

the urethral grooves on the lower side forked and ending in

conical claw-like terminations. In both specimens the tail is

short, tapering to a very fine point, and ending in a hard spine ;

while the tails of the other specimens are all without points,

soft, and rather blunt at the end. The armed tail is the cha-

racter that Leconte gives of the males of Ainosternon.

The Reptiles have been divided into :—those which have

a single male organ for intromission, as the Tortoises, the

Crocodiles, &c.; and those which have a pair of organs for the

Dr. J. E. Gray on Chinese Mud- Tortoises. 157

same purpose, as the Lizards and Snakes. In the ‘ Annals’

some time ago I showed that the two organs above referred to

were not for the purpose which they have generally been

considered to serve, but claspers or cramps, like those found in

Skates; only, instead of being exposed as in those fishes,

they are retractile under the skin of the body when not required

for holding the female. I am now able to show that Tortoises

or at least the Mud-Tortoises (‘Trionychide), are provided with

a well-developed organ for the intromission of the semen,

differing in outline in two allied species.

OSCARIA.

Skull broad. Nose short, not half the diameter of the orbit.

Palatal groove wide, deep, gradually narrowing from the back

edge of the internal alveolar process, and rounded in front.

Internal nostrils large, roundish, about half the length of the

internal alveolar margin, with a deep broad concavity in front.

The alveolar process of the lower jaw simple, concave in front,

with a slight indication of a longitudinal ridge on the outer

side of the middle of the front end, deeply concave and rather

widened on each side, with a slightly elevated end and much

more elevated outer edge. Tympanic cavity very deep, sub-

triangular, with a rounded front edge.

This genus is very like 7rionyx, but differs in the shape of

the palatal groove and in the form of the alveolar surface of

the lower jaw.

The genus Oscaria has the short broad face of Trionyz,

and the internal nostrils more anterior than in Jsola. ‘The

skull of Trionyx Levthii is very like the skull of sola pegu-

ensis; and perhaps this species ought to be referred to the

genus Isola, and called Isola Leithit. ‘These species, in the

form of the skull, the palatine, in the hinder position of the in-

ternal nostrils, and in the form of the alveolar surface of the

lower jaw, bear a considerable resemblance to the skull of

Aspilus.

1. Oscaria Swinhoet. Pl. V.

The body oblong, nearly flat, only slightly convex ; upper

surface smooth and polished, uniform dark olive-green, with

very numerous yellow spots, and a great number of minute

yellow circular dots between them, sometimes forming more or

less irregular circles round the larger spots. The dots on the

fore part of the back, and on the sides and hinder part of the

back, are the largest, sometimes confluent into short curved

lines, at others forming a ring enclosing a small olive dot.

158 Dr. J. E. Gray on Chinese Mud- Tortoises.

The middle of the front of the back covering the oblong

bony shield marked down its centre on each side with diver-

ging, more or less elongate, transverse lines. On the sides

of the broad central convex part of the back there are a

number of short parallel longitudinal lines, placed in clusters

between the diverging lines of elongated spots on the sides of

the middle of the back.

The head, neck, and upper part of the limbs blackish olive

above and yellow below, the underside of the hinder margin

of the disk and the sternum more or less varied with lead-

colour. The upper part of the head to the occiput with close,

very irregular-shaped yellow spots, which are somewhat alike

on each side, but can scarcely be called symmetrical. The

sides of the neck and chin yellow, with narrow olive reticula-

tions. The back of the neck and the upperside of the legs

and feet olive, with numerous small yellow dots, giving it a

mottled appearance. ‘Tail very short, conical.

Skull 2} inches long, and 2 inches wide, very like Trionyx

gangeticus in external appearance; but the palatal groove in

front of the internal nostrils is very wide, and gradually nar-

rowed and rounded in front ; indeed the internal edges of the

upper alveolar surface form continuous converging lines from

the back to the front of the broad concave palatal groove. The

alveolar surface of the lower jaw slightly concave in the front

half; the centre of the front with a very slight longitudinal

elevation, which is most visible on the outer edge; the sides

deeply concave, with a well marked inner and a more elevated

outer edge.

The palatal groove is very broad and short, as in Trionyx

gangeticus, but is wide behind and rather narrowed in front,

very unlike the narrow, deep, much longer groove of 7. Lezthit.

The alveolar surface of the lower jaw differs from that of 7.

gangeticus in being slightly concave in front without any pit on

each side of the keel in the centre of the hinder margin.

The specimen sent had the front and hind legs of the left

side tied together by a string passed through the web of the

feet, as if this were the way in which the Chinese fishermen

prevented the specimen from escaping after it was caught, as

it would cause the animal to constantly progress in a small

circle. This seems to be the common way of the fishermen ;

for I find the feet of several other specimens of Mud-Tortoise

so united. Length of dorsal disk 12 inches, width 10} inches.

This is the most beautiful species of Trionychide that has

yet occurred, and most distinct by its beautiful coloration ;

the lines on the back have some resemblance to Chinese

printing.

Dr. J. E. Gray on Chinese Mud- Tortoises. 159

2. Landemania perocellata.

Mr. Swinhoe has sent a series of five young specimens of

this species in spirit. They are all dark olive-green above, with

more or less distinct black spots on the dorsal disk; beneath

white, with a black triangle which reaches nearly across the

middle of the sternum, the front angle being continued in a

longitudinal line up to the ‘front margin of the sternum.

There is an oblong black spot on each side of the front por-

tion of the sternum, and a pair of large black spots nearly

united in the middle line of the hinder portion. The sides of

the dorsal disk, the front of the thighs, the front of the hind

legs, and each side of the hinder part of the thigh black.

These black marks are very distinct in one of the indivi-

duals ; in the other specimens they are more or less obliterated,

but what spots do remain show that the above is the normal

colouring. The upper part of the head is marked with peculiar

bridle-shaped black stripes; the underside is marked with

more or less symmetrical oblong white spots surrounded by a

black edge, which are sometimes more or less confluent ; and

those on the hinder part of the gullet are the largest. Those

on the sides of the throat sometimes form two lines converging

towards the centre of the throat, the first one commencing trom

the black streak from the middle of the back edge of the eye.

Mr. Swinhoe had previously sent eight specimens of this

species, of a rather larger size, the dorsal disk of the largest

one being 7 inches long. The backs of the dorsal disks of all

these specimens are black-spotted like the younger ones ; the

chin and throat dark, and spotted and varied with white. The

underside of the body is white—the smaller ones being varied,

like the smaller ones before described, with more or less dis-

tinct black marks.

Among the specimens of Landemania perocellata is a well-

developed one (about 5 inches long and 43 broad) that has

a contracted very convex dorsal shield, somewhat like a large

limpet. It agrees with the other young specimens of this

species by its having the narrow black bridle-like lines on the

sides of the face, and the white spots on the throat, exactly like

specimens of the usual form. ‘There are in the British Mu-

seum, from North America, two specimens of Platypeltis ferox

exhibiting the same malformation, which seems to be inci-

dental to the species of this family. The Shanghai specimen

is a male with the penis exserted, probably from its having

been killed by being put in spirit; but the form of the dorsal

disk is not a sexual character.

The penis is very peculiar in shape, being expanded and

160 Dr. J. E. Gray on Chinese Mud- Tortoises.

folded together longitudinally ; when it is spread out it is

nearly triangular, rather longer than broad, and marked

on the underside with a groove with raised edges, which is

simple at the base and forks off into two branches about two

thirds of its length, which fork again before they reach the

margin, the margin of the end of each groove being fur-

nished with two short, conical, curved, claw-like, fleshy ten-

tacles; and in the middle, at the end of the central fold, is a

broad half-ovate fleshy lobe, probably formed of two united

processes, which are dark-coloured like all the rest. ‘The end

of the short tail of this male is also produced into a sharp

conical claw-like point.

3. Landemania trrorata.

Head covered with a very thin skin. ‘Temples, sides of oc-

ciput, and lips marked with a number of small sinuous and

often anastomosing spots. Upper part of animal and margin

of the dorsal shield olive, with very numerous distinct white

dots, which are largest on the margin of the shield. Chin,

throat, and underpart of body white. The expanded hinder

part of the dorsal disk is only slightly tubercular, not so rough

as the same part of the disk of L. perocellata of the same size.

There are no bridle-like marks on the sides and top of the

head, as in L. perocellata, but only a slight indication of a

streak from the side of the nose to the front side of the eye.

The front odd bone of the dorsal disk is very long and band-

like, and united to the front edge of the first rib and vertebral

disk by a straight continuous suture. The back does not

show any indication of black spots, as in L. perocellata, nor

the neck any indication of the white spots so characteristic of

that species.

On reexamining the original specimen on which I esta-

blished Landemania trrorata (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 212

& 216, fig. 18; Suppl. Cat. Shield Rept. p. 96, fig. 31), I have

no doubt that it is of the same species as the specimens here de-

scribed, and that they establish the fact that it 1s a second species

of the genus Landemania, and not a half-dried specimen

of Landemania perocellata, as I have considered it in the

‘Hand-list Shield Rept.’ p. 81. The first-described specimen

shows the white marks much more distinctly than the two

specimens in spirit received from Mr. Swinhoe; and the

underside of the head and throat are marked with minute

brown spots not seen in the new specimens. The under jaw

of the half-dried specimen is figured in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873,

p. 53, fig. 6 a, showing that it is a true Landemania, and dis-

tinct from L. perocellata.

On the Deer of the West Coast of South America. 161

One of the specimens is a male with the penis exserted,

which is of quite different form from that of L. perocellata.

The penis is ovate, lobed and hooked on the edge, folded to-

gether, ending in a broad, oblong, triangular hard claw, with

a groove on its underside; the two sides of the expansion

are folded, but not exactly in half, so that the fold is on one

side of the terminal claw. There is a distinct groove at the

base, with raised edges, which fork off to each side a little

above the base, and which again fork off on each of its sides

just above their base ; and on the end of one side of each groove

are a couple of small, more or less hard, curved hooks. The

end of the tail is tapering, acute, and hard.

XXIUI.—On the Deer of the West Coast of South America,

with the Description of a new Species from Peru (Cervus

Whitelyi). By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Mr. Wnuirety, Junior, has sent to the British Museum from

the mountains of Peru the skull of an adult female, and the

skull of a young smaller deer from the valley of Cosnipata,

which, from its having rudimentary canine teeth, is perhaps

that of a male. The skins belonging to these skulls were

destroyed in the journey from the Indian country to Cuzco,

he having been caught in the rain.

These skulls, and the other skulls of deer from the west

coast of America, distinctly show that there are four deer,

besides the Pudu (Cervus chilensts), which inhabit the Cor-

dilleras from Patagonia to Peru, specimens of the skulls of

which are all in the British Museum—and most distinct from

each other, differmg in the general form, size, and depth of

the preorbital pit, and in the form and size of the intermaxillary

bone.

It is to be observed that the two skulls of the adult female

Xenelaphus in the Museum have well-developed, very slender,

rudimentary canines ; so that the existence of canines is not a

certain mark that the skulls belong to the male sex. Canine

teeth are observed in the two sexes of Xenelaphus, and in the

skull of Cervus Whitelyi; I see no indication of the canine

teeth in the skulls of the male or female Huamela leucotis or

in those of Furcifer antistensis in the British Museum.

The Peruvian Roebucks may be thus defined :—

1. Nenelaphus chilensis.

On recomparing the skull of the female from the Andes

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xu. Ll

162 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Deer of

with M. Gay’s figure of the skull of the animal on which he

established Cervus chilensis, [have confirmed my former opinion

expressed in the ‘Annals,’ 1873, xi. p. 309, and have very

little doubt that it was described from a very young specimen of

this species. The figure exhibits the triangular preorbital

pit peculiar to the species, though it does not appear so deep

as in our specimens ; and the conical prominences on the sides

of the forehead, which are found in the two skulls of this species

in the British Museum, are well represented. Both the adult

skulls have the hole on the side of the lower jaw in the centre

of the diastema; but in M. Gay’s figure of the young skull it

is much nearer the front end of the jaw. The skulls of the

males and females have small, slender canine teeth.

The very young animal figured by M. Gay is darker than

those brought by Mr. Whitely, and appears to be in its

summer coat. One of Mr. Whitely’s specimens, which appears

to be changing its fur, has some patches of hair of this dark

colour.

It is quite clear that, even if the horns of the male brought

home by Mr. Whitely are not of the normal form, they must

be quite different from those of the much larger Huamela leu-

cotis from Magellan’s Straits.

As M. Gay’s specimen was first described, I adopt his specific

name, and thus avoid the inconvenience that might result

should the horns I have described prove to be malformations

and not the usual horns of the species, although I lay myself

open to the objection of the purist that I use the name chilensis

for a Peruvian species.

Huamela leucotis trom Magellan’s Straits is at once known

from this species by its very much larger size: the animal

belongs to a larger type; and the horns are peculiar. The

skull of Huamela has the large, very deep, subtriangular

tearpit of Xenelaphus; the upper outer edge of the orbit

is thickened and produced behind into a conical prominence

on the side of the forehead, somewhat as in Xenelaphus, but

in a much greater degree ; and the intermaxillary bones are

broad behind, and reach up to the nasals. The skulls of the

males and females are destitute of canine teeth.

2. Hurcifer antisiensis.

The skull of the female, which has been received from Mr.

Whitely, is very like the skull in the British Museum received

from the Zoological Society’s museum under the name of

Cervus antisiensis, a species that is only known from a figure

of the animal by M. d’Orbigny, the skull of which has not been

described or figured.

the West Coast of South America. 163

The skull of this species differs from that of Xenelaphus

chilensis in having a small, shallow, triangular pit in front of

the orbit, and in the intermaxillary being narrowed above and

not reaching quite so high as the nasal bones.

The skull of the female has no prominence on the side of

the head behind the orbit, as in the two preceding species.

The skull of the male, from the Society, has only rudi-

mentary anomalous horns, that of the right side being forked,

and of the left simple; it is therefore impossible to compare

them with the figure of the horns given by D’Orbigny. ‘The

front of the upper jaw between the intermaxillary bones is

much larger in the male than in the female; the front edge

of the intermaxillary bone in the male is bifid, rugose on the

underside. The forehead between the eyes and horns in both

the male and female skulls is strongly keeled, the keel being

highest in the male.

The reception of this skull from Peru proves that Dr.

Philippi was wrong, and probably misled by believing that

there was only one species of deer on the Andes instead of

four, when he observed (in Wiegmann’s ‘Archiv,’ 1870) that

D’Orbigny’s Cervus antisiensis was the same as Gay’s Cervus

chilensis ; or at least this skull proves that there is another

species found in the Peruvian Andes distinct from Gay’s

Cervus chilensis.

Cervus ( ?) Whitely?, n. sp.

It is impossible to refer this skull from the valley of Cosni-

pata to any of the modern genera, as it is quite destitute of

any appearance of horns. It is the skull of a rather young

animal, with only five grinders on each side, which yet appear

to be fully formed, and is unlike the skull of any South-Ame-

rican deer in the Museum collection, the brain-cayity being

much larger and more ventricose compared with the compressed

face than in any other known skull; and it has rudimentary

canines, which are not to be observed in any species of Coassus

or smaller South-American deer.

The skull is 62 inches long, and 33 inches wide in the lower

edge of the middle of the orbital opening (which is the widest

part of the skull), and 33 inches from the end of the occiput to

the front of the oibit, and 33 inches from the front of the orbit

to the end of the intermaxillaries. There is a rather elongate

groove over each orbit, as in the skull of Coassus nemorivagus ;

but the brain-case of this skull is very much narrower, and has

a keel in the centre of the forehead, which is entirely absent in

the flat broad forehead of Cervus Whitelyi. There is a

moderately deep, concave, rounded pit for the tear-gland, and

[is

164 Royal Society :—

two perforations for the passage of vessels through the orbit,

just behind the lachrymal pit. The brain-case is oblong,

narrowed above, at the upper edge of the orbits. At the

lower edge of the orbits it is much expanded out, being the

widest part of the skull. The face, from the upper edge of

the orbits is gradually, and from the lower edge rapidly,

attenuated as far as the front end of the grinders. The nose,

from the front end of the grinders, slender, compressed, with

the front half of its length rather narrowed on the sides.

The nasal bones moderate, the middle of the hinder end being

broadly produced between the fore part of the frontals, which I

have not observed in any other deer. The intermaxillary

bones very slender in front, the hinder half becoming much

broader above, and attached to the sides of the front of the

nasals—more so than in any South-American deer that I have

yet observed.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

Feb. 6, 1873.—Sir George Biddell Airy, K.C.B., President, in the

Chair.

“On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide.”

By Dr. W. Kowaxevsky.

The paper laid before the Society is intended to fill a certain

deficiency in our knowledge of the extinct creation by giving a

complete osteology of a family of Paridigitate Ungulata, which, by

the completeness of its skeleton, unreduced number of digits, and

rich development in generic and specific forms, I deem to be of

great importance in our speculations on the pedigree of living Un-

gulata Paridigitata.

On theoretical grounds, as well as from the consideration of rudi-

mental parts im living Paridigitata, anatomists have always sup-

posed that fossil representatives of this family, which could be

regarded as the progenitors of the recent Paridigitata, would cer-

tainly exhibit a much less reduced skeleton and a more complete

number of digits than the recent genera do. Yet, strange to say,

such complete forms were not forthcoming; and if assumed on

the evidence of their teeth, very little was known about the structure

of their bony frame. My statement will sound like an exagger-

ation; but still it is true, that since the time of Cuvier, who

shortly noticed the tetradactyle Dichobune, and Blainville, who gave

a very imperfect description of Carnotheriwm, we have absolutely

On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 165

not a single paper in which the osteology of an extinct genus

of Paridigitata has been fully given*. ‘This may partly be the

reason that the pedigree of living genera has hitherto been so

obscure.

The Paridigitata of the Paris gypsum, described in a masterly

way by Cuvier (the Anoplothevium and Xiphodon), were clearly ex-

tremely reduced descendants of some earlier more complete forms ;

their feet presented, in fact, nearly the same degree of reduction

which we find in our recent Ruminantia, save the confluence in a

cannonbone. Seeing the reduced state of their skeleton, how could

they be taken as progenitors of the very rich family of Ruminants,

some of which have retained, even till our times, a tetradactyle

limb? However, so great was the want of some form from which

the living Ruminantia could be assumed to be derived, that nearly

all comparative anatomists and paleontologists who speculated on

these questions of descent, placed the Anoplotheriwm and Xiphodon

at the head of the series, as the fons et origo wherefrom all living

Ruminantia have descended.

The present paper is an attempt to introduce to paleontologists

a new form, which, though known by its dental system more than

twenty-five years ago, has remained totally unknown, so far as

its skeleton is concerned. This skeleton, by its completeness, has

proved to be a very interesting one, not only in a concrete way,

but as furnishing a clue to the understanding of the skeletons of

those forms which, though totally unknown, must have preceded

Anoplotherium and Xiphodon in time, and from which these two may

have descended.

Besides, the greater importance of the Hyopotamide in comparison

with Anoplotherium and Xiphodon lies in the fact, that, while these

two last were but poorly differentiated, presenting only two or three

distinct specific forms, the Hyopotamide, on the contrary, strike

us by the extreme diversity and richness of their specific and generic

forms. Beginning in the Middle or Lower Eocene of Mauremont,

they existed until the Lower Miocene period; and, judging by the

great number of species and genera, they must have filled in the

fauna of this period the same important place which the greatly

diversified Ruminantia fill in the fauna of our own times. Indeed

the differentiation of Hyopotamide may be said to be even greater,

in point of size, as they range from the Hyopotamus Reneviert, not

larger than a rabbit, to the great Anthracotheriuwm of Rochette,

which is as big as our Hippopotamus—all the intermediate stages

between these two extremes being represented by different genera,

subgenera, and spécies of the same family.

I hope that the rich development of this much neglected family

will arouse the attention of paleontologists, and that the skeletons

of the different members will be more thoroughly investigated. For

* No doubt we have excellent memoirs, like the works of Gaudry, Riitimeyer,

Fraas, and H. v. Meyer; but the Paridigitata described in all these do not

materially differ from those now living, at least so far as the skeleton is con-

cerned.

166 Royal Society :—

my own part, though fully convinced that many of the Eocene

Hyopotamide from Mauremont and Egerkingen present, even in

their teeth, characters enough to separate them into distinct

genera, I shall not do this, as the multiplication of fossil genera,

founded solely on dental characters, without adequate knowledge

ot the skeleton, is more an obstruction than a help to the progress

of paleeontology.

This refers to the Eocene Hyopotamide of Mauremont and Eger-

kingen ; for, having found that among the Eocene members of this

family there is one which has lost its lateral digits and acquired a

didactyle foot, very like an Anoplotherium, L was obliged to separate

this reduced form from its tetradactyle congeners under the name

of Diplopus (double foot), while the tetradactyle species of the

same family will form the genus Hyopotamus. ‘This diversity

among the representatives of the same family is very interesting ;

something of the same kind, however, is to be found in our own

times in the Hyomoschus, subsisting side by side with the more re-

duced ruminants, though this is not an entirely parallel case. More-

over, as we have in the Hyopotamide, so to say, father and son

existing together (the complete form together with the reduced),

and as, besides, this son bears a great likeness in the typical struc-

ture of his limbs to the Anoplotherium, we may infer that the fathers

of both reduced forms bore also a general likeness; and this gives

us a clue to the skeletons of the ancestors of the Anoplotheride,

which is still further strengthened by many other considerations,

of which I speak more fully in my paper.

Whilst trying to gain a more complete knowledge of the skeleton

of the extinct Paridigitata, I became convinced that we must make

some change in our zoological classification of the Ungulata in

order to admit the great quantity of genera which have no place

in the present system. After the breaking up of the Pachy-

dermata (a name that has long enough obstructed science and

really checked progress by holding together the most heterogeneous

assemblage of animal forms), all the Paridigitata came to be divided

into Suina and Ruminantia. This introduction of a physiological

function into a system based on the structure of the skeleton is

objectionable in the highest degree; besides, in this classification

there is no room for those fossil genera which are certainly not

Suina, and most probably did not ruminate. The greater the

number of such genera, the better their organization and history are

known, the more pressing the necessity to give them some adequate

place in our zoological system. As an instance that such a necessity

is keenly felt,we may cite Professor Leidy, who, in describing the

Oreodontide, Agriocheride, &c. of Nebraska, says that they were

“ruminating hogs ;” but in reality they were not hogs at all, and

most probably did not ruminate; what is, then, to be done with

them ?

The introduction of Professor Owen’s* strict division between

* Proposed before him by French anatomists, but never carried out completely

On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 167

Paridigitata and Imparidigitata was a great gain to science ; it radi-

cally separated two groups that previously were always hopelessly

mixed together ; but now the same principle must be carried further.

The separation of the two groups of Paridigitata and Imparidigitata

took place in very ancient time, not nearer than the Cretaceous

period; and the striking diversity exhibited by both groups from

the lowest Eocene is a proof of their ancient separation. But one

of the branches, the Paridigitata, in its turn, split very anciently

again into two distinct groups, one with tubercular, the other

with crescentic teeth. This occurred at nearest in the Lower Eocene,

perhaps even in the Cretaceous period. These groups, once sepa-

rated, kept entirely apart and followed different lines of descent,

although the modifications which both undergo along the descend-

ing lines are parallel and analogous even to the greatest details.

Following these two divergent lines of descent, both groups culmi-

nate in the recent fauna in such forms as the Phacocherus and

Dicotyles for one group, and the Bovide for the other. Links

Lower Cretaceous Ungulata.

ve \

‘

. . \

Paridigitata. Imparidigitata.

OF. ©.

Parid. with Parid, with

tuberc. teeth. crescentic teeth.

between them we discover none; and to discover their parentage,

we must pass along the ascending lines to the point at which

they diverge, as the linking genera, which doubtless existed at

the time of separation, are long ago extinct, and both groups are ~

now widely separated. I suggested this view, whilst studying

in the British Museum the remains of Hyopotamide, to Professor

Owen ; and he finds no objection to it. He aided me in finding for

the two groups convenient names ; and by his suggestion I should

call the Paridigitata with crescentic teeth Par. selenodonta, and

those with tubercular teeth Par. bunodonta.

To the first greup would belong all the ancient and living Pari-

digitata having crescentic teeth, as the Anoplotherium, Xiphedon,

Dichobune, Anthracotherium, Bothriodon, Hyopotamus, Rhagatherium,

and the living Ruminantia.

The second would embrace all the Suina, Hippopotamina, and

Entelodon.

Each one of these two groups may be again subdivided on the

principles adopted in this paper.

168 Royal Society :—

By such division, we shall gain the advantage of having the Pari-

digitata arranged into two distinct lines of descent; every new

discovered form will at once have its place along one of the lines,

and the true pedigree of both will be ascertained much sooner and

with greater accuracy. Whilst now making no such clear division,

paleontologists, in projecting their genealogical tables, mix both

groups together; and, according to the need of the moment, they —

place forms belonging to one line of descent in the other, and vice

versd. Thus, for instance, all the Hyopotamoids and Anthraco-

therium are constantly moved about from one line to the other *,

while their true place is along the line of Selenodont Paridigitata;

and they have nothing to do with the Bunodont Suina, although

groups quite parallel with them may be found on the descending

line of Bunodont Paridigitata. Such parallelism, however, does

not imply direct links along parallels drawn across both diverging

Divergence of Selenodont

and Bunodont Paridigitata.

g / %

Shi} \

iy, 2

/ \

o/ \%

xs / \et:

J / La

Dicotyles. Hyomoschus.

and descending lines; the links are to be found only by climbing

along the ascending lines to near the point of separation. For

instance, Dicotyles and Hyomoschus occupy analogous positions ;

but there is no link between them along the dotted parallel.

Links will be found only by going up to the point near their

separation. :

There are, no doubt, to be found around the points of divergence

many forms of which it is difficult to say whether their teeth

are tubercular or crescentic, so thick are the lobes; but once

this uncertain stage is passed, both groups keep unmistakably

distinct.

Having once become convinced that these two groups of crescent-

toothed and tubercular-toothed Paridigitata, after branching off

from a common progenitor in the early Eocene (perhaps the Creta-

ceous) period, followed diverging lines of descent, never mixing to-

gether, I tried to ascertain accurately, by such data as were fur-

* In fact described constantly as Suina, See Gervais, ‘ Paléontologie de

France.’

On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 169

nished by fossil remains and by lawful induction, what are the exact

modifications of the skeleton exhibited by each group along the

ascending and descending lines. As these modifications were most

clearly given by greater or less reduction of the manus and pes, I

subjected these to a detailed comparison.

In tracing the Paridigitata in time, we cannot mistake the ten-

dency clearly manifested by them to a gradual reduction of the

manus and pes in sucha way that each descendant is always some-

what more reduced than its immediate predecessor. ‘The limbs in

the Ungulata serving only for the support of the body, and not for

prehension, the organism seems to derive a great advantage from

their reduction and simplification.

By a comparative study of the least-reduced representatives on

both lines, I tried to ascertain the probable structure of the manus

and pes in the progenitor that has given rise to both groups, or to

the whole assemblage of Ungulata ; and this led me to construct

a typical manus and pes. On the correctness of this scheme we

may to a certain extent rely, as it is exhibited im nearly all its details

by the living Hippopotamus, the most complete form of the living,

and by the Hyopotamus and Anthracotherium, the most complete of

the extinct, Paridigitata. Though such typical foot may be supposed

to have been pentadactyle, still, as not a single living or fossil

form has ever shown a trace or a rudiment * of the first digit (still

less this first digit in a developed state), | thought it more con-

venient to adhere to facts, and give the foot as it is found in the

most complete types, the first digit being always lost, and its carpal

and tarsal bone helping to support the second digit. This fun-

damental typical structure of the manus and pes may be stated,

in a few words, to be as follows :—

Supposing the foot to be pentadactyle, the two outer digits (the

fourth and fifth) are always supported in the manus and pes by one

single bone—-the unciform in the manus, the cuboid in the pes ; the

three succeeding inner digits are supported each by a separate bone

—the third, second, and first cuneiform in the pes, and the os

magnum, trapezoideum, and trapezium in the manus. Besides, in

the manus, the third digit, bemg supported by the magnum, also

touches the unciform by a small ulnar projection, and the second,

supported by the trapezoides, goes to touch the os magnum; the

second digit of the pes is supported by the second cuneiform, and by

its fibular projection is connected with the third cuneiform. The

first digit is lost in all Ungulata, and its typical bone, the trapezium,

or first cuneiform, helps to support the second digit.

* Prof. Huxley noticed this absence of rudiments of the first digit in his An-

niversary Address of 1870 (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.). Such rudiments of the

first digit, described in many cases, have proved always, on examination, to have

been mistaken, the trapezium or the first cuneiform being taken as the rudiment

of the first digit.

170 Royal Society :—

Diagram of a Typical Foot in Ungulata Paridigitata.

Manus. Pes.

Cunei-

/ form 1.

Cunei-

Trape-

form 2.

( zium.

Trape-

° Cunei-

ovat Cuboid.

form 3. \

Os \

Unciform.

Beginning from this typical structure of the manus and pes,

which was probably exhibited by the progenitors of the Paridi-

gitata, we may follow its gradual reduction along both lines of

descent in the crescent-toothed (Selenodont) and tubercular-toothed

(Bunodont) Paridigitata. Both lmes present a series of parallel

modifications, and the parallelism is often carried to the minutest

details. The only difference is, that along the crescent-toothed

line (Selenodonta) the reduction is proceeding at a much quicker

rate than along the tubercular-toothed (Bunodonta). The reason of

this may consist perhaps in the commencing faculty of rumination

in the former group, which faculty gave it an immense advantage

over the latter. For the comparative anatomist this slow rate of

change in the Suina is exceedingly welcome, as it brings the medi-

fication of the Suilline foot to our own time, and allows us to dis-

cover all the intermediate stages of modification, which, being

passed over very rapidly, and in ancient periods, by the crescent-

toothed group, have left none or but few traces of their existence.

By the reduction of the foot in Paridigitata, I simply mean that

the function of locomotion which has been performed primitively

by all the four (or five) digits begins to be carried on chiefly by the

middle two, the lateral digits undergoing a gradual decrease. This,

as I have said before, seems to be of great advantage to the er-

ganism, and is manifested by all descending limes of Ungulata.

In trying to ascertain the exact method of this reduction and its

final results in recent and fossil genera, we come to yery interesting

facts that have not been duly noticed before, and which furnish us

with the explanation of the presence of so many very reduced forms

even in old Eocene and Miocene deposits. In both groups, the

crescent-toothed (Selenodonta) and the tubercular-toothed Paridi-

gitata (Bunodonta), we meet with a twofold mode of reduction of

the manus and pes—a simple or inadaptive, and an elaborate or

adaptive mode.

Following the first or inadaptive mode of reduction, the foot,

whilst losing its lateral digits, acquires no better adaptation to

altered conditions of locomotion and support of the body than

that which is derived from the mere thickening of the remaining

On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 171

digits. The relation between the carpal and tarsal bones and the

remaining two middle metacarpals and metatarsals remains just

the same as it was in the tetradactyle ancestor. The remaining

digits do not exhibit any modification by which they receive

more ample support from the carpal and tarsal bones, by taking

the place formerly occupied by the now reduced and lost lateral

digits. This mode of reduction I call enadaptive, or reduction in

which znheritance is stronger than modification. As an instance of

this inadaptive mode of reduction, I may point out the foot of Ano-

plotherium and Xuphodon. The annexed diagram clearly illustrates

Anoflotherium =

this mode of reduction. The fourth digit does not even take the

whole of the unciform, and a part of this bone is still occupied

by the useless rudiment of the fifth digit; the third has not ex-

tended over the whole os magnum; and the useless rudiment

of. the second digit occupies its typical place on the trapezoid,

172 Royal Society :—

touching the os magnum, and being additionally supported by the

trapezium.

Following the second or adaptive mode of reduction, the middle

digits grow larger and thicker than in the first mode ; but whilst

broadening transversally they do not adhere to the ancestral pat-

tern, but tend to gain a better support on all the bones of the carpus

and tarsus; they deviate from the ancestral type, push the lateral

digits (while these are yet completely developed) to the side, and

usurp their typical carpal and tarsal bones for their (the middle

digits’) own use, thus gaining a better and more complete support

for the body. ‘The lateral digits, deprived of their typical carpal

and tarsal bones, and taking henceforth no active part in locomotion,

tend to disappear; and every millimetre that is lost by the lateral

digits is immediately taken possession of by the enlarged middle

ones; so that even before the entire disappearance of the lateral

digits the two middle digits have usurped the whole of the distal

surface of the carpus and tarsus, the fourth digit has spread over

the whole unciform (manus) and cuboid (pes), and the third has.

taken possession of the trapezoid (manus) and second cuneiform

(pes). This once attained, the two middle digits, bemg pressed

from both sides by the carpal and tarsal bones, begin to coalesce,

forming the so-called cannon of the recent Ruminantia, or of the

hind foot of Dicotyles. This mode of reduction I call the adaptive, or

reduction in which such modification keeps pace with inheritance.

As an instance of this mode, I may cite the foot of Sus, Di-

cotyles, Hyomoschus, Ruminantia. Every anatomist will acknow-

ledge that this second mode of reduction is much more useful to

the organism than the first.

If we inquire further what are the genera which follow the

first or inadaptive mode of reduction, we find that all eatinct genera

of Paridigitata follow it, while all living * genera follow the second

or adaptive mode of reduction.

Early Eocene Paridigitata,

Tubercular-toothed Crescentic-toothed

Paridigitata. Paridigitata.

This being the state of the case, the questions arise, Did they

not become extinct because of their incapacity to adapt themselves

completely to altered circumstances ? and did not the others survive

because they adapted themselves more fully to these circum-

stances? I will try to consider both cases in reference to the living

and fossil Paridigitata.

* Or fossil forms which continue to live, or have left direet successors, as

Paleocherus and the Miocene Ruminantia from Auvergne.

On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 173

I said before that early in the Eocene period the group of Pari-

digitata split dichotomously into two secondary groups, one with

crescentic teeth, the other with tubercular; the first [ have called

the Selenodonta, the second Bunodonta (or Suina). Now each of

these secondary groups followed a twofold mode of descent, one of

which I term the inadaptive, and the other the adaptive, thus, finally,

giving rise to four distinct groups :—

(A. The group following the inadaptive re-

ductions develope enormously in Eocene and

Middle Miocene times: all have distinct me-

tacarpalia and metatarsalia, five-lobed upper

molars, smooth distal extremities of the me-

tapodials. Genera: Bothriodon, Dichobune,

Rhagatherium, Cainotherium. They reached

their highest development and culminated in

the didactyle Anoplotherium, Xiphodon, and

Paridigitata with

crescentic teeth

(Selenodonta).

Diplopus, which all became extinct without

direct successors.

B. The group following the adaptive re-

duction separated from the group A some-

where in the Middle Eocene, by some of the

small Hyopotamide acquiring four-lobed upper

molars, as met with at Mauremont, and be-

coming Dichodons. Intermediate stages little

known; the Gelacus is one of them. The

least-reduced living form is Hyomoschus. Cul-

| minating in recent times in the didactyle Bo-

| vide and Antilopide.

, A. Group following the inadaptive redue-

tion very little known. Acotherulum and an-

other larger hog-hke animal from the Middle

and Upper Eocene may belong to this group ;

they were certainly tetradactyle. Culminated

| in the lowest Miocene in the didactyle Ente-

lodon ; no successors.

hee : B. Group following the adaptive reduction,

OE ae eae | branched from the BioiiD A in the Eocene ; the

(Bunodonta or < most typical representative is the Cheerothe-

Shitta) rium from Sansans, with the phalangeal ridge

: not yet extending over the whole distal end of

the metapodium. Palwocherus : reduction has

\ fairly set m on the adaptive mode, the pha-

langeal ridge passing over the whole end of

metapodial. Sus still more reduced. Dico-

tyles: all the distal surface of the carpus and

tarsus taken by the enlarged middle digits.

| Tending to become didactyle.

We must briefly consider each of these groups.

The Paridigitata with crescentic teeth following the tnadaptive

174 Royal Society :-—

mode of reduction, and whose skeletons are known, are the Anoplo-

therium, Xiphodon, Anthracotheride, and Hyopotamide. Lit should

be asked why they followed this mode of reduction, the reason is

obvious. Admitting that an advantage is gained by the simplifica-

tion of the foot and the reduction of the number of digits, this mede

of reduction is the most simple course to be taken. We must ima-

gine the enlargement of the middle digits to be accompanied by a

broadening of their correspondent bones in the carpus and. tarsus ;

the trapezoideum and the second cuneiform were simply pushed

aside (not made use of) by the enlargement of the third digit, and

their reduction kept pace with the reduction of the second digit.

If we think how the process must have gone on “ in natura,” we

shall find that it required quite an unusual occurrence, some happy

chance, for the third digit to go over the separating line between the

magnum and trapezoideum, or the third and second cuneiform, and

get a footing on these last bones, which typically belonged to the

second digits. This was evidently the most advantageous mode ; but

it did not occur at once, and the organism has taken the more

simple and obvious inadaptive mode, which, once fairly set in, could

not be changed. This branch of the Paridigitata then, starting

from their tetra- (or penta-)dactyle progenitors in the Cretaceous or

earliest Eocene, arrived at the close of the Eocene (from which strata

alone we have Paridigitata whose skeletons are known) to the re-

duced didactyle forms, known as the Anoplotherium and Xiphodon.

That these last had tetradactyle ancestors is supposed, on theoretical

grounds, by the evolutionists ; besides, their rudimental second and

fifth digits pomt clearly to some form in which these rudiments

were completely developed and used for locomotion.

Whilst trying to ascertain the structure of the skeleton of an

extinct family (Hyopotamide) allied to the Anoplotheride, but which

was supposed to be chiefly Miocene, I found that the Miocene

genera could be regarded only as the last representatives of this

exceedingly numerous family, whose chief development fell in the

Eocene times, when it was represented by numerous subgeneric

and even generic forms. I was fortunate enough to find, in the

collection of M. Aymard, at Puy, a large assemblage of bones

belonging to the oldest Miocene representative of this family, the

Hyopotamus ; indeed so much, that I could completely restore the

limbs and nearly the whole skeleton. The limbs prove to be tetra-

dactyle, with well-developed lateral digits. The same family is so

richly developed in the Eocene, that we have a full right to suppose

that the older genera had even a more completely developed manus

and pes.

Tron Puy I came to London to complete my study, as teeth

which were not to be distinguished from the Hyopotamus of Puy

were known to be numerous in England; and whilst studying the

bones found in England, I was struck by the fact that some of these

belonged to a didactyle genus of the same family, which in England

proved to be associated with the tetradactyle genus. To this new

genus of the Hyopotamoid family I gave the name Diplopus. This

On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 175

was indeed a welcome discovery—ancestor and descendant existing

together, the complete with the reduced form living about the

same period*. Moreover the didactyle form bore a great general

likeness in the structure of the limbs to Anoplotherium and Xi-

phodon, being perhaps only a little more elaborate and better adapted

than these first experiments of the Eocene times.

The likeness of the descendants allowed me to make inferences

as to the likeness of the ancestors ; and, taking into consideration

the structure of the limbs in the tetradactyle Hyopotamus, and the

rudimental second and fifth digit still existing in Anoplotherium,

Xiphodon, and Hyopotamus, I feel confident that the supposed an-

cestor of the first two did really possess a manus and pes very like

the projected typical diagram ; indeed we may be nearly as con-

fident of this as if we had found the actual thing imbedded com-

plete in some early Eocene or even Cretaceous rock.

This, then, was the state of things in the earliest Eocene ; large

numbers of Paridigitata with tetradactyle feet like our Hyopo-

tamus, and the supposed progenitors of -Anoplotherium and Xi-

phodon, represented the group of Paridigitates with crescentic teeth

(Selenodonta). Reduction in the number of digits, being an ad-

vantage to the organism, was steadily going on. But, be it ob-

served, we follow now the inadaptive line of descent ; and while

the whole weight of the body was, by gradual steps, entirely trans-

ferred to the two middle digits, these thickened and grew larger,

but entered into no special adaptation by means of which they

should better perform the work which had fallen to their share ;

they did not enlarge so as to gain additional support from all bones

of the second row of the carpus and tarsus; the reduction was

inadaptive: inheritance is in them stronger than modification.

Seeing that old Paridigitata present only two free metacarpals

and metatarsals, and that recent Ruminantia have the same two

metacarpals and metatarsals coalesced into a single cannonbone,

evolutionists generally rush at the seemingly obvious conclusion

that once the tetradactyle foot reached the reduced state of two

digits, these coalesced together, and were transformed into the can-

nonbone of Ruminants. No such thing, however, happened ; nor

could it have happened with the old didactyle Paridigitata, as the

Anoplotherium, Xiphodon, and Diplopus; and the reason why it

could not is clearly indicated by the structure of their feet. We

have already shown that, following this inadaptive reduction, the

two middle digits, whilst growing larger, continue to occupy only

the inner half or more of the unciform and the greater part of the

os magnum ; so tha‘ from the outer as well as from the inner side

the carpal bones which support useless rudiments overhang the two

middle functional digits. In consequence of this, the distal surface

of the carpus was much broader than the proximal surface of the

two functional digits—an arrangement not calculated for firm equi-

* Such cases are numerous. In the Sewalik Hills the Azpparion is associated

with the horse.

176 Ltoyal Socvety :—

librium. Now the confluence of the two middle digits is always

followed by a considerable contraction ; and if this coalescence

should occur in the imperfectly adapted foot of Anoplotherium, and

especially Xiphodon, all equilibrium would be lost. If ever such

confluence occurred, by reason of the tendency to the greatest pos- —

sible reduction, the resulting form had not the least chance of being

propagated and of holding its ground against the competing genera.

The broadening of the middle digits could not occur after the entire

loss of the laterals ; and we shall see that, in genera which have left

immediate successors (Sus, Hyomoschus), the lateral digits are not

allowed to go until the middle ones have obtained a secure footing

on the entire distal surface of the carpus and tarsus. However,

these inadaptively reduced genera of the Eocene could perhaps have

lived till our own days ; but the development of the competing and

better adapted forms pressing them on all sides, they had no chance

to stand their ground against them, and became extinct without

any direct posterity, while the succession of the Paridigitata Sele-

nodonta was carried by a side branch, and reached its culminating

point in the Miocene, continuing from then to our own days.

We turn now to the same mode of inadaptive reduction as mani-

fested by the tubercular-toothed Paridigitata (Bunodonta), or Suma.

The old representatives of this group are very little known. The

Cheropotamus is a very doubtful genus, and may be inclining towards

the crescentic-toothed Paridigitata, bemg supposed to be the pro-

genitor of the Anthracotheride and Hyopotamide. Besides it we have

the Acotherulum saturninum, Ger., a truly tubercular-toothed Paridi-

gitate from the Upper Eocene, Acotherulum Campichii (Dichobune

Camp., Pictet) from the Lower Kocene of Mauremont, and a larger

pig-like animal from the same deposit not yet described or named.

These are undoubtedly the oldest tubercular-toothed Paridigitates

we know ; but unfortunately our knowledge is based only on dental

characters. However, considering that even the recent Suina have

not yet completely lost their two lateral digits, it may, with the

greatest probability, be inferred that these old Eocene forms were

tetradactyle. Our knowledge of the development of this group is

very incomplete ; but there can be no doubt that, though not nearly

so rich as the Selenodont group, they were still numerous, as may

be inferred from the great quantity of the Suina in the Miocene,

and such forms as the Listriodon splendens*. We are so accus-

tomed to look on the Suina as a group of tubercular-toothed tetra-

dactyle Paridigitata, that no one ever thought of the possibility of a

didactyle hog ; but, strange as it may seem, such a Suilline animal

existed ; stranger still, it existed in such an ancient period as the

close of the Eocene in the lowest strata of Ronzon at Puy. This is

the Entelodon, Aym. (Elotherium, Pom., Archeotherium, Leidy).

The Suilline characters are so striking in this form, that it was at

* T have not been so fortunate as to see any bones of the Listriodon; but

as this miocene hog died without any successors, ] should not be astonished if

it prove to be didactyle, thus being a parallel to Hyopotamus in the same

sense as Entelodon is parallel to Anoplotherium.

On the Osteology of the Wyopotamide. 177

once placed among the Suina, and pronounced tetradactyle, though

_ the confluent tibia and fibula (mentioned by Leidy) might have been

taken as a warning against rash conclusions. I have found in the

cabinet of M. Aymard, in Puy, some bones of this animal ; few,

it must be acknowledged, but still leaving no doubt as to the di-

dactylism of Entelodon. Of this I shall try to adduce more extensive

proofs in a forthcoming memoir on this genus. How can the pre-

sence of a hog with such reduced limbs be explained in such ancient

deposits, when even the living Swide have not yet reached this stage

of reduction? The fact, however, is intelligible when we consider

that the Entelodon is the final result of the inadaptive development

and reduction along the line of tubercular-toothed Paridigitata ; it

is the culmination point of this group, and in this sense quite parallel

to the Anoplotherium in the other group. Thus the Paridigitata,

which split dichotomously in the earliest Eocene (?) into two groups,

the tubercular-toothed (Bunodonta) and the erescent-toothed (Sele-

nodonta), following the inadaptive mode of reduction, reached their

culmination-point in the Upper Eocene or just above it, im such

forms as Entelodon for the first group, and Anoplotherium, Xiphodon,

Hyopotamus for the second group, which all became extinet with-

out any direct posterity. The living Suina and Ruminantia are not

directly connected with them, but are the issue of lateral branches

which followed the adaptive mode of development and reduction.

We may now consider the results of the adaptive mode of reduc-

tion. As I said before, the rate of this reduction is much slower

in the tubercular-toothed Paridigitata, or Suina; and this gives us

the means of following more closely all the stages of reduction.

I propose, therefore, in the first place, to consider these.

Though the published materials, as far as the skeleton is con-

cerned, are very poor, we have the means of giving nearly all the

intermediate stages between those genera in which the manus and

pes are conformable to the true tetradactyle type, every digit (except

the fourth and fifth, which are always borne by one) being carried

by a separate carpal and tarsal bone, and those in which the en-

tire distal surface of the carpus or tarsus is taken by the enlarged

two middle digits.

The adaptation of these two middle digits on the adaptive line

forms a striking contrast to their rigidity exhibited by the other

mode of reduction; and we shall briefly indicate the stages by

which the typical Suilline foot actually passed to reach the stage

exhibited now by Dicotyles. ;

We are at a total loss to indicate the precise time when the

adaptive branch separated from the inadaptive; it was certainly

somewhere in the lowest Miocene, as in the Middle Miocene we

find already a large quantity of Suine in which the adaptive re-

duction has fairly set in. As the first stage IT must consider a small

Suilline animal, though not the oldest, but perhaps a remnant of

the older type; this is the Cherotherium, Lart., from Sansans.

The primitiveness of this small pig is indicated by the fact that,

the carpal and tarsal bones retain their typical relation to the four

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 12

178 Royal Society :-—

metacarpals and metatarsals; the humerus is very Anoplotherium-

like; and the distal extremity of the metapodium is smooth an-

teriorly, the phalangeal articular ridge being limited only to the

palmar side, as in all ancient Paridigitata.

First Stage, Cherotherium, Lart. (Sansans).—The middle digits are

enlarged, but the laterals still retain their typical relation to the sup-

porting bones of the carpus and tarsus*. Distal end of humerus

Anoplotherium-like (ancient); the proximal end of the radius, in

correspondence with the humerus, is also Anoplotherium-like. The

distal end of metapodium is smooth, the phalangeal ridge being

limited to the palmar side.

Second Stage, Palwocherus (Allier).—The adaptive reduction of

the manus and pes has fairly set in, its first indication being that

the radial margin of the third digit (in the manus and pes) is raised

in such a way as to exclude the second digit from going to its

typical facet on the os magnum and third cuneiform, though leay-

ing it still in the full possession of the trapezoid and second cunei-

form. The phalangeal articular ridge is passing from the palmar

side round the distal extremity to the anterior face of the meta-

podium.

Third Stage, Suidw.—Adaptive reduction is proceeding further :

the middle digits are greatly enlarged ; and the third digits of the

manus and pes spread over one half the trapezoideum and nearly

the whole of the second cuneiform. The lateral digits touch the

ground only very slightly, and are not important for locomotion.

Fourth Stage, Dicotyles.—The middle digits are so enlarged and

adapted that the entire distal surface of the carpus and tarsus is

taken by them; the lateral digits have no distinct facets on the

distal surface of the carpus, and are merely hanging to the enlarged

middle digits. The fifth digit of the pes is lost, and the two meta-

tarsals are coalesced into a cannonbone; the metacarpals are also

so closely pressed together that their confluence is imminent. . The

complication of the stomach, which is divided into three chambers,

shows a beginning of rumination, slight traces of which are even

exhibited by the common hog; the premolars become complicated,

and begin to assume the shape of molars’, the first premolar is lost

(as in all Ruminants), the incisors reduced to four, the canines

are small.

Fifth Stage——The culminating point is not yet reached by the

tubercular-toothed Paridigitata following the adaptive mode of re-

duction ; but as it was reached by the same group on the inadaptive

mode (Lntelodon), and as the parallel group of crescent-toothed

Paridigitata, whose reduction is going at a quicker rate, has already

reached it, there can be no doubt that the Suina are tending also

* That is, the second digit is supported by the trapezoideum, and has besides

a facet on the os magnum, as in Hippopotamus, or in the typical tetradactyle

foot generally.

_ + Avery important circumstance, considering that we meet with the same fact

in other groups where the premolars assume the shape of molars, as in Paleo-

theride, horses, rhinoceros, &c.

On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 179

to the same culminating point. In reaching it the lateral digits

will be entirely lost, the trapezium will coalesce with the magnum,

and the second cuneiform with the third ; the middle metacarpals

and metatarsals will coalesce into a complete cannonbone; and

probably the stomach will become still more complicated, and they

will ruminate. That this state is the goal towards which the

Suina tend I have little doubt; but it is more than probable

that man by his influence will prevent them from ever reaching

it.

Our task is more difficult when we come to inquire into the line

of descent which has given rise to the Ruminantia. As stated

before, 1 cannot put the Anoplotherium, nor the Xiphodon, in their

pedigree. In my opinion, the line which ends in Ruminantia

branched off from the smal] tetradactyle Hyopotamida@, which were

- so numerous in the Eocene period. I find in the Eocene of Maure-

mont all stages of transition between the five-lobed upper molars

of these Hyopotamide and teeth having a true ruminant four-

lobed pattern; these last have belonged to some small species of

Dichodon. Unfortunately we have no clue to the skeleton, though,

seeing the tetradactyle living Hyomoschus, it may fairly be assumed

that these early progenitors of Ruminantia were also tetradactyle.

The small tetradactyle Cainotherium is a very tempting genus in

speculations about the descent of Ruminantia; but I must exclude

it for many reasons, though I cannot here give them in full. Some

of these are as follows :—the Cainotherium retained till the Middle

Miocene five-lobed teeth on the Dichobune pattern (with the three

lobes on the posterior half of the tooth), while we have truly ru-

minant teeth already in the Eocene ; it retained its upper incisors

and free metatarsals, while the much older Gelacus, Aym., which

is already a true ruminant, had no upper incisors and the meta-

podials were confluent in the adult. Cainotheriwm seems to be a

direct descendant of Dichobune, and to have become extinct, without

leaving any successors.

Supposing that the Dichodon had a foot true to the tetradactyle

type, we do not find the earliest stages of reduction; they were

passed rapidly, and in very ancient times: but there can be little

doubt that the Ruminantia began with a tetradactyle foot, and

ended by a cannonbone adapted to the whole distal surface of the

carpus and tarsus. Such adaptation of the two middle digits could

not be obtained at one leap; and certainly all stages between a

tetradactyle foot (in which every digit was supported by a separate

bone in the carpus and tarsus) and a didactyle foot (in which

the two enlarged middle digits have taken the whole distal surface

of all the carpal and tarsal bones) were passed by this group in

the same manner as we have seen it in the Suina; but only a few

traces of this passage remain. From the tetradactyle Dichodon,

the group of adaptive Selenodonts may be said to have split into

two subordinate groups. In one of these, represented by the

Hyomoschus, the lateral digits are retaied, and only the metatarsals

become confluent, while the two middle metacarpals continue to be

12*

180 Royal Society :—

free*. In the 7'ragulide the two middle digits coalesce, in both

fore and hind limbs, into a complete cannonbone, but the lateral

digits are still retained in their whole length as useless (nearly

filiform) appendages. The distal surface of the metapodium re-

mains smooth ; the rumination is incomplete.

In the other group, as the representative of which we may cite

the Gelacus, Aym., the lateral digits were soon lost, and the re-

maining two middle digits have taken the entire distal surface

of the carpus and tarsus; still they remain separate, perhaps

through life, in some of the Eocene G'elaci whose remains IL have

seen from the phosphatic limestone deposits in the south of France,

near Cahors, in a locality called Caylux. In this deposit the bones

of Gelacus are found, together with large Anoplotheria and Palco-

theria; and even the completely ossified and not epiphysed meta-

tarsals are found entirely free. In the lowest Miocene of Puy,

however, we find a Gr'elacus whose metacarpals and metatarsals are

free only in the young, and coalesce in the adult; but, even after

their coalescence, the distal end of the metapodium is smooth, and

the articular ridge is limited to the palmar side. In the somewhat

newer (about the upper part of the Lower Miocene) deposits of

Allier, in Auvergne, we meet at last with metatarsals and meta-

carpals entirely coalesced into a complete cannonbone, and the

articular ridge taking the whole distal extremity of the meta-

podium. Small rudiments of the lateral digits (second and fifth)

still remain as styliform appendages on both sides of the cannon-

bone, in the fore and hind limbs.

Such true ruminant forms are exceedingly numerous in the Mi-

ocene of Aller; they are all hornless, and some retain seven molars

in the lower jaw, as in all ancient Selenodonts. In most, how-

ever, of these newer Miocene forms the first premolar of the lower

jaw is lost, and they exhibit the same dental formula as the living

Ruminantia, from which they seem not to differ in any of the

essential characters. These true ruminant forms of the Lower

Miocene may be considered to have reached the culmination point

of their reduction, and we shall consider them as such. Thus the

Selenodont Paridigitata, after branching off from the common stock

in the Lower Eocene, reach the utmost stage of reduction on

the adaptive mode a little below the Middle Miocene; this we

consider to be the fifth stage, or the culmination.

The fifth stage, or the culmination point of the Paridigitata Sele-

nodonta, following the adaptive mode of reduction, means that the

reduction of the manus and pes was carried so far that it could

not'proceed further ; this point was attained already in the Lower

Miocene. When once the metapodium was reduced to one bone,

and this one had taken the whole distal surface of the carpus and

tarsus, any further reduction or improvement was quite impossible.

Besides, the completely developed faculty of rumination gave these

* These middle metacarpals and metatarsals are enlarged and adapted to the

whole distal surface of the carpus and tarsus.

On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 181

forms an enormous advantage over the other, non-ruminant, Pari-

digitata occurring in the same strata. They could live on such

matters as twigs, bark of trees, mosses, lichens, on which no other

Ungulata can subsist ; such food is found everywhere, requires no

cunning and very little struggle to get it. All essential modifications

were attained very early, and the chief of these are the confluence of

the two middle digits in a complete cannonbone and rumination.

Then began the luxury of all sorts of appendages—excrescences on

the frontal bones covered with skin, uncovered by skin in the form

ef prickly simple horns (Pudw), or double (Dicroceras of Sansan,

Muntjac), then branched and palmated. In other groups these

bony cores were covered with horny sheaths, which at first differed

but little from agglutinated hairs (Antilocapra americana), then

became more compact, as in the smooth and hard horny sheath

of the hollow-horned Ruminantia. These secondary characters were

all acquired, thanks to abundant time, after the essential characters

of the type had been assumed ; if man had come on earth a little

later than he did, he certainly would have found nearly parallel

cases in the group of Suina, monodactyle (with cannonbone) hogs

with different appendages. As it is, he stopped the course of

events; all further improvement is out of the question, or only

possible in such groups as the Rodentia, who prey on man’s food,

being at the same time independent of him.

It may be asked, How stands the matter in the Imparidigitate

Ungulata? And though I cannot enter fully into the case, I may

state that the same course of events is observable in them; only

there could be no tnadaptive reduction, as the body could not,

under any circumstances, be held in equilibrium upon one single

third digit, if this one had not taken the whole distal surface

of the carpus and tarsus. But the task in this group was much

more difficult ; to get one middle digit to perform the work shared

in the ancestors by five, and in the immediate progenitor by three,

required time. To accomplish this, two geological periods were

needed ; but still, by the incessant tendency to reduction, the work

was done, and the monodactyle horse spread over the surface of the

globe, superseding all other Imparidigitata, which are evidently

rapidly dying out. The only two genera which remain still, the

Rhinoceros and the Tapir, cannot last long. But this spreading

and multiplication of the Hgwide was also accompanied by a total

change of diet : from an omnivorous animal it became a grass-eater ;

and indeed, by its teeth and many other characters, the horse is very

analogous to the Ruminantia, beg, as they are, the culmination-

point of the group \of Imparidigitata. The reduction of the horse-

foot, however, is not fully accomplished yet; to attain this, the

styliform metatarsals and metacarpals (the second and fourth) have

to be lost.

182 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Further Additions to the Ichthyological Fauna of Zanzibar.

By Dr. A. GtnTHer.

In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for 1868, 1.

p. 457, I have mentioned several species of fishes previously not

known to exist on the coast of Zanzibar; and I have now the

pleasure of adding some others, contained in a collection brought

home by Bartle Frere, Esq., who accompanied his father, Sir Bartle

Frere, on his mission to Zanzibar, and who kindly allowed me to

select desiderata for the British Museum. The new additions to the

Zanzibar fauna are the following :—

1. Serranus seamaculatus.

2. Diagramma crassispinum.—This fish is new to the collection

of the British Museum. The specimen differs from the description

given by Riippell and Klunzinger in having rather irregular oblique

black bands on the body. It is nearly 8 inches long.

3. Diagramma reticulatum.—The Zanzibar specimen agrees very

well with the typical specimens (see Fish. i. p. 334); but I have

some doubt whether this species is not identical with D. feetela.

Riippell had ascribed twelve dorsal spines to this latter species; but

Klunzinger states that it has thirteen ; so that the number of dorsal

spines can no longer be considered a specific difference. This

species extends to Australia.

A. Seriolichthys bipinnulatus.—A. +1; | II.

5. Acanthurus lineatus.

6. Pseudoscarus strongylocephalus.

7. Carcharias Bleekeri—Previously known from a single specimen

from the Seychelles. ;

8. Galeocerdo tigrinus.

On the Skull of the Spectacled Bear of Peru and of the Helarctos

from Malacca and Java. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.RS., &e.

The British Museum has lately received from Mr. Whitely, jun.,

two skulls of different ages of the spectacled bear of Peru, which are

interesting as we have never before received any, and only knew it

from the figures of the skeleton and skull in Blainv. Ostéogr. t. iv.

and t. vili., which belonged to a specimen described when living by

Frédéric Cuvier.

The skull of this bear has been referred to the genus Helarctos, of

which the Malayan bear is the type.

The skull is very peculiar in the form of the large scar left by the

temporal muscle at the hinder part of the lower jaw, the scar only

occupying the end and the upper process, and being separated from

the rest of the jaw by a very large elevated plate occupying the

whole of the front edge of the muscle, thus giving a considerable

extent of attachment and consequent power to the latter.

The outer side of the lower jaw, just in front of this elevated plate,

is furnished with a large, oblong, subtriangular coneavity, about an

Miscellaneous. 183

inch in each direction, and so deep that it is only separated from the

inner surface of the jaw by a thin translucent layer of bone.

In the more perfect adult skull the upper jaw is furnished with three

nearly equal small false grinders, which are so compressed together

that the middle one is on the outside of the othertwo. The front one

is rather larger than the other two ; but they are very nearly equal

and have a slightly lobulated surface. The lower jaw has three

similar, but rather larger lobulated teeth placed rather further apart,

the two in front being the closest, and the front one rather the

largest, and very close on the back edge of the canine.

It is very clear that this bear should not be referred to Helarctos,

which ought to be thus characterized :—

1. Hetarcros, Horsfield ; Gray, Cat. Carniv. &e. p. 234.

False grinders 1.1 in the upper and 2.2 in the lower jaw:

the upper one small, at the base of the canine, between it and the

front edge of the flesh-tooth; the two lower ones smaller. Scar of

the temporal muscle subtriangular, occupying the greater part of the

end of the lower jaw, gradually shelving into the surface of the jaw.

Claws compressed, very much curved.

Helarctos malayanus, Gray, Cat. Carniv. p. 234.

There is no difference between the skulls of Ursus malayanus and

U. euryspilus.

As the skulls of the Malay bear in the Museum had lost their false

grinders, in the paper on bears in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological

Society’ I took the account of them from De Blainville’s figure of

Ursus ornatus, which had them all complete ; and therefore they do

not agree with the proper generic character of Helarctos of Horsfield.

2. NEARCTOS.

False grinders in upper jaw 3.3, crowded together between the

canine and the base of the flesh-tooth, forming an arched line, the

middle one being more outward: in the lower jaw 4. 4, conical,

slightly 3-lobed, in a straight continuous line ; the two middle equal,

small; the front larger, and the hindermost largest. The scar of

the temporal muscle oblong, deep, with a well-marked raised margin

on its front edge, separating it from a large deep concavity on

the hinder part of the outer surface of the jaw, which is only

separated from the inner surface by a thin translucent layer of bone.

Nearctos ornatus.

Helarctos ornatus, Gray, Cat. Carniv. p. 236,

Hab. Cordilleras\ ( Whitely).

De Blainville seems to have overlooked the peculiarity of the form

of the lower jaw in the young skull which he figured (t. viii.), although

it is represented in the figure, but not nearly so well defined as in the

adult specimens; and I was induced by his observations to refer this

bear to the genus Helarctos before I had the opportunity of observing

its skull. And he appears also to have overlooked the differences in

the numbers of the false grinders, although the artist figures them.

184 Miscellaneous.

On the Appearance of Danais Archippus in Australia.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

University of Melbourne,

19th May, 1873.

GuntLeMEN,—Referring to the notice I sent you last month of the

sudden appearance of the American butterfly, Danais Archippus, over

a north and south area of ten miles about Melbourne, and my having

the year before recognized it as an abundant visitor over the north-

east part of the continent of Australia, I beg to say that I have since

received specimens in a letter from Mr. Eastwood, showing that it ap-

peared in abundance for the first time within the same week at Bel-

fast, about two hundred miles west of Melbourne. I have now a

letter showing that it appeared about a week later in the north of the

island of Tasmania, to the south.

I have, &c.,

Frepertck M‘Coy.

On the Habits of unequal Bivalve Shells.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

Burton-on-Trent, July 3, 1873.

GrnxtLemEeN,—Dr. Gray asks for information as to the habits of

unequal bivalve shells.

In May last I found many specimens of Pandora inequivalvis, L.,

in St. Aubin’s Bay, Jersey. They were exposed at very low water,

and were lying in furrows of sand which were filled with water.

They lay indifferently on either valve, and were quite destitute of

byssus or any marks of attachment. The animals were all alive and

apparently healthy.

Putte B. Mason, M.R.C.S., F.L.S.

On the Skeleton of Kogia Macleayii.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

The British Museum has received two skeletons of this interesting

whale from Australia, of different ages. The skeletons have not

been mounted yet; but the larger is about 9 feet long. The larger

skull is about 16 inches, and the smaller one 134 inches long.

The two skulls are very similar; but the opening between the

upper surface of the intermaxillary bones is much wider in one than

in the other. The comparison of these two skulls with the very

young one figured as Physeter simus by Prof. Owen (Trans. Zool.

Soc. vi. t. 12, 13, 14), obtained by Mr. Elliot on the coast of India,

shows that they are only different ages of the same species. The

young one chiefly differs in the sides.of the frontal cavity being more

convex and swollen, becoming sharper in the older specimens.

The vomer is much more exposed below in the two young skulls

than in the more adult one, where it becomes partly covered by the

under inner edge of the intermaxillaries. The large ridge just over

the very large left blower is much higher and more convex.in the older

specimens than in the middle-aged and young. ‘

Miscellaneous. 185

There is a good deal of difference in the shape and form of the

blade bone, probably dependent on age. The blade bone of the

smaller specimen is subtriangular, being about one 10th part

wider than it is high from the front of the condyle to the upper edge ;

the acromion and coracoid processes are directed forwards, and

only slightly bent outwards; the acromion is much broader, and

rounded at the end. In the larger specimen the blade bone is

much wider than high; that is to say, it is more than once and a

half as wide as high ; the coracoid and acromion processes are

much elongated and strongly bent upwards. This difference may

be sexual; for the young bone does not appear to be like a portion

only of the larger one: and if there is a change of form, the whole

bone changes as it grows; that is to say, the angular prominence

on the front edge is lower down the front margin in the larger one.

In all these specimens the bones of the face are shorter than the

distance from their edge to the crest round the nostrils; and in

this respect it differs from De Blainville’s figure of Physeter breviceps,

which is said to have come from the Cape of Good Hope; but I

have never had the opportunity of examining the skull, and there-

fore cannot vouch for the correctness of the figure.

A partial Comparison of the Conchology of Portions of the Atlantic

and Pacific Coasts of North America. By Roserr EK. C. Stearns.

A striking feature in the conchological fauna of that part of the

Pacific coast included in the Californian-and-Vancouver zoological

province, when compared with the molluscan fauna of the Atlantic

coast from the arctic seas to Georgia, is the preponderance in the

former of those forms of mollusean life which are embraced in 1 the

order of Seutibranchiata*.

The Scutibranchiate Gasteropods, or shield-gilled crawlers, com-

prise a great number of mollusks, all of which are marine, and which

inhabit the sea-shore, principally the littoral and laminarian zones,

subsisting on marine vegetation ; thus we find the beautiful group of

Calliostoma upon the larger alge, as well asthe unique T’rochiscus (T.

Sowerbyi), and Chlorostoma crawling over the sedimentary rocks,

upon which grows the green Cladophora or some allied vegetable

form upon which it feeds, and which also is the favourite food of

several species of limpets.

The order of Scutibranchiata, according to Messrs. Adams, in-

cludes :—the family of Neritide (none of which are found in the

alifornian and Oregonian province, though they begin to appear on

the coast of Lower California) ; the Trochide, which is largely re-

presented by the follewing genera—Hutr opia one species, Leptothyra

three species, Pachypoma and Pomaulaw one species each, Liotia one

(perhaps two) species, Z'halotia and Trochiscus one species each,

Calliostoma, Chlorostoma, Omphalius, Margarita, and Gibbula, each

by several species ; the family of Haliotide, which is represented by

several species, all of large size, widely distributed and exceedingly

numerous in individuals—Fissurella, including Lucapina, Glyphis,

* Vide Adams, ‘ Genera of Recent Mollusca,’ vol. i. p. 876.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xi. 13

186 Miscellaneous.

and Clypidella, also Puncturella and Emarginula ; Dentaliade by

two or more species; Tecturide by several species of Acmea, also

by Scurra, Gadinia by one and Nacella by six or more species ;

Chitonide by numerous species and great numbers of individuals.

It may be that some of the groups included by the Messrs. Adams

in the order referred to, as our knowledge increases, will require to

be separated or removed; but so far as the purposes of comparison

as made herein are concerned, the result will not be materially

impaired.

The total number of marine molluscan species and well-marked

varieties within the Californian and Oregonian province, so far as

known and determined, is not far from 630, of which about 200 are

Bivalves; and of the remaining 430, 123 are included within the

Scutibranchs ; of this latter number about 40 belong to the Chitonide,

and the same number to the Trochide.

Of the 247 marine gasteropods enumerated by the late Dr. Stimp-

son, in the Smithsonian-Institution Check-list, as found from the

arctic seas to Georgia, 32 only, or less than one eighth, come within

the order mentioned ; of this comparatively small number, seven are

Chitons and fourteen belong to the T’rochide, while Haliotis* is with-

out a representative: the Zvrochidw within this province are not

characterized by such marked or unique characters as distinguish their

relatives on the west coast.

Some revision may be required hereafter in the number of Scuti-

branchiate species credited to the west-coast province, as forms now

catalogued as distinct may, in some instances, be united; but, on the

other hand, it is not unlikely that new forms undoubtedly distinct

will be detected when the coast is more thoroughly explored.— Pro-

ceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, October 7, 1872.

The Megalops Stage of Ocypoda. By 8. I. Surrs.

The Monolepis inermis, long ago described by Sayt, and partially

figured by Danat, is undoubtedly a stage in the development of Ocy-

poda arenaria. The large size and peculiar structure of this megalops

render it one of the most interesting forms of the group of larve to

which it belongs. It is closely allied to the Monolepis orientalis, Dana,

from the Sooloo Sea, figured in detail on plate 31 of the Crustacea of

the Wilkes’s Exploring Expedition. The carapax is very convex

above and narrowed toward the front. The front is deflexed and

the extremity tricuspidate, the median tooth being long and narrowly

triangular, while the lateral teeth are small and obtuse. The sides

are high and impressed, so as to receive the three anterior pairs of

ambulatory legs. The third pair of ambulatory legs are closely ap-

pressed along the upper edge of the carapax, and extend forward

over the eyes, the dactyli being curved down over the eyes and along

each side of the front. The posterior legs are small and weak, and

* A solitary specimen of Haliotis, of small size, was obtained through

dredging in the Gulf-stream, four or five years ago, by Count L. F. Pour-

tales, of the U. S. Coast Survey, but south of Georgia.

¢ Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1817, vol. i. p. 157.

{ Crustacea of Wilkes’s Expl. Exped. pl. 31. fig. 6.

Miscellaneous. 187

each is folded up and lies in a groove on the latero-posterior surface

of the carapax. The external maxillipeds have almost exactly the

same structure as in the adult Ocypoda; and, as in the adult Ocy-

poda, there is a tuft of peculiar hairs between the bases of the second

and third ambulatory legs. This megalops is common upon the coast

of the Southern States; it has been found at Block Island ; and [ have

myself collected it, late in August, at Fire-Island Beach, Long

Island. In the largest specimen from the last locality the carapax is

9-4 millims. long and 5°6 broad.

A large number of young specimens of the Ocypoda, collected at

Fire-Island Beach, indicate plainly that they had only recently

changed from this megalops. Some of the smallest of these specimens,

in which the carapax is 5-6—6-0 millims. long and 6-1—6-5 broad,

differ from the adult so much that they might very easily be mistaken

for a different species. The carapax is very slightly broader than

long, and very convex above. The front is broad, not narrowed be-

tween the bases of the ocular peduncles, and triangular at the extre-

mity. The margin of the orbit is not transverse, but inclines obliquely

backward. The ambulatory legs are nearly naked ; and those of the

posterior pair are proportionally much smaller than in the adult.

The adult Ocypoda is terrestrial in its habits, living in deep holes

above high-water mark on sandy beaches; but the young in the zoéa

state are undoubtedly deposited in the water, where they lead a free-

swimming existence like true pelagic animals, until they become full-

grown in the megalops state. Say mentions that his specimens were

found cast upon the beach by the refluent tide and “appeared desi-

rous to protect themselves by burrowing in the sand, in order to

wait the return of the tide;” but they were more likely awaiting the

final change to the terrestrial state. The tufts of peculiar hairs be-

tween the bases of the second and third ambulatory legs, and in the

adult connected with the respiration, are present in the full-grown

megalops, and are undoubtedly provided to fit the animal for its ter-

restrial existence as soon as itis thrown upon the shore. The young

in the megalops stage occur on the shore of Long Island in August,

and perhaps earlier. At Fire-Island Beach, in 1870, no specimens

of Ocypoda were discovered till the last of August; and those first

found were the smallest ones obtained ; by the middle of September,

however, they were common on the outer beach, and many of them

were twice as large as those first obtained. Although careful search

was made along the beach for several miles, not a specimen of the

adult or half-grown crab could be found, Every individual there

had evidently landed and developed during the season. Probably all

those living the year before had perished during the winter; and it is

possible that this species never survives long enough to attain its full

growth so far north.— Amer. Journ. of Science and Arts, July 1873.

The Torpedo or Electrical Ray.

A specimen of this remarkable and somewhat rare fish was brought

up in the trawl yesterday off Portland. It was about 40 inches in

length.

Weymouth, July 10, 1873. R. Damon.

188 Miscellaneous.

On a Salamander (Sieboldia) from Shanghai.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Mr. Swinhoe has sent to the British Museum a skin, including the

bones of the head and feet, of an animal of this genus from Shanghai.

It is about 27 inches long. I do not see any character by which it

differs from the Steboldia from Japan, and am inclined to regard it

as a specimen of that species. I have compared the head with the

skull on the skeleton of the latter animal, but do not find any differ-

ence, except that the Japanese specimen in the Museum is older than

the one which Mr. Swinhoe has sent from Shanghai.

M. Blanchard, in the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ 1871, lxxiii. p. 79, describes

a new species of this genus under the name of Sieboldia Davidiana,

from Western China, which is noticed in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1871, viii. p. 212. M. Blanchard, though he gives it a name, gives

no distinctive characters between it and the Japanese species.

The Ribbon Seal of Alaska. By T. Gitt.

This species of seal (Phoca fasciata, Shaw, or P. equestris, Pallas)

is found in the waters of Northern Alaska, and is, so far as known,

only represented well in the museum of St. Petersburg. In the

Smithsonian collection there are two skins, obtained by Dr. Dall

from Cape Romanzoff, but no skull or other parts of the skeleton.

The species is remarkable for colour as well as for structural pecu-

liarities. The male is at once recognizable by the colour: this may

be said to be a chocolate-brown, except (1) a band of whitish yellow

bent forwards towards the crown around the neck, (2) an oval ring

of the same colour on each side, encircling the fore feet, and passing

in front just before them, and (3) another band, also bent forwards

above, behind the middle of the trunk. There is considerable varia-

tion in the extent of these bands; and sometimes the peribrachial

rings are more or less confluent with the posterior band. The

females are simply whitish yellow, or have very indistinct traces of.

the postmedian band ( fide Von Schrenck).

The structural (and especially dental) characters of this species,

according to Von Schrenck, indicate a generic distinction from all

the familiar forms of the subfamily Phocine. The moiars (except

the first) are two-rooted, as in the typical Phocine—but in external

form are simply conic or have rudimentary cusps, thus resembling

Halicherus. ‘The genus may be named Histriophoca.

The special object of this communication is to call the attention

of travellers in Alaska to the species; and skeletons (especially

skulls) and skins are earnestly asked for. The species has been

found also in Kamtschatka, and at the mouth of the Kamtschatka

river in March and April, arriving there later than the other seals

named.

One of the skins in the Smithsonian collection has been peeled off

from the animal almost entire, and by a cross slit below and between

the fore feet, and, being tied in front, has evidently been used as a

bag.— American Naturalist, vol. vil., March 1873.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. ]

No. 69. SEPTEMBER 1873.

XXIV.—On a new Species of Synocladia from the Carboni-

ferous Limestone Series of Midlothian. By R. Eruertpar,

Jun., F.G.8.

[Plate X.]

ONLY one species of Synocladia is at present recorded, so far as

I am able to ascertain, from rocks of Upper Paleozoic age in

Great Britain—the S. virgulacea, Phillips, from the Magnesian

Limestone of Tunstall Hill and other localities in the north of

England. A bed of bluish-grey shale was lately discovered

overlying the Gilmerton Limestone (Lower Carboniferous

Limestone series) at Gilmerton, near Edinburgh, by Mr. J.

Bennie, crammed with the remains of Fenestelle and other

Polyzoa. Amongst a number of such fragments I was much

interested with certain pieces evidently not referable to that

genus, but clearly allied to Synocladia.

The specimens present the same habit as the Permian genus,

but differ from the latter in the arrangement of the cell-

apertures on the celluliferous or obverse face. ‘This arrange-

- ment departs considerably from the hitherto recognized Syno-

cladia type, in many points approaching that seen in Fenestella,

yet distinct from it. Were it not that the other characters

displayed in the habit of the carboniferous form so closely

resemble those seen in Synocladia, I should feel considerable

diffidence in referring my specimens to that genus. If it,

t. é. the carboniferous form, is not a new species of Synocladia,

then a new genus must be created for its reception—allied

to Synocladia, yet differing from it.

As in the typical species, S. virgulacea, the frond is com-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 14

190 Mr. R. Etheridge on a new

posed of numerous rib-like stems, rising from a common root

and frequently bifureating. The branches are short and

simple, and spring at an ascending angle from one stem to

meet those of the opposite stem, and thus form the peculiar

arch-like dissepiments so characteristic of the genus; these

are sometimes modified into stems. ‘The form of the dissepi-

ments is regulated by the proximity to or remoteness from

one another of the stems or interstices: when far apart the

usual arch-like character is preserved ; but when brought close

together, the normal form is lost, and the dissepiments become

irregular connecting bars, passing from rib to rib, either hori-

zontally or at a more or less acute angle.

So far the resemblance between the Carboniferous and Per-

mian forms is complete; but, as before stated, a considerable

difference is noticeable in the detailed arrangement of the

cells on the celluliferous face, although the general plan is

the same. In S. virgulacea the cell-apertures on the stems

are arranged in from three to five furrows, separated by sharp

or angular ridges or keels, on which may be seen small, open,

node-like elevations (‘‘ gemmuliferous vesicles,” King) ; the

cell-apertures on the branches are restricted to two rows, with

a dividing ridge between them, the cellules set alternately.

In the Carboniferous species, on the other hand, there is only

one dividing ridge or keel on each stem, separating two rows

of cell-mouths, and that not angular, but somewhat round,

with the open node-or pore-like elevations arranged in the same

manner as in S, virgulacea. Furthermore, scattered in a

most irregular manner amongst the cell-apertures proper are

a number of supplementary openings, without any attempt at

arrangement ; sometimes one may be seen between two of the

cell-apertures proper, more commonly at the side of a primary

opening, or occasionally as many as three have been observed

clustered close together; this usually takes place at the base or

setting-off of one of the branches, upon which they are also to

be found. The disposition of the cells on the branches is

similar to that seen in S. virgulacea, with this one exception ;

viz. the ‘ eemmuliferous vesicles’ (?) are continuous from

the keel of the stems on to that of the branches. This I can-

not ascertain to be the case in the Permian form.

From the foregoing remarks it is evident that ‘our Carbo-

niferous Polyzoon, whether it is a Synocladia or not, differs

from that genus, as defined by King, as follows :—

Ist. Obverse of the main stem supplied with two rows of

cells only, separated by a rounded keel.

2nd. Reverse provided with irregularly scattered supple-

mentary cell-apertures.

Species of Synocladia. 191

3rd. Keel of the branches supplied with node-like pores,

the “ gemmuliferous vesicles ’’(?) of King.

The points of difference expressed in the first paragraph do

not to my mind present an insurmountable difficulty to the

admittance of the Carboniferous specimens into the genus

Synocladia. I feel the greater confidence in so placing them,

because Prof. King in his generic diagnosis does not lay par-

ticular stress on the number of rows of cellules, but simply

says “distributed in longitudinal series,” whereas it is only

in the specific diagnosis we find it stated that the cellules are

“in from three to five furrows.’’*

The second and third points of difference are those only,

which make me doubt the propriety of referring these peculiar

Polyzoa to Synocladia, viz. the possession of the supplemen-

tary irregularly scattered cell-apertures (if that is their true

nature) and the occurrence of the gemmuliferous vesicles on

the keels of the branches as well as on the stems.

The reverse or non-celluliferous face of S. virgulacea is

represented by Prof. King as smooth ; but in the Carboniferous

specimens it 1s seen to be delicately and regularly striate, with

(scattered over the surface of both stems and branches) small,

round, open, pore-like apertures. The question arises, are

these the bases of the “ root-like processes ’’ on the underside

of the fronds mentioned by Prof. King as seen in the Permian

specimens ? or, if not, what are they? If the former, then

the processes must have been broken off in the course of

fossilization. They occupy exactly the position of the root-

processes as shown in the ‘ Permian Fossils’ f.

I propose to describe this form provisionally as a new spe-

cies of Synocladia, under the specific name of

Synocladia carbonaria, sp. nov.

Polyzoarium a flattened plumose expansion, springing from

a small root of attachment.

Interstices or stems rib-like, frequently bifurcating, much

stouter and stronger than the branches; obverse celluliferous,

with a median rounded keel; reverse rounded and striated.

Dissepiments or branches short and simple, opposite branches

given off at an oblique angle from their respective stems, which

meeting, give rise to arched interspacesyor fenestrules ; obverse

celluliferous ; reverse rounded au striate ; sometimes modified

into stems.

Dividing ridges or keels on both stems and branches se-

* Permian Fossils, pp. 58 & 39.

+ Plate iv. figs. 7 & 8.

14*

192 On a new Species of Synocladia.

parating the two rows of cell-apertures; those on the stems

rounded, those on the branches slightly angular; both bear

the wart-like bodies termed by King “ gemmuliferous

vesicles ”’ (?).

Fenestrules, when the stems and branches assume their

normal condition, are arch-shaped, otherwise irregular; mar-

eins not indented by cells.

Cell-apertures arranged in two subalternating rows, both on

the stems and branches, separated by the median keel; with

prominent margins.

Supplementary cell-apertures scattered irregularly amongst

.the primary cell-apertures, either singly or in twos and

threes.

Gemmuliferous vesicles (2) open node-like protuberances

placed on the keels of both stems and branches, alternating

with the cell-apertures.

Reverse or non-celluliferous face regularly and finely striate,

or rather granulo-striate ; scattered at random over the sur-

face are open wart-like projections, which may be the broken

bases of the “ root-like processes ” of King.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Synocladia carbonaria, nat. size. The dotted lines show the

extent of the specimen and direction of the stems and branches.

Fig. 2. Portion of a specimen, showing the celluliferous face : (a) the cell-

apertures, and indistinctly the keel (d).

Fig. 3. Portion of another specimen, showing the celluliferous face, on

which are seen :—a, cell-apertures; 6, gemmuliferous vesicles ;

ec, smaller cellule apertures; d, median keel; e, the same on the

branches; f, gemmuliferous vesicles (?) on the keels of the

branches.

Figs. 4 & 5, Reverse or non-celluliferous face, showing the arch-like

dissepiments and the bases of the root-like appendages (?).

Figs. 2 to 5 are all very considerably enlarged.

Note. Since writing the above I have submitted the facts mentioned

in the foregoing remarks to Prof. King, who considers this to be a

species of Synocladia. The late Dr. Prout described, in the ‘ Trans-

actions of the Academy of St. Louis,’ a form very similar to the

above under the name of Septopora cestriensis (vol. i. p. 448, pl.

xviii. fig. 2). Dr. Prout established the genus Septopora on cha-

racters which cannot begdistinguished from those of Synocladia,

King, with this exception, that the cell-apertures on the interstices

are in from one to four rows; whereas, so far as I can ascertain

from Prof. King’s description and figures of Synocladia, there never

appear to be more than two rows in the latter genus. This could

scarcely be construed into a generic difference, but may be regarded

as specific only. In framing the genus Septopora it is strange that so

La 4

On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 193

acute an observer as Dr. Prout should have overlooked the characters

of Prof. King’s genus Synocladia. Our Scotch form and S. ces-

triensis, Prout, agree very closely, so far as I can judge from descrip-

tions and figures, and. appear to differ only in a much greater irregu-

larity of branching in the case of S. carbonaria, and also in its having,

as in Synocladia, the cell-apertures arranged in two rows on the in-

terstices. Dr. Prout’s figure does not give a good idea of this peculiar

polyzoon; but Ihave been favoured by Prof. King with extracts and

photographs from a letter to himself from Mr. F. B. Meek, of Springs

field, Ulinois, regarding the question of Septopora and Synocladia.

These photographs show that the American specimens are in a much

better state of preservation than the Scotch; and although the

points of difference between the two are slight, I think they are of

sufficient importance to warrant a specific separation; however,

should Mr. Meek have previously elsewhere described any form

nearer S. carbonaria than Septopora cestriensis, my designation can

give place to his; in the mean time I retain for the Scotch fossil

the name of S. carbonaria. Mr. Meek states that fuller descriptions

and figures will be given in the forthcoming fifth volume of the

‘ Geological Survey of Ilinois.’

Edinburgh, August 11, 1873.

XXV.—On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan.

By H. W. Barss, F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 156. ]

Fam. Cerambycide.

Section B. Hyes finely faceted. Habits diwrnal.

Toxotus ceruleipennis, n. sp.

7. clongatus, subparallelus ( ¢ ), niger, thoracis margine antico vit-

taque laterali, et annulo basali femorum anticorum ilayo-testaceis ;

elytris saturate ceruleis, planis, confertim ruguloso-punctatis, in-

terstitiisque subtilissime coriaceis, apice truncatis, angulo suturali

dentato, exteriore late rotundato. Long.9 lin. ¢.

Japan ? (Fortune). Possibly from North China, as Mr.

Fortune’s collections from the two countries were mixed to-

gether when I saw them.

Elytra more elongate than in the same sex of 7. meridianus,

and of quite different shape, being broad and rectangular at

the base, then slightly narrowmg to beyond the middle, and

widening again before the apex; the whole surface roughly,

but not very coarsely, sculptured. The thorax is much more

strongly tuberculated, glabrous on the disk; there are two

strong rounded tubercles on each side the median suicus, and

194 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

the lateral tubercle is much larger and more conical. The

antenne are more slender, but the proportions of the joints are

very similar.

Mr. Lewis did not meet with this species.

Acmcops criocerinus, 0. Sp.

Pachyta minuta, Gebler, Nouv. Mém. Moscou, ii. 1852, p. 69?

A. parvus, Criocert puncticolli similis, niger, nitidus, sparsim subti-

liter setosus, elytris cyaneis; capite et thorace sparsim punctulatis,

hoe convexo, levi, medio haud dilatato sed antice valde angustate ;

elytris breviter oblongo-ovatis, apice rotundatis, supra sparsim

setifero-punctulatis ; corpore subtus, pedibus et antennis cinereo-

pubescentibus ; antennis ( ¢) corpore multo longioribus. Long.

3 lin,

Awomori, Nipon (Mr. Moor).

Distinguished from Acm. collaris by its shorter and broader

form and much finer and scantier pubescence, as well as by its

colour. It agrees with Gebler’s description of his P. minuta,

except in the scutellum—black and glabrous in A. eriocerinus,

and ‘‘ albo-tomentosum ” in P. minuta.

Mr. A. Adams obtained a species from the coast of Man-

churia considerably larger (4 lines) and rather more strongly

punctured, which can scarcely be separated from the present

one.

Leptura scotodes, n. sp.

L. cincte forma simillima, nigra, opaca, subtus cinereo-pubescens,

2 elytrorum basi sanguinea; capite et thorace confertissime re-

ticulato-punctatis, illo postice ante collum recte truncato, hoc

antice sensim angustato, lateribus ¢ vix, 2 paulo, rotundatis,

angulis posticis rotundatis, basi transversim modice depresso, linea

dorsali obsoleta ; scutello cinereo-tomentoso; elytris apice recte

truncatis, supra confertim punctatis, punctis singulis seta minuta

ferentibus. Long. 44-6 lin.

g segmento ultimo ventrali late sinuatim truncato et concayo ;

tibiis posticis rectis.

2 pygidio elongato-triangulari, apice obtuso ; segmento ultimo ven-

trali late rotundato, apice depresso; elytris basi fascia angusta

sanguinea, supra callum humerale dilatata, marginem haud at-

tingente.

Three examples, Nagasaki.

Leptura tenuicornis, Motsch.

Leptura tenacornis, Motsch. Etudes Entom. 1861, p. 25.

Nagasaki; many examples.

Motschulsky’s description applies tolerably well to the 9 of

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 195

one of Mr. Lewis’s species, which appears not uncommon in

Japan. It is closely allied to LZ. atra (Laich.), the g having

similar flexuous hind tibiz ; but it is longer, and has the elytra

of a tawny-testaceous hue, with the shoulders, tips, and sutural

edge dusky. The thorax has the same form as in L. atra, but is

clothed with tawny-golden pile. The antenne of the male are

very long and black; of the female almost equally long and

slender, and generally of a tawny-testaceous hue, but sometimes

nearly black, except the three or four apical joints. It is in

this latter point that the chief discrepancy with Motschulsky’s

description lies; for he states “ articulis duobus penultimis

albidis.”” On the twofold consideration that the antenne are

variable in colour in the female, and that Motschulsky’s de-

scriptions are well known to be recklessly inaccurate, I do not

venture to give a new name to the species.

Var. g. Mr. Lewis has a male variety in which the elytra

are blackish, with a curved streak on each side of the scutellum

and a fascia near the apex tawny yellow. The anterior and

middle femora and tibie are also varied with tawny yellow,

thus resembling the female, in which yellow is the prevailing

colour.

Leptura dimorpha, n. sp.

L, atre (Laich.) simillima, differt solum thorace feminz supra rufo.

Nigra,vix nitida, supra breviter nigro-setosa, infra griseo-pubescens’;

capite thoraceque confertim punctatis, hoc convexo, juxta basin

fortiter depresso, angulis posticis productis ; elytris apice sinua-

tim truncatis, angulis externis productis, supra crebre punctu-

latis.

¢ tibie postice versus apicem dilatatee et intus flexuoso-carinate ;

segmentum ultimum ventrale quadratum, apice late rotundatum,

medio late sulcatum.

¢ thorax supra et lateraliter saturate rufus.

Many examples.

L. atra (Laich.) is apparently common in Kastern Siberia

I have several examples from Maack’s collection which do

not differ from German specimens. L. aterrima (Motsch.

Schrenck’s Reisen, Coleop. p. 147) is no doubt the same spe-

cies ; in fact the author indicates no difference of the slightest

importance in his description.

\ Leptura xanthoma, n. sp.

L. nigre (Lin.) forma similis, at major. Elongata, supra lon-

gitudinaliter convexa, nigra, nitida, pubescens, humeris macula

subquadrata, femoribusque et tibiis anticis subtus flavis, palpis

rufo-testaceis ; capite medio usque ad collum suleato, punctulato ;

thorace elongato, ad trientem anticum rotundato-dilatato, deinde

sinuatim angustato, angulis posticis longe productis, supra juxta

196 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

basin transverse (lateraliter profundius) impresso, subsparsim

punctulato, fulvo-pubescente ; elytris postice gradatim attenuatis,

apice oblique truncatis, punctulis nigro-setiferis passim impressis,

corpore subtus cinereo-pubescente. Long. 6lin. 6.

One example.

Leptura ochraceofasciata, Motsch.

Leptura ochraceofasciata, Motsch. Etud. Entom. 1861, p. 21.

Taken by Mr. Lewis in great abundance. A handsome

species, allied to L. quadrifasciata (Linn.), but with head and

thorax densely clothed with golden pubescence, and elytra with —

four golden-yellow pubescent belts.

3 tibia postice flexuose, a medio abrupte dilatate, intus flexuose

carinate. Segmentum ultimum ventrale apice truncatum, angulis

rotundatis, medio vix concavum.

In Nipon and on the hills the antenne are always, as

Motschulsky describes, black ; but in the plains near Nagasaki

they have the five terminal joints tawny (var. ochrotela). I can

discover no other differences.

Lepiura anaspidoides, n. sp.

L. figura Anaspidis (Sectionis Heteromerorum), elongata, subparallela,

convexa ; capite et thorace brevissimis ; antennis elongatis, ro-

bustis ; nigra, elytris fusco-rufis, pilis elongatis decumbentibus

rufis vestitis; thorace campanuliformi, angulis posticis productis,

subtiliter punctulato, fulvo-pubescente ; elytris oblique obtusissime

truncatis, subtiliter punctulatis. Long. 5-7 lin. 9.

Segmentum ultimum abdominale longe productum ; pygidio et seg-

mento ventrali apice late obtuse truncatis,

Two examples.

Thranius variegatus, n. sp.

T’. fusco-obscurus, opacus ; corpore subtus medio, femoribus subtus,

tibiis et tarsis, fasciisque duabus elytrorum (prima prope basin

latiore et valde irregulari) fulvo-testaceis; thorace disco antice

compresso-gibboso, cum capite punctato-scabroso, cinereo-tomen-

toso. Long. 9 lin.

One example, found in the window of a house, Nagasaki.

In the gibbosity of the thorax resembling Thr. gibbosus

(Pascoe) of Ceylon. The anterior tawny fascia of the elytra

is irregular, and may be described as a broad basal belt, in-

dented from the base by a bicuspid black spot on each side of

the scutellum. The second fascia is very narrow and trans-

verse. The elytra are each narrowed from the base to the

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 197

middle, thence continuing as a narrow blade to the apex, which

is pointed; their surface is thickly punctured throughout, with

a faint raised line down the middle. The abdomen is pro-

longed much beyond the tip of the elytra (female ?), the pygi-

dium being very long, convex, and sinuate at the apex; its

surface, as well as that of the preceding segment, is fulvous.

The antenne are three fourths the length of the body, filiform,

stout, and ruddy brown.

Pyrestes cardinalis, Pascoe.

Pyrestes cardinalis, Pascoe, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 50.

Three examples. Found also at Hongkong.

Erythrus congruus, Pascoe.

Erythrus congruus, Pascoe, Journ, Entom. ii. p. 51.

One example; Hiogo. Found also at Hongkong.

Callichroma (Chloridolum) tenuatum, n. sp.

C. angustum, elongatum, quoad colorem et elytrorum sculpturam

Aromice moschate simillimum, sed antennis ut in gen. Chloridolo

gracillimis; viride, subtus subtiliter cinereo-tomentosum, an-

tennis pedibusque violaceis; thorace angusto, tuberculis laterali-

bus validis, supra passim transversim et oblique strigoso ; elytris

creberrime subtiliter scabrosis, lineis duabus tenuibus elevatis ;

pedibus elongatis, gracilibus, tarsis posticis articulo primo longis-

simo. Long. 8 lin. ¢ 9.

Kobe, several examples; also taken by Mr. Fortune on the

island of Nipon.

This remarkably slender species differs from Chloridolum in

having the fourth antennal joint distinctly shorter than the third,

instead of being of the same length. It does not agree either

with Leontium, having the antennz long and slender, instead

of robust, and serrate or spinose. ‘The antenniferous tubercles,

however, are obtuse, as in Leontiwm argentatum. In the

naked and finely scabrous elytra, and also in colour, it agrees

with Aromia moschata; but it differs in its antenne and long

slender hind legs and tarsi. As the genera allied to Calli-

chroma are at present very unsatisfactorily defined, I hesitate

to add to the confusion by instituting a new one for this insect.

Sympiezocera japonica, Lacord.

Sympiexocera japonica, Lacord. Genera des Coléopt. ix. p. 47.

Rare, in pinewood, on Maiyasan, Miogo.

198 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

Semanotus rufipennis, Motsch.

Callidium rufipenne, Motsch. Etudes Entom., 1860, p. 19.

Many examples. Varies in size from 31 to 6 lines. The

prosternal process is much narrower, and the mesosternum

more attenuated behind, in the male than in the female; but

their breadth in the former sex is much greater than in the

genus Callidium. 'The femora are less clavate, especially in

the female, and the thorax less dilated in the middle than in

Rhopalopus. Breeds in fir rails, and appears in first warm

days in March.

Phymatodes albicinctus, n. sp.

P. vario (Fab.) affinis, at differt colore nigro, elytris fascia angusta

alba. Niger, pubescens, elytris medio fascia angusta alba ;

capite retractili, fronte et vertice planis, punctulatis; thorace

creberrime sed discrete punctulato ; elytris planatis crebre punctu-

latis. Long. 33 lin. 9.

One example; Omura.

Closely resembling in size and form the North-American P.

varius. ‘The pubescence is much shorter and more adpressed ;

the thorax is narrower, rather more narrowed behind than in

front, very evenly punctulated over its entire surface. The

elytra have in the middle a nearly straight, narrow, pure

white belt.

Clytanthus notabilis, Pascoe.

Clytus notabilis, Pascoe, Journ. Entom. i. p. 360.

Clytanthus alphabeticus, Chevy. Clytides d’Asie et d’Océanie (1863),

p. 56 (Anthoboscus).

Many examples. Taken by Mr. Fortune also at Yokohama.

Clytanthus oppositus, Chevr.

Clytanthus oppositus, Chevy. Clytides d’Asie et d’Océanie, p. 52.

C.japonicus, id. p. 46?

Many examples. Abundant in June.

The markings agree best with Chevrolat’s description of C.

opposttus ; but they vary a little in the direction of C. yaponicus,

and I suspect the two to belong to one and the same species.

Clytanthus quinquefasciatus, Lap. & Gory.

Clytanthus quinquefasciatus, Lap. & Gory, Mon. p. 101, t. 19. f. 120,

Many examples.

Clytanthus muscosus, 0. sp.

C. elongatus, gracillimus, pube viridi-grisea vestitus ; elytris utrinque

maculis duabus transversis nigris, una mox pone medium, altera

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 199

inter medium et apicem; antennis pedibusque plus minusve

obscure rufescentibus. Long. 53 lin. 9.

Hiogo, three examples.

Of the same ashy-green colour as C. 4-punctatus, F., but of

much narrower and more cylindrical form. The antenne are

slender and half the length of the body in the female. The

thorax is long, very gradually narrowed in front and abruptly

narrowed near the base. The elytra are sharply and obliquely

truncated, with the exterior angle dentiform ; each has, behind

the middle, two transverse black spots, the first a little after

the middle, and the second nearly midway between the first

and the apex; near the base there are also two small black

specks, one near the scutellum, the other on the humeral callus.

The legs are long and slender; and the hind femora reach the

tips of the elytra.

Clytanthus diminutus, n. sp.

C. parvus, cylindricus, angustus; niger, elytris macula communi

pone scutellum, altera utrinque discoidali longe ante medium,

fascia pone medium et margine apicali griseo-albis; antennis

pedibusque piceo-rufis. Long. 2 lin.

Nagasaki, two examples.

Smaller and much narrower than C. massiliensis, Linn. ,

more cylindrical. Antenne filiform, as long as the body ;

third joint twice as long as the fourth. Front broad and

plane, without ridges; antenniferous tubercles slightly ele-

vated. Thorax oblong-ovate, rather more narrowed behind

than in front, closely punctured; the base on each side bor-

dered with light grey. Scutellum black. Elytra cylindrical,

transversely truncated, exterior angle dentiform; a sutural

spot behind the scutellum, a discoidal spot behind, a fascia

remote from this behind the middle, and the apical border

light grey. The sides of the breast and abdomen are spotted

with light grey. The legs are moderately elongated, the

thighs rather thickened.

Clytanthus annularis, Fab.

Clytanthus annularis, Fab. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 387.

This widely distributed eastern-tropical insect is abundant

in Japan after the second week of August.

Xylotrechus Grayii, White.

NXylotrechus Grayti, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 261, pl. vi.

f. 4.

Nagasaki; also taken by Mr. Lewis at Shanghai.

200 On the Longicarn Coleoptera of Japan.

Xylotrechus pyrrhoderus, n. sp.

X. clongato-oblongus, niger, thorace globoso-ovato, rufo, grosse

reticulato-punctato, sparsim nigro-pubescente ; elytris regione seu-

tellari fulva, fasciisque duabus flavis, prima paululum obliqua (ad

suturam versus scutellum ascendente), altera longe post medium

recta. Long. 5-6 lin.

Nagasaki; Yokohama.

Belongs to that section of Xylotrechus which has only the

marginal ridges of the forehead distinctly raised; the whole

head is coarsely scabrose-punctate. The antenne are rather

short and much thickened from the fifth jot ; velvety black,

with the basal part inclining to piceous. The thorax is

oblong-ovate, as broad as the elytra, strongly convex and

rounded on the sides ; it is blood-red above and beneath ; its

vestiture consists in very short black bristles planted in the

large closely packed punctures. The scutellum and a patch

around it are tawny testaceous. The apex of the elytra is

obtusely rounded; but the exterior angle is marked by a

strong pointed tooth. The legs are black; all the femora

gradually thickened, not clavate. The mesosternum is red,

like the prothorax; the metasternum and abdomen are deep

black, coarsely punctured; the episterna and the second

(sometimes also the first) abdominal segment have a stripe of

whitish tomentum.

Clytus caproides, n. sp.

C. capre (Germ.) proxime affinis, at differt elytrorum humeris late

fulvo-testaceis ete. Valde elongatus, parallelus, nigro-fuscus,

fulvo-hirsutus, fronte vittis duabus, thoracis marginibus anticis

et posticis, fasciisque duabus elytrorum (antica valde obliqua,

angulata, abbreviata) late flavis ; elytris humeris plaga magna

fulvo-testacea ; antennis et pedibus testaceo-rufis. Long. 74 lin.

Two examples, Ipongi.

Of very similar shape to C. capra; elongate and parallel.

Body and limbs rather less densely clothed with long

pale hairs. Thorax globose-ovate, rather narrower than in

C. capra; very densely granulate-punctate. The humeral

tawny patch of the elytra is triangular, obliquely defined

posteriorly, and not extending to the humeral margin; it

encloses in the middle a dusky spot (and there is no oblique

yellow linear fascia as in C. capra); behind this, on the

margin, is a short yellow streak, as in C. capra; the oblique

yellow stripe towards the middle is much shorter than in

C. capra, and is bent in the middle ; the posterior belt is much

widened towards the margin; and there is no yellow apical

On the Primary Divisions of the Brachiopods. 201

fascia. The femora, as well as the tibie and tarsi, are rufous.

Beneath, the colour of the abdomen is shining black, with

yellow belts across the segments.

Dere thoracica, White.

Dere thoracica, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 249, pl. 8. f. 1.

On flowers in June. Found also in N. China.

Purpuricenus Temminckii, Guérin-Ménev.

Sternoplistes Temminckit, Guérin-Ménev. Icon. R «A. Ins. texte, p. 224.

P. sinensis, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 189.

P. japanus, Motsch. Etud. Entom, 1857, p. 87.

Not uncommon in Japan; also N. China.

The conical tubercle of the mesosternum being present in

other species of the genus, there is no reason for retaining

Sternoplistes of Guérin. As to the form of the thorax, short

and transverse, Purpuricenus including a great diversity of

form of this organ (e.g. P. Angasti, White), this character 1s

quite insufficient as a generic difference.

Purpuricenus spectabilis, Motsch.

Purpuricenus spectabilis, Motsch. Etud. Entom. 1857, p, 56.

Mr. Lewis did not meet with this species (or variety ?),

which is distinguished from P. Temminckii (according to the

description) only by the suture and a point on the posterior disk

of the elytra being black. [havea specimen of P. Temminckit

possessing the black discoidal point, but none in which the

suture is black.

[To be continued. ]

XXVI.—On the Primary Divisions of the Brachiopods.

By THeopore Gu, M.A., M.D., Ph.D.

THE article in the July number of the ‘ Annals & Magazine

of Natural History’ (xu. pp. 1-17), by Prof. King, on Lingula,

exhibits the insight into relations and skill in discussion cha-

racteristic of its author ; and his views respecting the classifica-

tion of the Palliobranchs or Brachiopods into two primary

groups will probably be accepted. Indeed they had already

been quite generally adopted; but as Prof. King had over-

looked the fact, it is presumed that it is not as well known as

might have been supposed; and the object of this note is to

direct attention to the anticipation by others of Prof. King’s

views. ‘The essential distinctions of Prof. King’s groups are

that in one (Tretenterata) the intestine has an anal aperture,

202 On the Primary Divisions of the Brachiopods.

and in the other (Clistenterata) none. With these characters,

be it remarked, are generally coincident structural modifica-

tions of the hinge of the shell—the species with an anal aper-

ture having an inarticulating hinge generally, and those with-

out the anal aperture having a more or less interlocking one.

On one or other (or both) of these characters (and with coor-

dinate ones) these groups have been repeatedly recognized,

first by Owen, and then by Bronn, Huxley, and others. Owen,

it is true, vigorously opposed the assertion that any forms had

a cecal intestine ; but the groups he recognized were, as to

their constituents, exactly equivalent to the Tretenterates and

Clistenterates, although based only on the simple or interlock-

ing hinge and relative proportions of the viscera and brachia.

All other naturalists who have adopted the groups, however,

have especially recognized the perforation or non-perforation

of the intestinal tube in their diagnoses ; and the groups have

been adopted by the following naturalists, viz. :—

Ht,

Lyopomata, Owen, Encycl. Brit. 8th edit. vol. xv. p. 801, 1858*.

Pleuropygia seu Ecardines, Bronn, Klass. u. Ordn, Thierreichs, p. 301,

18624.

Inarticulata, Huxley, Int. Class. An. p. 116, 1869.

Lyopomata, Gill, Arr, Fam. Moll. p. 26, 1871 ; Dall, Am. Journ. Conch.

vol. vil. p. 71, 1871.

Tretenterata, King, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) vol. xii. p. 15, 1873.

IT,

Arthropomata, Owen, Encycl. Brit. 8th edit. vol. xv. p. 336, 1858 §.

Apygia seu Testicardines, Bronn, Klass. u. Ord. Thierreichs, p. 301,

1862 ||.

Articulata, Huxley, Int. Class. An. p. 116, 18694].

Arthropomata, Gill, Arr. Fam. Moll. p. 25, 1871; Dall, Am. Journ.

Conch, vol. vii. p. 60, 1871.

Clistenterata, King, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) vol. xii. p. 15, 1873.

The conclusions of Prof. King (he being unaware of the

labours of his predecessors) are noteworthy, as being inde-

* “Shell-valves inarticulated, and, save in the annectant family Cra-*

niade, subcalcified ; viscera occupying one half, brachia the other half, of

the shell-cavity ” (J. ¢. p. 839).

+ “Nahrungskanal (in den fossilen Sippen nur vermuthungsweise)

lang, gewunden, durch einen After (rechterseits?) ausmiindend,” &e.

de. p. 801).

i Y The aan terminates in an anus on one side of the body” (Zc.

p. 116).

Sie Snell-valves articulated, calcareous; viscera occupying one third,

brachia two thirds, of the shell-cavity ” (/. c. p. 336).

|| “ Nahrungskanal (bei den ganz fossilen Familien nur vermuthungs-

weise) mit einfachem abwirts gebogenem blind endigendem Darm-

-Anhange (Afterlose),” &c. (de. p. 301).

{| “The intestine ends in a blind sac” (/. ¢. p. 116).

On the Siliceous Spicules of Sponges. 203

pendent corroboration, by an acute naturalist, of the importance

of the groups in question ; but it will be obvious that, if we

follow the rules of priority, the names of Owen must be

adopted ; and even if we feel obliged to accept more charac-

teristic names (those based on intestinal characters), Bronn’s

excellently chosen ones had already long existed, and there is

no obvious reason why they (if any should supersede Owen’s)

should not be adopted.

Smithsonian Institution,

July 28, 1873.

XXVIT.—Notes on the Siliceous Spicules of Sponges, and on

their Division into Types. By Dr. J. EK. Gray, F.R.S.

&e. ;

THE existence of spicules was mentioned by Ray, Ellis, and

others ; but I believe that Savigny was the first zoologist who

exhibited them én sztw in living sponges, in Napoleon’s great

work on Kgypt—though, lke many of the plates drawn by

Savigny in that work of imperial ostentation, confined to the

libraries of the few, the figures were without text, as the ob-

ject for which the Emperor had undertaken the work was past.

These figures have been greatly overlooked by zoologists, and

the importance of the spicules in the determination of species

and genera has only been more recently recognized.

Savigny, in the plates of the work above-mentioned, which

he executed in 1805 to 1812, letters his plates “ Eponges

charnues,”’ “ Kponges 4 piquans,” and “ Eponges A réseau,”

and gives admirable figures of the spicules forming the second

division, and of the horny skeletons of his “ Eponges a réseau.”’

The figures of the sponges are superior to any thing that has

been done since. ‘These groups were afterwards regarded as

genera :—1. Halisarca; 2. Halichondria; 3. Spongia.

Prof. Ehrenberg names the spicules of these sponges as if

he were describing a perfect animal or the shell of a mollusk,

and gives to each kind of spicule a generic and specific name!

overlooking the fact that there are several forms (and therefore

what he considers different genera and species) of spicules

in the same specits of sponge.

Dr. Bowerbank, in his paper in the ‘ Philosophical Trans-

actions,’ which was reprinted and forms the first part of his

work on British Sponges, figures a number of the different

forms which these spicules assume, and names them, but in

an irregular manner; and some of the names are of extraordi-

nary length and composition. He gives different names to

204 Dr. J. E. Gray on the

spicules which are only modifications or more or less imperfect

developments of the same spicule.

The spicules are divided by Dr. Bowerbank into classes ac-

cording to the uses to which he believes them to be applied,

and the positions which he says they occupy in the sponge;

but as Dr. Bowerbank had no preliminary study of ana-

tomy, many of his ideas are most crude and not consistent

with physiological knowledge.

I am not aware of any attempt to divide the spicules into

regular types ; but Dr. Oscar Schmidt, in his work on Atlantic

Sponges, proposes to divide the Sponges into four great

divisions or orders, to which, however#he does not as yet give

definite names, thus :—

I. Spicules of sexradiate type: Hewactinellide and (extinct)

Ventriculitide.

II. Spicules anchor-shaped or of pyramidal type: Lithis-

tide, Ancorinide, Geodinide, and (extinct) Vermiculate.

III. Spicules monaxial, polyaxial, or wanting: Halisarcina,

Gumminee, Ceraospongie, Chalinee, Chalinopside, Lenie-

rine, Suberitide, Desmacidine.

IV. Spicules calcareous : Calcispongie.

I do not understand what spicules Dr. Schmidt means by

mono- and which by polyaxial.

The siliceous spicules of Sponges are divisible into a few

types; and it has often occurred to me that it would greatly

simplify the determination and the description and figuring

of the species and genera of sponges if the spicules were ar-

ranged in series, showing the forms and modifications in

which the different types present themselves to our notice.

If this were done after study of the subject and with considera-

tion, it would only be necessary in describing a sponge to

mention the kind of spicule that occurs in it, instead of figur-

ing the same modification of spicule over again every time

that it occurrs in any species of sponge.

I have made such a systematic distribution of the spicules

in my own mind. As I am unable, from my bodily infir-

mities, to draw them myself or use the microscope, I have

tried to induce several persons who do draw spicules and use

the microscope to carry out the idea, and have even offered to

pay the expense of drawing and lithographing four or five

octavo plates, which I believe would be sufficient to show all

the chief forms under which spicules occur, and how the spi-

cules of each type vary by abortion, position in the dif-

ferent parts of the sponge, and by accidental circumstances.

I have hitherto failed in having the plan carried out (though

more than one person has undertaken to do it), and therefore

Sthiceous Spicules of Sponges. 205

think it better to write a short essay on the subject, referring

to the figures that are at present accessible in the works of

Bowerbank, Schultze, Oscar Schmidt, Carter, and others.

The spicules are sometimes entirely absent in some horny

fibrous sponges; and at others there are only a few, sunk in

the substance or in the fibres ; but these become gradually more

abundant until the sponge seems formed of groups of spi-

cules only kept together by a very small quantity of animal

matter, Others are scattered on the external surface of the

horny skeleton.

They are generally quite separate from one another; but in

some sponges, which have been called Coralloid Sponges, the

siliceous matter secreted by the animal is so abundant that it is

deposited round the spicules, more or less uniting them together

by a hard siliceous coat; but the spicules ought to be described

in their separate state, in which they can almost always be seen

through the siliceous matter by which they are agglutinated

together. Such agglutinated spicules are figured in the ‘ Bri-

tish Sponges,’ t. xv. f. 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, and also in

Schmidt’s ‘ Atlantic Sponges,’ t. 1., ii., & iii.

In observing the spicules of sponges, one should look out

for the normal forms, and carefully abstain from being mis-

led in the description of the species by the observation of the

undeveloped or irregular forms which they sometimes assume,

though it may be very interesting to trace these accidental

forms to the usual state of the spicule. Dr. Oscar Schmidt,

in his work on the Sponges of the Adriatic and Algiers, seems

to delight in figuring the abnormal forms and the agglutinated

spicules, instead of the regular typical forms which give the

real characters of the species.

The siliceous spicules may be divided into several types :—

1. Needle-like, subcylindrical spicules, sometimes tuber-

cular.

2. Hamate spicules, which are unilateral, curved at each end,

subcylindrical, or more or less expanded.

3. Quinqueradiate spicules, which have three rays diver-

ging from a central point, from the sides of the more or

__less elongated axis.

4. Sexradiate spicules, with four equidistant rays diver-

ging from a central point from the sides of the more or

less elongated axis.

5. Multiradiate or stellate spicules, with five or more rays

arising and diverging from a common centre.

6. Spicular spherules, tormed of a multitude of needle-like

spicules diverging from a centre, forming a solid glo-

bular or oblong mass, with an areolated surface.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. xii. LS

206 Dr. J. E. Gray on the

7. Birotulate spicules, consisting of a cylindrical axis, which

is furnished with a more or less circular disk at each

end.

1. The needle-like, simple, subcylindrical spicule is the

most usual, and is present in its various modifications in almost

every spiculiferous sponge, very often by itself, but at other

times in combination with one or more of the other kinds of

spicules.

The spicules are generally cylindrical, slender, and elon-

gate; but they are sometimes short and thick.

They generally become thinner at one end, like a needle

(British Sponges, t.i. f.8); but they often taper at both ends,

as in ‘ British Sponges,’ t. 1. f. 1, 2, 3.

Some spicules are like a pin and have a more or less

distinct rounded head at one end (B. S. t.i. f. 23, 24, 25, 26).

Sometimes instead of one head they have several globular

projections (B.S. t. x. f. 228 to 233).

Some are swollen at each end or biclavate (B. S. t. 1.

f. 18, 19, 20, & 27).

In general the spicules are smooth ; but they are sometimes

partially or entirely covered with small asperities (B.S. t. 1.

f. 28-30, 32, 33, t. iv. f. 90, 91, 93, t. ix. f. 204-207).

The surface of the simple spicules is often more or less

tubercular or spinulose in part or over the whole surface (B.S.

t.1. f. 28-32).

Sometimes the spines on the spicules are placed in whorls

(Bo S20. 1. oo, ted. d0N 6 OO te o8)e

Sometimes the tubercles form conical elongate ‘spines (t. i.

f. 35, t. ii. f. 72). :

Sometimes these spines, instead of being scattered, are placed

in whorls or transverse circular lines (B.S. t. i. f. 33, t. im.

f. 66-68, 70, t. x. f. 238, 239, t. xi. f. 244-246 ft. xvii.

f. 289-291, t. xviii. f. 296). .

Sometimes the tubercles on the surface are very long and

spose; but these may belong to another form (B. S. t. 11.

f. 41, t. ii. f. 69).

The simple, fusiform or cylindrical spicule sometimes has

a subcentral belt (B. 8. t. i. f 4, t. iv. f 95); but this must

not be confounded with the very much dwindled simple form

of the sexradiate spine (B. 8. t. iii. £65), which has the cen-

tral thickened belt marked with four internal radiating canals.

2. The hamate spicules are characterized by being unilateral,

and having most generally three, but sometimes only one well-

developed recurved hook at each end of the spicule ; but those

that are attached (and they sometimes form groups and are

fixed to the harder parts of the sponge) have the end

Siliceous Spicules of Sponges. 207

by which they are attached more or less distorted, and have

the parts well developed which are at the free extremity, like

those free in the sarcode. Dr. Bowerbank calls the free form

“ equianchorate,” and the attached spicule “ inequianchorate.”

They are very abundant in their most perfect form; they

occur free in the flesh of the sponges.

The most perfectly developed spicule of this form has three

eee spreading lobes at each end, all on the same

side.

The stem between the lobes is cylindrical, more or less

arched (B. 8. t. vi. f. 140, “ tridentate equianchorate spicule,”’

and t. vi. f. 141-149) &e.

Sometimes the part of the stem between the hooks is dilated

on the sides, as in B. 8. t. vi. f£. 150. For the attached or in-

equianchorate spicules of this form see B.S. t. vi. f. 135-137,

142, 146, 148.

Sometimes the end of the spicule is more or less expanded,

and only the central lobe or spine is developed: B.S. t. vi.‘

f. 138, with the central stem rather elongate and the expan-

sion half-ovate; B. 8. t. vi. f. 1389, with the expanded ends

half-oblong and the intermediate slenderer portion compara-

tively short.

Sometimes the spicule is very slender and only recurved at

the end, as in B. S. t. vi. f. 144,145. Indeed one would not

believe that they belonged to this series; but in B.S. fig. 145

there is a slight dilatation on each side below the hook, and

fig. 146 is intermediate in form between them and the more

typical hamate spicule. See Carter, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1871,

vant tye £8 3-18720 1x. tex. f 5.

Many of the spicules of this series are not so perfectly deve-

loped, being much more simple, subeylindrical, unilateral, with

recurved ends. In one, the ends are longer, recurved, sharp-

edged on the inner side (see B.S. t. v. f. 112, “ trenchant

contort bihamate’’).

Others are cylindrical in the body; and Bowerbank calls

them “simple hamate spicules” (B.S. t. v. f. 109, 114).

These spicules sometimes have the terminal hooks turned in

opposite directions, forming an §, thus losing their unilateral

character; but this is only a malformation (B. 8. t. v. f. 110,

111). They have a close resemblance to the least-developed

bihamate spicule, figured in B. 8. t. vi. f. 144, referred to

above, showing the passage of the two forms of spicule into

one another. Some of these more slender spicules have a pro-

minence or knob on the middle of the inner side of the body

(B.S. t. v. £116), some on the middle of the outer side (B.S.

t. v. f. 115), and some on both the inner and outer sides (B. 8.

15*

208 Dr. J. E. Gray on the

t. v. f. 117). Some of these unilateral spicules, instead of

having a hook, have a broad rounded disk at each end.

Bowerbank shows, by a series of figures of a spicule of this

kind, which he calls “ bipocillated bihamate,” from [Halichon-

dria Hyndmant (B.S. t. v. f. 123-127), the various forms

which the spicule assumes before it is fully developed, and

the various states in which it is to be seen in the same sponge ;

and the biclavate and bihamate spicules (B.S. t. v. f. 118-120)

appear to belong to the same series. ;

The spicules which Bowerbank calls inequitrirotulate and

eccentric trirotulate (B. 8. t. x. f. 131-134) are evidently allied

to those last described and t. v. f. 118-120. g

That these spicules are variations of the same spicule I

think is proved by their occurring mixed together in the same

sponge, and generally in conjunction with the bihamate spicules

(see Schmidt, Spongienf. t. v. f. 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, all different spe-

cies of Esperiadee) ; indeed they may be undeveloped or rudi-

mentary hamate spicules.

The “ tricurvato-acerate”’ spicule (figured by Dr. Bower-

bank, B.S. t. iv. f. 96-98, where the spicule is slightly sinuous

and the end only recurved in the most perfectly developed spi-

cule, f. 96), appears to belong to this type, or to be interme-

diate between it and the simple needle-like spicule.

3. The guinqueradiate or “trifureate”’ spicules are distin-

guished by always having only three equidistant lateral rays

from the sides of the more or less elongated axis.

They do not very generally occur in a perfect state of de-

velopment, with an elongate axis having three equidistant rays

coming from the middle of its length; but they are sometimes

found in this state mixed with the more usual form, where the

upper part of the axis is very short or absent, and the rays

are very generally recurved (see B. 5. t. 11. f. 58, where

the spines are directed towards the shorter end; t. un. f. 55,

56, where the spines are directed from the shorter end of the

axis, which is bent outwards).

Bowerbank calls the first spicule (fig. 58) ‘ spiculated por-

recto-ternate,” and f. 55, 56, 57 “ spiculated recurvo-ternate,”

keeping the term “ recurvo-ternate ” for the spicules nm which

one part of the axis is entirely absent (f. 54).

Most generally the axis does not reach beyond the rays, as

in the last referred to; and the lateral rays are generally short

and recurved, as in B.S. t. ii. f. 48, 54, t. iv. f. 81 & 82; but

the rays are sometimes directed forwards (t. iv. f. 77-80, t. v.

f.128, 129), and they are often expanded horizontally (t. 11.

f. 45, 47, t. iv. f. 95). Of course, all these spicules have

different names, though you may find them combined in the

same specimen.

Stliceous Spicules of Sponges. 209

Schmidt figures several spicules of this form (t. 11. f. 28,

29, t..iv..f..2, 7, &c.), and Bowerbank (P. Z. 8. 1872, t. v.

f.x. & xi., t. xlvi. & xlvii.; 1873, t. iu. & vi.

Sometimes one of the lateral rays (B. 8. t. ii. f. 48), more fre-

quently all, especially when expanded, are forked at the end

(t. 1. f.50, 51, called “ furcated attenuato-patento-ternate spi-

cules,” and t. v. f. 180, where they are called “ bifureated

expando-ternate ”’). The difference between the two spicules

figured is that in f. 50 & 51 the rays are expanded horizontally,

and in f. 130 they are directed rather backwards from the axis.

Schmidt figures this kind of spicule at t. iv. f. 5; but he

also figures (Suppl. t. iii. f. 3), with the forks well defined,

spicules with only short recurved rays—one, two, or three of

the rays being bifid at the end—showing how these forms pass

into one another, even in the same sponge.

Bowerbank figures (t. xxxi. f. 362) a portion of Tethea

cranium, in which he shows the exceeding difference of form -

of the spicules of this group which are found in a single frag-

ment of a single species. If carefully examined, in it will be

found almost all the forms of trifurcate spicule with simple

rays I have noticed above, including those with the central

axis produced beyond the rays, the rays bent from or recurved

towards the axis of the same small slice of a sponge.

The “ verticillately spined”’ triradiate spicule (B. 5. t. 1v.

f. 84, t. x. f. 235, 236) appears to belong to this type, with

its axis reduced to a minimum on each side.

The quinqueradiate spicules generally have an elongated

axis compared with their lateral rays ; but in one modification

the axis is not produced on the outer side, and is very short

and rudimentary on the other side; and the bifurcate rays

are very broad and spreading, like the bifurcate rays of the

more typical spicules of the series (B. 8. t. i. f. 52, the irre-

gular furcated patento-ternate spicules, and t. i. f. 53, which

has the axis slightly developed on both sides of the rays).

Spicules of this form have sometimes on one side a very

short axis, and a broad, expanded, terminal disk, which is

sometimes orbicular, nearly entire, and at others crenated or

divided into lobes on the edge. When lobed it is usually

divided into three greater portions, which are lobed on their

surface ; but whatever may be the form of the disk, they are

always marked with three short lines diverging from the

central spot, and sometimes forked at the end (B.S. t. iv.

f. 102, 103, t. v. f. 104-108), and are called “ foliato-peltate.”’

Carter, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1871, vii. t. vii. & vil. These

spicules occur in the different species of Coralloid or Lithisti-

dine sponges, and show the existence of quinqueradiate

spicules in that family, as the spherules which are character-

210 Dr. J. E. Gray on the

istic of T'ethyade are sometimes found with well-developed

quinqueradiate spicules (see Schmidt, Suppl. t. i. f. 8).

Mr. Carter figures a beautiful modification of this spicule

found in Corticiwm abyss’, which has branches at the ends of

the lateral rays. The lower end of the axis and the lateral

rays are crenated on the sides (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1873, xii. t. i. f. 3-6).

Dr. Bowerbank, in his representation of the spines of the

very young Tethya cranium, represents the long clasping spi-

cules as having only one hook, on one side, at the end (B. 8.

t. xxv. f. 343). Mr. Carter has well observed that this is a

‘‘monstrous representation ” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, ix.

p- 420, t. 20) ; and at p.430 (t. xxi. f. 16) he gives four repre-

sentations showing how the one-armed spicule gradually de-

velops into a three-rayed one, and (f. 17) the variations of

shape that occur, and that the spicules belong to the quinque-

radiate form, and (in t. xxii. f. 3) how the axis is sometimes

produced beyond the lateral spicules.

Bowerbank (B.S. t.ii. f.41 & 42) figures a curious spicule,

which appears to have three diverging trifid rays on each end

of a very short broad axis, and may be a reduplication of this.

Indeed B. 8. fig. 197 may also be something of the same

kind, but with a shorter axis; probably B. 8S. fig. 69 may be

a series of branched rays arising from a cylindrical axis.

B.S. figs. 199 & 200 may be modifications, of the same kind,

of double series of three simple or branched rays arising from

two centres of the axis; but these modifications have not

occurred to me.

4, The sexradiate spicules form a large group. They consist

essentially, in the most simple and perfect state, of an elongated

axis giving out from the centre of its length four equidistant

arms diverging at right angles from the axis, as in B.S. t. vi.

f. 184, 185.

The various modifications of this spicule have been well

shown by Schultze in his essay on Hyalonema, t. iil. & iv.

Bowerbank figures several variations in B.8. t. vii. f. 184—

195, as they occur in different parts of Alcyoncellum. Some-

times 1, 2, 3, or all the lateral arms are wanting; in others,

as fig. 183, the four lateral arms are complete, and one arm of

the axis is wanting; but Bowerbank gives to each of these

spicules a different name.

The sexradiate spicules are abundant and of the usual form

in Carteria, the sponge that grows parasitic on the top of the

elassrope (fyalonema) from Japan; but when this sponge

occurs, as it sometimes does, under the bark of the Hyalonema,

then the spicules seem to change their character. Instead of

Siliceous Spicules of Sponges. 211

the axis and arms being long, slender, and subulate, they are

short, thick, and truncated at the end, and are more or less

covered with spicules (see Schultze, Hyalonema, t. 111. f.14, 15).

Dr. Bowerbank gives five figures of the spicules (all in a

more or less imperfect state) of the sponge from this situation.

He does not figure one in its perfect state, with all the six

arms developed; but he figures one with one end of the axis

wanting and the rest present (B.S. t. vi. f. 157). Then he

figures other cross-shaped spicules with both ends of the axis

wanting (B. 8. t. vi. f. 154-156), and one in which the un-

branched axis alone is developed (B.S. t. vi. f. 153).

O. Schmidt figures several modifications and adhesions of spi-

cules of this type in his ‘ Spongienf.’ t..i. & i., showing many

peculiarities.

When all the lateral arms in this kind of spicule are want-

ing, the axis, which is simple and needle-like, is known from

the simple spicule by having a well-marked cross in the minute

belt in the centre of the spicule (B.S. fig. 65).

Schmidt figures a spicule of this type in which the axis and

lateral arms are of equal length, all tapering and acute, and

with irregular spines on the side (Spongienf. t.i. f. 5), so that

it might almost be taken for a stellate spicule.

When the sexradiate spicules are placed on the surface of

the sponge, as they often are, forming a kind of armour to it,

with the mner axes of the spicules diverging from the centre

and the lateral arms forming the outer surface of the sponge, the

outer part of the axis (which would otherwise project beyond

the sponge) is more or less completely wanting. ‘This form of

spicule is called “ the nail-like spicule” (see Schultze, Hyalo-

nema, t. iv. f. 5-9). See Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

L869) varies ies B72, vats tae ke XV. 31872, 1x.0 ty K.;

b. BRS aa. ASQ, 1x6 ti xx. t

When these sexradiate spicules arise from the outer surface at

the base of a sponge, and are used as anchors to keep the free

sponge in its place, the axes of the spicules are often very long

and hair-like, and have four short, recurved, broad rays at

the end, the axis not extending beyond the rays (B.S. t. ii.

f. 59). Bowerbank calls these ‘apically spied recurvo-

quaternate prehensile spicula.” Probably the spicule figured

in B. 8. t. i. f. 73-76 as “ spinulo-recurvo-quaternate spicula”’

is also a sexradiate spicule; but I have not seen it. The

spicule figured B. 8. t. xvii. f. 292 also belongs to this

modification of the sexradiate spicule. These spicules are

not to be confounded with the “ fusiformi-recurvo-ternate spi-

cula” (B.S. t. iv. f. $1, $2) with three terminal rays, which

evidently belong to the quinqueradiate spicula. Myr. Carter

212 Dr. J. KE. Gray on the

has shown the change of form in the elongated clasping basal

or rooting spicules of this group in J?ossed/a, where the spicules

often have, as well as the four recurved lateral rays (l. ¢.

(t. xxi. f. 2), the shaft produced beyond the lateral rays, as in

(igp.o-diegy EIEN Es 7

In some, especially of the superficial sexradiate spicules,

the arms of the different spicules are placed so that the arms

of the neighbouring spicules are parallel to each other; but in

some sponges they are oblique, compared with the axis of the

sponge, and in others they are perpendicular and transverse to

the axis of the sponge, producing rhomboidal or rectangular

areole on its surface, which are especially visible when the

arms of the neighbouring ones, which form the square areole,

coalesce and form a solid network, as in the genus Farrea

(B.S. t. xv. f. 277, t. xxi. f. 311, which represents a part from

the interior of a sponge which has the axis of the spicules

developed at both ends).

Most of the spicules of this division are smooth; but Dr.

Schultze figures several varieties of forms which have the arms

more or less tuberculated (Hyalonema, t. iii., t. iv. f. 6), and

others, which are scattered, with elongated acute spines directed

from the centre (Hyalonema, t. iv. f. 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, all being

figured from one sponge, and showing the folly of naming

spicules in Dr. Bowerbank’s way).

The elongate tapering rays of the spicules of this form are

sometimes furnished with a branch on each side not far from

the base (B. 8. t. vil. f. 188, 189), which form a passage to

the more stellate spicules of this group (see B. 8S. t. vill.

f. 188, “bifurcated rectangulated hexaradiate stellate spi-

cules,” and t. vi. f. 189, “ trifurcated attenuato-hexaradiate

spicules”’). ‘These spicules show the passage between the long-

armed forms and the short divided-rayed ones which follow.

Many sexradiate spicules, instead of having long, conical,

tapering, acute axes and rays, have all the rays short and of

equal length, sometimes terminating in a kind of cup (B.S.

t. vil. f. 196, “ pocillated hexaradiate stellate spicule’’), or in

a broad expansion deeply divided into lobes (B. S. t. vii.

f. 195, called “ coronato-hexaradiate stellate spicule”). In

others each ray of the spicule ends in a cluster of four or more

elongate linear arms, ending in a tubercle (B.S. t. vii. f. 190-

192). They are called spinulo-trifurcated, spinulo-quadri-

furcated, and spinulo-multifurcated hexaradiate stellate spi-

cules. In others the rays terminate, like the former, in a

group of linear arms; but they assume a bell-shape, and each

lobe is dentated and reflexed at the end (B.S. t. vii. f. 193,

194), and are called floricomo-hexaradiate spicules.

Stliceous Spicules of Sponges. 213

In Carteria there is a very extraordinary form of the sex-

radiate spicule, which, in its perfect state, has six short arms

of nearly equal length, each arm ending im a series of four or

eight elongate oblong reflexed radiating lobes. Dr. Bowerbank

only represents this form of spicule, which he calls “ multi-

dentate birotulate spicule” (B. 8. t. i. f. 62), as simple with

the lobes at each end; and Dr. Schultze (Hyalonema, t. iv.

f. 11, 12) has figured the same rudimentary spicule; but Mr.

Carter has found it perfectly developed into six rays, and dif-

ferent specimens with the lateral rays more or less perfectly

developed, some with terminal radiating lobes, and others with

the arms reduced to mere conical processes, as may be seen in

Dr. Schultze’s figure.

Schultze, in his ‘Hyalonema,’ figures a minute spicule having

four short recurved conical arms at each end (t. iv. f. 10) ;

and Bowerbank (B. 8. t. v. f. 122) figures this spicule, which

he says is ‘dispersed in considerable abundance in the inter-

stitial membrane” of Carteria, and calls it “ quadrihamate

spicule ;” but this spicule, I suspect, from the spinules on its

stem, is very probably only an imperfect state of a sexradiate

spicule, like the one which Bowerbank calls “ birotulate,”

having only four lobes instead of many.

Mr. Carter figures a very minute birotulate spicule of this

kind occurring in Cortictwm abysst (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1873, xii. t.1. f. 7). In Hcehinospora there is a solid octa-

hedral spicule, each of the six angles produced into a cylindrical

ray dentated at the end; this is found with two flat three-

rayed stars placed one on the other, figured in the ‘ B. Sponges,’

t. x. f. 197 (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1870, vi. pp. 272 &

340). Dr. O. Schmidt, in his ‘Atlantic Sponges,’ t. 1. f. 16,

figures a hollow octahedral formed by marginal tubes, and

having six diverging rays.

5. The multiradiate or stellate spicules have five or more

rays, arising and diverging from a common centre or very

short axis, as the stellate spicules figured by Bowerbank (B. 8.

t. vi. f. 158-161) found along with the spherules in Pachyma-

tisma and Tethea. (See also Bowerbank, P. Z. 8S. 1872,

t. xlvi.-xlvii., and 1873, t.1.-11.. Schmidt, ‘ Sponges,’ t. iii.

fi 22, 26, t. iv.\f. 1, 2,4, t. v. £ 15° Alpiers,” tuk £5234,

t. iv. f. 5, 6, 8, Suppl. t. v. f. 5. Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. 1867, iv. t.1. & i.) ,

Probably the candelabrum-like spicule (Schmidt, Spongienf.

t. ili. f. 25) should also belong to this series.

There are very probably many more forms to be referred to

this type; but all this will require much more study than |

am able to bestow upon the subject. (See B.S. t. vi. f. 164, 165,

214 Dr. J. E. Gray on the

the “sphero-stellate with conical points,” and f. 166, with

“ eylindro-subfoliate rays.’’)

It is doubtful if some of these stellate specimens are not

produced by some of the layers being placed upon one an-

other; but this must be left for further study, as also such

elongate spicules with diverging spines as B.S. t.i. f. 35, and

the “ elongato-attenuated ”’ spicule, t. mi. f. 72.

Mr. Carter figures beautiful forms of this spicule as occur-

ring in Chondrilla australiensis, and calls them sphero-stellate

and radio-stellate (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, xii. t.1. f. 16).

6. The spicular spherules differ from the isolated spicules

before described by being formed of a multitude of parallel

needle-like or clavate spicules diverging from a central point,

and forming a solid globular or oblong mass with an areolated

surface.

These spherules sometimes form the greater part of the

sponge, and at other times are found in conjunction with quin-

queradiate or trifurcate spicules. (See B.S. t. xxii. f. 326-

328, t. xxiv. f. 329-334, t. xxvii. f. 353, t. xxvi. f. 354;

P,.Z..8- 1872, t..x. & xi., and, 1873, tict f, 6) Sehmuidie

Spongienf. t. iv. f. 4.) Dr. Bowerbank, who compares the

anatomy of sponges to the anatomy of man, calls this mass of

spicules an “‘ovarium ”’—as he does the spicules of the sponge,

ot which he observes that “ those of Yarrea have a very close

approximation to the tubular form of the bones of the higher

animals.” The spherules certainly do not contain any eggs,

and are not even allied to the spore-cases of Spongilla: the

tubes of the latter are produced by the absorption of the spicule

which the fibres originally enveloped.

7. The dirotulate spicules in their most perfect state of deve-

lopment consist of cylindrical axes with an expanded more or

less circular disk at each end. They are almost exclusively

found in the substance of the case which surrounds the spore,

or, as Bowerbank calls it, the ‘‘ ovary ” of freshwater sponges

(Spongilla). Bowerbank figures several (B. 8, t. 1x. f. 210-

227). Sometimes the disks are very small, and the axis very

long (f. 210, 211); and sometimes the axis is very short and

the disk very large (f. 213). Sometimes one of the disks is

partially and at others almost entirely wanting (f, 223, 224) 5

and at others there is only a single circular disk, with the axis

reduted to a small central prominence (B. 8. f. 225, 227). In

the two latter cases they have other names, being called

“oletiform slender” and “ umbonate scutulate.”” The axes

in several of these spicules are more or less spinulose.

It is very easy to arrange the sponges which have only one

of these types of spicules im company with simple unbranched

Stliceous Spicules of Sponges. 215

spicules ; but it is much more difficult with those sponges where

two or even more types of spicules are found in connexion

with the usual simple ones (in fact, having the character-

istics of more than one group)—as, for example, in the coral-

loid sponges, where we have the sexradiate spicules well

developed in conjunction with the more or less discoidal spi-

cules, which have a resemblance to the trifurcate spicules,

typical of another group.

In the same way it is not uncommon to find the spicular

spherules (which are spherical masses of spicules so character-

istic of Geodia) in conjunction with quinqueradiate spicules

(which are characteristic of a different group); and hamate

spicules, which are frequently only found in conjunction with

simple unbranched spicules, are also found with quinque-

radiate spicules, and, I believe, rarely with sexradiate spicules.

These facts only go to prove that there are in reality no

very broadly marked groups, especially of a secondary degree,

in Nature, and that there are a number of intermediate forms

which are to be arranged along with the other genera of the

group to which they bear the greatest resemblance in other

respects.

However, there is one evil particularly to guard against,

especially with regard to hamate spicules—to make sure that

they really belong to the sponge in which they are found,

and are not accidentally intermixed with it from the sea and

other external sources.

When the spicules of a species are figured, it is very de-

sirable that the comparative size of the different forms of spi-

cules should be carefully preserved, and, if any spicule is figured

of a larger size than the others, that the difference of its scale

should be stated. The want of attention to this point greatly

detracts from the value of Dr. Schmidt’s figures. I could

not believe that the slides of the spicules of the different species

that he had sent me were correctly named, when I com-

pared them with his figures, until I-observed that he had paid

no attention to this circumstance, and that in a figure that

appeared to be taken from one group of spicules in a slide, the

smaller spicules were represented on a much greater scale, and

therefore appeared to be larger than the greater ones.

One must not confound the siliceous spicules of sponges

with the horny stars described and figured by Mr. Carter as

oceurring in Aplysina corneostellata from the coast of Spain

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, x.-p. 105, t. vii. f. 1), which

is most probably the sponge that the Germans have described

and written so much about under the name of Darwinella ;

but these horny-fibred, six-rayed stars have no relation to

216 On the Siliceous Sprcutes of Sponges.

the siliceous spicules of other sponges, but seem to be modi-

fications of the horny skeleton of the Aplysine and other

horny sponges, as Mr. Carter considers them. ‘They differ from

spicules in their mode of development, their structure, form,

and the manner in which they adhere together; indeed it

would hardly occur to any one but a theorizing German to

regard them as such.

The results of this paper may be thus epitomized :—

1. Needle-like spicules.

Cylindrical.

Tapering at each end.

Tapering at one end.

Club-shaped.

With a head at one end. Sometimes this head is

double or treble.

With a head at each end.

With a thick, belt in the middle.

Each of these is straight or sinuous, has the surface smooth,

tubercular, or spinulose, the tubercles or spines being some-

times scattered, at others placed in whorls.

SAP os

2. Hamate spicules.

a. The ends dilated and divided into three acute pro-

cesses ; but sometimes the lateral processes are

wanting. When free in the sarcode, both ends are

equally dilated; when attached in groups, the

attached end is only imperfectly developed.

b. The spicules compressed, with a sharp edge at each

end. |

c. The spicule more or less cylindrical, curved at each

end. These spicules are sometimes bent like an

s, at others only slightly doubly curved or nearly

straight.

3. Quinqueradiate.

a. Spicules with the axis very long and the rays

tapering and sometimes forked.

b. Axis very short, the rays elongate, slender, forked,

or expanded into a broad, circular or more or less

lobulated disk.

Bowerbank figures some spicules which appear to belong to

this division, without any axis; but I have not had the op-

portunity of seeing them.

Dr. M.Coughtrey on the Tracheal Pouch of the Emu. 217

4. Sexradiate spicules.

a. With the rays simple, elongate, attenuated, smooth

or spinulose.

6, Rays cylindrical, blunt, rugose at the end.

c. Rays short, thick, entirely rugose or spinulose.

d. Kays attenuated, with side rays.

e. lays enlarged at the end, simple or torn.

f- Rays divided into elongated simple branches at the

end.

g. Axis elongate, ending in short recurved rays at the

end used for anchoring.

h. Axis and rays ending in 4 or 8 recurved lobes.

5. Multiradiate spicules. Rays tapering or cylindrical,

smooth or tubercular.

6. Spicular spherules. Orbicular or oblong, smooth or tu-

bercular.

7. Birotulate spicules,

XXVIUI.—WNote respecting the Tracheal Pouch of the Emu.

By Minzen Coucutrey, M.B., Demonstrator of Anatomy,

Liverpool Royal Infirmary School of Medicine. (Com-

municated by Dr. J. Murir, Professor of Anatomy, Royal

Veterinary College, Edinburgh.)

[AmoNnG other items of intelligence from my friend Dr.

Coughtrey is one relative to some points in the anatomy of

an Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandie, Vieill.) examined by him,

He mentions having found a hitherto unnoticed valve guarding

the orifice of the right precaval vein, a detailed account of

which he intends shortly to publish. As regards a probably

similar structure in the ostrich (Struthio camelus), I have

called his attention to Professor Macalister’s paper on the

anatomy of this bird (Proc. R. I. A. 1864, p. 541). Dr.

Coughtrey’s observations on the tracheal pouch I subjoin in

abstract, his further minutiz forming a separate communication

to the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. As

his researches partially corroborate and partially differ from

my own, | have thought a short notice might appropriately be

inserted in the ‘Annals.’ Dr. Coughtrey says :]

In a specimen of this creature which I had the opportunity

of dissecting on the 8th of March last I found the tracheal

pouch, which is a marked character of the Emu as distinguished

trom other Struthious birds. The sac in question has already

218 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

been so well described by previous observers, that I shall con-

tent myself with simply pointing out a few of the more impor-

tant peculiarities in the present specimen.

The slit in the anterior part of the trachea is caused by the

deficiency of ten rings in front. The right lip of the slit has

eleven cartilaginous elements, the left only ten. The extra or

eleventh cartilaginous element is owing to a small bar of car-

tilage being attached to the lower border of the right half of

the uppermost incomplete rmg. This corresponds somewhat

curiously with the adult male and adult female of Dr. Murie’s

dissection (vide P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 409). In his specimens the

lowest incomplete ring bifurcated ; in my specimen it was the

uppermost incomplete ring, but it did not bifurcate.

As regards the number of incomplete rings my specimen

agrees with that described by Mr. Robert Anderson (quoted

by Murie, /. c. p. 407).

The sac markedly springs from the lips of the fissure,

and is evidently continuous with the elastic band intervening

between the cartilaginous rings. Its walls were composed

chiefly of the white or areolar tissue, but with much of the

yellow variety diffused through it.

In Dr. Murie’s adult female bird there were certain band-

like duplications of the wall of the sac partially dividing it ;

in my specimen these were not present, the sac being simple

and undivided. It may further be remarked of the latter that

there was no cul-de-sac at the left upper end; but otherwise

the general form agreed with that figured and described by

Dr. Murie.

I am rather inclined to take exception to the close nature of

the homology between it and the air-sac of the chameleon.

In the Emu we have undoubtedly a tracheal pouch ; in the

chameleon it may be regarded more as a laryngeal pouch.

The specimen herein commented on is preserved in the

Liverpool Free Library and Museum; and I may mention

that 1 am indebted to the courtesy of the curator, 'T. J. Moore,

Ksq., for permission to examine the bird.

XXIX.—List of Lepidoptera in a small Collection sent from

Peru by Mr. Whitely, with Descriptions of the new Species.

By ArtTHur GARDINER Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

THE present collection was made at Huasampilla, 9000 feet

elevation. As regards the butterflies it is decidedly peculiar,

Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 219

the whole of the species being referable to the subfamilies

Satyrine, Morphine, and Nymphaline of the Nymphalide.

The bulk of the species are either identical with or closely

allied to Bolivian forms, ten of the butterflies previously

described having come from Bolivia.

RHOPALOCERA.

Family Nymphalide.

Subfamily Surrrrmx, Bates.

Genus 1. Kuprycuta, Hiibner.

1. Euptychia rustica. B.M.

Euptychia rustica, Butler, Cat. Diurn, Lep., Sat. p. 82, pl. 1. fig. 4 (1868).

Previously known from Bolivia only.

Genus 2. OrESSINOMA, Westwood.

2. Oressinoma sorata. B.M.

Oressinoma sorata, Salvin, Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 144.

n. 6 (1868).

Hitherto only known from Bolivia and of a smaller size.

Genus 3. LyMANopopa, Westwood.

3. Lymanopoda ocellifera, n. sp. B.M.

Allied to LZ. obsoleta, Westwood. Above red-brown; a

white point near anal angle of secondaries: primaries below

ferruginous at apex; two large black ocelli between median

branches, a third small one near external angle, and a white

point between lower radial and third median ; secondaries

with a discal irregular series of seven white points crossing

the wing obliquely from apex to anal angle, the fourth to

seventh with black circling.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 2 lines.

4. Lymanopoda ferruginosa. B.M.

Lymanopoda ferruginosa, Butler, Cat. Diurn. Lep., Sat. p. 169. n. 5,

pl. 4. fig. 3 (1868).

The type was from Bolivia.

5. Lymanopoda rubescens, n. sp. B.M.

Wings above dark brown ; apical half of secondaries casta-

neous in male, tawny in female, with the inner edge paler ;

220 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

the apex and outer margin diffusely fuscous: wings below as

in L. Leena.

Expanse of wings: ¢ 1 inch 7 lines; ?1 inch 8 lines.

We have the allied LZ. Leena from Quito and Eastern

Peru.

6. Lymanopoda venosa. B.M.

Lymanopoda venosa, Butler, Cat. Diurn, Lepid., Sat, p. 171. n. 14, pl. 4.

fix, 5 (1868).

The type was from Bolivia.

7. Lymanopoda eubagioides, v. sp. B.M.

Wings above white; base metallic green, irrorated with

black: primaries with costa, apex, and outer margin dull

ferruginous; apical area from costa to outer margin at

termination of first median branch, apical half of discoidal cell,

a spot at base of second median interspace, and another in first

median interspace and almost touching apical area black ;

an irregular sigmoidal spot at end of cell, an oblique fasciole

halfway between cell and apex, and four unequal subapical

discal points white. Wings below white: primaries with

discocellular area from basal third of cell red-brown, in-

terrupted by two obliquely placed whitish spots opposite to

emission of second median branch; white spots as above;

costa, apex, and outer margin pale ochreous ; base and apical

area pale cinereous ; two dusky spots on median interspaces—

the upper one white-pupilled, partly encircled by an ochraceous

_lunule: secondaries dirty white, irrorated, especially towards

the base, with fuscous atoms ; two costal, three discoidal, two

internal, and three median oblique brown streaks on basal

area; a strongly arched series of seven black dots running

from apex to nterno-median interspace, near anal angle; cilia

pale ochreous.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines.

Two examples.

This species is more nearly allied to LZ. lactea of Hewitson

than to any other Lymanopoda: it has somewhat the aspect

of Hubagis pieridoides of Felder; but the secondaries above

have no black margin.

Genus 4. STEROMA, Westwood.

8. Steroma superba. B.M.

Steroma superba, Butler, Cat. Diurn, Lepid., Sat. p, 172, n. 3, pl. 5.

fig. G (1868),

The type was from Bolivia.

Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 221

9. Steroma umbracina, n. sp. B.M.

Form of 8. pronophila. Wings above olivaceous brown ;

primaries with the apical third slightly paler, the fringe

alternately black and dull tawny: below nearly as above;

secondaries with apical area cinereous brown, interrupted by a

submarginal, interrupted, waved, dark brown line.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

‘Two examples.

Genus 5. PEDALIODES, Butler.

10. Pedaliodes Ereiba, local form peruviana. B.M.

Pronophila Ereiba, Felder, Reise der Fregatte ‘Novara,’ iii. p. 469.

n. 800 (1867).

A somewhat modified form of this species occurs in the col-

lection. It differs from the typical race in its deeper coloration

above and below, the obsolete character of the bands below,

and the more ferruginous tint of the internal area; the white

point is also rather further from the margin. The type of

P. Ereiba was from Bogota.

11. Pedaliodes ferratilis, n. sp. B.M.

Wings above pitchy: below, primaries paler, externally

hatched with blackish; fringe greyish, varied with dirty

white ; secondaries pitchy, hatched with blackish; internal

area, excepting at base, ferruginous; a quadrate patch of the

same colour, irrorated with fulvous, from first median branch

to anal angle, bounded internally by an iregular central

blackish line; outer margin broadly red-brown, bounded in-

ternally by a waved submarginal black line; a white point

on first median interspace.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 5 lines.

Allied to P. Pheretias of Hewitson.

12. Pedaliodes niveonota, n. sp. B.M.

Wings above pitchy: primaries below ferruginous; the

costa brown, hatched with blackish, and clothed towards the

base with yellowish hair-scales ; a quadrate brownish spot at

end of cell, beyond which, upon costa, is a cuneiform patch of

pale yellowish scales ; outer margin broadly brown, the inter-

nervular folds black ; a squamose submarginal grey band, en-

closing three white points and sinuated externally, near apex ;

secondaries olive-brown, hatched with blackish, and irrorated

Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 16

222 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

at base with silvery grey; some squamose submarginal

markings of the same colour, and a broad central band slightly

undulated and widening from apical costa to inner margin,

where it becomes distinctly white; also a silver-grey sub-

quadrate spot, interrupted by subcostal nervure; five or six

snowy white points passing through centre of disk, the three

uppermost crossing the central band in an obliqué line; fringe

erey.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 5 lines.

13. Pedaliodes Pausia. B.M.

Pronophila Pausia, Hewitson, Trans, Ent. Soc, Lond. ser. 5, i. p. 8. n. 16,

pl. 4. fig. 25 (1861).

Slightly different from the type from Bolivia, but scarcely

sufficiently so to be worthy of a different name.

Genus 6. OXEOSCHISTUS, Butler.

14. Oxeoschistus mirabilis, n. sp. B.M.

Form almost of O. Prochyta; but primaries shorter, less

faleated. Wings above pitchy, with beautiful green shot im

certain lights; fringe alternately black and pale sulphur-

yellow, more distinct. on primaries than on_ secondaries:

primaries below dark brown; the apex varied with yellow

scales; interrupted by a very irregular apical submarginal

black line, edged internally with white, and bounding a series

of three increasing black blind ocelli, bounded internally by a

bifid white subcostal spot ; two or three obsolete ocelloid spots

on disk: secondaries olive-brown, irrorated with white and

yellow scales ; a broad, very irregular, and angulated central

band, edged on both sides with black, bounded by diffused

silver bands; a discal series of eight large black discal ocelli

with white pupils and squamose yellow irides ; a very irregular

submarginal black line.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 10 lines.

One of the most beautiful species in the collection, somewhat

similar in the character of the under surface to some species of

the genus Dedalma.

Genus 7. Lastopuia, Felder.

15. Lasiophila orbifera. B.M.

Lasiophila orbifera, Butler, Cat. Diurn. Lepid., Sat. p. 182. n. 4, pl. 5,

fig. 6 (1868).

Previously known from Eastern Peru, Bolivia, and Bogota.

Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 223

Genus 8. DapaLMaA, Hewitson.

16. Dedalma Dorinda? B.M.

Dedalma Dorinda, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 28 (1862) ;

Reise der ‘ Novara,’ iii. pl. 67. figs. 3, 4 (1867).

May be distinct, the type of Felder’s species being from

Bogota. The one specimen in the collection is somewhat

different from Felder’s figure, being larger, with the white mar-

ginal spots of primaries elongated; there are also several

differences on undersurface of secondaries.

Genus 9. PRONOPHILA, Westwood.

17. Pronophila variabilis, n. sp. B.M.

Allied to P. Porsenna; above more brilliantly shot with

bronze, green, and purple, without indication of whitish spots,

but with three black spots towards apex of primaries, and with

two or three black spots towards anal angle of secondaries.

General arrangement of markings below as in P. Porsenna, but

no orange lunule in primaries; the latter brown, deeper on

disk, with the nervures and a band enclosing the ocelli whity-

brown; margin broadly brown: secondaries brown, more or

less inclining to whitish, with central and subbasal bands

darker than in P. Porsenna; eight discal ocelli black, white-

pupilled, with pale brown iris, surrounded by darker brown,

and encircled by a whitish zone ; a broad dark brown marginal

border, edged internally with lilacine.

Expanse of wings 3 inches 4 lines.

The allied P. Porsenna comes from Quito and Bogota.

18. Pronophila venerata, n. sp. B.M.

Upperside black, shot with purple; primaries with a

quadrate white spot crossing the centre of the first median in-

terspace ; three subapical white spots, the uppermost bifid,

running obliquely from costal to just beneath lower radial

nervure : secondaries with fringe ferruginous; a large white

patch, crossed by the third median branch, and trisinuate ex-

ternally, on disk beyond end of cell. Primaries below black,

white spots as above ; apex broadly ferruginous, irrorated with

orange; three subapical dusky white-pupilled ocelli, forming

an angular series to second white spot: basal half of second-

aries red-brown, the ordinary bands of Pronophila indicated

by deeper brown; apical half variegated with yellow, red-

brown, pale ochreous, and silver, as follows :—apex red-brown ;

224 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

anal angle blackish; second median interspace to marginal

border pale ochreous; anal margin to third median branch

yellow irrorated with red-brown, deeply undate internally and

edged with silver ; above the third median the margin becomes

red-brown, and is partly edged with silver and partly with

yellow scales; eight discal ocelli black, white-pupilled, with

squamose yellow irides, excepting on second median interspace ;

anal area irrorated with silver scales.

Eixpanse of wings 3 inches 5 lines.

One of the most remarkable butterflies that has come for

years. It is utterly unlike any other Pronophila ; and inthe

shape of the secondaries, which project somewhat at termina-

tion of third median branch, it reminds one of the species of

Hetera and Pierella.

Genus 10. Corapes, E. Doubleday.

19. Corades Iduna, local form marginalis*. B.M.

Corades Iduna, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vi. p. 437

(1850) ; Hewitson & Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 355. n. 2, pl. 63.

fig. 1 (1851).

The typical form is from Bolivia; the species has a third

form in astern Peru (not Nauta on the Amazons), described

at p. 185 of my Catalogue of Satyride, and which may take

the name of C. peruviana.

20. Corades fusciplaga, n. sp. B.M.

Allied to C. Cybele. Above like C. Sareba; differs below

from C. Cybele in the dusky tint of all the wings,and in the

orange patch of primaries being replaced by a somewhat

smaller pale brown patch.

Expanse of wings 3 inches 2 lines.

C. Cybele is from Bogota, C. Sareba from Bolivia.

21. Corades Cistene. B.M.

Corades Cistene, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. p. 72, pl. 36. figs. 4, 5

(1863).

Specimens previously in the Museum from Quito and

Bogota differ from the typical form in the smaller size of all

the tawny spots above.

* The orange patch on secondaries carried on to the margin, without

marginal ferruginous border.

Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 225

Subfamily Morpuivz, Butler.

Genus 11. Morpno, Fabricius.

22. Morpho Lympharis, n. sp. B.M.

Allied to M. Sulkowskyi; considerably smaller; the blue

tint deeper on male, paler on female.

3. Above, primaries with costa more convex and outer

margin more concave ; brown border of apex and outer margin

less than half as wide: secondaries more produced at anal

angle, with black margin reduced to a narrow line ; spots at

anal angle considerably smaller, the red spots paler. Below,

all the markings more dusky: primaries with markings in cell

more regular, the fasciole at end of cell strongly angulated ;

five distinct ocelli on disk ; marginal bands narrower : secon-

daries with all the transverse bands, excepting the fourth and

seventh from base, reduced to lines ; the ocelli blacker, broader,

those on anal area subcordate ; submarginal band reduced to a

dark brown line ; red spots obsolescent.

Expanse of wings 3 inches 8 lines.

?. Above, primaries with outer margin less convex, less

yellow-tinted ; costa pale brown to end of cell; discal brown

band containing four distinct white spots; its outer edge

nearly straight; submarginal white spots ill-defined, forming

a continuous increasing band from subcostal nervure to inner

margin ; submarginal brown band much narrower : secondaries

with ochraceous area half the width, more dusky, especially

internally ; the anal angle distinctly black, exhibiting three

red spots; a distinct white spot on each side of the caudal

process. Below, all the markings more dusky, the bands being

either olivaceous brown or black: primaries with base brown ;

bands in cell more regular, the first brown with black margin,

the second black, its upper two thirds wide, the lower third

suddenly narrower; terminal fasciole dull pale ochreous, with

black margin; lunated transverse band beyond cell black ;

ocelli larger, five in number, the first four being united and

equal in size; aregular brown band on either side of the series ;

submarginal band. dark brown: secondaries with the broader

bands narrowed, olivaceous brown, with dark brown margins ;

narrow bands black ; ocelli five in number, large, the lower

four united, black, with large elongated silver pupils, brownish

ochraceous irides, and indistinct whitish zones; area beyond

them olivaceous brown, beyond which is a slightly undulated

silver submarginal band, intersected by a narrow dark brown

226 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

band; anal angle dull griseous, intersected by a black band,

and bearing two red spots, brighter than in M. Sulkowsky?.

Expanse of wings 3 inches LO lines.

Quite distinct from the New-Granadan WM. Sulkowsky?.

Subfamily Nyrweuzazuimz, Bates.

Genus 12. Paputa, Fabricius.

23. Paphia tyrianthina. B.M.

Paphia tyrianthina, Salvin & Godman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. ii. p. 148, n. 17 (1868) ; Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv. Paphia, pl. 2.

fig. 4 (1869).

The type was from Bolivia.

Genus 13. Hetrerocuroa, Boisduval.

24. Heterochroa Aricia. B.M.

Heterochroa Aricia, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.xx. p. 268, pl. 21.

fig. 11 (1847).

The type was from Bolivia.

Genus 14, CyBpELIs, Boisduval.

25. Cybdelis Whitely?, n. sp. B.M.

Primaries above as in ©. Diotima; secondaries with broad

silvery greenish outer border, from which to end of cell extends

a metallic subtriangular blue patch: primaries below nearly

as in O. Diotima, but with two lilacine spots between median

branches ; secondaries as in C. Cecidas.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 8 lines.

C. Diotima has been taken in Bolivia and Quito, C. Cecidas

in Eastern Peru.

I have named this pretty little species after its indefatigable

collector.

Genus 15. Eurema, E. Doubleday.

26. Hurema Lethe. B.M.

Papilio Lethe, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 80. n. 250 (1793).

Hypanartia Demonica (part.), Hibner, Sammi. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 26,

figs. 3, 4 (1806).

Rather larger than the typical form from Brazil, Venezuela,

and Mexico, and with the secondaries above darker.

27. Hurema Dione. B.M.

Vanessa Dione, Latreille, in Humboldt and Bonpland’s Obs, Zool. ii,

p- 87, pl. 37. figs. 1, 2 (1811-19).

Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 227

Genus 16. Dione, Hiibner.

28. Dione Moneta. B.M.

Dione Moneta, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. (1816-24).

Agraulis Glycera, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vy. p. 102. n. 75

(1861).

Felder erroneously renamed Hiibner’s species, supposing

that the insect figured in the ‘Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera’

was a representation of it; the species there figured, however,

is identical with that figured by Poey, and is clearly distinct

from D. Moneta. I therefore propose to call it D. Poeyit.

29. Dione Telesiphe. B.M.

Colenis Telesiphe, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. v. p. 564. n. 8

(1867).

The type was from Ecuador.

HETEROCERA.

Family Zygenide.

Genus 17. Pacriosoma, Hiibner.

30. Pacilosoma Vesparis, n. sp. B.M.

Wings hyaline, with nervures and a very slender marginal

border black ; primaries above with base and costa irrorated

with pale yellow ; secondaries with costa pale yellow, inner

margin golden yellow; body blue-black, the thorax streaked

with golden yellow, the abdomen banded with the same colour ;

palpi yellow ; antennz black ; legs black above, yellow below :

wings below nearly as above; primaries with basal half of

inner margin yellowish white; secondaries with costa bright

yellow.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines.

Genus 18. CurysocaLe, Walker.

31. Chrysocale florella, un. sp. B.M.

Primaries above burnished copper, with greenish reflections ;

apical third of cell, enclosing a hyaline spot, black ; outer and

inner margins broadly dark brown; secondaries dark brown,

costa whitish ; abdominal half of wings and a spot beyond the

cell irrorated with metallic green ; apical third of cell hyaline ;

body black, dorsum coppery red ; abdomen above clothed with

metallic-green and brassy scales, a row of whitish spots on each

228 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

side; head black, with collar green ; tegule black, with large

white central spot; antenne black: wings below altogether

paler than above ; hind wings with costa metallic green.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

Family Lithosiide.

Genus 19. CuHrySAUGE, Hiibner.

Group Flavinia, Walker.

32. Chrysauge limbata, n. sp. B.M.

Wings above and below golden-yellow, with the margins

rather broadly black-brown; body brown; abdomen with a

lateral yellow streak ; a brush of white hairs, shghtly ochreous

at base, emitted from side of thorax at base of secondaries.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 6 lines.

Family Arctiide.

Genus 20. ANAxITA, Walker.

33. Anaxita sannionis, n. sp. B.M.

Allied to A. decorata. Primaries above with basal half

ochraceous, apical half crimson; the nervures and interner-

vular folds black ; the median nervure and all the nervures

on disk enclosed im greyish-olivaceous (“hoary,’ Walker)

bands, edged with dark brown ; a fasciole of the same character

at base, a second crossing basal third, and a third just before

end of cell, the second continued to inner margin, and another,

corresponding to the terminal discoidal fasciole (although not

continuous with it), running from base of first median branch

to inner margin; a basi-costal spot, a streak above median

nervure (extending from the second to the third transverse

fasciole), the interno-basal area, and a round spot between the

two fascioles beyond it crimson: secondaries rosy-crimson ;

the apex, outer margin, a triangular patch at anal angle, and

the nervures from the median upwards, excepting at base,

brown: body crimson ; collar and tegule golden-yellow, brown-

edged; abdomen with brown dorsal line; anus and venter

blackish, with three golden-yellow spots on each side; legs

and antenne brown. Wings below nearly as above ; primaries

with all the bands brown, a black costal spot on each of the

discoidal fascioles, basal area rosy ; secondaries with a yellow

subcostal striole.

Expanse of wings 3 inches 2 lines.

Much like A. decorata, but differing in colour and with

Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 229

none of the nervular bands of primaries continued to the cell ;

the nervular brown streaks of secondaries also continued

nearly to base of wings.

Family Erateinide.

Genus 21. ERATEINA, Doubleday.

34. Erateina latipennis, n. sp. B.M.

Primaries above as in L. undulata, but the transverse yellow

band reduced to a line ; secondaries very similar to LZ. wndu-

lata, but broader, with central band deep orange instead of

red, and much broader: below somewhat similar to £. undu-

lata, more orange in tint, with narrower central transverse

band ; the silvery area reduced’ to a narrow squamose streak

limiting a broad subbasal chocolate band; the discal yellow

band much widened, especially on primaries ; the area between

subbasal and discal bands orange; fringes varied with orange

instead of pale yellow.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 8 lines.

35. Erateina cometaris, n. sp. B.M.

Nearer to H. Newra than to any other described species.

Wings above with basal half greenish cinereous, with bronzy

reflection, apical half black; primaries with central abbre-

viated, broad, white, oblique, hyaline band: secondaries with

central white streak, obsolescent towards costa; a subanal

crimson spot; fringe alternately black and white. Wings below

plum-coloured ; nervures of basal area and two oblique central

bands, broadest on primaries, silver, an oblique transverse

discal streak gold ; primaries with internal area silver, outer

central band hyaline in the centre; secondaries with golden

discal streak abbreviated, disappearing as it reaches outer

central band ; fringe alternately black and white.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

36. Hrateina discalis, n. sp. B.M.

Primaries above black, basal area and a trifid hyaline spot

crossing median branches and end of cell snow-white; costal

and subcostal nervures red ; secondaries snow-white, a broad

marginal black border, fringe alternately black and white.

Body black, thorax clothed with whitish hairs; abdomen

white-banded above, white below, with lateral series of red

spots ; head white, front and antenne red, palpi and legs black

and white. Primaries below plum-coloured ; internal area and

central transverse band silvery white, the band hyaline in the

centre ; basal half of costa irrorated with orange; the base and

230 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Additions to

a small oblique dash in cell white : secondaries silvery white ;

a cuneiform spot and two dots in cell; a large cuneiform patch

on inner margin, asomewhat broad marginal band terminating

above in a quadrate spot upon subcostal nervure, and spots

on the fringe opposite to terminations of nervures reddish

plum-colour irrorated with orange.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 1 line.

Alhed to £. Cynthia from Bolivia.

Family Ennomide.

Genus 22. AzeLina, Guenée.

37, Azelina, sp. ?

Allied to A. aylinaria. The specimen is scarcely in a

sufficiently good condition for accurate determination.

XXX.—Additions to the Australian Curculionide. Part V.

By Francis P. Pascoe, F.L.S8. &c.

LEpTroPiInz. ATERPINZ.

Leptops argillaceus. Rhinaria perdix.

—— musimon. ; fasciata.

—— muricatus. /Hsiotes leucurus.

morosus.

RHYPAROSOMINZA., BeLinz.

Dysostines cellaris.

Pachyura vestita.

Belus ganglionicys.

CYLINDRORHININZ#. Isacantha exigua.

Perperus urticarum.

variegatus, ByR ENCES:

Ocynoma, n. g. Kurhynchus maculatus.

—— nnata.

pprenngta. L2&MOSACCINZE.

cordipennis. f

Decienus, n. g. Leemosaccus ocularis.

sphasodes. —— longiceps.

semlustus.

GONIPTERINZ. funereus.

a —— gibbosus.

Oxyops Mastersii. —— querulus.

memnonius. tarsalis.

—— calidus. —— magdaloides..

pruimosus. —— fulvirostris.

—— meles.

sparsutus. CRYPTORHYNCHINZ.

—— floreus. Tentegia, n. g.

—— rutilus. favosa.

Syarbis semilineatus.

nervosus.

Pantoreites cretatus.

—— Breweri.

Poropterus prodigus.

Axides, n. g.

dorsalis.

Tychreus sellatus.

the Australian Curculionidee. 231

Leptops argillaceus.

Z. subovatus, niger, omnino dense albido-squamosus, squamis aliis

elongatis setulisque adspersus; rostro prothorace vix breviore,

modice robusto, medio carinato, lateraliter suleato ; scrobibus ante

partem inferiorem oculi evanescentibus ; scapo modice tenuato, a

basi ad apicem gradatim sed sat cito crassiore ; funiculo articulis

ultimis subturbinatis; clava nigra, anguste ovata; prothorace

subtransverso, rude irregulariter impresso; elytris lateribus parum

rotundatis, humeris okliquis et fortiter tuberculatis, apice anguste

rotundatis, striato-punctatis, punctis sublinearibus, interstitiis

convexis, integris, dorso postice tuberculis quatuor subvalidis,

acutis, transversim positis, instructis ; femoribus in medio modice

incrassatis. Long. 5-7 (@ ) lin.

Hab. Queensland.

This species belongs to the section represented by L. qguadri-

tuberculatus and allied forms. Its diagnostic characters will

be found in the form of the scape, combined with those of the

rostrum, scrobes, and the absence of tubercles on the elytra,

except at the shoulders and the four at the posterior part. In

the freshest of my specimens the scales have a very decidedly

pearly lustre. Curculio clavus, Fab. (unknown to Schénherr,

but referred to by him as probably congeneric with Hippo-

rhinus, and so placed in the Munich Catalogue), is a Leptops,

and belongs to this section. JL. Hopei, Fahr., seems to me to

be identical with L. squalidus; indeed Fahreus himself queries

“An femina Leptopis squalid?”

Leptops musimon.

L. ovatus, fuscus, opacus, sat dense umbrino-squamosus ; rostro

crasso, antice profunde flexuoso-sulcato, supra oculum tuberculo

» valido munito; scrobibus brevibus, subtransversis; antennis

robustis ; clava brevi, funiculo haud crassiore ; prothorace trans-

verso, basi quam apice paulo latiore, supra vermiculato-sulcato ;

scutello transverso, apice late rotundato ; elytris ovalibus, singulis

quadriseriatim tuberculatis, serie suturali tuberculis minoribus

antice obsoletis, serie externa tuberculis tribus, seriebus inter-

mediis sequalibus, singulatim sextuberculatis, interstitiis impresso-

punctatis, haud granulatis ; corpore infra pedibusque dense squa-

mulosis, parce griseo-setulosis. . Long. 7 lin.

Hab. Rockhampton.

In L. polyacanthus and L. ebeninus there are also interocular

tubercles. The latter is a glossy black species with granules

on the elytra as well as tubercles ; the former has the rostrum

longitudinally grooved, the imterspaces forming five carine,

and the scrobe is longer and not transverse.

232 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Additions to

Leptops muricatus.

Z. ovatus, niger, subopacus, squamulis albidis preecipue in cavitatibus

indutus ; fronte convexa, parum punctulata; rostro longiusculo,

antice quinquecarinato ; scrobibus ad medium oculi currentes ;

antennis tenuatis, parce squamulosis ; funiculo longiusculo ; clava

elongata ; prothorace latitudine vix longiore, basi haud dilatato,

supra granulis majusculis inzequalibus confertim munito ; scutello

angusto ; elytris oblongo-ovalibus, singulis tuberculorum seriebus

circa decem instructis, seriebus tertia, quinta, septimaque majo-

ribus, postice tuberculis spiniformibus, interstitiis rude impresso-

punctatis; corpore infra pedibusque, tibiis confertim squamulosis

exceptis, squamulis parce vestitis. Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Nicol Bay.

Like the last in general appearance, but with slender an-

tenn, which in thickness are nearly intermediate between the

above and L. spinosus. From a comparison of various species

the characters of the antenne, although very marked in

extreme cases, do not appear to have more than specific value

in this genus; the same may be said of the scrobes. The

five carinz on the rostrum are very marked, the middle one is

the narrowest.

Dysostines cellaris.

D. oblongo-ovalis, niger, supra pedibusque indumento fusco tectus,

sparse setulosus; rostro latitudine sesquilongiore, antice paulo

convexo; antennis subferrugineis, articulis quatuor ultimis sub-

eequalibus ; prothorace modice ampliato-rotundato, in medio linea

longitudinali impressa; scutello nullo; elytris prothorace vix

latioribus, subcordatis, seriatim punctatis, interstitiis alternis

eleyatis, pone humeros calloso-tuberculatis ; mesosterno verticali,

haud producto; coxis anticis modice sejunctis; tibiis posticis

paulo curvatis, intus fortiter bisinuatis ; tarsis ferrugineis. Long.

23 lin.

Hab. Sydney.

Probably most nearly allied to D. hoplostethus ; but with

the posterior tibiz only slightly curved, and a normal meso-

sternum. ‘That species has a slightly impressed line on the

rostrum anteriorly, but partly hidden by the scales with which

it is closely covered, and a short crest-like carina nearly be-

tween the eyes, but of which there are no traces in the species

before us. Mr. Masters says that it is common in the cellars

of houses at Sydney.

Perperus urticarum.

P. fusco-squamosus, albo maculatim varius ; rostro prothorace parum

breviore, antice subrotundato, apicem versus multo latiore; an-

the Australian Curculionide. 233

tennis ferrugineis, pilosis et parce setulosis; funiculo articulis

duobus basalibus sequalibus ; prothorace subtransverso ( 2 mani-

feste latiore), apice quam basi paulo angustiore, rugoso, vittis

tribus fuscis ornato ; lobis ocularibus prominulis ; elytris ovato-

cordatis, tenuiter striato-punctatis, punctis linearibus, interstitiis

latis, parum convexis, postice verticaliter declivibus, argenteo,

presertim lateraliter, variis; corpore infra pedibusque argenteo-

squamosis. Long. 23 (¢), 3(Q) lin.

Hab. Queensland (Gayndah).

Mr. Masters, to whom I am indebted for this prettily marked

species, tells me that it is found on nettles. In two of my

three specimens the principal white mark curves up from the

shoulder to behind the middle of the elytron; the others con-

sist of several well-limited spots; in the third specimen the

spots are more broken up and indefinite; the rostrum is

nearly as broad again at the apex than at the base.

Perperus vartegatus.

P. fusco-squamosus, albo maculatim varius ; rostro prothorace multo

breviore, basi minus tenuato, antice subplanato ; antennis ferru-

gineis, pilosis, parce setulosis ; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus

brevioribus; prothorace magis ampliato, apice quam basi magis

angustiore, rugoso, albo, vittis duabus latis fuscis ornato, lobis

ocularibus prominulis ; elytris ovato-cordatis, brevioribus, tenuiter

striato-punctatis, punctis linearibus, interstitiis latis, paulo con-

vexis, postice minus declivibus, niveo, precipue lateraliter, variis ;

corpore infra pedibusque dense subargenteo-squamosis. Long.

23-3 lin.

Hab. Rockhampton.

Closely resembling the last species; but, enter alia, with

larger prothorax, the apex considerably narrower than the

base, especially in the female, and with two brown stripes only,

separated by a well-defined narrow white line; the rostrum is

shorter and nearly of the same breadth throughout.

OCYNOMA.

Rostrum modice elongatum, in medio tenuatum, versus apicem in-

crassatum ; scrobes apicales, triangulares, postice cito evanescentes.

Oculi rotundati. Antenne longe ; scapus pone marginem ante-

riorem prothoracis attingens ; fwniculus articulis obconicis ; clava

distincta. Prothorax lateraliter rotundatus, basi truncatus ;

lobis ocularibus nullis. Scutellum invisum. Elytra subcordata,

prothorace basi haud latiora, postice leviter declivia, apice rotun-

data. Femora in medio incrassata ; tibie intus bisinuate, apice

ampliate ; tarsi normales. Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus

234 Mr. F. P. Paseoe on Additions to

amplis. Processus intercoxalis truncatus. Corpus squamosum,

setosum.

The absence of ocular lobes and the greater length of the

scape are the principal characters differentiating this genus

from Perperus. The elytra, also, are not vertically declivous

behind; and the eyes are round or nearly so and away from

the prothorax, not contiguous to, or, im some cases, partly

covered by the ocular lobes. The corbels of the posterior tibie,

so far as I can make out from gummed specimens, are pre-

cisely as in Perperus.

Ocynoma antennata.

O. fusco-castanea, squamis griseis fuscisque, setulis longis inter-

jectis, subtus sparse argenteo-squamosa ; capite rostroque griseo-

squamosis, hoc in medio carinulato, apice vage setuloso ; antennis

ferrugineis, parcius niveo-pilosis ; funiculo articulo basali longiore

ceteris gradatim brevioribus; prothorace vittis tribus fuscis valde

indeterminatis notato ; elytris anguste cordatis, seriatim punctatis ;

dorso utrinque vitta determinata fusca notatis; pedibus ferrugi-

neis, tibiis tarsisque pallidioribus. Long. 12-2 lin.

Hab. Swan River.

Ocynoma cordipennis.

O. fusca, squamis silaceis, setulis breviusculis interjectis, subtus

sejunctim albido-squamosa ; rostro longiore, minus tenuato, haud -

carinulato; antennis minus elongatis; prothorace longitudine vix

latiore, vage nigro-punctato; elytris cordatis, tenuiter striatis,

singulis linea pallida, in medio interrupta, indeterminata, notatis ;

pedibus squamosis, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis. Long. 2 lin.

Hiab. Swan River.

DECIENUS.

Rostrum modice robustum, breviusculum ; serobes flexuoss, postice

leviter impressz, oculos attingentes. Oculi rotundati. Scapus

medium oculi vix superans ; funiculus articulis quinque ultimis

breviter obconicis, subeequalibus. Prothorax lobis ocularibus ob-

soletis. Hlytra subcordata, postice leviter declivia. Pedes antici

majusculi, elongati; tibi@ antice apice calcarate, posticz corbellis

apertis. Czeteris ut in Perpero.

From its appearance I had originally placed the species

described below with Prosayleus ; but an examination of the

mouth shows that it is phanerognathous, and is in many

respects similar to Perperus, although from its open posterior

corbels it is probable that Lacordaire would have found

another place forit. Itisa dark, somewhat spider-like looking

insect, with a few indistinct greyish stripes; in the female,

the Australian Curculionide. 235

which is much more massive, the elytra are more uniformly

grey, at least in my example.

Decienus sphasodes.

D. nigricanti-squamosus griseo varius; rostro antice tricarinulato ;

antennis ferrugineis, griseo-pilosis; funiculo articulis duobus

basalibus longitudine fere equalibus, primo vix crassiore; pro-

thorace lateribus rotundatis, basi quam apice vix latiore, rugoso,

vittis duabus griseis notato; elytris ovato-cordatis, substriato-

punctatis, punctis leviter impressis, interstitiis latis, parum con-

vexis, dorso lateraliter griseo maculatim variegatis ; corpore infra

argenteo-squamoso; pedibus fuscis, parce argenteo-squamosis.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Western Australia.

Oxyops Mastersit.

O. angustior, nitide ater, squamis niveis omnino sejunctim vestitus;

rostro latitudine parum breviore; oculis prominulis, postice

abrupte subtruncatis; prothorace supra fere obsolete tricarinato,

lobo seutellari yix emarginato ; scutello elongato, postice gradatim

latiore; elytris modice ampliatis, convexis, humeris vix prominulis,

apice rotundatis, insequaliter punctato-sulcatis, interstitiis fortiter

convexis, tertio quintoque carinato-elevatis, sulcis suturalibus

foveatis, squamis versus et paulo pone medium interruptis, fascias

duas formantibus; tibiis anticis valde curvatis. Long. 4} lin.

Hab. New South Wales (Rope’s Creek).

I have only one specimen of this pretty little species, which

will be found to have a leading character, if it be not a sexual

peculiarity, in its strongly curved anterior tibie. In the

(faintly) tricarinate prothorax and the sculpture of the elytra

it approaches O. coneretus. ‘The species of Oxyops have in

general a shortly oval contour, the apex of each elytron ap-

pearing to be produced into a short blunt mucro; but this is

almost entirely owing to a gradual thickening of the sutural

interstice as it approaches its termination.

Oxyops memnonius.

O. obovatus, niger, omnino setulis parvis albis parce adspersus ;

rostro crasso, rude punctato, in medio levigato ; funiculo articulis

ultimis longiuse iis, obconicis ; prothorace transverso, sat rude

crebre punctato, in medio haud carinato, basi lato, margine postico

ferrugineo-squamoso ; scutello ovali; elytris amplis, convexis,

humeris prominulis, punctis magnis seriatim impressis, interstitiis

sat angustis, tertio basi tuberculo elevato alteroque postice in-

structis, apicibus obsolete mucronatis. Long. 7 lin.

Hab. Champion Bay.

236 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Additions to

Compared with O. squamulosus, Boh., this species is more

convex, the rostrum and prothorax not carinated, and the

elytra with rounded punctures and with a prominent tubercle

at the base of each.

Oxyops calidus.

O. obovatus, niger, tibiis tarsisque rufescentibus, setulis parvis albis

omnino adspersus, supra squamositate rosea in cavitatibus obsitis ;

rostro latitudine sesquilongiore, antice rotundato haud suleato ;

antennis sat dense pilosis; funiculo articulis ultimis obconicis,

haud elongatis ; prothorace transverso, basi minus lato, confertim

granulato, disco utrinque granulis majoribus, singulis setulam

gerentibus, munito ; scutello elongato; elytris amplis convexis,

humeris prominulis, seriatim punctatis, dimidio basali et in medio

punctis majoribus impressis, spatiis denudatis, ad latera ductis,

notatis, interstitiis basin versus, presertim tertio, paulo elevatis,

postice utrinque tuberculo parum elevato instructis, apice rotun-

datis. Long. 64 lin.

Hab. Nicol Bay.

A well-marked species. The larger granules on the pro-

thorax appear to the naked eye as two dark blotches ; on the

elytra there are four indeterminate naked band-like spaces with

punctures, the two intermediate bands slightly connected, the

punctures much larger than on the rest of the elytra.

Oxyops pruinosus.

O. obovatus, niger, setulis parvis albis parce adspersus ; rostro lati-

tudine fere sesquilongiore, apicem versus paulo excayato, in medio

linea levigata instructo; oculis minoribus; antennis sat dense

pilosis, funiculo articulo secundo quam tertio sesquilongiore ;

prothorace angustiore, magis elongato, confertim granulato, disco

utrinque granulis paucis majoribus; scutello oblongo; elytris

ampliatis, modice convexis, humeris prominulis, seriatim punctatis,

spatiis transversis denudatis elevatis munitis, interstitiis basi haud

tuberculatis, postice tuberculis parum elevatis instructis, apice

rotundatis. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Nicol Bay.

Allied to the preceding ; but, besides the colour (which to

the naked eye is dark ashy grey), the prothorax is longer and

narrower posteriorly, and the elytra have several little elevated,

transverse, slightly glossy patches.

Oxyops meles.

O. paulo angustior, fuscus, setulis albis omnino sejunctim adspersus ;

oculis minusculis ; rostro latitudine paulo longiore, antice haud

sulcato; antennis ferrugineis, funiculo articulo secundo quam

the Australian Curculionide. 237

tertio paulo longiore; prothorace transverso, sequaliter crebre

granulato-punctato ; scutello angusto, albo; elytris modice con-

vexis, striato-punctatis, interstitiis latiusculis, subplanatis, crebre

granulatis, singulis tuberculis tribus modice elevatis (uno basali,

duobus posticis, exteriore marginem versus) instructis. Long. 5 lin.

Hab. Champion Bay.

Somewhat like O. crassirostris ; but with a longer rostrum,

much smaller eyes, elytra with the interstices broader and

more convex, and furnished with posterior tubercles ; the scales

also are completely setuliform.

Oxyops sparsutus.

O. angustior, nitide ater, squamulis niveis maculatim adspersus ;

rostro brevissimo ; oculis prominulis ; antennis ferrugineis ; scapo

brevi; funiculo elongato ; prothorace transverso, profunde crebre,

quasi reticulatim punctato, punctis plurimis squamigerentibus,

in medio nigro bivittato; scutello angusto ; elytris convexis, haud

tuberculatis, striato-punctatis, punctis sat profundis, approximatis,

interstitiis latiusculis, convexis, granulatis, humeris haud pro-

minulis, apicibus paulo divaricatis; pedibus tarsis subtestaceis,

fuscis, sejunctim albo-setulosis. Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Champion Bay.

This prettily mottled species has a remarkably short rostrum ;

and the scape is also unusually short. The black marks on

the prothorax and elytra are due to the very slender bristle-

like scales imperfectly clothing those parts.

Oxyops floreus.

O. angustior, nitide fuscus, squamulis niveis, supra modice, intra

minus adspersus, elytris squamulis majoribus condensatis maculas

formantibus ; rostro latitudine paulo longiore, antice leviter gib-

boso; antennis ferrugineis, squamulosis; prothorace subtrans-

verso, subconico, utrinque rotundato, granulato-punctato, granulis

prominulis; scutello angusto; elytris modice convexis, rude

striato-punctatis, interstitiis angustis, grosse granulatis, maculis

numerosis niveis, singulis una pone medium majore, ornatis,

apicibus obsolete mucronatis ; pedibus ferrugineis, albo-squamosis.

Long. 43 lin.

Hab. West Australia.

The white scales on the elytra are somewhat fasciculate in

their arrangement.

Oxyops rutilus.

O. angustior, rufo-fulvus, supra squamulis parvis albidis adspersus ;

capite pone oculos constricto ; rostro brevi, crasso, granulato-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 17

238 On Additions to the Australian Curculionide.

punctato; oculis prominulis ; antennis leviter pilosis ; prothorace

subconico, basi minus lato, erebre granulato-punctato, fere esqua-

moso ; scutello oblongo ; elytris modice convexis, striato-punctatis,

interstitiis latiusculis, tertio quintoque basi elevatis, singulis

postice subcallosis, apicibus obsolete mucronatis ; corpore infra

pedibusque squamis albis adspersis. Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Champion Bay.

A fulvous species, with a sort of amber lustre ; the scales,

principally confined to the elytra, have a slightly golden tint.

It is more like a Gondpterus, but it has a prominent meso-

sternum as in Oxyops.

Syarbis semilineatus.

S. obovatus, fuscus vel ferrugineus, squamulis albis lineatim con-

gestis ornatus; rostro crasso, sparse albo-squamuloso; oculis

subrotundatis ; funiculo elongato, articulis liberis; prothorace

transversim conico, grosse punctato, vittis quinque, quarum tribus

discoidalibus indistinctis, notato ; elytris subcordatis, modice con-

vexis, fortiter striato-punctatis, humeris vix productis, lineis

quinque bene determinatis, ad basin haud protensis, una suturali,

duabus lateralibus, e squamulis albis condensatis, munitis ; corpore

infra pedibusque squamulis albis plus minusve tectis. Long.

2-2 lin.

fab. Western Australia.

The well-marked lines on the elytra and sides of the

prothorax—the former (except the outer line) not extending

more than halfway towards the base—will at once differentiate

this apparently common species from its congeners.

Syarbis nervosus.

S. oblongus, fuseus, squamulis albis, plerumque sublineatim ad-

spersus ; rostro crasso, infra oculos longitudinaliter elevato, in

medio sulcato; oculis ellipticis, minus prominulis; funiculo

crassiusculo; prothorace subconico, rugoso-punctato, subtrilineato ;

scutello elongato ; elytris subobovatis, modice convexis, substriato-

punctatis, punctis majusculis, interstitio tertio dimidio anteriore

elevato, sutura albo-squamulosis, singulis linea pallida, in medio

obliqua, notatis ; corpore infra indumento fuscescente squamulisque

albis adspersis munito; pedibus breviusculis, parce albo-squa-

mulosis. Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Queensland.

Alhed to S. emarginatus, Roel., also from Queensland, but

differently coloured and the third interstice elevated at the

base. Of S. nubdlus, Roel., I have specimens from Sydney,

Albany, and Champion Bay.

Dr. A. Giinther on Fishes from China. 239

Pantorettes cretatus.

P. ferrugineus, supra interrupte, subtus dense albo-squamosus ;

rostro breviusculo ; scrobibus magis arcuatis, supra fere trans-

versis; antennis paulo validis; funiculo articulo basali parum

incrassato, quam secundo paulo longiore, tertio manifeste breviore ;

prothorace subconico, utrinque leviter rotundato, basi dilatato et bi-

sinuato, confertissime punctato, punctis singulis squamulam albam

gerentibus, vittis quinque e squamis ovatis formatis, notato, punctis

ceteris squamulis minutis piliformibus instructis ; scutello ovato ;

elytris humeris prominulis, lateribus gradatim angustioribus,

apice rotundatis, substriato-punctatis, punctis subremotis, inter-

stitiis angustulis, vix convexis, lateribus suturaque irregulariter

dense squamosis, reliquis denudatis; mesosterno producto ;

pedibus validis ; tibiis intus fortiter dentatis. Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Champion Bay.

The mesosternum is also produced in P. scenicus, from which

this species may be known, inter alia, by its prominent

shoulders and more lightly sculptured elytra.

Pantoreites Brewer.

P. ruto-testaceus, squamulis piliformibus, aliis ovatis intermixtis,

albis, plerumque sat dense tectus ; rostro antice leviter tricarinato ;

funiculo articulis duobus basalibus parum elongatis,fere zequalibus,

tertio multo breviore; prothorace utrinque rotundato, basi quam

apice haud latiore, illa truncata, in medio squamulis piliformibus,

ad latera squamulis ovatis magis condensatis, tecto; scutello

ovato; elytris humeris rotundatis, lateribus parallelis, apicem

versus cito gradatim angustioribus, striato-punctatis, punctis

elongatis, interstitiis latis, subplanatis, tertio postice leviter

tuberculato; corpore infra minus squamoso; mesosterno hand

producto; pedibus parce pilosis; femoribus in medio crassioribus,

tibiis anticis intus bisinuatis. Long, 23 lin.

Hab. Swan River.

The tricarinated rostrum and narrow base of the prothorax

will at once differentiate this species, which must be considered

an aberrant form if retained in the genus. It is dedicated to

Mr. Brewer, who has done so much by his collections to

elucidate the entomology of Swan River.

[To be continued. |

XXXI.—Report on a Collection of Fishes from China. By

Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S., Assistant Keeper of the

Zoological Department, British Museum.

Mr. R. Swinnor, H.M. Consul at Shanghai, having sent to the

17*

240 Dr. A. Giinther on a

British Museum a collection of freshwater fishes made at that

place, I have thought it worthy of a separate report, as it

contains an unusually large proportion of new species or such

as are but imperfectly known. Their number would have

been still larger if a great part of the collection had not un-

fortunately perished during transit to Europe. Only too fre-

quently specimens are sent off by collectors before they are

thoroughly saturated with strong spirits; and the inevitable

consequence is that they are softened by internal decomposition

and knocked to pieces by the rough treatment to which

packages are subjected during a long journey. All specimens

collected in a hot climate and placed in spirits ought to be re-

tained by the collector for at least four weeks before they are

sent off, and the spirits changed two or three times.

I have included in the following list only a few species

obtained from other sources, which are therefore specially men-

tioned. Where no locality is given, the species is from

Shanghai, and collected by Mr. Swinhoe.

1. Stniperca chuatst, Basil.

2. Siniperca chuants?, Basil.

This species has a much lower body than the first.

3. Percalabrax japonicus, C. & V.

D.12:| gas Avg:

Preoperculum with four or five spinous hooks.

4, Hapalogenys nigripinnis, Rich.

5. Dentex hypselosoma, Blkr.

6. Cottus pollux, sp. n.

Dy Oui1Ose, BAS)

Skin smooth. No spines on the head, except on the pre-

operculum (which is armed with a small, flat, and shghtly

curved spine) and on the suboperculum, the spine of which is

still smaller. Lateral line reaching to the caudal fin. ‘The

vent is conspicuously nearer to the root of the caudal than to

the end of the snout. First dorsal very low. Origin of the

anal opposite to the fourth dorsal ray. The ventrals extend

somewhat beyond the vent. In general appearance and in

colour very similar to Cottus gobio.

Two specimens, 43 inches long, were found by Captain

St. John in a river at Otarranai, Japan.

“hla

ee Ge

Collection of Chinese Fishes. 241

7. Platycephalus japonicus, ‘Tiles.

8. Trigla kumu, Less.

9. Lepidotrigla microptera, sp. n.

DF ONG. AeA Tere Liolat.7 75:

Scales regular, finely serrated. Lateral line without spines.

Snout rather short, with the upper profile nearly straight.

Preorbital terminating anteriorly in three or two conical spines.

Dorsal spines rather strong, the first four fifths the length of

the second, which is as high as the body. The pectoral reaches

to the fourth anal ray. A large blackish spot between the

fourth and seventh dorsal spines. ‘The whole of the inner side

of the pectoral black, with the exception of the four lower

rays.

One specimen, 104 inches long.

10. Gobius hasta, Schleg.

11. Gobius stigmatias, Rich.

LopHIOGOBIUS (g. n. Gobiin.).

Body rather elongate, covered with scales of moderate size ;

gill-openings rather wide. Head large, depressed; cleft of

the mouth wide; jaws with a series of rather large subhori-

zontal teeth distant from each other, and not covered by the

lips. A series of very small teeth within the outer series.

Palate smooth. The spinous is separate from the soft dorsal,

and composed of seven spines, of which the first is stiff and

pungent. Ventral fins united, not adherent to the belly.

Pseudobranchie.

12. Lophiogobius ocellicuuda, sp. n.

DIT TN LE lat, Cag:

Head much broader than the body, its width being nearly as

much as the length of the postorbital part ; eyes small, directed

upwards, distant from each other, situated in the anterior part

of the length of the head; lower jaw prominent, maxillary

extending behind the eye. 'The length of the head is nearly

one third of the tetal (without caudal). Tail very low; caudal

pointed, elongate. Vent somewhat nearer to the root of the

tail than to the end of the snout. Pectoral very large, ex-

tending to the vent in females and beyond it in males. Scales

thin, rather deciduous, finely crenulated. Light greenish,

each scale with darker margin; a black white-edged ocellus

on the base of the caudal rays ; lower parts white.

Several specimens, fully mature, from 4 to 44 inches long.

242 Dr. A. Giinther on a

13. Tricnophorichthys trigonocephalus, Gill.

14. Tricnophorichthys barbatus, Gthr.

This species has been collected by Mr. Swinhoe in con-

siderable numbers ; and many of the specimens have the head

less broad than the types, the greater or lesser fulness of the

cheeks depending apparently on the abundance of food.

15. Eleotris potamophila, Gthr.

16. Eleotris Swinhonis, sp. n.

This species belongs to the group with compressed body

and head (2. cyprinoides, &e.).

D.7|12. A.9. LL. lat. 32.

Snout and interorbital space scaleless, the remainder of the

head scaly. Body compressed, its depth being one fourth of

the total length (without caudal), the length of the head two

sevenths. ‘The diameter of the eye is one fourth of the length

of the head, equal to that of the snout, and more than the

width of the interorbital space. Snout pointed, with the lower

jaw longest. The maxillary extends to the vertical from the

front margin of the eye. Greenish olive (in spirits), with more

or less distinct darker markings on the side of the body ; some-

times the markings are in the form of seven broad cross bands,

some of which may be divided into two; sometimes a vertical

band below the eye. Dorsal fins black, the second with series

of lighter spots.

Several specimens, 2 inches long.

17. Eleotris sinensis (Lac.).

18. Periophthabnus Kelreutert (Pall.).

19. Boleophthalmus viridis (Buch. Ham.).

20. Callionymus olidus, sp. n.

D.. 3-4 | 9 A. 9.

Preopercular spine nearly as long as the orbit, cylindrical,

slightly curved, terminating in from four to six hook-like pro-

cesses directed upwards ; a straight process at the base of the

spine points forwards. Gull-opening a very small foramen at

the upper surface of the neck. The length of the head is con-

tained thrice and one fifth in the total length (without caudal).

Vent in the middle between the end of the snout and the base

of the caudal. Upper parts greyish, powdered with darker ;

Collection of Chinese Fishes. 243

the first dorsal black, with the rays somewhat elongate in the

male.

Numerous adult specimens, 2-3 inches long.

21. Mastacembelus sinensis.

Rhynchobdella_ sinensis, Bleek. Versl. & Meded. Ak. Wet. Amsterd.

1870, p. 249, ec. fig.

D. 30-34 | 60. A. 3 | 70.

Preeoperculum without spines. Rostral appendage extremely

short. The maxillary extends to below the front margin of

the eye. Vertical fins continuous. Brownish, with a broad,

straight, blackish-brown band along the side of the body ; the

parts below the band marbled and reticulated with brown.

inches.

otalblenoth. ..< ctu stich ettio cate se (ft

Benet of themheady so. te: 6am oe 13

Length. of the tail” </4 04... 3. 3f

Differs from JZ, maculatus in having the cleft of the mouth

wider.

22. Polyacanthus opercularis, L.

23. Mugil sotuy, Basil.

A very slender species, with adipose eyelids, nine anal rays,

and forty-four scales in the lateral line.

24. Cynoglossus robustus, sp. n.

? Cynoglossus oligolepis, Steindachner, Wien. Sitzsb. lv. 1867, p. 587

(not Bleek.).

De 1St 5 A102.) I lat. Sa.

Two lateral lines on the left side; when counted at the end

of the abdominal cavity, the upper line is separated from the

middle by ten longitudinal series of scales. One lateral line

on the right side. One ventral united with the anal. Two

nostrils—one anteriorly between the eyes, the other in front of

the lower margin of the lower orbit. ‘The upper eye is scarcely

in advance of the lower ; the width of the interorbital space is

less than the diameter of the eye, which is a little nearer to the

end of the snout than to the gill-opening. Lips not fringed.

Length of the snout contained twice and a fourth in that of

the head. The angle of the mouth is opposite to the posterior

margin of the eye, ‘and exactly in the middle of the length of

the head. The rostral hook terminates behind the symphysis

of the mandible. The height of the body is two ninths of the

total length, the length of the head one fifth. Uniform light

brownish.

One specimen, 124 inches long.

244 Dr. A. Giinther on a

25. Cynoglossus abbreviatus, Gray.

26. Cynoglossus gracilis, sp. n.

D.. 1359, As 106. , V. A. alu lat. top:

Three lateral lines on the left side. On the level of the end

of the abdominal cavity the upper line is separated from the

middle by 21 rows of scales, and the lower from the middle

by 24. One lateral line on the right side. Scales ctenoid on

both sides. One ventral united with the anal. Two nostrils—

one between the eyes, the other opposite to the lower margin

of the lower eye. Eyes extremely small, the upper not in

advance of the lower; interorbital space much wider than the

orbit. Lips not fringed. The length of the snout is contained

twice and one third in that of the head. Angle of the mouth

a little nearer to the end of the snout than to the hind margin

of the gill-cover, below the eye. The rostral hook terminates

behind the symphysis of the mandible. Tail much tapering

behind. The height of the body is scarcely more than the

length of the head, which is one fifth of the total (without

caudal). Uniform light brownish ; basal half of the vertical

fins darker than the outer half.

One specimen, 9 inches long, and several young ones.

27. Silurus asotus, L.

Macrones, Liocassis, and PSEUDOBAGRUS.

In my systematic arrangement of the Siluroid fishes, I

refused to acknowledge the presence or absence of a thin

integument on the upper surface of the head as a generic

character, whilst I admitted Bleeker’s generic divisions of

Liocassis, based on the absence of an orbital fold, and of

Pseudobagrus, based on the many-rayed anal fin. However,

the discovery of a few new forms shows that, also, the two

latter characters are quite useless for a generic arrangement of

the species, and that Liocasss and Pseudobagrus should not be

separated from Macrones.

28. Macrones (Pseudobagrus) fulvidraco.

Pimelodus fulvidraco, Richards. Ichth. Chin. p. 286.

Stlurus calvarius, Basilewsky.

Pseudobagrus fulvidraco, Gthr. Fish. v. p. 85.

Pelteobagrus calvarius, Bleek. Ned. Tydschr. Dierk. 1864, p. 9.

Numerous examples.

29. Macrones (Pseudobagrus) tenuis, sp.n.

D/A. ze

Head smooth above, covered with a thin skin, but the occi-

PS ae,

Collection of Chinese Fishes. 245

pital process and the basal bone of the dorsal spine are exposed

and finely granular*, Occipital process narrow, four times as

long as broad ; basal bone of the dorsal spine elongate, trian-

gular, two thirds as long as the occipital process, from which

it is separated by an interspace. Body much elongate, its

depth being one eighth of the total length (without caudal),

the length of the head being one fifth. Snout depressed,

obtuse, rather broad, twice as long as the eye, which is of

moderate size, one seventh of the length of the head. Mouth

inferior, as wide as the broad snout. ‘Teeth on the palate in

an uninterrupted crescentic band, which is not much narrower

than that of the intermaxillaries. Barbels very short and thin,

the nasal filaments extending not beyond, and those of the

maxillaries but little behind, the orbit; chin-barbels. still

shorter. Dorsal spine not serrated, at least as high as the

body ; pectoral spine stronger, strongly denticulated interiorly.

Adipose fin at least as long as anal. Caudal rounded. Uni-

formly dark-coloured.

One specimen, 104 inches long.

30. Maérones (Liocassis) longirostris.

Liocassis longirostris, Gthr. Fish. v. p. 87 (1864, Febr.).

Rhinobagrus Dumerilii, Bleck. Ned. Tydsch. Dierk. (1864, April) p. 7.

See Zool. Record, 1. p. 165.

The outer wall of the atr-bladder is thicker than I have seen

it in any other fish; it is comparatively thicker in old ex-

amples (20 to 24 inches) than in younger ones.

31. Macrones (Liocassis) teniatus, sp. n.

DAG... Als;

Head nearly entirely covered with a thin skin above ; but a

portion of the occipital process and basal bone of the dorsal

spine is exposed and finely granular. Occipital process short,

not longer than, and separated by an interspace from, the tri-

angular basal bone of the dorsal spe. Body rather elongate,

its depth being one sixth of the total length (without caudal) ;

the length of the head is one fifth. Smout depressed, broad,

obtuse, twice as long as the eye, which is rather small, one

sixth of the lergth of the head. Mouth anterior, the upper

jaw being but little longer than the lower. Teeth on the

palate in an uninterrupted crescentic band, which is rather

narrower than that of the intermaxillaries. The nasal barbels

extend somewhat behind the eye, those of the maxillaries to

the gill-opening ; and the chin-barbels are about half as long as

* Thus offering additional evidence of the trivial nature of the genus

“ Pelteobagrus.”

246 Dr. A. Giinther on a

the head. Dorsal spine not serrated, lower than the body ;

pectoral spines as long as, but stronger than, that of the dorsal

fin, strongly denticulated interiorly. Adipose fin shorter than

the anal. Caudal rounded. Dark brown, with a_ broad

blackish band along the side of the body.

One specimen, 6 inches long.

32. Carassius auratus, L.

Original form, with the colours as in Carassius vulgaris.

L. lat. 28.

33. Gobio nigripinnis, sp. n.

Although this species lacks barbels, I nevertheless refer it to

the genus Gobio—because it has one, and probably sometimes

two small pharyngeal teeth in an inner series, whilst Pseudo-

gobio has only one series of pharyngeal teeth.

D:.10.. :A..8:), Le lat. 37. du. transy. 44/5.

The height of the body is nearly equal to the length of the

head, and one fourth of the total (without caudal). Snout

rather compressed, obtusely conical, longer than the diameter

of the eye, which is one fourth of the length of the head.

Mouth small, inferior; the lower jaw with the lips well deve-

loped, interrupted at the symphysis. Suborbitals (with the

exception of the preorbital) very narrow. ‘The origin of the

dorsal fin is considerably nearer to the end of the snout than

to the root of the caudal; ventrals inserted below the hinder

half of the dorsal. Caudal forked. Pectorals rather shorter

than the head, not extending to the ventral. There are three

series of scales between the lateral line and ventral fin. Light

yellowish brown, with or without large, dark, irregular, cloudy

spots. Nearly all the fins are black, or at least partly black.

Generally a vertical deep-black spot on the shoulder. Head

and throat of males durmg the spawning-season orange-

coloured.

Numerous examples, up to 5 inches long.

34. Gobio nitens, sp. n.

Without barbels, like the preceding species, and with the

same dentition.

P10. ‘ASS, Liolat. 35,0 irams ve) 3:

The height of the body is one fifth of the total length (with-

out caudal), the length of the head one fourth. Snout not com-

pressed, obtusely conical, scarcely as long as the diameter of

the eye, which is two sevenths of the length of the head.

Mouth very small, inferior. Suborbitals (with the exception of

Coilection of Chinese Fishes. 247

the preorbital) very narrow. Origin of the dorsal fin consi-

derably nearer to the end of the snout than to the root of the

caudal; ventrals inserted below the middle of the dorsal.

Caudal deeply forked. Pectorals rather shorter than the head,

extending to the ventrals. There are two series of scales

between the lateral line and the ventral fin. Back with a

light reddish tinge, below silvery; a silvery blue band along

ve ea of the side. Dorsal and caudal faintly dotted with

blackish.

Three specimens, 2? inches long.

35. Pseudogobio sinensis (Kner).

Whether this species or one of the other gudgeons common

in China has been mentioned by Basilewsky under the name

of Gobio rivularis, will be a question open to discussion,

although of but little importance. The fact is, Basilewsky

was unable to characterize the fishes observed by him; whilst

Kner has given a scientific description of this species. ‘There-

fore I adopt the name given by the latter. Neither Kner nor

Bleeker has had adult examples ; but Mr. Swinhoe has sent

immature as well as mature individuals in considerable number.

This species attains to a length of 54 inches. In adult males

the dorsal fin becomes very high, higher than the body, with

rounded upper margin; like the caudal, it is ornamented with

numerous short black streaks, arranged in bands. The anal

extends to the caudal. Most of the scales have a brownish

dot at the base, and also the snout is dotted. The blackish

spot at the base of the caudal fin disappears.

36. Pseudorasbora parva, Schleg.

37. Myloleucus ethiops, Basil.

The Leuciscus wthiops of Basilewsky is clearly the type of

a distinct genus, for which I propose the name of Myloleucus,

and which is characterized by extremely broad, molar-like

pharyngeal teeth, in a single series.

38. Ctenopharyngodon idellus, C. & V.

39.\ Acanthorhodeus tenianalis, sp. n.

Ds 18) (A. 15.: Lilat: 36.- Latransv. 54/6:

Barbels none. The height of the body is contained twice

and one fourth in the total length (without caudal), the length

of the head four times. Snout shorter than the eye, the dia-

meter of which is one third of the length of the head, and a

little less than the width of the interorbital space. The origin

248 Dr. A. Giinther on a

of the dorsal fin is midway (or nearly so) between the end of

the snout and the root of the caudal ; its last ray is opposite to

the fourteenth of the anal fin. he second ray of the dorsal

and anal fins is a strong spine ; but sometimes the dorsal spine

terminates in a flexible top*. Pectoral extending nearly to

the ventral. There are five longitudinal series of scales

between the lateral lme and ventral fin. Dorsal and anal fins

with two rows of white spots, which are on the rays them-

selves, and particularly distinct in males on the dark ground-

colour of the anal fin, which has also a white margin.

Four examples, up to 5 inches in length.

40. Acanthorhodeus atranalis, sp. n.

D. 14-15. A. 12-13. L. lat. 35. L. transv. 54/6.

Barbels none. The height of the body is two fifths, or a

little less than two fifths, of the total length (without caudal),

the length of the head a little less than one fourth. Snout

shorter than the eye, the diameter of which is rather more than

one third of the length of the head, and somewhat less than

the width of the interorbital space. ‘The origin of the dorsal

fin is midway between the snout and the root of the caudal ; its

last ray is opposite to the eighth of the anal fin. . The second

ray of the dorsal and anal is a strong spine. Pectoral extend-

ing nearly to the base of the ventral. There are five and a

half longitudinal series of scales between the lateral line and

ventral fm. Dorsal and anal rays longitudinally edged with

black, these black streaks being interrupted by two whitish

bands crossing the rays. Males with a more or less extensive

deep-black broad margin of the anal fin.

Numerous examples, males and females with the egg-tube,

upwards of 3 inches long.

41. Achilognathus barbatulus, sp. n.

D. 13. A.11.,. L. lat. 36... 1. transv. 6/e,

A pair of very short barbels. The height of the body is two

fifths of the total length (without caudal), the length of the

head a little less than one fourth. Snout a little shorter than

the eye, the diameter of which is one third of the length of the

head, and equal to the width of the interorbital space. The

origin of the dorsal fin is somewhat nearer to the root of the

caudal than to the end of the snout, a little behind the root of

the ventral; its last ray is opposite to the ninth of the anal

fin; its second ray is stiff in its basal half, but flexible in its

* T have no doubt that the Acanthorhodeus-species will be referred te

Achilognathus before long.

Collection of Chinese Fishes. 249

upper half. The second anal ray is stronger than the second

of the dorsal, spine-like, but flexible at the top. Caudal fin

forked. The pectoral fin extends nearly to the root of the

ventral. Lateral line but slightly bent downwards. There

are four longitudinal series of scales between the lateral line

and ventral fin. Silvery, a narrow bluish band along the

middle of the side of the tail. Each dorsal ray longitudinally

edged with black ; anal fin with two bands composed of short

vertical blackish markings.

An adult female is 3 inches long.

42. Rhodeus ocellatus, Kner.

43. Opsariichthys acutipinnis, Blkr.

44, Opsartichthys bidens, sp. n.

D.10. A.13. L. lat. 44. L. transv. 9/5.

Mouth wide, the maxillary extending beyond the front

margin of the eye. The end of the lower jaw is received

in a notch of the upper, and has on each gide, in front, a

notch to receive a strong projection of the upper jaw. The

diameter of the eye is contained nearly five times in the

length of the head, and once and two thirds in that of the

snout. Anterior anal rays rather elongate, but not extending

to the caudal if laid backwards. Origin of the dorsal oppo-

site to that of the ventral, and nearer to the root of the

caudal than to the end of the snout. Caudal deeply forked.

The pectoral does not extend to the ventral. The length of

the head is contained thrice and two thirds in the total

(without caudal), the height of the. body five times. Sub-

orbital ring broad, its width below the orbit being rather

more than one half that of the eye. Snout without grooves

or pores. Uniform silvery.

One specimen, 4 inches long.

45. Squaliobarbus curriculus, Rich.

46. Hypophthalmichthys nobilis, Gray.

47, Chanodichthys pekinensis, Basil.

48. Hemiculter leucisculus, Basil.

ToxaBRAMIS (g. n. Abramidin.).

Body elongate, much compressed, the entire abdominal

edge being trenchant. Scales of moderate size ; lateral line

bent downwards behind the pectoral, and rising again to the

250 Dr. A. Giinther on Fishes from China.

middle of the tail behind the anal. Mouth oblique, lower jaw

prominent; barbels none. Dorsal fin short, with a strong

serrated spine, placed above the interval between ventral and

anal; anal fin long, many-rayed; caudal forked; pectorals

long. Pharyngeal teeth in a double series (5 . 2).

49. Toxabramis Swinhonis, sp. n.

D. 10. A. 20. L. lat. 62. LL. transv. 9/4.

The height of the body is contained four times and two

thirds in the total length (without caudal), the length of the

head four times and a half. Snout shorter than the eye,

which is two sevenths of the length of the head, and more

than the width of the interorbital space. Upper profile of the

head and nape straight; tip of the snout nearly on the same

level with the upper margin of the eye. Mouth narrow, not

extending to the front margin of the orbit. Origin of the

dorsal midway between the root of the caudal and the eye.

Pectoral just reaching the ventral. Silvery.

Numerous examples, to 4 inches in length.

50. Culter brevicauda, Gthr.

51. Misgurnus anguillicaudatus, Cant.

52. Coilia nasus, Schleg.

53. Salanx chinensis, Osbeck.

54. Monopterus jyavanensis, Lac.

55. Anguilla bengalensis, Gray.

56. Triacanthus brevirostris, Schleg.

57. Tetrodon ocellatus, Osbeck, var. bimaculata.

58. Acanthias vulgaris, Risso.

59. Psephurus gladius, Martens.

An example nearly five feet long, sent by Mr. Swinhoe,

and several others obtained nearly at the same time have en-

abled me to make an autoptical comparison of Polyodon gladius

with P. folium; and I have convinced myself that there are

sufficient grounds for separating the former in a distinct genus,

for which I propose the name Psephurus*, and which is

distinguished by comparatively short gill-rakers in moderate

number, and by enormously developed fulcra; they are of

larger size and in less number than in any fossil Ganoid.

* From Widos, pebble.

ee — i ie

On certain Species of Mediterranean Mollusca. 251

XXXII.—Remarks on certain Species of Mollusca described

and figured in the ‘Microdoride Mediterranea’ of Prof. O. G.

Costa. By the Marquis pe MonTEROSATO. (Communicated

by J. Gwyn JEFFREYS, F'.R.S.)

[THE work referred to by my correspondent purports to be a

description of a few well-known or entirely unknown minute

and microscopic animals of the Mediterranean. ‘The first

volume only was published in 1861.- The Marquis is

thoroughly acquainted with Mediterranean shells, perhaps no

one more so; and the following endeavour to identify certain

obscure species is of considerable value.-—J. G. J.]

1. Trochus elegantissimus, p. 55, tay. 1x. f. 1, = Mathilda quadri-

carinata, Brocchi.

2. Trochus horridus, p. 56, t. ix. f. 6,a, b, ¢,= Craspedotus Tinet,

Caleara, juv.

3. Murex spinulosus, p. 56, t.1x. f. 2, a, b,= Pseudomurewx bracteatus,

Br., var. Babelis, Requien. [I should be inclined to refer this to

the Murex imbricatus of Broechi, = M. lamellosus, Cristofori and

Jan, var. Babelis—J. G. J.|

4, Murex rugulosus, p. 57, t. 1x. f. 4, a, b,= M. cristatus, Br., var.,

uy.

5. Solarium calear, p. 58, t. ix. f. 5, a, b, e, = Turbo rugosus, Linné,

uv.

ce p- 59, t. ix. f. 3, = Turritella triplicata, Br., pullus.

7. Scissurella decipiens, p. 61,t. x. f. 1, A, = S. costata, D’Orbigny,

var. ecostata. [Var. levigata, D’Orb. = S. striatwa, Philippi.

2. Gr dis

8. oe cingulata, p. 61, t. xii. f. 8, A, B, and f. 9, A, B, =

Schismope elegans, D’Orb. [| Schismope cingulata, not D’Orbigny’s

species, which belongs to the genus Scssurella ; and I would add

figure 10, A, which does not seem to have been noticed by Costa.

—JI.G.J.

9, cae affinis, p. 62, t. x. fig. 2, B, = S. costata, D’Orb.,

var. elevata. [S. plicata, Ph.—J.G. J.] :

10. Heliciella costellata, p. 63, t. x. f. 3, A, B, C,= Craspedotus

Tinei, Cale., pullus.

11. Heliciella mutabilis, p. 64, t. x. f. 4, A, B, C, and f. 5, A, B,C,

= Cyclostrema Cutlerianum, Clark, and C. nitens, Ph. {I cannot

agree with these determinations, unless the author has made a

mistake in the description of the sculpture as well as in the figures.

—J.G. J.

12. Spirsticbou mediterraneun, p. 66, t. xi. f. 2 & 4,= Caecum

trachea, Montagu, pullus (Jeffr.). [C. glabrum, fry: see‘ British

Conchology,’ vol. v. p. 209.—J. G. J. |

13. Ammonicerina pulchella, p.71, t. xu.f. A, B (a sinistra),= Ho-

malogyra rota, Forbes & Hanley (Jeffr.). A. paucicostata, p. 72,

252 Dr. J. E. Gray on Ceratorhinus.

t. xi. f. 1, a, b, is apparently a younger state of the same species.

A, simplex, p. 72, t. xi. f. 3, a, b, is Homalogyra atomus, Ph.—

J.G.J.

14. Pao a,, mutabilis, p. 72, t. xii. f. A, B (a dextra), = Sola-

rium fallaciosum, Tiberi, pullus.

15. Protomedea elata, p. 74, t. xi. f. 5, a, b,c, =Embolus rostralis,

Souleyet.

16. Protomedea ornata, p. 74, t. xi. f. 6, a, b, ¢, = Capulus hungaricus,

L., juv.

XXXITL—On the Black and Ashy-grey Double-horned

Asiatic Rhinoceroses (Ceratorhinus sumatrensis, C. niger,

and C. lasiotis). By Dr. J. E. Gray, .R.S. &e.

Since I described the skull of the black double-horned rhino-

ceros from Malacca as C. niger, and figured its skull, the third

part of the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1872

and the first part for 1873 have appeared, both containing ob-

servations on this animal.

The Secretary to the Zoological Society describes and figures

the black rhinoceros from Malacca (P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 790,

t. Ixvil.) and figures the head in detail (p. 793. f.4&5). This

animal was purchased by the Museum when it died ; and its

skin and skeleton have been preserved ; and it was on its skull

that I established Ceratorhinus niger.

Mr. Garrod (P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 92) published a paper on the

visceral anatomy of the above animal, illustrated with several

interesting woodcuts. Mr. Bartlett (P. Z. 5. 1873, p. 104, t. xi.)

gives an account of the birth of a young specimen, and a figure

of it when it was two days old, and some details of its feet and

tail. This specimen was born on board the ship at the Vic-

toria Docks, when its mother was being transferred from

a vessel that brought it from Singapore to send it to the

United States. The mother and young were both intensely

black. ‘

The Secretary of the Zoological Society, Mr. Garrod, and

Mr. Bartlett all call this black rhinoceros “ R. swmatrensis,

Cuvier,” though Mr. Bell distinctly says that the Sumatran rhi-

noceros he described, which is the type of the Sumatran

species, is ‘‘ brownish ash.”’

Mr. Garrod observes that the skull of the skeleton of the

_ aged animal of R. sumatrensis in the College of Surgeons,

brought by Raffles from Sumatra, differs materially in several

- points from the skull of the black rhinoceros, and also that

another skull in the College of Surgeons, from Raffles, agrees

On new Species of Kossorial Hymenoptera. 253

with the head of C. lastot’s of Dr. Sclater in being broader in

the parietal regions.

That is to say, Mr. Garrod has found that Sir Stamford

Rafiles’s specimens from Sumatra, on which 2. swmatrensis is

founded, differ from the skull of the animal that the Secretary

to the Zoological Society has called 2. sumatrensis by the very

characters that he himself represents as occurring in the heads

of his £. sumatrensis and R. lasiotis.

Dr. Anderson, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological So-

ciety,’ 1872, p. 129, describes a female rhinoceros from Chit-

tagong, which he names Lhinoceros sumatrensis, Cuvier, as

“ashy grey,” and covered with bristles about an inch in length,

and long drooping hair on the margin of the ears. The speci-

men described by Dr. Anderson was purchased by the Zoolo-

gical Society, and is noticed and figured by the Secretary

under the name of Rhinoceros lasiotis (P. Z. S. 1872, p. 493,

t. xxii.). The animal is represented on this plate, I am in-

formed, far darker than it is in nature; and in pp. 791 & 792

the ear and crown and side of the head of this animal are

figured to show its distinctness from the black rhdnoceros,

which the Secretary erroneously calls R. swmatrensis, over-

looking the fact that Mr. Bell, who originally described the

Sumatran rhinoceros, especially says the male is ‘ brownish

ash,” and “the female more of a lead-colour.”

The hairy fringe on the ears is common to both species ;

and I am told that the length of the fringe differs at different

periods, and often is not of the same length on the left and

right ears.

I think all this proves that the Secretary to the Society has

renamed the Sumatran rhinoceros described by Bell, Raffles,

and Cuvier, and has applied Cuvier’s name to a new species,

which I have called, from its very decided difference in colour,

Ceratorhinus niger.

XXXIV.—Deseriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymeno-

ptera in the Collection of the British Museum, and of a

Species of the rare Genus Iswara belonging to the Family

Dorylide. By FReperick Smitu, Assistant in the Zoolo-

gical Department of the British Museum.

Family Dorylide.

Genus Iswara, Westw.

Iswara fasciata.

Male. Length 6 lines. Black, variegated with yellow and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 18

254 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

white spots and fasciz, with the legs entirely pale. Head

black: antennee fulvous; the scape in front, the clypeus, and

mandibles yellowish white; the tips of the latter ferruginous.

Thorax black: the prothorax, a large square spot tridentate

at its anterior margin, the tegulee, scutellum and postscutellum,

a large subquadrate macula beneath the wings, and the legs

pale yellow ; the cox and femora at their base above more

or less fuscous ; wings hyaline, the nervures of the anterior

pair black, those of the posterior pair fuscous. Abdomen

black: the first segment with a white apical fascia, on the

other segments it is basal, broad, occupying two thirds of the

segments, and each fascia is narrowed in the middle, being

angularly incised at the posterior margin; beneath, the fascia

on the segments are very deeply incised and become oblong

divergent macule.

Hab. Sind. ‘This species is in the Indian Museum.

This genus was established by Prof. Westwood in the new

series of the Transactions of the Entomological Society of

London, vol. i.; a figure of the type, Zswara luteus, is given.

This Indian genus is at once separated from the other genera

of the family of Thynnide by the form of the marginal cell

of the anterior wings, it being truncate at the apex, and emit-

ting a short appendicular vein.

Family Pompilide.

Genus Saurus, Van der Lind.

Salius bipunctatus.

Male. Length 4 lines. Black, smooth, shining, and im-

punctate, with a subovate white spot at the lateral angles of

the metathorax. Head ovate; the antenne inserted on each

side of a prominence above the clypeus, the prominence has

a central impressed line ; a minute white line on the face at

the lower orbits of the eyes. Thorax: the posterior margin

of the prothorax subangular; wings slightly fuscous, with the

apical portion of the anterior pair darkest; the intermediate

and posterior tibiee and tarsi with a few fine short spines.

Abdomen as long as the head and thorax united. The entire

insect with a fine changeable hoary pile, which is only ob-

servable in certain lights.

Hab. Tuscany.

This species agrees with the Salius sexpunctatus of St.

Fargeau in having two white spots on the metathorax ; but it

has no trace of the large white spots, on the second and third

segments of the abdomen, which distinguish that insect. St.

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 250

Fargeau does not mention any spots on the face of sexpunc-

tatus: that species is found near Paris; S. bipunctatus may

prove to be an extreme variety of it.

Salius dorsalis.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black, with the pro- and meta-

thorax red. ‘The anterior margin of the clypeus and tips of

the mandibles ferrugmous. Thorax: the metathorax with the

posterior lateral angles produced and spiniform; the wings

slightly fuscous, the nervures black; the calcaria at the apex

of the tibize white; the intermediate and posterior tibie and

tarsi with a few slight short spines. Abdomen: the base, the

apical margins of the first and second segments, and the basal

margin of the latter also, with silvery-white pubescence.

Hab. Angava (Siberia).

Genus CuiropAmus, Halid.

Head narrower than the thorax, convex in front; antenne

short, thick, and convolute in the female; labrum exposed.

Thorax: narrowed anteriorly from the base of the wings ;

prothorax short and transverse; the metathorax short, not

abruptly truncate, the margins being rounded; wings with

one marginal cell, pointed at its apex; three submarginal

cells ; the first one third longer than the third, which is nar-

rowed towards the marginal one; the second much narrower

than the third, and subquadrate, being a little longer than

broad; legs of moderate length, anterior pair raptorial, short,

and incrassate ; the claws stout, with a large pulvillus between

their fork. Otherwise as in the genus Pompilus.

Mr. Haliday has not given any characters whereby to di-

stinguish the insects belonging to this genus; they are, how-

ever, indicated by him in his remarks. It will be seen that

the characters which separate this genus from that of Planiceps

are the narrow head, non-prominent eyes, and the wings having

three submarginal cells, and the conspicuous distinction of

having the front of the head convex. ‘The abdomen is of the

ordinary form of Pompilus, convex, and in no degree compressed.

As indicated by Mr. Haliday, the situation of this genus is

next to Planiceps.

Chirodamus distinctus.

Female. Length 6 lines. Black: the head, thorax, and fe-

mora with long erect black pubescence, not very dense. The

clypeus widely truncate, the truncation slightly incurved ; the

‘labrum subangular; the apical portion of the mandibles fer-

chs

256 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

ruginous. ‘The posterior margin of the prothorax angulated ;

wings slightly fuscous; the knees, tibiae, and tarsi reddish

yellow. Abdomen subsessile, smooth, and shining; the two

apical segments with a few long, erect, black hairs.

Hab. Chili (Coquimbo).

In the collection of the British Museum there is a single

example of this insect, and three of the typical species (C.

Kingvi, Haliday)—two from the Straits of Magellan, and one

from Bahia Blanca, North Patagonia, Argentine Confederation.

Genus Mya@nimia, Shuck.

This genus was proposed by Shuckard in Lardner’s ‘ Ency-

clopeedia,’ published in 1840; he gave the name, and pointed

out sufficient characters for the discrimination of the species.

In 1855 I gave fuller generic distinctions ; in consequence,

some authors adopt the genus as being mine; others adopt

the generic name proposed by Dahlbom, namely Hemzpepsis,

which appeared in 1845. The name proposed by Shuckard

must take precedence, it having the priority of date.

Mygnrimia bellicosa.

Male. Length 15 lines. Black; the antenne, clypeus, la-

brum, palpi, mandibles, tibie, and tarsi ferruginous ; wings

dark fuscous at their base and apex. The clypeus truncate

anteriorly ; the mandibles black at their apex; the scape of

the antenne black above. The pro- and metathorax with thin

short black pubescence; the metathorax truncate, the margin

ef the truncation elevated, with a transverse shallow striation

above, and an abbreviated impressed longitudinal line in the

middle at the base; wings black at their base, becoming

lighter at the base of the first discoidal cell, from thence it is

flavo-hyaline, the apical margins of the wings having a nar-

row fuscous border; the nervures are pale ferruginous in the

subhyaline portion of the wings, and black in the darker part.

Abdomen with the base shining, beyond opaque.

Hab. Bengal.

Mygnimia sevissima.

Female. Length 9-12 lines. Black; head, legs, anterior

part of the thorax, and two apical segments of the abdomen

ferruginous; the ferruginous parts have a fie short bright

golden or fulvous pubescence. The mesothorax at the sides

and beneath, and the metathorax entirely, black ; the latter is

usually more or less tinged with ferrugimous above at the

base, truncate at the apex, and transversely irregularly stri-

ated, the lateral margins sharply elevated; the coxe and

of Fossortal Hymenoptera. 257

trochanters black ; wings dark fuscous and with a purple

iridescence in certain lights. Abdomen subsessile, obscurely

blue, and with a fine obscure purple pile or bloom.

Hab. India (Bombay Presidency).

This species, together with VW. perplexa of India and M.

insignis of Africa, belong to a section having the abdomen

sessile or subsessile.

Mygnimia leita.

Female. Length 7-84 lines. Black ; head, thorax anteriorly,

legs, and abdomen, except its base, reddish yellow ; wings dark

fuscous, with a purple and violet iridescence. Antenne pale

ferruginous. Thorax: the pro- and mesothorax above reddish

yellow, the latter more or less black at its anterior margin ;

the tegule ferruginous; the metathorax truncate, and trans-

versely and irregularly striated; the coxe and trochanters

black, with their apex ferruginous. Abdomen smooth and

shining; the basal segment black with a blue tinge.

Hab. Birmah.

Mygnimia intermedia.

Female. Length 16 lines. Black; the head, pro- and meso-

thorax, and the legs, except the coxe, trochanters, and base

of the femora, reddish yellow. The antenne yellow ; tips of

the mandibles black. The anterior margin of the pro- and

mesothorax more or less blackish; the metathorax black,

truncate posteriorly, and transversely striated ; the wings flavo-

hyaline. Abdomen smooth and shining.

Hab, N. India; Ceylon.

The Sphex flava of Fabricius very closely resembles this

species, which occasionally has the apical segment more or

less yellow, but its metathorax is always black; the wings

have their apical margins only occasionally very narrowly

bordered with fuscous: the S. flavus (Pompilus flavus of the

‘Systema Piezatorum’) has the thorax reddish yellow, except

the pectus, which is black ; and the species is smaller, varying

from ten to twelve lines.

Mygnimia vitripennis.

Female. Length 14 lines. Black; the antenne obscurely

ferruginous beneath ; the clypeus with scattered fine punctures,

and its anterior margin slightly emarginate; the cheeks and

the sides of the thorax with short thin black pubescence ; the

metathorax obliquely rounded, the sides margined, trans-

versely striated, most strongly so at the lateral margins; the

wings dark brown, and having a brilliant lustre of coppery

258 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

and purple tints above and also beneath. - Abdomen smooth,

shining blue-black, and with fine scattered punctures.

The male resembles the female in coloration, the abdomen

being of a brighter blue.

Hab. Sumatra.

Mygnimia purpureipennis.

Female. Length 12 lines. Black; the head, pro- and meso-

thorax blue, with tints more or less vivid in different lights ;

the legs partaking of tints of blue and purple, spinose, the

posterior tibize with a double row of strong serrations; the

metathorax with raised lateral margins, and with irregular

transverse carine; the wings brilliant purple. Abdomen

smooth and shining, and with vivid changeable tints of blue

and purple.

The male resembles the female, but has the legs less spi-

nose, and the posterior tibize not serrated.

Hab. Java.

Mygnimia momentosa.

Male, Length 18} lines. Black, with brown wings, the two

apical segments of the abdomen pale. Head and thorax of a

velvet-black, the latter covered above with a short black pile ;

the clypeus truncate, the labrum rounded, its margin with a

small notch in the middle, and narrowly and obscurely fer-

ruginous. ‘The postscutellum compressed and forming a small

ferruginous tubercle ; wings dark brown, darkest toward their

base, their apical margins with a narrow pale border. Abdo-

men smooth and shining towards the base, and velvet-black

on the fourth and fifth segments, the two apical ones of an

olive colour, and covered with a short hoary pile.

Hab. Borneo.

This fine species was obtained from the late Dr. Ormerod.

Mygnimia pulchripennis.

Female. Length 13 lines. Black ;" the cheeks and thorax

with thinly scattered black pubescence, the coxe also pubes-

cent; the clypeus narrowed anteriorly, where it is truncate

and slightly emarginate; the mandibles ferruginous at their

apex ; the legs spinose, the spines short, thickly set on the

tarsi; the posterior tibie with a double row of serrations ;

the metathorax pubescent, and, posteriorly, with a few lateral

transverse elevated lines; wings very dark brown, with a

vivid tint of green; the apical and posterior margins narrowly

purple. Abdomen smooth, slightly shining, and finely, but

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 259

not very closely punctured, having, in certain lights, obscure

tints of blue and purple.

Hab. Philippine Islands.

Mygqnimia australasie.

Female. Length 14 lines. Head, thorax, legs, and apical

segment of the abdomen ferruginous; the clypeus truncate ;

the tips of the mandibles, the pectus, and base of the posterior

coxe black; the tibiz and tarsi with short spines, the poste-

rior tibiee with a double row of serrations ; the mesothorax

with a longitudinal black stripe on each side ; the wings fulvo-

hyaline, the nervures ferruginous ; the metathorax truncate

and transversely striated. Abdomen black, with tints of blue.

The male is both coloured and sculptured like the other sex.

Hab. North-west coast of Australia.

This is the only known species of the genus from Australia.

Family Sphegide.

Genus AMMOPHILA, Kirby.

Ammophila spinosa.

Female. Length 124 Imes. Black; the petiole and legs

red; the spmes on the tibiz and tarsi black. Head smooth,

the cheeks shining; the face with silvery pile; the clypeus

thinly covered with erect black hairs ; the scape of the antenne

bright ferruginous. Thorax: transversely striated above ; the

mesothorax with a central longitudinal channel which runs

from the anterior margin to the middle of the disk ; the scutel-

lum longitudinally striated ; the central portion of the metath

rax rugose, the sides striated ; the coxe and trochanters black,

the legs bright red; two or three of the apical joints of the

tarsi fuscous or black; the wings subhyaline, the nervures

ferruginous. ‘The abdomen blue-black ; the apical segments

with a changeable cinereous pilosity.

Hab. Hong Kong.

Ammophila leviceps.

Female. Length 9 lines. Black; with the legs and abdo-

men, except the two apical segments, ferruginous. Head

smooth, slightly shining, and with distant fine shallow punc-

tures ; the clypeus and face anteriorly with stronger and larger

punctures, the former with a central depression. ‘Thorax: a

central impressed line in the middle of the prothorax, which

extends to the disk of the mesothorax, the latter punctured ;

the scutellum and postscutellum longitudinally strongly stri-

260 Bibliographical Notices.

ated ; the enclosed space on the metathorax above transversely

striated, coarsely so in the middle, and finely so at the sides ;

beyond the space it is rugose ; the wings subhyaline, the ner-

vures black ; the cox and trochanters black. Abdomen: the

base of the second joint of the petiole black.

Hab. Santiago.

Ammophila barbata.

Female. Length 13-134 lines. Black ; the wings hyaline,

their apical margins fuscous beyond the apex of the marginal

cell, the fuscous border sharply defined. Head: the face and

cheeks with silvery pile, and covered thinly with long black

hairs. Thorax: very thinly covered with hoary pubescence ;

a silvery spot at the posterior margin of the prothorax ; the

tubercles, two oblique stripes at the sides of the thorax, and

the apex of the metathorax silvery; the cox, trochanters,

and femora beneath covered with changeable silvery pile ;

the prothorax coarsely transversely striated ; the mesothorax

with a central longitudinal impressed line, and transversely

and coarsely striated, the striz punctured ; an elongate small

space before the scutellum punctured and without striz ; the

scutellum longitudinally punctate-striate ; an elongate angular

space at the base of the metathorax rugose, on each side of

which is an oblique striation. Abdomen black, with a blue

tinge, the petiole two-jointed.

Hab. Mexico.

This species closely resembles A. gryphus of N. America,

California, and Texas ; but the prothorax is shorter, the sculp-

ture of the thorax coarser, and the insect much more pubescent.

[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Researches in Zoology. Illustrative of the Structure, Habits, and

Economy of Animals. By Joun Buackwati, F.L.S. London:

Van Voorst, 1873.

Tar frequent inquiries should have been made for this book,

originally published in 1834, is, we think, sufficient proof, if any

were wanting, of its value, and fully justifies Mr. Blackwall in

issuing a second edition, ‘“‘comprising,” as he says, “such additions and

emendations as subsequent investigations have enabled me to effect.”

For ourselves we have read through this work attentively, and have

been struck with the amount of careful observation it contains, and

still more with the wise caution exercised wherever any attempt is

made by the author to form conclusions from the facts observed. Take

Bibliographical Notices. 261

as an example of this latter feature only the very first essay in the

volume, that on the migrations of birds. Then, as regards some moot

points of natural history, the student will do well to turn from the

pages of his “‘ Wallace” or “ Darwin” and compare what they have said

with what Blackwall here tells us concerning the notes and instincts

of birds in reference to the question so often raised as to their being

innate or acquired. The Cuckoo furnishes the subject of a long and

interesting article; and when to this we add that other pages are

specially devoted to the problems of birds becoming torpid, deserting

their young (like the Swallow), and diving, as do many aquatic species,

we have, while omitting to mention some shorter essays, said enough

to show that the interests of the ornithologist have not been neglected ;

and turning next (at page 184) to the growth of the Salmon and of

the Sewin, we may make the same remark also in reference to the

student of fishes.

Our space will only suffice for mentioning that the remaining

pages are devoted chiefly to observations upon insects and Spiders,

in which last group we encounter Blackwall upon a field of inquiry

that, in the pages of this Journal and elsewhere, he may be said to

have made peculiarly his own. If any one asks himself, how the

gossamer spider manages to float through the air, or how the geo-

metric species contrive to make their nets, he will turn in vain to

many a goodly-looking volume of natural science or of comparative

anatomy for any thing approaching an intelligible or satisfactory

answer. But here,in Mr. Blackwall’s volume, the reader will find a

solution of much of, and more than, what he is in search after.

In many cases, too, both observation and direct experiment have been

brought to bear upon the points immediately under investigation ;

and it is by this double process that our author determines the means

by which various animals adhere to or move upon polished vertical

surfaces, and whether the poison of spiders is as fatal instantaneously

to their prey as it is commonly supposed to be. A valuable paper

on the structure and economy of spiders concludes a volume of no

less than twenty-five separate essays, out of which we have, for the

purpose of this cursory notice, made mention only of a few. To the

reader we will only add, get the book itself. As a contribution

to our zoological literature of an independent kind Blackwall’s

pages stand alone—a type the like of which we would, in this age of

improved biological speculation, gladly see more of.

On some Remarkable Forms of Animal Life from the Great Deep off

the Norwegian Coasts—I. Partly from the Posthumous Manu-

scripts of the late Prof. Dr. Michael Sars. By Grorer Osstan

Sars. Christiania, 1872. 4to, pp. 82, with six copper plates.

Tuts work is written in English, with the characters of the genera

and species in Latin. It contains the descriptions of :—two species of

Polyzoa (1. Rhabdopleura mirabilis, 2. Flustra abyssicola) ; two

Conchifera (1. Yoldia obtusa, 2. Pecchiolia abyssicola) ; three Cepha-

lophora (1. Dentahui agile, 2. Triopa incisa, 3. Gonieolis typica) ;

262 Miscellaneous.

two Annelida (1. Umbellisyllis fasciata, 2. Paramphinome pulchella) ;

two Anthozoa (1. Mopsea borealis, 2. Fungiacyathus fragilis) ; three

Spongie (1. V’richostemma hemispharicum, 2. Cladorhiza abyssicola,

3. Hyalonema longissimum). Kach species is illustrated by numerous

beautiful figures of the animals and their details by Mr. George

Sars, which are engraved on six closely packed quarto plates.

Many of the species described were found and described by Prof.

Sars ; and the account of them has been carefully revised by his son.

The work will be continued if Mr. Sars can ‘‘ obtain the necessary

assistance.” It is to be hoped that the sale of so important and so

conscientious a contribution to this branch of zoology will obtain

sufficient support to enable it to be completed.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On Noctiluca miliaris, Sur. By M. L. Crenxowsx1.

M. Crenxowskt has found Noctiluca miliaris in abundance at Odessa,

from which place it extends on one side into the Sea of Azoy, and on

the other as far as Smyrna.

The only new information on the organization of the adult animal

that we find in his memoir is—the description of a papilla upon

which is inserted the vibratile filament discovered by Krohn, and

some details as to the movements of the protoplasm which take place

in the interior of the nucleus. But the portion relating to the repro-

duction of this curious organism is of more importance, and contains

interesting observations which extend and correct our knowledge on

this subject.

M. Cienkowski confirms the facts of reproduction by division de-

scribed by Mr. Brightwell. This division is observed both in en-

cysted Noctiluce and in those which present the normal structure, In

the encysted Noctiluce the tentacle appears before the separation of

the two individuals is completed; in the normal Noctiluce, on

the contrary, two tentacles may be found at the commencement of

the period of constriction.

Numerous observations on the regeneration of the different parts

of the animal, checked by artificial removals of larger or smaller

portions of the body, have convinced M. Cienkowski that the forms

described by Busch as young Noctiluce produced by an internal gem-

mation cannot be so interpreted. They are simply portions of

protoplasm in process of reproduction. When an individual has

been deprived of a portion of its substance, it is able to complete

itself. It would even seem that portions of protoplasm issuing from

the body under the action of compression may give birth to new

complete individuals.

The author has followed more completely than before* the mode

* Cienkowski, “ Ueber Schwirmerbildung bei Noctiluca miliaris,” Arch,

fiir mikr. Anat. vii. (1871) p. 131.

Miscellaneous. 263

of origin of the zoospores which are found in great numbers in the

encysted Noctiluce.

The encysted Noctiluce, which are met with at all periods of the

year at the same time with individuals of normal organization,

present the appearance of spherical vesicles, having neither the de-

pression at the bottom of which the mouth is situated, nor the tentacle,

nor the tooth, but always possessing the nucleus and the streaks of

protoplasm.

Individuals are met with showing transitions between the normal

Noctiluce and these vesicles, deprived of many of the characteristic

organs of the species. ‘The tentacle may disappear in a Noctiluca by

its being drawn in; it may also become completely detached in Noc-

tiluce which are becoming united. The buccal depression may also

become effaced in consequence of the approximation and amalga-

mation of the projections which border it.

The zoospores originate at the surface of these encysted Noctiluce

by a development of tubercular prominences, which afterwards be-

come constricted at their base and finally separate and swim away by

means of a long cilium.

First of all, four of these buds are produced at the surface (perhaps

originally only two). They divide and become in a manner segmented

and increase in number until they form a sort of superficial disk.

While this phenomenon is going on, the protoplasm presses towards

the side of the buds, leaving the other parts of the vesicle.

The zoospores at the moment of their becoming detached are

formed of an inflated hood, covering a flattened oval vesicle containing

a nucleus. To the sides of this vesicle is applied a prolongation which

is connected on the one hand with the hood, and terminates in a fine

point. In one of the angles formed by the union of the prolongation

a long cilium is inserted. In many cases also an immovable cylin-

drical appendage starts from the hood and extends in the direction

of the base of the vesicle.

M. Cienkowski was unable to keep these zoospores living for more

than 24—28 hours, and consequently did not witness their transfor-

mation into Woctiluce.

Besides these zoospores, which may be regarded as representing

the normal form, there may be found, attached to the surtace of the

Noctiluce by a short slender peduncle, vesicles which are often fur-

nished with a cilium, a short appendage, an aculeus, and a nucleus

sending some protoplasmic filaments to the periphery. These bodies,

which have more resemblance than the former to complete Noctiluce,

may become detached and move in the water. Their further fate is

still unknown.

The production of the zoospores in the Woctiluee seems to be in re-

lation with copulation ; this copulation may take place between en-

cysted or non-encysted individuals. The encysted individuals become

united by the points which are nearest the nuclei. After a contact of

one or two hours, one or several small apertures are seen at the spot

where the union has taken place; and through these the filaments

of the protoplasm combine. The amount of perforation increases, and

264 Miscellaneous.

gradually causes the disappearance of the partition which separated

the two vesicles.

In the non-encysted individuals nearly the same phenomena occur.

The two Nocti/uce unite by their buccal notches, which become

gradually effaced; and the tentacles disappear, sometimes by becoming

detached, sometimes by their being absorbed into the body.

Although M. Cienkowski has repeatedly witnessed all the phases

of the copulation, and been able to preserve its products alive for two

or three days, he has never seen in them any changes whieh would

indicate a commencement of the formation of zoospores. Neverthe-

less the dimensions, and the lobate form, of most of the vesicles borne

by the disks of zoospores are in favour of their relation to the products

of copulation.

It is difficult, however, to pronounce an opinion as to the nature of

this copulation, which seems to have nothing to de with asexual act,

but probably facilitates the formation of zoospores and has much

analogy with the formation of the plasmodium in the Myxomycetes.

M. Cienkowski coneludes, from the sarcodic nature of the contents

of the Noctiluce, from the presence of the flagellum discovered by

Krohn, and, finally, from the occurrence of a reproduction by active

zoospores, that this organism must take its place in the class of the

Flagellata, in which it should form a distinct group, in consequence of

its striated tentacle.-—Archiv fiir mikr. Anat. ix. (1872) p. 47; Bibl.

Univ. 1873, Bull. Sci. p. 167.

Natal Sponges. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

In the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, pp. 17 & 21, Dr. Bowerbank has

described two sponges, which he says were received from his friend

Captain Charles Tyler, “ who obtained them from Port Elizabeth.”

Captain Tyler kindly informs me that he bought these sponges of

Mr. Cutter. The British Museum had the first pick of this collection

from Port Elizabeth, so that they are both in the British Museum.

1. Leuconia glomerosa, Bowerbank (P.Z.S8. 1873, p. 17, t. iv.), is

the same as the species I long ago described and figured under the

name of Aphroceras alcicornis (P.Z.S8. 1858, p. 113, t. x.), from a

specimen Dr. Harland received from Hongkong ; but we have many

specimens in the British Museum from Natal.

2. Ciocalypta Tyleri, Bowerbank (P. Z.S. 1873, p. 21, t.iv.). We

have several specimens of this “interesting species” in the Museum

from Natal; and Mr. Carter informs me that he can find no differ-

ence between it and the crumb-of-bread sponge (Halichondria

panicea) of Ellis, Johnston, and Bowerbank, and it certainly cannot

be more than a variety of that species. Dr. Bowerbank says that it

is very like the typical species of the genus Ciocalypta. The genus

Ciocalypta has always been a puzzle to me. Is that also described

from a specimen of Halichondria, which he says is exceedingly

closely allied to the Natal species ?

If, as we have observed, Haliphysema tubulatum is a Dictyocylin-

drus, it is not strange that his Ciocalypta should prove to be nothing

but a common Halichondria panicea.

Miscellaneous. 26

Notes on a new African Squirrel from Gaboon.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Mr. Ansell has sent from the Gaboon to the Museum a small

squirrel which appears to be new to the catalogues—

Sciurus Sharper.

The fur soft, olive, very closely and finely punctulated with yellow.

End of nose, upper lip, underside of head, neck, and body, and inner

side of limbs white. Back blackish, separated from the grey of the

sides by a distinct margin, with an indistinct, pale, central, vertebral

streak and a short broad streak on each side of the upper part of the

back. Tail blackish, with white and yellowish tips to the hairs, which

form close, irregular, interrupted cross bands and a pale margin to

the sides of the tail ; the hair of the tail reddish at the base, with a

broad black band in the centre and with pale tips; of the end of the

tail nearly entirely black, without any pale tips.

Hab. Gaboon (Ansell).

This species is most like Sciwrus Isabella, Gray (P.Z.S. 1862,

p. 180, t. xxiv.; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xx. p. 326), in

colour; but the fur is shorter and harsher, the central stripe is more

indistinet, and the lateral ones much narrower. The underside is

white.

Note on a Specimen of Macroxus annulatus, var. Frerei, from

Zanzibar. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Mr. Bartle Frere has kindly sent to the Museum the skin of a

small squirrel from Zanzibar, which at first sight I was inclined to

regard as a new species, on account of its distinct pale olive cheeks

showing vividly against its black whiskers, and the pale but bright

orange-colour of the underside of the body, rump, and inside of the

limbs, and of the pale rufous colour of the tips of the hairs of the

tail forming a pale margin on the sides of the hinder half of the tail.

I at first proposed to call it Macroxus Frerei; but on comparing it

with the specimens of M. annulatus inthe Museum (which generally

has the cheeks and underside white, and the tail pale varied with

blackish), I found one specimen, brought from Abyssinia by

Mr. Blanford, found at an elevation of 4000 feet, which had the cheeks

and underside of body reddish and the rump reddish, approaching

to but not near so dark and bright as the Zanzibar specimen, and

the tail intermediate in colour between the Zanzibar and the common

state of this species. There is in the Museum a specimen of

Macroxus annulatus brought by Mr. Jesse from Abyssinia, exactly

like the common colour of that species, which seems to be common

to the west, south, and eastern parts of Africa.

Habit of Pandora. By Dr. J. KE. Gray, F.RS. &e.

I have often observed living specimens of this animal lying in

burrows of sand, as described by Mr. Mason (‘Annals,’ xii. p. 184) ;

but I cannot get at its natural habitat. The shells are only washed

up there by the tide ; and if they do not get into their natural situa-

tion they die, and will be found with the valves gaping open.

266 Miscellaneous.

On the Genus Oceanapia, Norman (Rhizochalina of Oscar Schinidt).

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Mr. Norman, in his “ Report on the Shetland Dredgings,” in the

Report of the British Association for 1868, p. 334, describes a genus

under the name of Oceanapia, founded on a sponge which Dr. Bower-

bank had described under the name of Desmacidon Jeffreysii ; and

he considers a sponge which Dr. Bowerbank referred to another

genus and called Isodictya robusta to be founded on fragments of

the same sponge.

Dr. Bowerbank not only refers the sponge and the fragments to two

different genera, which, according to their characters, have a most

distinct organic structure, but in the specific character he describes

Lsodictya robusta as being possessed of simple bihamate retentive

spicules, which he does not describe as existing in Desmacidon

Jeffreysit.

Oscar Schmidt, in his work on Atlantic Sponges, published in

1870, overlooking Mr. Norman’s genus Oceanapia, republishes the

sponge under the name of /thizochalina, and figures two species (2.

olivacea and FR. carotta) which appear to be separated on very slight

characters.

Dr. Bowerbank, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for

1873, describes and figures a species (Desmacidon fistulosa, t. iv.)

which he compares to D. Jeffreysii, evidently forgetting that

Mr. Norman made this species into a new genus haying a very

peculiar external form and habit.

Sponges from Ceylon. By Dr. J. KE. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq., has kindly presented the specimens

of sponges which he obtained on the Pearl-banks and on the beach

near his house at Aripo, on the north-west side of the island of

Ceylon, to the British Museum.

These specimens have been reported upon by Dr. Bowerbank

(P. Z.8. 1873, p. 25), and four of them figured and described.

Dr. Bowerbank considers them as belonging to 18 species. I do not

venture to give any opinion as to their distinctness ; but they appear

to be separated on wonderfully slight characters.

Mr. Holdsworth some time ago sent to the Museum a specimen of

Xenospongia patelliformis in spirits from the same locality (loc. cit.

. 32).

: The sponge that Dr. Bowerbank has figured as the type of a new

species under the name of Spongionella Holdsworthit (P. Z. 8. 1878,

t. v. and t. vi. f. 7) is the same as Spongia papyracea, Esper (Pflan-

zenthiere, part ii. p. 38, t. lxv. and t. lxv.a), who received it from

the missionaries Johm and Rottler, from Tranquebar. The larger

specimen is figured as attached to a pearl-oyster, on one of the banks of

which Mr. Holdsworth found his specimen ; but it is a very variable

species, sometimes being cup-shaped, at others expanded and ear-

like. This sponge has been formed into a genus under the name of

Phyllospongia. It has very little affinity and quite a different

structure to Spongionella pulchra, which is considered the type of

the genus.

ee oe

Miscellaneous. 267

Mr. Carter informs me that the Haliphysema tubulatum (P.Z.S.

1873, p. 29, t. vii.) is a massive form of his Dictyocylindrus of the

British coast ; the colour and spicules are nearly the same. There

is, in the collection of Ceylon sponges, a specimen whose complement

of spicules equals, if not surpasses, all sponges of its kind. See

Mr. Carter’s description and illustration of this species, Ann. & Mag.

‘Nat. Hist. 1871, vii. p. 268, t. 17, from a small piece found on

Ketyon sparsus. Mr. Holdsworth’s specimen is half as big as a man’s

head. This sponge is my Acarnus innominatus.

Mr. Carter informs me, Jsodictya Donnani of this paper is no

Tsodictya at all! It is allied to Dictyocylindrus. It is of a fibrous

horny structure, the spicules in distinct fibres in little tufts on the

surface at the end, whereas /sodictya has no horny fibre, only spi-

cules matted into a kind of fibre with amorphous sarcode. This

sponge is very abundant on the Pearl-banks; indeed we have spe-

eimens of it in the British Museum, presented by Captain Belcher;

and I greatly doubt its being an unnamed species.

Mr. Carter finds Spongionella has a simple horny fibre, not enclosed

in any sand or spicule, confirming its being Spongia papyracea of

Esper.

On Ursus euryrhinus, Nilsson. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

In the ‘Catalogue of Carnivorous Mammalia in the British Museum,’

p. 235, I referred to the genus Helarctos, with doubt, a bear described

by Prof. Nilsson in his account of Swedish Mammalia, under the

name of Ursus euryrhinus, which he described from a skull in the

Museum of Lund, said to have come from Hungary.

Prof. Nilsson, in February of this year, kindly presented to the

British Museum a plaster cast of this skull, by which I observe that

the skull is evidently from an animal long kept in confinement, and

much altered from its usual shape, so that I should be unable to

determine to what species it really belongs, or even whether it is

distinct from the common European bear.

File-fish (Balistes capriscus) at Weymouth.

A specimen of the file-fish was taken on the 14th of May off the

Portland Breakwater, on a pout-line baited with a lobworm, and

has been sent to the British Museum by Mr. William Thompson,

who has kindly made the following notes :—

“The fish was 143 inches long to the centre of the caudal fin ;

the length from the caudal to the extremity of the longer outer ray

2 inches, making the entire length 163 inches; the greatest depth

74 inches. The eolour dark smoky grey, very much lighter (almost

white) on the under parts; the two dorsal, the anal, and caudal

fins spotted, lined, and blotched with ultramarine blue.” Mr.

Thompson observes that the illustrations of Couch and Yarrell must

have been taken from a fish that had lost the outer ray of the caudal

fin, which is the case with Couch’s specimen which he sent to the

British Museum. Mr. Thompson says that he has taken two an-

chovies, a sea-lamprey 14, and a sand-launce 123 inches long.

The file-fish has been several times during the summer season

268 Miscellaneous.

on the south-west coast of England, especially towards the western

side of it.. I suppose it wanders here from the Mediterranean, per-

haps accompanying several of the Cetacea and fish of those seas or the

warmer parts of the North-east Atlantic, and must be considered

an occasional visitor; and it would be curious to learn whether any

of these wanderers ever find their way back to their breeding-

grounds or native regions.—J. E. Gray.

Necessity of a Common Language in Natural Science.

By Professor T. Tuorett, of Upsala.

“Tt may be asked why I, in my catalogue of arachnological

literature, have not included any other works than those written in

Latin or in the living languages of Teutonic or Roman origin. The

reason is, not that I undervalue what may have been written in other

languages (which I am very far from doing), but simply that I am

unable to understand even the titles of works written in, for example,

Russian, Polish, Bohemian, Finnish, or Magyar; and thus I have

only by accident come to learn that a couple of works in these lan-

guages treat on arachnological subjects.

‘Tt may in general be taken for granted that a person of liberal

education has some acquaintance with Latin, and knows at least one

Teutonic and one Romanic language; and when this is the case, he

can, without any great waste of time, learn so much of the others as

to be able, with the help of a grammar and dictionary, to understand

the purely descriptive works within his own department that are

written in those languages. This is probably the reason why, in

determining questions of priority, it is customary to attribute as much

importance to works written in, for instance, Portuguese or Swedish

as to those written in any of the more generally studied languages.

But it is, of course, impossible to assign the same weight to all lan-

guages. No naturalist can have time to acquire the knowledge of all

the European languages which have already a scientific hterature to

show ; and the languages of this part of the world will assuredly not

long continue to keep exclusive possession of that territory. It would

seem, therefore, to be absolutely necessary, even for the future, in

the selection of the works of which a zoologist or botanist ought to

be expected to possess a knowledge, and which, in the determination

of questions of priority, ought to be taken into account, to confine

one’s self to those which are written in the living languages of Teu-

tonic or Roman origin and in Latin.

“The want of a common scientific language will unquestionably

become gradually more and more felt ; and as a return to Latin can

hardly be expected, it is not improbable that English may some time

or other acquire that rank, not only because that language is far more

widely diffused over every part of the earth than any other culture-

language, and that already two of the greatest nations publish in it

the results of their scientific labours, but because English, on account

of its simple grammar and as combining in nearly the same degree

Teutonic and Romanic elements, is by most Europeans more easily

acquired than any other language.”—Remarks on Synonyms of

European Spiders, 1873, p.-583 (a work written entirely in elegant

idiomatic English).

ELE

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[FOURTH SERIES. ]

No. 70. OCTOBER 1873.

XXXV.—On a remarkable Fish of the Family of Sturgeons

discovered by M. A. P. Fedchenko in the River Suir-dar.

By K. F. KEssLer.*

AmonG the fishes brought by A. P. Fedchenko in 1871 from

Turkestan there was one which, in many respects, deserves

special attention. This fish belongs to the family of sturgeons,

but differs much from all the species of the genus Acipenser,

in which Russia is so rich, and greatly resembles one of the

species of the North-American sturgeons, fully described some

time ago by the ‘well-known Viennese ichthyologist Heckel

under the name of Scaphirhynchus Rafinesquii. The affinity

between the specimen discovered by M. Fedchenko and the

above-named North-American fish, in spite of a few differences,

is on the whole so great that, in my opinion, these fishes

belong to one and the same genus; and accordingly I propose

to call our Turkestan fish Scaphirhynchus Fedtschenkot.

I proceed now to the description of this new species.

Generic Characters of Scaphirhynchus.—The body is fusi-

form, the fore part rather thick. The broad head ends in

a more or less long spade-like snout ; the transverse mouth,

situated on the lower side of the head, does not contain any

teeth, but is surrounded by a fleshy, eight-lobed, tubercular

lip; m front of the mouth, but at a little distance from it,

there are placed in a transverse series four barbels; the so-

* Translated by J. T. Naaké} Esq., Assistant in the Department of

Printed Books, British Museum, from the Russian text in Mém. Soe.

d’Hist. Nat. Mose. vol. x. 1872. x

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 19

270 M. K. F. Kessler on a remarkable

called spiracles are wanting. Down the body there are five

rows of scutes, of which the upper (dorsal) row ends at the

commencement of the dorsal fin, and the abdominal rows at the

base of the ventral fins, the lateral rows extending to the end

of the tail. The tail, behind the dorsal and anal fins, is slightly

flattened and completely covered with osseous scutes ; the end

of the tail terminates in a more or less long filament.

Specific Characters of Scaphirhynchus Fedtschenkoi—The

length of the spade-like snout is subject to great variation, but

never less than three fourths of the whole length of the head,

or less than one fourth of the length of the whole body to the

base of the caudal fin; the barbels are not fringed, placed ina

curved line, and are distant further from the end of the snout

than from the opening of the mouth; the diameter of the little

eyes does not exceed 2 millimetres; the distance from the

anus to the commencement of the anal fin is a little greater

than that from the end of the anal fin to the beginning of the

caudal.

Detailed description—The length of the snout, together

with that of the whole head, is subject to very great variation.

In some of those specimens which might be called short-

snouted the length of the head consists of a little more than

one third of the length of the whole body to the base of the

caudal ; in others with long snouts the length of the head is as

much as four ninths of the length of the whole body. The

breadth of the head at the gill-openings is contained in the

length of the body (without caudal) from seven to eight times,

the breadth of the basal part of the snout being a little greater

than that of the head at that point. The head is flat-convex

above, quite flat below. The snout has the shape of a more

or less long spade, which from the centre to the margins gra-

dually becomes thinner, and from the base to the end both

thinner and narrower. The end of the snout is sharp,

rounded, and the margins are rather soft, in consequence

of which they slightly bend inwards in dried specimens,

giving to the snout the appearance of a shallow gutter. The

posterior ends of the margins of the snout form two bony pro-

minences or hooks, directed towards the gill-covers. A little

in front from these hooks is the widest part of the snout; and

behind them, close to the gill-covers, the breadth of the head

is a little smaller than that of the snout.

The whole upper surface of the head is covered with shields,

which, however, are less prominent and less distinct than in

the American species—the less so, as they are covered with a

thick layer of skin forming many longitudinal folds. There

are seven principal shields—one occipital, two parietals, two

Fish of the Family of Sturgeons. 271

frontals, and two temporals. The small occipital shield is

almost of a triangular form, with a scarcely observable longi-

tudinal ridge, and with its anterior acute end deeply buried

between the two parietals. The central points of the parietals

are almost opposite to the front margin of the gill-covers, and

appear as very slight elevations ; the interspace between these

central elevations is slightly hollow, like a shallow gutter, and

its breadth is considerably less than that of the interspaces be-

tween each central elevation and the corresponding gill-cover.

Outside of the parietals there are the flat temporals, whose

central points are in a diagonal line with the central elevations

of the parietals. Posteriorly the parietals, as well as the

temporals, rest against the upper dorsal shields, which, like

the temporals, are completely flat. The slightly projecting

central points of the frontal shields are opposite to the front

border of the eye. On the outer side of the frontal shields

there are two little cavities, at the bottom of which the frontals

are separated from the supraciliary shields by a little narrow

membranaceous interspace. The interspace between the

frontals is partly occupied by the acute front ends of the

parietals, and partly by a separate odd interfrontal shield. In

front of the above-named shields the whole of the upper part

of the snout is covered with elongate lanceolate shields,

which gradually become smaller and thinner and more difficult

to distinguish. Between them, towards the margins of the

snout, there are skinny interspaces, mostly of irregular oval

shape and of various sizes, and occupied by those peculiar

organs which are called by Heckel ‘ Schleimdriisen ”’ (mucous

glands).

The lower side of the snout is completely flat ; only in dried

specimens the borders of the snout are turned inside, and give

it the shape of a shallow gutter. There may be seen sometimes :

in the centre of the lower side of the snout a longitudinal promi-

nence, caused by a bony rib passing there. ‘The whole of the

lower side is covered by a thick soft skin containing a dense

network of folds, in the loops of which are little pores crowded

together (according to Heckel the openings of the mucous

glands). Four completely smooth barbels, situated on the

lower side of the snout, are placed in a transverse, slightly

curved line. The outer barbels are from two to three times

as long as the inner, and when adpressed to the snout they

reach to the mouth. The interspace separating the two inner

barbels is almost twice as wide as that between each inner and

outer barbel. The outer barbels are generally close to the

margin of the snout: their distance from the end of the snout

is the greater the longer the snout ; but even in short-snouted

19*

272 M. XK. F. Kessler on a remarkable

specimens it is greater than the distance from the opening of

the mouth.

At the hinder end of the snout, opposite its lateral hooks,

there is the transverse mouth, placed in a separate transverse

cavity. The breadth of the mouth is equal to about half that

of the whole snout. Both lips, the upper and lower, are divided

in the middle by a notch into two curved halves. In front

and on the sides the mouth is surrounded by a tubercular

fleshy pad; but in the lower lip there is in the middle a wide

interspace between the two halves of this pad. Interiorly both

lips are furnished with two rows of small soft warts; the

palate and the tongue are also supplied with similar warts

placed in more or less regular transverse rows. Moreover

there are also three transverse folds on the palate (Scaphi-

rhynchus Rafinesquit has four folds in the palate), of which

the front one is curved towards the front, and the posterior

backwards.

The eyes, which are almost opposite to the front margin of

the cavity of the mouth, are exceedingly small, so that their

diameter (not exceeding 2 millimetres) is contained not less

than fifteen times in the breadth of the interspace between

them. In front of them there are the two nasal openings.

The upper nasal openings have an oval form, and their diameter

is half that of the cleft of the lower. Each of the lower nasal

openings is provided from the front side with a tolerably

broad skinny flap. The two nasal openings of each side are

more approximate to each other with their hinder parts, which

are directed obliquely towards the upperside of the head.

The gill-cavity is considerably shorter and the gill-openings

are slightly shorter than those of Scaphirhynchus Rafinesquit.

Each of the gill-covers is composed of two bony pieces: the

upper one, which is the larger, reaching almost to the gill-

opening, is rather rough, sometimes provided with a longitu-

dinal central ridge ; the other (lower) one is smaller and almost

completely smooth (comparatively larger than that of Scaphi-

rhynchus Rafinesquic). The interspace which divides at the

throat the two gill-openings is a little wider than that in the

American species, and is not less than one half of the transverse

diameter of the mouth.

Twaq bony laminz (suprascapulary and scapulary) border

the upper part of the gill-opening. The former has an irregular

square form, and is a little larger than the latter, which is

almost triangular. Both of these lamine are rough, but not

provided with projecting teeth as in Scaphirhynchus Rafinesquit.

The two clavicles meet in the central line, and form one broad

transverse shield, with two anterior lateral excisions corre-

Fish of the Family of Sturgeons. 273

sponding to the gill-openings, and one central posterior notch

of a triangular form. Each of the clavicles is provided with

numerous small ridges, of which one, longitudinally passing

through the centre of the clavicle, projects beyond the rest.

The body gradually becomes thinner behind; at the same

time, in the whole of its length, the vertical diameter remains

equal to the transverse diameter. The five rows of scutes

which pass along the body render its shape a little angular.

The extreme end of the tail, from the dorsal and anal fins, is

entirely covered with scutes, but much shorter than in Scaphi-

rhynchus Rafinesquit. The trunk of the tail of our Turkestan

species (¢. e. the distance from the end of the anal fin to the

base of the caudal) is scarcely one seventh of the distance from

the front margin of the clavicle to the base of the caudal, whilst

the trunk of the tail of the American species is not less than

one fourth of the above-named distance. The distance from

the base of the caudal to the anus of the former species is to

the distance from the anus to the front margin of the clavicle

as 2:3, whilst these two distances are almost equal to each

other in the other species.

Down the dorsal ridge, from the neck to the base of the

dorsal fin, there is a row of saddle-like scutes, numbering from

seventeen to eighteen ; they are closely set, and each of them

is supplied with a projecting longitudinal crest ending behind

ina sharp hook. The first scute, immediately adjoining the

occipital shield, is the largest of all, and of an irregularly tri-

angular form ; the second is smaller and shorter than all the

rest following it, which, again, gradually become larger and

longer than wide. Likewise also the crests become gra-

dually higher and their terminal hooks longer. The base of

each of the scutes is concave.

The lateral rows of scutes commence from the suprascapulary,

extend to the base of the caudal fin, and consist of from forty-

two to fifty-seven pieces; they are tolerably closely set, and

have an irregular obliquely rhomboid form, with a longitudinal

projecting crest along the centre. The crests of these scutes,

as the crests of the dorsal scutes, terminate in acute spines.

At the base of the posterior end of the shoulder-blades there is

a small hollow place. The scutes of the side rows, from the

first to the fifteenth (approximately), gradually get larger, then

for a considerable space they retain almost the same size; and

only those approaching the base of the caudal fin again gra-

dually diminish in size; but they do not become so narrow

and flat as in Scaphirhynchus Rafinesquit.

In each of the abdominal rows there are from seven to nine

scutes ; but it happens sometimes that in one row (sometimes

274 M. K. F. Kessler on a remarkable

the right, and sometimes the left) there are one or two scutes

more than in the other; they begin at a little distance behind

the pectoral fins, and extend to the base of the ventrals. The

scutes are a little like the dorsal; but their crest is somewhat

less developed, and appears generally as a ridge without the

hook ; only in young specimens the crest is comparatively

higher and ends ina spme. ‘The anterior are frequently very

small and a little removed from the others, which are more or

less closely joined together.

The scutes of all the rows, as well as the interspaces between

the rows, are more or less covered with a thick soft skin, in

which are imbedded bony corpuscles looking like small thorns

or longitudinal ribs, in consequence of which the whole of the

skin appears rough. Only behind the ventrals scutes begin to

appear on the skin, which gradually increase in size and become

imbricate, so that the whole of the tail is surrounded by them.

The largest of these scutes occupy the space between the anus”

and the beginning of the anal fin, and are placed in pairs ‘four

or five pairs), with the exception of the last one, which is single,

oblong, and directly joins the anal fin. At the front margin

of the anus there are no scutes of any kind. Four pairs of

thick scutes occupy the space between the end of the anal fin

and the beginning of the caudal ; towards the centre this space

appears to be slightly concave, like a shallow gutter. Jour

pairs of flat seutes cover the dorsal side of the tail (which is

slightly flat) from the posterior end of the dorsal fin to the

beginning of the row of fulcra covering the upperside of the

thin end of the tail opposite to the caudal. Of these fulera

the three anterior are more or less flat, laminate. The whole

of the base of the dorsal fin is surrounded on both sides with

narrow, almost lanceolate bony scutes.

The fins, both paired and single, are very much like the

corresponding fins of the fishes of this family. The front rays

of the fins are simple, and the posterior more or less branched.

The first outer ray of the pectorals differs very little in diameter

from the others; only it is considerably thicker at the base.

The fins themselves are very broad, and their hind margin is

round. The ventral fins, which are considerably narrower,

are also round at the end. The dorsal fin has a rhomboid

form; the anal fin is more rounded, square; and the caudal

fin has the shape of a broad triangle. In each of the pectoral

fins there are from thirty-six to forty rays, and in each of the

ventrals from eighteen to twenty; the dorsal contains from

thirty to thirty-four, the anal from nineteen to twenty, and the

caudal fin from sixty to seventy rays. The end of the tail

ends in a more or less thin filament; and it is necessary

Fish of the Family of Sturgeons. 275

to note that the shorter the snout the longer is the caudal

filament.

The colour of the upperside of the fish (judging by the spe-

cimens preserved in spirits of wine) is pale brownish grey,

light yellow below. All the fins are light grey. There are

no dark stripes or spots either on the body or the fins.

The internal parts of Scaphirhynchus Fedtschenkotareexactly

like the corresponding parts of S. Rafinesquit described by

Brutzer ; consequently I will notice a few of them only.

The vertebral column, from the occiput to the base of the

caudal fin, consists of about fifty-five vertebrae, of which thirty

are abdominal and twenty-five caudal.

The supplementary gills, consisting of two parts and placed

round the back margin of the gill-covers, are perceptibly less

developed than those of Acipenser. y

The nasal cavities are very spacious and pierced by the

olfactory nerve. From the place of its entrance into the cavity

there radiate about twenty folds of mucous membrane, of which

the lower ones, having almost a vertical direction, are per-

ceptibly longer and thicker than the upper, which are almost

horizontal.

A tolerably long intestinal tract makes several convolu-

tions, and is divided into an cesophagus, first stomach, second

stomach, small intestine, spiral valve, and rectum. The first

stomach is rather long and curved in front, so that it is easy

to distinguish in it the receiving and discharging portions ; its

greatest diameter is nearly in the middle, at the point of the

curve; towards the end it becomes narrower. The second

stomach is muscular; it forms a loop with the end of the

first stomach, and has the shape of a short cone. At the

commencement of the small intestine, which passes out of

the left side of the muscular stomach, there is an oval

slightly spatulate branch, corresponding in all probability to

the appendices pylorice of other fishes. Further towards

the end the small intestine makes a convolution, passing into

the part which contains the spiral valve. This last is tolerably

thick at the beginning, but gets gradually thinner towards the

end ; it is perfectly straight, and finally enters into the narrow

rectum. The spiral valve has five turns.

In a specimen, the total length of which was 235 millims.

and the distance from the mouth to the anus 72 millims., the

length of the entire intestine was 109 millims.—that is, to the

cesophagus 16 millims., the first stomach 30 miliims., the

second 11 millims., the small intestine 26 millims., and the

spiral valve together with the rectum 26 millims,

The narrow kidneys are situated on the sides of the vertebral

276 Ona remarkable Fish of the Family of Sturgeons.

column, and extend almost along the whole length of the abdo-

minal cavity, and are everywhere separated, except at the hinder

end, where they coalesce. A small urine-bladder is provided

in front with two long spacious horns ; in a bladder 5 millims.

long the horns are 27 millims. long. The diameter of the roe

when nearly mature is about 1°5 millim. (from 1:3 to 1°8

millim.), the roe being of a brownish-yellow colour. In a

specimen 230 millims. long I counted in both ovaries about

1500 eggs.

But the most interesting organ of our fish is its swimming-

bladder. It is quite rudimentary, a small bag-like appendage

to the stomach (in a specimen 235 millims. long the swimming-

bladder was 9 millims. long and 4°3 millims. wide), to which

it is joined by a short tube. This tube begins at the front

end of the bladder, and enters at the commencement of the first

stomach from the dorsal side at the distance of 1 millim.

from the end of the cesophagus. The position of the bladder

between the stomach and the vertebral column is normal ;

its walls consist of the same membranes as those of the first

stomach.

For the cause of such a peculiar development or, rather,

malformation of the swimming-bladder in the Scaphirhynchus

Fedtschenkot we must search, in all probability, m the mode

of life of this fish. There is no doubt (at least I think so)

that this fish is obliged to live continually at the bottom of

the river, and there burrows in the sand or mud in order to

get its food. This is evident from the shape and structure of

its snout as well as the smallness of its eyes, which have

become almost rudimentary. Indeed I found in the stomach

of our fish exclusively the remains of creatures living in mud.

It is known that the swimming-bladder is wanting in those

fishes only which are in the habit of living at the bottom of

the water (viz. rays, soles, lampreys, &c.).

The fish described by us was discovered by M. A. P.

Fedchenko in the river Suir-dar. According to his notes the

native fishermen do not consider it to be a distinct species,

but merely look upon it as the young of the sturgeon of the

Aral Sea. Evidently they do so in consequence of its normally

small size. Out of the twelve specimens brought by M.

Fedchenko the largest were only 84 inches long (exclusive of

the caudal filament); among them there were some females with

eges almost completely matured. This is no doubt the reason

why this fish escaped the notice of former travellers who had

visited the banks of the river Suir-dar.

Dr. A. Giinther on Scaphirhynchus Fedtschenkoi. 277

XXX VI.—WNote on Scaphirhynchus Fedtschenkoi.

By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S.

ICHTHYOLOGISTS will thankfully acknowledge the service done

to them by the Editors of this Journal in baving rendered the

interesting discovery of a species of Scaphirhynchus in Central

Asia accessible to them by the foregoing translation. It is

true that the original Russian text is accompanied by a plate

representing the fish; but more than one ichthyologist would

have failed to recognize from it the close affinity of the Asiatic

species to the American, as maintained by Prof. Kessler, and

would have been rather inclined to regard the new form as the

type of a distinct genus. In the figure the rows of scutes are by

no means so well marked and so distinctly represented as

they are described in the text; and I have still some doubts

whether this is an effect produced by the draughtsman or

whether they are in reality more deeply imbedded in the

general integuments than is the case in the American

species.

However, a comparison of Prof. Kessler’s description with

that of S. platyrhynchus by Heckel (which has served as model

of the former) shows clearly that both fishes are most closely

allied species of the same genus. ‘The most remarkable dit-

ference is in the extent of the dorsal and anal fins, which is

much greater in S. Fedtschenkot,and combined with a shortening

of the tail. But this difference finds a parallel in the species

of Acipenser.

Prof. Kessler (in a part of the paper not reprinted) compares

the importance of this discovery to that of Ceratodus. In this

I cannot agree with him, and I would rather find an analogous

case in the discovery of Psephurus gladius in the Yantsekiang.

Indeed, after the discovery of this latter species, that of a Sca-

phirhynchus in Asia might have been foreseen, just as I

anticipate with confidence the discovery of a Ganoid in Borneo.

But nobody, in the present state of knowledge, could have

imagined the presence of a Dipnoous form in Australia. The

discovery of a living Ceratodus opened a new vista into the

affinities of recent and extinct fishes, whilst that of Scaphi-

rhynchus Fedtschenkot is only an additional interesting item of

the series of instances by which the close affinity of the

North-American, North-Asiatic, and European faunas is

proved.

278 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Additions to,

XXXVII.—Additions to the AustralianCurculionide. Part V.

By Francis P. Pascog, F.L.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 239. ]

Rhinaria perdiz.

R. breviuscula, nigra, cervino-squamosa albo maculata; fronte bi-

verrucosa verrucis infra conjunctis (vel lobo V-formi instructa) ;

rostro in medio longitudinaliter late excavato, infra lobos profunde

oblique sulcato; prothorace sat vage punctato, basi quam apice

paulo latiore, utrinque rotundato, lateribus albidis; scutello

albido, punctiformi ; elytris breviusculis, basi prothorace manifeste

datioribus, humeris haud prominulis, striato-punctatis, interstitiis

convexis, apice rotundatis ; corpore infra pedibusque dense albido-

squamosis. Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Victoria.

A small robust species, easily known by its white-spotted

elytra.

Rhinaria fasciata.

R. oblonga, umbrino-squamosa, albido variegata; fronte verruca

cordiformi valde elevata instructa; rostro basi gibboso, in medio

haud excavato ; clava antennarum, basi excepta, nigra ; prothorace

latitudine parum longiore, utrinque rotundato, basi quam apice

multo latiore, dorso sat confertim granulato, lateribus albidis ;

scutello albido, apice rotundato; elytris basi prothorace multo

latioribus, postice gradatim angustioribus, humeris haud productis,

striato-punctatis, interstitiis convexis, seriatim granulatis, fascia

irregulari albida paulo ante medium ornatis, apice rotundatis ;

corpore infra albido ; pedibus umbrino variis. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Australia (interior).

The nearest ally of this species seems to be 2. myrrhata.

Boisduval describes a Rhinaria variegata from New Guinea

(in the plate it is stated to be from “ Port-du-Roi-Georges ”’),

to which, in the Munich Catalogue, R. maculosa, Fhs., from

Australia, is referred.

Atsiotes leucurus.

42. oblongus, fuscus, supra squamulis minutis concoloribus, apice

elytrorum excepto, sejunctim vestitus; fronte depressa, supra

oculos tuberculis duobus modice elevatis instructa; rostro squa-

moso, basi et in medio subtransversim excayato, parte intermedia

gibbosa, lateribus oblique impresso; antennis parce setulosis ;

funiculo articulis duobus basalibus breviusculis zequalibus, ezteris

transversis, submoniliformibus ; clava tomentosa, modice ovata ;

prothorace latitudine sesquilongiore, supra irregulariter granulato,

apice tuberculis duobus mamilliformibus horizontaliter producto ;

the Australian Curculionide. 279

scutello rotundato, subtiliter fusco-squamoso; elytris postice

gradatim angustioribus, seriatim curvato-tuberculatis, interstitiis

leviter impresso-punctatis, declivitate dense albo-squamosis, sin-

gulis tuberculoconico postice instructis, apicibus obtuse mucronatis;

corpore infra pedibusque dense fusco-squamosis, albido variis.

Long. 63-7 lin.

Hab. Sydney.

Readily known from 4. notabilis by its concolorous dis-

persed scales, except on the declivity of the elytra, which is

densely covered with pure white scales. Mr. Masters informs

me that it is “‘very destructive to introduced conifers.’

vsiotes morosus.

42, oblongus, niger, subnudus ; fronte ut in precedente ; capite inter

oculos rostroque irregulariter lineatim impressis, hoc in medio

crista compressa instructo; antennis pallide setosis ; funiculo ar-

ticulis duobus basalibus longiusculis, ceteris subtransversis, haud

moniliformibus ; clava breviter ovata; prothorace latitudine ses-

quilongiore, supra tuberculis plerumque magnis, modice elevatis,

apice duobus apicalibus cristiformibus, munito ; scutello rotundato,

squamis piliformibus silaceis dense vestito; elytris postice gra-

datim angustioribus, seriatim lateribus sulcato-punctatis, punctis

inequalibus, plurimis singulatim seta curvata instructis, inter-

stitiis tertio quintoque tuberculato-elevatis, interstitio interiore

tuberculo postico majore triangulari, tuberculo apicali elongato,

subcylindrico, apicibus obtuse mucronatis ; corpore infra pedibus-

que sparse silaceo-pilosis. Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Victoria.

Mr. French, of Melbourne, to whom I am indebted for this

species, says it is found on young saplings of Eucalyptus vimi-

nalis. Possibly it may be sometimes more scaly than in the

example before me ; but from the other two species it may be

known, tter alia, by the narrow crest-shaped protuberance on

the middle of the rostrum and the different form of the apex of

the prothorax. A renewed examination of the mouth shows

that the maxille are not covered by the mentum: I have

therefore removed the genus from the neighbourhood of Leptops

to the Aterpinz.

Pachyura vestita.

P. suboblonga, nigra, supra pube suberecta silacea albido griseoque

varia, subtus pedibusque albido-pubescentibus; rostro valido,

prothorace breviore, apicem versus latiore ; antennis subtestaceis,

pubescentibus, articulo tertio quam primo duplo longiore ; pro-

thoyace tenuiter granulato-punctato, in medio albo lineato; seu-

tell subscutiformi, albido-pubescente ; elytris valde convexis,

lateribus subparallelis, ‘apice divaricatis, pone basin utrinque callo

280 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Additions to

obtuse elevato instructis, in medio albido nebulosis, ad apicem

grisescentibus ; femoribus dente parvo spiniformi armatis. Long.

5 lin.

Hab. New South Wales (Murrurundi).

Shorter and more convex than P. australis and P. ei-

nerea ; the elytra have two callosities at the base, and their

sculpture is hidden by the pubescence. Pachyura is perhaps

best differentiated from Jsacantha by its short rostrum, gra-

dually thicker towards the apex (in /sacantha it is longer and

cylindrical), and not by its toothed femora, as Hope put it.

In this case my P. papulosa should be placed in Lsacantha,

with which it otherwise agrees. Lacordaire has united the

two genera with Belus, at the same time intimating that 2.

cinereus, Blanch., should be withdrawn from it; but this is

certainly congeneric with australis, the type of Pachyura.

Belus itself, having the prothorax and elytra on the same

plane, appears to me abundantly distinct from Jsacantha and

Pachyura, 1 which either the base (as in the former) or more

or less of the dorsum of the elytra is above the line of the

prothorax. I am indebted for this and the two following

species to Mr. Masters.

Belus ganglionicus.

B. oblongus, sat robustus, rufo-fuscus, supra confertim granulatus,

impunctatus ; prothorace vittis tribus, elytrisque maculis elongatis

interruptis prope suturam sitis, e pilis albidis condensatis, notatis,

his prothorace manifeste latioribus, lateribus parallelis, apice

rotundatis, in masculo parum acuminatis ; antennis ( ) articulo

basali quam tertio breviore, ( 9 ) brevioribus articulis basali tertio-

que subéequalibus, ultimis crassioribus ; corpore infra pilis albidis,

medio metasterni et maculis tribus nudis in quoque segmento ab-

dominis exceptis, dense vestito; pedibus parcius pilosis. Long.

3 51, Q7lin.

Hab. Willoughby Falls, near Sydney.

A somewhat robust and rather depressed form; in the

rounded apex of the elytra (slightly acuminate, however, in

the male) it agrees with B. brunneus,Guér. It seems to bea

very local species.

Isacantha exigua.

I. oblonga, ¢ cylindrica, subangusta, 9 postice gradatim latior, fer-

ruginea, supra confertim granulata, pilis griseis sparse, subtus

densius, vestita; rostro prothorace vix longiore, in foemina paulo

breviore, basi crebre punctato; antennis subtestaceis, apticulo

basali longiusculo ; prothorace in medio basin versus canaliculato ;

elytris prothorace paulo latioribus, submaculatim pilosis, apice

the Australian Curculionide. 281

rotundatis; femoribus anticis infra denticulatis, dentibusque

duobus longioribus versus apicem instructis. Long. 4} lin.

Hab. Queensland (Gayndah).

A very distinct species, which may be placed near to J.

bimaculata.

Eurhynchus maculatus.

E. subeylindricus, piceus, squamulis piliformibus albis sejunctim,

subtus pedibusque magis dispersis, tectus ; capite inter oculos lon-

gitudinaliter suleato ; rostro basi subreticulato-punctato, punctis

unisquamigeris ; clava nigra; prothorace longitudini latitudine

zequali, utrinque modice rotundato, confertim granulato-punctato ;

scutello triangulari; elytris parallelis, haud spinosis, striato-

punctatis, interstitiis seriatim piceo-maculatis, apice rotundatis ;

femoribus leviter incrassatis. Long. 7 lin.

Hab. Swan River. .

This species, well differentiated by its cylindrical form, may

be placed after 1. levior, Kirby. L. tetracanthus, Boh., is in

the Munich Catalogue a synonym of £. acanthopterus, Bois.,

and Lacordaire’s figure (pl. 72. fig. 4) is referred to it; but

for me this represents HL. quadrituberculatus, Boh.

Lemosaccus ocularis.

L. modice oblongus, ferrugineus, asperse flavescenti-villosus ; capite

exserto, angusto; oculis peramplis, antice valde approximatis ;

rostro modice elongato, apicem versus gradatim latiore, leviter

ineequaliter punctato ; prothorace crebre reticulato-punctato,

in medium parum depresso, lateribus ampliatis ; scutello triangu-

lari; elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis granulis distinctis

majusculis munitis, regione suturali magis villosis; abdomine

segmento secundo breyiusculo, suturis secundo tertioque lateraliter

valde arcuatis ; tibiis anticis modice elongatis, parum compressis.

Long. 3 ln.

Hab. Champion Bay.

Like ZL. pecuartus ; but with a small narrow head and large

eyes, only slightly separated in front.

Lemosaccus longiceps.

£. oblongus, fusco-castaneus, squamis piliformibus flavescentibus

maculatim vestitus ; antennis pedibusque ferrugineis ; capite an-

gusto, exserto; rostro elongato, tenuiter punctato; oculis antice

approximatis ; prothorace latitudine longiore, antice multo an-

gustiore, crebre punctato; elytris lateraliter parum rotundatis,

striato-punctatis, interstitiis subtiliter granulatis, versus latera

granulis transversis majoribus instructis ; pygidio inequaliter sed

282 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Additions to

confertim punctato; tibiis anticis modice elongatis, intus mani-

feste bisinuatis, Long. 3-3} lin. .

Hab. Queensland (Rockhampton).

Like L. australis, Boisd., but more elongate, the head narrow,

and passing gradually into the rostrum, &c. I have also one

example of this species from Aru.

Lemosaccus semiustus.

L. oblongus, rufescens, margine antice prothoracis, vel toto prothorace,

apice excepto, scutelloque nigris ; antennis pedibusque ferrugineis ;

rostro brevi, in medio sat abrupte arcuato, crebre punctato ; oculis

vix approximatis; prothorace transverso, apice angusto, con-

stricto ; scutello cordiformi ; elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis

transversim granulatis, basi squamis aureis munitis; pygidio

nigro, in medio carinulato; femoribus muticis; tibiis anticis

modice elongatis, arcuatis, apicem versus angustioribus. Long.

2} lin.

Hab. Champion Bay.

A somewhat narrow form with mutic femora, as in L. dap-

silis, to which it is not otherwise allied. In some species

the tooth is small or nearly obsolete ; but there are gradations

in this and other characters, such as are almost sure to occur

in large genera. Notwithstanding, there are few genera in

which the species are more readily recognized by the eye once

accustomed to the form.

Lemosaccus funereus.

L. oblongus, niger, subnitidus ; capite leviter punctato; rostro vix

elongato, recto, nitide castaneo, subtiliter vage punctato ; oculis

antice approximatis ; antennis ferrugineis, clava nigricanti; scapo

curvato ; prothorace creberrime punctato, antice constricto, pone

apicem gibboso, gibbo linea longitudinali in medio impresso ; scu-

tello valde transverso ; elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis corru-

gato-granulatis, regione scutellari apicibusque leviter flavescenti-

villosis ; abdomine segmentis duobus basalibus modice ampliatis,

sutura prima obsoleta; pedibus ferrugineis; tibiis anticis brevis-

simis, valde compressis. Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Queensland (Gayndah).

The straight, moderately long rostrum, and the gibbosity of

the prothorax, divided by a longitudinal impression, are the

chief diagnostic characters of this species.

Lemosaccus gibbosus.

L. breviusculus; niger, parum nitidus; capite erebre punctato ;

rostro perbrevi, recto, vix confertim punctato, in medio canalicu-

lato ; oculis modice approximatis; antennis fuscis; prothorace

confertim punctato, antice constricto, pone apicem abrupte gibboso,

the Australian Curculionide. 283

lateribus basique flavescenti-villosis; scutello depresso; elytris

brevibus, lateraliter paulo rotundatis, striato-punctatis, inter-

stitiis transversim corrugatis, regione scutellari apicibusque fla-

vescenti-villosis ; tibiis anticis intermediisque brevibus. Long.

12 lin.

Hab, West Australia (Champion Bay).

A shorter species than the last, and with a more abruptly

gibbous prothorax; it has, moreover, a remarkably short

rostrum.

Lemosaccus querulus.

L. breviusculus, niger, elytris pedibusque ferrugineis; capite ros-

troque sat leviter punctatis ; hoc perbrevi, recto ; antennis ferru-

gineis; oculis haud approximatis; prothorace transverso, valde

convexo, creberrime punctato, vittis tribus indeterminatis flaves-

centi-villosis decorato; scutello transverso; elytris brevibus,

sparse subtiliter villosis, striato-punctatis, interstitiis fere obsolete

granulatis, plagis nigricantibus raro subnotatis ; tibiis anticis in-

termediisque brevibus. Long. 14 lin.

Hab. West Australia; Victoria.

With a short, straight rostrum, as in the last, this species

has, inter alia, a smaller and less rounded eye, the posterior

margin being a little incurved; the villosity is also consider-

ably less condensed. The tooth on the anterior femora

is almost obsolete.

Lemosaccus tarsalis.

Z. subangustus, nigricans, submaculatim croceo-villosus ; capite ma-

jusculo, subtransverso ; rostro perbreyi, recto, crebre punctato ;

oculis prominulis, antice haud approximatis ; antennis fulvescen-

tibus, clava magna nigricante ; prothorace modice convexo, crebre

punctato, in medio linea impressa abbreviata; scutello parvo;

elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctulatis; tibiis

apice tarsisque fulvescentibus, tibiis anticis brevibus, compressis ;

segmento secundo abdominis breviusculo. Long. 13 lin.

Hab. Champion Bay.

A small, narrowish species, with the head unusually broad.

Lemosaccus magdaloides.

angustus, niger, subnitidus ; capite transverso; rostro perbrevi,

sparse punctulato; oculis vix prominulis, subapproximatis ; an-

tennis fulvescentibus, clava minuscula ; prothorace parum longiore

quam latiore ; elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis paulo convexis,

transversim granulatis; femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque fulves-

centibus, tibiis anticis perbrevibus valde compressis; tarsis

articulo ultimo unguiculisque minutis; segmento secundo abdo-

minis breviusculo. Long. 13 lin.

Hab. Champion Bay.

284 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Additions to

A resemblance to Magdalis prunt, which, however, it shares

to some extent with the last and following species, has sug-

gested the specific name.

Lemosaceus fulvirostris.

Z. angustus, nigricans, subnitidus, rostro, antennis pedibusque

fulvis ; capite transverso ; oculis haud approximatis ; rostro bre-

viusculo, cylindrico, tenuato, fere recto ; clava sat breviter ovata ;

prothorace paulo convexo, crebre punctato, utrinque fortiter rotun-

dato; elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis paulo convexis, trans-

versim granulatis ; femoribus muticis, tibiis anticis brevibus, valde

compressis ; tarsis articulo penultimo apice solo emarginato,

articulo ultimo unguiculisque minutis; abdomine segmentis

duobus basalibus ampliatis, sutura prima obsoleta. Long. 14 lin.

Hab. Champion Bay.

With L. cryptonyx this and the preceding species form a

group distinguished by their very small claw-joints and claws,

the former scarcely extending beyond the cleft of the third

joint, into which they are inserted.

TENTEGIA.

Rostrum modice robustum, parum arcuatum ; scrobes premediane,

oblique, ante oculos desinentes. Oculi rotundati, grosse granu-

lati. Funiculus articulis duobus basalibus longioribus, sequalibus,

ceteris in clavam gradatim continuatis. Prothorax transversus,

rotundatus, basi truncatus, apice paulo productus. Scutellum

nullum. Zilytra ampliata, fere subglobosa, basi prothorace vix

latiora. Rima pectoralis pone coxas anticas terminata. Hemora

linearia, mutica; tibiew rectee, sulcate, apice mucronate; tarsi

articulo, tertio haud lobato; wnguieulis liberis. Processus inter-

coxalis latissimus, truncatus. Abdomen segmento basali valde

ampliato.

An Acalles-form, but with linear tarsi, the third joint not

being lobed, and with a broad truncated intercoxal process ;

from Poropterus and its allies it is differentiated, ¢nter alia, by

its semiglobose habit. MJyrtesis, with a similar habit, has a

pectoral canal extending to the abdomen.

Tentegia favosa.

T. nigra, vix nitida, parcius subtiliter setulosa; capite prothoraceque

rude reticulato-punctatis, punctis squamositate grisea fundo mu-

nitis; rostro punctis in seriebus quatuor notato, interstitiis ele-

vatis; antennis ferrugineis, sparse griseo-pubescentibus, clava

angusta, ovali; prothorace antice paulo tubulato, utrinque fortiter

rotundato, lobis ocularibus ciliatis; elytris foveato-sulcatis, inter-

stitiis grosse tuberculatis, tuberculis setuligeris, pone humeros

calloso-productis, deinde ad apicem fortiter rotundatis ; corpore

the Australian Cureulionide. 285

infra nitide nigro; segmentis abdominis rude confertim foveatis ;

pedibus ferrugineis, griseo-setigeris. Long. 2} lin.

Hab. West Australia.

Poropterus prodigus.

P. subellipticus, convexus, niger, omnino umbrino-squamosus ; capite

inter oculos foveato ; rostro basi parce squamoso, dimidio apicali

reticulato-punctato; antennis ferrugineis, funiculo articulis duobus

basalibus elongatis, wqualibus, clava subglobosa; prothorace

haud lato, apice bicristato, postice carinulato et supra scutellum

elevato, disco tuberculis quatuor in medio transversim obsito ;

elytris sat breviter obovatis, seriatim rude punctatis, singulis

tuberculis magnis in seriebus tribus digestis, sci/. serie interiore

quatuor, quorum ultimo maximo postice et prope suturam sito,

serie secunda tribus, tertiaque uno majore et duobus minusculis,

humeris obsoletis, apicibus tuberculato-productis ; pedibus modice

elongatis. Long. 7 lin.

Hab, Velipse Island.

Like P. Waterhouset in habit, but with the two basal joints

of the funicle of equal length, and nearly as long as the re-

maining joints together. This species is remarkable for the

two large posterior tubercles on the elytra, situated close to

the suture, and therefore contiguous at the base (in P. Water-

houset there is a considerable interval between them) ; besides

the eight large tubercles on these organs, there are smaller

ones, some of which are scarcely more than the slightly ele-

vated interpunctate spaces. Eclipse Island is, according to

Keith Johnstone’s Atlas, close to King George’s Sound, “but

it seems to have yielded several insects not yet met with on

the mainland. The present is the only species of Poropterus

Ihave seen from Western Australia,

AXIDES.

Rostrum modice elongatum, arcuatum ; scrobes postmediane, oblique.

_ Funiculus 7-articulatus, articulis duobus basalibus elongatis, primo

crassiore, ceteris transversis, gradatim latioribus ; clava magna,

4-articulata, quasi ad funiculum adnata. Oculi modice ampliati,

tenuiter granulati. Prothorax subconicus, inequatus, lobis ocu-

laribus prominulis. Llytra subcordata, modice convexa, dorso

parum planata. ima pectoralis inter coxas intermedias termi-

nata, apice aperta. emora subtus dentata; tibiw haud com-

presse, intus leviter bisinuate ; tarsi articulo ultimo elongato,

esquamoso. Abdomen articulis duobus basalibus amplis,

This genus has many of the characters of Chimades, a

curious form with subquadrangular elytra, and apparently

having little connexion with the species described below.

Both genera, as well as ony gee are allied to Chetec-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 20

286 Mr. H. B. Brady on a new

‘etorus, Schénh., and are numerously represented in Australia ;

Mitrastethus, Redt., is at present the only known exponent of

the group in New Zealand.

Axides dorsalis.

A, ovatus, niger, sat dense griseo-albido-squamosus, supra squamis

elongatis erectis adspersus; capite inter oculos profunde foveato ;

rostro piceo, basi capiteque dense squamosis ; antennis ferrugineis ;

prothorace antice tubulato-constricto, ante medium transversim

quadri-subfasciculato, basi fusco-nebuloso ; scutello elevato, ovato ;

elytris sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis convexis, singulis postice

callosis, apicibus rotundatis, dorso plaga magna fuscescente, in

medio nigra et postice bene determinata, ornatis; corpore infra

pedibusque dense albido-squamosis, squamis elongatis subdepressis

notatis. Long. 24 lin.

Hab. Sydney ; North Australia.

Tychreus sellatus. .

7’. subovatus, piceus, dense albido-squamosus, prothoracis basi ely-

trisque plaga communi fusca ornatis; capite antice convexo ;

rostro nigro-piceo, tenuiter subyage punctulato; antennis piceis ;

prothorace subconico, utrinque antice constricto, postice subparal-

lelo, supra tuberculis quatuor, transversim sitis, instructo, apice

producto margineque incrassato; scutello inviso; elytris pro-

thorace manifeste latioribus, humeris haud callosis, lateribus

subparallelis, apicibus rotundatis, supra fortiter conyexis, punc-

tato-sulcatis, interstitiis elevatis et plus minusve tuberculato-

fasciculatis, basi utrinque subeallosis ; corpore infra pedibusque

dense albido-squamosis ; femoribus infra dente fere obsoleto

instruetis. Long. 31 lin.

Hab. New South Wales (Rope’s Creek).

The type of Tychreus (T. camelus) has two large median

tubercles on the elytra, and is of an indefinitely varied

greyish colour; it has, therefore, a look quite distinct from

the above, with which, however, it appears to be fairly

congeneric. ‘The last joint of the funicle, as in the last genus,

appears to form part of the club, but the line of separation is

sufficiently clear.

XXXVIT.—On Archediseus Karreri, a new Typeof Carboni-

Jerous Foraminifera. By Henry B. Brapy, F.L.S8.,F.G.S8.*

; [Plate XI. ]

In working out some of the obscure Microzoa of the Carboni-

_* Communicated by the Author, having been read in the Biological

Section of the British Association, September 1873,

Type of Carboniferous Foraminifera. 287

ferous Limestone my attention has been occupied by certain

minute discoidal bodies singularly devoid of the sort of external

characters which give promise of interest in investigation.

The organisms alluded to do not occur in any great numbers ;

but a few specimens may generally be found amongst other

Rhizopoda in the débris of tossiliferous limestone beds.

The bodies in question are lenticular disks, seldom more

than a twenty-fifth of an inch in diameter, and a fiftieth of an

inch in thickness, and never quite symmetrical. They often

present an appearance as though of laminated structure, and

in this, as in some other features, present a superficial re-

semblance to very small Nummulites. In the absence of

marked external characters the only method of learning their

true nature was by means of microscopical sections, which, in

bodies so small, were not made without difficulty. The trouble

involved, however, was amply repaid; for it unfolded a structure

of great interest, especially in its relation to some already well-

known types of Foraminifera. Iwill endeavour, with the help

of drawings, to describe this, and to state what I believe to be

its significance.

The interior will be best understood by comparing it to a

tube coiled upon itself in constantly varying directions, the

periphery being determined by the last circlet of the coil. The

tube, which represents the cavity occupied during life by the

main body of the animal, is never, so far as I have been able

to discover, subdivided into chambers. It gradually increases

in size with each successive turn—its earlier portion, in one

specimen which I have measured, having a transverse diameter

of about 54, of an inch, the later portion 3, of an inch;

but in most cases the disproportion is scarcely so great as these

figures imply.

Its shape also varies considerably :—the transverse section at

times representing about three quarters of a circle, the truncate

or flattened side facing inwards; at others showing an irregu-

larly crescentic or saddle-shaped contour, the concave surface

of which embraces more or less portions of the preceding turn

of the coil. The coil terminates externally in the periphery

of the disk ; and most of the specimens I have examined have

an appearance as if a portion of the end of the tube had been

broken away (as sometimes observable in Nummulina), owing

probably to the greater delicacy and tenuity of the newly

deposited shell-substance. The mouth of the tube, representing

the general aperture of the shell, appears to have been not con-

stricted or otherwise closed in.

A coil, formed as I have endeavoured to describe, would

naturally present an irregular surface, were the walls of the

20*

988 Mr. Hf. B. Brady on a new

tube of equal thickness throughout ; but in reality the exterior

is even and smooth. A transverse section of the fossil (Pl. XI.

fig. 4) shows that this is due to a somewhat remarkable

thickening of the shell-wall, especially on its lateral surfaces,

most observable near the centre of the disk, and usually to a

greater extent on one side than on the other. Sometimes the

deposit of shell-substance is proportionally so great that the

animal has occupied but a small part of the whole test.

The shell-wall throughout is traversed by a multitude of

very minute tubuli. In the thinner portions (shown in Pl. XI.

fig. 3) these are apparently the ordinary pseudopodial foramina ;

in the thicker (fig. 4), though they run in more or less sinuous

lines, they are perhaps only the prolongation of the same.

(Juite distinct from these, there is a series of tubes of much

larger dimensions, best seen near the ends of a transverse

section, as in fig. 5. I cannot state what purpose they serve ;

but the existence of two distinct systems of tubulation is a

noteworthy fact. The same thing may be observed in some

other Foraminifera, in Orbulina for example; but as that

genus has a thin and uniform shell-wall, the two cases may

have nothing in common in respect of structural significance.

I have alluded to the lamination of the shell. In the true

Nummulite this is a character of importance; for it arises from

the prolongation of the ale of the saddle-shaped chambers to

the umbilicus of the test, forming with each turn of the spire

afresh and complete investment of the whole. In the new

type (Archediscus) a tendency to a similar condition exists,

but developed to a much less marked extent, and with no

approach to uniformity. A section of the test highly

magnified, as in fig. 6, shows the successive layers of shell,

due to the prolongation towards the umbilicus of the crescenti-

form edges of the tube; but the earlier portions of the tube

are nearly circular (transversely), and it is only in the later

stages of growth, when it becomes concavo-convex, that it

assumes this investing character.

I have been unable to satisfy myself that there is any es-

sential distinction, either in structure or function, between the

thin shell-wall and the further deposit which makes up the

thicker portion; in other words, [ have not succeeded in

determining that there is any distinct primary and secondary

skeleton as in the Nummulite. It is nevertheless quite possible

at times to trace the thin line of the primary wall, even when

no difference in structure is observable between it and the

immediately adjacent supplementary layer. In the same way,

though I have not been able to identify any part of the structure

Type of Carboniferous Lovaminife Fa 289

as referrible to a true canal-system, there are appearances that

continually suggest the possibility of its existence.

Incomplete as the above details may appear, they are suf-

ficient to show that the new organism has many affinities to

the Nummulitic type, though less complex in general structure.

Its primary and most striking difference consists in its being

formed of a coiled non-septate tube instead of a spiral line of

chambers, although the tube shows the same tendency as the

Nummuline chambers to bifurcate laterally.

The difficulty of determining the structure and organization

of so minute a fossil is always great; but in the present case

it is much increased by the infiltration with a subcrystalline

substance of the same chemical composition as the shell itself.

It may be recollected that the true structure of the Nummulite

itself, comparatively a large organism, was only made out by

the study of non-infiltrated specimens from the sandy Tertiary

beds of Hampshire. It is, I fear, too much to hope that a

fossil of Carboniferous age may be found in like condition.

I propose the name ARCHADISCUS for the genus represented

by the fossil I have described; and in suggesting a specific term

Tam glad of the opportunity of associating with so interesting a

type the name of my friend Dr. Felix Karrer, of Vienna, whose

researches have added much to the knowledge of Tertiary

Foraminifera.

The distribution of Archediscus is, so far as we know, con-

fined to the Lower Carboniferous Limestone. ‘The first speci-

mens which came under my notice were in the collection of

Mr. John Young, of Glasgow, who, with characteristic liberality,

allowed me to use them in whatever way seemed desirable to

elucidate their nature; these were from the Carboniferous-

Limestone shale (main limestone) of Brockley, near Lesmaha-

gow, in central Lanarkshire. To Dr. Harvey B. Holl I am

similarly indebted for the use of his specimens from Great

Ormes Head in Caernarvonshire. Mr. David Robertson’s

collection has also examples from Breckley; and Mr. R.

Etheridge, Jun., of the Geological Survey of Scotland, has

kindly supplied me with material both from this locality and

from Shiel, near East Kilbride, in the same county.

Ihave dwelt upon the relationship to Nummulina rather than

to its allies Operculina and Amphistegina, either of which the

new genus more nearly resembles in degree of complexity of

organization, because of the interest which attaches to the

geological distribution of the Nummuline type. The view

that once prevailed, that the Nummulite made its appearance

suddenly at the beginning of the Tertiary epoch and gradually

290 On a new Type of Carboniferous Foraminifera.

died out has long been known to be untenable. It has been

shown that there is no material distinction, except in size,

between the Nummulite of the Eocene period and that now

living in southern and tropical seas. On the other hand, Dr.

Giimbel of Munich has described a Nummulite (NV. jurassica*)

from a Jurassic limestone of the zone of Ammonites tenuilobatus.

And, referring to a much earlier paper, we find that Rouillier

and Vosinsky in 1849 + figured, under the name of Nummulina

antiquior, an unsymmetrical Foraminifer, one fifth of an inch

or more in diameter, from the Carboniferous Limestone of

Miatchkovo in Russia. Though not altogether overlooked,

this paper seems to have attracted but little attention until very

lately ; but the figures accompanying it, although deficient in

the structural details which we should expect from more modern

drawings, leave little doubt that they represent a true Nummu-

lite. Since then Hichwald } has described, under the name of

Orobias equalis, what is apparently only a more symmetrical

lenticular variety of the same organism, obtained from the

‘same Carboniferous Limestone. It is not without interest, in

connexion with the geological distribution of the Nummulinida,

that some Carboniferous material collected for me by my friend

W. W. Stoddart, F.G.8., of Bristol, from the Clifton rocks,

contains an Amphistegina, undistinguishable from the A,

vulgaris of D’Orbigny, though of very small size. I am not

aware that any specimen of this genus has hitherto been found

earlier than the beginning of the Tertiary epoch.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Figs. 1a & 2. Archediscus Karreri, side views. Magnified 38 diameters.

Fig. 16. Periphero-lateral aspect of 1a, showing the open end of the

tube, forming the general orifice. Magnified 38 diameters.

Fig. 3. Longitudinal section. The shell-wall has scarcely any thickening

on the median plane, as shown in the outer circlets of this section.

Magnified 58 diameters.

Fig. 4. Transverse section, showing the thickening of the walls on the

lateral surfaces, especially near the centre, and the extensive

tubulation. Magnified 38 diameters.

Fig. 5. Lower portion of the same section, magnified 280 diameters,

showing the two distinct sorts of tubuli, and the indications of a

primary shell-wall as distinct from the thickening matter.

Fig. 6. Part of the transverse section of another specimen, magnified 230

diameters, showing successive layers of shell-deposit due to the

prolongation of the crescentiform edges of the tubular shelly in-

vestment over the lateral surfaces of the test.

* Neues Jahrbuch fiir Min. &c., Jahre. 1872, pp. 241-260.

t Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou (1849),

vol, xxil. p. 537, pl. K. figs. 66-78.

$ Lethza Rossica (1860), vol. i. p. 353, pl. 22. fig. 16.

On new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 291

XXXIX.—Descriptions of new Species of Hossorial Hymeno-

ptera tn the Collection of the British Museum. By FREDERICK

SMITH, Assistant in the Zoological Department of the

British Museum.

[Continued from p. 260.]

Genus CHLORION, Latr.

Chlorion regalis.

Female. Length 15 lines. Black; head, pro- and meso-

thorax bright light red; the abdomen purple. Mandibles ob-

seure ferruginous, with their tips black; the apical joints of

the antenne slightly fuscous above; the anterior margin of

the clypeus with four equidistant, short, angular, acute teeth.

Thorax: the metathorax, pectus, sides, cox, trochanters, base

of the intermediate femora beneath, the posterior legs and

intermediate tarsi black; the posterior tibiee with an obscure

ferruginous tinge; wings dark brown, with a violet irides-

cence ; the hind wings have their apical margins clear hya-

line ; the anterior portion of the prothorax, and the metathorax

above, transversely finely striated. Abdomen smooth and

shining, its colour changing from bright purple to shades of

blue or violet in different lights.

Hab. The Beluchistan district ; Afganistan; and Sind.

This beautiful insect was taken by Dr. Leith, and also by

Major T. Le Mesutier.

Genus SPHEX, Linn.

Sphex torrida.

Female. Length 13-15 lines. Black, wings bright ferru-

ginous, with broad dark fuscous apical margins. Head:

the mandibles faleate, very stout, terminating in an acute point

and with a stout acute tooth about the middle of their inner

margin; the face silvery and thickly set with erect black

hairs. ‘The posterior margin of the prothorax with silvery

pubescence ; the metathorax with black pubescence ; the scu-

tellum with a central impressed line; the postscutellum with

two minute tubercles ; beyond the enclosed cells the wings

are dark fuscous, with a slight violet iridescence. Abdomen

smooth and shining, with a somewhat obscure blue tinge.

Hab. Madagascar.

Sphea tuberculata.

Female. Length 15 lines. Black, with the posterior tibie and

292 Mir. I. Smith on new Species

femoraferruginous. Head densely clothed with golden-coloured

pubescence, the cheeks with long hairs of the same colour.

‘Thorax smooth and shining above, the sides and also beneath

thinly clothed with long golden-coloured pubescence ; it is

much more dense on the metathorax, on the sides, and towards

the apex; the base of the metathorax transversely striated ;

the postscutellum bituberculate ; wings hyaline, the nervures

black, the apical margin of the superior pair faintly clouded ;

a dark fuscous spot at the apex of the marginal cell; the

tibia and tarsi very spinose. Abdomen black, with a faint

tinge of blue.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Genus AMPULEX, Jurine.

Ampulex apicalis.

Female. Length 6 lines. Varied with tints of blue and

green, the scape of the antenne and apex of the abdomen

ferruginous. Head blue or green, covered with deep confluent

punctures ; the clypeus and mandibles ferruginous; the cly-

peus with a sharp carina in the middle, its anterior margin

subangular. ‘The pro- and mesothorax with large confluent

punctures, the former slightly narrowed towards the head ;

the metathorax transverse, the posterior lateral angles dentate,

the superior surface with a raised margin, a central longitu-

dinal carina that runs from the base a little beyond the middle,

where it divides into a fork which runs to the posterior mar-

gin, on each side are three oblique carine, between the carina

coarsely striated ; wings fuscous, with a hyaline fascia cross-

ing the superior pair at the base of the first submarginal cell ;

the apex of the wing is subhyaline. Abdomen smooth and

shining, delicately and sparingly punctured, the three apical

segments ferruginous.

Hab. South Africa (Zulu country).

This species belongs to the section of the genus Ampulex

which has only two submarginal cells.

Genus Doxicuurus, Latr.

Dolichurus levis.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black, smooth and shining, the

abdomen brightest. Head very closely and very delicately

punctured, with a few irregularly intermixed larger punc-

tures; a tubercle in the middle of the face concave above,

with its anterior margin whitish ; the palpi, base of the man-

dibles, and the clypeus yellowish white, the anterior margin

of Fossortal Hymenoptera. 293

of the latter rounded ; the antenne fulvous beneath. Thorax :

the prothorax flattened at the sides, and deeply depressed in

the middle above, forming on each side an obtuse tubercle ;

the mesothorax with two deeply impressed longitudinal lines ;

the metathorax rugose, with a horseshoe-shaped small en-

closed smooth shining space at its base; this shape is again

enclosed by a longer but similar-shaped space, which is longi-

tudinally strigose ; the apex abruptly truncate, the truncation

sharply margined above, finely rugulose, and thinly covered

with white pubescence ; wings subhyaline and iridescent, the

nervures black; the anterior tibie, the tarsi, and also the

intermediate pair ferruginous. The abdomen smooth and

shining; the apical segment, and the margins of the other

segments, narrowly rufo-piceous.

Hab. Brazil (Ega and St. Paulo).

The colouring of the legs differs in the two specimens, one

being lighter than the other, the extreme tips of the femora

being ferruginous.

Family Larride.

Genus LARRADA, Smith.

Larrada vestita.

Female. Length 54 lines. Head and thorax black, the two

basal segments of the abdomen and half of the third ferru-

ginous. Head and thorax densely covered with short white

pubescence ; on the face it is bright and silvery, it is the same

on the legs; the apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous; the

wings clear hyaline; the tegule and nervures ferruginous ;

the apical margins of the segments of the abdomen with

bright silvery fascia.

Hab. N. India.

Larrada ceelestina.

Female. Length 7 lines. Black, head and thorax semi-

opaque; abdomen shining. Head closely and finely punctured ;

the face, as high as the insertion of the antenne, covered with

silvery pile. The thorax closely and finely punctured above ;

the metathorax obliquely striated, with punctures intermixed ;

the legs, and the thorax beneath, with a fine changeable silvery

pile; the tarsi obscure fusco-terruginons; the wings dark

fuscous and having a purple iridescence, the posterior pair

palest. Abdomen pilose at the sides and beneath, the apical

margins more or less obscurely rufo-testaceous.

Hab, China (Hong Kong).

294 Mr. I’. Smith on new Species

Larrada ferox.

Female. Length 8-83 lines. Head and thorax black,

abdomen and legs ferruginous. The head and thorax adorned

with short silky glitterimg pubescence, usually more or less

abraded on the disk of the mesothorax, scutellum, and meta-

thorax above ; the latter obliquely, finely, and evenly striated ;

the scape of the antennz in front and the mandibles ferruginous ;

the cox, trochanters, and the anterior and intermediate

femora beneath black; the wings fulvo-hyaline and faintly

clouded at their apical margins. Abdomen smooth, shining,

and with only a few scattered delicate punctures.

Hab. Africa.

Larrada diabolica.

Female. Length 103 lines. Black, with the head, and thorax

anteriorly, covered with bright golden pubescence. Head : the

scape and four or five of the joints of the flagellum, and the

mandibles, ferruginous, the tips of the latter black. The an-

terior femora, tibie, and tarsi ferruginous ; wings dark brown,

with a purple iridescence ; the scutellum smooth and shining ;

the metathorax opaque. Abdomen smooth, shining, and im-

punctate ; the apical segment ferruginous.

Hab. Sierra Leone; Port Natal.

This species is most closely allied to Z. aurulenta; but its

legs are black and its wings darker; it may nevertheless be

a climatal variety of that species.

Larrada clypeata.

Female. Length 61 lines. Entirely black; the anterior

margin of the clypeus emarginate in the middle, the lateral

angles forming two blunt tubercles or teeth; the clypeus and

sides of the face thinly covered with silvery pile. The meso-

thorax and scutellum shining, and closely and finely punctured;

the metathorax opaque, with a longitudinal central channel, on

each side of which it is indistinctly and finely striated obliquely

in the middle, but more strongly and irregularly so at the

sides ; the wings fusco-hyaline, the neuration black. Abdomen

smooth, shining, and very finely and closely punctured.

Hab. New Caledonia.

Larrada crassipes.

Female. Length 7 lines. Entirely black; wings fuscous,

hyaline towards their base, the nervures black. Head densely

covered in front, as high as the ocellus, with bright silvery

pile ; that on the clypeus has a faint golden tint. The thorax,

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 295

from the scutellum forwards, covered with pale golden pile ;

the metathorax at the sides and behind with a covering of

bright silvery pile; the legs stout ; the tibie and tarsi thickly

spinose. The apical margins of the segments of the abdomen

with bright silvery fasciz, the fascie widen both in the middle

and at the sides ; the apical segment with divergent strie.

Male. About 6 lines long. Body and legs more slender ;

the head and thorax more pubescent; wings the same as in

the other sex; the basal segment of the abdomen covered

with silvery pile; the other segments fasciated, the apical

one pilose.

Hab. South Australia.

Genus Prison, Spin.

Pison maculipennis.

Female. Length 5 lines. Black, with the thorax, legs, and

basal segment of the abdomen ferruginous ; wings with two

large fuscous macule. Head: the scape and four basal joints

of the flagellum of the antenne, the clypeus, and mandibles

ferruginous, the latter black at their tips; the head above the

clypeus, as high as the insertion of the antenne, and the

orbits of the eyes with glittering pale golden pubescence.

Thorax: the posterior margin of the prothorax, of the meso-

thorax, a line on each side of the postscutellum, and the base

of the metathorax adorned with golden pubescence, on the

sides of the latter it is inclined to silvery brightness; the

sides of the metathorax and the postscutellum black ; wings

flavo-hyaline, with a dark fuscous macula occupying the

externo-median cell, and extending more or less into the

posterior wing; another occupying the marginal cell; the

nervures surrounding these macule black, the rest of the

nervures and also the stigma pale testaceous; the apical

joints of the intermediate and posterior tarsi fuscous. Abdo-

men: the apical margins of the two basal segments, and

sometimes of the third (much more narrowly), yellowish white ;

the second segment more or less black at the base.

Hab. Brazil (Ega and Para).

Pison pilosus.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black; the abdomen shining,

and covered with a pale golden pile, that on the legs silvery.

Head: the cheeks and inner orbits of the eyes with bright

silvery pile ; the mandibles ferruginous at their apex. Thorax

shagreened ; the sides of the metathorax with a thin white

pubescence; wings hyaline and brilhantly indescent; the

296 Mar. F. Sinith on new Speetes

nervures black ; the tegule testaceous at their outer margins ;

the calearia at the apex of the tibie ferruginous. Abdomen:

the margins of the segments constricted ; the apical margins

with bright silvery fascie, which, in certain lights, have a

golden tinge more or less brilliant.

Hab. Higa.

Family Bembicide.

Genus BeMBEX, Fabr.

Bembex albofasciata.

Male. Length 74 lines. Black; the abdomen with six

white fascie, attenuated in the middle, the first slightly in-

terrupted. Head: the clypeus, a line at the inner orbit of the

eyes, not extending to their summit, a narrow line behind

them, the scape of the antenne in front, the labrum, and

mandibles white, the latter black at their tips; the flagellum

pale beneath. Thorax covered with griseous pubescence ;

the legs white, with a yellow tinge; the coxe, trochanters,

anterior femora behind, and the intermediate and posterior

pairs (except at their apex) black; the tibiee with a black line

behind; wings hyaline. Abdomen: the first and second fascize

are about the middle of the segments, and the following at their

basal margins; beneath, each segment has an angular spot

at its apical margin laterally ; the second segment has a com-

pressed tubercle, its margin curved, its apex truncate; the

sixth segment is subtuberculate.

Hab. Zulu country.

Bembex crabroniformis.

Male. Length 6 lines. Black; head, thorax, and base of

the abdomen thinly covered with erect white pubescence; the

abdomen with six equal yellow fascie, all slightly interrupted.

Head: the base and apex of the scape of the antennz in

front, the anterior margin of the clypeus, the labrum, man-

dibles, and a narrow line behind the eyes yellow. ‘Thorax:

the posterior margin of the prothorax, a line surrounding

the tubercles, and a spot close to the tegule yellow; the

tips of the femora in front and the tibiz and tarsi yellow; a

black line on the tibia behind, but only towards the apex of

the posterior pair; wings hyaline. Abdomen: all the fascia

of nearly equal width, their anterior margins slightly waved ;

bencath, shining black, with a triangular spot at the side of

each segment, at its apical margin a very narrow line emanates

from each, but is not continuous to the middle of the segments.

Hab. Port Essington.

of Fossorial Iymenoptera. 297

Bembex diversipennts.

_ Female. Length 104 lines. Head ferruginous ; thorax and

abdomen black, variegated with yellow; the wings brown,

with one third of fore wings at their apex hyaline ; the clypeus,

labrum, and mandibles yellow, the latter black at their apex ;

antenne ferruginous ; a quadrate black spot on the vertex.

Thorax: the posterior margin of the prothorax, the tubercles,

tegule, and legs ferruginous ; the cox, trochanters, and base

of the femora black ; a transverse curved line on the scutellum,

postscutellum, and metathorax, as well as its posterior angles,

yellow. Abdomen: the first segment has a large, irregular,

somewhat quadrate spot on each side, the second segment

a broad oblong yellow macula, which nearly meet in the

middle and are deeply incised at their inner margin; the

third and fourth segments with large macule that are sud-

denly narrowed and curve inwards and upwards, nearly

uniting in the centre of the segment; the fifth segment with

a large oblong macula on each side, that nearly meet in

the centre of the segment; the sixth ferruginous at the apex ;

beneath immaculate.

Male. As large as the female; wings hyaline; head and

scape of the antenne yellow, with the flagellum ferruginous,

its four apical joints swollen and distorted. Thorax as in the

female. Abdomen black beneath and yellow above ; the apical

margins of the first and three following segments margined

with black, the margins produced in the middle into a tri-

angular shape; the first segment with a small semicircular

black spot, from which emanates a line, which unites with the

black margin; the second segment with two small, oblique,

central black spots; the third with two larger spots at its

basal margin ; the three apical segments margined with ferru-

ginous ; a small, acute, compressed spine on the second ventral

segment.

~ Hab, Angola.

Bembex severa.

Female. Length 8 lines. Black, smooth and shining;

the thorax with yellow markings, those on the abdomen

white. Head: the face and clypeus covered with fine short

silvery pubescence, that on the vertex is long and griseous; a

narrow yellow line behind the eyes. Thorax: the posterior

margin of the prothorax, the tubercles, tegule, and a_ line

over them on the mesothorax, an ovate spot on each side of

the scutellum, two oblique spots on the postscutellum, which

are sometimes united, yellow ; occasionally two short yellow

lines on the mesothorax anteriorly, or two minute spots, both

298 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

frequently obliterated ; the anterior femora and the tibize in

front, as well as the intermediate tibie in front, yellow ; their

tarsi yellow beneath; all the claw-joints yellow; the wings

subhyaline, having a fuscous cloud in the middle. Abdomen:

the first segment with an angulated spot on each side; the

second and third segments with a curved line on each side,

which unite in the middle of the segments ; the fourth segment

with two central minute oblique spots.

The male resembles the female, but has no spots on the

thorax, and the posterior tibize and apex of the femora are also

yellow beneath ; the second ventral segment has a compressed

obtuse tubercle in the middle, and the fascize above are more

or less interrupted.

Hab, Australia (Swan River).

Bembex palmata.

Male. Length 8 lines. Yellow beneath and black above,

with yellow markings. Head: a quadrate black spot on the

vertex, the rest of the head yellow; the scape very stout; the

flagellum gradually thickened to the apex of the eighth joint;

the following joints much narrowed, and forming a hook-

shaped termination ; an elongate sulcation on each side of the

clypeus and labrum. Thorax: the sides of the mesothorax

above, a curved line on the scutellum, a line on the post-

scutellum, and a curved transverse one crossing the metathorax

yellow ; the mesothorax has on its disk two pear-shaped spots,

which are united to a narrow line which curves backwards to

the base of the scutellum; wings hyaline; the anterior tibiz

expanded at their apex ; the first joint of the tarsi dilated into

an oblong concayo-convex process, which is fringed behind

with black and ferruginous bristles. Abdomen yellow beneath

and black above, each segment with a broad yellow fascia,

which only leaves a narrow black apical margin; the second

ventral segment compressed, forming a short tooth posteriorly.

Hab. N. Australia.

Bembex tridentifera.

Female. Length 7-8 lines. Black ; the thorax with yellow

markings, the abdomen with white ones. Head: the cheeks,

the mandibles, labrum, clypeus, and a tridentate shape above

it yellow ; the tips of the mandibles and two minute spots at

the base of the clypeus black; a line at the side of the scape

and the flagellum of the antenne above black. Thorax: the

margin of the prothorax, a line over the tegule, which have a

spot in front, a spot on each side both of the scutellum and

postscutellum yellow; a minute black spot at the apex of the

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 299

femora; the thorax at the sides, and also beneath, yellow, with

a-large quadrate black spot on the clypeus; the legs yellow ;

the wings hyaline. Abdomen: a triangular spot on each side

of the first segment; the three following segments have each

a transverse undulating fascia in the middle, the fascie are

suddenly enlarged laterally into subquadrate macule ; the fifth

segment has an ovate spot on each side ; the first four ventral

segments have on each side an ovate macula, each in succession

smaller, the fourth minute.

Hab, Queensland (Moreton Bay).

Bembex flaviventris.

Female. Length 6-7 lines. Black above and variegated

with yellow markings ; beneath entirely yellow. Head yellow,

with the vertex and upper portion behind black; antenne

yellow, with a black spot at the apex of the scape above ; the

flagellum above, except the apical joint, black. ‘Thorax: the

margin of the prothorax, two abbreviated lines on the meso-

thorax in front, and two minute spots posteriorly close to the

scutelium, which has a line at its lateral margins, a transverse

line on the postscutellum, and an oblique one on each side of

the metathorax inclining inwardly, yellow; the legs bright

yellow, with a narrow black line on the femora and tibie ;

wings hyaline. Abdomen: each segment with a transverse

undulating line, which is suddenly widened laterally, and

the apical segment yellow.

Male very like the other sex; but witha large, compressed,

obtuse tubercle on the second ventral segment.

Hab. Australia (Swan River).

Bembex flavilabris.

Female. Length 6 lines. Black, with the labrum, tibia,

and tarsi yellow; abdomen with white fascie. Head: the

clypens and face with silvery pubescence, the vertex with

white pubescence; a line behind the eyes and the scape of

the antenne yellow in front. Thorax: the margin of the

prothorax, the tubercles and the tegule behind, a spot on

the mesothorax close to the tegule, a spot on each side of

the scutellum, and the postscutellum yellow; the anterior

femora in front, and the apex of the intermediate and posterior

pairs, yellow ; a black line on the anterior and intermediate

tibie outside. Abdomen: an elongate white spot, pointed in-

wardly, on the first segment ; the three following segments have

each anundulating white fascia, the first very slightly interrupted,

all widening at the lateral margins ; beneath shining black.

Hab. W. Australia,

500 On new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Bembex multipicta.

Female. WUength 74 lines. Black, variegated with pale

yellow markings ; the abdomen with curved fascie, which are

not united in the middle. Head: the mandibles, labrum, a

broad line on each side of the face, the clypeus, a triangular

spot above it, and two minute spots in front of the ocelli, and

with a line behind the eyes, which becomes wider towards the

base of the mandibles, yellow; the scape yellow in front; the

base of the clypeus with a large bilobed black spot, and the

tips of the mandibles black. Thorax: a narrow line on the

posterior margin of the prothorax, two minute elongate spots

on the disk of the mesothorax, a spot close to the tegule, an

ovate one on each side of the scutellum, the postscutellum, a

curved line across the metathorax, and an ovate spot at its

posterior lateral angles yellow ; legs yellow, with a black line

on the tibie and tarsi behind ; the wings hyaline. Abdomen:

an interrupted broad waved fascia on the first segment; the

following segments have on each side a subquadrate spot,

from which a line curves backwards in a lunate form; the

apical segment black ; beneath, each segment has a lateral

angular yellow spot.

Hab. Mexico (Oajaca).

A male from Brazil, which has the abdomen marked in the

same manner as this species, is in the collection ; it only differs

in being entirely yellow beneath, a common sexual distinction,

and is probably the true male of B. multipicta.

Bembex pallidipicta.

Female. Length 8 lines. Black; the head, thorax, and base

of the abdomen densely covered with short white pubescence ;

the abdominal segments with broad glaucous fascie. Head :

the mandibles, labrum, clypeus, sides of the face, a line behind

the eyes, and the scape in front yellowish white ; the flagellum

fulvous beneath. ‘Thorax: a narrow line on the margin of the

prothorax, another over the tegulz, and also one on the sides

and posterior margin of the scutellum, a transverse one on the

postscutellum, a curved one across the metathorax and its

posterior angles, pale yellowish white ; the legs of the same

colour, with the femora more or less black behind; wings

hyaline. Abdomen: the first fascia much narrowed in the

middle, the second broad and suddenly widened laterally, the

third slightly incised in the middle posteriorly, and the fourth

has its anterior margin waved; beneath, each segment has a

lateral triangular pale macula.

flab, Mexico.

(To be continued. |

On Substance-waste in Insect Pupe. 301

XL.—On the Amount of Substance-waste undergone by

Insects in the Pupal State ; with Remarks on Papilio Ajax.

By Rapuaet MELpo.a, F.C.S.

THE observations herein recorded are preliminary to an ex-

perimental inquiry into the law which governs the size of the

individual in species undergoing complete metamorphosis.

Being unable to continue the investigation until next season,

when some species going through its larval and pupal stages

within the season will be procurable, I deem it advisable to

make known the results of my experiments so far as these are

at present conducted.

The ideas that have led to this inquiry are briefly these :—

From the period of its emergence from the egg to the assump-

tion of the pupal state the larva of an insect undergoing com-

plete metamorphosis continues to feed and to increase in bulk ;

in this stage the insect exerts but little activity, so that nutrition

is in excess of waste and a considerable surplus is left for

growth. With the pupal stage comes a period of quiescence,

when the substance-loss due to activity is reduced to a

minimum.

The experiments of Newport * have shown that in the pupal

state respiration still goes on, though to a diminished extent,

so that the carbonic acid and water excreted by the pupa, being

uncompensated by food, must be a dead loss of matter to the

insect. Several weighings made by Newport prove the truth

of this statement. ‘Thus, there being gain of matter in the

larval state and loss during the pupal stage, and there being,

moreover, undoubted variation in size among the individuals

of a species (apart from sexual difference in size), it occurred to

me as probable that one of the laws governing individual size

was to be derived from the facts above set forth; for from

these we might fairly expect that the size of an individual (all

disturbing factors bemg eliminated) would be, cwteris paribus,

inversely proportional to the ratio of the pupal to the larval

period, or directly proportional to the ratio of the larval to the

pupal period.

Such being the law arrived at & priori’, I determined to

submit it to experimental investigation when a favourable

opportunity presented itself. In the mean time, when searching

for recorded facts bearing on the subject, I became acquainted

with the interesting experiments of Mr. W. H. Edwards + upon

* Phil. Trans. 1836 & 1837, vols. exxvi. & exxvii.

+ ‘ Butterflies of North America,’ part ix., Dec. 1871. I am indebted

to my friend Mr. A. G. Butler, F.L.S., for the loan of this work and also

for specimens of P. Ajax.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 21

302 Mr. R. Meldola on the Amount of Substance-waste

the breeding of Papilio Ajax ; and these seemed to furnish data

fitted for testing my conclusions.

Papilio Ajax is a polymorphic species inhabiting North

America, presenting the three following well-defined forms :—

1. Papilio Ajax, var. Walshii, Kdwards.

2 , var. Telamonides, Felder.

, var. Marcellus, Boisduval.

These three forms differ in many specific characters, and

were long recognized as distinct species. They form a series

graduating in size, Marcellus being the largest and Walshit

the smallest. The first to appear on the wing in the year is

Walshii; this is followed by Telamonides, and this in its turn

by Marcellus. The larvee of Walshii are described by Mr.

Edwards as being very uniform in colour and marking ; those

of Telamonides are similar to Walshit “ up to the second moult,

after which there is a wide divergence, some retaining a re-

semblance to Walshii,” others presenting several variations.

“The larve of Marcellus combine the variations of Walshit

and Telamonides.” The specific identity of the three varieties

was proved by rearing them all from one batch of eggs. Mr.

Edwards thus sums up the results of his whole series of obser-

vations :— Walshit produces Walshiti, Telamonides, and Mar-

cellus the same season, and its own type in the spring ; Mar-

cellus produces successive broods of Marcellus the same season,

and occasionally Telamonides (individual taken in September

1870), and the last brood produces Walshit and Telamonides in

the spring ; and whenever any of the chrysalids of either brood

of Marcellus pass the winter they produce the other two varieties,

and probably sometimes their own type (individual taken in

April 1867). The chrysalids of Walshii that pass the winter

of 1871-72 will produce Walshit or Telamonides.” ‘The most

important difference between the varieties, so far as our present

purpose is concerned, is that in the duration of the larval and

pupal periods. The duration of the different stages in the

three forms is shown below :—

Egg. Larva. Chrysalis. Total.

Walshit.....+.. 7-8 days. 22-29 days. 14 days. 48-51 days.

Telamonides .... 4-5 4, 15-18 ,, 11-14 ,, 30-36 _,,

Marcellus ...... 4-5 ,, 12-19 ,, 11-14 ,, 27-38 ,,

Here, therefore, is a species presenting varieties differing in

size and in the duration of their larval and pupal periods. It

is easy to calculate whether any relationship exists between

the size of the insect and the ratio of the pupal to the larval

period ; and on making the calculation I found that there was

a relationship, but exactly the reverse of that which would be

undergone by Insects in the Pupal State. 303

anticipated from the conclusions previously set forth. This

result is, I think, sufficiently curious to warrant insertion :—

Ratio of mean Ratio of mean

Name of variety. pupal to larval to Mean expanse, ¢.

mean larval period. | mean pupal period.

inches.

5 14 255 :

Walshit ...:.. ae 0:549 j= 1821 2°70

Telamonides ., ae =0°757 a 1:320 3°00

Marcellus ....) j22=0:06 | j72=1-240 3:35

It is here seen that the size of the variety is directly

instead of inversely proportional to the ratio of the pupal to

the larval period and vice vers@. Whether these results are

due to mere coincidence or whether they are related as cause

to effect I am quite unable tosay. The calculations, however,

point to the conclusion either that the pupal waste has no effect

upon the size of the imago, or else that it is overbalanced by

the action of other causes. The difference of size between

Walshit, Telamonides, and Marcellus is therefore most probably

correlated with those other differences (such as marking of

imago, pattern and colour of larva, duration of egg-stage, &c.)

which Mr, Edwards has shown to exist between these three

varieties.

Double-brooded species appeared also to present at first

sight data fitted for testing the conclusions arrived at; but

further reflection convinced me that such facts as are known

are so encumbered by factors of unknown value as to render

their comparison useless. Thus the species of Selenta and

Ephyra inhabiting this country are double-brooded, the indi-

viduals of the spring brood bemg in both cases larger than

those of the autumnal brood. Now the spring brood passes

the whole winter in the pupal state, while the autumnal brood

passes only a few weeks in the summer in this condition. In

this case temperature is the unknown disturbing factor. We

know not the amount of the total loss either during the summer

or winter pupal period; neither do we know the amount of

the total gain of the larva during its vernal period of feeding

or during its autumnal period of feeding. With Selenia also

there is some difference of colour and marking between the

two broods; so that we have here “seasonal dimorphism,”

with which, as in P. Ajax, the difference of size may be corre-

lated. The European butterfly Araschnia prorsa is also

double-brooded ; but in this case the spring VATIONY is the

als

304 Mr. R. Meldola on the Amount of Substance-waste

smaller. In many species individuals sometimes fail to emerge

at their proper period, and then remain in the pupal state until

the following season. ‘This commonly happens with Lrio-

gaster lanestris, and occasionally with Bombyx quercus, var.

callune; I have known it to occur also with Sphinx ligustrt ;

and my friend Mr. W. Cole informs me that he has a pupa of

Papilio Machaon now living (September 12th) which failed to

emerge at the proper period. In all cases of this kind we are

in complete darkness as to the respiratory activity of such

dormant pupe.

The experiments which I have now to record are extensions

of Newport’s experiments* upon the loss of weight in pupe,

and were undertaken with a view to ascertain the exact amount

of the loss undergone by insects in this condition, and to

gain also an insight into the extent of the individual variation

in respiratory activity among pupe of the same species exposed

to the same thermal conditions.

The first weighings made were of a specimen of Bombyx

quercus found in the larval state on Leith Hill on the 2nd of

last June. It was nearly full-grown when found, and com-

menced to spin up a day or two after capture. About a week

was allowed to pass before making the first weighing, in order

to make sure that the larva had changed, and in order to

diminish the risk of error due to the drying-up of the cast-off

skin and of the cocoon. The weighings (made throughout in

grammes) were repeated at intervals of seven days until the

emergence of the imago, which took place on the 14th of July.

This pupa was weighed in its cocoon, and the weight of the

empty cocoon afterwards subtracted from each of the weighings.

The following are the results :—

Table showing loss of weight in pupa of Bombyx quercus during

periods of seven days.

Date of weighing. out. Loss. vers wees

June 12th ....| 1381 — —

sf Oth 22. sh de2s0 0:101 7°31

at COL te aS OS 0:023 1-79

July 3rd...... 1:229 0:028 2:22

» 0th ....| 1164 | 0-065 | 5-28

* This great physiologist proved that pupz respired, by detecting the

excreted carbonic acid; and he estimated the respiratory activity by deter-

mining the quantity of this gas. The estimation of the total loss of

weight is essential to the present inquiry, because water, whether produced

by the oxidation of hydrogen-containing tissues, or whether introduced

into the system with the juices of the food-plant, is essentially a product

of respiration, and counts, like carbonic acid, for substance-loss.

undergone by Insects in the Pupal State. 305

In the second column of the foregoing table the “actual

weight” is the weight of the pupaalone. In the fourth column

is calculated the percentage of loss upon the weight of the

pupa at the commencement of each of the periods. I esti-

mate that during the whole of its pupal existence this insect

lost from 25 to 26 per cent. of its weight.

The next experiments were made upon six specimens of

Liparis dispar bred from eggs supplied to me in 1872 by my

friend Mr. G..W. Bird. These pupz were, as before, allowed

to remain some time before making the first weighing, and

were then weighed quite naked, the cocoon and larva-skin

being removed, so as to do away with all risk of error due to

drying. The weighings were in this case repeated at intervals

of four days, with the following results :—

Table showing loss of weight in six pupe of Liparis dispar during

periods of four days.

Initial ; are

weight. : Serial weighings.

July 10. July 14. July 18. July 22. July 26.

£m | 2] ¢ [Soa] =| ¢ Beal B=| ¢ [Ba S| 2 [Bes

3 oo o 19% 2|| oo o 19 8,2]] oS 6 joa Sz\| oo o jo fe

qe 4b) 9 BSsiae] S wSsiae] & eesiae| & eee

1-031 || 0°957 | 0°074 | 7-18 |] 0-900 | 0°057 | 5-95 _ _ = — = =

0°988 |} 0°898 | 0°040 | 4°26 || 0°859 | 0°039 | 4°34 — — = — —

0°998 || 0-947 | 0°051 | 5°11 || 0°899 | 0°048 | 5-07 _ _ — — = =

0°607 || 0°577 | 0°030 | 4°94 || 0°548 | 0°029} 5:02 _ — — — = =

0°429 || 0°414 | 0°015 | 3°52 || 0-400 | 0°014 | 3°38 |] 0°382 | 0°018 | 4°50 |} 0-112; 0-2704| 70°68t

1044 || 1:012 | 0°032 | 3°06 || 0°373*| 0°139*| 13°73*|| 0°690*| 0-183* ee 0°500* | 27°53*

* signifies that the pupais dead. + signifies that the weight is that of the imago.

Where no figure is supplied the imago has emerged.

The expressions “ actual weight” and “ percentage of loss ”

have in this table the same meanings as before. Specimen VI.

was killed by exposure to ether vapour at the termination of

the first period (July 14th), in order to compare the loss of

weight due to simple drying up with that due to respiration.

For this reason the dead pupa was always weighed on the

same days with the living ones; and, as will be seen on refer-

ence to the table, it invariably lost more, from the period of its

death, than any of the living specimens. All the specimens

were kept together in the same apartment, so that they were

exposed to the same temperature. Nos. L., II., and III.

yielded perfect insects on July 20th; no. [V. emerged on July

22nd,and no. V. on July 26th. This last specimen happening to

306 Mr. R. Meldolaon the Amount of Substance-waste

emerge on a morning concluding a period, was weighed in the

perfect state, and had lost more than seventy per cent. of its

weight on July 22nd. ‘This enormous loss is attributable to

the increased activity of the imago, to the drying-up of the

moist pupa-case, and to the ejection and drying of that red

fluid which most Lepidopterous insects emit on their emergence

from the pupa. Similarly Newport found that a pupa of .

Sphinx ligustrt which weighed 67:4 grains had diminished to

34 grains when weighed 33 days after (the day after the emer-

gence of the imago), having lost 52:1 per cent. of its initial

weight. Specimen V. had lost on July 26th nearly seventy-four

per cent. of its initial weight; but even this is smaller than the

actual loss, because the first weighing was made more than a

week after the changing of the larva, during which time the

insect had been losing weight.

The next experiments were made upon living specimens of

L. dispar in the perfect state. Three females and one male

were weighed in boxes on July 10th, and then weighed again

four days after, with the following results :—

Table showing loss of weight im four specumens of Liparis dispar

(perfect insects) during a period of four days.

July 10th. July 14th.

No.

Actual Actual L Percentage

weight, weight. Bs of loss.

Biss 0118 0-092 | 0:026 | 22-03

This last table shows in a beautiful manner the relation between

activity and waste; for the male was very restless and fluttered

about in its box, while the females were tolerably quiet. The

loss in the male is to the mean loss in the females in the ratio

of 22°03: 11°60, which is very nearly that of 2:1. The

mean loss in the females is to the mean loss in the four female

pup in the same period of time in the ratio of 11-60 : 4:99.

Thus do these preliminary experiments prove that there is

a loss of substance in the pupal state, that this loss is different

in amount in individuals of the same species exposed to the

same temperature, and that it is less in amount than that oc-

curring in the same species in the perfect state or in a dead

undergone by Insects in the Pupal State. 307

pupa by desiccation—the comparisons extending in all cases

over equal periods of time. They prove also, what is far more

important to our present inquiry, that the variation in loss is

sufficient in amount to lead us to expect the size, or at least

the specific gravity, of the imago to be sensibly influenced by

it.

Trusting that other observers may be induced to take up

the inquiry next season (for in the multiplicity of observations

there is strength), I propose to point out in concluding the

various disturbing factors which would interfere with the ex-

perimental results. In any species, then, the size of an indi-

vidual may be influenced by :—

1. The natural difference in size between the two sexes of

many species. This factor is obviously eliminated by com-

paring only individuals of the same sex.

2. The force of heredity—large parents tending to give rise

to large individuals and vice verséi. Eliminated by comparing

only the offspring of a single pair.

3. The varying supply of food to different individual larve.

Eliminated by supplying each larva with excess of its food-

lant.

pF 4. The different amount of substance-waste in different indi-

vidual larve due to dissimilar thermal conditions. Eliminated

by keeping the experimental larve at the same temperature.

The amount of carbonic acid excreted by different individual

larvee of a species exposed to the same temperature is proved

by Newport’s experiments to vary but little. This factor

might, in fact, by itself be neglected altogether, but becomes

eliminated when eliminating the next factor.

5. The different amount of substance-gain in different indi-

vidual larvae, due to individual variation in assimilative power.

Eliminated by periodically weighing the experimental larve,

and comparing only the imagines from those which show a

similar proportional increase during the same periods of time.

6. The different amount of substance-waste in different indi-

vidual pupe, due to dissimilar thermal conditions. Eliminated

by keeping the experimental pupee at the same temperature.

7. The different amount of substance-waste in different pupe

(kept at the seme temperature) due to individual variation in

respiratory activity. Newport’s experiments and my own

weighings prove that this is a variable factor. Its elimmation

can therefore only be effected by periodically weighing the ex-

perimental pupe, and comparing only the imagines from those

which in given periods of time undergo the same proportional

amount of loss.

In these observations an ordinary chemical balance will be

found most trustworthy for making the weighings.

308 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

| XLI.—On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan.

By H. W. Bares, F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 201. ]

Family Lamiide.

Echthistatus gibber, n. sp.

E. spinoso, Pascoe (Journ. Ent. pl. 17. f. 8), forma similis. Brevis,

fuscus, tomento vel squamis fulvo-terreis dense vestitus ; capite

grosse, sparsim punctato; thorace subquadrato, medio paulo dila-

tato ibique utrinque spina elongata valida armato, supra multi-

tuberoso ; elytris ad trientem apicalem utrinque fortiter gibbosis,

inter gibber et humerum flexuoso-carinatis, apice utrinque pro-

ductis, mucronatis, supra passim inzequaliter granulatis ; antennis

é corpore plusquam duplo longioribus, scapo scabroso, articulo

secundo apice incrassato. Long. 6-8 lin. ¢ Q.

Maiyasan and Kawatchi, in September.

I place this extraordinary Longicorn, without hesitation, in

the genus Eehthistatus, although it differs in armature from the

type species (. spinosus), and inhabits a far distant country,

if the locality ‘‘ Mexico’ for E. spinosus be a correct one. In

the form of the head (broad front, distant antenn, and concave

vertex), antenne, legs, and general figure of the body, there is

great similarity between the present insect and Pascoe’s figure.

The elytra, however, are very differently tuberculated ; on the

disk of each, at rather more than two-thirds the length, is a

transverse, slightly elevated ridge, between which and the apex

is a straight declivity ; from the outer end of the ridge runs an

obtuse carina, dipping greatly before it reaches the shoulder ;

and the sides of the elytra from the carina are vertical. The

whole surface of the elytra is studded with granulations, larger

and smaller. The species varies greatly in many points, espe-

cially in the size and number of the granulations and the length

of the apical fork-like mucrones.

The species belongs in all its characters to Lacordaire’s

Groupe Dorcadides, and is closely allied to Dorcadida.

Monohammus subfasciatus, n. sp.

M. oblongo-subeylindricus, fuscus, fulvo maculatim tomentosus ;

elytris medio fascia indefinita, abbreviata, cinerea; scutello fulvo-

tomentoso. Long. 6-84 lin. ¢ 9.

Nagasaki ; many examples.

A typical Monohammus, closely allied to M. Heinrothii,

Cederj., &c. Smaller, and elytra much less elongated than in

M. sartor ; head and thorax relatively narrower ; antenniferous

tubercles obtuse ; thoracic spine very small. The thorax is

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 309

‘cylindrical, and appears more elongated than in M. sartor ; the

punctuation is much finer and shallower. The elytra are

singly rounded at the tip, subconfluent-punctured throughout,

and thickly sprinkled with spots of tawny pubescence ; in all

examples there is a transverse spot a little behind the middle,

not reaching the suture or side, of grey pubescence or tomentum;

it is ill defined on its edges, and is spotted with darker colour.

The antennz in the male are three times the length of the

body ; robust towards the base, slender towards the tip, and

wholly pitchy black ; scape densely and finely rugulose-

punctate.

Monohammus tesserula, White.

Monohammus tesserula, White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 408.

Hiogo; many examples. Also Hong-Kong, Amoy, and

Northern China.

A true Monohammus, allied to the North-American I. tit¢l-

lator, F.

Monohammus luxuriosus, n. sp.

M. robustus, modice convexus, postice ( ¢ ) angustatus, eneo-fuscus,

tomento subtili ochraceo-fusco plagiatim vestitus; elytris fasciis

duabus, rectis, vagis, obscurioribus. Long. 13-16 lin.

Several examples. Found also in Northern China,

Differs in many points from the typical Monohammt, with

which it agrees in the moderately narrow, simple mesosternal

process, rounded apex of elytra, &c. The antennal scape

varies in form in different individuals—in one male before me

being clavate, almost pyriform, and in others elongate obco-

nical, as usual in this group; the cicatrice also is “ open”? in

the clavate form, but “ closed” and semicircular in other spe-

cimens ; the joimts 3-10 area little produced and acute at their

inner apical angles. The head and thorax above are rather

thickly studded with deep punctures, without trace of the rugee

of the typical species. The elytra are finely granulate, punc-

tate towards the base, and very finely punctulate towards the

apex, with traces of two raised lines, limited by a row of punc-

tures, on each. ‘The antenne are scarcely twice the length of

the body in the male, and not much abbreviated in the female ;

they are clothed generally with very fine grey pubescence, the

tips of the joints darker. The anterior legs are very mode-

rately elongated in the male.

Mr. Lewis found the species in Mr. Pascoe’s collection

standing under the name which I have adopted.

Monohammus fraudator, n. sp.

M, fistulatort similis, at subtilius punctatus, ete. Fuscus, tomento

subsericeo subtili ochreo-fulvo dense vestitus ; capitis vertice im-

310 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

punctato ; thorace disco pauciter punctulato ; elytris apice singu-

latim rotundatis, supra subtiliter subseriatim punctulatis ; antennis

plus minusve rufescentibus, articulis a tertio apice obscurioribus,

scapo obconico, cicatrice incompleta. Long. 7-ll lin. ¢ Q.

¢. Antennis articulis 3°-5"™ paulo incrassatis.

Nagasaki and Hiogo, common.

Very similar to M. jistulator (Germar) ;. rather less robust,

more smoothly clothed with fine tawny-ochreous, rather silky,

tomentum, and the punctuation scarcely visible to the nakedeye.

The male, as in M. fistulator, M. argentatus, and other allied

species, has the 3rd to 5th antennal joints distinctly thickened.

As the rim which limits the cicatrice of the scape 1s much ab-

breviated, the species would, according to Lacordaire’s system,

belong to a different subfamily from Monohammus; and, in

fact, | should consider it to be the Ors¢dis sobrius of Pascoe,

if that author had mentioned the thickening of the 3rd to Sth

antennal joints in the male. It would violate natural affini-

ties too much, however, to separate it from J. fistulator and

allies.

Monohammus sejunctus, n. sp.

M. fraudatort quam maxime affinis ; differt antennarum scapo tu-

mido, clavato, articulis 3°-5"" ( ¢) linearibus haud incrassatis ;

tibiis anticis flexuosis, intermediis tuberculo magis acuto. Long.

6-10ln. § Q.

Nagasaki and Hiogo, common.

Very similar in form and clothing to I. fraudator; the

sculpture is also similar, except that im the female the disk of

the thorax is more strongly punctured, and the vertex also

marked with similar punctures. In the male the punctuation

varies, being sometimes similar to that of the female, and at

other times like that of J. fraudator. Notwithstanding the

many points of structural difference (the simple 3rd to 5th an-

tennal joints, more clavate scape, flexuous anterior tibia, &e.), I

strongly suspect it to be only a variety of I. fraudator. The

tomentum is more silky, especially on the elytra, where it varies

by lighter and darker shades.

This species may possibly be the Orsidis sobrius (Pascoe).

Monohammus degener, n. sp.

M. parvus ; M. fistulatort forma similis, rufo-fuscus, tomento griseo

et rufo-fusco variegatus; thorace crebre punctato, fulyo-pubes-

cente, spina laterali brevi, sulco transversali basali unico; scu-

tello fulvo-pubescente; elytris passim punctulatis, apice singulatim

subacuminatis ; antennis rufo-fuscis, articulis basi pallidis ; scapi

cicatrice fere obsoleta. Long. 43-5 lin.

Nagasaki; three examples.

_—aane

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 311

The cicatrice of the scape in this small species is scarcely

visible ; it is present, however, and is limited by a curved rim

which is a little less closed than in M. fraudator. In habit it

resembles very much a dwarfed specimen of that species; but

there is a well-marked difference in the punctuation of the

thorax, which is rather close and uniform ; the pubescence, too,

is rather coarser ; the lateral spines are very short. The elytra

are rather produced and sharp at the sutural apex ; and the pu-

bescence is variegated, the ground-colour being reddish tawny

and the very irregular patches dull greyish. The 3rd to 5th

antennal joints are simple; the basal halves of all joints from

the third are grey.

The base of the thorax has two transverse grooves, neither

of them very well marked.

Monohammus (Psacothea) hilaris, Pascoe.

Monohammus (Psacothea) hilaris, Pascoe, Tr. Ent. Soc. vol. iv. 2nd ser.

p. 103,

Two examples; in a timber-yard, Nagasaki. Also N.

China and [. of Formosa.

Melanauster chinensis, Forster.

Melanauster chinensis, Forster, Cent. Ins. p. 39.

L. punctator, Fab. Syst. El.

Var. macularia, Thoms. Syst. Céramb. p. 553.

Many examples. On Eleagnus japonicus ; the larva feeds

in the stems.

All the examples belong to what appears to be the var. ma-

cularta, Thoms., which is rather narrower and less strongly

tuberculate at the base of the elytra than the ordinary Chinese

form, which is no doubt the true chinensis. The var. macularia

is also abundant in the I. of Formosa.

Melanauster glabripennis, Motschulsky.

Melanauster glabripennis, Motschulsky, Etudes Entom, 1860, p. 19.

Melanauster ? ruber, Dalm.

Melanauster ? ruber, Dalm., in Schonh. Syn. Ins. iii. App. p. 167.

M., championi, White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 398.

Nagasaki. Common, on firs.

The dense tomentose clothing gives this species a very dif-

ferent facies from the rest of the genus Melanauster. The

vertex is also narrower, and the antenniferous tubercles more

vertical. It has, however, the tuberose mesosternum and finely

granulated eyes of Melanauster.

312 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

Batocera lineolata, Chevrolat.

Batocera lineolata, Chevrolat, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1852, p. 417.

B. chinensis, Thoms. Arch. Ent. i. p- 170.

Nagasaki; abundant. [ound also at Shanghai.

Apriona rugicollis, Chevy.

Apriona rugicollis, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1852, p. 414.

Many examples. Also at Shanghai, Amoy, and the I. of

Formosa.

Urecha bimaculata, Thoms.

Urecha bimaculata, Thoms. Syst. Céramb. p. 84.

Common on dead stems of Cissus.

Mesosa japonica, 0. sp.

M. myopi proxime affinis, differt colore nigro-fusco, haud griseo,

sed tomento fulvyo maculatim variegata; elongato-ovata; capite

thoraceque confertim granulatis, lineolis fulvis ornatis, ‘thorace

lineolis duabus nigris antice et postice ornato, interdum obsoletis ;

elytris versus basin fortiter granulatis, maculis parvis tenuibus

fulvis et nigris conspersis; antennis ¢ apice subhamatis, articulis

3°-11"™ basi griseis, scapo grosse scabroso ; corpore subtus et pedi-

bus fulvo maculatis. Long.53-7lin. ¢ Q.

Nagasaki.

Very similar in form to I. myops, but decidedly broader or

more ovate, and antenniferous tubercles in the male less pro-

minent at the apex. The head and thorax are covered with

small, shining, black granulations, and more speckled with

bright tawny than in M. myops; the four black lneoles much

less distinct. The elytra have no trace of the black transverse

discoidal spot beyond the middle; they are more densely and

largely granulated over their basal half, and are rather evenly

sprinkled with wavy specks of bright’ tawny tomentum, the

ground-colour being dark shining brown, with rounded spots of

black tomentum.

Mesosa perplexa, Pascoe.

Mesosa perplexa, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 243.

Apparently not uncommon. Also N. China and I. of For-

mosa.

This species differs considerably from the typical Mesos,

having a distinct anterior lateral tubercle to the thorax, and

forehead very slightly concave between the antenniferous

tubercles. The disk of the thorax, however, is not grossly

tuberculate, as in Coptops; and the eleventh antennal joint in

the male is shorter than the tenth, and quite straight.

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 313

Mesosa longipennis, n. sp.

M. elongato-oblonga, griseo-olivacea vel griseo-fusca, nigro macu-

lata, maculis in elytris bifasciatim dispositis ; thorace breviter

eylindrico, supra zequali sparsissime punctato ; elytris versus basin

sparsim granulato-punctatis ; antennis ¢ corpore multo longiori-

bus, articulo undecimo subrecto, fusco-ferrugineis, articulis (pre-

cipue quarto, sexto et octavo) basi griseis. Long. 7-93 lin.

dQ.

Hiogo ; several examples.

A large, elongated species, unlike Mesosa in facies, yet

closely allied to MZ. nebulosa. ‘The head is concave, in the same

degree, between the antenne and the thorax, free from tuber-

cles; the antenne also have the eleventh joint nearly straight.

The elytra are greatly elongated in comparison with the head

and thorax ; they are of a light olivaceous-brown colour, varied

with greyish wavy marks, speckled throughout with dark

brown, and having a number of black marks—viz. one at the

base on each side, others at a third the length, arranged as a

broken undulated fascia, and others at two thirds the length,

also arranged as a much broken fascia, but with a distinct ob-

long spot on the suture. The thorax is similarly coloured, and

shows distinct traces of black lineoles on the anterior and pos-

terior margins. The dark spots are variable, and sometimes

obsolete.

Rhodopis Lewistt, n. sp.

Rh. facie Monohammi, at minor. Elongata, nigro-fusca, pube breyi

ochraceo-fusca plagiatim vestita; capite thoraceque (angustis)

sparsim fortiter punctatis, hoc vittis tribus angustis ochraceo-

fuscis, tuberculo laterali brevi, conico ; antennis gracilibus, cor-

pore ( 3) triplo, ( 2 ) duplo longioribus, articulis 3°-11"™ dimidio

basali pallidis; scapo pyriformi, ¢ articulo tertio apice fortiter

clavato ; tibiis basi rufescentibus. Long. 6-7 lin. o¢ 9.

Hiogo; many examples.

Differs from the only other described species, R. pubera,

Thoms. (Sylhet), by the pyriform club of the antennal scape ;

this jot in 2. pubera, according to Lacordaire’s description,

being obconical. The lateral tubercle also seems to be more

distinct ; it is very short, however, and broadly conical. In

all other respects it answers well to the generic characters of

Rhodopis. 'The club at the apex of the third antennal joint

in the male is very similar in size and shape to the scape ; and

both are dark brown and glossy. ‘The elytra are somewhat

evenly punctured throughout ; and the light brown macular, to-

mentose, pubescence is collected here and there into patches,

314 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

which form almost fasciz a little before and after the middle ;

the apex is very briefly and rather obliquely truncated.

Olenecamptus cretaceus, Nn. sp.

O. magnus, tomento albo-cretaceo incrustatus ; fronte, vitta utrinque

laterali, ab oculo usque ad elytrorum apicem, antennis et pedibus

fuscis. Long. 11llin. ¢.

One example.

This fine and distinct species is clothed above and beneath

with a white tomentum, so dense and thick that it appears like

chalky-white pigment ; a lateral stripe, beginning behind the

eye and extending along the upper flank of the thorax and the

margin of the elytra, remain naked (or nearly so) and of a fine

tawny-brown colour; on the elytra the vitta emits a short

quadrate branch not far from the base, and a second a little

beyond the middle; nearer the apex is a slight projecting angle

of the same colour. The forehead is also brown, and coarsely

granulate and pubescent. The antenne are about twice the

length of the body, naked, tawny-brown, darker at the base,

all the joints (especially towards the base) roughened with

sharp tubercles. The legs are tawny brown; the anterior

femora are flexuous, nearly as in the typical species ; the tibie

are also bent near the end, and serrate interiorly throughout.

Bumetopia oscitans, Pascoe,

Bumetopia oscitans, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. iv. p. 252

(1857).

Yochostyla japonica, Thomson, Physis, ii. p. 151 (1868).

Nagasaki; common in hedges. Also I. of Formosa and

Hong-Kong.

The species varies much in size, and also in the relative

length and breadth of the thorax ; but Japanese specimens are

not specifically distinguishable from Chinese.

Alara furcata, 0. sp.

4. postice attenuata, ochraceo-albo tomentosa, thorace lateribus

inermi, dorso longitudinaliter rugato, medio carinato ; elytris basi

utringue crista angusta ochraceo penicillata, apice utrinque

sinuato-truncatis, angulis externis longe productis, divaricatis.

Long. 8-10 lin.

Hiogo, on bamboo fences; larve feed in the interior of the

stems. Also I. of Formosa,

Distinguished by the form of its elytra—gradually narrowed

and sloping from the basal crests to the apex, with produced

divaricate apices. In fresh, unabraded examples the head,

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 315

thorax, and sides of the elytra are chalky white, the rest of

the elytra being ochreous. The underside and legs are

varied with white and ochreous.

Praonetha caudata, n. sp.

P. subcylindrica, robusta; elytris apicem versus fortius angustatis et

declivibus, apice ipse utrinque acuminato, ad suturam sinuatim

exciso; antennis ¢ corpore triente longioribus, articulis 4°-11"™

subeequalibus, filiformibus ; corpore supra fortiter punctato: ely-

tris carina centro-basali brevi, alteris duabus discoidalibus post

medium elongatis; fuscis, nigro fulvoque conspersis ; medio

griseis, ante declivitatem posteriorem macula transversa nigra.

Long. 6-8 lin. ¢ Q.

Common everywhere in May.

Belongs to the section with elongate, filiform antenne—

which in the female are equal in length to the body, and in the

male a third longer. The antenne, body, and legs are dark

brown; the elytra greyish in the middle, sometimes having a

greyish fascia just before the posterior declivity, the fascia

bordered behind with black.

Praonetha zonata, n. sp.

P. subcylindrica, robusta ; antennis ¢ corpore multo longioribus, ?

vix brevioribus ; nigro-fusca, fulvo paulo variegata; elytris ante

declivitatem posteriorem sordide albo fasciatis ; crista centro-basali

brevi nigro-penicillata, disco bicarinatis, carinis ad fascia mar-

ginem posticum nigro maculatis; apice intus breviter oblique

sinuato-truncatis. Long. 53-63lin. ¢ Q.

Nagasaki; Yokohama.

Closely allied to Pr. caudata; but distinguished at once by

the apex of the elytra not produced, and the sides near the

apex much less gradually narrowed; the dingy or ochreous-

white belt just above the posterior declivity is distinct in all

examples; but the part of the elytra behind the belt is of a

much lighter brown than the basal portion, and is varied with

black and grey spots. The thorax 1s rather closely punctured.

The antenne have filiform, elongated joints, not abruptly

shortened after the fourth; they are reddish and variegated,

with the’tips of the joints darker. The claws, and sometimes

the whole claw-joint, are pale rufous.

Praonetha jugosa, 0. sp.

P. oblonga, convexa, nigro-fusca; elytris medio canescentibus,

utrinque cristis duabus, prima centro-basali, brevi, subconica,

altera posteriore elongata, fortiter compressa; declivitate posteriore

abrupta utrinque unituberculata, apice oblique truncato ; antennis

316 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

¢ corpore paulo longioribus, 9 multo brevioribus, articulis 5°-11""

abbreviatis. Long. 43-5lin. ¢ @.

Hiogo, Nagasaki.

Of shorter form than Pr. caudata; the posterior discoidal

ridge of the elytra very largely developed, long, high, and

compressed, the disk between it and the short, almost conical,

basal crests appearing concave; this part is clothed with a

whitish-ashy pile, the same colour forming a margin to the

scutellum and an indistinct patch on the posterior surface of

the thorax; the colour of the rest of the body is blackish

brown. The sexual difference in the length of the antenne

is well marked—the male having these organs a third longer

than the body, with joints 5-11 long, filiform, and subequal ;

the female having them three fourths the length of the body,

and joints 5-11 much shortened. The antenniferous tubercles

are unusually elevated in this species, causing the concavity

of the vertex to be deeper and more triangular.

Praonetha Bowringtt, Pascoe.

Praonetha Bowringui, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3rd ser. vol. iii. p. 170,

note,

Many examples. Also Hong-Kong, China.

Praonetha rigida, n. sp.

P. oblonga, atro-fusca, thoracis lineolis prope basin duabus, maculaque

utrinque elytrorum versus apicem triangulari, laterali, albo-ochra-

ceis; antennis brevibus, fusco et griseo annulatis ; elytris crista

centro-basali et carinis duabus posticis (interiore magis elevata),

apice brevissime oblique truncatis. Long. 3j—43 lin.

Hiogo, Nagasaki.

Moderately elongated, convex ; dark brown, with numerous

lighter-brown spots, besides two distinct longitudinal pale

lines on the basal part of the disk of the thorax, and an irre-

gular triangular patch of the same colour on each side of the

elytra towards the apex. ‘The antenne are much shorter than

the body in the two examples before me (female ?), with joints

5-11 forming only one half of the total length. The thorax

is very coarsely punctured. The elytra are very convex and

laterally compressed (as in all the allied species), abruptly de-

clivous at the apex, with the apex itself briefly and obliquely

truncated. The ridges are not very elevated, the basal one

moderately elongated, and the posterior one much longer, with

an exterior raised line parallel to it; there is also a third,

and shorter, raised line, exterior to the second, and a little

nearer the apex.

—

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By

Praonetha angusta, n. sp.

P. elongata, angusta, fusca, nigro, fulvo et griseo indistincte varie-

gata, elytris postice macula sublaterali grisea; antennis filiformi-

bus, ¢ corpore paulo longioribus, articulis 4°-11™ basi testaceis ;

thorace creberrime punctato; elytris postice gradatim declivibus,

apice breviter peroblique truncatis, crista centro-basali subconica,

nigro penicillata, carinis posticis obsoletis. Long. 3-3} lin.

3 Q.

Wax-trees, Nagasaki.

By its narrow form this species resembles the Apomecynine,

particularly the genus Ropica; but the simple middle tibiz

show that it belongs to the Mphonine ; and the elytral crest,

thorax, head, and eyes are those of the genus Praonetha. The

antennz are elongate ; the fourth joint shorter than the third,

and the fifth to eleventh gradually and slightly decreasing in

length. The head and thorax are short compared with the

elongate elytra.

Praonetha letopodina, n. sp.

Leiopodi nebuloso simillima. Elongato-oblonga, modice convexa,

fusca, nigro, fulvo et griseo variegata, elytris pone medium fascia

griseo-alba ; antennis corporis longitudine, filiformibus, articulis

basi griseis ; thorace crebre punctulato ; elytris modice compressis,

postice oblique declivibus, apice brevissime obtuse truncatis,

carina centro-basali elevata, arcuata, alteris duabus posticis ob-

tusis, omnino (apice excepto) fortiter punctatis. Long. 3-

3} lin.

On dead branches of wax-tree. Several examples.

Much resembling in form and colour the common European

Letopus nebulosus, but a true Praonetha in all its generic and

group characters ; the head and thorax are rather small com-

pared with the elytra, and the latter are less convex than in

typical Praonethe ; the centro-basal ridge is moderately

elevated and regularly arcuated.

Apomecyna neglecta, Pascoe.

Apomecyna neglecta, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. iii. p. 152.

One example.

Mr. Lewis has:compared his specimen with the types of A.

neglecta in Mr. Pascoe’s collection.

Apomecyna nevia, Nn. sp.

A. linearis, angusta, pallide fusca; elytris guttis cretaceis late con-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 22

318 On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan.

spersis, lineatim punctatis, apice singulatim triangulariter pro-

ductis ; thorace crebre punctulato. Long. 3-43 lin.

Abundant on Cissus.

Narrow, linear, light brown, thickly clothed with short, ad-

pressed, yellowish, scale-like hairs, the elytra (very distinctly

and evenly lineate-punctate) having a number of small,

roundish, isolated, cretaceous spots, about 12 in number, on

each ; the apex is on each side triangularly produced. The

thorax is long and narrow, closely punctured, and having four

short whitish streaks—one on each side, one in front, and one

behind. ‘The antennz are pitchy red.

Sybra ordinata, n. sp.

8. angusto-elliptica, elongata, fusca, rufescenti-fusco sublineatim

variegata ; antennis( ¢ ) corpore triente longioribus, rufescentibus,

scapo brevi ovato-clavato; thorace grosse subsparsim punctato ;

elytris omnino striato-punctatis, apice oblique truncatis, angulis

exterioribus productis. Long. 44 lin.

Hiogo ; on dead Cissus-stems.

An elongated species, tapering a little to both extremities ;

scarcely convex, with elytra declivous from base to apex. The

colour is dingy brown, clothed with laid pubescence, varied

with tawny reddish, chiefly in indistinct lines down the flat

interstices of the well-marked rows of punctures of the elytra.

The thorax is nearly cylindrical, the sides being scarcely

rounded. The sides of the breast have a few large punctures.

Sybra cribrella, n. sp.

S. elongato-oblonga, convexa; fusca, griseo-ochreo indistincte varie-

gata; capite et thorace elytris multo angustioribus, fortiter

punctatis, hoc breviter cylindrico, linea dorsali interrupta levi ;

elytris convexis, postice declivibus, apice brevissime oblique trun-

catis, crebre sublineatim punctatis, interstitiis nonnullis paulo

elevatis. Long. 33-4 lin.

Moon-temple, Kobé.

Approaches Praonetha by its rather convex form and com-

paratively narrow head and thorax. The notch of the middle

tibize is placed near the end, and distinct, as in Apomecyna.

The antenne are of the length of the body, and dull rufescent.

There is a slight elevation in the situation of the centro-basal

ridges of the elytra. The colour and markings are very ob-

scure and variable; sometimes there is a trace of a lateral

cinerous patch on the elytra. The breast beneath is closely

and strongly punctured.

[To be continued. }

On the Bones of the Sternum of young Tortoises. 319

XLII.—Additional Notes on the Form of the Bones in the

Sternum of very young Tortoises, and their Development.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

(Plate XII]

Tue British Museum having received some young tortoises

from North America, presented by the Smithsonian Institution,

I have been induced to examine the form of the bones of the

their sterna—and also the bones of the sterna of other young

specimens that are in the Museum, some of which have been

received since my former paper.

As many of these specimens were in spirit before they were

examined, it is necessary toobserve that if the sternum is looked

at as it is taken out of spirit, even when perfectly cleaned

inside, it appears to be a uniform opaque disk, and the form

of the bones cannot be observed even when held up to the

light—until it is dried, when the cartilaginous part becomes

transparent, showing the opaque bones ; and it becomes again

opaque when again placed in proof spirit.

I have had great difficulty in obtaining young specimens

for the purpose of determining the development of the bones of

the sternum, and have thought myself very fortunate when I

have obtained one or two of a species; and I thought that

this arose from collectors thinking that young specimens

would not be so much esteemed by Museum-directors as

the others. But Prof. Agassiz, who lives and has collected

in the country where tortoises are abundant, observes that the

young Emydes live almost exclusively in water, much more

so than their parents; and though the young are naturally in

much larger numbers than the adults, they are still so rarely

found that they are almost unknown to zoologists. He

observes :— For example, Hmys insculpta is so common in

the neighbourhood of Lancaster that I have collected more

than a hundred specimens in one afternoon, and yet I have

never been able to obtain one of the first year, though a

whole school of young men were called in to search. Prof.

Baird has found the same difficulty in obtaining young Emys

rugosa for me, and though he offered a high price for them he

could not obtain raore than a single specimen of the first year ;

and yet this species is so common that, in the season, hundreds

are daily brought to the market of Washington.” (‘Contribu-

tions,’ 1. p. 294.)

I have also been able to examine the sternum of the very

young of two genera of land-tortoises that I had not before

been able to examine and therefore to add them to my previous

paper.

22*

320 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Form of the Bones

The bones of the sternum of a specimen of Homopus siqnatus

(Pl. XII. fig. 1), which is 14 inch long, are very little de-

veloped. The front pair are very short; the front and hind

lateral pairs are separated by a broad space, and form only a

margin to the outer side of the front and hinder lobes of the

sternum, the hinder pair the smallest; the anal pair very

small. The gular plates are very short, band-like, and trans-

verse ; the postgular plates are quadrangular, diverging ; the

pectoral plates triangular.

The sternum of the young Kinixys erosa (fig. 2) is like that of

the other land-tortoises ; but the bones, except the anal pair of a

specimen about 2 inches long, are very narrow, only margining

the front and hind lobes. The odd bone very small. The

anal pair entirely covered both above and below by a hard

horny sheath. The front lobe with a narrow, and the sides of

the hind lobe with a broader (expanded) margin, the latter

covered above and below with the horny sheath of the plates,

which is thicker in these parts than usual.

In the younger specimens of Steganopodes (or Freshwater

Terrapins) the front pair of bones is distinct, furnished with a

lanceolate odd bone on their inner edge. The front lateral

pair are more or less expanded, extending more or less across

the shell, with a dentated inner edge and more or less straight

hinder edge. The hinder lateral pair diverge backwards, and

have a more or less dilated lobe on the truncated inner edge ;

and the hinder pair are smaller, with a lobe on the middle or

towards the end of the inner edge, which is dentated on its

inner edge, leaving a small oval space on each side of the odd

bone ; a large oblong or rhombic space between the hinder end

of the front lateral and the front edge of the lobes of the hinder

lateral bone, and a more or less square cavity between the

hinder edge of the lobe of the hinder lateral and the lobe of the

hinder pair. These spaces are diminished by the increase of

the size of the bones; the central one, between the processes

of the front and hinder lateral bones, is closed last.

The sternal bones of the young Geoemyda spinosa (fig. 3)

2 inches long form only a ring round the sternum, and they

are very like those of Lhinoclemmys; but the front lateral

bone is broader and larger, more dilated at the upper front

end near the odd bone, where it is divided into many narrow

lobes, of which a few of the lower are separated from the

others by a narrow space, and form a separate group.

The sternal bones of Geoemyda grandis (fig. 4) 2} inches

long (although the adult is a much larger species) are very

like those of G. spinosa: but the front pair are broader ; the

odd bone is longer and more slender, and the front lateral pair.

in the Sternum of young Tortotses. 321

are furnished on the inner side with a lobe directed towards the

centre of the sternum and torn at the end. The hinder lateral

pair have a small conical prominence on the middle of the inner

side: indeed they are very like those of Notochelys platynota ;

but the lobe on the inner side is much smaller and less marked.

The young sternum of this species is intermediate between the

form that is found in G'eoemyda spinosa and that which is

common to the species of Hmys.

The sterna of the young specimens of Bellia (fig. 10) and

Damonia (figs. 11 & 12) are much thicker and more solid

than the sterna of the young of Malaclemmys, Pseudemys

(fig. 9), Chrysemys (fig. 7), and Trachemys (fig. 8) of America,

and Lmys (fig. 6), Emmenia (fig. 5), and Platysternon (fig. 13)

of Europe and Asia. The skin that fills up the vacancies

between the bones is much thicker, and so opaque when dried,

that the sterna might be regarded as solid; but the cavities

leave a sunken space visible on the outside, and they are easily

pierced with a pin, showing that there is only a dried carti-

J paren skin, though so thick and opaque that it looks like

one.

The development of the bones, and the changes in form

which they undergo, in the Freshwater Turtles or Steganopodes

may be arranged under four heads.

I. Inthe more terrestrial animals the bones of the sternum in

the young specimens are narrow, and form a marginal ring

round the circumference of the sternum, leaving a large oblong

central unossified space, which eventually becomes filled up, as

in the genera Cyclemys in the Cistudinide, and G'eoemyda and

Ehinoclemmys in the Emyde.

The sternum of the young Geoemyda grandis (fig. 4) has

rudimentary lobes diverging from the inner side of the anterior

and posterior lateral bones, forming a passage to the next

form; but this may be the way in which the central space is

filled up, and is only a matter of growth.

II. In the genera which have the second form all the bones

of the circumference of the sternum are broader, and the front

and hinder lateral pairs and the anal pair have a more or less

broad lobe on the inner side, tending towards the central

suture, dividing the central space into three parts: the front

one is generally the smallest, and divided in the middle by the

central odd bone, the middle one the largest and broadest,

and the hinder one smaller and generally longer than broad,

These processes enlarge, and unite and solidify in the sternum—

as in Notochelys of the Cistudinide, in Chrysemys of America,

Emys and Emmia of the Mediterranean region, Bellia and

Damonia (from Asia) of the family Malaclemmyde, Pseudemys

322 = On the Bones of the Sternum of young Tortoises.

and T’rachemys of the family Pseudemyde (which are confined

to America), and Kachuga of the family Bataguride (which are

confined to Asia, and have the internal lobes of the sternal

bones in the young specimens broader than in any of the pre-

ceding genera). In all the above genera the lobe of the in-

ternal edge of the anal pair of bones is near the anal end of

that bone, except in the genera Pseudemys and Batagur, where

it is much nearer the fore end of the internal edge, leaving

a broad vacant space, so that very young specimens appear

to have three vacant spaces behind the hinder edge of the

front pair of lateral bones.

The bones of the sternum of the young Platysternon are

intermediate in form between these and the next division ;

that is to say, the front and hinder lateral bones are dilated

into a triangle, dentated on the inner edge, and the anal pair

have a broad lobe on the front part of the inner edge, as in

Kachuga and Pseudemys. ,

III. The third form differs from the second in the lateral

pairs of bones and the anal bones of the young specimens being

dilated, ovate or triangular, leaving a space on each side of

the odd bone, a large, more or less rhombic, space between

the front and hinder lateral pairs, and a smaller rhombic

space between the hinder edge of the hinder lateral pair and

the front edge of the anal pair—as in Lutremys and Cuore

(fig. 14) (both from the Old World) in the Cistudinide, and

Malaclemmys (from North America) in the Malaclemmyde.

The young Pelomedusa, the type of the African family Pelo-

meduside, among the Pleuroderes, has the sternum very like

that of Malaclemmys.

IV. The fourth form, which appears to be peculiar to the

family Chelydradz, has the four pairs of bones of which it is

composed more or less dilated, leaving in the very young state

an elongate central vacant space, which is generally pervaded

in front by a very long slender odd bone ; this bone is entirely

wanting in the most developed types of the family called the

Trap Tortoises, as the genera Kinosternon and Swanka. Un-

fortunately I have not been able to examine the sterna of

several genera of this group: indeed I have only been able to

see the sternum in a small well-developed specimen of A7ino-

sternon. A very young specimen of Swanka has never oc-

curred to me; and I am not aware that it has ever been seen

or described by any American or other zoologist. I have

figured the outside of the sternum of a very young A7vnosternon

pennsylvanicum in my former paper (‘Annals,’ 1873, x1. pl. 5.

fig. 6).

On Spontaneous Division in the Echinodermata. = 323

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1, Tlomopus signatus.

Fig. 2. WKinixys erosa.

Fig. 3, Geoemyda spinosa.

Fig. 4. Geoemyda grandis.

Fig. 5. Emmenia Grayi.

Fy. 6. Emys Fraseri.

Fig. 7. Chrysemys picta.

Fig. 8, Trachemys Holbrookii.

Fig. 9. Pseudemys concinna.

Fig. 10. Bellia crassicollis.

Fig. 11, Damonia macrocephala.

Fig. 12. Damonia Reevesii.

Fig. 15. Platysternon peguense.

Fg. 14. Cuora amboinensis.

XLIUTI.—On Spontaneous Division in the Echinodermata and

other Radiata. By Dr. C. F. Lurken*.

Ir is only in a few specimens of Ophiothela isidicola, sp. n.t

' (from Formosa), that | have found the six arms equal or nearly

so: in most individuals of moderate size the three arms of one

side are larger than those of the opposite side ; and in this re-

spect we find all possible intermediate stages, from specimens

with three arms well developed and three scarcely perceptible,

to others in which the difference is insignificant. Moreover

we find nearly as many specimens having only three arms and

the corresponding half of the disk (as if they had been cut

with a knife into two equal parts) as of completely developed

individuals with six equal arms. There is no doubt that a

division has taken place, at least in the case of those which

have only three arms, or three large and three small ones, and

that the halves produced by this division have the power of

replacing the missing half both of the disk and arms. It is

only with regard to the minority which are furnished with six

equal arms, and in which the two halves of the disk are equally

developed, that there can be any doubt; for although the greater

part of the individuals of this species may be destined to un-

dergo division, we must not conclude from this that all are so.

Whether the division is repeated several times in this Ophi-

urid I cannot decide with certainty ; but the series of specimens

* Translated and slightly abridged by W. 8. Dallas, F.L.S., from a

paper entitled “Ophiuridarum novarum vel minus cognitarum descrip-

tiones nonnull,” published in the Oversigt over det K. Dansk, Vid. Selsk.

Forhandl. 1872, pp. 108-158, French summary, pp. 380-54.

+ The Latin characters of the new species will be given at the con-

clusion of this paper.

324 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous

at my command gives the impression that if the act is not re-

newed it generally occurs at an early age, and that the lost

parts sprout forth as the general growth goes on. Hence the

larger the specimens the nearer they approach the normal

state (six equal arms, &c.), and the smaller they are (down to

a certain limit) the more they approach the divided form with

three arms. ‘This rule, however, is by no means without ex-

ceptions. Sometimes also the division takes place unequally,

so that we meet with specimens with four large and two small

arms, or with four small and two large arms; but these cases

are rare.

In the case before us the phenomenon would certainly seem

to be capable of another interpretation—namely, that these

Ophiurids quit the larval state as half individuals, that is to

say with three arms (exceptionally four or two) and half (one-

third or two-thirds) of the disk, and that the parts deficient are

gradually developed; but this interpretation would be imme-

diately rejected as absurd. They might rather, originally,

have the whole disk and three arms, so that the new arms

might grow in the intervals between the old ones ; but although

we sometimes meet with six-armed starfishes (Linckia) with

three short arms and three longer ones alternating with the

former, which would seem to support this hypothesis, this mode

of development has not been observed in any Asterid or

Ophiurid*.

There is yet another question—namely, whether this division

is entirely voluntary (7. e. a natural spontaneous division) or

involuntary (¢. e. the consequence of exterior violence, of a

special lesion so frequent that very few individuals can escape

it). The faculty of regeneration is certainly great among the

Ophiurids. The disk of an Ophiura deprived of all its arms

might undoubtedly, under favourable circumstances, regenerate

them all; and it is probable that an injury which at the same

time removed a small portion of the disk, would be reparable

in the same way; at least, I have met with Ophiurids, e. g.

Ophioderma virescens, the disk of which bore indisputable traces

of a partial regeneration of this kind after an aceidental in-

jury ; and I should not be surprised if experiments of arti-

ficial division were successful in many cases, especially with

young Ophiurids. It would not, however, be right to con-

clude from this that the phenomenon described in Ophiothela

* In connexion with this, Ophiacantha anomala and O. vivipara are of

interest as Ophiurids with more than five arms (six to eight) which

originate with all their arms. It is only in some Asterids, in which the

number of arms is very great, that new arms continue during growth te

sprout forth between the old ones. To this we shall recur hereafter.

Division in the Echinodermata. 325

tsidicola was simply the result of an accidental natural in-

jury. The regularity with which it is manifested proves

sutticiently that this is not the case, but that we have to do

with a true spontaneous natural division, the olject of which is

multiplication. ‘The specimens that we possess of the other

species of Ophiothela are not numerous ; but I have ascertained

that the four species with which I am best acquainted present

an analogous peculiarity ; for together with regular individuals

with six (exceptionally five) arms, we find others in which the

three (or rarely two) pairs of radial plates on one side of the

disk are smaller than the others, and the corresponding arms

only developed in the same proportion: in the Japanese spe-

cies the four very small specimens at my disposal were all in

this unsymmetrical state of regeneration ; in the other species

it was comparatively rarer. I believe, however, that this

character is sufficiently general to allow us to reckon sponta-

neous division among the generic characters of Ophiothela.

As has already been mentioned by Steenstrup*, Sars}, and

anyself {, the same phenomenon is observed in other small six-

armed Ophiurids, especially those of the genus Ophiactis,

which, like the Ophiothele, live upon corals and sponges ; but

I have never found any trace of it in the species of that genus

which have normally five arms, whilst, as far as I can judge,

it may be observed in all the species with six arms. Asa

supplement to the brief remarks which I have published upon

this subject in connexion with Ophiactis Miillert, Krebsii, and

virescens, | will here communicate the observations which I

have made more recently. From a sponge from the Red Sea

I extracted 16 specimens of Ophiactis Savignyt. Most of

them (of average size, with a disk 2-3 millims. in diameter)

are regularly furnished with six arms, which present no

striking difference in length. In some of them, indeed, two or

three arms on one side are shorter than the three or four others ;

but the difference is so slight that it would hardly be remarked

in other Ophiurids, and it might be supposed that these shorter

arms had been broken and sprouted afresh. (One specimen

has seven arms, one of which is distinctly shorter than the

rest.) But it is very clearly seen that a division has taken

place in the four larger and smaller specimens. In the smallest

of all (with a disk a little more than 1 millim. in diameter)

one half of the disk and the three corresponding arms are en-

* Forhandl. ved de Skand. Naturforsk. syvende Méde i Christiania

(1857), p. 230.

* Bidrag til Kundskab. om Middelhavets Littoralfauna, i. p. 97.

} Additamenta ad historiam Ophiuridarum, i, pp. 127, 129, and 146,

tab. 4, fig. 5d, iii. p. 38,

326 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous

tirely deficient, but the wound is already closed and cicatrized ;

a larger specimen has in part regenerated its deficiencies, but

the new half of the disk and the new arms are much less de-

veloped than the others. This is also the case, although in a

somewhat different degree, with the two largest of these four

specimens (diameter of disk 3°54 millims. ; longest arms about

20 millims.); in one the three new arms are half the length and

thickness of the others, and in the other they are only 2 millims.

long and of proportionate thickness, the new half of the disk

presenting a corresponding development. If we may draw

any conclusion from this little series of observations, it would

be that the division occurs twice in this species—first, in

very small individuals, and then in those which are adult or

nearly so.

All the specimens of Ophiactis sexradia, Gr. (O. Rein-

hardtt, m.), that I have examined have six arms, and in

general, especially in the large specimens, there is no striking

difference between the arms; it is only in some of the small

ones that one of the groups of arms is in course of regenera-

tion. Such is also the case in one of the two small specimens

ot Ophiactis virens, Sars, from the Mediterranean, which | have

had the opportunity of seeing. Sars says of this species that all

his 23 specimens had six arms, and that in nearly half of them

“the three arms situated on one side were much shorter and

thinner than the others, and evidently regenerated after a loss

or division.” With regard to O. virescens of the west coast

ot America, Mr. Verrill* states that he has always found six

arms, but that many young individuals had only three, the

three on one side being entirely deficient or very small, as if

in course of regeneration. Out of 13 specimens I found 12

with six arms, partly unequal; the thirteenth, which is one of

the largest, has five equal arms. I have always found O.

Krebsii with six arms: a great number of the small individuals

show the regeneration; the large specimens always have the

arms and the radii of the disk equally developed. Of O. Mil-

lert most of the smaller examples have six unequal arms ; but

there is a certain number with five equal arms; and most of

the adult specimens seem to be in the latter condition.

Except in the above-mentioned genera I only know of a

single instance of heteractinism among the Ophiurids—namely,

in the young individuals of a certain group of species of the

genus Ophiocoma (O. pumila, Valencia). This case is parti-

cularly interesting, because it is positively confined to the

young individuals, which alone present unequally developed

* Notes on Radiata, No, 2, p. 205.

Division in the Echinodermata. 327

groups of arms and have more than five arms*. The trans-

formation of the young six-armed individuals into individuals

with five arms evidently requires a previous division. The

can only lose the sixth arm by regenerating, after the last di-

vision, only one or two arms instead of two or three.

It would be very incorrect to conclude from the constant

oceurrence of heteractinism (and of division if our interpretation

of heteractinism is correct) in this tolerably long series of six-

armed Ophiothele, Ophiactines, and Ophiocome, that the same

things occur in the other Ophiurids which have normally more

than five arms. These, however, are not numerous as far as I

know ; for, leaving out of consideration the young Asterophyton

with seven arms described by me (which is as puzzling to me

as it was thirteen years ago, and which is still known only

from a single specimen) and Asteromorpha Steenstrupi (in

which the six-armed state is probably only an accidental

anomaly), we have in this category only two species of Ophia-

cantha,namely O. anomala, Sars, withsix, and 0. vivipara, Lem.,

with seven to eight arms; and inneither of these has any thing

been observed to indicate a division. The necessary condition

for spontaneous division would therefore seem to be that the

species (at least when young) should have normally more than

five (six) arms, although we must not conclude that it exists

from this greater number of arms: in one of the above-men-

tioned groups (Ophiocoma) it is evident that the spontaneous

division is confined to the young; and it is not improbable

that this is the case also with the others; but this does not at

present appear with sufficient clearness from the facts, and the

solution of this important question must be left to subsequent

researches upon living animals. Its importance consists in

the fact that if it is answered in the affirmative the laws of

reproduction in these Ophiurids would fall under that of a/ter-

nation of generations, the young individuals then representing

the agamic generations, and the adults, after division, the

sexual ones.

Perfectly similar phenomena are manifested in certain As-

* All the young individuals, however, or those which have not yet ac-

quired the physiogi omy, coloration, &c. characteristic of the species, do

not present six arms or the heteractinism which is associated with that

number. I have already mentioned (Addit. ii. p. 146) that of 12 speci-

mens, 8 had six arms, two or three of which were generally shorter and

thinner than the others. Of 21 specimens now at my disposal (1 of O.

Valencia and the rest O. pumila) I find that, with one exception, all the

individuals below a certain size (4 millims.) have six more or less unequal

arms, and all those which measure 5 millims. or more have five arms.

The exception is a specimen with six arms rather larger than it should be

according to this rule.

328 Dr. C. I. Liitken on Spontaneous

terids—namely, in Asterias problema, Stp. (albula, Stimps.),

and A. tenuispina, Lamk., and in some forms allied to these

two species. In common with the fissiparous Ophiurids they

have normally more than five arms; but this furnishes no

ground for supposing that other Asterids with six or more

than six arms have some tendency to division; indeed we

have examples to the contrary in the Solasteres with many

arms, and in the six-armed Asterias polaris, neither of which

presents the least traces of this mode of reproduction. What

strikes us immediately in looking at a series of A. tenuispina

and problema is, that a great many of them have the arms

unequally developed, and that the shorter and weaker arms

form on one side a separate group, as if they had been deve-

loped after the others, which no doubt is the case. MM. Steen-

strup*, Sarst, Hiickelt, and Von Martens§ have already de-

voted special attention to the former species; but I will, not-

withstanding, communicate the result of my own observations.

Of 23 specimens 11 (with seven to ten arms) have incontest-

able traces of a regeneration of three to seven (most frequently

four) arms: the smallest of these 11 specimens is 1} inch in

diameter; the largest, if the weaker (younger) side were as

much developed as the other, would measure 53 inches. The

smaller the specimens the more clearly in general do we see

that a regeneration of this kind (and the previous division ?) has

taken place: of 15 specimens less than 4 inches in diameter,

9 are in this condition; whilst of 8 which vary in diameter

from 4 to 7 inches, there are only 2. In the other 12 speci-

mens (of the 23) the arms are either (approximately) of the

same length, or the number of shorter ones does not exceed

one or two, and the existence of a single arm shorter than the

others indicates nothing more than an accident which is very

common in all starfishes, namely that one or more of the arms

may have been broken or torn away and regenerated. The

series of specimens that I have examined does not indicate

that this division and regeneration, perhaps frequently re-

peated, must result in the number of arms in the larger and

more developed individuals being on the average either greater

or less than in the young individuals||.

* Forhandl. ved de Skand. Naturforsk. syvende Mode i Christiania

(1857), pp. 229 et seq.

+ Bidrag til Kundskaben om Middelhavets Littoralfauna, ii. p. 108.

{ Generelle Morphologie (1866), i. p. 350.

§ Archiv fiir Naturg. xxx. 1, p. 68.

|| See also some remarks by M. R. Greeff on the Asterids of the Canaries,

and among others Astertas tenwispina. He says it is ‘‘ worthy of remark

that on the rocky shore exposed to the action of the breakers, we scarcely

meet with any but small and irregular specimens, whilst far from the

Division in the Echinodermata. 329

What we observe in Asterias tenuispina probably occurs

also in the allied species, A. acutispina, Stimpson* (Japan),

A. microdiscus, Stimps.t (Bonin islands), and A. muricata,

Verr. (New Zealand) ; but the specimens at my command are

too few to enable me to assert that spontaneous division takes

place in these species; it is, however, very probable. It is

the same with A. atlantica, Verr. (Bermudas, Brazil), if it

differs from A. tenuispina. Mr. Verrill mentions one speci-

men of it with seven large unequal arms, and one with eight

arms, four of which were smaller than the others.

Of Asterias problema I have examined several hundred

specimens obtained from Greenland by Prof. Steenstrup, and

noted the characters of about half of them. It is extremely

rare to meet with five-armed specimens of this species. Out

of 136 I have only found 7 such (or about 1 in 20); their size

is very variable (radius=5-19 millims.): in general the five

arms are of the same length, and then it is possible that this

number five may be original; less frequently there are two or

three a little shorter, probably due either to an irregular divi-

sion of a six-armed individual forming one with four arms,

and another with two arms which has become a five-armed

individual by regeneration, or to an individual with three arms

having regenerated only two arms instead of three, the third

having been aborted. If we carefully examine a specimen

which apparently has only five or four arms, we shall fre-

quently find at one of the angles of the arms the germs of two

new arms in the form of minute buds; so that the small num-

ber of arms is in this case only provisional}. It is rare,

moreover, to find specimens with six or seven arms in which

the arms are either equal or approximately equal, without our

being able to recognize a fixed law in the slight difference

which they present (fig. 1, e, p. 330): I have found this only

in 12 of the specimens mentioned above; and these equal-

armed specimens measured from 5 to 41 millims. in radius.

The great majority (fig. 1, d, f, 2) are furnished with six arms,

three of which, on one side, are shorter and in all respects less

developed than the others ; and this difference between the two

shores, in deep water and in sheltered places, we find much larger and

more regular specimens.”

* In 4 specimens belonging to this species, Mr. Stimpson found 5+4,

444, and 2+5 arms (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 262).

+ Sent under this name by the Smithsonian Institution. I do not find

it described in Mr. Stimpson’s work mentioned above.

{ The appearance of five arms arises sometimes from the union of two

arms; the double ambulacrum explains this apparent reduction of the

arms.

330 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous

groups of arms occurs in all possible degrees: the smaller

group may sometimes scarcely differ from the larger ; or it may

be reduced to 3 (1, 2) scarcely visible buds (fig. 1,4). Of the

3 (or 4) regenerated arms the middle one (or 2) generally ap-

pears after the two outer ones. Numbers such as 4+2, or

Fig. 1.

Sketches of 9 individuals of Asterias problema, all represented of the

natural size. In most the madreporic plate is indicated.

2+4, or 3+ 2, or2+3 must be regarded as exceptions, as also

4+3 (fig. 1,6,c), or 3+4, or 4+4 (fig. 1, a), or 4+5, or 542,

in which the total number of arms exceeds six. Evidently in

all cases the smaller group of arms is developed long after the

other, and consequently there must have been a period when

all these starfishes had only 3 (or exceptionally 2, 4, or 5)

arms; in examining a sufficient number of specimens we find

several with 3 arms, in which no trace of the deficient arms

can be discovered, and among these some (fig. 1, g)in which the

place where the division probably took place, and where the

new arms will be formed, is still open. These specimens with

3 arms (exceptionally with 2) I have found of all sizes, from

3 to 25 millims. or more in radius; moreover, as the specimens

Division in the Echinodermata. 331

in which one group of arms is less developed present all con-

ditions of size and all possible degrees of development, we

must conclude either that the division, supposing it only to occur

once, may take place at very different periods in the life of the

animals, or else that it is several times repeated, certainly

more frequently than in A. tenuispina, at least four or five

times, perhaps much more frequently. The comparative rarity

of the regular individuals with 6 equally developed arms

seems to me to furnish a decisive proof of the frequent repeti-

tion of the division; but it is only by observations upon the

living animals preserved for a long time in aquaria that this

question can be settled. It may, perhaps, be supposed that

the division ceases when, by the slow growth which accom-

anies it, the individuals have attained the limit of their deve-

icienb and acquired the faculty of reproducing in the ordi-

nary manner ; but at present this is only an hypothesis. The

largest of my specimens (radius 46 millims.) is at any rate far

from having attained the point at which all trace of division

has disappeared ; it has 7 arms, 4 of which (regenerated) are

still only 15-28 millims. in length.

If we refuse to admit that these abnormal phenomena, con-

fined, however, within definite limits, may be explained by

repeated division and regeneration of the deficient half, it

would be necessary to suppose that what occurs is simply an

elimination of a certain number of arms effected for some de-

terminate purpose ; and the first explanation which would pre-

sent itself to the mind would be that already indicated by

M. Steenstrup—namely, that in this case we have something

analogous to the formation of the hectocotyli in the Cephalo-

poda, a group of arms charged with semen being thrown off

to fulfil a special function of reproduction and afterwards rege-

nerated. But there is absolutely nothing in favour of this

hypothesis ; and it seems to me to have against it the fact that

the regeneration of the arms is quite as frequent in the smallest

as in the largest specimens. ‘he analogy with the Ophiurida

with a supposed spontaneous division, in which this hypothesis

would meet with still greater difficulties, is also a powerful

motive for rejecting it for the Asterida also*.

* An investigation of the organs of reproduction could not elucidate

the phenomena under consideration, unless it be made upon a great num-

ber of fresh specimens of all ages and all degrees of development. What

is especially necessary to be ascertained is whether Asterias problema

propagates by ova before the spontaneous division is concluded. I have

examined some of my specimens with this question in view, but, as might

be expected, without throwing much light upon it. I ascertained that

the organs of reproduction were well developed in specimens measuring

only 14-16 millims. in radius; on the other band I found no trace of them

332 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous

I have found two madreporic plates placed far from each

other in the large specimens of Asterias problema when the

regeneration was so far advanced that the younger group of arms

was scarcely behind the older one in development. At the next

division, therefore, each half starfish would be furnished with

its madreporic plate.

Whether the division always takes place at the same part

and in the same line, whether this changes in accordance with

definite laws as in the Medusz, or, finally, whether there is no

rule in this matter, 1 am absolutely unable to say ; and I do

not think that this question can be cleared up until the spe-

cies under consideration has been thoroughly investigated in

the living state, for which, as it inhabits the north coast of the

United States of America, we shall, perhaps, not have long to

wait. It is much to be desired that such should be the case,

in order that we may know with certainty whether we have to

do here merely with a true division, or whether by it some

secondary purpose is fulfilled.

Asterias polyplax of New Holland, a species allied to A.

problema, seems to present the same phenomena; but I have

been able to examine only a few specimens of it. .

This mode of division is not known with certainty outside

the genus Asterias, nor even outside certain subdivisions of

that genus*. There are, as I have already indicated, a great

number of Asterids with multiple arms (Asterdas aster, Heli-

aster, Pycnopodia, Solaster, Acanthaster, Labidiaster, Luidia,

&c.) which do not present the least trace of this phenomenon.

On the other hand there are certain species of Ophidiaster and

Linckia which seem to be subject to another kind of division ;

but whether it is perfectly natural, or artificial (in the sense of

being provoked by some external violence), I cannot decide.

in other specimens of the same or even larger size (15-18 millims.), and

even in a large specimen with six equal arms (48 millims, in radius).

Perhaps it may depend in part upon the season whether these organs are

or are not developed. In specimens of moderate or pretty large size I

have generally found the reproductive organs well developed in the older

arms, but wanting in the younger ones; nevertheless in two cases (espe-

cially in the specimen represented in fig. 1,a) they had attained more or less

development in the regenerated armsalso. It would seem, therefore, that

this starfish is sexwal (2. e. furnished with more or less developed sexual

organs) long before spontaneous division has terminated; but it does

not follow that it is capable of reproduction before that time.

* The Museum possesses a small specimen of Cribella sanguinolenta

which so much resembles Asterias problema that for a moment I took it

for the latter; it has three large and three small arms, exactly like A,

problema, It was brought up from a depth of 290 fathoms, to the west

of Hetland.

Division in the Echinodermata. 333

This singular phenomenon was briefly mentioned by M.

Steenstrup ; and MM. Hiickel and Von Martens subsequently

published observations made by them upon it in Linckia mul-

tifora. I have rarely observed it in that species, although I

have examined a great number of specimens; but I have

frequently seen it in Linckia ornithopus and Ophidiaster cri-

brarius. In both species, as in the fissiparous species of

Asterias above mentioned, there are in general two madreporic

plates; and they are more or less frequently provided with

more than five arms. In examining a great quantity of spe-

cimens of one of these species, we find a very variable number

of arms (4,5, 6,7); and the proportions of these arms are very

different—for example, 3 long alternating with 3 short ones,

4 long and 2 short, or inversely 2 long and 4 short; from time

to time also we meet with the “ comet-form ”’—7?.e. one long and

Fig. 2.

Sketches of 4 individuals of Ophidiaster cribrarius, represented of the

natural size.

thick arm, and 3, 4, 5, or 6 comparatively short arms. The

hypothesis which attributes this form to the production of the

small arms after the large one, is confirmed by the circum-

stance that other specimens in which these little arms are still

less occur in various degrees of development; and, lastly,

there are specimens in which they are in the state of mere

buds—until we find them with a single arm, either closed at its

adoral extremity or still presenting traces of the aperture

through which it had communicated with the disk of the

animal (see the outlines in fig. 2). From this it seems very

clear that the regenerative faculty in these animals is so great

that an isolated arm, without any portion of the disk, enjoys

the power of regenerating a complete set of arms, with the

disk, mouth, &c. ; and as we cannot suppose that one arm will

be more favoured in this respect than the others, it follows

Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 23

334 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous

necessarily that when such a Linckia or Ophidiaster (with 5

or 6 arms) divides, or, what is the same thing, throws off or

loses its arms, it will give origin, under favourable circum-

stances, to as many new Asterids as it possessed arms, per-

haps even to one more if the disk is equally endowed with the

faculty of regeneration. I have found in the same species

such ‘‘ comets’ of small size and also of considerable dimen-

sions. When the disk and the new arms were still but little

developed, there was no madreporic plate ; in the contrary case

I have always found two, one on each side of the principal

arm. If we assume that this division is entirely spontaneous,

it would be the first known example of a true natural division

being more than binary and producing directly and at once a

multiplicity of new individuals—the first true example of the

“divisio radialis”’ of Hiickel. That this polymerous divisi-

bility cannot serve to support the singular theory proposed by

Duvernoy and taken up by Hiickel and other authors, accord-

ing to which the Asterida and Ophiurida are compound

animals, is quite evident.

It may be further remarked that we may also meet with

specimens of other Asterids which at the first glance remind

us of the comet-shaped Linckie and Ophidiastres: I have

myself found examples of Astertas rubens of this kind with

1 large arm and 4 small ones in course of sprouting ; and Sir

John Dalyell* represents several of them which he kept alive

for some time; but, so far as I can judge from my own expe-

rience, this case is not precisely the same as the preceding, as,

in fact, in A. rubens the disk remains, and it is by this and

not by the single arm, as in Linckia ornithopus and Ophi-

diaster cribrarius, that the new arms are regenerated. From

this it follows that if an Astertas rubens lost all its five arms,

none of them could continue to live or regenerate the complete

animal; how far the disk alone might be capable of doing so,

I do not know. I must add, however, that I have met with

some very young specimens of A sterias problema in the ‘ comet-

form,” in which the five or six small arms had the appear-

ance of having been regenerated from the extremity of the

only arm which had been detached, and consequently I cannot

deny that a polymerous division may also take place in that

species Tt.

* It does not appear with equal clearness from all the figures that the

disk continues attached to the oldest arm; and, to judge from the manner

in which he expresses himself, the author does not seem to regard this

as necessary. Similar regenerated specimens are represented by Forbes

and Frédol.

+ M. Hiickel also has found two specimens of Asterias tenurspina with

this comet-like form; and at the meeting of naturalists at Christiania in

Division in the Echinodermata. 335

I do not know that any direct experiments have been made

on the divisibility and the faculty of regeneration in the Aste-

rida, although it is easy to prove that they are considerable

and general. They are not limited to the long-armed forms,

and are manifested in full energy in those which are almost

destitute of arms, such as the Asterine. It is sufficient that

out of five or six normal rays two are retained, in order that

the remainder shall be readily regenerated ; but from this

we must not deduce an absolute divisibility. Most of the

Asterida can, without difficulty, regenerate a lost fragment of

an arm from the surface of rupture itself, whilst in the species

of the genus Astertas (Asteracanthion) the disk alone is en-

dowed with this property, as Steenstrup has indicated. 'The

bifureate (Y-shaped) arms, sometimes met with in various

Asterida*, may be attributed to an injury to these arms, just

as the double tails of lizards and the corresponding abnormal

formations in certain fishes (Syngnathi, Grymnotind) are due.

to a lesion of the tail. The species of Astertas sometimes

present an arm which is bifurcated in a somewhat different

manner, a small branch or secondary arm issuing almost at a

right angle from near its extremity, with its ambulacrum

opening into that of the principal arm ; the origin of this ano-

maly is also undoubtedly a lesion produced at the poimt where

the lateral branch takes its rise T.

1856, M. Esmark indicated, in connexion with M. Steenstrup’s communi-

cation, that he had likewise observed in Norwegian Asterida (no doubt

in Asterias rubens) that an arm without disk had regenerated the deficient

parts. M. von Martens describes a comet-like specimen of Echinaster

ertdanella (fallax) with six arms.

* For example, Oreaster gigas and <Astropecten aurantiacus. When

the bifurcation occurs near the origin of the arm, one might almost sup-

pose that the animal had two mouths. I know examples of this kind in

a small Asterina from the Mauritius and in Linckia multifora. When

the two points of union of the ambulacra are confounded in one, we have

six arms, two of which are united at the base (a Scytaster pistornis in the

Museum presents this case). See Linck, ‘De Stellis marinis,’ tab. xiv.

fir. 24, and tab. xl. fig. 70; Seba, ‘Thesaurus,’ ili. tab. viii. fig. 9; and

Treviranus, Zeitschr. fiir Physiol. iv. p. 124.

+ Before quitting this subject I may mention a peculiarity of Asteras

helianthus and some allied species (of the subgenus Heliaster). It has

already been said that we must not interpret the heteractinism observed

in some Asterida and Ophiurida as due simply to the fact that all the

arms proper to the species do not make their appearance originally, but

only a portion of them, the deficient portion being subsequently deve-

loped; and I added that, if such a case occurred among certain Kchino-

derms with many arms, it would be much more natural to suppose that

the new arms (rays) would originate alternately with the old ones than

that they should all spring from a single point. From the fact that we

find three long and threo short arms alternating with each other in a

23*

336 On Spontaneous Division in the Echinodermata.

That the faculty of regeneration is great in the Crinoids is

a well-known fact; but as regards division we know no more

about these animals than about the Echinida, in which, indeed,

it could only occur in the Clypeastride (Scutelline), which

are very flat; for it is possible only when the animal is con-

structed in such a manner that the deep wound produced by

this violent mutilation may cicatrize in a comparatively short

time, which also necessarily presupposes that the animal is

extremely tenacious of life, and endowed with a strong faculty

single specimen of a species, e.g. Linckia ornithopus, we cannot, of course,

draw any conclusion with respect to this. Now, in Astertas helianthus, it

seems to me to be beyond doubt that the number of arms is originally

small, and increases during the growth of the animal; and as this pecu-

liarity, so far as I know, has not hitherto been ascertained in any Echi-

noderm, I will here state in detail upon what I found my opinion. The

circumstance that the arms in the species in question are often of very

unequal length, leads one at once to conclude that some of them may be

younger than the others; moreover it is frequently the case that some

arms (1, 2, or 3 &c.) are so short that the supposition that they have

been subsequently intercalated between the others acquires considerable

force; lastly, we sometimes meet with an arm of which the extreme

smallness and the awkward position (entirely on the ventral surface, in a

slightly dilated brachial angle) can leave no doubt that it is relatively

much younger than the rest. If we compare a certain number of speci-

mens of different sizes (I have examined fifteen from 2 to 11 inches in

diameter) we acquire a general impression that the smaller they are the

fewer arms they possess. This rule, however, can only be taken in the

most general sense, and not as if the size and the number of arms consti-

tuted two completely parallel progressive series; but it is rarely that

several arms in a state of growth are united at the same point. The fol-

lowing Table shows that the smallest number of arms (23) occurs in the

smallest specimen, and the largest (41), which is nearly double the pre-

ceding, in a specimen which is only half adult :—

Diameter (approximate) Number

Number. in inches. of arms.

TL egypt cae Picea mee te Ba as 8s Gee 23

Diboarinads Baik ae sett dete: 8 Teenie RMA scdtts Bhs Oi ia

Don a terods cuare isiissass fey Sat ehsra re dilate 05 steec 30

21 ai ee a ot a er URS Bier 31

SHEN aE Ad thet oie atk C Seah. ie Bra ee a2

Gosek pois cusercvnene Bee Ls rere ck toe 33

(ORR eA RSA es ‘ST ognheeied eine Sorale ¢ 34

Oot caetne yr ekens there Oe ee st eee 31

1D i ence sinaiea eat Merc B iy aaa atAerso' 25616 38

IOs 345 SS eRe a AMA e850 Ooi 41

| hip pa bmS & AGE: PAR MAPA MER sloth oc 36

dss es Aviators aes Ge ee aeevleees 33

Sega ete a NEAT 5d colt 39

TARE ects epee oi cteee +o Re A LE ier 33

A US earache Mey Leds i AML he ben apelin tar sais 38

From No. 1 to No. 7 the augmentation in the number of the arms goes

f > 4

Bibliographical Notice. 337

of regeneration; but these are not the only conditions of division.

It is especially easy in flat animals or in those which are

slender and elongated ; when the animal is equally developed

in the three dimensions, the softness and contractility of the

body must be greater. Another condition is that the various

sections of the body must not differ too much as regards their

importance to the whole; but recent observations, showing

that even the head and fore part of the body of the Cheetopod

Annelides may be regenerated in many cases*, indicate that

this condition is not one of the most difticult to fulfil.

[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Jottings during the Cruise of H.M.S. Curagoa among the South-Sea

Islands in 1865. By Juxrus L. Brencutey, M.A., F.R.G.S. With

numerous [lustrations and Natural History Notices. Roy. 8vo,

pp- 487, pls. 50. Longmans, London: 1873.

Tere can be hardly any lover of natural history who has not

longed to visit the islands of the Pacific, and none who has not envied

the good fortune of Banks, Solander, and the two Forsters—voyagers

to whom nearly each plant and animal they saw was new, while

they were conscious of its novelty. That golden age is, indeed, ra-

pidly passing away; but the present generation need not sigh in

vain for worlds to explore. There are still hundreds of islands, not

to say clusters of islands, every one a world in itself, untrodden

by any white foot save that of the missionary or the whaler; and

it needs no saying that neither the fisher of men nor the fisher of

parallel with that of the diameter; but from the time when the latter

has acquired a certain magnitude, we do not see so clearly that there is a

connexion between the two quantities. Individuality is manifested by

one individual being provided earlier than another with the greater part

of its arms, or by its growing more slowly, but devoting its growth to the

formation of new arms.

I have at my disposal only three specimens of 4. microbrachia, of which

the diameter varies from 5 to 5 inches, whilst the number of arms at

the same time increases from 32 to 38. In four specimens of 4. Ku-

binjyt measuring from 1} to 6 inches, the number of arms varies only

from 21 to 24, and there is no parallelism between the number and the

diameter ; of A. Cummingit I only possess a single specimen (7+ inches,

41 arms). In A. (Pycnopodia) helianthoides also it seems that new arms

spring between the old ones.

* See Kinberg, “Om Regeneration af hufvudet och de friimre segmen-

terna hos en Annulat”’ (4fvers. Vetensk. Akad, Forhandl. 1867), and

Ehlers, ‘ Die Neubildung des Kopfes und des vorderen Kérpertheils bei

polychaten Anneliden’ (1869).

338 Bibliographical Notice.

beasts is much given to the promotion of natural history ; while of

course that wicked traffic which has of late years sprung up among

the isles of this broad ocean, and has excited the righteous indigna-

tion of all Christian people throughout the world, is yet less likely to

profit the naturalist.

The author of this book enjoyed the opportunity of visiting some

of these interesting islands as the guest of Commodore Sir William

Wiseman, then commanding Her Majesty’s ship ‘ Curacoa.’ Mr.

Brenchley was (for we regret to say we have to use the past tense

in speaking of him) apparently one of those numerous Englishmen

who go every where and do every thing short of writing books of

travels. Herein they often show their wisdom ; for the most ven-

turesome of wanderers and explorers are by no means always the

best penmen, and Mr. Brenchley seems to have had an instinctive

knowledge that this was his case. Though he had crossed the Rocky

Mountains long ere the Pacific Railroad was projected, and had lived

four years in the Sandwich Islands—though he had slipped down

the crater of Pichincha and had coasted along Peru and Chili—

though he had descended the Mississippi from its source and had

made a ‘home tour” in such comparatively tame countries as

Morocco and Algeria—though he had seen India and Ceylon, China

and Mongolia, Japan and Australasia, and had finally returned home

by the overland route of the Gobi Desert and Siberia, ‘‘ he was more

interested,” we are told, ‘‘ in collecting material objects, illustrative

and commemorative of his varied travels, than in devoting himself

to literary descriptions of them ;” and the work now before us ‘* was

the result of a promise.”

By whom the promise was exacted we know not, nor does it sig-

nify. Mr. Brenchley died in its performance. The preface to this

book, begun by the author, recounts the death of two of his ship-

mates, Mr. Foljambe and Mr. Meade, who had helped him in form-

ing, and of two naturalists, Dr. Baird and Mr. George Gray, who

had assisted him in determining his collections, and is finished by

an unnamed friend. The narrative of the cruise, we must confess,

is not very interesting. The “ jottings” taken while it lasted must

have indeed been very brief; and the author seems to have been

quite unaware of the chief points which deserved his attention,

though he was accompanied by men who were at least practical

naturalists :—one of the Messrs. Veitch; Mr. Wall, for many years

Curator of the Sydney Museum ; and Mr. Brazier, the shell-collector.

Indeed not a small part of the narrative is made up of extracts

from very well-known books, those of Erskine, Hood, Mariner,

Seemann, and Williams being especially laid under contribution. Of

course the dates of arrival at and sailing from the different islands

are duly given; but the original information concerning them and

their products is meagre. Asan average specimen we subjoin (from

Chap. V.) all that is said of the natural history of Vavau, an outlier

of the Tonga group.

‘The island seemed entirely clothed with vegetation, among

“which the casuarina, the pandanus, and cocoa-nut trees, were

Bibliographical Notice. 339

‘“‘ easily distinguishable ; the latter appearing to exist in greater

“« abundance than J had ever before remarked in any one place. We

“‘ saw a building resembling a church, with graves around it, and on

‘* the shore a whale-boat, two things indicative of civilization. There

‘“ were also a good many canoes and canoe houses. The Curacoa

“‘ was speedily surrounded by canoes with red-headed men, their

“‘ hair cut close to the scalp. These natives, who are of a brightish

*“ brown colour, are very well made, but with faces which, owing to

“ their extremely flattened noses and very wide nostrils, are by no

““ means pleasant to look on as compared with the natives of Savage

“Island. The greater part of their canoes were small; I saw one

“« double one, the ends of which were ornamented with milky cowrie

‘“* shells (Cypreea lactea). .. . . In the afternoon I went on shore

‘in the dingey. After crossing a reef, where I saw several varieties

“‘ of madrepores, I found a convenient landing-piace on a jetty of

‘“coral. On reaching the shore there were a few natives, who

‘‘ treated me with great respect... . . The country appeared to

“me very pleasing, pretty even, with convenient roads | the is!and is

“« the seat of a missionary |, or rather paths, in all directions, continu-

« ously shaded either by the leaves of the cocoa-nut tree, the bread-

“ fruit tree, or the kukui (Alewrites). The temperature was slightly

“ lower than that of the Samoan group, but the air so much dricr

“that I found it much more enjoyable than at Pango-Pango or

“ Apia, where I always felt as if I was in a vapour-bath. I saw

*‘ but two species of land-shells, very small and like those of Apia ;

“* the small birds, also, that I killed were similar to those I had pre-

‘‘ viously met with. I saw fields of yams, of taro of two kinds, sweet

‘* potatoes, bananas of three varieties, and pine-apples not yet ripe.

«A hibiscus covered with large yellow flowers was in abundance

“ everywhere ; the pawpaw apple, orange tree, pammelo or shad-

‘«* dock, the lemon, citron, and other trees grow marvellously well in

‘‘ the island, and yield, it appears, fine large fruit. No trees that I

‘‘ saw were at all remarkable for their circumference or height. A

““ species of ti-tree (Dracwna) here and there showed its flowers

«and fruits of a fine red. I also saw some plantations of ava, and

* frequently came upon patches of land in good condition for re-

*‘ ceiving crops. The ferns did not appear to me very numerous ;

“those I saw were of the same species I had previously met with

“‘in the Samoan Islands. I passed through several villages, and

** met a good many natives ; the women for the most part had their

«bosoms covered with a sort of small pinafore, which only reached

“< to the waist, and all of them had their hair cropped so close as to

‘“‘ make them undistinguishable, as far as their heads were con-

“cerned, from the men; and, by means of lime paste (chinam),

“‘ they brought the colour of their hair into a kind of harmony with

‘“‘ that of their skin, making their hair of a redder hue than is usual

“in Samoa.” e

After speaking of some of their industries, and quoting from Erskine

a description of their chapel, Mr. Brenchley briefly recounts his call

next day upon the Governor to procure horses with which to visit

340 Bibliographical Notice.

the interior. But his “ ride did not add much to the sum of our

knowledge respecting the island.” He goes on :—

“‘ The soil of Vavau is of a dull red, and of so friable a nature

“‘ that it crumbles in the hand like the ashes of Pompeii. Lava is

“to be found in many places, and a white stone riddled with holes,

‘‘ which some refer to the coral, but which appears to me to be

‘“‘ rather a species of lava, like that formerly thrown out by Vesu-

‘* vius, and which is still found in the Bay of Naples. This stone is

*« very hard, heavy, and susceptible of a very fine polish. The igneous

“ origin of these countries is, moreover, proved by the little island of

“ Latte, situated some miles to the west, where there is now an

‘«‘ active volcano, which I was sorry not to have visited.”

Then follows, from Mr. Meade’s manuscript journal *, an account of

the singular cave with its submarine entrance, originally described

by Mariner, and so ingeniously introduced by Byron into his poem

of ‘ The Island, though the fact was unknown at the time to the

writer. Mr. Brenchley concludes :—

‘“‘ The island possesses no indigenous mammifers, those now found

“in it being of recent introduction. On the other hand, there is

“a great quantity and variety of fish and crustacea. The birds, as I

‘‘ have already remarked, present no great variety of species, and

«‘ resemble those previously met with during our cruise.

“«« Besides the vegetables I have mentioned, cabbages and onions

are cultivated. ‘The principal product of the island is cocoa-nut

“ oil; sugar-cane is grown, but on a very small scale; the same

‘““ may be said of the cotton-plant.”

This is not satisfactory ; yet it is a fair if not favourable sample.

The author no doubt did do his best to redeem his promise of

writing a book about the cruise ; but we are forcibly reminded of the

old story of ‘Eyes and No Eyes.’ Yet the worst fault we have to

find with the volume is the absence of any connexion between the

author’s narrative and the “ Natural-History Notices” published at

the end: nowhere in the former is the slightest reference made to

the species figured or described in the latter: so that, if any of them

be mentioned in the text, we can only hazard an identification. This

is unfortunate ; for the plates (especially those by Mr. Ford) are

very good. Many new species were brought home by Mr. Brenchley

(some of them having been already described in our own pages,

while others appear now for the first time); and the names of Mr.

George Gray, Dr. Giinther, Dr. Baird, Mr. Frederick Smith, and

Mr. A. G. Butler, the joint authors of these ‘ Notices,” are suffi-

cient to require attention to them. It remains to say that 27 spe-

cies of Birds are figured, 9 of Reptiles, 12 of Fishes (besides 3 more

described), 33 of Shells (besides 1 more described), and 27 of In-

sects. Mr. Brenchley’s collections, we are told, have been divided

‘

”

* In the preface (p. vi) the author states that a variety of circum-

stances prevented his making use of the papers of this intelligent and

distinguished young officer, whose premature death was a severe loss to

the service ; but both here and elsewhere Mr. Brenchley’s volume con-

tains extracts from them.

Miscellaneous. 341

between the British Museum and that of Maidstone. There is also

a fair map, on which the ship’s course during the cruise is traced.

This was as follows :—Sydney to Norfolk Island, thence to Niue

or Savage Island, the Samoa group, the Friendly group (from Vavau,

already mentioned, in the north to Tongataboo in the south), then

to the Feejees and across to Anatom, then northward through the

New Hebrides and Banks Islands to Santa Cruz, thence to some

half dozen of the Solomon group, back again to Eramango in the

New Hebrides, and thence by the Loyalty Islands and New Caledonia

to Sydney. The book has the great merit of an Index.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On a new Species of Bubaline (Alcelaphus tora) from Abyssinia.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

Tue British Museum in the early part of the year received a young

specimen of a Bubaline from Abyssinia, which bore so much re-

semblance to the Caama from South Africa that I did not venture

to describe it as a distinct species until I should receive more

materials. The Museum has just received the skin &c. and the

skeletons of adult specimens of both sexes of this animal, which

proves to Le a most distinct and well-marked species.

These animals were sent to the Museum under the name of “Tora”

or “ Thora” (for the word is spelt in both ways) ; I therefore propose

to call it Alcelaphus tora,

Alcelaphus tora.

Bright pale bay; rump, inside of ears, and hinder side of legs

whitish brown; tail with a tuft of black bristles. Horns slender,

expanded, and rather recurved at the tip ; of the female slender.

Hab. Abyssinia (Dembelas).

The horns are slender compared with the other species of Alcela-

phus, and have some relation to those of the Sassayby, or Damalis

lunatus; but it has the long slender skull of Aleelaphus. The young

specimen, which appears to be a male, has shorter and thicker horns

than the two adults more lately received.

The male of the Tora (Alcelaphus tora) has a large, round,

convex tuft, abovt the size of a penny piece or larger, of darker hair

in front of each eye. This tuft is marked, but not so distinetly, in

the head of the young male and adult female. I do not find any

such tuft in the head of the male Bubaline in the Museum, which

was for many years alive in the Zoological Gardens ; but the hair of

the sides of the head in front of the eyes is longer than on the rest of

the face.

A young specimen of the Caama is figured, from a living specimen

in the Earl of Derby’s park, in the ‘ Knowsley Menagerie.’

342 Miscellaneous.

The species of Alcelaphus may be thus tabulated : —

a, Animal, including the inside of the ears and rump, uniform

brown, with a few black hairs on the underside of the tuft of

the tail. A. bubalis (the Bubale). North Africa.

6. Animal, including the rump, pale brown above, separated from the

pale beneath by a well-detined straight line on the sides ; inside

of ears white ; end of tail black. A. Lichtensteinii (the Godonko),

Eastern Africa (Peters’s ‘ Mossambique ’).

c. Animal brown ; inside of ears, rump, and back of legs whitish.

* Face, dorsal line, and outside of limbs brown, like the rest of

the animal; end of tail black. Horns diverging. A. tora

(the Tora). Abyssinia.

** Sides of the head, dorsal line, outside of limbs, and end of tail

black. Horns thick, erect. A. caama (theCaama). South

Africa.

The British Museum has a pair of horns sent by Mr. Fraser from

Tunis, which Mr. Blyth has described and figured as Boselaphus

major (P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 53, f. A, 1&2); and he says it has black

marks above the hoof: but I have never seen this animal in the

perfect state; and the horns are very like those of the common

Bubale.

On Rhopalorhynchus Kroyeri, a new Genus and Species of Pycno-

gonida. By James Woop-Mason, of Queen’s College, Oxford.

Much difference of opinion has prevailed with regard to the sys-

tematic position of the Pycnogonida, as to whether they should be

classed with the Crustacea or with the Arachnida. By one set of

naturalists (including Johnston, Milne-Edwards, De Quatrefages,

Kroyer, and Dana) they have been placed with the Crustacea; by

another, including Latreille, Erichson, Gersticker, and Huxley—who

separates them, as well as the Tardigrada and Pentastomida, from

the typical Arachnida (spiders, mites, and ticks) as an aberrant

order—with the Arachnida. Dr. Anton Dchrn*, who has recently

studied the embryology of these animals, finds that they are in no

way related to the Arachnida, that they resemble the Crustacea in

having a naupliform first developmental stage, but that from this

point the course of development ceases to exhibit any thing in common

with that of the Crustacea. Under these circumstances I have

thought it better to call the cheliceres, palps, and accessory legs

(= mandibles and first and second pairs of maxille of Kroyer) of

those who range the Pyecnogonida with the Arachnida, the /first,

second, anl third pairs of cephalic appendages respectively, thus

avoiding the use of terms implying affinities and homologies that

may not in reality exist.

RaHoPALORHYNCHtS Tt, gen. nov., Wood-Mason.

Corpus lineare, gracillimum, annulis thoracis perdistinctis, cylin-

* Jenaische Zeitschrift, 1869.

+ poradoy, clava; piyyxos, rostrum.

Miscellaneous. 343

dricis, utrinque dilatatis, processibusque lateralibus magnis, ob-

conicis. Rostrum uniarticulatum, elongatissimum (corporis lon-

gitudinem pene squans), clavatum, ore triradiato. Annulus

oculiger in collum vix coarctatus. Appendices cephalice prim

paris absunt: appendices cephalice secundi paris tenuissime,

rostro longiores, novemarticulate, articulis secundo tertioque elon-

gatis: appendices cephalice tertii paris paulo longiores, ex decem

confecte articulis—quorum quartus sextusque sunt elongatissimi,

terminalesque quatuor prehensiles ac margine interiore serrati

eiliatique—in utroque adsunt sexu; appendices utriusque paris,

secundi ad tertium, tertii ad quartum articulum, sunt geniculate.

Tuberculus oculiger in postica annuli parte est situs. Pedes gra-

cillimi, inermes, equales, corpore (rostro incluso) duplo longiores,

unguibus auxiliaribus armati sunt nullis. Abdomen uniarticu-

latum, obtuse conicum, perbreve, vix distinguendum.

Rhopalorhynchus Kroyert, n. sp.

Body linear, smooth. The rostrum is almost as long as the rest of

the body, movably articulated to the middle of the anterior end of

the oculigerous somite, slender and filiform nearly to its middle,

whence it expands and finally narrows to its obtuse extremity ; when

examined in profile, the convex upper contour of the expanded

portion is seen to carry two minute forwardly directed spines, the -

one behind the other in the middle line. The mouth is situated at

the extremity of the rostrum and has the form of a triradiate slit,

the three slits being so disposed that a circle described from the

point in which they meet so as to pass through their free extremities

would be by them divided into three equal sectors. The ocular

tubercle is erect, occupies the posterior half of the segment on which

it is placed, and has the form of a short cylinder surmounted by a

minute cone, the eyes being situated partly on the cylinder and

partly on the cone, at points corresponding, as usual, to the extremities

of the arms of a St. Andrew’s cross. A very distinct crescentic

suture, bounding the base of the ocular tubercle posteriorly and

curving forwards and outwards, so that (if produced far enough) it

would pass out just in front of the first pair of legs, divides the

oculigerous from the first thoracic somite.

The cephalic appendages of the first pair are absent. Those of

the second pair are about once and two thirds as long as the rostrum,

with which they lie in the same horizontal line, being articulated

one on each side of it to the anterior end of the oculigerous somite,

are filiform, excecsively slender, and composed of nine joints: the

first joint is subglobular, being nearly as broad as long, much broader

than any of the succeeding joints ; the second greatly elongated and

slightly expanded at the apex; the third is very short and slightly

curved; the fourth is greatly elongated, but not so much so as the

second; the fifth is shorter than either of the four equal terminal

joints, which, together with the fifth and the distal half of the

fourth, are fringed with short and very delicate cilia. Those of the

third pair are also extremely slender, are articulated, a little

344. Miscellaneous.

posteriorly and internally to the second pair, to minute processes

springing from the ventral arc of the oculigerous somite and meeting

in the middle line: they are composed of ten joints, of which the

first is minute, the two next equal and cylindrical ; the fourth greatly

elongated and just perceptibly expanded at the apical end ; the fifth

short, scarcely longer than the second of the two basal joints, and

curved ; the sixth is likewise greatly elongated, but more expanded

at the apex and longer than the third; the four terminal joints are

short, slightly decrease in length from the first to the last, which

comes suddenly to a subacute incurved point forming a sort of claw,

are curved, fringed on their inner and concave margins with cilia and

minute spinules, and capable of being coiled tightly together so as to

form a prehensile organ.

Both pairs of appendages are elbowed at a short joint intercalated

between two long ones, viz. the second pair between the second and

fourth, the third between the fourth and sixth joints.

In many other species the terminal joints of the thirdgpair of

cephalic appendages (pedes accessorir) will probably be foun@ to be

similarly modified as a prehensile organ; an examination of O. F.

Miiller’s faithful figures of Nymphon grossipes, Fabr., in the ‘ Zoolo-

gia Danica’* would, in fact, alone suffice to show the existence of

such a modification in that species, even if Kroyer+ had not described

it in his diagnoses of the genera Nymphon and Zetes, without, how-

ever, offering any interpretation of the structure.

The oculigerous somite has its anterior margin straight, and is but

faintly constricted in front of the eye-tubercle.

The first thoracie somite, if its distinctness from the oculigerous

somite be admitted, is very short. Of the remaining somites the

second and third are subequal, the former being, if any thing, the

longer, are as perfectly cylindrical and nearly as long as, but slightly

stouter than, the filiform proximal moiety of the rostrum, and are

suddenly expanded at their articular ends, each somite presenting

the appearance of a cylinder with a greatly truncated cone affixed by

its truncated surface to each end. The fourth and last somite is

scarce half the length of those that precede it, and is similarly ex-

panded at its anterior end only. From the sides of the expansions

at the posterior extremity of the second and third spring two some-

what inflated outwardly directed obconic processes, which might at

first sight be mistaken for the first of the basal joints of the legs

from their close similarity to these, but which are in reality one with

the somite from which they arise ; precisely similar processes carry

the legs both of the first and of the last somite, in which, however,

they diverge like the arms of the letter Y. Wedged in between the

roots of these processes of the last somite and the posterior boundary

of its ventral arc lies a minute obtusely conical tubercle with a large

circular (anal) aperture at its extremity. This is the abdomen, a

very evident, though rudimentary, structure in most Pycnogonida,

and even biarticulate in one species (in Zetes hispidus, Kroyer); but

* Op. cit. pl. exix. figs. 5 & 8.

+ Naturhist. Tidssk. 1844, pp. 108 & 116.

Miscellaneous. 345

here so reduced in size as to be quite invisible from above, and only

demonstrable with difficulty from below, whence it appears in ordi-

nary positions under the microscope as a convex ovoidal or heart-

shaped plate ; it, moreover, looks downwards and slightly backwards,

instead of upwards and backwards or directly backwards, as it usually

does.

The legs are long, slender, simple, equal in length, rather more

than twice as long as the body (including the rostrum), and are com-

posed of eight joints, terminated by a weak slightly curved claw.

Their three basal joints are as broad as long, equal, and almost glo-

bular; the fourth is club-shaped at the distal end; the fifth is all

but as long as the fourth, and, with the remaining joints, perfectly

filiform ; the sixth is shorter and about twice the length of the two

last together ; these are subequal.

millims,

Length of the body (including the rostrum) ............ 13

MRE ACESS etre RIN es stony eh ore, tae Tis cea ty ake che xe 26

- », second pair of cephalic appendages ........ 10

- Shae eere: 3 “5 SS ORS gether sah: 12

From the linear form of the body and the slenderness of the legs

I conclude that my specimen is a male—a conclusion by no means

invalidated by the presence of the third pair of cephalic appendages,

which, being apparently invariably developed in both sexes through-

out several genera (Nymphon, &c.), consequently possesses no value

in the determination of questions of sex.

Hab. Dredged by the writer at Port Blair, Andaman Islands, in

25 fathoms of water, at which depth the bottom was clothed with a

dense tangle of delicate filamentous alge so closely resembling the

animal in point of colour and form that the latter was with difficulty

distinguishable.

In conclusion, I dedicate the first species of Pyenogonida hitherto

discovered in these seas to the memory of the illustrious Danish

naturalist whose name is so indissolubly connected with the history

both of the Pycnogonida and of the lower Crustacea.—Journal of

the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. xli. part 2 (1873).

On the Development of Distomum nodulosum. By O. von Liystow.

The author has ascertained that Distomwm nodulosum is not pro-

duced from the Cercaria Planorbis carinati as supposed by De Filippi,

but from another form which was not previously known.

To follow the migrations of this worm the author put individuals .

full of ova into a vase containing freshwater mollusca (Lymneus,

Paludina, Planorbis, Valvata, &e.). The Distoma were soon de-

composed and their ova were set free. The first embryos were

hatched in two or three days; they swam about rapidly by

means of their vibratile covering. It was in the alimentary canal

of certain Cheetopod Annelids by which they had been swallowed

that M. von Linstow was best able to follow the first transformations

of these larvee ; they had lost their cilia, and there was clearly to be

346 Miscellaneous.

distinguished an anterior protuberance, which was already visible in

the embryo when free in the water. The examination of the mol-

lusea did not furnish conclusive results. Most of the individuals

contained Cercariz ; but these belonged to several species ; so that it

was impossible to make out which of them were derived from Dis-

tomum nodulosum. However, by far the most abundant form in

Paludina impura was a species furnished with an aculeus, and re-

sembling D. nodulosum in the form and dimensions of its sucking-

disks. This Cercaria is developed in sporocysts, completely destitute

of structure, but often presenting a protuberance resembling that

seen in the larvee which penetrated into the interior of the Annelids,

The sporocysts increase by transverse division ; they never contain

more than a few Cercariez, and sometimes only a single one. In the

Paludina these Cerearize become encysted, losing their tails and at

the same time their aculeus, which the author saw detach itself.

Specimens of Paludina impura are found containing only sporocysts

and free Cercariz, others which contain only encysted Cercarie, and

‘others, again, with all three forms.

The author administered the cysts to four small perch. These

fishes were opened two hours afterwards ; and in two of them M. von

Linstow discovered a certain number of young Distoma which proved

to be D. nodulosum. These experiments therefore seem to prove

that the ova of these Trematoda fall into the water, from which the

embryos pass into Mollusca, from which they reach the fishes without

penetrating into an intermediate host.

A curious fact observed in this species is its presence under a diffe-

rent form in Acerina cernua. The author has found on the outer

surface of the intestine of this fish delicate cysts which, when rup-

tured, gave issue to young specimens of D. nodulosum, presenting all

the characters of the species. Some of them already possessed the

vitellogene and the germinogene, the testes and the cirrus-sac.

He has also found the same cysts with the same contents, together

with free young D. nodulosa in the same state of development, in the

intestine of Perca fluviatilis, which they had evidently reached with

an individual of Acerina cernua. The walls of the cysts are much

more delicate than those occurring in Paludina impura ; the cysts

are also much larger, measuring 0:4 millim, or more instead of 0:07

millim.; moreover the animal contained in them is much further

advanced in development.

The author explains in the following manner the presence of the

parasite under these exceptional circumstances. There must be two

modes of transport of the Cercariz into fishes. In the first case the

fish eats a Paludina containing encysted Cercariz ; the Cercariz are

set free by the digestion of the cysts and attain their sexual state in

the intestine of the fish. In the second case the Acerina cernua

eats a mollusk containing free Cercarix, or else these larve pass

directly into the fish. They pierce the intestine by means of their

aculeus and encyst themselves on the outside of the wall of that organ.

During their course through the intestine they increase in size, because

they find suitable nourishment there.

Leuckart has laid down the principle that only the encysted Distoma

Miscellaneous. 347

are transferable. M. von Linstow thinks that this opinion is correct

if we understand thereby that a state of encystation is always neces-

sary before a Distomum can be developed freely in the intestine. If

a free Cercaria reaches its definitive host,it may continue to live there,

but it becomes encysted.—Archi fiir Naturg. 1873, p. 1; Bibl.

Univ. August 15, 1873, Bull. Sct. p. 328.

Manufactured Glassrope. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S, &e.

There have lately been sold at a natural-history sale two or three

specimens of the glassrope (Hyalonema) from Japan of an extra-

ordinary thickness, made up of a very large number of siliceous

fibrous spicules, which at the free end diverge in the most extra-

ordinary manner into a bunch six or seven inches wide. The size,

and especially the fibres being separated from each other and twisted

in different directions, so that the spiral turns did not match each

other, excited my suspicions, which were confirmed by the mass of

black pitchy matter with which their base was covered.

The larger specimen was made to appear the most perfect, and

was about four inches in circumference about three inches from the

base. This part, above the black pitchy substance, is covered with

the usual bark for about two or three inches height. When this

animal coat or so-called bark was carefully examined, it was found

to have no real connexion with the spicules, and to be made up of

pieces of bark taken from other specimens and fixed across the bunch

of filaments, the grooves between the pieces looking lke wrinkles.

These specimens are evidently made for sale, probably by the same

French taxidermist that made the specimens formerly noticed.

I am sorry to say they found purchasers at prices which the

separate glassy filaments of which they are composed would not have

fetched. ‘The larger specimens have a usual-sized specimen, partly

denuded of its bark, attached by a black pitchy substance to its base,

Note on certain Species of Phasmide hitherto referred to the Genus

Bacillus. By James Woop-Mason, of-Queen’s College, Oxford.

The discovery which I have to announce, viz. that the true males

of Bacillus insignis and its allies are to be sought in insects of the

type of Lonchodes stilpnus, Westw., Lonchodes pseudoporus, Westw.,

Lonchodes Russellii, Bates, &c., affords another instructive illustra-

tion not only of the extreme imperfection of our knowledge of this

family of Orthopterous insects, but also of the utter futility of any

attempt satisfactorily to distribute the species composing it into

genera, until we shall be in possession of the true pairs of many

more of the described species.

In 1869 M. Henri de Saussure* proposed, prematurely as it turns

out, to divide the genus Bacillus into three subgenera—one (Bacillus)

for the reception of B. Rossii and its allies, another (Ramulus) for

B. humilis, Westw., B. carinulatus, Sauss., &c., and a third (Baculum)

for B. cunicularis, Westw., B. ramosus, Sauss., &c. ; and in the first

part of my memoir on the Phasmide +, I provisionally referred to

* Mél. Orth. fasc. ii. pp. 111 & 112.

t Journ. A. 8. B. 1873, pt. ii, no. 1.

348 Miscellaneous.

the last-named subgenus one known and three new species, pointing

out that these agreed together in having the last dorsal abdominal

segment longitudinally grooved, and mentioning, in the description

of each species, the presence, in the posterior border of this segment,

of an emargination filled by a well-developed supraanal plate, which

is invariably to be found in the females of all species of Lonchodes.

I have long felt convinced that the insect of which a description is

appended was the male of my Bacillus (Baculum) insignis, but have

thought it better to wait for evidence confirmatory of the fact. This

has at length reached me from Ceylon, thanks to Mr. Hugh Nevill,

C.C.C., who has been kind enough to send me, amongst other species of

great interest andvalue, the two sexes of an insect agreeing admirably

with M. de Saussure’s * description of L. pseudoporus, Westw.

The discovery of the male of B. insignis will obviously also neces-

sitate the transference of the following species to the genus Lon-

chodes :—Bacillus cunicularis et hyphereon, West.; B. patellifer et

scytale, Bates; B. ramosus, Sauss., B. Penthesilea et furcillatus, W ood-

Mas.: and I strongly suspect that B. Woodwardi et scabriusculus

will eventually have to follow them to the same genus.

Lonchodes insignis.

. Bacillus (Baculum) insignis, Wood-Mason, Journ. A.S. B. vol. xli.

1873, pp. 51 & 52, pl. v. figs. 1 & 2.

g. Body of excessive tenuity. Antenne perfectly filiform, 24-

jointed, reaching nearly to the apex of the anterior femora. The

head is almost a complete miniature of that of the female, and, in the

specimen from which the dimensions given below are taken, has two

minute tubercles between the eyes, representing the well-developed

horns of the opposite sex. Three dark dorsal streaks, one median

and two lateral, pass along the whole length of the body from the head

to the end of the sixth abdominal segment. Both meso- and meta-

thorax are dilated at either end, but especially at the insertion of the

legs, and have each a raised median dorsal carina. The six basal

abdominal segments are slightly expanded at each end, as in spirit

specimens of the female ; the seventh and eighth are shorter than the

preceding, subequal, and gradually widen, the former from the base

to the apex, the latter from the apex to the base ; the last is scarcely

longer than these, and cleft for rather more than a third of its length,

but the sides of the cleft are so closely approximated that no hiatus

is visible as in many other species ; seen from the side, this segment

terminates in an obtuse, scarcely deflexed tip. The legs are devoid

of all traces of the foliaceous lobes so conspicuous in the female, but

present the same generalstructure ; the intermediate femora are just

perceptibly curved; and the four posterior tibize have a few incon-

spicuous spinules towards the apical end.

Total length 4 in. 74 lin., ant. 153, head 2, proth. 12, mesoth. 12,

metath. 11, abd. 24+6=30 lin., ant. legs 194 224+ 63=4 in., inter.

legs 12+1245=2 in. 5 lin., post. legs 154+16+443=3 in.

Hab. Samagooting, Naga Hills, with the female. Collected by

Captain Butler.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, July

1873.

* Op. cit. pp. 120 & 121.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES.]

‘No. 71. NOVEMBER 1873.

XLIV.—On the HEXACTINELLID and LITHISTIDA generally,

and particularly on the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and

Farree, together with Facts elicited from their Deciduous

Structures, and Descriptions respectively of Three New

Species. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &c.

{Plates XTII.—X VII. ]

THIS paper wascommenced with observations on some deciduous

specimens of the Hexactinellide from the deep sea, in which

the influence of an absorbing process (to be mentioned here-

after) had rendered the sexradiate spicules, on which the

vitreous fibre had originally been deposited, again recognizable.

It was then found necessary to study the Hexactinellide and

Lithistide (that is, Dr. J. E. Gray’s Coralliospongia ex parte)

generally for a better understanding of this process, and par-

ticularly the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and the Farree, as

it was in the deciduous fibre of such sponges that the facts

desired were, if possible, to be ascertained. During this study

much information hitherto unknown has been obtained, and

three new species of vitreous sponges discovered.

I shall first, therefore, give the results of my investigations

of Dr. Gray’s Coralliospongia &c., under the heads respectively

of “Hexactinellide” and “ Lithistide ”—afterwards an ac-

count of the specimens respectively to which I shall have to refer

when the spicules of the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and

the Farree in the living state have been described and I

come to the identifying of them in the deciduous structures—

and, lastly, a short summary of what these structures have

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 24

350 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide.

revealed, together with a description of a new species of

Farrea and a new genus of vitreous sponges.

I must here premise that whatever value the contents of

this paper may possess is all due to the unceasing exertions

of my friend Dr, J. E. Gray to place before me all the oppor-

tunities in his power, and afterwards to urge me to publish

my observations.

In 1867, Dr. J. E.Gray proposed the term “ Coralliospongia”’

for a certain group of sponges (“ Notes on the Arrangement of

Sponges,” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 505), as follows :—

“ Order I. CORALLIOSPONGIA.

“Sponge hard, coral-like. Skeleton entirely formed of

siliceous spicules anchylosed together by siliceous matter,

forming a netted mass covered with sarcode.”

Nothing can be more appropriate, both in name and defini-

tion, than this diagnosis. Dr. Gray had before him in

particular the great, stony, shallow, expanded, stalked, dish-

shaped masses of Dactylocalyx pumiceus, Stutchbury (P. Z. 8.

1841, p. 86), and that of MacAndrewia azorica described by

himself (P. Z. 8S. 1859, p. 438, pl. xv.), both in the British

Museum, and each more than a foot in diameter. .

In 1869, Dr. Bowerbank published his “‘ Monograph of the

Siliceous Sponges” (P. Z. S. May and June 1869, parts 1. &

ii. pls. xxi.-xxv. & pls. i1.-vi.), m which we find details of

the same specimens, appearing respectively under the names of

“ Dactylocalyx pumiceus” and “ Dactylocalyx MacAndrewit.”

So far as the term “ Coralliospongia”’ goes, Dr. Gray was

right ; but the details of Lens Aldous’s figures in Dr. Bower-

bank’s monograph show that MacAndrewva azorica might be

a family of that order, but could not be a species of Dac-

tylocalyx—that is to say, that the elements of Dactylocalyx

pumiceus are those of a sexradiate sponge, while those of

MacAndrewia azorica belong to a quadriradiate system. (I

call the “ quadriradiate system” that in which the shaft of

the spicule divides into three branches, as in the Geodinide,

more typically shown in the four-armed spicule of Pachastrella,

where, the arms being nearly equal in length, that which

might be termed the “ shaft” is often hardly distinguishable

from the rest.) Yet Dr. Bowerbank has changed the name

of “ MacAndrewia azorica” to Dactylocalyx MacAndrewii,”

thus erring both in grouping and nomenclature.

At the same time Dr. Bowerbank has distinctly shown in

his figures, although he has not recognized the fact in his

descriptions, that there are two systems, and that while sexra-

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 351

diate spicules characterize one, a trifid branching of the shaft

or quadriradiate form characterizes the other system.

In 1868, Prof. Wyville Thomson’s classification of these

sponges appeared under the name of “ Vitrea,” to which Prof.

Thomson added what Dr. Gray had excluded from his Coral-

liospongia, viz. the sarcospiculous Hexactinellide (ex. gr.

Hyalonema &c.)—that is, the Hexactinellidee which are not

vitreous (Annals, vol. i. p. 119, Feb. 1868).

But in his fifth genus Prof. Thomson also includes the two

species mentioned under the head of “ Dactylocalyx,” viz.

“ Dactylocalyx pumicea [ pumiceus ?], Stutchbury, and Dacty-

localyx azorica, Gray,” = MacAndrewia azorica, Gray. (See

also Prof. Wyville Thomson’s “ genus 4,” Phil. Trans. 1869,

pt: 1- p. 713.)

At length, in 1870, the results of Schmidt’s examination of

the deep-sea sponges sent to him from America were published

(‘ Grundziige einer Spongienfauna des atlantischen Gebietes ’),

in which the two systems are respectively recognized under

the heads of ‘‘ Hexactinellide ” and “ Lithistide ”’—the former

for the sexradiate, and the latter for the triradiate type, our

quadriradiate system. The result of this examination shows

plainly how much more Schmidt would have done with these

systems with more time and more material at his disposal.

I had noticed this distinction before seeing Schmidt’s work,

in my “ Fossil Spicules of the Greensand ” (Annals, vol. vii.

pp- 117, 118, Feb. 1871), where, instead of the term “‘tri-

radiate,” [had proposed “ ternate”” &c. ; but without reference

to this in particular, it will be easily seen that if we are to

call those sponges /exactinellid whose central canal at one

point consists of six arms, the other group, whose central

canal at one point consists of four arms (viz. that of the

shaft and its three branches together), should be termed

“ quadrivadiate” to be consistent. The term “ triradiate ”

does not suffice for the latter, which must be either “ quadri-

radiate ’’ or, as I had before proposed, “ ternate ” or ‘ trifid.”

Then, again, if we adopt “ ternate”’ or “ trifid,” to be con-

sistent we must change “ hexactinelid” to “ quinate” or

“ quinquefid ;”’ for in the larger-headed spicules of the Hexacti-

nellide the shaft is often so marked that we have to describe

it under this term, while the minute sexradiate spicules being

for the most part eqgudarmed, no other term can be used for

them than “ sexradiate.”

I have endeavoured to show that in the development of a

sponge-spicule which is not equiradiate, the primary form

is a straight line, from whose central canal branches are

subsequently given off to form the rest of the spicule proper

24*

352 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide.

(Annals, vol. ix. p. 430, pl. xxii. fig. 16, June 1872). The

ornamental parts, such as spines &c., although no doubt

in the original design, are not attended by any alteration in

the central canal, and therefore do not belong to the “ spicule

proper.” I call the “ spicule proper” that fundamental form

which is marked out by the central canal and its branches ; and

these do not run into the ornamental portions.

But whatever may be the terms finally adopted for the

spicular systems of the Hexactinellide and Lithistide respec-

tively, it is perfectly. evident that in the grouping of these

sponges we cannot include the sarcospiculous Hexactinellide,

viz. Hyalonema &c., under either of the terms “ Corallio-

spongia”’ or ‘ Vitrea;” while the name “ Hexactinellide ”

refers rather to the elements than to the general character of

these sponges.

All sponges begin their development from the ovum in the

form of a sarcodic embryo; after which come the spicules,

and lastly the fibre, which converts the skeleton-spicules into

an axis, whether this fibre be vitreous or horny. Hence, as

the sarcodic precedes the vitreous state, the latter would rank

as a superior development to that of the sarcospiculous Hex-

actinellidge, in which the sarcode never passes into either horny

or vitreous fibre, but remains simply hardened and amorphous.

So it seems to me desirable that we should discard this

“order” altogether, and distribute the groups of the Hexacti-

nellidze among the divisions of the Spongiadee in accordance

with what I have proposed in the footnote to my paper on

the points of distinction between the Spongiade and Foramini-

fera (Annals, vol. xi. pp. 355-356, May 1873).

To understand this suggestion, however, it is necessary to

premise that the vitreous fibre of the Hexactinellide is merely

horny fibre silicified, and that the spicules of the species are

imbedded in this, after the same manner respectively as they

are imbedded in the fibre of sponges generally. This being

the fact, we might expect to find certain Hexactinellide with

their spicules all confined to the interior of the silicified fibre,

as the spicules in the horny fibre of my third division, viz. the

“‘Chalinide ”—then that the fibre in another group of the

Hexactinellidee is more or less echinated with spicules in

addition to those contained in the interior, as in my fourth

division, viz. the “‘ Armate ”’—or the spicules supported by

amorphous sarcode alone, as in the fifth division, viz. the

“‘ Renierine,’’ wherein, too, would come our quadriradiate

system, or Schmidt’s “ Lithistide,”’ in which I think the

filigreed terminations of the arms interlocking with each other,

rather than the presence of vitreous fibre, chiefly bind the

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellidee. B52

whole structure together; for, indeed, if divested of this filigreed

development, as is the case with the surface-spicules of Dacty-

localyx Bowerbankii, Johnson (which are simply trifid-headed

shafts with the shaft projecting internally and the trifid heads

horizontally), they would be reduced to the state of similar

spicules in the Geodinide and in Pachastrella (that is, held

together only by the amorphous sarcode of the dermis), and

would thus form a group in my fifth division.

We shall see by-and-by that, while the glassy skeleton of

the Hexactinellide is formed by a vitrification of the sarcode

or horny fibre, that of the Lithistide is formed by a vitrified

extension of the spicule.

Assuming this, I shall for the present give lists respec-

tively of the Hexactinellide and Lithistidee which have already

been described, grouping them, according to the best of my

judgment, as their characters seem to indicate, and following

each by a short commentary. After which I shall take the

branched tube-net sponges (that is, the Aphrocallistide, in

which we must include Larrea and Aulodictyon) for the special

subject of this paper, returning to the other groups for more

detailed description at a future time when it may be more con-

venient. I shall also, for the present, use the terms ‘‘sex-

radiate” for the Hexactinellide, and “ quadriradiate” for the

Lithistide.

As the spicule of the Hexactinellide and-Lithistide is, like

that of all other sponges, developed from a single point or

minute cell, which, by linear extension, becomes the central

canal on which the vitreous layers of the spicule are sub-

sequently built, we find that in the Hexactinellide the spicules

are produced by a more or less uniform radiation from the

central cell ¢mmediately ; while in the Lithistide the spicules

are formed by a more or less uniform ériradiation subsequently,

or from one extremity of the primary cell after it has un-

dergone linear extension,—that is, that this half of the shaft

is transformed into three arms, and that, too, probably com-

mencing a little beyond the central cell, as an inflation of the

shaft, often just below the head, leaving a kind of neck or more

constricted portion, would seem to indicate. (See especially the

large trifid spicules of the Geodinide &c.)

With reference to the Hexactinellidz, it is also necessary to

premise that there are here, as in most of the Spongiade, large

spicules which are only concerned in the formation of the sup-

porting structure or skeleton, which we shall term “ skeleton-

spicules,” and minute spicules which belong entirely to the

sarcode, which will be termed “ flesh-spicules’’—also that the

latter here often afford a valuable character in conjunction with

354 Mr. 1. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide.

others for specific distinction ; but while the former remain

under all circumstances in the dried specimen, the latter, unless

accidentally included in the material which binds together the

large spicules (a very rare occurrence), will, if the sarcode has

passed into dissolution before the specimen is taken up for

preservation, inevitably fall through the reticulated structure

of the skeleton, as small pebbles through the meshes of a

fishing-net. Hence the distinguishing character furnished by

the minute or flesh-spicules will be lost or retained as the case

may be; while, as some sponges have no minute spicule,

its absence then must be determined by the presence of the

sarcode, since if the sarcode be preserved the minute spi-

eule will be in it if there be one, and if not the contrary.

Thus it should be remembered that a sponge possessing the

fesh-spieule in the natural state may not have it in the dried

one, and that this remark applies to the Spongiade generally.

So far, all the Hexactinellide that have been made known

possess a minute or flesh-spicule in the form of a “rosette,”

which may be defined to be an equiarmed, sexradiate spicule,

from the ends of whose arms respectively proceed a certain

number of rays which, although the same on each arm of the

specimen, may vary in form, number, and arrangement with

the species, but always project from the ends of the arms, which

corresponding to the six sides of a cube, the whole, when the

spicule is perfect, forms a more or less spherical rosette.

The term “rosette” first appears in Dr. Bowerbank’s

‘ British Spongiade ’ (vol. ii. p. 189 &c.), as indirectly applied

to a globular group of inequianchorate spicules well delineated

in his plate xvii. fig. 297 (vol. 1., op. czt.) as illustrations of

an Esperia (Hymeniacidon lingua, B.). These are also flesh-

spicules. Then Prof. Thomson, in describing Askonema

(‘ Depths of the Sea,’ p. 428), directly applies the term to the

flesh-spicules of this sexradiate sponge. 1 now intend to

apply it generally to the flesh-spicules of the Hexactinellidee

which possess this form, designating it according to its

differences in a way which I hope will be found less oppressive

to the memory, and therefore more practicable, than Dr-

Bowerbank’s “ Terminology.”

As before stated, we find in most sponges two distinct classes

of spicules, viz. those which’ belong to the skeleton (skeleton-

spicules) and those whieh belong to the sarcode (flesh-

spicules), The skeleton-spicules sooner or later are all involved

in the formation of this structure, while an enclosure of the

latter is an exception so rare that the flesh-spicule may be said

never to become united to the skeleton-structure. However

remarkable it may be that the flesh-spicules should be inti-

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 355

mately mixed up with the skeleton-spicules of the sponge

without ever being taken into the structure of the latter, such

is the case.

Among the vitreous Hexactinellide, however, there is a

sexradiate spicule of the skeleton-structure so minute and so

plentiful that it might easily pass for a “‘ rosette,” were it not

tor the following differences, viz. that it never goes beyond the

simple ox first sexradiate division (that is, where the distin-

guishing form of the rosette, viz. the rays, commence), and is

always more or less involved in or cemented to the vitreous

skeleton (Pl. XIII. fig. 1). Thus it often appears in Aphrocal-

listes Bocaget and in the Farree, as will hereafter be seen,

where, although essentially a skeleton-spicule, it is so much

smaller than that which formed the basis of the original fibre

that I cannot help viewing it as an “ afterformation.” Be

this as it may, it is so mixed up with the rosette in Farrea

infundibuliformis,-one of the “ new species” to be described

hereafter, that it is desirable to notice the existence of such a

spicule in order that it may not be confounded with the

rosettes in any sexradiate sponge, besides those mentioned, im

which it may be found to occur (Pl. XVII. figs. 2-4).

From this we pass to a consideration of the “ rosette”

itself (in connexion with our illustrations), which is essentially

a flesh-spicule of the kind above mentioned, but of course

subject to modifications.

The simplest form appears to be that in which the six

arms are long and respectively terminated by two divergent

pointed rays (Pl. XIII. fig. 2); or the arms may be short with

dual rays (fig. 3); or the arms short with a variable plurality _

of the same kind of rays (fig. 4). *

(Here it should be noticed that, for the sake of perspicuity,

the fifth and sixth arms (fig. 2,¢c)—that is, the third axis—

will not be introduced in the illustrations after fig. 2.)

Then the dual ray may be straight and capitate, when we

get the form fig. 5, where the spines of the head are few and

long (tig. 5, a, b,c) ; or the arms, still short, may have straight

capitate rays in variable plurality (fig. 6), where the spies of

the head are short and numerous (tig. 6, a, 6) ; or the arms may

be long with the same kind of rays (fig. 7) ; or the arms variable

in length in different rosettes, and furnished with a multitude

of straight capitate rays of unequal length in the same group

(figs. 8 & 16):—the pappiform variety. Here the ends of the

arms also are conically inflated and provided with tubercles,

each of which supports a ray.

Or the rays may be sigmoid, capitate, and arranged en

fleur-de-lis expanded generally (fig. 9) ; or the same en flewr-de-

356 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide.

lis contracted below and only expanded above (fig. 10); or

sigmoid, clavate, capitate, and toothed outwardly, with the

lower third or inward curve of the ray diminished to almost

nothing, arranged en fleur-de-lis (fig. 11, a, b); or sigmoid

and without head, subulate, with flexed extremity diminishing

to almost nothing in the lower third or inward curve, also

arranged en fleur-de-lis (figs. 12 & 15):—the pappiform

rosette with flexed ray. Here, too, the ends of the arms are

conically inflated and tubercled for the support of the rays

generally, ending on the summit in a straight coarse spine

(fig. 15, c). The lowest portion of the ray being stouter than

that which follows it, is frequently left attached to the end

of the arm both here and in the foregoing form, as shown in

fig. 15, d.

Then there is the rosette with elongated axis, shaft-like

and straight spines or rays, sometimes pointed, sometimes

capitate (figs. 17 & 18), sparsely associated with the globular

forms (figs. 6 & 7) which characterize Aphrocallistes Bocaget,

and which, with fig. 19 from <Aphrocallistes beatrix, whose

spines are also sometimes capitate, appear to be the transi-

tional forms between the globular rosette on the one hand

and the large spined shaft (fig. 20) peculiar to Aphrocallistes

beatriz on the other, the globular form being altogether

absent in the latter.

Also the birotulate spicule (fig. 21), consisting of a straight

subspined shaft with eight separate recurved blades, which

is the flesh-spicule of Hyalonema &c., but not unfrequently

assumes the sexradiate form (fig. 22), when it becomes a

“‘yosette.” There is also a four-armed variety, so that the

irotulate spicule may be said to be two-, and occasionally

four- or six-headed; while three similar forms occur in

Hyalonema on which there are no heads, but where the

ends (and sometimes the whole surface) are covered with thick

short vertical spines. (See Dr. Bowerbank’s Brit. Spongiade,

vol. 1. pl. vi. figs. 153-157.)

Lastly, as regards varieties of the “ globular rosette,” the

rays are sometimes once-branched (fig. 13); sometimes the

head of the ray is echinated generally with spines (fig. 13, a) ;

in others the avms alone have become enveloped by a globular

vitreous mass (figs. 23 & 24), which seems to be the transi-

tional state to the stellate and siliceous ball of the Geodinide

&e., also flesh-spicules. There are, again, many slight modifi-

cations of the illustrations themselves, but fundamentally no

more distinct forms in the Hexactinellide that have as yet been

brought to notice than those above described and delineated.

As regards size, there is of course not only a difference

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 357

between the young and the fully developed rosette in the

same species, but the size differs with the form of the rosette

and in different specimens. ‘The largest I have met with

are in a fragment of Huplectella aspergillum dredged up on

board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine.’ Here the form represented in

fig. 11 is 26-6000ths inch in diameter, while in the specimens

from the Philippine Islands it hardly exceeds 20-6000ths.

The pappiform rosette with straight capitate rays (fig. 8) is

the smallest form; and this averages in its largest size about

8-6000ths.

Subject to such differences in size, it would of course have

been impossible for me to draw all the illustrations which I

have given upon the same scale ; and therefore, to represent

their respective peculiarities, they are for the most part all

drawn of the same size. .

Let us now proceed to a list of the Hexactinellide ; and as

it would be confusing to add to each species the place where

it has originally been described and illustrated in the list

itself, this will be given in a “ footnote,” to which the reader

may refer if necessary. Also, for the same reason, the short

commentary on the species contained in the list will be given

subsequently.

Hexactinellide *.

General character. Spicules developed upon a sexradiate

division of the central canal, held together by silicified fibre

or amorphous sarcode, forming a reticulated structure whose

interspaces are more or less polyhedral.

SPICULES HELD TOGETHER BY SILICIFIED FIBRE.

Species massive, excavated, shallow.

Rosette or flesh-spicule many-rayed ; rays of equal length,

straight, capitate, sometimes only pointed (Pl. XIII. figs. 4

& 6).

Dactylocalyx pumiceus, Stutchbury. Barbadoes. (1)

pumicea, Gray. Malacca. (2)

Iphiteon panicea, Valenciennes. Porto Rico. (3)

* Abbreviations. P. Z. 8., ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society of

London.’ Annals, ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ M. M. J.,

‘Monthly Microscopic Journal.’ B.M., British Museum. Atlantisch.

Spongienf., ‘ Grundziige einer Spongienfauna des atlantischen Gebietes.’

1. BM. 1841, P.Z.8. p. 86; and 1869, p. 77, pl. iii. fig. 1, Bk.

2. B.M. 1867, P. Z.S. p. 506, pl. xxvii. fig. 2, =Iphiteon Ingalli, Bk. ,

P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 331, pl. xxiii. figs. 1-3.

3. Mus, Jardin des Plantes, Paris. P. Z. 8, 1869, p.324, pl. xxii. fig. 1.

358 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide.

Rosette many-rayed: rays of equal length, straight, capitate

(figs. 6 & 7), or with multitudinous rays of unequal length,

straight, and capitate, “‘ pappiform”’ (figs. 8 & 16) ; or occa-

sionally of the first kind once-branched (fig. 13) ; or occa-

sionally with echinated heads (fig. 13, a).

Dactylocalyx subglobosa, Gray. Malacca. (4)

Rosette many-rayed : rays of equal length, capitate, flexed,

and grouped en fleur-de-lis (fig. 10); or occasionally with

straight and capitate rays.

Myliusia callocyathes, Gray. West Indies. (8)

4, B.M. 1867, P. ZS. p. 506, pl. xxvii. fig. 1, = Iphiteon subglobosa,

Bk. P. Z.S. 1869, p. 329, pl. xxii. figs. 10-12.

5. B.M. 1859, P. Z.S. p. 439, (Radiata) pl. xvi., = Iphiteon callo-

cyathes, Bk. P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 333, pl. xxiii. figs. 4-7.

6. B.M. 1869, P. Z.S. p. 335, pl. xxv. fig. 1.

7. Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. p. 205, pl. xiii.

8. B.M. 1858, P. Z. S. p. 114, (Radiata) pl. xi.; Annals, 1868, vol. i.

p. 123, Wyville Thomson, =Iphiteon beatriz, Bk. P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 325,

pl. xxi. figs. 2-4.

9. B.M. Quart. Journ. Microscop. Sc. vol. x. n.s. (No. xxxvil.), p. 4,

pl. i. (1870) ; Schmidt, Atlantisch. Spongienf. 1870, p. 17, pl. i. figs.

1, 11, 12; Kent, M. M. J. 1870, Nov., p. 248, pl. xv. figs. 8-16.

10. Atlantisch. Spongienf. 1870, p. 13, pl. il. figs. 1-3; Kent, M. M. J.

1870, Nov., p. 247, pl. Ixv. figs. 2-7.

11. B.M. M. M. J. 1870, Nov. p. 249, pl. lxiv. figs. 18-25.

12. P.Z.S. 1869, p. 339, pl. xxiv. figs. 1-7; Owen, Trans. Linn. Soc.

vol. xxii. p. 121, pl. xxi. figs. 8 & 9.

13, Atlantisch. Spongient. 1870, p. 16, pl. i. figs. 13-20, & pl. ii. fig. 10.

14. BM. 1875. Vide postea.

15. Atlantisch. Spongienf. 1870, p. 15, pl. i. figs. 7-12.

16. M. M. J. 1870, Nov. p. 245, pl. Ixiv. figs. 1-9; Wyville Thomson,

‘ Depths of the Sea,’ 1875, p. 429.

17. B.M. Annals, 1872, vol. x. p. 112.

18. Atlantisch. Spongienf. 1870, p. 14, pl. i. figs. 1-6.

19. B.M. Annals, 1872, vol. ix. p. 414, pl. xxi.

20. B.M. Annals, 1872, vol. x. p. 187.

21. ‘Depths of the Sea,’ Wyville Thomson, 1873, p. 419.

22. Quoy et Gaimard, ‘Voyage de l’Astrolabe,’ 1833, p. 302, Atlas

(Zoophytes) pl. xxvi. fig. 3, =7d. Gray, P. Z. S. 1867, pl. xxviii. fig. 1;

Wyville Thomson, Annals, 1868, vol. 1. p. 151, pl. iv. fig. 2, &e.

23. Gray, P. Z.S. 1867, pl. xxviii. fig. 2; Wyville Thomson, Annals,

1868, p. 129, pl. iv. fig. 1.

24, B.M. P. Z.S. 1835, p. 65, =H. mirabilis, 1857, p. 279.

25. B.M. P.Z.S. 1864, p. 265, pl. xxii.

26. Phil. Trans. 1869, p. 701, pls. Lxvii.—Lxxi.

27. M. 1 J. 1869, June, vol. i. p. 367, American Naturalist, 1871,

vol. iv. p. 17.

28. B.M. M. M. J. 1870, Nov., p. 243, pl. xiii. figs. 2-14.

29. B.M. Annals, 1872, vol. x. p. 110.

50. B.M. Annals, 1875, vol. xi. p. 275.

31. Trans. Linn. Soc. 1857, vol. xxii. p. 117, pl. xxi. figs. 1-7.

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 359

Rosette many-rayed ; rays of equal length, straight, capitate

(fig. 6).

Myliusia Grayi, Bowerbank. St. Vincent. (6)

Species tubular, unbranched, closed at the extremity.

Rosette many-rayed : rays of equal length, sigmoid, clavate,

and dentate outwards, claw-shaped, flexed and grouped en fleur-

de-lis (fig. 11, a, 6); or with rays of equal length, straight and

pointed (fig. 4) ; or occasionally with straight rays, few, and

terminated by three or more spines at the free ends laterally

(fig. 14).

Provided with long anchoring-spicules of two kinds, viz.

smooth and spiniferous; the latter terminating in an inflated

head with several recurved spines arranged uniformly all round

(Pl. XIV. fig. 5), or on one side of the head only (fig. 4) ; ter-

mination of the smooth spicule unknown.

Euplectella aspergilium, Owen. Philippines. (7)

Species tubular, branched ; branches closed at their free extremities ;

wall thick, formed of polyhedrally reticulated fibre. Possessing

a scopuline shaft.

Rosette (small) with elongated shaft-like axis, many-rayed :

rays straight, pointed or capitate, thorn-like, chiefly situated

in the middle and at the terminations of the shaft, arranged

more or less verticillately (fig. 19); or (large) with microspined

rays slightly curved and not capitate (fig. 20).

Scopuline shaft headed with four rays of equal length,

slightly everted, microspined, and terminating in small glo-

bular heads (Pl. XV. fig. 2).

Aphrocallistes beatrix, Gray. Malacca. (8)

Rosette many-rayed : rays of equal length, straight, capitate

(figs. 6 & 7); or with long shaft-like axis, like that of the

“small” form in A. beatriz, with or without heads (figs. 17

& 18).

EE five shaft headed with four rays ot equal length, flexed

outwards en fleur-de-lis, microspined, and each terminating in

a large conical end (Pl. XV. fig. 1).

Aphrocallistes Bocaget, Wright. Portugal. (9)

? Equal in the young form to Lanuginella pupa, Schmidt. (10)

Species tubular, branched ; branches closed (2) at the free extremities ;

wall thin, formed of a single layer of subrectangular lattice-like

fibre. Possessing a spino- capitate or umbrella-like headed shaft.

Rosette many-rayed; rays of equal length, sigmoid, capitate,

360 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide.

slightly flexed outwards, and grouped en fleur-de-lis (figs. 9

& 10).

Unabrella-like headed shaft of two kinds, viz. one with

large head and many small circumferential spines (Pl. XV.

fig. 4), and the other with small head and few long spines ;

the latter microspimed on the inner aspect (fig. 5); each form

flatly convex, or umbonate, and both passing into each other

by gradational varieties.

Aulodictyon Woodwardii, Kent. Portugal. (11)

Species tubular, branched ; branches open and slightly expanded at

the free extremities ; wall very thin, only one layer thick.

Farrea occa, Bowerbank. Seychelles, &c. (12)

Note. All that is known of this species is that its skeleton

is thin, tubular, branched, and composed of subrectangular

lattice-like fibre, only one layer thick. Deciduous skeletons

alone have as yet been found. (See an account, with illustra-

tions, of what spicules have been discovered in the deciduous

fragments, further on.)

The same: possessing both a scopuline and an umbrella-like headed

shaft.

Rosette many-rayed : rays of equal length, sigmoid, capitate,

flexed en fleur-de-lis (Atlantisch. Spongienf. Taf. 1. fig. 19).

Scopuline shaft headed with several attenuated pointed rays,

slightly divergent, brush-like (7b. Taf. 1. fig. 18).

Umbrella-like headed spino-capitate spicule consisting of a

straight shaft with convex head spined at the circumference

(tb. Taf. 1. fig. 20).

Farrea fecunda, Schmidt. Florida, Cuba. (13)

Species infundibuliform ; wall compounded of subrectangular lattice-

like, overrun by dendritic, branched, anastomosing fibre. Possess-

ing the rosette only.

Rosette many-rayed ; rays of equal length, sigmoid, capitate,

expanded and arranged en fleur-de-lis (Pl. XIII. fig. 9, &

Pl. XVII. fig. 4).

Farrea infundibularis, Carter, n. sp. Caribbean Sea. (14)

Species stalked, dichotomously branching ; branches terminating in

oviform heads, each with a terminal aperture.

Rosette many-rayed : rays of equal length, straight, capitate

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 361

(fig. 6) ; or rays multitudinous, of unequal length, without

heads, flexed outwards and arranged en fleur-de-lis ; pappiform

(figs. 12 & 15).

Sympagella nux, Schmidt. Florida. (15)

SPICULES HELD TOGETHER BY AMORPHOUS SARCODE.

Species sessile, vasiform, deeply excavated, possessing a rosette.

Rosette many-rayed; rays of unequal length, straight,

capitate (fig. 6).

Askonema setubalense, Kent. Portugal. (16)

Species stalked, goblet-shaped.

Rosette few- or many-rayed: rays few, of equal length,

straight and pointed (fig. 2); or multitudinous, of unequal

length, straight and capitate: pappiform (figs. 8 & 16).

Crateromorpha Meyer, Gray. Cebu, Philippines. (17)

Species sessile, sac-shaped.

Rosette many-rayed ; rays multitudinous, of unequal length,

straight, and capitate; pappiform (Atlantisch. Spongienf.

Taf. 1. fig. 6).

Holtenia Pourtalesti, Schmidt. Florida. (18)

Species oblong, excavated, provided with anchoring-spicules.

Rosette few- or many-rayed: rays few, of equal length,

straight, and pointed (fig. 3), or spino-capitate (fig. 5) ; or mul-

titudinous, of unequal length, without heads, flexed outwards

and arranged en fleur-de-lis ; pappiform (figs. 12&15) : or some-

times many-rayed with rays straight and capitate (fig. 6).

Anchoring-spicules all smooth, stout, and terminating re-

spectively in heads formed of fous equally stout recurved spines

or hooks (‘Annals,’ 1872, vol. ix. pl. xx1. fig. 7, &c.).

Rossella antarctica, Carter. Antarctic Sea. (19)

philippinensis, Gray. Philippines. (20)

velata, Wy. Thomson. South side of Fiiroe

Islands. (21)

Species tubular, unbranched, closed at the extremity.

Rosette the same as in Huplectella aspergillum.

Habrodictyon speciosum, Wy.'Vhomson. Moluccas. (22)

corbicula, Wy. Thomson. ———? (23)

362 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide.

Species solid, not excavated, provided with anchoring-spicules and a

flesh-spicule, which is birotulate.

Birotulate spicule consisting of a straight subspined shaft

terminated at each end by eight separate recurved blades

(fig. 21) ; or sometimes four- and six-armed, with as many

heads, thus assuming the form of a rosette (fig. 22) ; or without

heads, and covered throughout or at the extremities with a

number of short vertical spines.

Anchoring-spicules of two kinds, viz. smooth and spini-

ferous, twisted into the form of a cord which runs through the

head. Free terminations of the spicules unknown.

Hyalonema Sieboldii, Gray. Japan. (24)

lusitanicum, Bocage. Portugal. (25)

Species more or less globular, excavated, provided with anchoring-

spicules, and characterized by the birotulate flesh-spicule above

mentioned.

Anchoring-spicules of two kinds, viz. smooth and spini-

ferous, the latter terminating at its free extremity in a recurved

double hook ; termination of the former unknown.

Holtenia Carpentert,Wy.'Thomson. Sea south of Firoe

Islands. (26)

Pheronema Anne, Leidy. Santa Cruz. (27)

Grayt, Kent. Portugal. (28)

Meyerina claviformis, Gray. Cebu, Philippines. (29)

Species possessing the birotulate flesh-spicule in which the terminations

of both kinds of anchoring-spicules are known.

Free termination of spiniferous anchoring-spicule much the

"same as that above mentioned; termination of the smooth

anchoring-spicule consisting of a double hook or arm, opposite,

compressed, slightly recurved, and twice the size of the head

of the spiniferous form (Pl. XIV. fig. 2).

Labaria hemispherica, Gray. Cebu, Philippines. (30)

SPICULES HELD TOGETHER IN ONE PART BY VITRIFIED FIBRE AND IN THE

OTHER BY AMORPHOUS SARCODE.

Species tubular, unbranched, closed at the extremity.

Body sarcospiculous ; lid vitreous. Provided with two kinds

of anchoring-spicules and two forms of rosettes, the same as

those of Huplectella aspergillum.

Euplectella cucumer, Owen. Seychelles. (31)

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 363

SHorT COMMENTARY ON THE HEXACTINELLID&.

As considerable difference exists between the older and

youngest portions of the vitreous Hexactinellide, it is necessary

for specific distinction that fragments from both should be ex-

amined—first in their natural state, and then after boiling for

a few moments in nitric acid or liquor potasse; while the

minute spicules of the sarcode, viz. the rosettes &c., which

come off in the boiling, should, with any minute fragments of

the skeleton that may remain, be well washed, dried, and

mounted in Canada balsam for examination with a higher

ower.

The chief difference in structure between Dactylocalyx

pumiceus, Stutchbury, and the following specimen, viz. D.

pumicea, Gray, is that the latter is charged, especially

towards the surface, with long linear spicules (slender, fusi-

form, slightly inflated and spined for some distance at each

end), while there are none to be seen in D. pumiceus.

I say “none” advisedly, because I have repeatedly sought

for them in the type specimen of D. pumiceus without success.

Boiling in nitric acid completely frees D. pumiceus and D.

pumicea from the rosette, because the rosette belongs entirely

to the sarcode; but the long acerate spicule, although it also

‘appears to be isolated, is retained in the latter by its bent

position in the vitreous structure, thus fixing it there by its

elasticity ; so that, if these spicules had been equally common

in D. pumiceus, S., each fragment should contain portions of

them, as in D. pumicea, G. Had not Dr. Bowerbank figured

the central (and thus unmeaning) portion of one in his illus-

trations of the type specimen of D. pumiceus (/. c.) without the

most distant allusion to such spicules in his description, I

should not have thought it necessary to write so much

about it: as it is, I am compelled to the conclusion not only

that such a spicule does not exist in D. pumiceus, but that

Dr. Bowerbank has, as in other instances, introduced it as part

of the illustrations of this species by mistake (to wit, the

surface-spicule of MacAndrewia azorica with his illustration

of Myliusia callocyathes, P. Z.S. 1869, pl. xxiii. fig. 6).

Independently, however, of this difference (and the rosette,

which, although alike in other respects, is a little more robust

in D. pumicea than in D. pumiceus), I find it so impossible,

either in the general form of the specimens of these two sponges

or in their reticulated structure respectively, to see the self-

evident facts which should determine a specific distinction,

that I can hardly consider them varieties, much less different

species, as Dr. Bowerbank has made them.

364 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide.

With reference to Dr. Bowerbank’s fancied differences, on

which he states (P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 333) that Dr. Gray “is in

error” in identifying Dactylocalyx pumiceus with D. pumicea

=Iphiteon Ingalli, Bk., because “none of the singular and

beautiful forms of spicula which I have obtained from the

type specimen of D. pumiceus, and have figured in plate iii.,

part i., are to be found in the tissues of the type specimen of

I. Ingalli,” it unfortunately happens that figs. 9 & 10 of

these “ singular and beautiful forms” belong to quite a dif-

ferent order of sponges, viz. to Pachastrella abyssi, Sdt.; fig.

11 probably to a sponge of the same kind; fig. 16 to a Gum-

mina, Sdt.; and fig. 6, a & b, to sponges which are certainly

not of the sexradiate system. Thus, with the exception of

fig. 3, which (as before stated) appears to have been introduced

by mistake, we have nothing left here by way of illustration

but figures 2, 4, and 5, which are equally common to both

D. pumiceus and D. pumicea.

With Dactylocalyx subglobosa, however, it is different ; for

although two of its rosette-forms are the same as those of D.

pumiceus and D. pumicea, and there is a long acerate spicule

present similar to that in the latter species, the large tubercles

with flat muricate summits respectively on the joints of the

reticulated structure in D. subglobosa, together with the third

form of rosette (viz. the pappus-like or pappiform, with straight

capitate rays), so far only observed in one other species

(viz. Crateromorpha Meyert), at once furnish the specific dis-

tinctions.

Here we may shortly revert with advantage to the long,

linear, acerate, fusiform spicule with spined extremities, which,

although not seen in Dactylocalyx pumiceus, forms such a

prominent feature in D. pumicea and D. subglobosa, that par-

ticular mention of it is desirable. It pierces the reticulated

structure of each of the two last-named sponges generally,

forming by its free end on their surfaces respectively a fringe

which, on account of the superior size of this spicule, is also

most noticeable in D. subglobosa; but although it is micro-

spined towards the ends and frequently throughout, it presents

no circumscribed central inflation, no “cross” on the central

canal, nor is it ever included with the rest of the spicules 7

the vitrified fibre, which it much exceeds in size ; so that were it

not so interwoven with the skeleton generally, its isolated con-

dition and want of sexradiate character would lead to the

conclusion that its presence was accidental. But what is

equally worthy of notice is that a similar spicule pervades in

a similar manner the structure of at least one of the Lithistide

(viz. Azorica Pfeiffere, n. sp.), as-will be seen hereafter.

Mr. H.J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 365

At first I thought, from the presence of these long fusiform

spicules in great abundance and of large size in D. subglobosa,

that the latter must be identical with D. pumicea; but the

general globular cup-like form of D. subglobosa, together with

the muricated summits of the tubercles on the joints and the

pappiform rosette with straight capitate rays, all cause it so

far to differ from D. pumiceus and D. pumicea.

Myliusia callocyathes differs from the foregoing in the thorny

appearance of its fibre—that is, in the minute blunt spines

which are scattered over the fibre of the foregoing species

being much enlarged, elongated, and pointed,—also in the rays

of the rosettes in most instances being sigmoid instead of

straight, and arranged en fleur-de-lis, and in the absence of

the linear fusiform spicules. Dr. Bowerbank’s figure of its

structure would be perfect were it not combined with a surface-

spicule of MacAndrewia azorica, as before stated (fig. 6, 7. c.),

which of course is an oversight, the latter belonging to quite

a different system of sponges, viz. the Lithistidee.

Myliusia Grayt, both in general form and structure, has

many distinguishing characters, especially that which consists

in an octahedral lantern-like appearance of the joints, produced

by the vitreous fibre stopping short of the joint and proceeding

thence directly on from one arm of the sexradiate spicule

to the other, so as to leave the centre intact and visible through

the interstices. This is best seen in the younger portions of

the fibre, as the older ones, by thickening, render the cross in

the centre obscure. Schmidt’s figure from a fossil species

(Taf. ii. fig. 16, op. cit.) would illustrate this well, were it not

for the absence of the sexradiate cross in the centre, which may

have become absorbed in the deciduous specimen previously

to fossilization, after the manner to be hereafter explained.

The spicules of Huplectella aspergillum are enveloped in

ladder-like silicified fibre, such as is seen in some of the horny-

fibred sponges ; and the characteristic rosette for the most part

has its rays arranged en fleur-de-lis, while the rays themselves

present the peculiarity of being clavate with claw-shaped spines

on the outer side of the head. The latter is repeated in Habro-

dictyon speciosum and H. corbicula, where the sarcode is not

vitrified. It is also present in EHuplectella cucumer, which

appears to be a mixed species in point of structure; that is,

while the general structure in the figure looks as if unaccom-

panied by vitreous fibre, the lid not only appears to be con-

solidated by it, but in the index to the plate is stated to be

“ soldered,” the only time that this word is used in the whole

paper. Thus, a fragment of a Huplectella of this nature, pre-

sented to the British Muscum by “Admiral Sir W. Belcher,”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 25

366 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide.

leads me to the conclusion that it must have belonged to a

specimen of Huplectella cucumer. That described by Professor

Gack and Dr. Farre I have never seen; but no one can have

compared the specimens of Huplectella aspergillum, which are

very common now, with the figures of Huplectella cucumer

drawn on stone by that accurate artist Mr. G. B. Sowerby

(7. c.), and those taken from photographs of Habrodictyon

speciosum and H. corbicula obtained by Prof. Wyville Thomson

(/. c.), without being convinced that HZ. aspergillum, E. cucumer,

and Habrodictyon, if not distinct species, are very different

forms of the same type.

Since writing the above I have carefully examined the spe-

cimen of Huplectella cucumer described by Prof. Owen, still in

the possession of Dr. A. Farre, F.R.S., whose kindness on the

occasion can only be exceeded by his continued desire for the

further elucidation of this beautiful species. I have also ex-

amined the figure of Alcyoncellum speciosun (Habrodictyon,

Wy. Thomson) given by Quoy and Gaimard in the Atlas to

their Natural History of the Voyage of the ‘Astrolabe’ in

1826-29 (pl. xxvi. fig. 3, Zoophytes, 1833); and, through

the kindness of my friend Dr. J. E. Gray, I am in possession

of excellent photographs of this and A. corbicula, Val., of the

natural size; so that, with specimens of my own of Huplec-

tella aspergillum, I am altogether now able to state with

certainty the principal differences that exist between thege

species.

Ist. Euplectella aspergillum has its spicular basketwork,

both of the body and lid, throughout cemented together by an

envelope of vitreous ladder-like fibre, which “ ladder-like

fibre” in a horny state is also a peculiarity of some of the

kerataceous sponges. The main lines of spicules are longitu-

dinal and transverse, so that, cutting each other at right angles

and at nearly equal distances, they leave a number of squarish

areas in the intervals, occupied alternately by round holes and

matted basketwork.. Through this arrangement, the squares

with holes and basketwork respectively form diagonal lines

again crossing each other, but now obliquely and somewhat

spirally round the body; while a number of compressed

ridges or frills about a quarter of an inch high, and formed of

the same kind of vitreous spicular structure as the rest of the

sponge, run along in more or less continuous spiral lines ob-

liquely through the squares of matted basketwork, leaving

those with holes free between them, finally terminating

above in one which encircles the lid-like end where the

latter is joined to the body. The lower end, on the other

hand, which is also closed but of a conical form, similar to the

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 367

end of a conical sac, is enveloped in a bunch of white horse-

hair-like, long, anchoring-spicules, respectively smooth and

spiniferous, with hooks at the free extremity of the latter.

2nd. Luplectella cucumer has the spicular basketwork of

the lid alone cemented together by an envelope of vitreous

ladder-like fibre, while all the spicules of the basketwork

of the body below are cemented together by sarcode only. The

main lines of spicules &c. are the same as in L. aspergillum ;

but there are no ridges or frills, their place being supplied by

robust vertical spines one eighth of an inch long, respectively

situated in the centre of each square of the matted basketwork,

so that the spiral lines of holes are between rows of spines,

which thus replace the ridges in . aspergillum (Pl. XIV.

fig. 10, aaa). Indeed there is a special form of sexradiate

spicule produced for this purpose, in which the projecting spine

or ray is far more robust than any of the rest, the opposite

continuation or internal arm being more or less aborted, and

the four horizontal ones extended diagonally along the squares

of basketwork to meet the corresponding arms of their neigh-

bours. This spicule is delineated in the original description of

the sponge by Prof. Owen (Trans. Linn. Soc. 1857, vol. xxii.

pl. xxi. fig. 5), and its position pointed out in the explanation of

the plate, but does not appear in the figure of the sponge itself.

In other respects H. cucumer is generally like L. aspergillum,

but possesses a number of minor differences, which it is not

requisite to mention now.

3rd. Alcyoncellum speciosum and.A. corbicula(Habrodictyon,

Wy. Thomson) have no vitrified fibre in their composition.

The spicules of which their basket-like structure is composed are

stated by Prof. Thomson, who examined the specimens, to

be cemented together by a “small quantity of mucilaginous

sarcode” only (‘ Annals,’ 1868, vol. i. p. 126); and itis evident

from the photograph that the main spicules present noregularity

in their arrangement like those of Huplectella aspergillum and

EH. cucumer—that is, that they do not for the most part cross

each other at right angles, in consequence Gi which neither the

holes nor the interspaces are regular either in size or direction,

while the interspaces present neither “ ridges” nor “ spines.”

Neither does either of these specimens possess any anchoring-

spicules; while, as evidenceof their sessile growth, A/cyoncellum

speciosum still retains at its base a portion of the rock to which

it was attached. On this difference, however, I do not wish

to lay any particular stress, because I have a specimen of

Euplectella aspergillum (fragment of the base) in the same

condition—that is, sessile, on a fragment of Lophohelia pro-

lifera dredged up on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ on this side

25*

368 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellidee.

of the Atlantic Ocean, probably somewhere between the west

coast of Ireland and the Fiiroe Islands ; so that it seems reason-

able to infer that when there is a tuft of long anchoring-spicules

present it is indicative that the Muplectella has grown in

mud—and when absent, that it has grown upon some hard

object.

Alcyoncellum speciosum and A. corbicula appear to me to

belong to one and the same species; and when we find Prof.

Thomson, who examined them carefully and got photographs

made of them, stating respecting their differences, ‘‘ I am not

quite satisfied on this point even now”’ (‘Annals,’ /. c. p. 129),

one wonders that he made any difference in their designation.

As regards size, LE. aspergillum, E. cucumer, and Habro-

dictyon are almost all equal :. hence it cannot be assumed that

either is a young form of the other; and while it may reason-

ably be inferred that the two specimens of Alcyoncellum might

reproduce each other, it by no means appears likely that either

of the three species above differentiated could do this.

Hence, although in general form all three are alike and all

possess the characteristic rosettes of Hwplectella (Pl. XIII.

figs. 4 & 11, a, 5), yet between these two extremes there are

the differences above mentioned, together with many other

minor ones, which indicate that they are three distinct species.

Here I would take the opportunity of mentioning that Mr.

Kitton, of Norwich, informs me that he possesses a specimen

of Huplectella aspergillum in which there is a netted diaphragm

—which is so far interesting as it still more nearly allies the

structure of this sponge to that of the Aphrocallistide, where the

diaphragm is a normal and constant occurrence.

As Aphrocallistes, Farrea, and Aulodictyon will be parti-

cularly described in the after part of this paper I shall say

nothing more of them here.

In Sympagella nux, Sdt., there is the same ladder-like vitri-

fied fibre as in Huplectella, but not the form of the rosette

peculiar to the latter. Of the two forms of rosette, one is the

common one (Pl. XIII. fig. 6), and the other the pappus-like or

pappiform rosette with flexed rays, no heads, and arranged en

fleur-de-lis (figs. 12 & 15), noticed in one other genus only,

viz. Rossella. The ladder-like fibre is well illustrated by

Schmidt (Atlantisch. Spongienf. Taf. i. figs. 9-12).

We come now to the sarcospiculous Hexactinellide, or those

whose spicules are held together by wnvitrified sarcode, of

which the first is Askonema setubalense.

Of this sponge, as I have had nothing for examination but

a fragment brought from Lisbgn to the British Museum by

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 369

Mr. 8. Kent, I can only state that microscopical observation

of portions of it shows that, although Askonema possesses small

sexradiate spicules, whose arms are covered with short spines,

it does not possess that with one arm spined feather-like, which

abounds in the Aphrocallistide &c.; and thus, as will hereafter

appear, I have been able to distinguish the minute young sponge

ot the former from the latter, which otherwise might have been

almost impossible, the rosette being of the same form in both.

In Askonema the small sexradiates picules with short-spined

(arms of which the vertical one on one side is often deficient)

and found together in group, recalls to mind the same kind of

spicules (which form a rectangularly reticular network) on the

surface of Crateromorpha Meyert and Rossella velata. Indeed,

so far as this goes, Askonema might be considered a sessile,

vase-like representative on the coast of Portugal of the cup-

like head of Crateromorpha found about the Philippines only.

While the latter is about 2? inches high and 3; inches broad,

the specimen of Askonema dredged up on board H.M.S. ‘ Por-

cupine’ on the coast of Portugal, off Cape St. Vincent, was 2 feet

high and 3 feet broad at the top (‘ Depths of the Sea,’ Wyville

‘Thomson, p. 428). In short, like most things in the west, if

the Hexactinellide do not surpass in beauty, they do in size,

for the most part, those of the east.

For the further description and illustration of A. setubalense,

I must refer the reader to Mr. Kent’s description and figures

of this remarkable sponge in the ‘ Monthly Microscopical

Journal’ (/. c.), merely adding that the spicules represented in

his figures 10 and 11 do not belong to the sexradiate system, but

appear to me to have come from a species of Pachastrella, viz.

P. abyssi, Sdt. ‘That this should be the case is not extraordi-

nary, seeing that the Pachastrelle are great wanderers, and

seem to grow wherever they can find any thing to rest upon,

especially in the deep sea. I possess a portion of coral-detritus

from the island of Cuba, which has been burrowed through by

a Cliona, associated with which, in the burrow, is a Pachas-

trella possessing spicules, as my mounted specimen shows,

exactly Tike those of our British species Dercitus niger, Gray, =

Hymeniacidon Buckland’, Bk.

The long-stemmed goblet-like form of Crateromorpha Meyert

would be sufficient in itself to distinguish this sponge from all

other species, had it not also the peculiarity of possessing a com-

plicated, tubuliferous, felt-like structure of the stem, sheathed

by a layer of shortish, robust, smooth, fusiform spicules, in

the central canal of which the “cross” may always be seen,

although there may be no corresponding inflation outside. The

cup, too, is covered by a rectangular lattice-like structure or

370 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide.

veil formed of the overlapping arms of a small spiniferous sex-

radiate spicule, whose outer vertical arm being undeveloped

renders it nail-like by the corresponding one projecting in-

ward like those just mentioned in Askonema. It is charged

also with rosettes of two kinds, one of which is the pappus-

like or pappiform one with straight capitate rays, as yet only

noticed in two other species, viz. Dactylocalyx subglobosa and

Holtenia Pourtalesti, Sdt.

The details figured by Schmidt of Holtenia Pourtalesii (I. c.)

seem to me to ally it much more nearly to Lossella than to

Holtenia Carpentert, the type species of the Holtenia, since

the former has not the birotulate spicule which is characteristic

of Holtenia and its associates. The pappus-like rosette last

mentioned is also characteristic of Holtenia Pourtalesii; but

there is no rosette (at all events of this kind) in Holtenia Car-

pentert, &e. Again the large nail-like spicule of the surface

(1. c. Taf. 1. fig. 4) is spimed like that of Rossella antarctica.

Lastly, if the pappiform rosette with straight capitate rays be

equally characteristic of Crateromorpha, the latter also. has

many points of resemblance in its structure to Lossella with

the rectangular lattice-like dermal veil &c., well seen in Lossella

velata, Wy. Thomson.

Then the distinguishing character of Rossella is, that all its

anchoring-spicules are smooth, and all armed with four robust

recurved spines opposite (‘ Annals,’ /.c.). It is also covered

(that is, &. velata and L. philippinensis) with the rectangular

lattice-like veil mentioned; and besides the common forms of

rosette, it is charged with the pappus-like or pappiform one

with multitudinous flexed rays of unequal length without heads,

and arranged en fleur-de-lis, seen only in one other species, viz.

Sympagella nux.

The arms of the large nail-like spicules of Rossella antarctica

are covered by a layer of microspines, with here and there large

curved spines, inclined outwards (‘ Annals,’ /. c.).

Habrodictyon speciosum and H. corbicula= Alcyoncellum spe-

ctosum and A. corbicula have been noticed under Huplectella

aspergillum. ‘They are inserted here on account of their

spicular structure being enveloped in amorphous sarcode instead

ot vitreous fibre. If the glassy fibre be considered of no spe-

cific value, then they can be removed back to Euplectella asper-

gillum at any time.

Hyalonema, from its twisted cord-like stem, composed of

long anchoring-spicules, passing through the head (Carteria,

Gray) so as to appear in a conical projection on the summit of

the latter, whereby the central portion of the sponge, which

thus hangs upon it, is rendered solid (instead of hollow, like

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 371

that of the rest of the species characterized by the birotulate

spicule before mentioned), thus stands apart from all the other

sarcospiculous forms of Hexactinellide possessing this spicule.

Here I take the opportunity, in connexion with illustrations,

of correcting a mistake which I made respecting the anchoring-

spicules of Hyalonema (‘ Annals,’ vol. xi. p. 280, 1873), viz.

that the specimen “half an inch long,” which I took to be

Hyalonema, I now find to be hollow, and, therefore, that it

cannot be one of Hyalonema, but is probably one of Hol-

tenia Carpentert. Hence, I séil/ have not yet seen the free

termination of either the spmiferous or smooth anchoring-spicule

of Hyalonema; while those described (/. c.) in the young

Holtenia supposed to be Hyalonema show, as illustrated by

Prof. Thomson. (/. c.), that the terminations of its spiniferous

anchoring-spicules are of two kinds, viz. one (the common form)

in which the flukes are double and opposite, and the other in

which they are double or treble and all on one side, somewhat

resembling the laterally spined one of Huplectella (Pl. XIV.

fig. 4).

then: again (at p. 284, /.c.), I might have added what Dr.

Gray had sketched for me in a note long ago, viz. that the

broken spiral “ bracket-like ” line round the rough anchoring-

spicules of Hyalonema was crowned with short spines before

the latter became rubbed off (Pl. XIV. fig. 9) ; while they are

of the same nature as the spines on the shafts of the long

anchoring-spicules of Huplectella, Holtenia, and Meyerina, in

which species, as their spiral continuation disappears, the spines

become larger and more isolated.

The spines on the anchoring-spicules of Hyalonema are so

small and so easily detached (tig. 9, f) that we do not wonder

at their being for the most part absent on the exposed portions

of these spicules; but on examining (this time) an un-

doubted specimen of Hyalonema about 14 inch long in the

body, through which the cord passed, I found the spiral lines

on those parts of the spicules which were within the body all

fringed with the spines, and immediately mounted some in

Canada balsam for more deliberate examination, the result of

which went to show that the attenuated end of the spicule in

the conical part of the twisted cord which projects above the

sponge is smooth and nearly straight—that the spicule then

becomes undulated, and upon each bend appears a group of

minute points—that these, on descending, soon pass into short

spines, and that these become more prominent and supported

respectively on the bracket-like processes (Pl. XIV. fig. 9),

which, as before stated, form a broken spiral line, here and there

more or less continuous round the spicule (fig. 9, d)—till at last

ote Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide.

the spicule disappears under the parasitic polype (Palithoa

fatua) which afterwards, for some distance down, covers the

cord like a bark. Finally, the spicules again make their ap-

pearance, but now with the spines gone and the bracket-like

processes alone remaining in the form of a rough more or less

continuous spiral line round the spicule, which, together with

the free extremities of the smooth anchoring-one, also are

always broken off, so that their free terminations are gone: this

is the state in which these spicules appear for the most part

in the trade specimens.

I have now described the anchoring-spicules of the specimen

of Hyalonema above mentioned, whose body is about 1} inch

long; and throughout the spicule, all the spmes and blunt ends

of the bracket-like processes both within and without the body

are directed upwards—that is, towards the sponge at the summit

of the cord.

Had I not been misled by the observations of others to regard

the mounted specimen of the young Holtenia Carpentert “ half

an inch Jong” in the first place as a young Hyalonema, the

mistake tv which I have above alluded would not have occurred.

But finding it out, and having therefore had to examine more

particularly these anchoring-spicules in an undoubted specimen

of Hyalonema, I am enabled not only to correct the error, but

to add more authentic information on the subject than was pre-

viously possessed, as well as to point out decisive marks for

distinguishing between young LHoltente and young Hyalone-

mata another time.

The transition from the sparsely spinéd anchoring-spicule of

Holtenia Carpentert through that of Meyerina claviformis to

that of Hyalonema is represented in PI. XIV. figs. 7,8, & 9, where

also a comparative view of the heads or free terminations of

the anchoring-spicules of Labaria hemispherica (figs. 1 & 2),

Meyerina claviformis (fig. 3), Huplectella (figs. 4 & 5), and

Holtenia Carpenteri (tig. 6) is also given, to which I have

alluded in the “ Observations ” appended to my description of

Labaria (‘ Annals,’ vol. xi. p. 280, &c., 1873).

Holtenia Carpenteri, Pheronema Anne, P. Grayt, and Meye-

rina claviformis all probably possess the same kind of birotulate

spicule as Hyalonema (Pl. XIII. fig. 21). I say ‘ probably ”

with reference only to Prof. Leidy’s hasty description of this

sponge, in which this spicule appears to have been overlooked.

As in Hyalonema, so also probably in all the other Hexacti-

nellide characterized by the birotulate flesh-spicule, this is not

unfrequently found in a sexradiate form, which at once iden-

tifies it with the rosette (fig. 22) ; that is, it may consist of three

birotulates joined together in the centre, and thus present six

Mr. R. Swinhoe on three new Species of Birds. — 373

heads; or it may consist of two birotulates joined together in

the form of a cross, and thus present four heads. All the

sponges just mentioned, too, possess anchoring-spicules of two

kinds, viz. spiniferous and smooth, of which the free or anchoring

end of the former terminates in two recurved spines or hooks

opposite. But these spicules in all are free, and flow from all

parts of the base, not twisted into a compact cord like those

of Hyalonema, which also traverses the body of the latter, as

before stated, in the same form, rendering it solid in the centre,

which solidity is replaced, in all the other sponges above men-

tioned, by a central excavation more or less cylindrical, large,

and deep.

In Pheronema Anne, however, this cavity is not wide as in

Holtenia, but narrow as in Meyerina claviformis, and in like

manner branches off at the bottom, which is some distance

above the base of the sponge. Prof. Leidy describes it as a

“ canal,” whose orifice is only four lines in diameter, descending

in the axis of the sponge for “ almost half its depth,” when it

appears to divide into several branches. This is very like the

cavity in Meyerina claviformis. (For a description and

figure of Pheronema Anne, see ‘Month. Microscop. Journ.’

June 1, 1869, vol. i. p. 36; and ‘ American Naturalist,’ 1871,

vol. iv. p. 17.)

Labaria hemispherica, although possessing the birotulate

spicule, is, in addition to the bird’s-nest form of its body, di-

stinguished from all the rest by the terminations respectively

of its spiniferous and smooth anchoring-spicules, especially the

latter (PI. XIV. figs. 1 & 2). While that of the former consists

of a tumid head armed with two round recurved spines oppo-

site like the flukes of an anchor (fig. 1), that of the smooth spicule

consists of a compressed head and two compressed spines or

arms expanded in the form of a crescent or leather-cutter’s knife

to double the breadth of the spines on the head of the spini-

ferous spicule (fig. 2). Labaria is the only sponge possessing

the two kinds of anchoring-spicules in which I have seen the

termination of the smooth form.

Euplectella cucumer, which finishes my list, has already been

noticed in connexion with /. aspergillum and Habrodictyon.

[To be continued. |

XLV.—On three new Species of Birds from Chefoo (North

China). By Ropert SwinuHor, H.B.M. Consul at Chefoo.

1. Golden-sided Grey Thrush.

This thrush was shot on the 14th May, on Lighthouse Is-

374 Mr. R. Swinhoe on three new Species

land, at the entrance to this harbour. I would dedicate it to

Mr. Campbell, the keeper of the lighthouse, to whom I am

indebted for many good birds during this spring season of

migration.

Turdus Campbelli, sp. nov.

All the upper parts dusky slaty ash-colour; quills and rec-

trices hair-brown on their inner webs. ‘Throat pale yellowish

ashy ; breast ashy ; centre of lower breast, belly, and under

tail-coverts white; the side-feathers of the last with their

outer webs yellowish alongside the stems, broadly margined

with hair-brown. Sides of lower breast and belly, tibial fea-

thers, and axillaries rich yellowish or golden chestnut, the

same washing the basal portions of the inner webs of most of

the rectrices on their underside.

Length of fresh bird about 9 inches. Wing 4:7; first quill

0°35 shorter than second, which with the third is the longest

in the wing; fourth 0-1 shorter; the wing falls 2°15

short of tail-tip. Tail 3:4, of twelve equal pointed or mu-

cronate feathers; under tail-coverts 1:2 short of tail. Bull

in front 0°82, from gape 1:05; tarse 1:23; middle toe 0°9, its

claw 0°28.

Bill, inside of mouth, and skin round eye orange-yellow ;

legs and claws the same.

The specimen from which the description was taken proved

a male on dissection, with enormous testes, showing that the

bird was on the point of breeding. It will be seen that the

above diagnosis of this novelty agrees closely with that of

Jerdon (‘Birds of India,’ vol. 1. p. 519) of the Geocichla

unicolor, Blyth, of North India, as to size, and a good deal as

to coloration. ‘The main difference consists in the richer ru-

fous on the underparts of our bird being otherwise distributed,

and in the markings of the under tail-coverts.

2. Golden-billed Button-quail.

In August 1860, during the North-China campaign, on our

march from Tientsin to Pekin, I came across two French

officers shooting in a field of millet. They had knocked over

a Button-quail, which seemed to me richer in colour than our

South-China species; but I got no specimens myself, and I

set it down as the same. Soon after my arrival at this place

the Buttons began to come (commencement of May), and for

the first week or so all brought to market were females; the

males arrived lateron. The Chinese here call them “ Hwang-

lan,’ and prefer the females for their superior size and pugna-

cious proclivities, and fight them as they do quails. ‘The

of Birds from North China. 375

male is small and objects to the “noble art.” By their bril-

ant colouring and fruity yellow bills and legs | saw that I

had got a species I had not met before. In my “ Revised

Catalogue of the Birds of China” (P. Z. 8. 1871) I noted that

I had made a mistake in identifying our South-China bird

with Turnix maculosa, Temm., and gave it the name Hemi-

podius victartus. This species I have procured as far north

as Shanghai. In Pere David’s “Catalogue des Oiseaux a

Pékin” (Nouv. Arch. du Muséum d’Hist. Nat. de Paris,

tome ili. 1867) the Pekin species is marked as 7. maculosa,

Temm. This may be in copy of my first error, or on the

belief that it really is the same as Temminck’s bird, which was

supposed to be from New Holland. I believe the present

species to be distinct, and propose to distinguish it as

Hemipodius chrysostomus, sp. nov.

The female in full plumage has the entire face, breast,

flanks, and vent yellowish buff, much deeper and strongly

tinged with rust-colour on a central patch down the middle of

the breast, with black spots more or less hidden on the sides

of the breast. Feathers on the top of the head black, bordered

with cream- and rust-colour, with a streak of cream-colour

down centre of head. Broad half-collar on hind neck fine

rust-colour, dotted with light reddish. Back and rump varie-

gated with yellowish-grey, cream-colour, black, and bright

rust-colour. Wing-coverts yellowish buff, greyish near bend

and edge of wing, with black spots; quills light hair-brown,

the first two primaries being edged with yellowish, the rest

with brownish, mottled with a deeper brown. Axillaries ight

brownish buff. ‘Tail-feathers ight brown, obscurely mottled

with blackish somewhat in the form of bars.

The male in plumage resembles the females not fully deve-

loped in having the throat whitish, the underparts less tinged

with buff, with no rust-colour on the pectoral median patch,

in having the wing-coverts more or less brownish, with only

a little buff, and in having only a little of the rich mottling

and spots on the upper parts, with but a slight indication of

the nuchal half-collar. He differs, however, from them in

having smaller and more numerous spots on the sides of the

breast.

I took the following note on view of two fresh specimens,

which afterwards proved on dissection to be females :—

‘Length 6°75. Wing 3°8, rounded; first, second, and third

quills nearly equal and longest, fourth a little shorter; wing

falls 0:35 short of tail, and is 0°4 longer than tertiaries. Tail

of eight soft graduated feathers, 1°35 long. Iris cream-white ;

376 Mr. R. Swinhoe on three new Species of Birds.

bill fine golden yellow; inside of mouth flesh-colour. Bull

from forehead 0°55, from gape 0°82; depth at base 0°25.

Tarse in front 0°98; middle toe and claw 0°84. Legs, toes,

and claws rich honey-yellow. Ovary well developed ; trachea

with a globular swelling just above where it reaches the

bronchi.

Of the fresh male I noted:—Length 5°75. Wing 3:3;

quills 0°2 longer than tertiaries, 0°55 short of tail-tip. Tarse

in front 0°85; middle toe and claw 0°82. Bull in tront 0-45,

from gape 0:7. Bill brown on upper mandible, lighter on

apical third of lower, rich golden yellow on basal edge of

upper and whole of basal two-thirds of lower including rictus.

Iris and legs as in female. Testes enormous, evidently on

the point of breeding; trachea narrower than in the female

and without swelling.

This species differs from H. victarius of South China in

having the remiges broader and shorter. Its bill is deeper at

the base, and more distinctly marked ; its legs are of a richer

colour; its plumage above is more richly and definitely

marked with black and red. It has a well-marked breast-

patch, a nuchal half-collar, and a central streak to the crown

of its head.

3. White-winged Quail Crake.

In company with Baillon’s crake was brought a very

charming little species, to me quite unknown, and, I think,

new to science. From its feathered tébia and short tarse and

toes it looks like a diminutive corn-crake; but its speckled

upper plumage links it to the Porzana crakes, while its

rounded wings remove it from both. As it lies on the table

it might be taken for a small quail; and I therefore fancy its

affinities lie for Coturnicops noveboracensis (Gmel.) of Kastern

North America, though I have not seen a specimen of that

bird, nor have I a good description of it. My single specimen

is a female, which I will proceed to describe as

Porzana exquisita, sp. nov.

Size of a small Button-quail. Prevalent colour of head,

neck, flanks, and upper parts rich vandyke-brown; on the

crown the greater portion of each feather is black, the brown

being confined to a narrow margin; on the back of the neck,

the back, and the scapulars the centres are black with broad

brown margins, thus showing alternate longitudinal lines of

broad black and narrower brown; the greater part of the

wing-coverts are brown alone. The throat, a broad patch on

the shoulder-edge, axillaries, and centre of breast and belly

Dr. A. Giinther on a Collection of Chinese Fishes. 377

are white. ‘The eyebrow and face are minutely spotted with

white; the upper parts, except the crown, -have transverse

bands of white extending across the breadth of the black in

each feather, the feathers of the hind neck having one band,

the dorsals mostly two narrower ones, the scapulars three, and

the wing-coverts more scattered ones. The feathers of the

hind neck have their margins and a lower hidden band white.

The flanks, the tibials, and the under tail-coverts are brown,

with a double band of white. The tail is black, each feather

with two narrow cross bars of white. The ten primaries of

the wing are light hair-brown, the first white on the outer

web; the seven secondaries white on their apical two thirds,

light brown on basal third, the first of the series having the

white mottled with brown.

Bill deep brown, greenish yellow on lower mandible at

base and on rictus. Legs and feet light flesh-brown, dark on

joints and onclaws. Irisbrown. Length 5inches. Wing 3,

0-4 longer than tertiaries, 0°25 short of tail; first quill 0°45

shorter than the second and longest. Bill in front 0°48, from

gape 0°55. Tibia bare only just above joint; tarse 0°78 ;

middle toe and claw 1°08. ‘Tail about 1:2, composed of appa-

rently six stiffish feathers, entirely covered by upper and lower

coverts, and hard to distinguish.

XLVI.—On a Collection of Fishes from Chefoo, North China.

By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S.

THE collection of Chinese fishes sent by Mr. Swinhoe to the

British Museum, and described in this volume (pp. 239-250),

has been supplemented by a second, smaller one, made by the

same gentleman at Chefoo. It contains several new forms,

beside some others which are worthy of notice.

1. Sebastes nigromaculatus, sp. n.

D. 12 |. A.#. . Li Jat. 75.

The height of the body is a little less than the length of the

head, and one third of the total (without caudal). Scales rather

irregular. Upper surface of the head scaly, flat, with very

low plain ridges, without prominent spines. Superciliary

edge not elevated; the width of the interorbital space is one

fifth of the length of the head. Lower margin of the pre-

orbital and edge of the preoperculum with acute spines, thus

distinguishing this species from S. ¢nermis. The maxillary

reaches nearly to the vertical from the hind margin of the

378 Dr. A. Giinther on a Collection

orbit. The fifth, sixth, and seventh (or the fourth, fifth, and

sixth) dorsal spines are the longest, longer than those of the

anal, and not half as long asthe head. A deep notch between

the dorsal fins. Brownish or greenish brown, with numerous

irregular -brownish black spots about as large as the pupil;

an oblique brown streak from the lower part of the eye towards

the angle of the operculum ; fins black.

Two specimens from Chefoo, the larger of which is 73 inches

long.

2. Sciena (Corvina) albifiora.

Corvina? albiflora, Richards. Ichth. Chin. p. 226.

Pagrus macrocephalus, Basil. Nouv. Mém. Nat. Mosc. x. 1855, p. 222,

pl. iii. fig. 1.

D.10|5. A.2. L. lat. ca 80.

The height of the body is equal to the length of the head,

and contained thrice and two thirds in the total (without

caudal). Snout not obtuse or truncated, but shorter than the

orbit. There are nine scales in a transverse series between

the first dorsal and the lateral line. Dorsal spines feeble, the

third the longest, as long as the postorbital part of the head. The

second anal spine strong, striated, three fourths the length of

the longest anal ray. Caudal fin rhomboid. Ventrals reaching

as far back as the pectorals. Silvery ; dorsal parts with many

oblique blackish streaks following the series of scales, and

composed of more or less confluent spots. The uppermost

dorsal series of scales white, this series being accompanied

below by a blackish stripe and above by a series of black spots,

each dorsal ray having a spot of this colour at the base; the

upper part of the dorsal interradial membrane blackish,

separated from the basal series of spots by a whitish band.

The other fins whitish.

Two specimens from Chefoo, the larger of which is 10

inches long.

3. Scomber diego, Ayres.

4, Cybium gracile, sp. n.

D. 20 | 16] ix. A= 18. yi.

Distinguished by its very slender form. The height of the

body is one sixth of the total length (the caudal fin not in-

cluded), the length of the head one fifth ; the depth of the head

equals its length without snout. ‘Teeth compressed, but rather

slender and lanceolate, much narrower and wider apart than

in Cybium Commersonit. Lateral line but slightly undulated

below the second dorsal fin, without a decided downward curve,

of Fishes from North China. 379

and with a series of pierced scales. The upper half of the

fish is uniform blackish; the lower half whitish, with some

indistinct small blackish spots arranged in a longitudinal

series.

One specimen, 24 inches long, from Chefoo.

5. Centronotus nebulosus, Schleg.

6. Sticheus hexagrammus, Schleg.

! 7. Pseudorhombus Swinhonis, sp. n.

Allied to P. brasiliensis and P. adspersus.

DE GQl Aol fbr lati ea. 110;

The height of the body is contained twice and three fifths

in the total length (without caudal), the length of the head

thrice and three fourths. Scales ciliated. Snout with the

jaws nearly even in front, considerably longer than the eye,

the diameter of which is two elevenths of the length of the

head ; cleft of the mouth wide, the length of the maxillary

being contained twice and a third in that of the head; the

maxillary extends beyond the vertical from the posterior

margin of the eye, and has its extremity covered with minute

scales. Upper jaw with three pairs of strong canine teeth an-

teriorly ; lower jaw with eight or ten strong distant teeth on

each side. Interorbital space rather flat, scaly posteriorly,

not so wide as the vertical diameter of the orbit. The lower

eye is scarcely in advance of the upper. Fin-rays scaly. The

dorsal fin commences above the front margin of the orbit, and

terminates at a distance from the caudal which is equal to

three fourths of the depth of the free portion of the tail; its

longest rays are in the posterior third of the fin, nearly as long

as the pectoral, and contained twice and a third in the length

of the head. Caudal fin subtruncated or rounded. Gull-rakers

rather widely set, lanceolate, not quite so long as the eye.

Brownish grey ; head, body, and pectoral fins sprinkled over

with brown dots.

Two specimens from Chefoo, the larger of which is 16

inches long.

8. Cynoglossus semilevis, sp. n.

D.123.,, A. 95. L. lat. 145.

Three lateral lines on the left side; on the level of the end

of the abdominal cavity the upper line is separated from the

middle by twenty-one rows of scales, and the lower from the

middle by twenty-three. Nine series of scales between the

dorsal fin and upper lateral line, and eleven between the anal

380 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

fin and the lower lateral line. One lateral line on the right

side. Scales between the lateral lines perfectly smooth ; those

between the outer lateral lines and vertical fins, and those on

the head, strongly ctenoid ; scales of the blind side smooth.

T'wo nostrils—one between the eyes, the other opposite to the

lower margin of the lower eye. Eyes extremely small, the

upper not in advance of the lower; interorbital space much

wider than the orbit. The length of the snout is two fifths of

that of the head. Angle of the mouth conspicuously nearer

to the end of the snout than to the hind margin of the gill-

cover, below the eye. Tail not much elongate. ‘The height

of the body is two sevenths of the total length (without

caudal), the length of the head one fifth. Left side uniform

brown; vertical fins with a white edge. Three distant round

blackish spots on the lateral line of the left side may be acci-

dental in this specimen.

One specimen from Chefoo, 18 inches long.

9. Hemirhamphus Sajort, Schleg.

10. Barbus labeo, Pall.,

= Gobiobarbus labeo, Pall., = Hemibarbus maculatus, Blkr.,

and probably = Hemibarbus dissimilis, Blkr. (juv.). This

species is very Closely allied to Barbus Schlegelit, Gthr.

11. Syngnathus acusimilis, sp. n.

D. 43-45. Osseous rings 20 + 41-43.

The length of the snout equals the distance between the

anterior margin of the eye and the middle of the pectoral fin.

A low ridge along the median line of the upperside of the

snout. Crown, temple, and operculum without ridge. Lateral

line and upper caudal edge not continuous. Tail one half

longer than the body. Dorsal fin on thirteen rings, two of

which belong to the trunk. Caudal fin well developed.

Four specimens, males and females, the longest of which is

83 inches long; from Chefoo.

XLVII.—On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan.

By H. W. Bates, F.L.8.

[Continued from p. 508. |

Family Lamiide.

MICROLERA, nov. gen.

Corpus parvum, gen. Ptinwm simulans ; subcylindricum, conyexum,

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 381

ad elytrorum basin depressum, crebre punctatum, opacum. Caput

exsertum, rotundatum, convexum, obtusum, postice crassum, fronte

convexa, genis modice elongatis; tuberibus antenniferis vix ele-

vatis, condylo antennarum exserto. Labrwm parvum. Palpi

parvi, apice obtusi. Oculi vix conspicui, divisi, lobo superiore

parvo. Antenne corpore longiores, filiformes, robusti; sparsim

longe pubescentes ; scapo modice elongato subcylindrico, ceteris

articulis regularibus. Thoraa breviter cylindricus, inermis, con-

vexus, postice depressus. Elytra postice paululum ampliata,

apice obtuse rotundata. Pedes breves; tibiz intermediz extus

sulcatee ; ungues divergentes, simplices. Acetabula antica postice

clausa. Pro- et mesosterna inter coxas angusta, longitudinaliter

convexa. Acetabula intermedia extus aperta ; sed epimera meso-

thoracica haud conspicua. Metathorax ut in subfam. Dorcadiinis

brevis.

The affinities of this curious genus are a difficult problem.

According to the technical characters employed by Lacordaire,

it would belong to the Apomecynine, except perhaps for the

short metathorax. There is much, both in facies and form of

the sterna, which reminds one of the Australian genus Mesolita

in the Parmenine group ; but the claws are not divaricate, the

middle tibia have a conspicuous exterior groove, and the an-

tenne are thick to the apex. The sides of the sternum are so

thickly punctured that the sutures are invisible; and it is

doubtful whether the mesothoracic epimera penetrate to the

sockets, which are apparently open.

Microlera ptinoides, n. sp.

M. atro-fusca, opaca, toto corpore (abdomine excepto) grosse punc-

tato ; elytris basi rufescentibus, vitta utrinque subbasali abbre-

viata fasciaque pone medium cinereis; antennis piceo-rufis,

nitidis ; pedibus piceis, cinereo-pubescentibus. Long. 13-13 lin.

Hiogo ; on dead branches of Aigle sepiaria.

The body, viewed in profile, has a double convexity, or may

be termed biarcuate; the front is a little inclined backwards

towards the prosternum, and forms, with the vertex and

thorax, a regular convexity; the hind part of the thorax and

base of the elytra are depressed, and the rest of the elytra is

convex. ‘The elytra at the base are very little broader than

the base of the thorax (which is a little constricted); the

shoulders form right angles, and there is a short obtuse lateral

ridge proceeding from them, causing the sides of the elytra to

be nearly vertical almost to the apex.

Atimura japonica, n. sp.

A. fusco-grisea, capite apiceque elytrorum plus minusye fulvis;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol, xii, 26

382 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

thorace angulis posticis lateraliter productis acutis, dorso rugoso

punctato, irregulariter tricostato; elytris sublineatim punctatis,

costis utrinque acute elevatis quatuor, quarum duabus interioribus

multiinterruptis, omnibus apud declivitatem apicalem in tuber-

cula conica desinentibus, apice breviter oblique truncatis, angulo

exteriore dentato. Long, 24-33 lin.

Hiogo; many examples.

Very closely allied to the Bornean A. bacillina (Pascoe),

which, however, is 5 lines in length.

LASIAPHELES, nov. gen.

Subfam. Apodasyinis pertinet, sed acetabulis intermediis extus apertis.

Cylindrica, omnino longe hirsuta. Caput exsertum, thorace

longius, genis breyissimis. Oculi magni, grossissime granulati,

modice sinuati, supra subapproximati. Antenne corporis longi-

tudine, filiformes, robuste ; scapo modice elongato, obconico, arti-

culis 3°-11™ gradatim perparum decrescentibus. Thorax brevis,

fere cylindricus, inermis. Hlytra apice rotundata, simplicia.

Pedes breves ; tibiz intermediz extus sulcate, sed haud tubercu-

latee ; ungues divaricati, simplices. Coaww antice exserto-conice ;

prosternum inter coxas angustissimum. Mesosternum inter coxas

angustum, simplex.

Lasiapheles obrivides, n. sp.

L. fere cylindrica, fuscescenti-rufa, abdomine excepto toto crebre

punctata, longe hirsuta, antennis, tibiis et tarsis nigris. Long.

33-4 lin.

Nagasaki; many examples; on a privet-hedge in June.

Has much resemblance to a large Obrium, or the forms allied

thereto, the head being broader anteriorly than the thorax,

and the eyes voluminous and very coarsely faceted, the upper

lobes being large, though not so large asthe lower. ‘The fore-

head is convex, and, like the rest of the head, thickly and

evenly punctured. The body, although clothed with long

grey hairs, is shining.

Pogonocherus seminiveus, n. sp.

P. hispido proxime affinis; paulo major et differt elytrorum dimidio

basali (margine basali incluso) albo. Nigro-fuscus, elytris dimidio

basali albo, antennis basi fulvis; articulis 4°-11"" basi anguste

cinereis ; scutello nigro, medio albo-lineato ; elytris apice truncatis,

angulo exteriore longe spinoso ; supra crista subbasali albo-peni-

cillata, alteris duabus vel tribus postmedianis nigro-penicillatis,

macula fulva intraapicali. Long. 34-4 lin.

Yokohama ; Hiogo.

—-

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 383

Aulaconotus pachypezoides, Thomson.

Aulaconotus pachypezoides, Thomson, Syst. Ceramb, p. 99.

Hiogo ; on dead stems of Cissus.

Pothyne silacea, Pascoe.

Pothyne silacea, Pascoe, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1871 (October),

p. 278.

Nagasaki; on dead stems of Cissus.

Smermus (?) bimaculatus, n. sp.

S. sublinearis, fulvescenti-fuscus, subtiliter incumbenti-pubescens,

elytris utrinque medio macula elongata obliqua atro-fusca; capite

thoraceque angustis, punctulatis; oculis vix prominulis, tuberi-

bus antenniferis elevatis subparallelis, punctulatis, apice breviter

sinuatim truncatis; antennis longissimis, sparsim ciliatis, rufo-

testaceis, articulis apice nigro-fuscis, scapo thorace longiore, grada-

tim clavato. Long. 43-6 lin.

Maiyasan ; rare.

Agrees with Lacordaire’s definition of Smermus, except in

the form of the scape, which he defines as “ en céne renversé ;”’

whereas in the present insect it is gradually enlarged into an

elongated club. The cheeks, too, are only moderately elon-

gated. I do not venture to institute a new genus on these dif-

ferences of structure. The thorax is elongated, narrow, and

cylindrical, except a slight tumescence of the sides in the

middle and at the anterior and posterior extremities. The an-

tenn are four times as long aggthe body in some examples,

and, as in the type of the genus, the eleventh joint is as long

as the ninth and tenth taken together.

Calamobius japonicus, n. sp.

C. linearis vix convexus, fusco-piceus, subtiliter pubescens, crebre

punctulatus ; antennis corpore plusquam duplo longioribus, arti-

culis basalibus longe hirsutis, scapo thoracis basin haud attin-

gente; elytris per suturam depressis, apicem versus haud declivibus,

apice obtusissime breviter oblique truncatis ; tibiis rufo-testaceis.

Long. 3-6 lin. 1

Nagasaki. Crepuscular or nocturnal in flight.

Similar in size and shape to Cal. gracilis, but not agreeing

with it in generic characters, according to Lacordaire’s defini-

tion. ‘This is the case principally in regard to the scape of the

antenne, which is relatively much shorter; the scape and

several basal joints are clothed with long hairs on all sides.

The head is similar in shape, the antenniferous tubercles being

only moderately elevated, oblique, and rather distant ; but the

384 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

front is less oblique and rather shorter. The elytra are de-

pressed along the suture, and have no distinct declivity near

the apex.

Acanthocinus griseus, Fab.

Acanthocinus griseus, Fab. Syst. El. ii. p. 277 (et auctor.).

Hiogo; several examples of both sexes, differing in size

from 44 to 74 lines.

Leiopus guttatus, n. sp.

L. subelongatus, parallelopipedus, fere ut Acanthocinus griseus, nullo-

modo setosus ; fuscus; elytris griseis fusco-guttatis, fasciis vagis

duabus fuscis, una ante, altera post medium ; antennis ( 2 ) corpore

plusquam duplo longioribus, haud ciliatis, fere nudis, testaceo-rufis,

articulis omnibus apice nigro-piceis ; thorace subquadrato, antice

gradatim, prope basin citius angustato, post medium tumidulo,

ibique spina brevi recta, paulo obliqua armato; dorso grosse,

discrete punctato; elytris totis fortiter punctatis, apice breviter

obtuse truncatis; pedibus ut in A. grisco gracilibus, nigris,

_ femoribus et tibiis dimidio basali testaceo-carneis ; tarsis posticis

articulo basali ceeteris conjunctis multo longiore.

Q ovipositore vix ultra apicem elytrorum producto ; segmento ultimo

ventrali haud elongato, truncato. Long. 3jlin. 9°.

' Two examples, Hiogo.

Exocentrus fasciolatus, n. sp.

E. balteato proxime affinis. Atro-fuscus; elytris pube grisea

vestitis, fascia dentata post medium denudata, lineatim punctatis,

interstitiis setis nigris lineatiffi ordinatis. Long. 22 lin.

Many examples.

Similar in form to #. balteatus (Serv.). Blackish brown.

Head clothed with grey pile. Antenne setose, as in H. bal-

teatus, but the hairs shorter; black, sometimes rufo-piceous ;

bases of joints grey. Thorax of similar form to that of Z.

balteatus ; the base and three short streaks proceeding thence

towards the disk griseous pubescent. Elytra punctured in

lines, with a row of very distinct and separate rigid black

setee down some of the interstices; the laid ashy pile is in

many places interrupted, forming oblong spots; there is an

oblique patch at the sides, and beyond the middle an irregular

zigzag fascia of the blackish ground-colour.

Exocentrus lineatus, n. sp.

E. balteato forma similis. Piceo-fuscus ; elytris sutura et lineis

quinque, post medium late interruptis, griseis. Long. 2? lin.

Many examples.

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 385

Similar in form to #. balteatus ; but the antenne decidedly

thicker and densely clothed with long hairs. Thorax of very

similar form. General colour brownish red. The elytra rather

densely and irregularly clothed with erect hairs ; each elytron

has the suture and five lines grey; all (except the sutural)

interrupted behind the middle by a broad zigzag fascia of the

ground-colour, beyond which, near the apex, three short lines

only reappear.

Exocentrus tonsus, n. sp.

E. balteato forma similis, at multo minor, haud setosus. Oblongus,

testaceo-fuscus, incumbenti-pubescens ; capite thoraceque obscu-

rioribus, subtiliter crebre punctulatis, hoc spina laterali minus

obliqua; elytris sublineatim punctulatis, maculis transversis ir-

regulariter sparsim nebulosis ; antennis corpore longioribus, graci-

libus, haud setosis. Long. 14-1 lin.

Nagasaki ; on ivy.

Exocentrus guttulatus, 1. sp.

E. oblongus, convexus, subeneo-niger, griseo-olivaceo pubescens ;

elytris erecte setosis, pube griseo-olivacea lineatim guttatis et

pone medium fasciatis; antennis ciliatis, articulis basi griseo-

testaceis. Long. 33 lin.

One example.

Head and thorax rather smaller and elytra more ample than

in H. balteatus ; thoracic spine broad at the base, oblique and

acute. Elytra ‘subseriate-punctulate, with single, erect, black

bristles and oblong spots of olive-grey pubescence arranged i in

lines ; a belt of similar colour a little after the middle. The

antenne elongated, as in £. eae at moderately pubescent,

and finely ciliated beneath.

ASAPERDA, nov. gen.

Facies Saperdarum, sed unguibus divergentibus, simplicibus.

Elongata, linearis. Caput exsertum, postice dilatatum. Oculi

fere divisi. Antenne tenues, filiformes ; scapo modice elongato,

cylindrico-ovato. Thorax transversus, postice constrictus, tuber-

culo valido laterali armatus. Hlytra apice rotundata, simplicia.

Pedes breves ; cove antice extus angulate ; acetabula intermedia

extus aperta; tibiw intermedi extus sulcatee et tuberculate ;

sterna inter coxas simplicia.

This genus does not fall naturally into any of the numerous

“ oyoupes”’ into which Lacordaire divides the Lamiade with

simple antennal scape. It agrees best with the Apomecynine,

and has some resemblance to Kunidia, except its longer body

and stout thoracic lateral tubercles. I should be inclined to

386 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

institute with it a distinct group, to range near the Agapan-

thine.

Asaperda rufipes, n. sp.

A, atro-fusca, opaca, tenuiter griseo-pubescens; scutello et sutura

griseis ; pedibus rufis; antennis rufescentibus, scapo apicibusque

articulorum nigro-fuscis ; corpore supra crebre punctulato. Long.

43-52 lin.

Hiogo.

Some specimens appear abraded and have no trace of grey

suture and scutellum; and the antennz are sometimes quite

black.

Asaperda agapanthina, n. sp.

A, eneo-fusca, tomento olivaceo-griseo nebulosa; pedibus et antennis

rufescentibus, harum articulis basi pallidioribus. Long. 5 lin.

Awomori; Yokohama.

This species bears much resemblance to an Agapanthia.

The olivaceous grey clothing of the elytra is interrupted by

numerous roundish spots and by an indistinct fascia across

the middle ; the thoracic tubercles are large and acute.

Agapanthia pilicornis, Fab.

Agapanthia pilicornis, Fab. Ent. Syst. i. 2,p. 810. —

One example, agreeing with others which I obtained from

Maack’s collection from Kast Siberia.

Fabricius describes the base of the antennal joints from the

third as “ subferrugineo.”” Some examples from East Siberia

have yellowish bases to the joints, and others (like the Japanese

specimens) grey; I am not sure that they are not distinct

species. Motschulsky describes the form with yellowish bases

as A. fasciculosa (Ktudes Entom. 1860, p. 41), evidently con-

sidering the other form the true pelicornis.

Saperda sanguinolenta, Thomson.

Cagosima sanguinolenta, Thomson, Syst. Ceramb. p. 116.

Hiogo, many examples.

It is not mentioned in the description of the genus Cagosima,

instituted for this species by M. Thomson, in what it differs

from the genus Saperda. It appears to be perfectly congeneric

with S. scalaris Ke.

Thyestes Gebleri, Falderm.

Saperda Gebleri, Falderm. Col. ab ill. Bungio in China Bor. &c. p. 454,

t..v. 1.6.

Thyestes pubescens, Thomson, Syst. Ceramb. p. 116.

Yokohama; also Manchuria and N. China.

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 387

The genus is distinguished from Saperda by the groove and

notch on the outer edge of the middle tibize, and from Glenea

by the absence of carina from the sides of the elytra.

Glenea Fortunet, Saunders.

Glenea Fortunei, Saunders, Trans, Ent. Soc. ser. 2, ii. p. 112, pl, 4. f. 1.

Common in Japan.

Glenea galathea, Thomson.

Glenea galathea, Thomson, Syst. Ceramb. p. 566.

Mr. Lewis’s collection does not contain this species.

Glenea ocelota, n. sp.

G. elongata, supra deplanata, pube subtili ochreo-fusea dense vestita ;

thoracis dorso maculis quatuor ; elytris maculis lateralibus utrinque

quatuor lineatim ordinatis, humeris et macula subbasali nigris ;

elytris lateribus acute carinatis, supra versus carinam magis clare

coloratis ; apice singulatim rotundatis; tibiis intermediis extus

longe sinuatis sed haud suleatis. Long. 7-Slin. ¢ 9°.

Hiogo, many examples.

Belongs to Glenea by the carinated elytra; but the groove

of the intermediate tibie is obsolete. The claws offer a pecu-

liarity which is not alluded to in any generic description. In

the male the inner claw of the four anterior tarsi has a tooth

on the outer side of the base, the claws of the hind feet being

simple ; in the female the claws of the four anterior tarsi are

simple, whilst the base of the claws of the hindmost pair has

a blunt tooth.

Glenea relicta, Pascoe.

Gilenea relicta, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, iv. p. 258.

G. quoad formam G. 9-guttate etc. haud dissimilis. Nigra,

sparsim erecte pubescens; thorace vitta mediana et scutello

ochraceo-albis ; elytris rufo-castaneis utrinque guttis quinque

ochraceo-albis ; pedibus testaceo-flavis; tarsis albis; antennis

piceis, ciliatis ; corpore subtus sparsim cano pubescente, lateribus

plagis cano-tomentosis; capite et thorace supra punctulatis, hoc

cylindrico, versus basin paulo angustato; elytris apice utrinque

sinuato-truncatis, angulo suturali acuto, producto, exteriore longe

spinoso, lateribus bicarinatis, supra fortiter punctatis, prope apicem

leevibus ibique colore obscuriore. Long. 54-6 lin.

Moon-temple, Osaka; Mitsuyama; also N. China.

ple, ) : Bets

A true Glenea. Intermediate tibiae grooved and notched,

and all claws in both sexes simple.

388 Mr. H. W. Bates on the

Phytacia simulans, n. sp.

Glenee relicte simillima. Nigra, erecte pubescens, verticis vittulis

duabus, thoracis vitta mediana scutelloque ochraceo -albis ;

elytris castaneis, maculis utrinque ochraceo-albis quinque, sutura

vittulaque indistincta laterali basali ochraceo-albis ; pedibus

flavo-testaceis, tarsis albis; antennis nigris, articulo tertio apice

griseo; metasterno et abdominis segmentis lateribus cano-tomen-

tosis; corpore supra fortiter punctato; elytris apice obtuse trun-

catis, lateribus verticalibus, haud vero distincte carinatis. Long.

3-6 lin.

Moon-temple, Osaka.

Deceptively similar to Glenea relicta, and confounded with

it by Mr. Lewis himself; the toothed claws, however, at once

show its true character ; and the obtuse truncation of the elytra

is also a constant and conspicuous means of distinguishing it.

The ochreous spots of the elytra are an indistinct one (some-

times absent) on each side of the base, and two, one behind the -

other, on the disk towards the middle. The tarsal claws are

not ‘bifid,’ as in the more typical Phytecie, but “ appendi-

culated,” almost as in Oberea.

Phytecia ventralis, Chevrolat.

Ph. lineole (F.) simillima. Cylindrica, griseo-nigra; thoracis

macula discoidali ovali, ventre femoribusque (apice excepto) rutis.

Long. 4 lin.

Nagasaki ; also I. of Formosa and China.

I have this species in my collection under the above name,

but have not succeeded in finding a published description. It

is very close to the European Ph. lineola, differing chiefly in

the yellowish-red abdomen, and in the black of the knees ex-

tending halfway along the hind part of the femora; the form

and sculpture are the same.

Oberea japonica, n. sp.

O. pupillate similis, at major et magis elongata. Testaceo-flava ;

elytris (basi excepto) griseo-fuscis; vitta laterali, abdominis

segmento ultimo, capite et antennis nigris ; capite ut in O. pupil-

lata regulariter discrete punctato ; thorace lateribus paulo rotun-

dato, supra convexo, opaco; elytris lineatim punctatis, apice

oblique late truncatis, angulo suturali breviter, exteriore longe

spinoso. Long. 83-9 lin. ¢ Q.

Hiogo.

The yellowish or tawny-reddish basal colour of the elytra

covers the humeral callus, extending as a short stripe down

the side from the shoulder, and forms a squarish patch over and

Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 389

around the scutellum. The punctuation of the elytra is rather

distant, strongly impressed, and arranged in lines. Varieties

occur in which the metasternum and the middle of the basal

ventral segments are blackish, others in which the sides of

the basal ventral segments only are blackish.

Oberea hebescens, ni. sp.

0. japonice simillima, differt solum thoracis medio magis convexo,

elytris apice oblique truncatis, haud spinosis. Longit. 7-8

bins. &.

Among Mr. Lewis’s numerous series of O. japonica are three

examples (¢ ?) of a form precisely similar in colours, except

that the lateral dark stripe of the elytra extends further over

the humeral callus ; but the apex is simply obliquely truncated,

without spine either at the sutural or exterior angle. The

thorax also is decidedly more convex on the disk, with a distinct

transverse sulcus near the anterior and posterior margins.

The punctuation is the same, particularly the regular strong

lineate punctures of the elytra, confused and faint only near

the apex. The terminal abdominal segment is black, the rest

of the under surface, the legs, the thorax, and the base of

the elytra (except the humeral callus) testaceous yellow or

reddish.

I think it very possible that it is only a variety or aberration

of O. japonica.

Oberea mixta, n. sp.

O. japonice proxime affinis; differt solum punctis elytrorum con-

fusis, nigredineque elytrorum per callum humeralem usque ad

basin extensa. Long. 6-8 lin. ¢ @.

Simabara, Osaka; four examples.

Deceptively similar to O. japonica; rather less elongated,

and the punctuation of the elytra not arranged in lines. The

head and thorax do not differ in form.or colour ; but the an-

tenne are decidedly shorter in both sexes. The testaceous

red colour of the base forms only a square patch over and

around the scutellum and a narrow streak down the extreme

margin below the humerus; the truncation of the elytra is less

oblique, and both angles are produced and spiniform, the

exterior one much the longer; the base of the apical ventral

segment is yellow, the rest black.

Oberea nigriventris, n. sp.

O. valde clongata, angusta, linearis, nigra; capite, thorace, basi

elytrorum femoribusque anticis et intermediis castaneo-rufis ;

390 On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan.

capite spherico haud profunde punctato, cum thorace (angusto,

cylindrico) opaco; elytris obliquissime sinuato-truncatis, angulis

valde productis acutis, supra grosse lineatim punctatis ; abdomine

lineari, punctulato. Long. 6 lin, 9.

One example.

Oberea marginella, n. sp.

O. pupillata multo brevior. Flavo-testacea, erecte pubescens ; capite

antennarumque articulis basalibus duobus nigris nitidis, illo grosse

discrete punctato; thorace brevi, opaco, impunctato, antice et

postice transversim depresso, disco modice conyexo ; elytris fortiter

deplanatis, gradatim angustatis, apice late suboblique sinuato-

truncatis, angulis productis, acutis, supra sericeo-opacis, vitta late-

rali (basin haud attingente) nigro-fusca, utrinque extus lineatim,

intus confuse punctatis; metasterno segmentisque ventris basali-

bus fusco plagiatis ; antennis in utroque sexu corpore paulo lon-

gioribus, filiformibus, subtiliter pubescentibus et ciliatis. Long.

5-5i lin. ¢ Q.

Osaka, Hiogo ; many examples.

Oberea fulveola, n. sp.

O. gracilior, elytris angustatis ; rufescenti-fulva, scapo fusco-nigro ;

capite et thorace opacis vix conspicue punctatis, hoc brevi, lateribus

medio rotundatis, antice et postice transversim sulcato, medio

dorsi convexo; elytris mox pone humeros angustatis, apice per-

oblique truncatis, angulo suturali acuto, exteriore late producto,

dorso fortiter lineatim punctatis, interstitio quarto paulo elevato.

Long. 7 lin. :

Kagosima.

Distinguished by its uniform reddish-tawny coloration and

the stony-opaque surface of the head as well as the thorax. In

some points it agrees with Chevrolat’s O. fuscipennis ; but, so

far as the almost unintelligible description goes, the elytra are

brown in that species: he says, “elytra... apice planis.. .

fuscis.””

Chreonoma Fortunei, Thomson.

Chreonoma Fortunet, Thomson, Archiy. Entom. i. p. 58.

Many examples. Also Shanghai and Che-kiang in China.

All the Japanese examples differ from the Chinese by the

much smaller extent of pale colour at the bases of the antennal

joints ; in other respects they are precisely similar.

On Spontancous Division in the Radiata. 391

XLVUL—On Spontaneous Division in the Echinodermata

and other Radiata. By Dr. C. F. LiTKEn.

[Concluded from p. 337, |

DaLyELL* and Semper} have investigated the faculty of

regeneration in the Holothurida; and the former has established

that a voluntary spontaneous division really takes place at

least in some species of those Echinoderms. It is to be regretted

that with regard to the faculty of regeneration and to artificial

division we do not yet possess any methodical observations

upon other Echinoderms, especially the Asterida and Ophiu-

rida, in which the frequent cases of regeneration which have

been observed lead us to deduce the possibility of artificial

division if it were tried. But even if this were the case it

would not prevent our interpreting the phenomena already

described as a natural or spontaneous binary or radial division,

seeing that we are not in a position to discover an exterior in-

fluence capable of exerting upon the life of these animals so

profound and singular an action, but we can only seek the

cause of these natural phenomena of division in an act

emanating from the organism itself and having multiplication

for its object.

Like the authors who have treated before me of heteractinism

in the Ophiurida and Asterida, I must therefore hold to the

hypothesis that in the cases already specially examined ( Ophio-

thela, Ophiactis (p. p.), Ophiocoma (p. p.), Asterias (p. p.),

Linckia (p.p.), and Ophidiaster (p. p.)) it is due to a true

spontaneous division, no doubt repeated several times. But, as

I have already pointed out, however acceptable this explanation

may appear, it cannot be regarded asthe true one until it has

been verified upon animals kept alive for a long time in aquaria.

Nevertheless it has so many probabilities in its favour that

it is well to call attention to it—especially at a time when

“ experimental zoology”’ already possesses a review of its own,

and the establishment of zoological stations is being realized

on the shores of that very sea which harbours two of the

species in which we suppose such a division to occur, namely

Ophiactis virens and Asterias tenuispina. If we could succeed

in keeping these species alive for a long time in aquaria, it

would no doubt be easy to settle the following points—namely,

whether a natural division really takes place, whether it is

repeated several times, whether it ceases when the animals

attain a certain age or size and when the organs have acquired

a certain degree of development, &c. These phenomena possess

* Powers of the Creator, vol. 1. pp. 49 ef segq.

+ Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, 2ter Theil, Band i. p, 201.

392 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous

a special interest, because the Holothurida, Asterida, and

Ophiurida are the highest organisms in their sphere in which

a true spontaneous division has been ascertained or supposed

to occur; and as other forms of agamic reproduction, e. g. gem-

mation, are entirely unknown in the class Echinodermata*,

there is the less reason here than elsewhere to regard division

as a disguised gemmation or something of the kind. Sponta-

neous division, therefore, is manifested in this class of animals

with exceptional purity and independence. If we suppose that

it is really a division that takes place here, it is a division pure

and simple, and not a mask under which something else is

hidden (gemmation or some analogous mode of multiplication).

In fact, although spontaneous division has always been

represented as a special category of the various modes of

reproduction of the lower animals, especially as a subdivision

of agamic reproduction, and although the text-books assign

to this mode of reproduction a comparatively wide domain, it

is evident that in many cases the spontaneous division is only

apparent ; in reality it is often something quite different that

takes place ; and the part ascribed to this mode of reproduction

is thus so much reduced that it is easy to understand how doubts

may have arisen whether natural spontaneous division ever

takes place, with the exception, of course, of the animals placed

at the very bottom of the scale (Rhizopoda, Monera), in which

the notions of cell and individual are almost confounded, and

the individual, with the other properties of the cell, has also

inherited its divisibility. Thus, in many Infusoria, a “division

in the direction of the length” has been supposed in cases

in which there was only a copulation; two individuals have

been found half united and half free, and it has been concluded

that they were in course of separation, while, on the contrary,

they were engaged in the no less astonishing operation of

fusing into oneT.

* In publishing a very interesting observation upon viviparity in an

Echinid (Anochanus), M. Grube (Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1868, p. 178)

has put forward the hypothesis that it was a case of agamic reproduction

by means of germs or internal buds; but in reality there is no sufficient

reason for accepting this supposition, nor do I see how the difficulties

presented by the history of the reproduction of that Echinid can be

diminished by it. M. Grube’s hypothesis, moreover, is connected with

the theory according to which the formation of the Asterid or Echinid in

the Pluteus-larva is not a metamorphosis, but a gemmation—an opinion

the incorrectness of which I thought zoologists had long since recognized.

+ Besides this operation, which is the opposite of a division, there is

produced apparently in these animals a true longitudinal division of the

various bell-animalcules, which enables them to form colonies, when one

of the two newly formed bells does not detach itself. But it remains to

be learned whether this division, as in other Infusoria, is not in reality a

disguised production of two perfectly new individuals.

Division in the Radiata. 393

The transverse division of the Infusoria also is not a true

division. As M. Steenstrup has indicated, it results clearly

from the beautiful observations of M. Stein that it is not an

individual that divides into two, but two young individuals

that are developed in the same mother and become free by

absorbing her body. We must also join with those naturalists

(Boeck, Steenstrup) who maintain, as resulting clearly from

observation, that the act by which the Scyphistoma becomes

transformed into the Strobi/a (by multiple transverse scission),

and the latter breaks up into.a series of young Meduse, is only

a slightly disguised development of a series of internal germs

or buds, accompanied by an absorption of the Medusa-nurse

(the Scyphistoma), exactly as in the Infusoria, with the sole

difference that the number of germs is much greater than in

the latter.

We may also doubt whether a true spontaneous division

ever takes place among the Vermes (at all events those of the

highest rank) ; it would seem that in most cases it is only a

disguised gemmation. To discuss this question thoroughly

with regard to the fissiparous Cheetopoda (Naides, Syllidea,

Tubicola) would carry me far beyond the limits of this memoir,

and would nevertheless throw no light upon the subject; it

will suffice for me to remind the reader that whilst it seems to

result positively from some observations that what takes place

here is a gemmation, or a successive development of a series

of germs or buds in the posterior extremity of the worm, many

observers regard it as beyond doubt that there is a pure division

followed by a regeneration of the part separated. These

questions being in general surrounded by a certain obscurity,

observers have probably in most cases not been fully conscious

of the distinction to be established, and consequently have not

overcome its difficulties. However, as it cannot be doubted

that it is always the same phenomenon that takes place here,

7. e. either a true division or a true gemmation, the balance in

opinion inclines strongly to the latter side. It seems to me

that the observations we possess may be readily brought into

accordance with the opinion that the so-called scissiparity of

the Cheetopoda is only a disguised terminal gemmation, precisely

as in the Medusa-nurses.

That the faculty of regeneration is extremely great in the

Vermes is a well-known fact. In certain cases, as O. F.

Miiller showed a hundred years ago (by very exact experiments,

in which spontaneous division with the regeneration resulting

from it is most distinctly separated from natural scissiparity or

gemmation), it attains such a development that artificial

division is produced with great facility. In the present day

394 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous

we possess interesting observations by Mr. MacIntosh, showing

that certain Nemertina (Borlasia) when in confinement may

break up into a quantity of fragments, all of which possess

the power of regeneration so as to become complete individuals.

This kind of division, which is neither entirely spontaneous

nor entirely artificial, is difficult to range under any definite

scientific determination; we find analogous cases among the

Actinie.

Spontaneous division (schizogony) seems therefore to occur

principally in two great groups of the lower animals :—the

Protozoa (Monera and Rhizopoda), which are reduced to simple

cells, and which consequently may be divided artificially and

divide themselves ; and the Radiata (Echinoderms and Ccelen-

terata), in which the divisibility is partly connected in a

perfectly natural manner with the radiate structure. But both

in the Echinodermata and in the Ccelenterata spontaneous

division is at the same time intimately connected with regen-

eration, upon which it depends, and from which it cannot be

separated: we may regard it as the most perfect expression of

its development; and in some Ccelenterata (especially the

Actiniz) it is moreover in intimate connexion with gemmation

(blastogony), and passes so insensibly into perfectly cha-

racterized phenomena of gemmation, that, at any rate in a

ereat many cases, it seems impossible to trace a boundary

between these two modes of reproduction, which seem to be so

essentially different. As the experiments made upon this

subject have never been considered in their totality, and it

would be very desirable that they should be resumed in a

methodical manner, I have appended to my communications

on spontaneous division in the Kchinodermata a short statement,

of what has been ascertained as to regeneration and artificial

and natural division in the Meduse and Actinie. By this

means I propose to collect some materials which may assist in

answering the following questions :—Of what facts which may

throw light upon the spontaneous division of certain Radiata

is science in possession ? and in what relation does spontaneous

division stand on the one hand to artificial division, and on the

other to gemmation and other forms of agamic reproduction ?

With regard to the Meduse, I leave on one side the so-called

scissiparous division of the Scyphistoma, and also pass over in

silence the celebrated observations on the spontaneous and

artificial division of the freshwater polypes, as likewise the in-

teresting experiments of M. Hiickel on the artificial division

of the ova and embryos of the Siphonophora. In fact, in all

these cases, as in the researches of Dalyell and Reid on arti-

ficial division (both longitudinal and transverse) in the Seyphi-

—

Division in the Radiata. 395

stoma, we have not to do with the division of a true “individual”

in the strict acceptation of the term, but with that of a creature

which is really very simple, but potentially and cn nuce is

a multiple creature, which would resolve or develop itself into

along series of individuals. I therefore confine myself to refer-

ences to thosecases in which a true artificial or spontaneous divi-

sion has been observed in the Medusee—namely, by M. Hiickel

‘in the species of the group Thawmantias, and by M. Kélliker in

young Mesonemata(Stomobrachium). If, however, Hiickel’s ob-

servations relate to Medusz of the category which Mr. Allman

subsequently termed “Gonochemes”’ this case would have to be

assimilated to those which, for reasons explained above, fall

outside the considerations here involved. After mentioning

the spontaneous and artificial division of Protohydra, a type

which is still but little known, and also the artificial division

of Lucernaria and the spontaneous division of Schizocladium

(which appear to me to have just as much resemblance to

gemmation or sporogony), I take up the examination of the

faculty of regeneration and the divisibility of the Actinie,

commencing with the remarkable investigations of Dicque-

mare, which are already a century old, and then passing

in review the more recent experiments and observations

of Gosse, Peach, Bennett, Dalyell, M‘Cready, Mrs. Thynne,

Van Beneden, Wright, and Hogg. From these it appears

not only that the Actiniza may be divided longitudinally and

transversely, but also that spontaneous division is by no means

a rare phenomenon, at least in some species (A. cereus, dian-

thus, cavernosa); in an Actinid probably produced from the

ova of Caryophyllia Smithii it was even repeated so frequently

that, in the course of two years, two individuals were thus in-

creased to 278. By asimilar longitudinal division the frequent

appearance of double Actinize more or less joined together has

also been explained; but their formation may be interpreted

in a different way.

Although in the Actiniz (except, perhaps, Corynactis) gem-

mation cannot be regarded as a normal mode of reproduction,

as in the compound Anthozoa, it nevertheless occurs sometimes

in them—partly in the same species which are subject to sponta-

neous longitudinal division, and (as in the supposed. Caryo-

phyllia Smithii) in conjunction with this latter operation.

Consequently these two modes of agamic reproduction, different

as they are in form, evidently replace one another, and cannot

differ much in their essence; moreover, when the division is a

little excentrical, and one of the parts is a little smaller than

the other, we may ask ourselves whether the division is not

really a disguised gemmation. The limit is no less difficult to

396 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous

trace in those cases in which small portions of the margin of

the pedal disk of the Actiniz spontaneously, accidentally, or

artificially detached acquire an independent life and become

developed into Actinie (A. lacerata, dianthus). Spontaneous

transverse scissiparity is known only in Gonactinia ( prolifera) ;

and even this has much more the character of a gemmation.

The faculty of regeneration is likewise highly developed in

the Fungiz; and in consequence of injuries it often happens *

that an individual splits into two or more, or that a larger or

smaller number of buds are produced; for in these normally

simple Anthozoa gemmation is not a normal phenomenon, and

it is not always possible to trace a precise boundary between

gemmation and the regeneration which takes place after an

injury. What has been described in Diaseris as a union of

several sectors originally separate is rather a spontaneous or

semispontaneous division, followed by phenomena of regenera-

tion and gemmation.

Although an important part has been ascribed to spontaneous

division in the compound Madreporaria, and it has even been

supposed that this mode of multiplication characterizes certain

systematic groups, I have become convinced that its importance

in this respect is completely illusory, and that it will be found,

by a more careful examination, that in most cases (e. g. the

Meandrine) this supposed division is only a gemmation,

As my master, Prof. Steenstrup, pointed out to me many years

ago, the new individual always originates as an isolated bud ;

but as it grows, the boundary between it and its nearest neigh-

bour, which must be regarded as its nurse, is seen gradually

to be effaced. This is precisely the opposite of what has been

supposed. The individuals (e. g. in the Huphylha, the Musse,

and the Symphyllie) begin by being isolated, and finish by

being more or less completely fused into one another. I think,

therefore, that the interpretation of these facts given by Mr.

Dana approaches nearer to the truth than that of M. Milne-

Edwards; and I must maintain that (leaving out of considera-

tion the intercalicinal gemmation, which it would be very

difficult to distinguish from division) no true spontaneous

division has yet been ascertained to occur in the compound

Madreporaria.

The result of the investigations and considerations which

have been set forth here, partly 7m extenso and partly in

the form of a summary, is as follows :—

If there are many cases in which spontaneous division is

only a more or less disguised gemmation, and in which we are

not yet in a position to separate clearly one from the other,

Division tn the Radiata. 397

there are nevertheless many other cases in which it by no means

presents this character, but, as expressed by the term, is a

division and nothing else. In some cases (in the Asterida and

_ Ophiurida above mentioned, and perhaps in certain Actiniz)

this division is probably a normal form of increase which

replaces gemmation ; in others, on the contrary, it appears to

be quite accidental. On the one side, therefore, it is related

to regeneration, on the other to gemmation. Although it is

not always possible to indicate clearly the limit between these

phenomena, and division and gemmation often replace each

other, this does not prevent our retaining for “ schizogony ”

an independent place in the series of modes of agamic multi-

plication (monogony), side by side with internal and external

gemmation (blastogony), and with multiplication by free germs

(sporogony) or by unfecundated ova (parthenogony), especially

as it is a deduction from the scientific value and importance

of these categories that it seems to be difficult or even im-

possible to trace a marked line of separation between these

modes of multiplication, or between parthenogony and sexual

reproduction. But, as I have indicated above, the classification

in the category of schizogony of the phenomena of multiplica-

tion already described in the Asterida and Ophiurida has

precisely the effect of clearly establishing that spontaneous

division differs qualitatively from gemmation, which might

well have been regarded as doubtful so long as we had exclu-

sively or chiefly in view the phenomena presented by the

Coralliaria and Actinie.

The general propositions which sum up the present state of

our knowledge regarding spontaneous division may therefore,

I think, be provisionally enunciated as follows :—

1. The most energetic manifestation of the faculty of re-

generation in animals is dtvisibility.

2. In certain forms of Radiata in which the faculty of re-

generation is highly developed, spontanéous division occurs

either alone (Asterida and Ophiurida) or associated with gem-

mation (Actiniz).

3. True spontaneous division, or schizogony, in the Actiniz,

Medusez, Asterida, and Ophiurida (which must not be con-

founded with the disguised gemmation of the Infusoria, of

Scyphistoma, and of certain Cheetopods) must be regarded as

a peculiar form of agamic reproduction, side by side with

blastogony, sporogony, and parthenogony.

Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 27

398 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous

Latin characters of new Species referred to in this Paper.

1. Ophioderma tongana.

Granula disci minuta, scutella radialia obtegentia ; incisure disci

scutella dorsalia brachiorum bina vel terna intima amplexe ; scuta

oralia latiora quam longa, triangularia, extus rotundata, intus

acuminata, angulis lateralibus rotundatis ; scutella adoralia gra-

nulis obtecta; papille orales octonx, exteriores late, obtuss, in-

teriores acuminate, anguste; scutella ventralia brachiorum oc-

tangula, longiora quam lata, lateribus excavatis; dorsalium latitudo

longitudinem duplam squat; spine laterales octonse, depress,

breves, dense collocate, squales et scutella lateralia dimidia

eequantes, infima tantum ceteris major. Diam. disci (speciminis

juvenilis) 9 mm. ; brachia sextuplo longiora.

Hab. ad insulas Tonganas.

2. Ophiostigma formosa.

Discus granulis obtusis, cylindricis infra et sparsius supra obtectus,

scutis radialibus tamen nudis, conspicuis ; scuta oralia eeque longa

ac lata, rotundata, intus acuminata ; scutella adoralia sat magna,

extus latiora, fere transversa, intus et extus sese tangentia, scu-

tello ventrali intimo minutissimo modo sejuncta; papille orales

quaterne,externa minuta, rudimentali, ceeteree sat magne, equales,

obtuse. Brachia diametrum disci sextuplum longitudine sequantia,

gracilia, apicem versus parum decrescentia, depressa, haud monili-

formia ; scutella ventralia quadrangula, angulis rotundatis lateri-

busque excavatis, longiora quam lata, inter se haud sejuncta ; spine

laterales ternee, breves, acute, planiusculee, latitudinem brachii

dimidiam sequantes; papille ambulacrales bine ; scutella dorsalia

ovalia, latiora qaam longa, Diam. disci 33 mm.

Hab. in freto Formose dicto.

3. Amphipholis Andree.

Discus planus, margine acuto, supra insertionem brachiorum parum

inciso, squamis minutis, numerosis, planis, solidis, zqualibus, im-

bricatis tectus ; squame marginales distincte, biseriate, ventrales

dorsalibus haud minores ; spine vel granula nulla; scuta radialia

mediocria, contingentia, apicibus modo squamula singula vel squa-

mulis binis minutis sejuncta ; conjuncta figuram ovalem, extus

latiorem, fere seque latam ac longam formant ; scuta oralia minuta

formam solitam rhomboideam eanen exhibent ; adoralia linearia

triangularia, extus scutello brachiorum ventrali minutissimo

sejuncta ; papille orales quaterne, bin intermedi maxime, in-

terdum divise. Brachia elongata, gracilia, fortiter decrescentia,

filiformia ; scutella dorsalia late ovalia, latitudine longitudinem

duplam eequante; ventralia pentagona, ad basin brachiorum latiora

quam longa, margine aborali recto, lateralibus excavatis ; spine

Division in the Radiata. 399

laterales terne, minute, acutz, articulos spiniferos fere longitudine

eequantes ; papille ambulacrales gemine. Diam. disci 8 mm.

Hab. ad oras insule Javee.

4. Amphipholis Kochi.

Discus planus, margine rotundato, supra insertionem brachiorum

in adultis fortiter inciso, squamis minutissimis utrinque tectus,

marginalibus nullis; spine vel granula nulla; scuta radialia

minuta, angusta, introrsum acutiora, parum divergentia, cuneolo

squamarum plane disjuncta; scuta oralia rhomboidea, acuta ;

papille orales tern, interna infradentalis, externa maxima;

brachia mediocriter elongata, versus apicem decrescentia ; scutella

dorsalia late ovalia, ventralia pentagona, latiora quam longa,

margine aborali recto; spine laterales terne, valide, obtuse, com-

presse ; papilla ambulacrales bine. Diam. disci 6-7 mm.

Hab. ad oras Manschurize orientales.

5. Ophiothela isidicola.

Discus inter brachiorum sex originem profunde incisus, scutis

radialibus 12 maximis fere plane obtectus; zone interradiales

angustissime granula sparsa gerunt; tubercula majora pauca,

rarius spine acute breviuscule in parte centrali disci, in angulis

externis interscutellaribus et in lateribus disci inter rimas genitales

adsunt ; superficies ventralis disci et brachiorum cute molli induta ;

scuta oralia et adoralia haud conspicua, ventralia brachiorum,

nec non papille ambulacrales desunt; brachia brevia, seepe in-

equalia, diametrum disci duplum longitudine equantia, supra

granulis rotundatis (in junioribus et in parte externa brachiorum

fere evanidis) obtecta, serie media tuberculorum majorum scutel-

lorum dorsalium locum tenente ; scutella lateralia fortiter carinata

spinas gerunt laterales 5 vel 6, breves, asperas, subtus dentatas

vel pectinatas, inferiores breviores et crassiores, medias long ores

et graciliores, superiores breviores, apicem versus perpaucas,

pluries uncinatas. Diam. disci 5 mm.

Hab. in freto Formose dicto in Pariside laxa socialis.

6. Ophiothrix galatee.

O. brachiis longissimis, deplanatis, spinisque brachialibus brevibus

O. longipede et O. nereidine aff., scutis radialibus mediocribus,

omnino glabris, disco cterum supra et infra granulis minutis

tecto, distinguenda; granula dorsualia dense collocata, obtusa,

ventralia sparsiora, graciliora, acutiora ; spine brachiales 6-7,

inferiores brevissimz, superiores latitudinem brachiorum parum

superantes ; scutella dorsualia brachiorum trapeziformia. Diam.

disci 14 mm. ; brachia 15-20plo longiora.

Hab. ad insulas Nicobaricas.

27*

400 Mr. F. W. Hutton on New-Zealand Fishes.

XLIX.—WNotes on some New-Zealand Fishes.

By F. W. Hutton, F.G.S., C.M.Z.S.

Kathetostoma monopterygium.

Two species are, I believe, confused under this name in m

‘Catalogue of the Fishes of New Zealand’ (1872), which I

think can thus be distinguished :—

Kathetostoma monopterygium.

Uranoscopus maculatus, J. R. Forster.

Anema monopterygium, Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 230.

De 20) Acals,

Length 33 times that of the head, which is 12 times the

diameter of the eye; interorbital space 23 times the diameter

of the eye. No filament in the mouth. Brownish olivaceous

above, with numerous small, often indistinct, pale spots on the

back, which are larger on the sides ; pectoral fins not margined

with white, and the inside mottled with olivaceous and brown ;

caudal reddish, marbled with olivaceous brown. Length 16-24

inches.

The granulation of the cranial plates is of quite a different

character to that of the next species, and is much more obscure.

The pores on the inferior margin of the preoperculum are in

proportion much larger; and the villi on the lips, especially

the upper, are more developed. ‘The lateral line also is far

more difficult to distinguish.

Kathetostoma maculosa.

Uranoscopus maculosus, Solander.

U. maculatus, Richardson, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Fishes, p. 54, pl. xxxiii.

DAS sag,

Length 31 times that of the head, which is 9 times the

diameter of the eye; interorbital space twice the diameter of

the eye. A filament in the mouth below the tongue. Brown

above, with large distinct pale spots on the back and sides ;

pectoral fins margined with white, and dusky on the inside;

caudal whitish, with a broad brown vertical band in the middle,

and tipped with reddish. Length 7-11 inches.

The humeral and preorbital spines are sharper and more

developed than in the last species, showing that it cannot be

the young.

Leptoscopus macropygus, Richardson, /. c. p. 55.

This fish has been found in the Greymouth Lagoon.

Mr. F. W. Hutton on New-Zealand Fishes. 401

Leptoscopus angusticeps, sp. Nov.

B.6. D.33. A.40. P. 22. L. lat. 104 (52).

Length nearly 4} times that of the head or 83 times the

height of the body; breadth of the head three fifths of its

length ; interorbital space less than twice the diameter of the

‘ eye; pectorals shorter than the head. Head not cuirassed and

without any ridges, covered with skin. Eyes on the upper

angles of the head, hardly vertical. Teeth in villiform bands

on both jaws, and a few on the palatine bones; vomer

apparently smooth. Upper and lower lips with villi. Pale

olivaceous grey above, with numerous small dark grey spots

which are closer together on the top of the head; below white ;

a band of silvery from the chin, through the opercles, along

the sides below the lateral line to the caudal. Total length

13 inches. Lateral line continuous. No humeral spine.

Hab. Greymouth Lagoon.

In the form of the head and in the position of the eyes this

species approaches 7rachinus, but in other respects it more

nearly resembles Leptoscopus.

Rhombosolea tapirina, Giinther, J. c. iv. p. 459.

The fish that I described under this name in the ‘Transactions

of the New-Zealand Institute,’ v. (1872), p. 268, is evidently

a new species, and may be distinguished from R. tapirina by

the shortness of the cutaneous fold on the upper lip, by the

breadth of the interorbital space, by its large and deeply

sunken scales, and by its general shape. It may be called

Rh. retiaria.

Lately, however, another flat fish has been sent to the

Colonial Museum, which answers exactly to Dr. Giinther’s

description of 2. tapirina, except that the eyes are on the left

side instead of on the right. I presume that this is only an

individual variation; but the point cannot be settled until

other specimens are obtained.

Galaxias grandis, Haast, Trans. N.-Z. Inst. v. p. 278.

I have examined the type of this species sent by Dr. Haast

to the Colonial Museum, and can find no character by which

it differs from G. brevipennis, Giinther. This is probably the

fish mentioned by Dr. Hector as being “ sometimes cast up on

the beaches of the great inland lakes of Otago ” (Cat. of N.-Z.

Fishes, p. 124), and not Prototroctes oxyrhynchus, as the latter

fish inhabits only rapidly running streams.

402 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

L.—Description of a new Species of Freshwater Crayfish from

New Zealand. By F. W. Huron, F.G.S., C.M.Z.S.

Paranephrops setosus, sp. nov.

Carapace with a strong transverse furrow and two longitu-

dinal waved furrows behind it; centre polished, with minute

impressed dots ; sides thorny, with many short spines projecting

forward. Beak reaching beyond the pedicel of the imner an-

tenn, broad, flattened, and rather hollowed out above, with

four teeth on its sides and two teeth at the sides of the base ;

a slight median ridge behind, which extends to the anterior of

the two spines at the sides of the base of the beak. Abdominal

segments smooth above, the sides obtusely angled. Caudal

appendages striate at the ends; middle tail-piece single, the

spine one third from the end. Lamellar appendages of the

outer antenne extending slightly beyond the thickened basal

joint, and with a strong spine close to their base. The first

two joints of the arms with two rows of spines inside; wrists

spined all round; hands spined on the sides and below, and a

central row of spines outside ; outside covered with distant,

long, stiff hairs, the tips of which are often split; hands longer

than the fingers, which are nearly straight and tuberculated

inside, slightly curved at the points, and spinous on the outer

edge. Legs slender, the claws straight, they and the last

joints slightly hairy ; order of their length 2, 3, 4, 1.

Olivaceous brown, reddish on the centre of the carapace and

first and second abdominal rings; below paler, tinted with

green round the base of the legs and on the abdominal rings.

Spines and tubercles of the hands and fingers black, with

yellow tips ; spines on the carapace black. Length 5:4 inches.

Hab. Stream near Invercargill, Province of Otago; and

the river Avon, near Christchurch, Canterbury.

LI.—Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera

in the Collection of the British Museum. By FREDERICK

SmiTH, Assistant in the Zoological Department of the

British Museum.

[Continued from p. 300.]

Family Nyssonida.

Genus LarrA, Klug.

Larra agilis.

Female. Length 44 lines. Black, with yellow spots and

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 403

bands. Head: the labrum, clypeus, a line running halfway

up the inner margin of the eyes, and the antenne beneath

yellow; a black line down the middle of the clypeus and a

spot at the base of the labrum; the mandibles rufo-piceous at

their apex, and the palpi pale testaceous ; the clypeus covered

with silvery pile. Thorax: a line on the margin of the

prothorax, a spot behind the tegule, and the postscutellum

yellow; the anterior and intermediate tibiee yellow in front,

and the anterior tarsi yellow beneath. Abdomen: the first

segment with a transverse yellow band a little before its apical

margin; the four following segments with a narrow fascia on

their apical margins; these fasciz are continued beneath.

Var. The band on the basal segment obsolete, and the apical

margin yellow.

Hab. Brazil (Ega).

Larra cornuta.

Female. Length 8 lines. Black, with the second, third, and

fourth segments of the abdomen ferruginous; wings dark

brown, with the base and apex hyaline. Head: the face

covered with silvery pile, and with an erect obtuse tubercle

above the base of the clypeus. Thorax: the metathorax

densely covered with bright silvery pubescence; the legs and

base of the abdomen with changeable silvery pile; abdomen

black beneath, with the sides of the second and third segments

ferruginous.

Hab. Bombay Presidency (India).

This species was collected by Dr. Leith, and presented by

him to the national collection.

Larra magnifica, Savigny’s Egypt, pl. 16. fig. 15.

Female. length 17 lines. Head and thorax ferruginous ;

abdomen yellow above, with the first segment and apical mar-

gins of the two following narrowly black; apical margins of

the fourth and fifth narrowly ferruginous. Head: the labrum,

clypeus, face as high as the ocelli, and a spot in front of the

scape of the antenne yellow. Antenne and legs ferruginous.

Thorax: the metathorax with a dark stain at the base; the

wings hyaline, the nervures ferruginous ; the prothorax with

a narrow yellow margin; both the head and thorax covered

with a changeable silvery pile, observable in certain lights.

Abdomen : the first segment has at its base a minute central

and two lateral ferruginous spots; beneath, the first five seg-

ments black, the fifth with two large yellow macule, the sixth

segment ferruginous.

Hab. Egypt.

404 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

St.-Fargeau has described a species of this genus, which he

names Savignyt; the size given is 9 to 10 lines. He quotes,

however, a figure in Savigny’s ‘ Egypt’ as being his species ;

the figure is over 15 lines long, and is certainly the species

now described as ZL. magnifica, and has no reference to St.-

Fargeau’s insect.

Larra flavo-maculata.

Male. Length 8 lines. Black; the abdomen with bright

yellow macule; wings dark brown, with a violet iridescence.

Head: the antenne, labrum, and mandibles ferruginous ; the

face with silvery pubescence. Thorax more or less covered

with griseous pubescence; the apex of the anterior femora,

the tibiz, and the anterior and intermediate tarsi ferruginous.

Abdomen shining; the second, third, and fourth segments with

irregular-shaped transverse macule in the middle of the

segments on each side, those on the second segment smallest ;

beneath entirely black.

Hab. 5. Africa (Burghersdorp).

Genus Nysson, Latr.

Nysson ptlosus.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black, variegated with yellow,

and covered with changeable white silky pile. Head strongly

punctured, and covered anteriorly with pale golden pile, but

not quite as high as the anterior ocellus; the clypeus widely

emarginate ; the mandibles whitish at their base and ferrugi-

nous at their apex. Thorax strongly punctured; the meso-

thorax with a central longitudinal impressed line; the scutel-

lum rugose, its lateral margins, as well as those of the post-

scutellum, raised; the enclosed space at the base of the meta-

thorax with divergent carine, and the posterior lateral angles

produced into large flattened acute spines that are pale at their

apex and covered with dense silvery pubescence; the legs

obscurely ferruginous ; the wings subhyaline and iridescent;

the nervures black. Abdomen: the base strongly punctured ;

beyond, finely and sparingly so; the apical margins of the

segments pale testaceous, and narrowly edged with bright

golden pubescence.

The male differs only in having the face covered with bright

silvery pubescence, and the legs of a brighter ferruginous.

A variety from St. Paulo has the legs quite black, as well

as the apical margins of the segments of the abdomen, except

the first segment, which is pale laterally; three specimens

from Para agree with the above description.

Hah. Brazil (Para).

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 405

Genus SERICOPHORUS, Shuck.

Sericophorus bicolor.

Female. Length 3} lines. Head and thorax blue; abdomen

aud legs ferrugimous. The head closely and finely punctured ;

the antenne, anterior margin of the clypeus, mandibles, and

palpi ferruginous; the mandibles abruptly narrowed in the

middle, the angle of the broader part produced into a tooth.

The thorax finely and closely punctured; the wings flavo-

hyaline, the nervures pale ferruginous; a deep channel runs

from the base to the apex of the metathorax. The abdomen

smooth, shining, and immaculate.

Hab. Australia (Swan River).

Genus MEGALOMMA.

Head transverse ; eyes very large, ovate, lateral, and ap-

proximating anteriorly, their inner orbits touching the margins

of the clypeus; the ocelli in a triangle on the vertex; the

clypeus transverse, rounded anteriorly; mandibles arcuate,

acute at their apex, and with two minute teeth within; the

antenne inserted above the clypeus, about half the width of

the latter above it; the scape short, shorter than the second

joint of the funiculus, which is slightly thickened towards the

apex. Thorax ovate; the collar transverse; the metathorax

narrowed posteriorly, and rounded at its apex, and with a

large triangular space at its base, defined by an impressed

marginal line; the anterior wings with one marginal and three

submarginal cells, the marginal cell narrow, elongate, and

pointed at its apex; the first submarginal cell nearly as long

as the two following ; the second narrowed towards the mar-

ginal, and receiving the two recurrent nervures, the first being

received about the middle, the second near the apex of the cell ;

the third cell quadrangular and oblique; the tibie and tarsi

moderately spinose ; the claws simple, with a large pulvillus

between their fork. Abdomen: the first segment forming a

petiole as long as the second segment, and narrowed towards

its base, on each side of which is a minute tooth.

The name of this genus was proposed by Shuckard in

Lardner’s ‘ Encyclopedia,’ but the genus was never charac-

terized ; it is given in the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus’ of Agassiz.

The insect typical of the genus is in the British Museum, with

a manuscript name attached; the name is therefore retained.

The species included in the genus form what may be re-

garded as a section of the genus Gorytes, having a petiolated

abdomen.

406 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

Megalomma politum.

Female, Length 6 lines. Smooth and shining; head and

thorax black; legs yellow; abdomen obscure ferruginous.

Head: the base of the mandibles yellow, the clypeus

obscurely so, as is also the front of the scape; the flagellum

fulvous beneath. The sides of the meso- and metathorax

with ferruginous stripes; two abbreviated lines on the disk

of the mesothorax above ferruginous ; the enclosed space at the

base of the metathorax with a deep longitudinal central im-

pressed line that runs on to the apex of the metathorax; legs

yellow, with ferruginous stripes on the tibize and femora within ;

the wings hyaline and iridescent, the anterior pair yellow along

the frontal margin. Abdomen black towards its apex; the

apical segment ferruginous, smooth, shining, and carinate

at the sides; the second and two following segments with

narrow yellow fasciz on their apical margins; beneath,

the fascie are much broader, and border the fifth segment

also.

Hab. Brazil.

This species is described from an old specimen. The colour-

ing of a recent example would no doubt be much brighter ; the

ferruginous markings would probably be yellow on the head

and thorax.

Megalomma elegans.

Female. Length 6 lines. Yellow, with black markings ;

abdomen fusco-ferruginous beyond the base of the second seg-

ment. Head: the mandibles, labrum, clypeus, and scape of

the antenne yellow; the flagellum ferruginous, more or less

fuscous above, and palest at the base; the head in front and

behind ferruginous, and yellowish towards the mandibles ; the

latter rufo-piceous at their apex. Thorax: three black longi-

tudinal stripes on the mesothorax ; the sutures of the triangular

space at the base of the metathorax black ; wings flavo-hyaline

and iridescent, the nervures ferruginous; legs yellow, with

more or less ferruginous stains. Abdomen: the base of the

petiole yellow, its apex ferruginous; the base of the second

segment and its lateral margins yellow, the rest of the segment

and the base of the third ferruginous—beyond, becoming

gradually darker to the apex; beneath, the three basal segments

are yellow.

Var.? Abdomen ferruginous; the base of the first and se-

cond segments and the apical margins of the following segments

yellow; beneath yellow.

Hab. Brazil.

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 407

This species was intended by Shuckard for the type; but he

never described it; it is possible that the colouring of the

abdomen may be more or less suffused, the variety being

the natural condition. Gorytes natalensis, Smith (Cata-

logue of Hymenopterous Insects, part iv. p. 365, pl. xi. fig. 3)

belongs to this genus.

Megalomma nigriceps.

Female. Length 5} lines. Yellow, with ferruginous mark-

ings; the head black. Head: the mandibles and a spot on

the cheeks at their base, the clypeus, and the face a little

higher than the insertion of the antenne, and the scape in

front yellow; antenne ferruginous. Thorax: three longitu-

dinal black lines on the mesothorax; the lateral margins of

the triangular space at the base of the metathorax black; the

wings flavo-hyaline; the nervures ferruginous, the postcostal

nervure black; the legs slightly ferruginous above, with a

black line on the posterior femora above at their base. Abdo-

men ferruginous above; the base of the petiole and a narrow

fascia on the apical margins of the three following segments,

with the two apical segments, yellow.

Hab. Brazil.

Genus GoryTes, Latr.

Gorytes specialis.

Female. Length 6 lines. Black, and variegated with yel-

low, smooth and shining. Head: the palpi, labrum, clypeus,

sides of the face a little above the insertion of the antennz, the

scape of the antennz, and an abbreviated line behind the eyes

at the base of the mandibles, yellow, the tips of the latter rufo-

piceous; the antenne beneath and the apical joint fulvous.

Thorax and legs yellow; the mesothorax black above, with a

yellow line at the sides over the tegule; the suture between

the scutellum and postscutellum, and a-central line down the

triangular enclosed space at the base of the metathorax black ;

the pectus and a stripe on the posterior femora above black;

wings flavo-hyaline, the nervures rufo-fuscous, with a slight

cloud in the marginal cell; the tegule and nervures at the

base of the wings ferruginous; the stigma pale. Abdomen

with a short petiole, which is yellow at the base, and has a

minute tooth on each side; the apical margins of the segments

narrowly and obscurely rufo-piceous.

Hab. Kiga, on the Amazon.

Gorytes vespotdes.

Female. Length 5} lines. Black, clothed with grey seri-

408 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

ceous pile; abdomen with yellow bands. Head: the scape

yellow beneath, and the first three joints of the funiculus ful-

vous beneath; on the vertex and on the cheeks the pile has,

in certain lights, a pale golden tinge, as it has also on the disk

of the thorax. A yellow line on the collar and an orange one

on the scutellum; the triangular space at the base of the

metathorax longitudinally and divergently striated; wings

hyaline, the nervures pale ferruginous; the tibie and tarsi

spinose ; the spines ferruginous ; the tibiz, as well as the apex

of the femora, more or less ferruginous within. Abdomen :

the apical margin of the second and following segments with

yellow fascie, which widen laterally ; beneath, these segments

are yellow.

Hab. Kga.

In general appearance this is the counterpart of the social

wasp Nectarina analis.

Gorytes triangularis.

Female. Length 7 lines. Black, with the triangular space

at the base of the metathorax yellow, smooth, and shining.

Head: the base of the mandibles, the labrum, clypeus, face as

high as the antennz, and a broad stripe behind the eyes red-

dish yellow ; the scape of the antenne of the same colour, and

the flagellum fulvous beneath. Thorax: a narrow line on the

osterior margin of the prothorax and the postscutellum yel-

be. the sides of the mesothorax ferruginous; the anterior

legs reddish yellow; wings dark brown along the anterior

margin of the fore pair, and subhyaline behind. Abdomen

velvet-black. The tibize and tarsi with pale ferruginous

spines.

Hab. Para.

Gorytes facilis.

Male. Length 4% lines. Black, smooth, and shining; the

metathorax and base of the abdomen yellow. Head: the base

of the mandibles, the labrum, clypeus, and scape of the antennz

honey-yellow, the latter slightly fuscous behind. Thorax:

the margin of the prothorax, the tubercles, a spot beneath the

wings, the tegule and an epaulet over them, the scutellum,

postscutellum, and metathorax honey-yellow ; the triangular

space at the base of the metathorax black, and with a central

impressed line which is continued to the apex of the meta-

thorax; the wings light fuscous, with their apical margins

paler; the anterior and intermediate legs yellow; the femora

ferruginous above; the posterior legs ferruginous; the third

and fourth joints of the tarsi yellow, the claw-joint black ;

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 409

the apex of the tibize and a line on the inside of the femora

fuscous. Abdomen: the first segment entirely yellow, and

the apical margins of the other segments with a narrow yellow

band ; the second segment ferruginous above at the base, and

entirely ferruginous beneath.

Hab, Paya.

Family Philanthide.

Genus CERCERIS, Latr.

Cerceris striata.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black, with yellow markings ;

the mesothorax longitudinally striated. Head: the clypeus

slightly elevated and bidentate at its apex; the clypeus, sides

of the face, scape in front, and the mandibles yellow, the latter

black at their tips; four or five of the joints at the base of the

flagellum beneath, and the apical joint entirely, ferruginous.

Thorax: the posterior margin of the prothorax transverse,

raised, and forming acute lateral angles, yellow, as are also

the tubercles, the scutellum, and a line at the sides of the

metathorax, which is continuous outside the triangular space

at the base of the metathorax ; the legs rufo-piceous behind,

and yellow in front; wings hyaline and iridescent, with a

fuscous stain in the marginal cell which extends to the apex of

the wing. Abdomen: the first segment yellow, except its

extreme base and apex ; the second yellowish at the base ; the

third with a yellow fascia at its apical margin, the third and

fourth with very narrow fasciz ; beneath rufo-testaceous, with

the three basal segments more or less yellowish.

Hab. Para.

Cerceris rostrata.

Female. Length 6 lines. Yellow, with black markings ;

the clypeus elevated and narrowed at half its length to a point.

Head: the vertex black, with a black line running to the base

of each antenna ; two oblique yellow lines converge inwardly

from the eyes and meet (or nearly so) at the margin of the

vertex; an ovate black spot on each side of the head; the

antenne ferruginous and more or less fuscous above. Thorax:

the prothorax black above, with its posterior margin yellow ;

the mesothorax black above, its lateral margins yellow, and

three sides of a square traced in yellow on the disk; a black

spot in the middle of the scutellum ; the triangular space at

the base of the metathorax with a black line in the centre, on

each side of it a black line runs halfway down the metathorax ;

the tibiz and tarsi with a narrow black line above; wings

410 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

fulvo-hyaline. Abdomen black above, with a narrow yellow

line on the apical margins of the segments, the first segment

ferruginous above.

Hab. Mexico.

Cerceris exsecta.

Female. Length 8 lines. Black, sparingly variegated with

bright yellow spots and bands; the clypeus elevated and

deeply emarginate anteriorly ; a broad oblong spot on each side

of the face, the anterior half of the clypeus and a central line

running nearly to its base, a minute spot between the antenne,

a narrow longitudinal line on each side of the vertex above

the eyes, and the mandibles yellow; antenne ferruginous and

more or less fuscous above. ‘Thorax: an interrupted line on

the prothorax, a spot on the tegule, another on each side of

the scutellum and also of the metathorax posteriorly and the

postscutellum, yellow ; tibie and tarsi variegated with yellow

and ferruginous, the posterior pair blackish above; wings

fusco-hyaline, the nervures ferruginous. Abdomen: the first,

third, and fourth segments with narrow marginal fascie.

Male. Smaller than the female ; closely resembling it, but

differing as follows :—the clypeus not elevated, and entirely

yellow, the scape yellow in front; the posterior trochanters

yellow, and the apical margins of all the segments, except the

second, with narrow yellow fascie. Both sexes have a

quadrate yellow spot on the underside of the first segment.

Hab. Mexico.

Cerceris graphica.

Female. Length 7 lines. Head and thorax black, spotted

with yellow; abdomen ferruginous, with yellow bands. Head:

the clypeus, a narrow line running halfway up the inner margin

of the eyes, and the mandibles yellow; the latter black at

the tips; a narrow line behind the eyes which runs_back-

wards to the margin of the vertex before reaching their summit,

the scape of the antenne, and four or five of the basal joints

of the flagellum ferruginous. Thorax: a transverse spot on

each side of the prothorax, a spot on the tegulee and a small

one beneath them, two ovate spots on the scutellum, two

minute ones on the postscutellum, two central ones on the tri-

angular enclosed space at the base of the metathorax, a line

on each side of the metathorax, which widens posteriorly into

a large macula; the legs ferruginous, with yellow tarsi; the

cox, trochanters, and a line beneath the femora black.

Abdomen : the sides of the basal segment yellow, and a narrow

yellow fascia on the apical margins of the third, fourth, and

of Hossorial Hymenoptera. 411

fifth segments, their basal margins black; beneath black,

with the margins ferruginous. Wings fusco-ferruginous.

Hab. Mexico.

Cerceris multipicta.

Female. Length 95 lines. Black, variegated with yellow

and ferruginous ; the abdomen with a large yellow macula on

each segment laterally. Head: the clypeus with the anterior

margin deeply sinuated and, as well as the sides of the face

a little higher than the insertion of the antenne, and also a

large spot behind the eyes, pale yellow ; antenne ferruginous,

with the scape yellow in front, and five or six of the apical

jomts black ; the cheeks and mandibles ferruginous, the latter

black at their tips. Thorax: the prothorax above, two spots

on the postscutellum, the metathorax, and the triangular space

in the centre of its base yellow; a longitudinal black line

down the centre of the metathorax, and a narrower one down

the triangular space; the legs, and a large patch at the sides

of the thorax beneath the wings, ferruginous ; the anterior tibice

and the femora spotted with yellow ; wings Hlavo-hyaline, with

a dark cloud at their apex, their nervures and tegule ferru-

gious. Abdomen: the basal segment oblong, with the sides,

as well as the apical margin, yellow.

Male. 'This sex is smaller, is similarly coloured, but it has

the clypeus rounded anteriorly.

Hab. Angola (Lower Guinea).

Dr. Gerstiicker has described a species of this genus, Cerceris

pictiventris, in Peters’s ‘Naturw. Reise nach Mossambique,’

a figure of which is given in Taf. xxx. fig. 12(¢). It re-

sembles the present species—but differs from it in being only

5 lines in length, in having the head and thorax differently

coloured, in being smooth and shining, with rather distant

punctures, in having the basal segment of the abdomen nearly

as broad as long, and in having the triangular sjfice at the

base of the metathorax divergently grooved; in the present

species it is glassy smooth and shining in both sexes.

Cerceris fervens.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black, strongly and. closely

punctured, variegated with yellow, and with yellow legs.

Head: the mandibles, face, clypeus, and scape of the antennee

yellow. Thorax: an interrupted line on the collar, two on

the scutellum, the postscutellum, a large ovate spot on each

side of the metathorax, and a spot beneath the wings yellow ;

the posterior femora and tibie fuscous at their apex within;

wings subhyaline and iridescent, the anterior pair slightly

412 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

clouded at their anterior apical margin. Abdomen: the base

of the second segment and the third and fifth segments yellow,

with a semicircular black macula at their basal margins; the

fourth segment with a lateral yellow spot; beneath yellow,

with the apical margins of the segments rufo-piceous.

Male. Length 3-3} lines. Resembles the female—but is

not so brightly coloured, the spots on the scutellum obsolete, ~

and the yellow segments have more black at their base, and

it is the third and sixth segments that are coloured; the

femora, tibie, and posterior tarsi are more or less black; the

abdomen beneath is only slightly marked with yellow.

Hab. Northern India.

This species has the aspect of a small form of the European

Cerceris ornata.

Cercerts albopicta.

Female. Length 44 lines. Head and thorax black, with

white markings; abdomen red at the base, black beyond,

with white fascie. Head black, and finely and closely

punctured ; the mandibles, face as high as the insertion of the

antenne, the clypeus, and scape in front white ; sometimes a

white line behind the eyes. Thorax: the collar, tubercles,

two spots on the scutellum, the postscutellum, and legs white ;

the femora and tibiz with a fuscous line behind; the antenne

and first two segments of the abdomen ferruginous ; the second

segment more or less black at its apical margin; the third and

fifth segments with white fascie on their apical margins, the

fascizee widening laterally.

Male. Length 3-3} lines. Only differs in having fewer of

the white markings, particularly those on the thorax.

Hab. India (Bombay Presidency).

Cerceris fluvialis.

Female. Length 53 lines. Reddish yellow,closely punctured,

the mesothorax and fourth segment of the abdomen most

finely so. Head: a curved black band on the vertex between

the eyes, widest in the middle, and enclosing the ocelli; the

clypeus truncate in front, the upper margin of the truncation

subtuberculate in the middle; tips of the mandibles black;

a sharp carina between the antenna. Thorax beneath, the

mesothorax above, and hinder portion of the metathorax

black ; the wings towards their base flavo-hyaline, the nervures

ferruginous; the apex of the wings fuscous, with a darker

cloud in the marginal cell. The fourth segment of the abdomen

black.

Hab. Swan River, Australia.

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. | 413

Cerceris varipes.

Female. Length 7 lines. Black, with the second and fifth

segments orange-yellow. Head: the base of the mandibles,

the clypeus, the face (as high as the insertion of the antennz),

and a minute ovate spot behind the eyes yellowish white; a

spot on the scape, and the second and four following joints of

the antenne fulvous beneath. Thorax: the triangular space

at the base of the metathorax with fine divergent strie ; wings

subhyaline, with a dark fuscous cloud occupying the marginal

cell and passing on to the apex of the wing ; the nervures rufo-

fuscous; the tegule rufo-testaceous, with a yellow spot in

front ; the apex of the femora and the tibie ferruginous; the

anterior and intermediate tarsi white, slightly stained with

ferruginous at the apex of the joints, the posterior tarsi fuscous,

with their base and the claw-joint ferruginous, the posterior

trochanters white beneath. Abdomen black beneath.

Hab. Adelaide.

Cerceris venusta.

Female. Length 43 lines. Variegated with black andyellow;

the head wider than the thorax. The mandibles, clypeus, face

higher than the insertion of the antenne, a line between them

(which terminates in a round spot), the scape in front, a line

behind the eyes, and two oblique spots on the vertex yellow ;

the flagellum fulvous and slightly fuscous above. Thorax

black, with a broad fascia on the prothorax, the tegule, scu-

tellum, postscutellum, and a large ovate oblique spot on each

side of the metathorax yellow; the legsferruginous, with yellow

stains; beneath, the trochanters and some spots on the cox

white ; a black line on the posterior femora and tibie ; wings

subhyaline, with a fuscous cloud occupying the marginal cell

and passing beyond to the apex of the wing. Abdomen:

the base of the first, second, and fourth, and the third seg-

ment entirely black ; a small ovate yellow spot on each side

of the third segment ; otherwise yellow ; a central ferruginous

stain on the first and second segments ; beneath ferruginous,

with the margins of the segments narrowly black ; the fourth

and fifth segments with a yellow spot on each side.

Hab. Queensland.

Cerceris oppostta.

Female. Length 4} lines. Black ; the clypeus elevated, and

with three yellow fascize on the abdomen; the insect covered

with rather fine confluent punctures. Head: the mandibles,

clypeus, sides of the face as high as the insertion of the antenne,

a narrow line between them, and a minute spot behind the eyes

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii, 28

414 Mr. F. Smith on new Species

yellow ; tips of the mandibles black ; the flagellum of the an-

tenn fulvous beneath. Thorax: a narrow line on each side

of the posterior margin of the prothorax, and another on each

side of the postscutellum, yellow; wings subhyaline, with a

faint cloud beyond the stigma; nervures fuscous; tegule

yellow ; the tips of the femora, the tibize, and tarsi ferruginous,

the anterior and intermediate tarsi have the first jomt white,

the posterior pair are slightly fuscous above.

Hab. Australia (Lower Plenty, Victoria).

Cercerts seva.

Female. Length 33-44 lines. Black, very closely and

strongly punctured; variegated with yellow and ferruginous

spots and fascia. Head: clypeus elevated and truncate ; the

mandibles, elypeus, sides of the face as high as the insertion of

the antennz, a narrow carina between them, and sometimes a

minute dot behind the eyes, yellow. Thorax: two spots on

the collar, two on the postscutellum (these are frequently

obsolete), and the tegulee yellow ; wings subhyaline ; a fuscous

stain in the marginal cell, which extends to the apex of the

wing; tips of the femora, the tibie, and tarsi ferruginous ; the

basal joimt of the anterior and intermediate tarsi whitish.

Abdomen: the second segment black at the base and more or

less so down the centre, at the sides ferruginous, and with

a yellow spot; the fourth and fifth segments with a narrow

yellow fascia on the apical margin.

Hab. Victoria (Lower Plenty, &c.).

This is a variable species : sometimes the apex of the first

segment of the abdomen is ferruginous ; occasionally the apical \

segment is entirely so; the third segment rarely more or less

ferruginous ; the scape of the antenne usually yellow in front,

and the flagellum fulvous beneath. ‘The male varies princi-

pally in the colouring of the abdomen ; it is sometimes yellow

at the base and ferruginous beyond, with a black spot in the

middle, or it is half yellow and half black; the thorax black,

with two minute yellow spots on the collar.

Cerceris aurantiaca.

Female. Length 5 lines. Pale orange-coloured ; the fourth

segment of the abdomen, the mesothorax, and a macula on

the vertex black ; closely punctured. Head: a short carina

between the antenne; the clypeus oblong, curved, and elevated;

a black macula on the vertex encloses the ocelli, and extends

to the insertion of the antenne, it is somewhat heart-shaped,

and unites with a black broad line at the summit of the eyes,

of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 415

from which a narrow curved line runs to the margin of the

vertex, where it is more or less interrupted ; the tips of the

mandibles also black ; the head and thorax black beneath ;

wings subhyaline, with a fuscous stain running from the base

of the marginal cell to the apex of the wing. The fourth

segment of the abdomen above, and the fourth and fifth beneath,

black.

Hab. South Australia.

Genus PHILANTHUS, Fabr.

Philanthus niloticus.

Female. Length 4 lines. Black, and variegated with bright

yellow spots and fasciz. Head: the mandibles, clypeus, sides

of the face as high as the insertion of the antenne, a lunate

spot above the clypeus, a large transverse semicircular spot in

front of the anterior ocellus, a transverse line above the ocelli,

and a broad line behind the eyes yellow. Thorax: the pro-

thorax, two abbreviated lines on the disk of the mesothorax, the

tegule, the scutellum and postscutellum, an ovate spot on each

side of the metathorax, the tubercles, two irregular-shaped

spots beneath them, and the legs yellow ; the posterior femora

only yellow at their apex; the wings hyaline and iridescent.

Abdomen: the second segment, a broad band on the first and

fourth segments, a narrow band on the two following, and the

apical segment yellow.

Hab. White Nile.

Philanthus elegans.

Female. Length 4% lines. Variegated with white, black,

and ferruginous. Head white in front and pale yellow behind ;

the vertex black, with a transverse white line between the

eyes above the ocelli, and a white tridentate spot in front of

them ; the flagellum ferruginous. Thorax very pale yellow,

nearly white ; a black spot on the prothorax; and the meso-

thorax black, with four longitudinal white lines, the lateral

ones close to the tegule, the two central lines running back-

wards a little beyond the disk; a large triangular black spot

at the base of the metathorax above, and a central one behind

uniting with it ; wings hyaline, the nervures pale ferruginous ;

the thorax beneath and the legs pale yellow, with ferruginous

stains on the femora above. Abdomen pale yellow beneath,

with two black ovate spots on the second segment; above, fer-

ruginous at the base and black beyond; each segment with a

large transverse yellowish-white macula on each side and

nearly uniting in the middle; the apical segment pale.

Hab. Northern India.

. 98%

416 Dr. J. E. Gray on Rats.

LII.—WNotes on the Rats ; with the Description of some new

Species from Panama and the Aru Islands. By Dr. J. E.

Gray, F.R-S. &e.

THE species of Rats are exceedingly difficult to distinguish ;

and from many species having the habit of going on board

ships, and of being carried about in goods, the same species

becomes spread over different parts of the world, rendering it

very unsafe to distinguish them by their geographical distribu-

tion. The skulls afford one of the best characters to separate

the species into groups; and therefore I have arranged the

various skulls in the British Museum thus, and described three

species which I did not find recorded in the catalogues in such

a manner that I could recognize them.

The British Museum has lately procured from Paris a rat

from Panama, which I do not find described, and am therefore

inclined to think is new. It is well distinguished from all

other rats by the form of the skull, and especially of the cavity

on the side of the nose in front of the orbit.

NEomys.

Head short, rather conical. Whiskers long, smooth, black.

Eyes moderate. Ears rounded, naked. Fur very soft, close,

with very slender, rather stiffer, black hairs. Feet covered

with very short close hair. Toes quite free, four in front, five

behind, with short curved claws, which are partly covered with

white hairs at the base. Tail elongate, naked, slender, covered

with close, regular, thin, square scales placed in rings; black,

the terminal third being white.

Skull broad, depressed, nearly twice as long as wide, flat

above, with athin edge above the eyebrow, which is continued

on and expanded out, forming a wide sharp keel on the sides

of the temples. The aperture in front of the orbit narrow,

linear, erect, with a sharp, nearly straight, slightly arched

hinder edge, and a large concavity in front, which is not so

long as high and has a slanting ridge in front, so that it is

much narrower at the lower part than the hinder one, and

has an arched lower edge; there is a tubercle in the middle of

the front edge. Teeth 3-3, as in Mus.

This genus is at once known from the true genus Mus by

the softness and slenderness of the longer hair and the general

softness of the fur. The skull is at once distinguished from

that of the genus Mus by its very flat broad crown, which has

a rather broad expanded edge over the eyes and the upper part

of the temporal muscles, and in the form of the aperture in front

Dr. J. E. Gray on Rats. 417

of the orbit, and the concavity on the side of the nose before it.

The concavity on the side of the nose in front of the eye is

broad and deep, and is suddenly narrowed on the lower side,

so as to leave a narrow erect opening on the lower part of the

side of the nose, which has a rather raised front edge on its

lower part, as in Mus decumanus.

Fig. 1.

Skull of ee ys panamensis.

Neomys panamensis. (Fig. 1.)

Mouse-coloured ; back blackish-washed, with longer hairs ;

sides of the head and body rather paler; throat, chest, under-

side of body, and inside of legs white; feet brownish, with

white hairs over the claws; tail slender, naked, glossy black,

white at the end. Size of a common rat (Mus decumanus).

Hab, Panama (Boucard).

NESOKIA.

Skull short, broad, broader. than half the length (13 to 1).

The nose short, slender, and compressed. Slit before the orbit

narrow, expanded and oval above, thickened on the front

edge.

Nesokia kok. N. hydrophorus.

HELIOMYS.

The skull rather broad, flat above, about once and two thirds

as long as wide at the back of the orbits. Orbits wide. Fore-

head between the eyes narrow, with a ridge on each side, and

the sides parallel. The cavity before the eyes triangular, deep,

not so long as high, above with a straight, scarcely lamellar,

hinder edge, and a thickened, shelving, convex front edge.

Palatine groove elongate. Nose rather broad.

I do not know the animal belonging to this skull, whieh we

received from Professor Jeude from the Utrecht Museum ; but

it is exceedingly different from the skulls of all the rats which

Thad previously seen, by its breadth, the spreading of the zygo-

matic arch, the narrow forehead between the eyes, and the

peculiar form of the aperture in front of the orbit, and also by

the thickening of the central part of the substance of the central

418 Dr. J. E. Gray on Rats.

lobe of the lower jaw, and by the very great length of the

upper and lower lobes of its hinder edge.

Skull of Heliomys Jeudei.

Heliomys Jeudet. (Fig. 2.)

Hab. Unknown.

BANDICOTA.

Skull elongate, about twice as long as wide at the hinder

part of the orbits. Nose elongate. Slit before the orbit short,

with a thick callous front edge, oval and expanded above.

Palatine slits elongate.

Bandicota gigantea.

The British Museum received two specimens of a male and

female rat, which Dr. A. B. Meyer obtained at Aru Island in

April 1870, and at Buntimunang, in the south-west part of

Celebes, in November. It is intermediate in size and the

harshness of the fur between the Bandicote and the Norway

rat (Mus decumanus).

Uromys, Peters.

Skull elongate, about twice as long as broad at the hinder

part of the orbit. Nose arched down. Slit before the orbits

short ; front edge simple, with a conical projection contracting

the shit and expanding into an oval form above. The palatine

slits rather short.

Dr. Peters established this genus upon a rat which I had

described under the name of Jus macropus (P. Z. S. 1866,

p: 221)—calling it Uromys macropus (Peters, Monatsber. 1867,

p- 3, t.), and giving a very good figure of the animal, with

details of its skull; but macropus is a larger species than U.

aruensis, the skull is not so arched and bent down in front,

and the tail is nearly two thirds white and the basal third

dark. The palatine slits are equally short in both species.

Uromys aruensis.

Reddish brown: back, especially in the middle, varied with

7 CS} y )

Bibliographical Notices. 419

black-brown stiffer hairs ;. whiskers very long, black ; upper

lip, lower side of head, throat, chest, underside of body, and

inner side of limbs pure white; ears rather large, naked ; tail

elongate, rather longer than body and head, rather thick at the

base, tapering, black, terminal quarter white; feet covered

with very short hair; claws strong, naked. P

Skull elongate, 2} inches long, and 1} inch broad at the

zygomaticarch. Nearly the same size as the skull of Bandicota

gigantea; but the forehead is much more curved down, the

cavity in front of the orbit is smaller, and the front edge

of the cavity is not thickened on the front margin, and is

furnished with an acute, subcentral, conical projection, con-

tracting on the upper part of the perpendicular cleft. Teeth

bright yellow and much incurved. Palatine slits rather short,

not more than two thirds the length of the slits in B. gigantea,

nor nearly so long as they are in the much smaller Jfus

decumanus.

Mus.

Skull elongate, twice as long as broad at the hinder edge of

the orbit. The slit in front of the orbit narrow, elongate, ex-

tended above into an oval cavity. Slit in the front of the

palate elongate.

Mus decumanus, M. rattus, M. indicus, M. piloides, M. cer-

vinipes, Holochilus brasiliensis, H. cephalotes, and Mus alex-

andrinus, which has the slit in front of the nostrils shorter and

wider than the rest, as is also the case with Laggada platythrix,

L. boodunga, Golunda barbara, and G. meltada: these have

the front teeth smooth; G. Ellioti has the front teeth with a

central longitudinal groove.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Sea and its Living Wonders ; a Popular Account of the Marvels

of the Deep, and of the Progress of Maritime Discovery from the

earliest ages to the present time. By Dr.G. Harrwie. 4th edition.

8vo. Longmans: London, 1873.

On the appearance of the first edition of this book we gave a

notice of its contents in this journal; and it is with pleasure that

we now announce the publication of a fourth edition. Dr. Hartwig’s

volume is undoubtedly one of the best of the tolerably numerous class

to which it belongs; and it is rather to be wondered that it has not

secured even a wider sale than would seem to be indicated by the

number of editions which it has reached.

In the new edition the general treatment of the subject is the same

as In former issues; but the author has made many important addi-

420 Bibliographical Notices.

tions and alterations. The book opens with a short treatise on the

physical geography of the sea, in which we have a picturesque gene-

ral description of the sea, its waves, tides, and currents, and their

causes, and of the “ aerial and terrestrial migrations of the waters,”

the latter including an account of the winds and of the circulation

of the water evaporated from the ocean through the atmosphere to

the surface of the land and back again to its source. To this section

of the book the author has added two new chapters, containing de-

scriptions of some marine caves and of certain marine constructions,

chiefly lighthouses.

It is to the second part of his work, which treats of the inhabitants

of the sea, that the author has evidently devoted his chief attention ;

and he has succeeded in giving a good popular account of the prin-

cipal forms of marine animals and plants. In comparing this section

of Dr. Hartwig’s book with that in the first edition, we find that,

without making it very technical, he has put it in such a form as to

convey a very fair general notion of the modern classification of

animals and of the peculiarities characteristic of the chief types be-

longing to each great group which is represented among the popula-

tion of the sea; the chapter on the Crustacea has been reconstructed

and made much fuller, especially with respect to the metamorphoses

which most of those animals undergo; a brief account of some

marine Rotifera has been appended to the chapter on marine worms ;

the description of the Mollusca has been considerably added to and

improved ; and the account of the Coelenterata has been entirely re-

written on quite a new plan. We notice also that the Diatoms

have been removed from their former position among the Infusoria

and placed with the marine plants. In the chapter on the geogra-

phical distribution of marine life, Dr. Hartwig has availed himself

of the results obtained by recent researches in the abyssal waters

of the Atlantic.

The third and concluding part of the book is devoted to a brief

sketch of the history of maritime discovery, with which we have

nothing to do here, but which will doubtless enhance its value in the

eyes of those young readers for whose delectation it is particularly

designed. On the whole we are not acquainted with any better gift-

book than Dr. Hartwig’s volume, almost the only defect of which

consists in the miserably small size and generally poor execution of

many of its numerous natural-history illustrations. We notice,

however, as a sign of better things, that most of the new woodcuts

are on a larger scale and fairly executed; so that we may hope

in course of time, as more editions are called for, the paltry little

old blocks will be gradually eliminated.

Outlines of Natural History for Beginners, being Descriptions of a

Progressive Series of Zoological Types. By H. Attnyne Nicuotson,

M.D. &c. 12mo. Blackwood: Edinburgh and London, 1873.

Dr. Nicnorson has added one more to his already long list of

educational works ; but we do not think that his ‘ Outlines of

Bibliographical Notices. 421

Natural History’ will fulfil the object with which the book has been

produced. Its raison d’étre is stated by the author, in his preface,

as follows :—‘‘It has been recently asserted,” he says, “that zoology

is not a subject which can be profitably taught in schools....; and

the present work is an attempt to solve, upon a new basis, the pro-

blem how the facts of natural history can be imparted to the pre-

viously uninstructed beginner in such a manner that he may obtain

some real knowledge of the subject, and not a mere parrot-like

acquaintance with a greater or less number of technical names.”

With this purpose in view, Dr. Nicholson has selected a series of

types representing the classes adopted in his former manuals: he

describes the structure of these in popular language, and points out

at the end of each description what characters of the type are common

to the rest of the class to which it belongs. It is evident that the

amount of zoological knowledge thus conveyed is very limited ; and

as the very essence of such knowledge consists in a more or less exact

and extended acquaintance with the various forms which the same

type of structure can put on in its different living manifestations, it

is clear that the zoological ideas to be acquired by the learner from

this book will be of a peculiarly imperfect kind.

The value of such a work as Dr. Nicholson’s must depend greatly

on the selection of the types; and among the lower classes of the

animal kingdom, at all events, it is almost impossible to select types*

which shall really be good general representatives of their classes.

In the book before us, Ameba serves as the type of the Rhizopoda,

Hydra of the Hydrozoa, a rotifer of the Scolecida, and the leech of

the Annelida.

It seems to us that what is needed in order to popularize the study

of zoology among the young is a treatment of the subject in a rather

more picturesque style, a recognition that the creatures treated of

are living beings with most interesting habits and functional pecu-

liarities to be studied, and not mere agglomerations of organs to be

anatomized. This purpose Dr. Nicholson’s new manual does not

fulfil; and for teaching junior classes we should greatly prefer his

little ‘ Introductory Text-book of Zoology.’

Endomycict Recitati. A Catalogue of the Endomycici, &c., with

Descriptions of New Species and Notes. With a Plate by E. W.

Robinson. By Henry Sreruen Gorm, Vicar of Shipley, Sussex.

Williams and Norgate.

Unver the above singular title Mr. Gorham has given us a useful cata-

logue of the Coleopterous family Endomychide. The number of

species belonging to it is not large, with the new species here described

amounting to 302, arranged under 46 genera. The author names

the Endomychide a “group,” here called Endomycici; and its sub-

families he elevates to the rank of families, with the addition of one

bearing the very awkward name of Paussidoide. No reason for

these alterations is given; so we suppose we must attribute them to

the illusive eccentricity of inexperience ; but they are to be regretted

both as unnecessary and as tending to give a low idea of the logical

422 Miscellaneous.

capacity of the author’s mind. Mr. Gorham, however, is well known

among the London entomologists as an acute and highly promising

Coleopterist ; and we hope he will work up other comparatively

neglected families with the same ability he has shown in the brochure

before us. We regret to see that in the preface the author complains

of difficulties thrown in his way by the authorities of the British

Museum. There must have been some misapprehension; Dr. Gray,

we believe, is as ready now as formerly to assist any one studying

the collections under his charge.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Respiratory Organs of the Araneida.

By Dr. P. BerrxKav.

Tue old division of the Arachnida into pulmonary and trachean,

established by Latreille, lost all its value when Léon Dufour, Dugés,

and, after them, Menge and Siebold discovered that the Araneida

possessed tracheze besides their lungs.

One might be surprised at first to see two different aérial respi-

‘ratory apparatus existing together in the same animal ; but Leuckart

soon showed that the so-called lungs ought to be considered a

formation homologous with that of the trachez, and he gives them,

in consequence, the name of pulmonary trachese (Zwngentracheen).

This interpretation has been generally accepted ; and the new obser-

vations of M. Bertkau go also to confirm it.

The author describes the structure of the lungs, for which he pro-

poses on his part the name of laminar trachez (FYichertracheen) and

that of the trachez properly so called. From these investigations,

which have been directed to a great number of genera and species,

he deduces a grouping of Araneida based on the modifications that

these animals present in their respiratory organs. We shall not

follow him in the description that he gives of the lungs, because it

contains nothing but well-known facts. We may recall only that

the two stigmata which admit the air into these organs are situated

on the lower surface of the abdomen, immediately behind the

peduncle which unites that region to the cephalothorax. In some

genera there is behind these pulmonary stigmata, and quite close to

them, another pair of stigmata. It is only in the Mygalide that

these orifices lead, like the anterior ones, to a second pair of lungs.

In Dysdera, Segestria, and Argyroneta they give access to a trachean

system. A very short canal, starting from each of them, leads to a

wide, compressed, principal trunk, of which the wall is strengthened

by chitinous rods, which are either irregularly placed (Dysdera)

or united into a spiral thread exactly as in the trachez of insects

(Segestria and Argyroneta). The greater portion of the trachean

trunk inclines forward; a little bursiform appendage is directed

backward. In Dysdera and Argyroneta each of the two anterior or

Miscellaneous. 493

cephalothoracic trunks passes into the cephalothorax, where it

terminates in a little rounded swelling, from which issue a consider-

able number of small unramified tubes with thin walls. In Segestria

the trunks remain in the abdomen and do not become inflated ; but

they also send forth little tubes of the same nature, which, uniting

in two strong bundles, penetrate in great part into the cephalothorax.

Each posterior or abdominal trunk gives origin throughout its length

to a great number of little tubes going to the organs of the abdomen.

These tubes, starting from the trachean trunks, proceed in bundles

to the extremities of the appendages, gradually diminishing in size,

but without ramifying or presenting anastomoses. No trace of a

spiral thread can be detected in them, even under the strongest

magnifying-powers. In all the other Araneida there are in front

only the two anterior stigmata leading to the lungs. On the other

hand, we find at the posterior extremity of the body, and immediately

before the spinnerets, a transverse slit formed by the coalescence of

a pair of stigmata, and leading to two symmetrically constructed

trachee. The trachean system, which is connected with these

stigmata, presents great differences, aceording to genera. In Dyctina,

Sund., it presents the greatest resemblance to that of Dysdera,

Segestria, and Argyroneta, and only differs in the smaller number

of the tubules. In Hrigone, Say., and Micryphantes, Koch, the

trachean system is less developed. The air-sac, which is small, first’

gives origin on each side to a simple tube, which terminates in a

fine point. Beyond the point of origin of these two tubes the sac

is divided into two short, wide, and flattened trunks. From the

middle of their length these trunks send forth some tubules, of which

some remain in the abdomen, while the others pass into the cephalo-

thorax, where they are distributed even into the extremities.

The genera of the family of the Attide have a trachean system

constructed on a very uniform plan. It commences by two trunks

but little ramified, and sends forth at intervals a great number of

bundles of tubules. In the wall of the tubules there are seen trans-

verse lines which seem to indicate the appearance of a spiral thread.

The Thomiside have all the trachean apparatus more simplified

and less extended. A narrow fissure leads into a small respiratory

cavity, from which four branches start. The two lateral branches

are smaller than the intermediate ones ; but they all send forth along

the whole length of their course, which is limited to the abdomen,

branches which ramify in their turn, or terminate in a filiform point

without being ramified. The trachean system of the other Araneida

presents a still less degree of development. A narrow fissure, situ-

ated before the spinnerets, leads into a depressed air-cavity, at the

anterior extremity of which issue four simple tubes, flattened in the

form of ribbons, having no trace of a spiral thread, but, at most, some

fine granulations irregularly disseminated in their membrane. Such,

at least, is the general arrangement; it presents some variations in

the different genera. In certain cases we see the two tubes of each

side, which were originally united, bifurcate further on; or the two

median tubes, at first united, separate beyond the origin of the lateral

424 Miscellaneous.

tubes. In general the external tubes are more slender, but longer

than the internal ones.

M. Bertkau has in vain sought for these simple trachee at the

extremity of the abdomen in Oletera, Dysdera, and Segestria.

Thus it is established that the Araneida have four stigmata, of

which the two anterior are situated at the anterior part of the ab-

domen. The two others are placed either immediately behind these

or further back, at the extremity of the abdomen. In this latter case

they unite to form a fissure in the median line. The first pair of

stigmata always leads to “lungs ;” the second to lungs (Mygalide)

or, more frequently, to tracheee. When the second pair of stigmata

is anterior, the tracheze to which it corresponds always present two

principal trunks—one directed forward, furnishing trachean tubes

to the cephalothorax (Dysdera and NSegestria), whilst the other

passes backward and supplies the abdomen. When the second

pair of stigmata is situated at the extremity of the abdomen, and

the two trunks must necessarily go forward, it is the external

one which corresponds to the posterior trunk of Dysdera and

Segestria.

The modifications which are observed in the respiratory apparatus

of the Araneida are in correlation with those which are manifested

in the rest of the organization and which have served to establish

the principal groups. There are, however, some points on which a

division haying for base the organization of the respiratory apparatus

does not exactly coincide with the classification adopted now. This

is observed, for example, in the family of the Thomiside, in which

the genera Thomisus, Xysticus, Artamus, and Philodromus haye

ramified trachean tubes, while they are not so in Sparassus and

Thanatus. But it must be remarked at the same time that the

forms belonging to these two genera differ by their facies, by the

claw of their first jaws, and by the claws of the feet. M. Bertkau

has therefore established a family of Sparassidze which forms a trans-

ition from the Thomiside to the Lycosids. Scytodes includes the

only known representatives of a new family, that of the Scytodide ;

and Dictyna, Erigone, and Micryphantes constitute the family of the

Micryphantide, in which, perhaps, we ought to place Argyroneta, a

genus of which the place is yet uncertain.

The author proposes the following grouping of the Araneida :—

1, Two pairs of laminar trachee. Mygalide (Tetrapneumones).

If. A single pair of laminar trachee.

A. A pair of tubular trachez in tufts.

a. Stigmata distinct. Dysdera, Argyroneta.

b. Stigmatary aperture common. Micryphande , Attide.

B. A pair of ramified tubular trachee with a common orifice.

Thomiside.

C. Four simple tubes with a common orifice. Scytodide, Drasside,

Agelenide (excl. Argyroneta), Epeiride, Theridide (in great

part), Sparasside, Lycoside.

—Archiv fiir Naturg. vol. xxxviii. (1872) p. 208; Bibl. Uni.

April 15, 1873, Bull. Sci. p. 355.

Miscellaneous. 425

Migrations of Danais Archippus.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

Altona, October 15, 1873.

GentLeMEN,—TIn the June and August numbers of the ‘Annals’ are

two letters from Professor F. M‘Coy regarding the sudden appearance

of Danais Archippus in Australia. I beg to state that I have just

published, in the fourth part of the ‘Journal des Museum Godeffroy ’

(Hamburg, L. Friederichsen «& Co.), all the facts known to me on the

wandering of this American butterfly over the islands of the Pacific

Ocean, and the continent of Australia, to Gorontalo on North Celebes,

where Dr. A. B. Meyer captured four specimens of Danais Archippus

—three of which are at the Berlin Museum, and one in my collection.

GEORG SEMPER.

On the Change of Form of the Lachrymal Pit during Growth in the

Skulls of the Bush-boks (Cephalophus) and Munéjacs (Cervulus).

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

The lachrymal pit is large, rounded, deep, and well developed in

the adult bush-boks; and the characters afforded by these parts

have generally been considered important for the separation of

the genera and species of the bush-boks and other antelopes; but

care should be taken to compare skulls (at least of the species

of bush-boks) of nearly the same age. The lachrymal pit of Cepha-

lophus rufilatus, C. badius, and C. coronatus is large and deep in

the adult skull; but in the younger skulls it is smaller and shal-

lower, being least marked of all in the young specimens. It is

very slightly marked in the skull of OC. Whitfieldit and C. bicolor,

which are only known from very young specimens, and of which we

do not know the adult ; but the skull will very probably be like that

of the adult of other bush-boks.

I think we may conclude, from these facts, that the tear-pit in this

genus is small and shallow in the young, and increases in size, form,

and depth as the animal approaches the adult age. The variation

is so great that it is only safe to compare-the skulls of ditferent

species of the same or nearly the same age.

The size of the intermaxillary bone appears to be generally a

good character, and not influenced by age; but sometimes it varies

in extent in different specimens of the same species. In three

specimens of Cephalophus Ogilbyi, for example, the intermaxillary

bone does not reach the edge of the nasal; but in one specimen

the intermaxillary bone is very large, and is margined above by

the nasal (Hand-list of Ruminants, t. xxxii. f. 2). The size of the

orbit seems to be pretty permanent in the skulls of the different

species.

T have not had the opportunity of observing this change in the

skulls of the other genera of antelopes and the allied animals.

Perhaps it is not so great as in this group.

426 Miscellaneous.

An alteration in the size of the tear-pit is observable in the

old and young of Cervulus Sclatert from China, in which the adult has

the tear-pit very like that of Cervulus Reevesii, but larger, more cir-

cular, and deeper; but in the young of this species the pit is di-

stinct, but more oblong, and comparatively shallow, especially in the

upper part. It may at the same time be remarked that the bones of

the face greatly develop themselves during growth both in length

and breadth. In the skull of the fawn the nose is slender, conical,

and two thirds the length from the front of the orbit to the occiput,

whereas in the adult the nose is much broader and, as in Cervulus

Reevesii, the same length from the front of the orbit to the end of

the nose and the occiput.

New Species of Shells. By F. P. Marrar.

Marginella quadrifasciata, Marrat. (Mus. Keen.)

M. testa minima, obtuse ovata, pellucida, nitente, fasciis quatuor

rufis distantibus cingulata, spira obtuse conica ; apertura angusta ;

columella callosa, quadriplicata, labro incrassato, intus denticulato.

Long. 3 mill.

Hab. Kabenda, 30 miles north of the Congo, Africa, in 10

fathoms.

This small, pellucid, distinctly banded shell cannot be mistaken

for any other allied species.

Nassa nodulosa, Marrat.

NV. testa ovato-globosa, lutea; anfractibus regulariter nodoso-plicatis,

superne concayo-indentatis ; costis subdistantibus, tenuiter trans-

versim punctato-sulcata ; apertura suborbiculari, labio cum callo

mediocri ; columella levi; labro extus marginato, intus plicato.

Size 4 inch long. ;

Hab. te

Nassa ethiopica, Marrat.

NV. testa parvula, ovato-conica, rufo-aurantiaca, valde longitudinaliter

plicata, strus elevatis transversis; apertura ovata; columella

plicata, labro extus marginato, intus lirato. Long. 7 mill.

Hab. Kabenda, 30 miles north of the Congo, Africa, in 10

fathoms.

100 Edge Lane, Liverpool.

On the Wood-Deer of Brazil (Blastocerus sylvestris).

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

The Rey. G. T. Hudson presented to the Museum last year the

imperfect skull, consisting only of the brain-case and horns, of what

he called a “ wood-deer” from Brazil. This skull and horns show

Miscellaneous. 427

that it is a small species of Blastocerus; but it differs from both the

Guazu puci (B. paludosus) and the Guazuti (B. campestris) in the

form of the horns; and its size and the name, the ‘ wood-deer,”

show that its habits are different from the B. campestris or B.

paludosus; and I therefore propose to call it B. sylvestris. The

species may be thus described :—

Blastocerus sylvestris. (The Wood-Deer.)

Horns short, slender, smoothish, forked above; the front snag

elongate, projecting forwards, and suddenly rather angularly bent

upwards, with a slight tubercle on the middle of the lower edge,

and a small snag rather below it on the inner side of the upper

edge.

The skull shows all the signs of full age ; but the sutures between

the bones are very well marked, and very much dentated and

interlocked.

Hab. Brazil (Rev. G. T. Hudson.)

This deer has nothing to do with the “Cariacou deer” (Cervus

nemoralis) figured by Colonel Hamilton Smith in the ‘Animal

Kingdom, iv. p. 137, t., which has horns different from those of

any other animal that has occurred to me. I am inclined to think

they are deformed.

Dolphins from the Cape of Good Hope.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

M. van Beneden, in the ‘ Bulletin Acad. Roy. de Belgique’ for

July 1873, has described and figured two drawings of Cetacea from

the Cape of Good Hope, which he observed in the album of the

Comte de Castelnau. He calls one Orca capensis, Gray, 2, and the

other Lagenorhynchus de Castelnau. The drawing of the Orca was

named Delphinus Heavisidit by Castelnau, which M. van Beneden con-

siders a synonym of Orca capensis ; but I believe this to be a mistake.

They are two most distinct animals ; and M. van Beneden has mis-

understood the Comte de Castelnau’s note about the teeth, regarding

= 23 5 *

the number on one side, >, as meaning the number on the two sides ;

and the Orca capensis, Van Beneden (Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgique,

t. xxxvi. f. 1) is Hutopia Heavisidii, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Seals and

Whales, p. 75.

There is no account of the bones and teeth of Lagenorhynchus

de Castelnau; but I should consider, from the figure, that it is a

species of the restricted genus Delphinus.

M. van Beneden observes, “ Les Lagénorhynques du Dr. Gray

établis d’aprés des cranes du British Museum, sont d’origine in-

connue,”’ overlooking the fact that the animal of Lagenorhynchus

albirostris and L. leucopleurus have been figured, and are known to

inhabit the North Sea.

498 Miscelluneous.

Delphinus Castelnau is distinct from D. Moret and D. Walkeri,

from the 8. Atlantic, as it has a black, and they have a white, fore-

head at the base of the beak.

Experiments on the Scolex of Tenia mediocanellata.

By M. Saryr-Cyr.

Three Cestoid worms live as parasites in the human intestine,

namely :—TZenia solium, derived from the Cysticercus cellulose of

the pig; Bothriocephalus latus, the scolex of which, according to

Bertolus and Knoch, lives in fishes of the genus Salmo; and Tenia

mediocanellata, which was long confounded with 7. solium, from

which it was distinguished in 1853 by Kiichenmeister, its chief dif-

ference being in its unarmed head.

The history of this last worm is much less complete than that of

Tenia solium. We only know that Leuckart having administered

ova of 7’. mediocanellata to calves, obtained an abundant development

of Cysticerct in their muscles, and that these Cysticerct encysted in

the calves had all the characters of 7’. mediocanellata,

M. Saint-Cyr has repeated Leuckart’s experiments, with the fol-

lowing results. He administered four proglottides of 7’. medio-

canellata to a healthy young heifer six weeks old, which was still

nourished exclusively by its mother’s milk. There were soon formed

under the tongue two small hard tumours, exactly like those observed

in the same region in pigs affected with measles. The heifer was

not killed until 224 days after the ingestion of the proglottides ;

cysticercal tumours were found, but the worms were all dead.

On the 2nd of April M. Saint-Cyr had an opportunity of repeating

his experiments. He administered forty proglottides of 7’. medio-

canellata to a sucking calf four weeks old. On the 21st of April

a granulation was observed on the lower surface of the tongue ; and

this increased a little until the 26th of May, when the calf was

killed, 54 days after the ingestion of the proglottides. Twenty

Cysticerct were found scattered here and there in the conjunctive

tissues, two under the mucous membrane of the tongue, six along

the csophagus, and the rest in the subperitoneal conjunctive

tissue.

The author describes the parasite as dwelling in a cyst about the

size of a cherry, having thick and strong walls. After the removal

of the cyst the Cysticercus is of about the size of a pea, and of a

spherical form. Its membrane is very delicate and transparent,

and filled with a limpid fluid; at one point there is a small white

spot, pierced by a very small aperture, indicating the place where

the head is invaginated. The head is tetragonal, truncated at

its anterior part, quite destitute of rostellum and hooks, but

furnished with four round, thick, and nearly terminal suckers,

The greatest dimension of the head is 1-20 millim. ; and the diameter

of the vesicle is 3 millims.—Comptes Rendus, August 25, 1873,

p. 536.

Miscellaneous. 429

On a new Genus and Species of the Family Trochilide.

By Joun Goutp, F.R.S. &c.

I must confess that, after the many years I have been studying

this family of birds, I was not prepared for the acquisition of the

very remarkable species hereinafter described. It is most nearly

allied to the members of the genus Thalurania, but is sufficiently

distinct in its form to warrant its being constituted the type of a

new genus, for which I propose the name of Hylonympha, with the

following characters :—

Bill stout, somewhat curved, a little longer than the head. Wings

rather long and falciform. vet and toes moderately strong; tarsi

clothed. Tail ample, deeply forked, and larger in comparison with

the size of the body than that of any other member of the family.

Were it not for its large, long, swinging tail, it would very much

remind us of Thalurania glaucopis.

Hylonympha macrocerca.

Crown of the head glittering blue, with a reflection of green

towards the edges ; throat glittering green, passing into dull green on

the flanks ; abdomen black, glossed with green; feathers clothing the

tarsi dark brown on the outer side and white on the inner; under

tail-coverts black ; all the ten feathers of the tail, the outer ones of

which are very broad, a uniform steel-black.

Total length 84 inches; bill 1, wing 23, tail 6, tarsi }.

Habitat uncertain. I obtained this bird from Mr. Whitely, who

stated he received it in a collection of skins which had been formed

in Brazil.

On the Zoological Position and Function of the Parasitic Acarina

called Hypopus. By M. Méenry.

In a recent note [ announced :—1, that under my eyes an octopod

nymph of Tyroglyphus rostro-serratus had been transformed into a

Hypopus easily recognizable as H. feroniarum, L. Dufour; and, 2,

that I had seen the same Hypopus under different conditions resume

the form of Tyroglyphus. From these facts I concluded that the

Hypopodes, and their analogues the Homopodes and Trichodactyli,

were merely transitory asexual states of the T'yroglyphi and perhaps

of other Acarina. I have now to announce further observations,

which fully confirm the previous ones.

In a large undescribed Tyroglyphus, which also lives upon fungi,

but feeds chiefly on the stalk (whilst 7’. rostro-serratus particularly

affects the hood and the lamellae), I have also seen the asexual

nymph become transformed into a Hypopus. This Hypopus, which

is much larger than the former one, appears to be the Acarus spini-

tarsus, Herm.; it is of the same size (0°33 by 0-12 millim.) and of

the same orbicular oval form. Its legs are robust, furnished with

claws without suckers, and provided with numerous rigid sete,

especially posteriorly ; itis cuirassed like the other Hypopodes, is of

a rose colour, with a pair of vesicles filled with a bright green liquid,

Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4, Vol. xii. 29

430 Miscellaneous.

and bears beneath the abdomen an adherent apparatus composed of

five pairs of suckers. By placing it in suitable conditions we have

seen this Hypopus also resume its original form of Tyroglyphus.

These observations completely solve the problem of the dissemi-

nation of the detriticolous Acarina. Every one who studies the

animals which live in decomposing substances must have often asked

himself how those legions of Acarina which swarm and appear in

myriads in them in so short a time get there, and what becomes

of them when their work of destruction is completed, and the material

in which they swarmed, being reduced to the state of a dry powder,

no longer offers them any nourishment. These little creatures

have not the aid of wings to enable them to fly from places desolated

by famine; nor have they the activity of the ants, which enables

those insects to migrate and make long journeys. They have soft

integuments, which afford them but little protection against external

influences and the voracity of their numerous enemies ; exposure to

the sun kills them; and the woodlice destroy them in great quantities ;

their eggs, which are comparatively large, are not to be met with

in the dust of the air in company with the germs of moulds and In-

fusoria ; and, lastly, they do not enjoy the faculty of reviving after

desiccation, like the Anguillule, Rotifera, and bear-animalcules.

One can easily understand how they came to furnish a principal

argument in favour of the theory of spontaneous generation. Now

this is what takes place in a colony of Tyroglyphi when the privation

of food seems to devote it to certain destruction. All the adult

and old individuals, as well as the young hexapod larve, die and

strew the soil with their bodies ; but the adolescent individuals (the

octopod nymphs) are preserved: they change their form, acquire a

cuirass, a true travelling garb, which acts as a complete disguise,

but which at the same time protects them from external influences ;

moreover they acquire an adhesive apparatus, by means of which

they can attach themselves firmly to any creatures that come

within their reach—flies, spiders, myriopods, insects of all kinds, and

even quadrupeds, which, like regular omnibuses, transport them

where they could not go themselves. If the place where the vehicle

stops is suitable, if it is by a fresh fungus or a mass of rubbish in

decomposition, the little mite quits the animal that bears it, as well

as its Hypopus-form, and becomes a T'yroglyphus, such as it was

before. Under the influence of abundant food it grows rapidly,

becomes adult and sexual, copulates, and in less than forty-eight

hours the colony is founded afresh. That is the function of the

Hypopus.

The conclusion to be drawn from my observations is that the

genera Hypopus, Homopus, and Trichodactylus, and the numerous

species which have been established as subdivisions of those genera,

must be struck out of our zoological nomenclature. The word

Hypopus may be retained, but only as a common name serving to

designate the curious cuirassed, heteromorphous, and adventitious

nymph of the Tyroglyphi, whose office is the preservation and dis-

semination of the species to which it belongs.—Comptes Rendus,

August 18, 1873, p. 492.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. |

No. 72. DECEMBER 1873.

LUI.—On the Protection of Pollen from Premature

Dislodgment or Moisture. By M. A. Kerner.*

THE works of Darwin, Delpino, Hildebrandt, &c., on the part

played by insects in the fecundation of phanerogamous plants

have lately attracted attention to this subject, and led to

numerous observations on the peculiarities of the organization

of flowers. The investigation just published by M. Kerner

relates to a point which had scarcely been touched previously,

but the importance of. which can hardly be doubted—namely,

the precautions taken to keep the pollen intact until the

moment when it is gathered by insects, and especially to pre-

serve it from premature dispersion by means of the wind, or

from irremediable injury by water.

There is a large category of plants which escape the dangers

just referred to, and the whole organization of which is directed

to utilize the action of the wind for the dispersion of pollen.

These are the anemophilous plants of Delpino, the dry and

pulverulent pollen of which escapes in clouds at the least

shake. Various peculiarities of organization all accord with

the final object to be attained. ‘Thus the flowers, in order to

give free access to the wind, are never concealed under leaves,

but always suspended at the extremity of slender branches

(amentaceous trees), or at the summit of an elevated stalk

(grasses, Cyperacez, &c.). Moreover, as they have not to

* Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the Abstract in the

Bibliothéque Universelle, August 15, 1873, tome xlvii. p. 302.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 4. Vol. xii. 30

432 M. A. Kerner on the Protection of Pollen

attract insects, they are generally not remarkable either for

colour or perfume; their perianth is generally yellowish or

greenish and often scaly ; the stamens, instead of being hidden

at the bottom of a corolla, are attached to movable catkins,

or they push themselves (as in the grasses) above the floral

envelope.

In every way a considerable quantity of pollen is lost; it

falls to the earth without reaching the stigma, or it is damaged

by moisture. All the plants of this category obviate this in-

convenience by producing enormous quantities of pollen (e. g.

the positive clouds of yellow powder which frequently surround

the Conifers at the moment of flowering).

But in still more numerous cases the pollen must be con-

veyed to the stigma by insects ; and from this flows a multitude

of consequences which greatly influence the form and appear-

ance of the flowers. Thus the perianth will always be more

or less coloured or odoriferous, to attract insects; the grains

of pollen are not dry and free as in the previous cases, but

always more or less adherent to each other, being retained by

a product of the degenerescence of the mother cell, which M.

Kerner regards (wrongly we think) as bassorine. The degree

of cohesion is extremely variable, from the solid pollen-masses

of the Orchidee and Asclepiadez to the pollen of a great

number of plants which presents little conglomerations easily

dispersed.

In these plants the pollen is produced in quantities infinitely

smaller than in the anemophilous plants. Moreover there is

a more or less considerable lapse of time between the opening

of the anthers and the moment when the fecundating dust is

carried away by insects; and it is absolutely necessary that

during this time it should be protected from the deleterious

influences of wind and moisture. The most various parts of

the flower may be charged with this function; and it is the

examination of the different cases which he has had the oppor-

tunity of observing that forms the greater part of M. Kemer’s

memolr.

The reproductive organs themselves are often charged with

the protection of the pollen. Thus, in the iris the stigmata

are developed into broad petaloid plates bent outwards and

meeting the lobes of the perigonium ; they thus completely

envelope the anthers in a sort of narrow channel, through

which insects must of necessity pass when going to collect the

nectar, but into which neither wind nor rain can penetrate.

In the genus Aspidistra the corolla takes on the form of a

widely open cup, at the bottom of which are the extremely

short stamens; the stigma is developed into a broad disk,

from Premature Dislodgment or Moisture. 433

placed about halfway up the corolla and closing it completely,

so as to shelter the stamens and leave only a narrow passage

for insects. In the periwinkles, oleanders, &c. the anthers

bear at their summits a sort of spoon-shaped prolongation, and

the style is surrounded by a collar of long stiff hairs; the

junction of these two organs forms a perfect roof above the

pollen. In the Composite the tube formed by the union of

the anthers, in the interior of which is the pollen, shelters it

until the moment when insects come to collect it.

Frequently the protective shelter comes from the perdanth.

A great number of plants have a portion of the corolla developed

into the form of a regular roof placed over the anthers. This

peculiarity of organization is characteristic of some very im-

portant families (such as the Labiate, Scrophulariaceze, Oro-

banchee, Gesneriacee, Utricularie, Polygalee, Violacee,

many Papilionacez, and some Ranunculacez).

In other cases the upper part of the lobes of the corolla

remains united during the first portion of the flowering, thus

protecting the stamens and the style (Phytewma) ; or, as in

Trollius, the petals, which are strongly concave within, join

at the top of the flower. . In other cases, again, the tube of the

corolla which encloses the anthers is so narrow that water

cannot penetrate into it, the air finding no means of exit and

remaining enclosed in the form of a bubble, which keeps the

pollen dry (Androsace, Verbena); or, what is still more fre-

quent, the entrance of the tube is closed by hairs, scales, &e.

The spathe in many Aroidee, the bracts of certain Musacee,

and the leaves of the lime tree extend over the flower or the

inflorescence like an umbrella.

When no part of the flower is constructed so as to be able

to shelter the stamens from the weather, the desired result is

obtained either by periodical movements of the perianth or by

curvatures of the axis.

In the first category we find, in the first place, all the so-

called ephemeral flowers, the opening of which lasts only

one day (Villarsia, Tradescantia, Convolvulus tricolor,

Tigridia pavonia, and many others). The anthers open and

allow the pollen to escape in the bud, which on its part opens

only during the hottest part of the day, when the sun is shining,

and the insects, buzzing about everywhere, are ready to effect

fecundation. Those flowers which present a similar structure,

but of which the anthesis lasts several days, are governed - by

similar laws ; they close during the cooler hours, when the dew

might injure the pollen, and also during rainy weather and

when little life is about. Some of them particularly affect

twilight and evening; they only open a little after the setting

30*

434 M. A. Kerner on the Protection of Pollen

of the sun, and close in the course of the evening. Their

usual visitors are of course the crepuscular insects; and to

attract these some are clothed in brilliant colours (nightshade

and several Ginothere), whilst others have very dull colours

but exhale a penetrating perfume, which is insensible during

the day (Pelargonium triste, Hesperis tristis, Nyctanthes arbor-

tristis). But these cases are quite exceptional, and the great

majority of flowers with periodical movements open during the

brightest hours of the day ; the petals, in closing again, resume

the position they occupied in the bud, and thus completely

protect the stamens and the style.

Where it is by means of curvatures of the floral axis that

fecundation is ensured, the perianth must be brought into such

a position as to form a protective roof for the reproductive

organs. Its form, and also the degree of curvature, depend of

course greatly upon the length of the stamens: where, as in

the lily of the valley, these are quite short, a slightly developed

perianth and a simple lateral inclination suffice to attain the

desired object ; but where, as in the fuchsia, the anthers are

borne upon long filaments, the perianth is much broader and

spread out like a wheel, and the flower becomes completely

pendent.

All degrees of curvature are met with in nature : sometimes

the phenomenon is already perceptible in the bud (Soldanella) ;

in other cases it is manifested only at the moment of flowering.

When once fecundation is effected the young fruit usually

becomes erected, at least if it is not of a fleshy nature, and

consequently too heavy to be carried up by the tension of the

tissues of the peduncle (Fuchsia, many Solana).

It is sometimes the case that the curvature of the axis, like

the closing of the perianth, is periodical. Thus the flower of

Oxalis acetosella, which is completely erect during the day,

describes an arc of more than 100 degrees at the moment when

the sun sets, and finally has its opening directed towards the

ground. ‘The periodical changes in the tension of the tissues

of the peduncle required by this movement occur in many other

plants under the influence of exterior excitements, repeated

shocks, &c. ; and many flowers which are usually erect become

recurved towards the earth, and thus protect their stamens

when they are shaken by the wind or disturbed by the repeated

shocks of drops of rain (many Composite, tulips, anemones,

Ranunculus, poppies).

Lastly, in those compound inflorescences of which the axis

is twisted, as in the Boraginee and some other families, de-

velopment brings the flowers successively into all sorts of

from Premature Dislodgment or Moisture. 435

positions with regard to the horizon; they then most fre-

quently open in such a manner that at the moment when the

pollen would be exposed to inclement weather the opening of

the corolla looks towards the ground, and thus the rain may

pour upon them without injury. '

Such are the different peculiarities of organization, the special

object of which is to facilitate fecundation by protecting the

pollen from accidents which might injure it, without, however,

presenting any obstacle to the free access of insects whose

business it is to cooperate in the accomplishment of that func-

tion. Of course these different means are often combined : for

example, if a flower in closing at night leaves an aperture at

the apex of the corolla, it will be borne upon a more or less

curved peduncle.

In a general way we may say that the pollen is more com-

pletely protected in proportion as it is less abundant and more

coherent, and in proportion as thefecundation is more absolutely

subjected to the intervention of insects, the time of anthesis

short, and the climate less favourable.

Thus the Orchidez perhaps present the most complete com-

bination of all the means of protection, which is in perfect ac-

cordance with the nature of their pollen and the small number

of their flowers. In the Pomacez and Amygdalez, on the

other hand, the stamens are very numerous, and the flowers

are so abundant that if only half of them developed fruit the

tree could never bear its load. Hence the means of protection

prapioxed are very rudimentary.

ven a superficial glance over the flora of a country will

generally show an intimate relation between the climatal

conditions and the structure of the most wide-spread families.

A cold and humid region (where fecundation will always be

difficult and where the flowers must sometimes wait for several

days for a ray of the sun to favour the issue of insects) cannot

fail to exert a marked influence upon the character of its flora.

It is thus that in the Alps, where the dews are very heavy and

where persistent clouds often cover the summits for whole days,

the dominant genera (G'entiana, Primula, Andromeda, Solda-

nella, Pedicularis, Campanula, Euphrasia, Veronica, &c.) all

possess complete means of sheltering their pollen. No plants

with ephemeral flowers occur there ; and in none do the stamens

rise much above the corolla. If, on the other hand, we take

as a point of comparison the flora of the south of Australia, a

region where during the season when plants flower not a drop

of water falls, we find that the Mimosa, Myrtacee, and Proteacee

(which are so abundant there) all have rigid flowers with very

436 M. A. Kerner on the Protection of Pollen.

short perianths and very long stamens—in a word, flowers

in which the pollen is completely exposed.

Some plants which seem at the first glance to form an ex-

ception to the general rules above laid down, when attentively

examined really serve to confirm them. The Erica, for

example, present the anomalous combination of a pulverulent

pollen with a coloured perianth producing nectar. But here,

Just as in plants with coherent pollen, fecundation is impossible

without the intervention of insects. In fact the anthers only

open by two pores placed laterally at the apex of each cell;

at the moment of flowering they are applied to each other by

their lateral surfaces so as to close all issue for the pollen.

To enable the latter to issue it is necessary that an insect

entering the flower should produce a shock upon one stamen,

which separates from its neighbours, lets fall a few grains of

pollen upon the visitor, and then resumes its place. Some

little appendages which are developed at the base of the anthers,

and bar the passage of the insect, are exactly destined to pro-

duce the required movement.

Analogous peculiarities occur in some Boraginee of the

genera Cerinthe and Onosma.

Certain Salices, of which the pollen, although more or less

coherent, is not at all protected, remedy this by producing an

enormous quantity of pollen, and by prolonging their flowering

for a very long time (a circumstance which recurs with the

same signification in many Umbelliferee, Cruciferee, and Saxi-

fragacee). Sometimes, also, parts of the inflorescence which

are already withered become a protection for those which are

about to open.

We may remark also among heterostylous plants, such as

the Primule, Pulmonarie, &c., a marked tendency to di-

* morphism of the perianth. It is more amply developed in the

form with long exserted anthers, where the protection of the

pollen is more difficult.

M. Kerner concludes his interesting memoir by some con-

siderations on the probable origin of the species with coherent

pollen, in which we shall not follow him: they do not appear

to us to be necessarily connected with the preceding; and the

ideas of the author merit a discussion of which space will not

permit the introduction here. These pages suffice to show the

object and utility of the infinite variety of form of the floral

organs.

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Lithistide. 437

LIV.—On the HEXACTINELLIDE and LITHISTIDZ generally,

and particularly on the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and

Farrer, together with Facts elicited from their Deciduous

Structures, and Descriptions respectively of Three New

Species. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &c.

[Concluded from p. 373.)

LET us now turn our attention to the Lithistide, of which the

following is a similar list of those also that have been brought

to notice.

Lithistide*.

General character. Spicules developed upon a quadriradiate

division of the central canal, held together by amorphous

sarcode and an interlocking of their filigreed arms, forming

a reticulated glassy structure, whose interspaces are more or

less irregular and curvilinear. Composed of two kinds of

“¢ skeleton-spicules,”’ viz. those which form a layer on the

surface and are accompanied by minute or “ flesh-spicules ”

characterizing the species, and those forming the body, which

are more or less alike in all the species and accompanied by

fewer flesh-spicules. The skeleton-spicules of the surface,

which, for the most part, are provided with a smooth, pointed,

vertical shaft, directed inwards, and a horizontal head of dif-

ferent shapes according to the species, will be termed “surface-;”’

and the spicules of the body, which interlock with their neigh-

bours through a filigreed development of all the arms, will be

termed “ body-spicules.”

Species in which the surface-spicule ag of a shaft and three

straight bifurcated arms all smooth and pointed.

Minute spicules of two kinds, viz. one acerate, fusiform,

slightly curved and microspined ; the other subspiral, sinuous,

tuberculo-spined.

Dactylocalyx Bowerbankii, Johnson. Azores. (1)

Masoni, Bowerbank. Madeira. (2)

Corallistes typus, Schmidt. Florida. (3)

* Abbreviations the same as in footnote, p. 357.

1. B.M. P. Z.S, 1863, p. 259,=P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 94, pl. vi. figs. 6, 7, & 8,

= MacAndrewia azorica, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 507.

2. P. Z.S. 1869, p. 91, pl. vi. figs. 1-4.

3. Atlantisch. Spongienf. pl. iii. f. 3.

4, B.M. P.Z.S. 1868, p. 565, fig. 1.

5. P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 89, pl. v. figs. 6-11.

438 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Lithistide.

Species in which the surface-spicule consists of a shaft and three

sinuous arms branched.

Minute spicules of two kinds, viz. one long, fusiform, sub-

pane smooth ; the other short, more or less bent or horse-

shoe-shaped and microspined.

Theonella Swinhoei, Gray. Formosa. (4)

Dactylocalyx Prattii, Bk. East Indies. (5)

Species in which the surface-spicule consists of a shaft and three sinuous

arms compressed vertically ; branched and dentate or curvilinear

on the margins.

Minute spicule acerate, fusiform, curved, microspined.

MacAndrewia azorica, Gray. Azores. (6)

= Oorallistes clavatella, Schmidt. Florida. (7)

Kaliapsis cidaris, Bowerbank. South Seas. (8)

Species in which the surface-spicule consists of a short shaft and

subcircular discoid head, deeply and irregularly fissured.

Minute spicule acerate, fusiform, curved, blunt-pointed’

microspined.

Corallistes polydiscus, Schmidt. Portugal, Florida,

Cuba. (9)

Species in which the surface-spicule consists of a short shaft and

subcircular discord head.

Minute spicule acerate, fusiform, curved, microspined.

Dactylocalyx poly#iscus, Bowerbank. St. Vincent,

Portugal. (10)

6. B.M. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 438, pl. xv. Dactylocalyx McAndrewit, Bk.

PxZs8;

(fe

stig. 1, ccc.

11. B.M. See p. 442.

12. See p. 443.

13. Atlantisch. Epoteiu p. 23, pl. ili. fig. 6, &e.

14, Ib. p. 23, pl. tii. fig. 4

15. Ib. p. 23, pl. iii. fig. 5.

16. Ib. p. 22, pl. iii. fig. 1.

17. Ib. p. 21, pl. iii. fig. 2.

18. See p, 443.

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Lithistide. 439

Species in which the surface-spicule consists of a shaft and three arms.

Arms sinuous, branched, curvilinear, tubercled on the upper or

outer aspect, and filigreed at the extremities ; shaft filigreed also

at its extremity.

Minute spicule long, slender, fusiform, subspinulate, smooth,

most numerous on the margin, where it forms a fringe.

Azorica Pfeiffere, Carter. Azores. (11)

Species in which the surface-spicule is much the same as the last, but

with others like those of Dactylocalyx Bowerbankii and D. poly-

discus among the body-spicules.

No minute spicule observed.

Corallistes borealis, Carter. Firoe Islands. (12)

Species in which the surface-spicule consists of a long shaft and three

arms, bifurcated and more or less tubercled on the outer or upper

aspect.

Minute spicule (in the slide at the British Museum) straight

or slightly curved, smooth, fusiform, acerate.

Corallistes noli tangere, Schmidt. Portugal, St.

Jago. (13)

Species in which the surface-sprcule (according to the slide in the British

Museum) is like that of Dactylocalyx Masoni, with the branches

of the body-spicules in like manner glomerato-tubercled.

Minute spicules in the slide of two kinds, viz. one acerate,

fusiform, curved, smooth ; and the other with sinuous shaft,

spirally covered with fine spines like that of D. Masonz.

Corallistes microtuberculatus, Schmidt. St. Jago, Cape-

Verde Isl. (14)

Species inwhich the surface-spicule (according to the slide in the British

Museum) is like that of Dactylocalyx Bowerbankii; the rest with

large filigreed head and long sinuous shaft filigreed at the

extremity, as in the figure (Atlantisch. Spongienf. Taf. iii, f. 5).

Corallistes elegantior, Schmidt. Portugal. (15)

Species with curly filigreed spicules (according to the slide).

Letodermatium ramosum, Schmidt. Florida. (16)

lynceus, Schmidt. Portugal. (17)

Fossil species in which the surface-spicule is not known, but in which

the body-spicule has the common branched filigreed form.

Minute spicule not observed.

Lithospongitis Kittonvi, Carter. Carrow, hamlet ad-

joining Norwich. (18)

440 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Lithistide.

SHORT COMMENTARY ON THE LITHISTIDA.

The remarks regarding the microscopical examination of

the Hexactinellide (see p. 363) apply to the Lithistide ; but

while the two large specimens respectively of Dactylocalyx

pumiceus, Stutchbury, and MacAndrewia azorica, Gray, in

the British Museum, are very much alike in their dish-shaped,

wide, circular heads, each of which is supported by a thick

short stem, and their minute structure has the same vitrified

glassy appearance, it should be remembered that they form

representatives of two totally different systems of sponges,

the former being built upon a sexradiate division of the spi-

cule, and the latter upon a quadriradiate one; that is, while

the Hexactinellide have six ends to their spicule, the Lithis-

tide have only four, and the lowest system of spicules in

which the linear form prevails, of course, only two. Hence

the spicule of the Hexactinellide has, as it were, three shafts

joined together in the centre, thus giving six ends; the next,

or quadriradiate system, has, as it were, two shafts joined

together in the form of a cross, thus presenting four ends ;

while the simplest system of all has only one shaft, and

consequently only two ends. Thus modified, forms of all the

three systems may be found in the Hexactinellide ; but only

those of the third system with the Lithistide—that is, no

sexradiate spicules. Of course I allude to the staple spicules

here, and not to the monstrosities which may occur in either

system ; and perhaps, too, I should restrict these observations

to the spicules of the skeleton-system, or skeleton-spicules,

since, when we come to the minute or flesh-spicules, we find

the multifid form of the sexradiate spicule, viz. that of the

rosettes, passing, as before stated, into the stellates and globu-

lar siliceous balls of the Geodinide &c., and of course vice

versa.

But, be this as it may, there seems to be very little doubt

that the system of the Lithistide is that of Pachastrella,

Geodia, and Stelletta, and never that of the Hexactinellide :

that is, a sexradiate spicule, as just stated, is never found in

the Lithistide.

In Dactylocalyx Bowerbankvi and D. Masoni the surface-

spicules are nail-like, having the spike or shaft directed

inwards and the three arms of the head bifurcated and spread

out horizontally, so as to meet those of the other surface-

spicules, while the interspaces are occupied by the sarcode

charged with the flesh-spicules, in the midst of which are the

pores ; and thus the dermal aspect is completed. In D. Masoni

the subspiral shaft of the minute or flesh-spicule is covered

My. H. J. Carter on the Lithistide. 441

with fine, pointed, long spines, while in D. Bowerbankii they

are short, blunt, and slightly inflated at the ends; again, the

acerate spicule in the former is not figured (Bk. Monogr.), while

the fine-spined subspiral spicule of D. Masonz seems to be only

a variety of the more coarsely formed one in D. Bowerbankit ;

and the acerate spicule, being also very sparse in the latter, may

have been entirely overlooked in the former. Thus, at the

utmost, D. Masoni can only be considered a variety of

D. Bowerbanku. The secondarily furcate extremities of the

arms of the surface-spicule in Dr. Bowerbank’s fig. 7 of

D. Bowerbankii (1. c.) at once allies it to similar forms of the

spicule in Pachastrella abyssi, Sdt., and points out the com-

mencement of the filigree which becomes so elaborately deve-

loped as the surface-spicules gradually sink into the general

structure of the body. Schmidt’s Corallistes typus would,

therefore, come in here.

In Theonella Swinhoet and Dactylocalyx Prattii, the arms

of the surface-spicules are not straight but sinuous, and, thus

overlapping each other, leave circular interspaces which are

filled up with sarcode charged with the flesh-spicules, in the

midst of which are the pores. The minute, cylindrical,

microspined spicule varies much in form, from an elongated

ellipse to that of a horseshoe-shaped, cylindrical, linear spi-

cule, being also sometimes contracted in the centre and

enlarged towards the extremities.

In MacAndrewia azorica and Kaliapsis cidaris the arms of

the surface-spicule, besides being sinuously branched, are also

flattened, and possess a dentate curvilinear margin on both sides,

while the branches overlapping each other, as before stated,

leave interspaces that dre filled with sarcode charged with the

rough, microspined, acerate spicule mentioned, in the midst of

which are the pores. These minute linear spicules, often

slightly inflated in the centre, are arranged around the pores

in a radiated manner, so that the pore can be opened or closed by

their being raised or the reverse. The structure is well re-

presented by Schmidt in Corallistes clavatella (op. cit. pl. iii.

fig. 7,6), which appears to be equal to MacAndrewia azorica.

I possess fragment-specimens of MacAndrewia azorica which

were dredged up on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ between the

»Firoe Islands and the north coast of Scotland. Unfortunately

the specimen of Kaliapsis cidaris which Dr. Bowerbank found

on a portion of Oculina rosea from the South Seas was so

small that it was “all” absorbed in the mounting and examina-

tion.

In Corallistes polydiscus—hetter designated “ asteroides ” by

Schmidt on the slide which he sent to the British Museum,

442 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Lithistide.

seeing that this, as well as his figure (op. ett. pl. iii. fig. 8),

has a discoidal head so deeply fissured as to merit the term

mentioned—we seem to have in the surface-spicule a transi-

tional form from the three- flat armed head of that in

MacAndrewia azorica to that of the subcircular form in the

following species, viz. Dactylocalyx polydiscus, where the

discoid head is so little fissured as to merit this designation.

How far these forms may run into each other in the same

species I am ignorant, as I have only examined D. polydiscus,

in which all the heads are subcircular.

Here I should notice that, in a small rolled fragment of

Corallistes borealis which I sent to Mr. F. Kitton, of Norwich,

to compare with the fossil species to be presently men-

tioned, he detected some spicules with subcircular discoid

heads, like those of Dactylocalyx polydiscus, which he kindly

mounted and sent to me; and on them I observe two or three

of the minute flesh-spicules common to D. polydiscus, but

reduced by the process of absorption which takes place in the

deciduous vitreous structures of sponges, to be described

hereafter, to irregular stick-like forms. Now it so happens

that with Schmidt’s fig. 8 of the surface-spicule of Corallistes

polydiscus there are also two of these irregular stick-like

forms represented, which I never could understand until

Mr. Kitton sent me the mounted specimen mentioned. Hence

it seems to me, from their imperfect form, that Schmidt’s

minute or flesh-spicules at least belonged to a deciduous

skeleton.

As just stated, the heads of the surface-spicules in Dactylo-

calyx polydiscus are discoid and subcircular. The shaft is

short, smooth, and pointed ; and where it joins the disk a tri-

radiate line is seen, which results from the division of the cen-

tral canal of the shaft into three branches. The discoid heads

as usual overlap each other; and the dermal sarcode is charged

with the minute flesh-spicule already mentioned ; while in the

interspaces between the heads are the pores. The triradiate

line is often seen in this kind of spicule in the Lithistide,

where also the minute, acerate, fusiform, microspined flesh-

spicule is also very common.

In Azorica Pfeiffere, n.sp. (two specimens, called after

Madame Ida Pfeiffer, who obtained them at Madeira and pre-

sented them to the British Museum), the surface-spicule is like

that of the interior, viz. with the sinuously branched arms and

shaft all terminating in filigreed structure, that of the shaft

interlocking with that of the heads of the next layer inside it.

There is no very minute flesh-spicule, but a great number of

Jong, subspinulated, fusiform, linear ones, which abound

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Lithistide. 443

especially upon the growing edge or margins of the specimen.

The specimens are covered with dried sarcode, evidencing that

they were taken alive and may so far be considered perfect.

Hence there is no doubt about their possessing no characteristic

surface-spicule ; for I searched for this in many parts. Still I

think it just possible that this may be explained by assuming

that the surface-spicule had passed into the form of the body-

spicule before the new layer of surface-spicules had been

developed.

Be this as it may, the specimens are magnificent and mag-

nificently perfect; not, perhaps, from any particular care

having been bestowed on their preservation, but because,

contrary to what one would infer from their glassy structure,

they are so tough that it is difficult to get a piece off them.

One is 14 inches in diameter and 11 inches high, and the

other not quite so large. They are flattish, cabbage-like, in-

foliated, with branched sinuous laminz 2; to 3%; inch thick,

vertical, widely separated, and proliferous. ‘The vents are a

little raised on papillary eminences, and scattered over the

inner aspect of the fronds or lamin ; while the pores are owt-

side, as in MacAndrewia azorica, to which it bears a strong

general resemblance. My reason for stating all these cha-

racters is because these specimens have hitherto not been

described.

Oorallistes borealis is the name which I have given to de-

ciduous fragments of a Lithistid dredged up on board H.M.S.

‘ Porcupine’ between the Firoe Islands and the north coast of

Scotland. They have no characteristic surface-spicule; and

in their body-structure are confusedly mingled both the

simple form of surface-spicule characterizing Dactylocalyx

Bowerbankii and that of D. polydiscus respectively. Various

other sponges have built their structures upon them, among

which is that possessing the snake-like form of large acerate

spicule figured by Schmidt in connex'on with his representa-

tion of Corallistes typus (op. cit. pl. ii. fig. 3c), which of

course is also parasitic. How to account for the surface-

spicules before mentioned occurring among the body-structure

of Corallistes borealis | know not.

For the structure and form of the remaining Lithistide and

their spicules, I must refer the reader to Schmidt’s work on

the Atlantic sponge-fauna, already mentioned, where they are

respectively described and figured.

I would, however, for a moment more here revert to the

fossil species Lithospongitis Kittonti, which Mr. F. Kitton, of

Norwich, found in a flint of the Upper Greensand taken from

an artesian well at Carrow, close to Norwich, to observe

444 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

that we have here en masse what my illustrations of the fossil

spicules of the same geological formation on Haldon Hill,

near Exeter, show in individual spicules (Annals, 1871,

vol. vii. pls. vil. & vui.). Thus the existence of such sponges

in the Upper Greensand had been predetermined.

OBSERVATIONS.

The above arrangements of the Hexactinellide and Lithistide,

together with the short commentaries which follow them

respectively, must be regarded only as preliminary to more

detailed descriptions which I hope to offer on some future

occasion. They are chiefly intended as an introduction to

what will hereafter be stated of the Aphrocallistide, Farree,

and Atilodictyon, concerning which | had, as before stated,

gathered many facts for publication hitherto unnoticed, when

I found it necessary to make myself acquainted with all the

Hexactinellide and Lithistide that had been made known

before I could satisfactorily acquit myself of the task.

This involved much time and much research, combined

with opportunities which may not readily occur again.

Hence I thought it desirable to record at once the most

important part of my observations, although this is not the

place to give the whole, which would entail long descriptions.

OBJECT.

We now come to the primary object of this paper, which

was to show that the tubular lines which appear in the

vitreous fibre of the Hexactinellide arise from the absorption

of the spicules on which it was originally deposited—that if

this has not gone too far, the exact forms of these spicules can

be recognized; so that, although nothing else but the deciduous

fibre remains, the species of the sponge to which it belonged

can thus be determined if previously known in the living

state—and if not previously known in the living state, then

also the kind of spicules it must have possessed in this con-

dition. The deciduous specimens of Hexactinellide which will

come before us for this purpose belong to Aphrocallistes Bocaget

and Farrea occa, of which the living state of the former is well

known, but the deciduous skeleton only of the latter. Mean-

while, for the sake of reference, it will be necessary to

premise a short account of each of the specimens from which my

observations have been derived; then a description of each of

the spicules of the species of Hexactinellidee with which we are

now chiefly concerned that have been found in a living state,

viz. the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and the Farree ; and, -

Hexactinellide and Lithistide. 445

lastly, a description of the deciduous skeleton of Farrea occa,

and the destructive changes which take place in the sponge-

spicule generally, followed by the absorbing process in the

vitreous fibre of the deciduous Hexactinellidz to which I have

often above alluded.

SHortT DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIMENS THAT WILL PRESENTLY

COME UNDER REFERENCE.

The first of the specimens that came under my observation

in this respect was one of the so-called Farrea occa, which,

having grown upon a branched coral (Lophohelia prolifera),

subsequently became overgrown, both sponge and coral, by a

Gummina (Corticium abyssi), so as to form a solid mass,

through whose smooth surtace here and there projected portions

of both sponge and coral. This specimen, I learn from the label

on the glass jar containing it, was dredged up on board H.M.S.

‘ Porcupine,’ in lat. 43° 31’ N., and long. 10° 3' W. (that is,

in the so-called ‘ chops” of the English Channel), in 500

fathoms. It is now an oblong portion, in size about 24 x 1} x 3

inch, which originally must have been larger, as there are

many fragments of it inthesame jar. The specimen is figured

in the ‘ Annals’ for July 1873, pl. 1. figs. 1 & 2, of the natural

size; and to this specimen or figure I shall often have to allude

as ‘ No. 3.a,” which heads the label on the jar. All this may

seem unnecessarily particular ; but as the specimens of Spon-

giade dredged up on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ have been

handed over to me by Prof. Wyville Thomson for description,

every thing that tends to point out their history should be

recorded. :

By the term “ so-called Farrea occa,” I mean that this name

was given to a simple fragment of vitrified network, found in

great abundance in the detrital mass on which Dr. Farre’s

specimen of Huplectella cucumer had grown. ‘ Simple,” because

the fragments are those of dead sponges, and therefore without

sarcode, while the minute spicules which accompanied them,

and are figured by Dr. Bowerbank as the “ retentive spicules ”

of Farrea occa (l.c.), are not those of a sexradiate sponge,

which the fragments are, but of an undescribed species of Gum-

mina. How far the form and structure of this sponge, to which

the fragment figured by Dr. Bowerbank (fig. 7, /.c.) belonged,

has been subsequently discovered, the sequel of this paper will

show. Suffice it now to state that we shall take as the cha-

racteristic feature of Dr. Bowerbank’s Farrea occa the rectan-

gular latticed ‘‘ harrow-like” structure of his illustrations

(d. c. pl. xxiv. fig. 7, 1869), first represented by Prof. Owen

in connexion with Ewplectella cucumer (‘Trans. Linn. Soe. 1857,

446 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

vol. xxii. pl. xxi. fig. 9 & 9a), and not Dr. Bowerbank’s

figure 1, which we shall hereafter find to belong to another

species of Varrea, also illustrated by Prof. Owen (op. cit. fig. 8).

In short, a cursory inspection of the two figures in Dr. Bower-

bank’s plate will show that they belong to two different struc-

tures, one of which (viz. fig. 7) has smooth, and the other( fig. 1)

spiniferous fibre. The former we shall call “ Farrea occa,”

and the latter “ Karrea densa.”

At the time Dr. Bowerbank described Farrea occa (P. Z. 8.

p- 339, 1869), the only thing known of it was the fragment

mentioned; hence it is not surprising that his description should,

to say the least of it, be very different from reality. We now

know that this smooth rectangular fibre belonged to a branched,

tubular skeleton, only one layer thick, and the branches patu-

lous at the ends, which, up to this time, appears to have been

found only in a deciduous state ; so that we do not know even

- now what were the forms of the spicules on which the fibre was

originally deposited, except through the means already stated,

viz. the absorption of these spicules, which takes place only in

the deciduous skeleton, reducing their forms to mere moulds,

which, however, represent their true forms inside the fibre.

Can we find, then, sufficient of these forms énveloped in the

deciduous fibre to tell us what the living species possessed ?

will be the question by-and-by, when we come to consider

Farrea occa more particularly.

The next specimen which I have had for observation is that

of a dead Aphrocallistes Bocaget in a jar without label ; but

finding only one place where this sponge is mentioned in the

“ Preliminary Report of H.M.S.‘ Porcupine,’ ” published in the

Royal Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (No. 121, p. 424, 1869), where

it is stated that a “ tolerably perfect though dead specimen of

Aphrocallistes Bocaget had been dredged up at Station 36 in

725 fathoms with a bottom of muddy sand,” I presume that

it is the one in question, which consists of a hollow cylindrical

tube, composed of vitreous network, closed at the free end by

the same structure in a convex form, and terminated at the

other by a flat disk, which adhered to the object on which it

grew, covered with buds or shorter tubes of a like kind, whose

cavities respectively are continuous with that of the main tube

or stem, the whole specimen being about two inches long and

one in diameter. This “ Station,” I see by the table, was

in lat. 48° 50! N., and long. 11° 9’ W.; so that it was dredged

up close to the specimen of Farrea occa just mentioned. We

will designate it by the “ Station,” viz. “ No. 36.”

From the deep-sea specimens of H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine,’ let

us go to those in the British Museum dredged up on board

Hexactinellidee and Lithistide. 447

Mr. Marshall Hall’s yacht ‘ Norna’ in 1870, on the N.W.

coast of Spain and Portugal, by Mr. Saville Kent ; and here we

shall find a dead specimen of Aphrocallistes Bocagei now broken

into pieces, but when entire a little larger and of the same

kind as that last described,—also a dead specimen of Farrea

occa, consisting of a bunch of short tubes slightly trumpet-

shaped and open at their free ends, branching off from a main

axis (Month. Microscop. Journ., Nov. 1870, pl. lxiv. fig. 12),

both dredged up from a muddy bottom, and both filled with

the mud.

Further, on a bunch of dead Lophohelia prolifera, there 1s

another small but living specimen of Aphrocallistes Bocaget,

together with several young or embryonic specimens here and

there on the branches of the former, some of which are not more

than .!, of an inch in diameter, which, on microscopical exam1-

nation, present the spicules of Aphrocallistes Bocage?, that at

the same time are identical with those figured by Schmidt (/. ¢.)

as illustrative of his Lanuginella pupa, which, as may be ob-

served by his figure of Aphrocallistes Bocaged (op. cit. pl. ui.

fig. 1), grew in great numbers on this specimen.

Lastly, on one of the branches of the same bunch of Lopho-

helia prolifera may be observed the unique specimen of Aulo-

dictyon Woodwardii, discovered, described, and figured by Mr.

Kent (op.et l.ctt.). It also, like Farrea occa,is a tubular structure

of rectangular lattice-like vitreous fibre, but otherwise appears

to have been branched and closed at the extremities like Aphro-

callistes Bocaget ; still the specimen is so small, beg not more

than half an inch long, and the ends of the branches are so

broken off, that, with the exception of its growing from a branch

of the Lophohelia like Farrea occa (that is, spread out and not

attached by a disk-like end like Aphrocallistes Boeaget), nothing

more can be said of its general form.

Lastly, I have to notice a deciduous specimen of [arrea occa,

about the same size and form as that last-rmentioned, which was

dredged up from the Caribbean Sea in about “lat. 14°2'N.,

and long. 77° 42' W., in 1500 fathoms,” and submitted by Mr.

Gassiot (to whom the vessel belonged whose captain obtained

it) to Dr. Gray, and by the latter to myself for examination.

It is also much broken, but measures an inch long by about

the same in transverse diameter. Also, from the same locality,

a little stick-like fragment about 14 inch long and } inch

broad, composed of vitreous fibre like that of Yarrea, but solid,

bleached, and rounded in its contour, which is rendered very

irregular by a dissolving action that has been goimg on

in the fibre both inside and out for some time; and three

specimens of a new species of Farrea, which was funnel-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 31

448 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

shaped, to the solid stem of which stick-like fragment the

foregoing specimen appears to have considerable resemblance.

As the latter constitutes the type of a new species of Larrea,

some specimens of which were taken in the living as well as in

the deciduous state, it is necessary, for future reference, to give

a particular description of it at once, which will now follow under

the designation of “ infundibuliformis.”

Farrea infundibuliformis, Carter, n. sp. Pl. XVII. figs. 1-4.

Vitreo-hexactinellid. Infundibuliform, consisting of a head

(fig. 1, a) and stem (fig. 1,5). Stem subround, solid, composed

of interlacing, branched, mixed with rectangular lattice-

like fibre. Head funnel- -shaped, formed of an expansion

of the stem composed of a layer of rectangular lattice-like fibre

in the centre (fig. 2, bb), covered on each side by one of branched

vitreous fibre, whose branches diminish in size as they increase

in number towards the circumference (fig. 1, c, 2, @ a) ; reticu-

lated and anastomosing obliquely throughout. Rectangular

fibre strongly spined and formed of an extension of vitrified

sarcode over a regular rectangular arrangement of large sex-

radiate spicules. Branched fibre minutely spined (fig. 2, cc),

and more or less charged with minute sexradiate spicules,

smooth and pointed or spined along the arms and at the ends,

confusedly arranged (fig. 1, dd, & fig. 8), some of which are

only partially enveloped, and others only cemented by one end

(fig. 3, a) to the fibre. Interstices lined with sarcode charged

with rosettes. Rosette many-rayed; rays sigmoid, capitate, ex-

panded and arranged en fleur-de-lis (fig. 4) ; head of ray convex,

spined round the margin. Szze: diameter of funnel-shaped

head about an inch, depth about ;4;; thickness of wall at the

margin, which is broken, =; inch; length of the portion of

stem remaining 54,3; diameter of the same close below the

head -=2; inch.

Hab. Marine.

Loc. Caribbean Sea.

Obs. There are three specimens of the vitreous skeleton of

this sponge in the British Museum, all about the same size and

shape, but all more or less imperfect on the margin of the

funnel-shaped expansion, which, being very thin, has no doubt

been broken away.by the dredge or “ tangle” in which the

specimens were taken. ‘The stem in each also appears to have

been broken off at the end, where it was just branching into

three or more divisions, as ‘if these divisions had terminated in

the roots by which the sponge had been attached to some sub-

marine object, and from which the specimens respectively had

been broken off by the dredge or tangle.

Hexactinellide and Lithistide. 449

Besides the specimens mentioned, there are two other thin

flat portions, each of which is about an inch square and =; inch

thick, which, presenting no visible curvature, may have belonged

to infundibuliform heads of much larger dimensions than those

above given. It is not improbable too, from the extreme thin-

ness of the margin of the expansion of the more perfect speci-

mens, that, if the heads in them respectively had been entire,

their diameter would also have been greater. The flat portions

must have been broken off from living specimens, as they are

covered with dry sarcode abundantly charged with the form

of rosette above mentioned.

This differs from Farrea occa :—\st, in the addition to the

single lattice-like layer of which Farrea occa is composed, of

a much larger, obliquely anastomosing, branched, vitreous

fibre, apparently originating, both outside and in, from the

bottom of the funnel-shaped expansion where it is thickest ;

2nd, in this fibre being charged with the minute sexradiate

spicules of the species, confusedly imbedded, entirely or par-

tially (that is, in various degrees), within its substance ; 3rd, in

these sexradiates being much smaller than those singly and

regularly arranged in what appears to be the basework or

original lattice-like fibre of a Farrea occa. In short, the

branched anastomosing fibre charged with the minute sexradiate

spicules appears to be a secondary formation, which has run

over a rectangular fibre vertically, so that it cuts the transverse

bars of the latter, although amalgamating with them here and

there at right angles.

SPICULES OF THE APpzHROcALLISTIDH, AULODICT¥ON, AND

F'4RREA FACUNDA.

We now come to the description of the spicules respectively

of the Aphrocallistide and Aulodictyon Woodwardii in their

living state, together with a species of Karrea described by

Schmidt as F. facunda (fecunda ?), with all of which it will be

found necessary that we should become acquainted before we

can make out any thing of those in the deciduous skeletons.

Aphrocallistide.

Aphrocallistes beatrix, Gray, and A. Bocaget, Wright.

These two sponges have been excellently described and illus-

trated by the naturalists respectively who named and brought

them into notice. But only generally. The detail of their

spicules has not been sufficiently given; and as it is neces-

sary that this should be minutely done, in connexion with illus-

trations, before their histories respectively can be considered

31*

450 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

complete, as well as for the purpose of identification just men-

tioned, we will direct our attention for a few moments to this

part of the subject.

Aphrocallistes Bocaget.

Taking Aphrocallistes Bocaget first, as this is the simplest

form, it will be found that, besides the common large sexradiate

spicule on which the vitreous structure is based, there are seven

other kinds attendant upon it, all of which are more or less free

and unimplicated in the vitreous sarcode, viz. :—

1. The staple, /inear, fusiform spicule with inflated centre

and extremities, in which the former presents 2—4 tubercles

more or less developed opposite corresponding branches of the

sexradiate central canal; extremities more or less pointed and

spined.

2. A more delicate, linear, fusiform spicule, spined

throughout. The spines long and slender, supported on pro-

jections of the shaft resembling the bracket-steps of a flagstaff;

inore or less closély inclined towards the shaft, and a// in the

same direction—that is, not half one way and half the other,

beginning from the centre of the shaft and proceeding in oppo-

site directions, but from one end towards the other throughout.

As this is a very common form in the Hexactinellide, and the

other kind also exists occasionally, viz. that in which the spines

are inclined towards either point beginning from the centre, it

is necessary to note the difference and give particular attention

to the form chiefly under consideration (Pl. XV. fig. 8).

3. A sexradiate spicule whose arms are more or less un-

equal in length—five being smooth at the commencement and

conically inflated and spined at the termination, and the sixth

spined, feather-like all round, the spines increasing in length

from the fixed to the free end. Sometimes, in an abnormal

state, more than one of the arms is thus spined (fig. 9).

4, A scopuline spicule, consisting of a long shaft and four

rays. The rays more or less divergent, arising from a cor-

responding number of tubercles at the end of the shaft, and

terminating in conical heads surrounded with recurved spines.

The rays are microspined and the end of the shaft also.

I'requently the shaft presents a quadriform inflation just below

the giving off of the rays; and sometimes the little tubercle

in the centre of the four rays, which is the end of the shaft,

is prolonged into a fifth ray (figs. 1 & 1 d).

5. A rosette with five-rayed arms, each ray straight or

slightly sigmoid, and all divergent and capitate, except the

central one, which is in a line with the arm; head of the ray

conyex and spined round the margin more or less deeply

Hexactinellides and Lithistidee. 451

(fig. 11,d). An abnormal form of the rosette is to have the

arms continued respectively into one large ray.

6. The same, but with the axis stretched out linearly, shaft-

like, and the rays arranged round it more or less spirally ; rays

long, spine-like, capitate, most numerous at the ends, where

they are more or less divergent (Pl. XIII. fig. 17).

7. The same, with the rays of the shaft more confined to

its centre, and all simple (that is, not capitate, but pointed).

N.B. The last two forms are not near so abundant as the

globular rosette (Pl. XV. fig. 11, d).

Aphrocallistes beatriz.

We now come to Aphrocallistes beatrix, in which it will be

also found that, besides the common large sexradiate spicule

on which the vitreous structure is based, there are six other

kinds, viz. :—

1. Similar to no. 1 of A. Bocaget, but a shorter, coarser,

and more robust form, spined throughout.

2. Thesame as no. 2 in A. Bocaget.

3. A sexradiate spicule whose pointed arms are sparsely

and irregularly covered throughout with smooth spines curved

outwards, and longest about the union of the middle with the

inner third, diminishing towards the extremities of the arms

(Pl. XV. fig. 10). This appears to be the analogue of no. 3

in A. Bocaget, since I have never seen the sexradiate spicule

with feather-like spined arm in A. beatrix, nor has Mr. Kent,

who also states this, and that the one figured in his illustration

of this sponge is taken from Dr. Bowerbank’s (P. Z. 8. 1869,

pl. xxu. fig. 3). If, however, Dr. Bowerbank has been more

fortunate in this respect, his figure shows, by the abortive con-

dition of the spines on the feathered arm of this spicule in A.

beatriz compared with that in A. Bocaget, that this spicule is

very poorly, and therefore perhaps very sparsely, represented

in A. beatriz.

4, A scopuline spicule, consisting of a long shaft and four

rays; the rays quadrangularly based on a hand-like expansion

o* the end of the shaft; for the most part proceeding for some

distance almost parallel to each other, when they end by be-

coming slightly divergent, terminating respectively in small,

smooth, round heads, surrounded by recurved spmes. The

rays and the end of the shaft also microspined throughout

(PIS ocfie. 2).

5. A straight large shaft more or less beset with long,

thorn-like spmes, most numerous towards the centre, where

they are vertical, and at the extremities, where they are diver-

gent; each slightly curved and microspined (Pl. XIII. fig. 20).

452 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

6. A smaller kind, in which the rays are straight, smooth,

and capitate (Pl. XIII. fig. 19). This, which has also been

figured by Mr. Kent (Month. Microscop. Journ. 1870, no. 33,

pl. lxv. fig. 20), is analogous to no. 6 in A. Bocaget, and thus

becomes a transitionary form of the rosette in the latter to the

large, spined shaft no. 5 (just described) peculiar to A. beatriz,

in which sponge there is no rosette; that is, the globular

rosette in A. Bocagei first presents itself in that sponge with

elongated shaft-like axis and pointed or capitate spines, which

form is again found, without the globular rosette, in A. beatrix

apparently leading to the large spined shaft that is as charac-

teristic of this species as the globular rosette is of A. Bocaget.

Obs. About the bunch of dead Lophohelia prolifera dredged

up by Mr. Kent there are, as before stated, in addition to the

larger specimens of Aphrocallistes Bocaget and Aulodictyon

Woodwardit, several embryo sponges ; and two of these (viz.

one =!, and the other about -=2; of an inch in diameter) I

mounted in Canada balsam, when it was observed that they

both belonged to Aphrocallistes Bocaget; but while the vitrified

fibre had not begun to appear in the former, it had in the

latter, where several sexradiate and linear spicules had become

cemented together, involving also some of the sexradiates of

Aphrocallistes Bocaget with feather-like spined arm (Pl. XY.

figs.9 &11 a,b,c). At first [took these embryos for Askonema ;

but the sexradiate spicule with feather-like spined arm, together

with the vitrification (both of which are absent in Askonema),

decided this point. Then I remembered that the feather-

like spined arm-spicule abounded also in Sympagella nux ; but

the ladder-like forms of the vitreous fibre here, together with

the presence of the pappiform rosette with flexed rays, presented

a decided difference. Lastly, it was observed that their spicules

accorded with those of Lanuginella pupa, Schmidt. But when

it is remembered that Schmidt’s specimen of Aphrocallistes

Bocaget bore on its surface many specimens of his Lanuginella

in an embryo state, that their spicules are identical with those

of the embryos of Aphrocallistes Bocagei on the specimen of

Lophohelia mentioned, in company also with a fully developed

living specimen of A. Bocagez, there seems to be very good

reason for assuming that Lanuginella pupa is neither more nor

less than A. Bocagez in an embryonic condition.

Aulodictyon Woodwardit, Kent.

In the tube net of Awulodictyon, like that of Aphrocallistes,

there are several other spicules besides the staple sexradiate

which forms the basis of the vitreous fibre; and these are also

more or less enclosed together with the sexradiates. According

Hexactinellide and Lithistide. 453

to Mr. Kent (who, as before stated, has the merit of having

discovered, described, and illustrated this unique specimen),

confirmed by my own observations, they amount to seven,

viz. :—

1 and 2. The same as in Aphrocallistes Bocaget.

3. An umbrella-like spino-capitate shaft of two forms, one

of which has a large, flat, convex head, plain or umbonate,

with a fringe of minute spines (Pl. XV. fig. 4), and the other

a small convex head, also plain or umbonate, with a few long

recurved spines, microspined on the inner aspect (fig. 5) ;

while between these two extremes this spicule assumes several

intermediate forms, in all of which the shaft is pointed, more

or less microspined, and of whip-like fineness towards the free

extremity.

N.B. This spicule, which appears to be analogous to the

scopuline form in the Aphrocallistidee and that of Schmidt’s

Farrea facunda, from lying parallel with the arms of the large

sexradiate skeleton-spicule, often becomes enveloped with them

in the vitreous fibre (Pl. XV. figs. 6 & 7).

4, A rosette whose arms are five-rayed ; the rays sigmoid,

capitate, and somewhat expanded or divergent en fleur-de-lis,

with the head of the ray round and spined on the margin

(like fig. 10, Pl. XIII.). eo

5. A sexradiate spicule with one arm smooth and inflated,

the rest smooth, and terminated respectively by spiniferous

points (see Mr. Kent’s figure 23, Month. Microscop. Journ.

1870, pl. lxiv.).

6. A sexradiate spicule with one arm spined feather-like,

and the rest terminated respectively by spiniferous points

(like fig. 9, Pl. XV.).

Nos. 5 and 6 appear to be alternating forms of each other,

and analogous to the sexradiate spicule with one arm spined

feather-like in Aphrocallistes Bocaget &c., but apparently more

sparse and less fully developed.

7. A simple minute sexradiate, whose arms may be smooth

or spined, attached by one arm to, or more or less enveloped

ia, the vitrified fibre, as in Pl. XIII. fig. 1.

Obs. These spicules all appear to be analogous to those in

Aphrocallistes Bocagei; while the umbrella-like ones, lying

parallel and close to the arms of the large sexradiate (which

forms the basis of the vitrified skeleton), are often, as before

stated, enveloped with it (Pl. XV. figs. 6 & 7,6). In short,

as the sexradiate spicule with feather-like spined arm is seen

in the embryo Aphrocallistes Bocagei to be becoming enclosed

in the vitreous fibre of that species, so the umbrella-like

spicules of Awlodictyon Woodwardii may be observed on

454 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

their way to become enclosed in its vitreous fibre (fig. 7, 6).

Hence may we not infer that the unique specimen of the latter

(which is only half an inch in lengh) is a very young specimen

also ?

Farrea facunda, Schmidt (fecunda ?).

For a more detailed description of this species, with illustra-

tions, I must refer the reader to Schmidt’s ‘Atlantisch.

Spongienfauna’ (1870), merely observing here, for the sake of

comparison, that his figure 10, pl. ii., which represents the

skeleton of Harrea facunda of its natural size, is almost iden-

tical in size and form with that figured by Mr. Kent as Harrea

occa (/.c.), with that im my possession from the dredgings of

the ‘ Porcupine’ (No. 8a, anted), and with that which was ob-

tained by Mr. Gassiot from the Caribbean Sea, which I

examined microscopically and of which 1 made an accurate

drawing. The detail of the skeleton in /. facunda, represented

in Schmidt’s pl. 1. figs. 13-17, also corresponds with that of the

specimens mentioned ; while the scopuline form (fig. 18) is

otten found modified in Aphrocallistes Bocaged (see our Pl. XV.

fig. 3); and his rosette (fig. 19), with the exception of its arms

and rays being microspined, together with the spino-capitate

spicule (fig. 20), Jave their analogues in the rosette and um-

brella-like spicules respectively of Aulodictyon Woodwardit.

Farrea occa, Bowerbank. Pl. XVI. fig. 4,

We now come to Farrea occa, which, as before stated, was

so called from a fragment of lattice-like vitreous fibre that

Prof. Owen found among the detrital mass on which Dr. A.

Farre’s specimen of Huplectella cucumer (obtained from the

Seychelles) had grown. ‘The structure of this fragment Prof.

Owen figured (‘I'rans. Linn. Soc. 1857, p. 121), and likened

toa “harrow.” Subsequently Dr. Bowerbank took a portion

from the same detrital mass, and, having subjected it to a higher

magnifying-power, thought that he had discovered in it a new

kind of vitreous fibre, which was designated “ fistulose sili-

ceous,” applying the name of “Farrea” to the sponge from

which it was supposed to have come (Phil. Trans. 1862,

p- 758, pl. xxvii. fig. 11). This was repeated in his ‘ British

Spongiadee,’ where it was called “ simple fistulose siliceous

fibre spinulated, from Farrea occa” (vol. i. p. 274, 1864) :

occa, a harrow. Finally, in 1869 (P. Z. 8. pl. xxiv. fig. 1) a

different representation was given, in addition to the foregoing

spinulated form, which was also now accompanied by certain

minute spicules termed “ attenuate stellate retentive spicula ”’

of Farrea occa (op. ctt. p. 341). These two representations,

Hexactinellidee and Lithistide. 455

viz. figs. 1&7, we shall find by-and-by to belong to two different

species of Karrea, both figured previously and separately by

Prof. Owen (op. et loc. cit. figs. 8 & 9 respectively) ; while

Dr. Bowerbank’s figure 7 alone represents Yarrea occa, and the

“retentive spicula”’ belong to quite another and very different

system of sponges.

Now, considering that Dr. Bowerbank viewed fig. 7 as the

“‘harrow-like tissue of the dermis” of some unknown sponge

(instead of a part of the skeleton itself, which we now know

to be the case) —that is, a portion of the wall itself of the tube

of which Farrea occa is tormed—considering that the term

“fistulose”” for the fibre, as being analogous to “ simple

keratose fibre” (B. 8. vol. 1. p. 80), ex. gr. Luffaria, is mis-

applied, inasmuch as it will presently be shown that the fistu-

lous appearance in the siliceous fibre arises from the presence

of sexradiate spicules, while in the keratose fibre it is a bond

jide continuous canal—and considering that the “ attenuate

stellate retentive spicula”’ are not of the sexradiate type, but

probably belong to an undescribed species of Gummina (see

‘Annals,’ 1873, vol. xi. p. 22), we have absolutely nothing

left but the fragment of rectangular, vitreous, lattice-like fibre

of this sponge, first represented by Prof. Owen’s figures 9 & 9a

(op. ctt.), and repeated in Dr. Bowerbank’s figure 7 (P. Z. 8.

bed):

That, however, this rectangular lattice-like vitreous fibre

has been identified with that forming the skeleton of a sponge

to which Mr. Kent has applied the name of Yarrea occa in his

figures (/.c.),confirmed by my own observation, his delineations

will show, and the specimen itself (now, Mr. Kent informs me,

in the British Museum) will demonstrate. But there was

nothing but the skeleton left, which, as before stated, was

dredged up on the coast of Portugal filled with mud. Mr.

Gassiot’s specimen, of which I made an-accurate drawing and

microscopical examination, was in the same condition, and

the specimen in “No. 3a,” dredged up on board H.M.S.

‘Porcupine,’ also the same; while Schmidt’s figure of the

specimen from Florida, which he examined (op. et loc. cit.),

does not differ from either, and appears to have been also

nothing but a deciduous skeleton, although it was accompanied

by the spicules mentioned, and Schmidt has made a new species

of it under the name of “/arrea facunda.”

Since the above was written, I have (as before stated) ex-

amined Dr. A. Farre’s specimen of Luplectella cucumer,

entangled in the beard-like mass of which at the base (viz. the

long anchoring-spicules) are many large fragments of Farrea

geca (Pl. XVI. tig. 4), among which is a small portion of the

456 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

tubular general form, quite sufficient to identify with the spe-

cimens just mentioned,—also large fragments of the other or

spiniferous species, represented by Dr. Bowerbank in his

figure 1 (P. Z. 8. /.c.), which will be described under the name

ot ‘Farrea densa” by-and-by.

Up to the present time, then, this is all we know of Farrea

occa; but as there have been several specimens of its deciduous

skeleton brought to notice, as well as many of Aphro-

callistes Bocaget, with the so-called ‘‘fistulose”’ character in

the fibre of all, it was not safe to state that all did not belong

to the same genus, viz. Yarrea. Under these circumstances

there would be no hope of solving the problem, had it not

been found that, although in the fresh and living state of the

sponge hardly any trace of the spicules in the vitreous fibre

can be seen, yet after death a process of absorption takes place

in the interior of the fibre, whereby, if it has not gone too far,

the whole of the forms of these spicules may be recognized.

Hence, if any peculiarly characteristic spicules should happen

to be present in this fibre, the species of the sponge to which

it belonged can be determined, as in the case of the Aphro-

callistidee ; while in Yarrea occa, where we have never had

any thing but the bare deciduous skeleton, the spicules which

it possessed in the diving state might, under the same circum-

stances, be also discovered. It is to this process of absorption

and its effects in the sponge-spicule as well as the vitreous

fibre that we shall now more particularly direct, our at-

tention.

Taking first the siliceous sponge-spicule by itself, we find

that it is subject to two kinds of wasting or decay, viz. one

which takes place in the interior or wall of the central canal,

and the other on the surface—the former frequently occur-

ring in the living sponge, and the latter in the substance of

the spicule after death.

The wasting which takes place in the wall of the central

canal is recognized by its increasing size, which in some cases

goes on until the spicule is reduced to a mere shell; or it may

take place only at the ends of the spicule, when the central

canal at these points presents a funnel-shaped cavity diminish-

ing inwards or towards the centre of the spicule. In either

case the cause is not apparent. As this occurs in the living

state it is just possible that the central canal of the spicule,

which begins in a simple cell, may sometimes become so

dilated as to assume the form of a full-grown spicule, with

little if any vitrification, and thus appear as the mere shell.

To this may be added a general absorption of the proper spi-

cule, which frequently ‘nee place within the horny fibre of

Hexactinellide and Lithistide. 457

the keratose sponges to such an extent as often to render it

very difficult to determine what was its original form.

On the other hand, the destruction which takes place on

the surface of the spicule and extends into its substance

presents itself under three different phases (Pl. XVI. fig. 8):

viz., first, it consists of a simple superficial circular concavity,

which may increase in size and depth (fig. 8, a); second, of a

simple, straight, uniform blind tube extended vertically into

the substance of the spicule (fig. 8, 5); and, third, of a smaller

tube of the same kind ending in a globular dilatation (fig. 8, c).

In each instance it seems to be produced by the eroding action

of an organized cell; that is, in specimens of the two latter,

mounted in Canada balsam, a granuliferous cell may be ob-

served to occupy the inner extremities respectively (fig. 9, a,

b, c), recalling strongly to mind the appearance of the sapro-

legneous cell Pythiwm when working its way through the cell-

wall of Spirogyra. Kolliker gives good figures of the first

and second forms of this, merely observing that it is a “‘ peculiar

degeneration ” (‘Icones Histologice,’ der feinere Bau, p. 83,

pl. vii. fig. 10).

It is the dimpled superficial kind of this destruction which,

attacking the deciduous spicule, seems not only to destroy the

ornamental parts but in many instances to reduce the spicule

to a mere ragged stick-like state, in which its original form

is no longer recognizable: hence the condition of a great

number of the fossil spicules in the Upper Greensand deposit

of Haldon Hill near Exeter (Annals, 1871, vol. vii. p. 113,

pls. vii., vill., & 1x.).

I may here also notice that the calcareous sponge-spicules

are also subject to two kinds of destruction, viz. :—one which

takes place in the living sponge, where the extremities of the

acerate long spicules are rendered funnel-shaped, as before

mentioned in the siliceous ones; and the other, in which there

is a general breakdown of the whole fabric, which gradually

becomes resolved into a group of aqueous-looking globules of

different sizes, among which there is not a trace of the original

structure to be seen. Were this change confined to those cal-

careous spicules which I have mounted in Canada balsam, I

should have inferred that it was caused by the balsam; but I

find that the same change accompanies these spicules where

they may have been taken in by the kerataceous sponges to

form an axis for their horny fibre ; and it is worthy of remark

that the spicules of the Echinodermata, which may lie side by

side with them, do not appear to be similarly affected. Of

what nature the origin of this disorganization may be I am

ignorant; it is a chemical question; but the destruction takes

458 Mr. HU. J. Carter on the

place so rapidly in many instances that I have for some time

past ceased to mount any more calcareous spicules, and now

preserve a record of them by immediate sketches.

Lastly, we come to the peculiar kind of destruction to which

I have so often before alluded, which takes place in the centre

of the vitrified fibre of the Hexactinellide apparently only

after the death of the sponge. ‘This also, as before stated,

consists in an absorption of the spicules over which the vitreous

fibre was originally deposited, together with a certain amount

of the fibre itself, leaving nothing but their moulds, which, if

the absorption has not gone too far, will present exact repre-

sentations of the spicules respectively. It is analogous to that

which takes place in the spicules of the keratose sponges above

mentioned.

We have here then an explanation of Dr. Bowerbank’s

“ fistulose siliceous fibre,” also a proof that the siliceous fibre of

the Hexactinellide is based upon the spicules of the sponge,

and, finally, means of detecting what the isolated spicules of the

sponge were, although nothing may be left but the vitreous

fibre in a deciduous state. Itis thus that specimens of Aphro-

callistes Bocaget have been identified, and some of those pos-

sessed by Farrea occa in its living condition recognized—tacts

which first drew my attention to the subject, originated this

contribution, and will now be severally described.

The first specimen that attracted my notice in this way

was the bunch of Aphrocallistes in the British Museum, already

stated to have been dredged up by Mr. Kent on the coast of

Portugal; but possessing the feature which had led Dr.

Bowerbank to the idea that there existed “ fistulose. siliceous

fibre” as well as “ fistulose kerataceous fibre,” and that this

was an especial characteristic of his Marrea occa, 1 at once

concluded that this was not an Aphrocallistes, but a Farrea

(PL XVifigs 1).

Soon, however, it became evident that this “ fistulose”

appearance arose from the presence of sexradiate spicules

originally enveloped in the vitrified fibre (fig. 1,45); and

chancing to meet with a fragment in which the characteristic

scopuline shaft of Aphrocallistes Bocagei was present (fig. 2, 4),

the origin of the fistulose appearance was explained, and the

specimen, which otherwise bore the character of Aphrocallistes,

shown to be not Farrea, but Aphrocallistes Bocaget with the

same fistulose appearance as the fibre of Farrea (fig. 4).

Hence the necessity, to which I have alluded, of a minute and

accurate description of all the spicules of these sponges.

Subsequently the specimen dredged up on board H.M.S.

‘Porcupine’ at station “ No. 36” (vide antea) came before

Hexactinellide and Lithistide. 459

me; and being exactly like Mr. Kent’s, there was no difficulty

in recognizing its specific nature ; but on boiling a portion of

it in Liquor potasse, it was also found to possess the charac-

teristic scopuline shaft (PI. XV. fig. 1) together with a rosette

(fig. 11,d@), both in great abundance in the mud with which

the tubular branches of the sponge were still filled, especially

towards their free closed extremities. It was then observed

in the mounted specimen that there were also a few rosettes

with elongated shaft-like axes, on which the rays were some-

times capitate and sometimes pointed, the latter bearing a

strong resemblance to the spined shafts peculiar to Aphro-

callistes beatriz (Pl. XIII. figs. 17 & 18). The presence of the

rosette in these two forms being new to me, I turned to the

examination of the type specimen of Aphrocallistes Bocagei in

the British Museum, described and figured by Dr. Wright (.c.),

and found that it also contained the same kind of rosettes.

Lastly, I examined Aphrocallistes beatrix in the British

Museum, described and figured by Dr. Gray (/. c.), and found

that, although this did not contain the globular rosette with

short axis so abundant in A. Bocage?, it contained that form

with elongated shaft-like axis in which the rays are occa-

sionally capitate (Pl. XIII. fig. 19), thus so far retaining

this character of Aphrocallistes Bocaged. Hence, again, the

necessity of studying minutely all the spicules of these

sponges, which led me to write the descriptions of them above

given. It will now be observed that, in order to arrive at an

accurate knowledge of the Spongiade structurally, they must

be studied elementarily in this way, and upon the amount

of this knowledge will depend the accuracy of our classification.

I next took some minute portions from the fragment which

Mr. Kent sent me of his Harrea occa, and also from Mr. Gassiot’s

before mentioned, but was not correspondingly fortunate here.

However, on returning to the deep-sea specimen dredged up

on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ (No. 3a), which had grown on

a Lophohelia and had subsequently been enveloped in a Gum-

mina (Cortictwm abyss’), 1 found in one fragment, as the

illustration will show (Pl. XVI. fig. 5), a spicule of the form

no. 2 (PI. XV. fig. 8) previously described under Aphrocallistes

Bocaget. This spicule, as I have before stated, is not confined

toA. Bocager, but is found in Aulodictyon Woodwardii, Hyalo-

nema, and all the sarcospiculous Hexactinellide possessing the

“‘pirotulate spicule.” -Possibly it might be considered an acci-

dental instance, and therefore might not originally have

belonged to Farrea occa; but in three or four instances it

was found thus imbedded.

In each of two other fragments from this specimen of

460 My. H. J. Carter on the

Farrea occa a scopuline spicule with pointed rays was found,

like that figured by Schmidt in his Farrea facunda (l.c.).

These specimens were also mounted in Canada balsam and

delineated, as the illustrations will show (Pl. XVI. figs. 6, 4,

& 7, b).

Lastly, in many instances in the fibre of Farrea occa the

capitate end of a largish spicule was observed (fig. 7, ¢), which

I see appears in one of Schmidt’s foss7/ illustrations (op. cit.

pl. u. fig. 18) as an arm of a sexradiate spicule. Of this

form I can state, as I know, nothing further.

I had hoped, by finding this specimen of Farrea enve-

loped in the Gummina, that I might also find some of its

isolated spicules within the tube; but, with the exception of

four sexradiates of the form no. 3 under Aphrocallistes Bocaget,

viz. that with the feather-like spined arm (Pl. XV. fig. 9), I

could not, even after repeated searching, see any thing of the

kind.

Whether or not these spicules did belong to Farrea occa I

am unable to state, since together with the Farrea were in-

cluded in the Gummina some fragments of Aphrocallistes

Bocaget, one of which, as will be seen by the illustration, bears

a mould of the sexradiate spicule with feather-like arm just

mentioned. ‘That such spicules are involved in the vitreous

skeleton of this sponge has been already shown by the em-

bryonic specimen mentioned at p. 452.

In the “ stick-like ” fragment among Mr. Gassiot’s speci-

mens, also above noticed, which looks like the solid stem of

Farrea infundibuliformis, the absorbing process has gone on

to such an extent internally as to destroy all forms of the sex-

radiate spicules on which the vitreous fibre of which it is

composed was built, and externally to such a degree as to

round off and diminish in size every spine and original pro-

jection of this fibre; so that it now presents the white appear-

ance and form of a substance that is disappearing under the

dissolving influence of water. Such is another instance of the

way in which the fibre of the hexactinellid sponges may pass

into dissolution.

We learn from the foregoing, then :—

Ist. That the vitreous structure of the Hexactinellide is

built upon a network of their spicules, as proved by the ex-

amination of the embryonic forms of Aphrocallistes Bocaget,

in one of which (viz. that ~,; of an inch in diameter) the

process of vitrification has not commenced, while in the other

(2, of an inch in diameter), although incomplete, it has already

made considerable progress ; that after the spicules have become

enveloped in the vitrification their forms disappear; and that,

——s

Hexactinellide and Lithistide. 461

finally, after the fully developed fibre has become deciduous,

their forms reappear in the state of moulds caused by a process

of absorption of the spicule not yet explained.

2nd. That by the reappearance of the forms of the spicules

we are enabled to determine the species if previously known in

a living state, although nothing but the bare deciduous vitrified

structure may remain ; and therefore, where no living specimen

of the species has been found, to determme what kind of

spicules it originally possessed.

3rd. That there are no grounds for stating that a hexacti-

nellid sponge exists in which the fibre is fistulous—that is,

pervaded by a continuous central canal, as in the keratose

sponge Luffaria (D. et M.); but, on the contrary, that the

vitreous fibre is always based on an axis of sexradiate

spicules. -

With the deciduous specimens of Aphrocallistes Bocaget

there has been no difficulty in determination, because we know

what the characteristic spicules of this sponge are in its living

state.

But the case is not so satisfactory with Farrea occa, of which

nothing but deciduous specimens have yet been found. How-

ever, here it is evident that, besides the common sexradiate

spicules of the skeleton (Pl. XVI. fig. 4,556), there was the

spined one described as no. 2 under Aphrocallistes Bocaget

(fig. 5, 6), and the scopuline shaft like that figured by Schmidt

in his Farrea occa (figs. 6,6 & 7,6), to which I have before

alluded.

Lastly, it might be stated respecting Farrea occa that,

although we know that, in addition to the common sexradiates,

it possessed the spined spicule no. 2 of Aphrocallistes Bocaget

and another like the scopuline spicule of Farrea facunda,

while the latter spicule is by no means identical with that

figured by Schmidt (neither have we seen the spino-capitate

spicule nor the rosette which are also ngured by the same

author as characteristic of /. facunda), yet the field from which

we have obtained the facts above mentioned respecting F. occa

is very limited ; so that by-and-by, if a living specimen is not

found of /. occa, but still more deciduous ones, more of the

spicules it originally possessed may be made known after a

like manner. At the same time, it should be remembered

that the general figure (Taf. 11. fig. 10), as well as the detail of

its skeleton which Schmidt has given of his F. facunda, are

so identical with Mr. Kent’s, Mr. Gassiot’s, and the deep-sea

ones of /. occa before mentioned that without a certain know-

ledge of all the isolated spicules of the latter it would be very

hazardous to state that /. occa and F. facunda were not one

462 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

and the same species. Should this turn out to be the case,

which name is to be suppressed ?

That Schmidt’s specimen of £. facunda was a decidu-

ous one is proved (if I am right in considering that the re-

appearance of the sexradiate spicules (PI. XVII. fig. 4) only

takes place after death) by his description and delineations,

wherein he both states and shows that the vitreous fibre was

built upon sexradiate spicules, and also shows that the speci-

men which was submitted to him for examination was accom-

panied by the isolated forms of spicules peculiar to the species,

which he has also represented ; so was the deciduous specimen

of Aphrocallistes Bocaget “No. 36” dredged up on board

H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine,’ although not that dredged up on board

the ‘ Norna’ by Mr. Kent, of which nothing was left but

the vitreous structure.

It will be remembered that at p. 446 I have stated that

Dr. Bowerbank had confounded two species of Farrea in his

illustrations of Ff. occa (P. Z.S. 1869, pl. xxiv. figs. 1 & 7) ;

also that both had been previously noticed and illustrated by

Prof. Owen in 1857 (Trans. Linn. Soc. /. c.) ; further that the

“retentive spicules” figured by Dr. Bowerbank as charac-

teristic of Harrea occa do not belong to the sexradiate system

of sponges, but probably to some undescribed species of

Gummina.

In order that I might fully satisfy myself of these points I

(at the kind suggestion of Dr. Farre) took for deliberate

examination fragments of these two species of Farrea,

which abound, in a deciduous state, in the mass of detrital

material in which the anchoring-spicules of his specimen

of Huplectella cucumer are imbedded. These, which

altogether would not fill a cubic space of 5%; inch, were

boiled in nitric acid; and the larger fragments having been

taken out, the rest was well washed, dried, and mounted

in Canada balsam. To a short description of the latter I

shall return presently ; in the mean time let us turn our atten-

tion to the specimens of the two Farree ; and as already F’. occa

has been described, we have now only left the new species

which stands in Prof.Owen’s and Dr. Bowerbank’s illustrations

respectively under the figures “8” and “1.” ‘To this species

I intend to apply the term “densa,” on account of its massive

reticular structure, which is just the opposite to that of Harrea

occa, Whose general form is tubular, branched, and only one

layer thick. While, however, nothing remains of this sponge

also but its deciduous skeleton, still the general character of

this and the peculiar character of the fibre of which it is com-

posed appear to me, although necessitating a very short de-

——

Hexactinellide and Lithistidee. 463

scription, to be quite sufficient to show that it is a distinct

species.

Farrea densa, n.sp. (Pl. XVII. figs. 5 & 6.)

Skeleton composed of lattice-like, subrectangular, thickly

spined, vitreous fibre, varying in size with its age, anastomosing

freely in all directions, so as to form a densely reticulate

massive structure. Fibre originally based on sexradiate

spicules, whose forms have become more or less recognizable

by the process of absorption above mentioned ; thickly spini-

ferous, each spine conical and divided at the summit into

several spinules, which are expanded (fig. 6, 6 00).

Hab. Marine.

Loc. Seychelles. _

Obs. There are many large detrital fragments of the deci-

duous skeleton of this sponge mixed up with those of Karrea

occa, and a host of other matters, all entangled in the tuft of

anchoring-spicules at the base of Dr. A. Farre’s specimen of

Euplectella cucumer ; but none appear to indicate the general

form of the sponge to which they belonged, while they are

accompanied by such a variety of minute spicules of all kinds

that it is impossible to state which, if any of them, formed part

of their original structure.

Among the spicules boiled off from these minute fragments

and mounted in balsam, as before stated, may be observed :—

a new form of equianchorate, very large, with both ends of

the shaft winged or spread out laterally by a thin expansion

like that on the shaft of the anchorate in the deep-sea sponge

ealled by the late Dr. M. Sars “ Cladorhiza abyssicola”

(‘Remarkable Forms of Animal Life from the Great Deeps on

the Norwegian Coast,’ by the late Dr. M. Sars, edited by his

son, p. 65, pl. vi. f. 82: Christiana, 1872); several kinds of

bihamate spicules, among which is one sparsely spined on the

body and measuring 23 1800ths of an inch long by one 1800th

of an inch in its thickest part (this is the largest known, being

more than twice the size of that in the deep-sea sponge just

méntioned, viz. Cladorhiza abyssicola, which with another

similar sponge, viz. Chondrocladia virgata, Wy. Thomson, were

abundantly dredged up on board H.M.8. ‘ Porcupine ’) ; three

distinct forms of siliceous globules, indicating as many species

of Geodia ; one discoid from Stelletta mammillaris, Sdt. (?) ;

the scopuline shaft of Aphrocallistes beatriz in great abundance ;

spicules of undescribed species of Gummineee, especially that

figured by Dr. Bowerbank (P. Z. 8. 1869, pl. ii. figs. 6 a & 16)

as belonging to “Dactylocalya pumiceus, Stutchbury ”! the

surface-spicule of two different kinds of Lithistide, and frag-

Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. oe

464 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

ments of a new species which I am about to describe under the

name of Arabescula parasitica, together with exquisite skeletons

of many Polycystine and circular frustules of Diatomacee, &c.

In short, I should think that a careful examination of this

mass of detritus, after the manner mentioned, would, if

furnishing an amount of deciduous remains proportional

in number and variety to that which came from the minute

fragments of the Larrea that I boiled in nitric acid, yield

sufficient not only to copiously illustrate a book with most

exquisite figures, but to afford no mean catalogue of the

sponge-fauna, Polycystine, and marine Diatomacez of that

part of the Seychelles from which this specimen of Huplectella

cucumer was obtained.

Lastly, I have to describe the structure of a new genus of

sponges, apparently allied to the Lithistide, which was first

observed on some fragments of the deciduous skeletons of

Aphrocallistes Bocageti and Farrea occa respectively, from the

specimen No. 3a dredged up by H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine,’ and

subsequently seen among the minute spicules &c. just men-

tioned which were boiled off the fragments of the two

Farree from the root-mass of LEuplectella cucumer. The

resemblance of this structure, which lies flat and parasitic on

the deciduous glassy fibre mentioned, to that kind of sculptured

“ open work” used by the Mohammedans for their architec-

tural windows before glass was made for this purpose, suggests

the generic name of “‘Arabescula’’—and the manner in which

it has grown over the deciduous fibre mentioned, the specific

“ parasitica ;”’ under which appellation it will now, so far as

the bare skeleton permits, be described :—

ARABESCULA, nov. gen., Carter.

Arabescula parasitica, n. sp., Carter. (Pl. XVII. figs. 7-9.)

Skeleton corticiform, vitreous, thin, spreading, composed of

frond-like spicules, each of which is formed of a sinuous, ver-

micular body, tortuously branched in all directions on the

same plane (fig. 8, a); branches ending in filigreed termina-

tions, which, interlocking with those of adjoining fronds, con-

stitute a membrane-like expansion (fig. 7, 6). Body smooth

externally, provided with sparsely scattered, short, truncated

cylindrical projections (fig. 8, ) on the inner side, which,

being situated on the body and larger branches, rested on the

vitreous fibre over which the sponge might be growing.

Hab. Marine, growing over deciduous fibre of Aphrocallistes

Bocaget and Farrea occa.

Hexactinellide and Lithistide. 465

Loc. Western entrance of the English Channel; and the

sea about the Seychelles.

Obs. This exquisite little arabesque structure (Pl. XVII.

fig. 7, b), from its vitreous appearance, and from not dissolving

when boiled in nitric acid, together with the form of its frond-

like branched and filigreed spicules (fig. 8, aa), seems to belong

to the Lithistide; but, like the preceding species of Farrea

densa as wellas F’. occa, it has yet to be found in a living state

for this identification, and for the remaining part of its descrip-

tion. While some portions are found on the vitreous fibre of

the sponge mentioned, others are observed to be separated

from it (fig. 9), as if the extent to which the structure had

grown round the spicule and had formed by union a continuous

sheath had determined this. It appears to be the product of

a creeping sarcode, like that of the Spongiade ; and therefore

I assume for the present that it is the structure of a sponge.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PEATE EXO

HEXACTINELLIDA,

Skeleton-spicule.

Fig. 1. Three small skeleton-spicules, showing the way in which they

are united to the main fibre and to each other to form the

skeleton-structure: a, fragment of main fibre ; 6, small skeleton-

spicule united by one arm to the fibre; ec, skeleton-spicules

united by one arm to the spicule 6. From Aphrocallistes Bo-

cage.

Filesh-spicules.

Fig. 2. Rosette with long arms and short, straight, pointed, dual rays:

aaaaaa,arms; bbbbbb, rays. From Crateromorpha Meyert,

Gray.

NB. After this the fifth and sixth arms (cc), or third axis,

will, for the sake of perspicuity, be omitted.

Fig. 3. Rosette with short arms and long, straight, pointed rays. Eu-

plectella aspergulum.

Fig. 4. Rosette with three-rayed arm. Euplectellide.

Fig. 5. Rosette with two-rayed arm; rays straight, capitate, few- and

long-spined : a, caput or head ; 6, head, more magnified, to show

spines, end view; c, the same, lateral view. Lossella velata,

Wy. Thomson.

Fig. 6. Rosette with short arms and many straight capitate rays : a, many-

spined head, end view; }, the same, lateral view. Dactylocalyx

subglobosa, Gray.

N.B. This is the usual form of head, although the spines may

not always be distinguishable except with a very high power.

Fig. 7. Rosette with Jong arms and many straight capitate rays. Dacty-

localyx subglobosa, Gray.

32*

466

My. H. J. Carter on the

Fig. 8. Rosette with multitudinous straight rays of unequal length,

capitate. Crateromorpha Meyert.

This is the rosette to which I have applied the term ‘ pappi-

form,” with straight capitate rays.

Fig. 9, Rosette with many sigmoid capitate rays arranged en fleur-de-lis,

Fig.

10.

16,

expanded. Furrea infundibuliformis.

Rosette with many sigmoid capitate rays arranged en fleur-de-

lis, contracted below only. Myliusia callocyathes.

Rosette with many sigmoid capitate rays arranged en fleur-de-lis.

Ray clavate; head expanded laterally and dentate outwardly,

claw-shaped; diminished to extreme fineness just before it

terminates in the lower fourth, which again becoming thicker

joins the end of the arm of the rosette : a, upper portion of ray,

more magnified, dorsal view; b, the same, lateral view. Hu-

plectellide.

. Rosette with multitudinous sigmoid rays of unequal length,

without heads, arranged en fleur-de-lis. Ray linear, subulate ;

upper portion thick and bent downwards and outwards at the

end ; diminishing below into extreme fineness just before it

terminates in the lower fourth, which again becoming thicker

joins the end of the arm of the rosette. Hossella veluta, Wy.

Thomson.

N.B. The extreme fineness to which the ray is reduced at

the point mentioned often leads to its being broken off in the

two rosettes last described, whereby it is seen lying about the

“field” in the forms of 116 and 15a respectively, while the

lower extremities still remain attached to the arm of the rosette,

as at 15 d.

. Rosette with rays once branched, capitate. An occasional form.

Dactylocalyx subglobosa. a, echinated head of ray; an occasional

form of the head in fig. 6, from the same sponge.

. Rosette with straight capitate rays spined laterally. uplectella

aspergillum (fragment dredged up by H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’).

. Rosette; more magnified view of one arm of fig. 12: a, detached

ray, broken off at the fine portion; 6, conically inflated and

tubercled end of arm; ¢, apical straight spine of the same ; d, end

of arm, showing the way in which the lower extremities of the

rays still remain attached to the tubercles on the inflation after

the upper portions (a) have been broken off.

Rosette ; more magnified view of one arm of fig. 8: a, rays, of

unequal length; 6, conically inflated and tubercled end of arm;

ce, end of arm, showing the way in which the straight rays are

respectively based on a tubercle.

. Rosette with elongated shaft-like axis and straight capitate rays.

Aphrocallistes Bocaget.

Rosette with elongated axis and pointed rays. -Aphrocallistes

Bocagei.

N.B. The last two forms are rather sparsely mixed up with

the globular forms figs. 6 & 7 in Aphrocallistes Bocagei.

. Rosette with elongated axis and straight pointed rays, often

capitate. Aphrocallistes beatriz.

. Long-spined shaft peculiar to Aphrocallistes beatriz.

This and the foregoing form are mixed up together in A.

beatrix without the forms 6&7, which are only found in A.

Bocaget. They bear the relation in size represented in the

ugurss (19 & 20); but 20 is much more plentiful than 19. Thus,

while the forms 6 & 7 appear to pass into 17 & 18 in A. Bocagei,

Hexactinellide and Lithistidee. 467

- fig. 19 (which is identical with the latter) appears to be a transi-

tionary form to fig. 20, which is the long-spined spicule peculiar

to A. beatriz.

N.B. The dotted lines indicate that the spines themselves

are microspined. Figs. 18-20 are all on the scale of 1-12th to

1-6000th of an inch.

Flesh-spicules of Hyalonema, &e.

Fig. 21. Birotulate, consisting of a sparsely spined straight shaft, termi-

nated at each end by eight separate blades, which are recurved,

Sea towards the centre. Hyalonema Sieboldi, Gray,

Fig. 22. Birotulate in a sexradiate form, showing its analogy to the

“rosette.” Hyalonema Steboldii. Sparse.

N.B. The birotulate may have two, four, or six heads, accord-

ing with the development of the elementary cell of the spicule

into two, four, or six arms—that is, a simple shaft, a cross, or

sexradiate.

In like manner, the rotulate heads may be absent, and the

shafts thickened and covered with short, conical, vertical spines

either at the extremities only or throughout (see Bowerbank’s

Brit. Spong. vol. i. pl. vi. figs. 153-157).

Fig. 23. Rosette with straight pointed rays, in which the arms have

become enveloped by vitrified sarcode so as to form a spherical

centre. Luplectella cucumer.

Fig. 24. Rosette with straight capitate rays, in which the same thing has

taken place, but the vitrified mass has gone beyond the arms of

the rosette : a, main fibre; 6, portion uniting rosette to main

fibre. Dactylocalyx pumiceus.

N.B, The last two forms point out the transition of the

rosette to the siliceous globules and stellates (which are also

“ flesh-spicules ””) in the Geodinid, &c.; while the junction of

this rosette with the main fibre is the only instance in which

I have met with a flesh-spicule involved in the skeleton-

structure,

PLATE XIV.

Anchoring-spicules.

Fig. 1. Spiniferous anchoring-spicule of Labaria hemispherica, Gray,

showing form of head or free end: a, head; 6, undulating line

on head, which has its projecting curves prolonged into spines

in Euplectella (see figs. 4 & 5); ¢, portion of shaft, whose upper

or fixed end is smooth and attenuated; d, spines on shatt;

e, position of cross on central canal. —

Fig. 2. Smooth anchoring-spicule of Labaria hemispherica, showing

form of head or free end: a, position of cross ; 0, usual inflation

of shaft just before expansion into head (here there is no undu-

lating line on the head, which is more or less compressed) ;

c, portion of the smooth shaft. :

N.B. These two forms in Labaria are relatively magnified and

taken from the larger specimens of their kind. The upper or

fixed end of the shaft is not figured, neither is the intervening

portion between it and that given; but the former is the same

in all the anchoring-spicules, viz. smooth, attenuated, and firmly

fixed in the sarcode of the body ; while the latter or intervening

468 | Mr. H. J. Carter on the

portion is spiniferous in the spined and smooth in the smooth

anchoring-spicules.

fig. 3. Spiniferous anchoring-spicule of Meyerina claviformis, Gray,

showing form of head or free end : a, position of the cross ; b, un-

dulating line.

The only difference between this and the spiniferous anchoring-

spicule of Labaria consists in the prominence and number of the

undulations of the line on the head, too slight for specific

distinction, although showing still more strongly that these un-

dulations are prolonged into spines in Euplectella. Figs. 1-3

are all on the scale of 1-24th to 1-1800th of an inch.

Fig. 4, Spiniferous anchoring-spicule of Luplectella aspergillum, showing

form of head or free end, where the spines or arms are lateral

and much recurved: a, undulating line; 6, end of central canal

terminating in a lash of branches; c, position of the cross on

central canal.

Fig. 5. The same, in which there are eight spines or arms uniformly

arranged round the head, and based respectively upon the pro-

jections of a, the undulating line ; 6, position of the cross on

the central canal.

5 Hie: 4 and 6 are on the scale of 1-12th to 1-1800th of an

inch.

iy. 6. Spiniferous anchoring-spicule of Foltenia Carpenteri, showing

form of head or free end: a, position of the cross on the central

canal. Here there is no undulating line, on account of the

thinness of the head. Scale 1-24th to 1-1800th of an inch.

ig. 7. Portion of the shaft of a spiniferous anchoring-spicule of Holtenia

Carpentert, showing the distant but still spiral arrangement of

the spines: a, proximal end; 6, spines; ccc, spines, made a

mide lighter to represent their being on the opposite side of the

shaft.

Fig. 8. Portion of the shaft of a spiniferous anchoring-spicule of Meyerina

claviformis, showing a more crowded, but still spiral, arrange-

ment of the spines: a, proximal end; 6, spines; ec ¢, spines on

the opposite side of the shaft.

fig. 9. Portion of the shaft of a spiniferous anchoring-spicule of Hyalo-

nema Sieboldii, Gray, showing a still more crowded condition of

the spines, which are here grouped into lines arranged round the

shaft more or less in a continuous spire; also that they are sup-

ported on bracket-like projections of the shaft: a, proximal

end; 6, spines; ¢¢cc,spines on the opposite side of the shaft ;

d, groups in continuous spiral; e, minute tubercles or aborted

spines ; f, spines broken off.

N.B. The specimen of Hyalonema from which this drawing

was made was dredged up on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in the

Atlantic Ocean, somewhere off the coasts of Great Britain and

Ireland. The body is just 13 inch long, and the thickness of

the spicule of course very small compared with that of an adult

form, which, if relatively magnified, would exceed the whole

width of the plate. Moreover the portion selected for mounting

and drawing was taken ozt of the body and not from the stem,

where the spines soon get rubbed off, although they may be

afterwards frequently found lying on the shaft, as at f. The

minute tubercles e, often accompanying the groups of spines,

are the remains of such as never went beyond this stage of

development, as the whole group of spines and tubercles com-

mences in this way in the upper part of the anchoring-spicule

Hexactinellide and Lithistide. 469

(viz. that enclosed within the body), diminishing upwards into

zee, and gradually passing into fully developed spines

elow.

Figs. 7-9 are on the scale of 1-12th to 1-1800th of an inch.

4g. 10. Fragment of Euplectella cucumer, to show robust vertical spine

of sexradiate spicule in the intervals between the circular open-

ings: aaa, spines; 6b, circular openings; c, lines of main

spicules crossing each other. Diagrammatic.

PLATE =X0V.

Sub- skeleton spicules of the Aphrocallistidee and Aulodictyon. (By “ sub-

skeleton” are meant the subordinate, not the staple, skeleton-spicules. )

Fig 1. Scopuline spicule of Aphrocallistes Bocagei: a, head; 6, shaft ;

c, sexradiate tubercle-inflation of neck; d, variety in which the

shaft is somewhat extended beyond the inflation.

Fig. 2. Scopuline spicule of Aphrocallistes beatriv.

Fg. 3, Scopuline spicule of Aphrocallistes Bocagei. Occasional variety.

Like the one in Schmidt's Farrea facunda (1. c.).

N.B. The dotted lines indicate that the parts are microspined.

Such is the case also with the ends of the shafts, which are here

represented with smooth lines.

Fig. 4. Spino-capitate shaft or spicule of Awodictyon Woodwardii ; head

umbonate, many- and small-spined. a, the same, with head

plano-convex or plain, not umbonate.

Fg. 5, Spino-capitate shaft or spicule of Aulodictyon Woodwardii: head

umbonate, spines few, and microspined on the inner aspect.

a, the same, with plano-convex head.

N.B. These two forms appear to be the extremes of the same

Spica which are united be a variety of transitionary ones.

“igs. 1-5 are on the scale of 1-12th to 1-6000th of an inch.

dig. 6. Nail-like skeleton-spicule of Awlodictyon Woodwardii, to show

the way in which the four arms are accompanied by the spino-

capitate spicules, with which they become included in the

vitreous fibre (as shown in the following figure): a, shaft of

nail-like spicule; 5, arms ; ¢, spino-capitate spicules. Diagram-

matic.

4g. 7. Portion of the vitrified fibre of Aulodictyon Woodwardit, showing

that the spino-capitate spicules are included with the arms of

the nail-like spicules in the vitrified skeleton : a, vitrified fibre ;

b, head of spino-capitate spicule, whose shaft is enclosed in the

fibre; c, end of arm of nail-like spicule not enclosed. Scale

1-12th to 1-G000th of an inch.

4g. 8. Fusiform spiniferous spicule, in which all the spines incline the

same way. Common to the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon,

and Farrea occa (see Pl. XVI. fig. 5); also to all the Hexacti-

nellidze possessing the birotulate spicule.

Fig. 9. Sexradiate pees with one arm spined, feather-like. Common

to the Apbrocallistidee, Aulodictyon, Sympagella nux, and the

Hexactinellidee which possess the birotulate spicule. Scale

1-24th to 1-6000th of an inch.

Fig. 10, Sexradiate spicule in which each arm is more or less uniformly

beset with long curved spines. Aphrocallistes beatrix, Euplec-

tellide, and the Hexactinellidse possessing the birotulate

spicule.

The figure represents an unusually perfect form, as regards the

Mr. H. J. Carter on the

uniformity of spines, from Aphrocallistes beatrix. Scale 1-24th

to 1-6000th of an inch. In general, it is a yery ragged-looking

half- developed spicule.

Fig. 11. Portion of the commencing vitrification of the skeleton in a

young Aphrocallistes Bocaget, not more than two twelfths of an

inch in diameter, showing the enclosure of the sexradiate with

spined feather-like arm among the other spicules; also the cha-

racteristic rosette: a a, spicules with feather-like arm ; 6d, other

spicules ; cc, vitrified sarcode spreading over the same; d, form

of rosette. Scale 1-24th to 1-6000th of an inch.

N.B. This appears to be Schmidt’s Lanuginella pupa. It is

found growing on a branch of Lophohelia prolifera close to a

living Aphrocallistes Bocaget, just as Schmidt has represented it

growing in abundance on Aphrocallistes Bocager itself (Atlantisch.

Spongienf. pl. ii. fig. 1). It can only be confounded with the

structure of Sympagella nux, Sdt., whose characteristic ladder-

like vitreous fibre and the pappiform rosette, however, point out

the distinction.

Prate KVL

Deciduous vitrified fibre.

Fig. 1. Aphrocallistes Bocageit. Fragment of dead specimen dredged up

from muddy bottom at the western entrance to the English

Channel, in 725 fathoms, by H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine,’ showing that

the fibre is based on sexradiate spicules whose presence is

rendered evident, after the fibre has become deciduous, by a

process of absorption which, if not gone too far, leaves a perfect

mould of the imbedded spicule. aa, spiniferous vitreous fibre ;

6b, moulds of spicules; ¢c, puncta indicating spmes on the

surface of the fibre. ,

This specimen, or the portions which were still filled with

mud haying been boiled in liquor potassze, yielded an abundance

of the rosette and scopuline spicule peculiar to Aphrocallistes

Bocaget.

Fig. 2. Aphrceallistes Bocagei. Fragment of dead specimen dredged up

from muddy bottom on the north-west coast of Spain, on board

the yacht ‘ Norna’ (depth not mentioned), showiag an enclosure

of the scopuline spicule in the vitreous skeleton (Pl. XV. fig. 1):

a, spiniferous vitreous fibre or skeleton ; 6, scopuline spicule.

Although this specimen was treated with liquor potasse in

the way above mentioned, it yielded neither rosette nor scopuline

spicule. Thus, but for the presence of the latter involved in

the skeleton, there might have been (and indeed was) a doubt

as to the species. Figs. 1 and 2 are on the scale of 1-12th to

1-1800th of aninch. The difference in size is owing to the dif-

ference in the size of the fibre in the two specimens figured.

Fig. 8. Aphrocallistes Bocagei. Fragment involved in the Gummina

( Corticium abyssi) enveloping Farrea occa, which had grown on

a dead Lophohelia prolifera dredged up from muddy bottom at

the western entrance of the English Channel, on board H.M.S.

‘Porcupine,’ in 500 fathoms (see sketches of specimen, ‘Annals,’

1873, vol. xii. pl. i. figs. 1 & 2), showing an enclosure of the

sexradiate spicule with feather-like arm in the vitreous skeleton

(Pl. XV. fig. 9): aa, spiniferous vitrified skeleton; 6, sex-

radiate spicule with feather-like arm. Scale 1-12th to 1-1800th

of an inch.

Hexactinellide and Lithistide. 471

Fig. 4, Farrea occa. Fragment of deciduous skeleton from the last-named

specimen showing that the smooth, lattice-like, subrectangular

fibre is based on sexradiate spicules, as above mentioned: aaaa,

lattice-like fibre, smooth ; 666, moulds of sexradiate spicules ;

ecc, short conical spiniferous extensions of the fibre, corre-

sponding to the two arms of the sexradiate spicule, which pro-

jected vertically both inside and outside of the lattice-like

structure. Scale 1-24th to 1-1800th of an inch.

Fig. 5. Farrea occa, fragment of, from the same specimen, showing an

enclosure of part of a fusiform spined spicule in the vitreous

fibre (PI. XV. fig. 8): aa, smooth vitrified fibre ; 6, wunimbedded

half of fusiform spined spicule ; c, imbedded half of the same.

Scale 1-24th to 1-1800th of an inch.

This spicule is common in the Aphrocallistidse, Aulodictyon,

&e,

Fig. 6. Farrea occa, fragment of, from the same specimen, showing the

enclosure of a scopuline spicule with pointed rays, like that

figured by Schmidt as occurring in his F. facunda: aa, smooth

vitrified fibre; 6, mould of scopuline spicule (see a similar form

found occasionally in Aphrocallistes Bocagei, Pl. XV. fig. 3).

Fig. 7. Farrea occa, fragment of, from the same specimen, showing the

enclosure of another form of scopuline spicule with pointed

rays; also a capitate spicule of a larger kind, often observed :

a, smooth vitrified fibre ; 6, scopuline spicule ; c, capitate spicule,

in which the head seems in some instances to be flattened; the

latter is introduced by Schmidt as an arm of a fossilized sex-

radiate spicule (tab. ii. f. 18, op. cit.).

Figs. Gand 7 are on the scale of 1-24th to 1-6000th of an

inch.

Fig. 8. Fragment of a large deciduous linear spicule (from (reodia?),

to show the different forms caused by some eroding organism :

a, simple circular depression; b, straight tubular form; c, the

same, expanding into a globular termination in the substance

of the spicule. Diagrammatic.

Fig. 9. The same, more magnified, to show that each of the forms is

attended by a granuliferous cell something like the saprolegneous

one (Pythiwn entophytum) which bores its way through the

cell-wall of Sprogyra, &c. aaa, granuliferous cell.

Appears to be of general occurrence, as I have specimens

from the Agulhas Shoal at the Cape of Good Hope, dredged up

by Dr. Wallich, from the dredgings of H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ off

the north coast of Scotland, and.from the Seychelles, among the

detrital mass of the specimen of Euplectella eueumer in the pos-

session of Dr. A. Farre, &c. &e.

Prate XVII.

New Species of Hexactinellidee, &e.

Fig. 1. Farrea infundibuliformis, sp. n. a, funnel-shaped expansion ;

b, stem ; ¢, reticulating lines of large, branching, vitreous fibre

imbedding minute sexradiate spicules confusedly, fibre micro-

spined ; d, distinct or accessory portion of small vitreous fibre

imbedding the same regularly; e, dotted line indicative of

original expansion. Natural size.

Fig. 2. The same, portion of inner surface of funnel-shaped expansion,

472 Mr. I. Bates on New Genera

more magnified, to show :—aaa, reticulating lines of large

vitreous fibre imbedding minute sexradiates confusedly, running

over and covering in part 6 b, spinous lattice-like fibre imbedding

large sexradiates regularly ; ec, puncta indicating microspines

on large vitreous fibre ; dd, minute sexradiates. Diagrammatic.

Fig. 3. The same, minute sexradiate, more magnified, showing that one

end is united to the vitreous fibre: a, minute sexradiate ;

b, vitreous fibre.

Fig. 4. The same. Rosette or flesh-spicule, also more magnified. Figs. 3

and 4 are upon the scale of 1-48th to 1-6000th of an inch.

Fig. 5. Farrea densa, sp. n. Fragment magnified on scale of 1-48th

to 1-1800th of an inch. From deciduous portions, upwards of

an inch in diameter, in the detrital mass enveloped by the

anchoring-spicules of Huplectella cucumer from the Seychelles.

Fg. 6. The same. Portion of vitreous fibre of, more magnified, to show

that the summit of the spines is mucronate: aa, fibre; 666,

mucronate spines ; ¢c, mould of sexradiate spicule. Scale 1-12th

to 1-6000th of an inch.

Fig. 7. Arabescula parasitica, sp. n., parasitic on vitreous fibre of Aphro-

callistes Bocaget: aa, fibre; b, portion of Arabescula. From

the specimen dredged up on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in 6500

fathoms, above mentioned; also from the detrital mass of

Euplectella cucumer on the fibre of the foregoing species. Scale

about 1-32nd to 1-6000th of an inch. ;

Fig. 8. The same. Internal view, showing that there are distinct fronds,

aa, with projections, b, on the body and main branches here

and there, which appear to have been based upon the fibre on

which the Arabescula was parasitic.

Fig.9. The same. Portion much less magnified, which appears to have

become separated from the fibre on which it had been parasitic.

Natural size about 1-18th of an inch long by 1-180th of an

inch in widest part.

LV.—Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Heteromera,

chiefly from New Zealand and New Caledonia, together with

a Revision of the Genus Hypaulax and a Description of an

allied New Genus from Colombia. By FRepreRIcK BATES.

As there is considerable activity just now displayed in the

publication of papers descriptive of the coleopterous fauna of

ee Zealand, I have thought it might be acceptable to give

descriptions of all the species of New-Zealand Heteromera

contained in my collection that appear to be new to science.

I have therewith incorporated a revision, together with

descriptions of new species, of my genus Hypaulax and

another, allied, new genus (Astathmetus) from Colombia.

Of the genus Cilibe (peculiar to New Zealand) I have

established twelve species (ten of which are new, the phos-

phugoides, White, = elongata, Bréme) and two supposed

varieties.

a ee

and Species of Weteromera. 473

The Titena Erichsont, White, proving upon examination

to be generically distinct from T%tena, has caused me to

notice the species of that genus (which are peculiar to

Australia), and to describe some that are new; the New-

Zealand group of three species forms a new genus (Artystona),

the characters of which are fully stated in the body of the

paper. I have also thought it interesting to describe the

cognate group of species found in New Caledonia which con-

stitute my genus Callismilax, some of the species of which

have already been described by Montrouzier as belonging to

the genus Strongylium.

The Opatrinus convexus, Fairmaire, described from examples

coming from Wallis Island, occurs also in New Zealand; it

will form the type of a new genus, totally removed from

Opatrinus, and must be placed not far from Scotoderus,

Perroud *.

The Opatrum tuberculicostatum, White, evidently does not

belong to that genus; as M. Miedel, of Liége, is at present

engaged upon a monograph of the Opatrides, I leave this in

his hands.

I have not as yet been able to consult the work by Blanchard

containing the description of his Bolitophagus angulifer (from

New Zealand) ; I, however, strongly suspect it to be identical

with a species I have in my collection, and which I refer to

the genus Bradymerus, Perroud: this genus is placed by its

author with the Dolitophagides ; to me it seems more natural

to place it with the true Tenebrionides.

I have received from Mr. Pascoe examples of the Seleno-

palpus cyaneus, Fab.; these appear to me to be specifically

identical with the type specimens (in my possession) of

S. chalybeus, White. ‘The characters of this genus lie rather

in the form of the hind femora and tibie in the male (of which

* The description of Scotoderus cancellatus, Perroud, very accurately

applies to examples of Zphthimus cancellatus, Montrouz., obtained from

the collection of Doué. Dechius, Pascoe, is but another name for Scoto-

derus ; and Perroud’s, having priority, must stand. The mesocoxal cayi-

ties being widely open externally, revealing the trochantins, at once re-

moves this genus from the position where Perroud has placed it, viz. in

the vicinity of Antimachus (a genus of Ulomides) ; as I have previously

stated (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1868, p. 265), its true position appears to me to

be near to Bius. The Scotoderus cancellatus is very near to aphodioides

(Dechius), Pascoe, but may at once be separated from the latter by its

smaller size, more finely punctured prothorax, the more distinctly crenated

strize uf the elytra (especially those by the suture), with the intervals

distinctly punctulate. Sezssicollis (Dechius), mihi, may instantly be distin-

guished from both by its sparsely punctured and not at all rugose head,

the very strong (and punctured) groove down the middle of its prothorax,

the remainder of the surface of this part being almost impunctate.

474 Mr. F. Bates on New Genera

the former are strongly incrassated and somewhat arched,

and the latter much thickened and strongly and acutely pro-

duced at the apex within) than in the form of the last joint of

the maxillary palpi (in the same sex), as we find in some male

examples of the Dryops (Ananca?) strigipennis, White, a

precisely similar form of palpus as in Selenopalpus cyaneus—

7.e. the last joint strongly expanded, flattened, and with a

deep semicircular excision at the outer edge.

The Zolodinus zelandicus, Blanch., has the very exceptional

character of having the hind margins of the third and fourth

ventral segments corneous *.

The Mimopeus amaroides, Pascoe, judging from description,

will be the same as the Cilibe elongata, Bréme.

The genus Rygmodus, White, has been shown by Mr. C. O.

Waterhouse (Journ. of Entom. v. p. 194) to belong to the

Hydrobiide.

The number of the now described New-Zealand Heteromera

amounts to but 40 species, distributed im 22 genera; there are

doubtless many more to come.

Cilibe opacula, n. sp.

Somewhat broadly oval, but little convex ; brownish black,

the elytra usually with a tinge of dark chocolate- (or purplish)

brown ; subopaque. Head and prothorax finely and very closely

punctured, the interstices (except on the epistoma and disk of

prothorax) a little elevated and reticulate ; epistoma broadly

truncated in front, the angles rounded, the suture strongly

marked at each side: prothorax deeply arcuately (sometimes

slightly sinuously) emarginate in front; front angles prominent,

subacute, slightly convergent; base more or less strongly

bisinuate-emarginate ; the hind angles more or less produced,

acute, directed behind or sometimes a little outwardly, reposing

on the shoulders of the elytra; sides gradually narrowing in a

slight curve from base to apex, sometimes ( 2 ?) subparallel

from the base to a little beyond the middle, thence rapidly

curvedly narrowed to the apex; usually they are very slightly

sinuous in front of the hind angles; disk very moderately

convex, lateral margins rather broadly expanded, a little

reflexed or concave, and unequally thickened at the edges ;

base and apex more or less distinctly margined or thickened

at each side, sometimes throughout at the apex; a more or

less distinct, transverse, angulate impression at each side of

* It is the same in the genus Calcar and in another, allied but unde-

scribed, South-American genus; these somewhat militate against the

value of this as a great divisional character, as laid down by Drs. Le

Conte and Horn.

and Species of Heteromera. 475

the middle, close to the basal margin ; scutellum transversely

curvilinearly triangular, closely punctured: elytra more or

less sinuate-truncate (and a little wider than base of prothorax)

at the base ; a space, more or less open, between the base of

the elytra and base of prothorax ; sides very slightly rounded,

more or less gradually narrowed from the middle to the apex;

expanded lateral margins wide, reflexed or concave, transversely

and somewhat reticulately rugose-punctate, and studded with

small granules; disk closely, finely, and rather uniformly

punctured, the interstices (especially at the sides) a little

elevated and reticulate and studded with indistinct minute

granules; a series of narrow longitudinal coste more or less

indicated, and an irregular row of rugged fovee, just within

the expanded margin, not extending to the apex: underside

brownish black, shming, finely punctured ; flanks of prothorax

more or less strongly (especially basally) longitudinally rugose,

the underside of theexpanded lateral margins being transversely

rugose: legs dark brown, shining; femora finely and not

closely punctured ; tibiz closely submuricately punctured, the

anterior obliquely truncated at the outer side at apex; hind

tibie quite straight ; tarsi and antenne reddish brown; joint

8 of the latter subpyriform, 9 and 10 a little transverse, subtur-

binate, 11 large, broadly rounded at apex.

Length 84-9 lines; width of elytra 4143 lines.

Hab. New Zealand.

There is a very great amount of individual variation in the

species of this genus in the form of the prothorax (especially)

and elytra, and in the amount and intensity of the punctuation

&e. of their surface.

In one of the three examples of the present species before

me (possibly a female, as similar differences exist in individuals

of the other species whereof a series has been obtained), the

form is more expanded or more broadly oval, the head and

prothorax are broader in proportion to their length, the sides

of the latter, instead of gradually narrowing in a slight curve

from base to apex, are subparallel to a little beyond the middle,

thence rapidly curvedly narrowed to the apex ; besides the two

ordinary fovee at each side of the middle, at the basal mar-

gin, there is also a broad transverse line or depression, feebly

arched, subparallel and near to the basal margin ; the elytra

are broader and less narrowed behind, and the base is squarely

truncated ; and the punctuation on the prothorax and elytra

(especially on their disks) is more open.

Itogether the largest, most expanded and opaque, and

least convex form in the genus.

476 Mr. F. Bates on New Genera

Cilibe nitidula, n. sp.

Very near to the preceding, and of the same form, but

smaller; the colour black; the entire upper surface much

smoother, and shining ; the punctuation finer and more open,

the interstices less distinctly elevated and reticulate: the

elytra do not present the shagreened appearance seen in

the preceding; they are more, and very distinctly, convex

behind the middle, and consequently more abruptly declivous

behind; on the underside the punctuation and the rugosities

on the flanks of the prothorax and on the abdomen are similar

but stronger; the hind tibie are feebly but perceptibly

sinuous; antenne &c. as in C. opacula.

In the single example of this species before me, the head is

distinctly impressed on the crown; the prothorax is gradually

and slightly curvedly narrowed from base to apex; the apex

is strongly arcuately (and feebly sinuously) emarginate, the

front angles prominent, subacute, and directed forwards; the

base is strongly bisinuate, the hind angles prominent, acute,

and slightly outwardly directed; the lateral margins are

expanded (but less broadly so than in the preceding) and

slightly reflexed or concave, the edges irregularly thickened,

and the base and apex margined at each side only. There is

a large, distinct, outwardly curved impression at each side the

disk, extending from near the middle to the basal margin ;

the scutellum is transversely curvilinearly triangular and

closely punctured ; the elytra are distinctly convex behind the

middle, and are consequently more abruptly declivous behind

than in C. opacula; the base is feebly sinuately truncated, and

between it and the base of the prothorax (and the hind angles

of the latter, which repose on the shoulders) there is a decided

open space, as in C. opacula ; the lateral margins are expanded

(but less broadly so than in the preceding species) and concave,

and there is the row of rugged fovee just within this margin,

as in C. opacula; the disks of the elytra also present traces of

numerous narrow longitudinal coste ; the underside and legs -

are of a deep brownish black, shining ; the antennee, tarsi, and

palpi are reddish brown.

Length 7} lines; elytra, width 3% lines.

Hab. New Zealand.

Cilibe otagensis, n. sp.

Very close to C. opacula, and difficult intelligibly to define

in what it differs from that species; it is, however, distinctly

narrower or oblong-oval, usually smaller, paler, more convex,

the base of the prothorax more closely applied to the base of

and Species of Heteromera. 477

the elytra, distinctly more shining, the punctuation &c. on the

elytra coarser, more confluent and confused, somewhat ruggedly

so at the sides ; the sides of the prothorax more rounded, more

incurved at the base, the median basal lobe more prominent ;

the base, consequently, has not that appearance of being

bisinuate-emarginate as is the case in C. opacula.

Head closely punctured, the punctures coarsest and some-

what confluent on the front, between the eyes, where there are

also usually two more or less marked, foveate depressions:

prothorax more or less strongly transverse ; sides more or less

regularly rounded, more narrowed in front than behind, always

distinctly and more or less sinuously incurved before the hind

angles ; apex deeply arcuate-emarginate, the angles prominent,

subacute, and usually directed forwards; base bisinuate, the

angles more or less prominent: and acute, reposing on the

shoulders of the elytra, and directed backwards; disk mode-

rately convex, very closely (save on the centre) punctured, the

interstices a little elevated, and more or less reticulate, at the

sides; a transverse depression subparallel and near to the

base, and an angulate fovea at each side, close to the basal

margin (as in 2 ?’of C. opacula) ; sides moderately expanded,

the edges unequally (not uniformly) thickened; scutellum as

in C. opacula: elytra oblong-oval, base sinuate-truncated ;

disk moderately convex, closely and more or less confluently

punctured; the interstices (especially at the sides) elevated,

minutely granulose, reticulately confluent, sometimes assuming

the form of irregular nodules, at others of small umbilicated

tubercles; the ordinary series of narrow coste and the row

of foveee within the side-margins more or less apparent ;

sides rather strongly expanded, concave, transversely reticu-

lately rugose-punctate and granulous: underside, legs, an-

tenne, &c. as in C. opacula.

Length 73-81 lines; width of elytra 33—4 lines.

Hab. Otago, New Zealand. Four examples.

Var. ? grandis.

Larger (length 9 lines ; width of elytra 44 lines) ; the elytra

less convex, distinctly more gradually declivous behind; the

unctuation &e. (on the elytra especially) coarser, the punctures

arger, the interstices still more elevated and more uniformly

reticulate ; the apical emargination of the prothorax distinctly

sinuous; the tibiz (especially the anterior) distinctly less

closely punctured, and the entire upper surface of a browner

colour.

Hab. New Zealand. One example.

475 Mr. F. Bates on New Genera

Cilibe elongata, Bréme, and C. phosphugoides, White.

Examples of C. elongata obtained from the collections of

Reiche and Doué (presumably authentic exponents of the

species) do not differ from C. phosphugoides except in the

form of the prothorax, which in the former has the sides more

obliquely narrowed anteriorly, and the elytra, which are more

acuminate behind. Experience has shown us that these

differences possess no true specific value in this genus :

C. phosphugoides must consequently be sunk under C.

elongata.

This species is much smaller than any of those preceding ;

the form is more or less elongate-oval; prothorax shining

black ; the expanded lateral margins paler; the elytra are of

a more or less deep purplish or chocolate-brown. Head convex

between the eyes, trapezoidal in front, with the borders

usually dark ferruginous, more or less strongly, closely, and

sometimes rugosely punctured ; epistoma convex, more or less

distinctly arcuate-emarginate in front, the sutural impression

more or less distinct: the form and punctuation of the pro-

thorax is variable ; it is always of a shining black, convex, a

depression on the middle near the base, another smaller at each

side at the basal margin ; usually very finely and not closely

punctured on the disk, the punctures more crowded at the

sides and finely rugulose, more or less distinctly granulous on

the intervals ; lateral margins moderately expanded and con-

cave, the edges finely and uniformly thickened ; apex deeply

emarginate, front angles more or less acute, and usually a

little convergent, sometimes directed forwards ; base closely

applied to the base of the elytra, bismuate, hind angles promi-

nent, reposing on the shoulders of the elytra, acute, usually a

little outwardly directed; ordinarily the sides are a little

sinuously contracted posteriorly, but sometimes they are sub-

parallel (in this latter case the base is as wide as the base of

the elytra) ; anteriorly they are always more strongly con-

tracted, sometimes very gradually (obliquely) from behind the

middle, at others more abruptly (curvedly) from the middle or

even before the middle; scutellum transversely triangular,

punctured : elytra oval, more or less acuminate behind, convex,

subopaque, of a dark purplish brown; frequently the base

(narrowly), the suture, the expanded margins, and the scutel-

lum are of a reddish tinge ; base sinuous, and generally a little

wider than base of prothorax; expanded lateral margins

narrow, concave, not distinctly reaching the apex; disk with

numerous more or less distinct longitudinal coste, irregularly

punctured, finely rugose (most strongly at the sides), and

and Species of Heteromera. 479

studded with very distinct, shining, black granules: underside

shining black, finely punctured ; flanks of prothorax longitu-

dinally wrinkled, the lateral margins transversely wrinkled ;

abdomen finely longitudinally rugose ; epipleural fold and legs

dark reddish brown, sometimes ferruginous; antenne, palpi,

and labrum (sometimes) ferruginous.

Length 6-63 lines ; width of elytra across the middle 22-34

lines.

Hab. New Zealand. Six examples.

It is doubtless in error that De Bréme has reported this

species as from ‘ New Guinea.”

Var. granulipennis.

A little smaller (53 lines); head and prothorax (at the

sides) less closely punctured, the punctuation nowhere rugosely

confluent ; prothorax gradually curvedly narrowed from the

hind to the front angles, median basal lobe less prominent, the

base consequently appears bisinuately emarginate ; the inter-

stices (between the punctures) not perceptibly granulose ;

scutellum a little shorter, less distinctly pointed behind ;

elytra scarcely sinuous at the base, the punctuation less

varied, the punctures distinctly larger and rounder.

Hab. New Zealand. One example.

Cilibe Pascoe, n. sp.

Near to C. elongata; more broadly oval. Head closely

punctured, somewhat reticulately so between the eyes, the

interstices being also finely punctulate ; epistomial suture well

marked throughout: prothorax moderately convex, black,

subopaque ; sides subangulately rounded, more strongly (and

somewhat obliquely) narrowed in front than behind, distinctly

and very feebly sinuously narrowed from behind the middle

to the hind angles, which are directed backwards ; base bisi-

nuate, closely applied to the base of the elytra; apex deeply

subangularly emarginate, front angles produced, acute, di-

rected forwards; disk not closely punctured, the interstices

not granulose, but sparsely finely punctulate, basal impressions

as in C. elongata; lateral expanded margins wide, a little con-

cave, and (together with the sides of the disk) rather strongly

reticulately rugose-punctate, the edges unequally (not um-

formly) thickened: scutellum strongly transversely triangular,

punctured: elytra convex, very dark purplish brown, the

suture and narrowly at the base inclined to reddish ; base sub-

truncate; disk finely irregularly punctured, the coste but

little evident except at the base, and, together with the suture,

smoother than the intervals; indistinctly, except at the apex,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. :

480 Mr. F. Bates on New Genera

minutely granulose; intervals between the coste irregularly

impressed with much larger punctures, and feebly reticulately

rugose, most distinctly so at the sides; lateral expanded mar-

gins wide, distinctly extending to the apex, concave, faintly

punctured: underside shining black ; legs and antenne dark

reddish brown.

Length 6+ lines; width of elytra across the middle 3} lines.

Hab. Pitt’s Island. A single example.

Easily separable from C. elongata by the relatively broader

form, the subangulately rounded sides of prothorax, the pecu-

liar punctuation of the head &c., the much broader expanded

lateral margins, which in the elytra are distinctly broadly con-

tinuous to the apex.

Cilibe humeralis, n. sp.

Oblong or oblong-oval; black; elytra sometimes witha slight

purplish-brown tinge, slightly shining, moderately convex.

Head moderately punctured, the punctures not crowded, the in-

terstices sometimes sparsely minutely punctulate: prothorax

distinctly less transverse than in any preceding species, sides

more or lesa strongly and obliquely narrowed from behind the

middle, slightly sinuously narrowed behind ; hind angles acute,

slightly outwardly directed; disk finely punctured, the punctures

more crowded at the sides, the interstices not perceptibly granu-

lose, sparsely minutely punctulate; a transverse, slightly bowed,

impressed line at each side the middle near the basal margin,

and sometimes a rounded fovea at each side the median line

near the middle of the thorax ; lateral margins moderately ex-

panded, a little concave, rugosely punctured, finely and some-

what uniformly thickened at the edges; apex deeply emarginate,

front angles prominent, acute, directed forwards : elytra slightly

emarginate at the middle of the base, obliquely and slightly

arcuately truncated at each side; humeral angle very pro-

minent, slightly rounded, reflexed, and deeply concave within

the angle; disk finely rugulose, studded with small granules,

rather closely and finely but irregularly punctured, the punctures |

largest and most crowded (and frequently, especially at the base, |

more or less run together, forming indistinct irregular fovez)

between the coste; these very indistinct ; expanded lateral

margins rather broad at the base, gradually narrowing behind

and scarcely extending to the apex, concave in their basal |

portion: underside shining, pitchy black ; legs and epipleural

fold with a reddish tinge; flanks of prothorax and sterna more

or less strongly reticulately rugose and granulose ; antenna,

palpi, and labrum (sometimes) ferruginous ; anterior border of

epistoma rufescent.

and Species of Heteromera. 481

Length 53-6 lines; width of elytra across the middle 23-

3 lines.

Hab. New Zealand. Four examples.

In the ? ? the form is slightly more expanded, the prothorax

slightly more transverse, the sides less strongly narrowed an-

teriorly, and the punctuation of the elytra a little more open.

The three species last described are very near to each other ;

but I think there is ample justification, at present at least, in

holding them distinct. The species last described is of a more

oblong form (especially in the ¢ ?) than the others; the prothorax

has not the same glossy blackness as in elongata; and the

elytra are less opaquely roughened, more closely punctured, and

much less distinctly granulose; the humeral angle is much

more prominent, the lateral expanded margins broader and

strongly concave within the humeral angle. From Pascoet it

may be known by its narrower and more oblong form, finer

and closer punctuation, and more narrowly expanded lateral

margins.

Cilibe thoracica, n. sp.

In this species the prothorax is still more decidedly elon-

gated (but is yet wider than long) than in the preceding. Form

elongate-oval ; entirely of a dark brownish black, subopaque.

Head and prothorax (save on the middle of the disk) closely

punctured, the punctures rounded, a little more crowded at the

sides of the latter, the interstices distinctly punctulate ; sides

of prothorax gradually and but slightly curvedly narrowed from

near the hind angles to the apex, distinctly incurved at the

hind angles, which are more produced than in humeralis, and

slightly convergent or directed inwardly ; apex deeply emar-

ginate, front angles subacute, slightly convergent ; expanded

lateral margins moderately wide, scarcely concave, the edges

finely and almost uniformly thickened; 2 rather slight sublu-

nate impression at each side of the middle, close to the basal

margin, and another, still less distinct, rounded fovea above and

in front of them : scutellum transversely triangular, punctured :

base of elytra as in C. humeralis, the humeral angle still more

produced (but not strongly concave within the angle), sides

with a very distinct sinus behind the humeral angle; disk

slightly roughened or rugulose, indistinctly (except at apex)

granulose, moderately punctured, obscurely foveate-punctured

between the costa (when viewed obliquely) ; costee very feeble ;

expanded lateral margins wide (and concave) at the base,

gradually narrowed behind ;-underside &c. as in C. humeralis.

Length 5} lines ; width of elytra across the middle 22 lines.

Hab. New Zealand. One example.

33*

482 j Mr. F. Bates on New Genera

The punctuation on the head and on the sides of the pro-

thorax is more crowded, and the interstices more closely and

distinctly punctulate than in C. humeralis; thesides of the thorax

are distinctly incurved at the hind angles ; the punctuation on

the elytra is less defined ; and the form is elongate-oval.

Cilibe brevipennis, n. sp.

Smaller, and of a more briefly oval form, than any other

species in the genus. Black, usually most nitid on the pro-

thorax, the elytra frequently of an obscure purplish-brown

hue ; sometimes the entire upper surtace is of a decided reddish-

browncolour. Head and prothorax finely and closely punctured,

the punctuation very dense (and frequently finely reticulately

rugose) on the former and on the sides of the latter; the in-

terstices more or less distinctly minutely punctulate : prothorax

transverse, apex deeply emarginate ; front angles prominent,

more or less acute, usually directed forwards, sometimes slightly

convergent ; sides anteriorly very gradually narrowed from the

middle (sometimes from behind the middle), posteriorly sub-

parallel, or slightly incurved (in one example they are distinctly

excurved at the hind angles, which are consequently somewhat

outwardly directed), hind angles more or less produced, acute,

directed backwards; lateral margins moderately expanded,

more or less concave ; three more or less distinct impressions

at the base, and sometimes two indistinct foveate impressions

on the middle, at each side of the median line: elytra short,

moderately convex, base feebly sinuous ; humeral angle not

distinctly prominent as in C.humeralis and thoracica; sides sub-

parallel or slightly rounded, not sinuous behind the humeral

angle ; expanded lateral margins rather broad at the base, nar-

rowed behind, more or less distinctly extending to the apex,

strongly concave at the base (especially within the humeral

angle) as in C. humeralis; punctuation &c. almost as in C. thora-

cica, but (especially at the sides and apex) the surface is slightly

more roughened, more distinctly granulose, and the punctuation

a little finer and closer: underside, &c. as in C. humeralis.

Length 43-53 lines; width of elytra 24-22 lines.

Hab. New Zealand. Five examples.

Cilibe granulosa, De Bréme.

Easily recognizable by its usually squalid aspect, and coarsely

sculptured and closely granulose surface. The humeral angle

is more or less strongly prominent; the expanded lateral

margins of the elytra broad and concave ; and there is at the

sides a more or less distinct sinus behind the humeral angle ;

the coste on the elytra are more conspicuous (especially at

and Species of Heteromera. 483

the base) than in any of those preceding. In some examples

we can perceive on the elytra a very minute pubescence.

Length 51-6$ lines ; width of elytra 24-34 lines.

Hab. New Zealand. Six examples.

Cilibe rugosa, n. sp.

Near C. granulosa, but distinctly narrower ; the expanded

lateral margins of the elytra very narrow, not concave, except

slightly at the base ; the surface of the elytra distinctly punc-

tured, reticulately rugose, not granulose, or granulose-punctate,

and with three distinctly prominent cost on each; humeral

angles not prominent, the sides not sinuous behind them ; and

the anterior tibie have the outer apical angle strongly den-

tiform.

From the following (C. tibialis, the only other species having

the outer apical angle of the anterior tibiee dentiform) it may

be known by its different form, somewhat squalid, opaque

surface, the elytra distinctly rugose, costate, and pubescent ;

the prothorax more deeply emarginate at apex, the front angles

more prominent, the hind angles not acutely produced, &e.

Brown, slightly squalid; head (except the epistoma) and

prothorax coarsely punctured, the interstices narrow, appearing

a little elevated, and a good deal broken up on the front of the

head and the base of the prothorax, allowing the punctures to

run confusedly together. Head trapezoidal in front; sides

of epistoma almost completely continuous with the anten-

nary orbits, the angles slightly rounded: prothorax arcuate-

emarginate in front, the angles a little produced, subacute,

directed forwards; sides regularly but moderately reunded, more

narrowed anteriorly than behind, a little sinuous in front of the

hind angles, these latter not acutely produced, slightly diver-

gent; the three impressions by the base as ordinary, the two

outer strongly marked, and another rounded depression on the

middle, at each side of the median line: elytra rather strongly

narrowed behind, humeral angles not prominent ; sides slightly

rounded from the humeral angles, not at all sinuous behind

them ; the surface somewhat coarsely punctured, very distinctly

reticulate-rugose, and very thinly clothed with a short, minute,

rigid, pale golden pubescence, on each elytron threevery distinct

coste, with a much fainter one between them; these send out

irregular, lateral, elevated branches, which cause the reticulate-

rugose appearance before mentioned, the interstices being some-

what squalid ; the punctuation, cost, &c. obsolete at the apex ;

lateral expanded margins very narrow, and concave only at

the base: underside brown, closely and somewhat coarsely

punctured, much more distinctly pubescent (especially on the

484 On New Genera and Species of Heteromera.

abdomen) than on the upperside ; flanks of prothorax sparsely,

pronotum closely and coarsely, rugose-tuberculate : legs rather

long, reddish brown ; hind tibiz a little sinuous, front tibie

with the outer apical angle strongly dentiform ; tarsi elongate ;

antenne and palpi ferruginous.

Length 51 lines; width of elytra 24 lines.

Hab. New Zealand. One example.

Cilibe tibialis, n. sp.

Oblong or (rarely) oblong-oval, convex, entirely dark brown,

slightly shining, anterior border of the head more or less

rufescent; epistoma broadly emarginate in front, the sides

distinct from the antennary orbits, the angles broadly rounded :

head and prothorax rather coarsely and closely punctured, the

interstices on the middle of the former, and on the sides of the

latter, appearing a little elevated and somewhat reticulate :

prothorax strongly transverse, rather broadly and feebly, and

usually a little simuously, emarginate at apex ; front angles not

at all prominent, convergent; sides more or less rounded

(ordinarily they are well rounded), more or less strongly in-

curved anteriorly from the middle, less strongly and a little

sinuously posteriorly ; hind angles acutely produced, divergent ;

lateral margins not distinctly expanded, the edges very finely

and almost uniformly thickened; the three impressions by the

basal border always obscure, sometimes obsolete: elytra

oblong, or oblong-oval, the punctuation finer than on the pro-

thorax and with a disposition to run together between the

coste ; costee more or less distinct ; the intervals, or interstices,

more or less distinctly reticulate-rugose at the base, sides, and

apex; lateral margins narrowly expanded, usually not di-

stinctly extending to the apex, strongly reflexed at the base,

rather coarsely transversely rugose-punctate: flanks (save the

lateral margins) of prothorax and sides of abdomen longitu-

dinally wrinkled; flanks of meso- and metasterna coarsely

punctured; abdomen finely punctured; underside shining

black ; epipleural fold and legs reddish brown, or piceous ;

antenne elongate, and, together with the palpi, ferruginous ;

outer apical angle of the anterior tibiz strongly dentiform.

Length 6-74 lines; width of elytra 24-3 lines.

Hab. New Zealand. Seven examples.

The apical emargination of the prothorax is distinctly more

feeble in this species than in any of the others, and the front

angles least prominent; it is also the most convex, and, ordi

narily, the most oblong, form.

Prof. A. Newton on the Great Northern Falcons. 485

Cilibe impresstfrons, n. sp.

Oblong- or elongate-oval ; ordinarily black, the elytra some-

times dark brown, the entire insect sometimes reddish brown ;

most nitid on the prothorax ; rather convex : head rather long,

rather finely and closely punctured; a distinct, transverse,

slightly bowed impression across the front between the eyes :

epistoma broadly truncated in front, the suture rather strongly

marked and angulate at the sides ; prothorax very finely and,

on the middle, remotely punctured; astrong angulate impression

at each side close to the basal margin, and sometimes an obscure

transverse impression between them; apex moderately emar-

ginate ; anterior angles subacute, directed forwards ; sides more

or less regularly rounded, more contracted anteriorly than pos-

teriorly, occasionally a little sinuous before the front angles ;

hind angles more or less (sometimes almost imperceptibly)

outwardly produced, acute; lateral margins very slightly ex-

panded, a little concave, the edges moderately and almost

uniformly thickened: elytra oblong-oval, feebly sinuous at the

base ; shoulders more or less distinctly rounded ; punctuation,

&c. almost as in C. t¢bialis, but the interstices, especially at the

sides, are more distinctly rugulose ; expanded lateral margins

narrow, almost obsolete (or strongly narrowed) at the base,

scarcely perceptibly continued to the apex, a little concave, the

edges sometimes slightly reflexed at the base: markings on

the underside similar, but much feebler, to those in C. tébalis ;

legs, antenne, and epipleural fold reddish piceous ; anterior

tibize acute (but not at all dentiform) at the outer apical angle.

Length 64-8 lines ; width of elytra 24-32 lines.

Hab. New Zealand. Five examples.

The oblong or elongate-oval form, the transverse impression

between the eyes, the almost smooth prothorax in contrast with

the somewhat coarsely sculptured elytra, the scarcely expanded

sides of the prothorax, and the lateral expanded margins of the

elytra obsolete at the base, will serve to distinguish this

species.

]

[To be continued. |

LVI.—On the Great Northern Falcons.

By ALFRED Newton, M.A., F.R.S., &e.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

The much-debated matter of the Great Northern Falcons

has so confessedly received its chief elucidation from papers

486 Prof. A. Newton on the Great Northern Kalcons.

in your Journal and its predecessor, that I beg the favour of

making a few observations on Mr. Sharpe’s recently published

remarks (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, pp. 414-419), in which he

has reopened the question thought by the best-informed orni-

thologists to have been settled nineteen years ago by Mr. John

Hancock (Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 2, xii. pp. 110-112).

Such of your readers as take any interest in the subject are

aware that, in 1833, Mr. Hoy (Mag. N. H. vi. pp. 107-110)

pointed out the distinctness of the Norwegian form, to which

the name of Gyrfalcon properly applies; and that, in 1838,

Mr. Hancock (Ann. N. H. 11. pp. 241-250) established the

difference of the two birds which mainly have their respective

homes in Iceland and Greenland, being, however, accidentally

led into a pardonable error, which he afterwards (loc. secundd

cit.) corrected. This error was one prevalent at the time, and

even subsequently, among those who had had but few oppor-

tunities of observing (or of knowing from those who had ob-

served it) the fact that these Falcons assume their mature

plumage at the first moult. This fact has been proved by

repeated and continuous observations, carried on not only in

this country but abroad, and not only in zoological gardens,

where inattention to the requirements of the captives might

not impossibly affect the due course of nature, but in faleoners’

mews, where the birds are kept in the very highest state of

health and condition. It is, however, denied by Mr. Sharpe,

who falls back on the old and, [ may say, exploded belief that

these Falcons continue to change the character of their plumage

as they advance in age. I have read his paper carefully, and

he has obligingly allowed me to examine minutely the score

of specimens in the British Museum on which he partly rests

his theory ; but I am unable to find the slightest ground for

doubting the truth of Mr. Hancock’s statement published, as

before mentioned, in this Journal in 1854—a statement, I

must add, which is strictly in accordance with the traditions of

falconers, than whom, in such a matter as this, there can

scarcely be better authorities. Furthermore, I have first and

last examined some hundreds of specimens with the same

result ; for the subject is one in which I have long taken great

interest ; and I therefore desire to protest against the retrograde

opinion now resuscitated by Mr. Sharpe.

I am unwilling to trespass too much on your space, or

I would comment on some others of Mr. Sharpe’s dicta in the

same paper. I will content myself with two remarks. “No

one,” he says, ‘‘therefore, can hope to say positively what

Holbill’s Falco arcticus really was.” Now this supposed

species was long ago perfectly well known; for specimens

Viscount Walden on three new Species of Birds. 487

received immediately from him, and bearing that name on

their labels, existed and perhaps even still exist, though

unfortunately not in the British Museum. Several of such

specimens I, in former years, have examined (a good many

more, indeed, than Mr. Sharpe has ever seen); and I can

confirm the suggestion made more than ten years since

(Ibis, 1862, p. 50, note) that Holbéll’s /. arcticus was founded

upon the adults of the Greenland and of the Iceland form,

under the mistaken idea that the latter were the young of the

former. That Mr. Sharpe’s “new species” is “as distinct

from the true Iceland Jer Falcon as is the Jer Falcon of Nor-

way,” can, I think, be hardly likely; for I have not been

able to detect any proportional difference in the Greenland

form (Ff. candicans) and the Icelander (F. islandus), while

the “new species’ is obviously intermediate between them.

On the other hand, the difference in proportion between the

Icelander and the real Gyrfalcon (F. gyrfalco) is, as I have

elsewhere shown (Yarrell’s Brit. Birds, edit. 4, i. pp. 47, 48).

very considerable. Tam, &c.,

ALFRED NEWTON.

Magdalene College, Cambridge,

November 20, 1873.

LVIl.—Deseriptions of three new Species of Asiatic Birds.

By Artuur, Viscount WALDEN, P.Z.8., F.R.S., &c.

Alcedo rufigastra, n. sp.

Chin and throat creamy white, washed faintly with rufous ;

remainder of under surface, the under tail-coverts, and wing-

coverts deep bright rufous; spot before the eye rufous, paler

in some than in others; feathers of the head black, with a

penultimate bright blue band, those of the cheeks all bright

blue; back and upper tail-coverts bright blue; wing-coverts

black, washed with blue, each feather tipped with bright blue ;

s¢apulars and rectrices black, washed with blue.

Wing 2°5 inches, tail 1°62, bill from nostril 1°37.

Described from three male examples obtained in the island

of South Andaman by Lieutenant R. Wardlaw Ramsay.

This is a well-marked form, intermediate between A. moluc-

censis and A. asiatica. Above it nearly resembles the first ;

underneath it is. undistinguishable from the last.

Pomatorhinus ochraceiceps, n. sp.

Lores black; ear-coverts brown, washed with ochreous ;

488 Dr. Bowerbank on certain Species of Sponges.

supercilium (commencing at the base of the maxilla and

reaching to the sides of the neck), chin, cheeks, throat, breast,

and shoulder-edge pure unsullied white; crown and nape

bright ochreous ferruginous; back and upper tail-coverts

ochreous. olive; wings when closed ochreous brown; middle

rectrices brown, washed with ochreous, remainder with outer

webs coloured like the middle pair ; inner webs pure brown ;

the terminal portion of all the rectrices hardly tinged with

ochreous; abdomen, flanks, thigh, and under tail-coverts

ochreous brown, the ventral region exhibiting a brighter fer-

ruginous tint ; bill yellow, probably red in the fresh skin.

Wing 3°62 inches, tail 4°87, tarsus 1°25, bill from nostril

(in a straight line) 1-00.

Hab. Kareen Hills, Burma.

Munia fumigata, n. sp.

Above dark brown, deeper on the head ; ramp white ; quills

above and externally deep brown, on the borders of the inner

webs pale tawny rufous, most developed on the secondaries

and tertiaries ; tail jet-black, the middle pair of rectrices being

slightly elongated; chin, throat, and cheeks concolorous with

the head; ear-coverts brown, with pale edgings; breast,

abdomen, and flanks dingy white, the breast-feathers with

brown spots ; thigh and under tail-coverts brown, with rusty

margins.

Wing 2:00 inches, tail 1°75, tarsus 0°50.

Described from examples obtained by Lieutenant R. W.

Ramsay in the island of South Andaman. Nearly allied to

M. acuticauda, Hodgs., but to be readily distinguished by the

absence of pale shafts to the dorsal plumage.

LVIUI.—Reply to Dr. J. E. Gray's Observations on certain

Species of Sponges described in the ‘Proceedings of the Zoolo-

gical Society’ for 1873. By Dr. J. 8. Bowersank, F.R.S.

Cc.

Dr. Gray has made so many inaccurate assertions in his obser-

vations on my descriptions of some sponges in the ‘ Proc. Zool.

Soc.’ for 1873, that I must request space to correct his mis-

apprehensions on these subjects. Had he confined himself

to legitimate criticisms on the subject, I should not have

thought it necessary to controvert his hastily formed opinions.

In these explanations I shall follow the order in which

Dr. Gray has treated these matters in the ‘Annals and Maga-

zine of Natural History’ for September 1873.

Dr. Bowerbank on certain Species of Sponges. 489

Leuconia glomerosa, Dr. Gray says, “is the same as the

species I long ago described and figured under the name

of Aphroceras alcicornis (P. Z. S. 1858, p. 113, t. x.).” I

can only say that I have carefully examined at the British

Museum the specimen presented by Dr. Harland, and its

structure is specifically distinct from my ZL. glomerosa. In

truth, any one looking at the figures of the two would at once

come to the conclusion that they were different species.

Ciocalypta Tyleri—I am certainly astonished that Mr.

Carter and Dr. Gray cannot see the remarkable anatomical

differences in structure of the genera Halichondria and Cio-

calypta. 1 can only refer them to the ‘ Philosophical Trans-

actions’ for 1862 (for Ciocalypta, page 1195, tab. xxiii. figs.

4&5, and for Halichondria to page 1113, tab. xxxiil. figs.

1 & 5) to disabuse them of their very hasty and inaccurate

conclusions.

As I have given my reasons, in the third volume of the

‘Monograph otf British Spongiade,’ for disagreeing with my

friend Mr. Norman in not adopting his genus Oceanapia, I

shall not trouble Dr. Gray on that subject.

Dr. Gray writes in page 267 as follows :—“ Mr. Carter

informs me that the Haliphysema tubulatum (P. Z. 8. 1873,

p- 29, t. vii.) is a massive form of his Dictyocylindrus of the

British coast.’ In this short sentence there are two errors.

In the first place, the skeleton-structure of Haliphysema

tubulatum is a series of hollow membranous tubes, and the

structure of Dictyocylindrus is essentially that of a solid

cylinder composed of closely compacted spicula. In the next

place, the genus Dictyocylindrus was established by me, not

by Mr. Carter (see ‘ Philosophical Transactions of the Royal

Shoaib for 1862, p. 1108). Mr. Carter can scarcely be

obliged to Dr. Gray for such palpable misstatements.

Spongtonella Holdsworthii.—Dr. Gray’s style of treating

his brethren in the study of natural history is very off-handed

and magisterial. In treating of this sponge (p. 266) he writes :—

This sponge has been formed into a genus under the name of

Phyllospongia. It has very little affinity and quite a dif-

ferent structure to Spongionella pulchra, which is considered the

type of the genus.”” Here, again, Dr. Gray is, as usual, very

inaccurate. In the first place, there is no such species as

Spongionella pulchra as the type of the genus: the type spe-

cimen of the genus is in my possession, and its specific name

is not pulchra but pulchella ; and its structural peculiarities and

the modeof the arrangement of its skeleton are in perfect accord-

ance with the corresponding organs of S. Holdsworthit, as

any one may perceive by comparing the skeleton figure of

490 Dr. Bowerbank on certain Species of Sponges.

S. pulchella, represented in plate Lxxiv. fig. 10, ‘ Philosophical

Transactions of the Royal Society’ for 1862, with the corre-

sponding representation of the skeleton-structure of S. Holds-

worthvi (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, pl. vi. fig. 7). There isa slight

difference in the size of the fibres in the two species, but not

in the mode of their arrangement.

If it will be any satisfaction to Dr. Gray, I will explain to

him my reasons for designating the Ceylon sponge Spongio-

nella Holdsworthti. Esper, and most of the old writers on

natural history, had but one genus for the whole of the

Spongiade—that of Spongia; and their determinations of

species were based on external characters only. The conse-

quence has been such an inextricable confusion, that a

satisfactory determination or recognition of their species can

scarcely ever be arrived at.

In the first place, the Ceylon sponge is not a Spongia, but

a Spongionella. Hsper’s Spongia papyracea tab. Ixy. and

Spongia papyracea tab. xy. A have every appearance of being

separate species, as far as we can judge by the form and texture

represented ; and independent of the variations in form, sub-

stance, and external characters in these two, there are several

British species, and a very considerable number of African

and Australian ones, in my possession that, regarding only

form and substance, would quite as readily serve as the types

of Esper’s figures as those brought home by Mr. Holdsworth.

Esper’s figures exhibit no structural characters by which a

species can be satisfactorily determined. I thought therefore

that it was most for the interests of science that Mr. Holds-

worth’s sponge should stand upon its own merits, and that

not only the best type of its average external form, but also

its anatomical structure should be accurately represented and

described, so as to avoid future misconceptions on the

subject.

An equal degree of careless error pervades his criticism of

the sponge I have described in the same report on Mr. Holds-

worth’s Coren sponges as Isodictya Donnant. No one who

really knows the structure of the genus Jsodictya can fail to

recognize it in figure 3, pl. vi. Proc. Zool. Soc. Nor can

the veriest tyro in sponge-anatomy for a moment imagine it to

be a Dictyocylindrus. Lreally cannot imagine that Mr. Carter

has justified such wild statements on that subject as Dr. Gray

has attributed to him.

Dr. Gray has for the third time, in the ‘Annals and Maga-

zine of Natural History’ for September last, ventilated his

remarkably visionary scheme of arranging the Spongiade by

the forms of their spicula. As I have criticised his very im-

Bibliographical Notices. 491

practicable scheme in my paper in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoolo-

gical Society’ for 1868 (p. 118), entitled ‘‘ Observations on Dr.

Gray’s ‘ Notes on the arrangement of Sponges, with the descrip-

tion of some new Genera,’ ”’ I should not have taken any notice

of his paper had he not repeated himself for the second or third

time in endeavouring to enhance himself in his own and

others’ esteem by very considerately deploring my shortcomings

in anatomy and physiology :— as Dr. Bowerbank had no

preliminary study of anatomy, many of his ideas are most

crude and not consistent with physiological knowledge.” It

is a well-known legal instruction to counsel, that “if you

find that you really have no case, then abuse plaintiff’s at-

torney.” A similar course seems to be that adopted by Dr.

Gray. Itis very true that I did not attend the lectures at which

Dr. Gray attained his knowledge of anatomy and physiology in

his youth, and that I studied those sciences in my own way,

and that the results of our respective modes of attaining know-

ledge have led to very opposite conclusions,—Dr. Gray’s to

his publishing (Gray’s ‘ British Plants,’ vol. i. p. 362) all the

British sponges then known as British plants, and to his

describing the siliceous spicula of Tethea pilosa as hairs;

while my course of studies led me to the conclusion that

sponges were animals.

Dr. Gray’s mode of concocting a new arrangement of the

Spongiades by means of the forms of their spicula is a very

facile one—far easier than examining more than a thousand

specimens to gain a knowledge of their various forms and their

positions in situ. Dr. Gray asked me to give him a copy of

my works on sponges, which I did with pleasure; and he

then cut up the plates and arranged the figures according to

his own fancy, and in doing so he succeeded in making four

new genera and four new species out of the spicula of two

sponges, never having at that time seen a scrap or a spiculum

of either of them (see Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 129). This

mode of proceeding is quite after the old adage of “ making

your hay with other people’s grass.”

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Andrew Garrett’s ‘ Fische der Siidsee,’ beschrieben und redigirt von

Arsert OC. L.G.Ginrner. Heft I. 4to. Hamburg: L. Friedrichsen

& Co., 1873.

We are accustomed in this country to see merchants and others

engaged in yarious departments of trade or in professions devoting

492 Bibliographical Notices.

their leisure to scientific investigations, and often with results of the

greatest value. In fact nothing can exceed the naive surprise with

which foreign savants usually receive the information that some of

our most distinguished naturalists hold no Professorship or other

recognized scientific position, but that they are simply private indi-

viduals. In some cases, however, those of our more wealthy country-

men whose tastes lead them to cultivate some particular department

of science not only occupy themselves personally with such studies,

but also adopt another course, which is perhaps rather more com-

prehensible to the minds of our neighbours across the channel : they

contribute freely from the wealth which their regular avocations

bring them to assist and encourage poorer workers in the same field,

or to bring forth the results of investigations which would otherwise

be prevented from appearing on account of the cost of publication.

But although much has been done in this way, individually and

collectively, in England, we cannot point in this country to any such

munificent patrons of science as Cesar Godeffroy, of Hamburg. This

gentleman, belonging to a firm of great merchants and shipowners,

trading to the far east, and especially to the islands scattered over the

Pacific Ocean, some years ago conceived the notion of making the ex-

tended commerce of his firm a means of founding a museum of natural

history in his native city ; and having begun by accumulating such

specimens as were brought home by the officers in command of their

ships, he soon enlarged the plan by sending out competent collectors

to various places, and intrusting the care of the valuable specimens

thus obtained to naturalists of high attainments.

As an outcome from these researches, this gentleman commenced

in the year 1871 the publication of a journal in large quarto, in-

tended to contain communications relating to the geography, ethno-

graphy, and general natural history of the countries visited by the

Godeffroy collectors; and of this journal, which is most liberally

illustrated, the work of which the title stands at the head of this

article forms the third part.

From the preliminary statement given by the author, Dr. Giinther

of the British Museum, it appears that towards the end of last year

Hr. C. Godeffroy received a collection of about 470 figures of fishes,

coloured from the life by Mr. Andrew Garrett during a residence of

several years as a natural-history collector in the Sandwich and

Society Islands and in other parts of Polynesia. These drawings

(which confirm the account given by Cook in the history of his last

voyage of the magnificence of the fishes observed about the coral-

reefs of Palmerston Island), and the colours of the fishes especially,

are reproduced with the greatest patience and truthfulness—Dr.

Giinther, when asked to undertake the determination of the species,

haying ascertained, by the comparison of many of them with other

figures also taken from the life, that Mr. Garrett’s drawings were

perfectly trustworthy in this respect. As regards the structural

characters of the objects represented, and especially the number and

direction of the rows of scales, the drawings were hardly so satisfac-

tory ; and these details had to be corrected by comparison with pre-

Bibliographical Notices. 493

served specimens. Convinced by these comparisons of the great

scientific value of the materials in his hands, Hr. Godeffroy resolved

to spare neither trouble nor expense in rendering it generally ser-

viceable to ichthyologists; and accordingly Dr. Giinther undertook

to determine the species and edit the work, whilst the services of

Mr. Ford were secured to reproduce the drawings.

Like many other undertakings of the same kind, this also took a

wider scope as it advanced. It was found that Mr. Garrett’s series

of drawings included so large a proportion of the known fishes of

the South Sea, and that the specimens from the same region accu-

mulated in the British Museum and the Museum Godeffroy furnished

such abundant materials for the task, that the temptation became

irresistible to a naturalist like Dr. Giinther to render his work a

complete account of all the species belonging to the fauna which he

was called upon to illustrate. Accordingly he decided to give an

enumeration with descriptions of all the known fishes of the South

Sea, including under that denomination the sea containing the

Polynesian and Micronesian groups of islands, but excluding the

Fiji Islands and the whole of Melanesia, where an Australian fauna

is distinctly recognizable.

That we have dwelt so long on the origin and history of this

valuable work is due to two causes. In the first place its general

scope and bearing are best indicated by means of a recapitulation of

. the circumstances which led to its production; and, secondly, a

purely descriptive book of this kind gives but little opening either

for laudation or criticism. When completed it will form a faunistic

contribution of the greatest value, equalling or perhaps exceeding in

importance the author’s previous labours of the same nature—his

‘ Reptiles of British India’ and his ‘ Fishes of Zanzibar.’

The part now before us (the first of ten) includes notices of about

forty-five species of Serranide, five of which are described as new.

Five others—namely, a Serranus, a Mesoprion, an Ambassis, and two

species of Apogon (the last described from Godeffroyian specimens )p—

appear to be peculiar to the Polynesian region; of the rest, the

majority have a very wide distribution, many of them stretching

from the Red Sea to Polynesia; and some of these are also taken on

the coast of Australia, but none appear to be specially Australian

forms. On the other hand, eleven species (four of which belong to

Apogow) are inhabitants of the Indian archipelago and the seas to

the east of Asia. The most curious case of distant isolated distri-

bution is that of Aprion virescens, which has the Seychelles as its

sole recorded western habitat, but occurs also in the Society and

Sandwich Islands and at the Fijis.

The only important change in a systematic point of view made

by Dr. Giinther in the present part is the establishment of a new

main section of Acanthopterygu Serraniformes by the division of his

old group Acanth. Perciformes. He states that in the Serraniformes

the vertebral column consists of only about twenty-four vertebra,

of which ten usually belong to the trunk, and fourteen to the tail.

The number of vertebre is much greater in the true Perciformes

494 Bibliographical Notices.

To us it seems that the desirability of this change is very question-

able. ‘To make up for this, Dr. Giinther reunites his Pristipomatide

with the Serranide.

Before taking leave of this book we must say a few words as to

the illustrations. Mr. Ford’s power of representing fishes is so

well known that it is almost a work of supererogation to say that

these figures of South-Sea fishes are beautifully drawn ; and, in fact,

the structural details are represented with a delicacy and accuracy

which leave nothing to be desired. Butin most cases the plates are

worked in colours; and these have generally been most admirably

managed, the brilliant and delicate tints of the beautiful Basses and

Apogons coming out wonderfully, and rendering the mere contem-

plation of the plates a real gratification. We look forward with

pleasure to the continuation and completion of this most valuable

work, which will form a worthy monument at once to the talents

and industry of the author and artist and to the iiberality of the

founder and supporter of the Museum Godeffroy.

The Recent and Fossil Foraminifera of Belgium. By MM. H. J.

Miter and E. Vanpen Brorcx. (Les Foraminiferes, §c.) 8yo.

pp. 34 and Tables. Brussels, 1873.

This memoir, reprinted from the ‘Annals’ of the Malacological

Society of Belgium, is the first part of an intended monograph of the .

Foraminifera of Belgium. It consists partly of an Introduction,

treating of the gradual progress made by naturalists in the study of

these Rhizopods, and more particularly of what is known of the:

presence of fossil Foraminifera in the several Belgian formations

from the Lias to the Pliocene inclusive. Thus, in the Lias (Lower)

there are 11 species known ; in the Aachenian stage of the Creta-

ceous system, 0; in the Hervian, 11; Nervian,1; Senonian, 92 ;

Maestrichtian, 76. In the Tertiary Montian and Heersian, 0;

Landenian, 6; Ypresian, 11; Paniselian, 1; Bruxellian,3; Laeke-

nian, 9; Tongrian, 1; Rupelian, 4; Bolderian, 0; Diestian, 70;

and in the Scaldisian, 8.

Part I.,on the existing Foraminifera of Belgium, follows, com-

mencing with a list of littoral species collected at Sluys-Kill,

Ostend, and Nieuport. The first-named place is a little beyond the

frontier, on a shallow sea-creek full of animal and vegetable life,

and swarming with Foraminifera, the different groups of which at

different depths and localities can be reached by wading, and col-

lected separately. Our authors have detected many fossil specimens,

derived from neighbouring Diestian and Scaldisian strata, among

the recent fauna; and they have given a list of them (p. 27), in

which they have had the aid of Messrs. Jones and Parker. Sluys-

Kill typifies the muddy littoral zone; whilst the sandy zone is to be

studied at Nieuport, Ostend, Blankenberg, Heyst, and along the coast

generally. On the sand zone strong shells of Polystomella crispa,

Rotalia Beccarii, Triloculina oblonga, Quinqueloculina bicornis, &e.

are common; whilst the delicate Lagena levis, L. sulcata, Poly-

Miscellaneous. 495

morphina oblonga, Polystomella striato-punctata, and Nonionina

depressula abound on the mud zone of Sluys-Kill. A large synop-

tical table is appended, showing the localities and relative abundance

or rarity of the 86 recent species MM. Miller and Vanden Broeck

have collected. They treat of the difficulty of determining specific

types among this low class of creatures (pp. 31 &c.), and explain

that they give preference to the plan of nomenclature established

ee the English rhizopodists, Williamson, Carpenter, Parker, and

ones.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Mr, Arspany Hancock.

Arsany Hancock died, after a long illness, on the 24th of October.

He was born at Newcastle-on-Tyne in 1806, and was one of a band of

naturalists gradually passing from our midst, who haye made this

district famous in scientific circles, especially for British zoology.

He was one of the founders of the Natural-History Society of that

town, and also of the Tyneside Natural-History Field-Club, and a

constant contributor to their ‘Transactions, and for many years

an active member of the Committee of the Literary and Philosophical

Society of Newcastle, in which he has always taken a lively

interest.

The number of this band of naturalists has gradually dwindled

by the loss of Adamson, Hutton, Alder, Fryer, and others; but we

have with us Hewitson, John Hancock, Embleton, King, Norman,

Howse, and others, who are still working in their vocation.

Mr. Albany Hancock, in conjunction with his brother John, mainly

by their efforts in the local committee, greatly cortributed to

gathering together the splendid collection of art and science that

was exhibited in the Central Bechanae during the meeting of

the British Association in 1863.

Mr. Hancock’s contributions were not ee to the ‘Transactions ’”

. of his district, but many valuable papers emanating from his pen are

in the ‘Transactions’ of the Royal, and the ‘Transactions’ and

‘Journals’ of the Linnean, the Zoological, and the Geological

Societies, and in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

He was a most accurate anatomical examiner and describer ; and

his great abilities as a draughtsman enabled him to accompany his

papers with beautiful plates. His most celebrated work, prepared

and written in conjunction with his friend Joshua Alder, and pub-

lished by the Ray Society, is that on the British Nudibranchiate

Mollusca, which was completed in 1855. It will be in the recol-

lection of our readers that Mr. Alder died in 1867, and that he had

been engaged in conjunction with Mr. Albany Hancock in the

preparation of a work on the British Tunicata, to be published by

the Ray Society. Subsequently to his colleague’s death Mr. Hancock

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 34

496 Miscellaneous.

devoted himself with great assiduity to the study of the anatomy

and physiology of this interesting class of the Molluscoida, and,

when compelled by increasing weakness to relinquish the use of

the microscope, had nearly, if not quite, completed his investigation

of the Ascidiade. Both manuscript and plates of this work are, we

are led to hope, in such an advanced state that there is still a

prospect of the work being published. During the last three years,

when unable from ill-health to pursue his microscopie dissections of

the Tunicata, he turned his attention to the investigation and de-

scription of the fossils of the Coal-measures ; and to this we owe

the valuable series of papers published by him, in conjunction with

Mr. Atthey and Mr. Howse, on some of the rarer specimens in the

remarkably fine collection of the former of these two geologists.

In 1858 the Royal Society awarded Mr. Hancock the Royal Medal,

in recognition of his scientific labours in general, and with especial

reference to his exhaustive paper “On the Organization of the

Brachiopoda ” (Phil. Trans. 1858, p. 791). He was a Fellow of

the Linnean Society, and also a Corresponding Member of the

Zoological Society. In 1866 the Imperial Royal Botanical and

Zoological Society of Vienna conferred upon him and upon his friend

Mr. Alder the diploma of Honorary Fellow. In the list of scientific

papers published by the Royal Society there are thirty-one papers

published in his own name, in conjunction with Mr. Alder sixteen,

with Dr. Embleton five, and with Mr. Norman one; and he has

published several papers in the ‘Annals’ and other works since

this list was printed. His papers on the fossils of the Carboniferous

strata consist of twelve written in conjunction with Mr. Atthey, and

four with Mr. Howse.—J. E. Gray.

On a Variety of Chersina angulata.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

The British Museum has just receivedan adult male specimen of this

tortoise, which was formerly in the possession of Mr. Arthur Adams,

who obtained it at the Cape of Good Hope. It is peculiar for having

the hinder marginal plate on the side of the caudal plate shorter than

usual, so that the suture between it and the plate before it is on the

same line as the suture between the hinder edge of the fourth costal

plate and the lateral edge of the fifth vertebral plate. Iam inclined

to regard this as an accidental variation ; for in another large speci-

men of the same sex in the same collection, and in ten other specimens

in the British Museum, the suture between the hinder and penulti-

mate marginal shields is always before the suture between the hinder

costal and last vertebral shield ; but I do not believe that this differ-

ence is specific as one zoologist seemed inclined to consider it, because

the width of the last marginal plate varies in different specimens,

and in one specimen they differ on the two sides. I therefore

only regard it as an accidental variety, which also has the upper

margin of the caudal plate much narrower than usual ; but the shape

of this plate varies in the male specimens in the Museum.

Miscellaneous. 497

Fertilization of Pedicularis canadensis. By Mr. Toomas Mernan.

The author drew attention to the structure of the flower of Pedi-

cularis canadensis, in which it was evident self-impregnation was

impossible, and there seemed to be no special arrangements for

fertilization by insect agency, as there were in so many allied plants.

In this case the stamens were included in the closely compressed

arch of the corolla, and, with the anthers, were directed retrorsely

to the pistil, which at an early age, and long before the maturity of

the pollen, was protruded beyond the corolla, rendering self-fertiliza-

tion almost impossible in this flower. But the flowers were always

abundantly fertile; and though the arrangements were such as

seemingly to afford no chance even for insects to aid in the fertiliza-

tion, it was also probable that in some way it was accomplished by

them. Both last season and this he had devoted some time to

watching the plant, but failed to find any clue to the process. A

species of Bombus seemed to have the plant especially under its

charge, visiting the flowers in great numbers ; but they bored through

the corolla on the outside of the tube for the saccharine matter,

and the anthers or pollen did not seem to be in the least disturbed

by this. Still it was so highly probable that in some way some

insect aided in the cross-fertilization of these flowers, that it might

serve a useful purpose to direct attention to it, as others with time

and opportunity might discover what he had failed to find.— Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Sane 1873.

Fertilization of Pedicularis canadensis. By Mr. Grnrry.

At the last meeting of the Academy, Mr. Meehan made some

observations upon the peculiar structure of the flowers of Pedicularis

canadensis, observing that he had vainly watched them during two

seasons with the view of determining the manner in which they were

fertilized. He further said that he had noticed that they received

the attention of a species of bumble-bee, for the sake of their honey,

which, in order to accomplish its purpose, always bored a hole into

the side of the tube.

On Wednesday morning last I visited a spot where the plants

were growing luxuriantly, affording an interesting field for obser-

vation. It was not long before I observed a Bombus terrestris to

alight upon the outer side of the tube of a flower, at a distance of

three feet from me. At this distance it did seem as if the bee, in

order to obtain the honey which the flower secretes, produced a slit

into the tube, as Mr. Meehan observed. But the movements of the

bee being so quick, and the distance too great to judge accurately,

I approached the insect by degrees, until I was within three

inches of it, when the whole process became apparent. The bee,

however, was so intent upon its labours, as not to take any notice

of me.

The flower is composed of an erect tube, with a natural cleft

running along its feral walls from above, through one third its

entire length, presenting outwardly apparently a mere crease, from

34*

498 Miscellaneous.

the manner in which the compressed margins of the upper lip fit

into the rolled-in edges of the lateral lobes of the under lip. The

upper lip is compressed, arched, and beaked, presenting an aperture

at the apex, through which passes a curved pistil; the lower lip is

reflexed, consisting of three lobes, one median and two lateral,

assuming a platform arrangement. Enclosed within the upper lip

are four stamens, didynamous, with their anthers turning backwards,

facing each other ventrally. When ripe these anthers split upon the

inner side, thus giving a fancied resemblance to an oval snuff-box,

thrown backwards upon its hinges. Each cell is filled with white

pollen-grains.

Now, when the bee alights upon the tube, by means of its trunk

it opens the natural cleft above alluded to, and having thus gained

a partial entrance, it would defeat its intention did not the length

of the flower’s tube when contrasted with that of the bee’s trunk

necessitate the admission of the entire head also. In this operation

the lips of the flower are pressed apart, the margins of the upper

lip are separated to receive the head, and the pollen-grains, already

ripe, by the considerable motion to which they are subjected,

become dislodged from their cells, and fall down in a dense shower

upon the bee’s back and head. Having obtained the coveted sweet,

it flies to another flower upon a different stalk, as I observed in a

score of cases during two days; but before renewing the preceding

operations, it stations itself awhile upon the lower lip, its head

coming in contact with the stigma of the pistil. Then, by means of

the hairs that line the inner side of the tarsus of each anterior leg, and

the constant rubbing togetherof the parts composing its trophi or

instrumenta cibaria, the attached pollen-grains are sent flying in

every direction, sure to adhere to the stigma. -

Whilst observing the above process, I also noticed that after the

lips had been pressed apart and were permitted to regain their

position, the upper lip, being somewhat elastic, sprung back to its

place with considerable force, sending through the aperture, through

which passes the pistil, a complete cloud of pollen, enveloping the

stigma upon every side.

This operation can be performed artificially, by taking hold of the

under lip with the left thumb and fore finger, and pulling the upper

lip backward by the right, and then releasing the hold of the latter:

the upper lip springs to its place, spirting the pollen through the

aperture upon the left hand. From the above it is to be seen that

the plant has two chances of being fertilized—one by its own pollen,

and the other by that of another. Although the flower seeds abun-

dantly, yet I am disposed to think that it is mainly through the

pollen of another that the seeds become perfect. I incline to this

opinion because, in an examination of many pods, I noticed that a

few seeds were found in a rudimentary condition, apparently mani-

festing a tendency to abort, while the majority were in a vigorous

condition—the former, doubtless, being the effegts of self-fertilization

in part, which, as is well known, is a degenerating process.—Proce.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. June 1873.

Miscellaneous. 499

Bos brachyceros, the West-African Buffalo, and the Dwarf Buffalo

of Pennant. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Sir Victor Brooke, in the P. Z.S. 1873, p. 474, has given a very

good account, illustrated with some admirable figures, of the head

and skulls of a species of buffalo, Bos brachyceros, and has changed the

name to that of Bos pumilus because he thinks it is the dwarf animal

described by Belon as coming from Morocco. Should it prove to be

the Morocco animal, which I greatly doubt, I wonder it has not oc-

curred to Sir V. Brooke that B. pwmilus is a very inappropriate name

for a buffalo as large or largerthan the Cape buffalo; and I may observe

that his synonyma, compiled with such appearance of care, are really

very untrustworthy, as I have found them on several other occasions.

Belon, in his ‘ Voyage,’ pp. 119 & 120, mentions and very roughly

figures an animal under the name of “un moult beau plus petit

boeuf d’Afrique,” which he saw at Cairo, but which was said to have

been brought from Assaimie on the coast of Morocco.

Linneus, in the 12th edition of the ‘ Systema Nature,’ vol.i. p. 99,

refers to this account, and considers it a variety of his Bos indicus,

quoting it under the name of Bubalus africanus, observing that he

believes it to be the same species as B. indicus. The account of the

animal gives no means of determining to what it belonged; but it

may be, from its habitat, Bos dante or the African zebu.

Pennant, in his ‘Synopsis of Quadrupeds,’ p. 9, founds a species,

under the name of the dwarf ox, entirely on Belon’s description,

adding that he thinks a pair of horns in the Museum of the Royal

Society, noticed by Grew, belonged to this species. He also says

that perhaps the lant or dant described by Leo Africanus may

belong to this kind. In his next edition, called the ‘ History of

Quadrupeds,’ p. 31, and in the 3rd edition, p. 36, he leaves out all

reference to these horns under the dwarf ox; but in the Ist edition

of the ‘ History’ he repeats the plate that was in the ‘ Synopsis,’ but

in the account of the plates he refers to the figure as that of the

young Cape buffalo; and in the 3rd edition he leaves out the

figures of these horns. In the text of both editions he refers to the

horns under the account of the Cape buffalo, saying that he believes

they belong to that species.

Turton, in ‘A General System of Nature,’ published in 1806,

which is chiefly a translation of Gmelin, has a species which he

calls Bos pumilus, from what seems to be Pennant’s description of

the dwarf ox; but he does not give any reference to that author,

whose name he uses, and he refers to the lant of Pennant as Bos

taurus, var. h, called the African ox. Bos pumilus of Turton entirely

reposes on the dwarf ox of Pennant, which is founded on the “ petit

boeuf” of Belon ; and this neither in the account of the animal, the

size, nor the habitat agrees with the West-African Buffalo, which

has any thing but a shining coat or horns like Belon’s figure.

Grew, in his aceount of the “ Rarities in the Museum of the Royal

Society,” p. 26, mentions the horns of a wild bull called Bubalus

sive Buffalus, brought from Africa.

Pennant, in his ‘Synopsis of Quadrupeds,’ p. 97, refers to and

500 Miscellaneous.

figures this pair of horns (t. viii. f. 3), which is evidently that of a

very young animal, and thinks it belongs to the dwarf ox, p. 9; but

in the ‘ History of Quadrupeds,’ p. 28, under the Cape ox, he ob-

serves, ‘The horns (t. ii. f. 9) of my former edition, which I attri-

buted to the next species (the dwarf ox) most probably are those

of the young of this kind;” this account is repeated and the

figure left out in the 3rd edition of the ‘ History,’ p. 33; so that

we have Pennant’s own authority for saying that these horns were

not those of his dwarf ox, on which the name Bos pumilus of

Turton was founded, and therefore that the change of name made

by Sir V. Brooke, like many other of his synonyma, is entirely

founded on a mistake, or, in fact, on the want of sufficient research,

The pair of horns in Grew is in the British Museum, is figured in

our ‘Catalogue of Ruminants,’ was described by Blyth under the

name of Bubalus reclinis; and I believe that we have no authority

for their being considered the young of Bos brachyceros, or at least

that Sir V. Brooke has as yet shown no reason for regarding Bos

reclinis and B. planiceros, Blyth, as the young of Bos brachyceros,

and therefore that the first of the two conclusions that Sir Victor

Brooke arrives at, viz. ‘the identity of pwmilus of Turton with

brachyceros, Gray,” is entirely erroneous; and as to the second, we

have no means of knowing, not having specimens to refer to.

I make these remarks because compilers will be misled by the

apparent care and speciality with which the synonyms are quoted;

and it is to be observed that synonyms so compiled are very apt to

mislead, and thus be injurious to the progress of science.

To show the little reliance that can be placed on Sir Victor Brooke’s

statement of his pretended history of the dwarf ox (in the Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1873, p. 476), I may observe :—First, he states that Pennant’s

dwarf bull was established on the horns in the Museum of the

Royal Society, whereas it was entirely founded on Belon’s account

of the “petit boeuf d’Afrique” from Morocco. Pennant, in his

‘Synopsis,’ p. 9, thinks that the horns mentioned by Grew might

belong to it; but in his ‘ History,’ published ten years afterwards,

he says they are “ most probably those of a young Cape ox,” observ-

ing that ‘“‘ Grew improperly thinks them the horns of the common

buffalo” (p. 28). Secondly, he states that Turton gives the name of

B. pumilus to “the same” (that is Grew’s) specimen. Turton

merely gives an abridgment of Pennant’s account of the dwarf ox

from Belon, and makes no reference to the horns described by Grew,

nor even to the figure of them. This is a very fair specimen of the

accuracy of Sir Victor Brooke’s observations and conclusions there-

from. I can scarcely allow it to pass without a protest against his re-

mark, ‘the very slight interest which Dr. Baikie appears to have taken

in natural history ” (p. 478), because his specimens in the Museum

are without special habitats. All who knew Dr. Baikie, and any body

who has seen his numerous specimens in the British Museum, must

feel the falseness of this accusation. Dr. Baikie died on the Niger,

a sacrifice to his scientific zeal; and his specimens were received in

the Museum some time after his death, after they had passed through

two hands at least, and their history was lost.

Miscellaneous. 501

On the Vascular System of the Ascidia. By Prof. C. HeiiEr.

It is well known that the heart in the Tunicata contracts some-

times in one and sometimes in the other direction, and that its con-

tents are driven sometimes into the dorsal and sometimes into the

ventral vessel; but hitherto no close investigation has been made of

the intimate structure of this organ, or of the nature of the vessels

springing from it in the Ascidia.

In the Ascidia the heart forms a cylindrical, elongated, more or

less curved tube, generally placed at the hinder margin of the

stomach, aud more rarely further forward, near the latter. It is

always enclosed by a special, thinly membranous pericardium, with

which it is connected towards the dorsal side. The wall of the

heart consists of a layer of thin, delicate muscular fibres, which show

distinct transverse striation. These muscular fibres are not placed

parallel to each other, but form an elegant network, uniting with

each other here and there and then again separating, so as to leave

small interspaces between them.

The two large vascular trunks which originate directly from the

heart, and of which one runs forward along the dorsal part of the

branchial sac above the endostyle, and the other on the ventral part of

the branchial sac below the cesophageal channel, also exhibit a similar

structure of wall; in them also the network formed by delicate trans-

versely striated muscular fibres may be observed. These two vascular

trunks therefore appear to be direct continuations of the heart, from

which they cannot be distinguished by their structure; and they

contract like the true heart, although in a less degree.

As regards the other vessels, those which are distributed in the wall

of the branchial sac and in the external envelope are provided with

proper walls ; but the course of the blood in the inner mantle seems to

be lacunar. The branchial vessels are all furnished with an endothe-

lium consisting of small elongated cells. In the walls of the large trans-

verse vascular trunks of the branchial net smooth muscular fibres are

listinctly observed ; they run in a crooked course and forming meshes

vith their neighbours towards the projecting longitudinal partition.

The vessels which, in the simple Ascidia, run to the outer tunic

and then ramify, are also remarkable in their form and structure.

They are always double vessels, which only communicate with each

other at the extremity of the last ramifications. The blood flows

outwards in one vessel and inwards in the other. The largest trunks

exibit in their walls a distinct layer of smooth muscular fibres, both

longitudinal and annular. The latter are by far the more numerous

and li close together, whereas the longitudinal fibres are more scanty.

In the further course of these vessels the annular muscular fibres

alsobecome rarer; and in the finer terminal ramifications the muscular

elements are entirely wanting, and the wall consists of a thin mem-

brane composed of roundish cells. The vessels are not connected

with the external envelope, but lie quite loose in lacune.

The blood circulating in the vessels is frequently coloured ; and its

colour is due to that of the blood-corpuscles. Thus Ascidia fumigata is

distinguished by the greenish-yellow colour of its blood, and Ascidia

mentula and mamillata by a more brownish colour, whilst in some

species, e. g. A. intestinalis, the blood appears quite colourless.—

Anzeiger der Akad. der Wiss. in Wien, October 16, 1873.

INDEX to VOL. XII.

ACANTHORHODEUS, new species of,

247.

Achilognathus, new species of, 248.

Acmeops, new species of, 194.

fElara, new species of, 314.

Aisiotes, new species of, 278.

Alcedo, new species of, 487.

Alcelaphus, new species of, 341.

Alestes, new species of, 144.

Ammophila, new species of, 259.

Amphipholis, new species of, 398.

Ampulex, new species of, 55, 292.

Anaxita, new species of, 228.

Animals, on the invertebrate, of the

Baltic, 81.

Anoplopoma fimbria, on the identity

of with Scombrocottus salmoneus,

74.

Aphrocallistide, on the spicules of

the, 449.

Apomecyna, new species of, 317.

Aporus, new species of, 53.

Aprasia pulchella, note on, 145.

Arabescula, description of the new

genus, 464,

Araneida, on the respiratory organs

of the, 422.

Archeediscus Karreri, description of,

286.

Arcturus, new species of, 96.

Armadilloes, on the mode of walking

of, 80.

Asaperda, characters of the new

genus, 385.

Ascidia, on the vascular system of

the, 501.

Asellopsis, description of the new

genus, 137.

Atimura, new species of, 581.

Aulodictyon Woodwardii, on the

spicules of, 452.

Axides, characters of the new genus,

285.

Azorica, new species of, 442.

Bacillus, on the true males of,

347.

Balistes capriscus, on the capture of,

at Weymouth, 267.

Bates, F., on new genera and species

of Heteromera, 472.

Bates, H. W., on the Longicorn Co-

ope of Japan, 148, 193, 508,

380.

Bavyay, M., on Hylodes martinicensis

and its metamorphoses, 79,

Belus, new species of, 280.

Bembex, new species of, 296.

Bertkau, Dr. P., on the respiratory

organs of the Araneida, 422.

Birds, new, 373, 429, 487.

Blastocerus sylvestris, note on, 426,

Books, new ;—Geological Survey of

Indiana, 70; Barkas’s Guide to

the Fossil Remains of the North-

umberland Carboniferous Strata,

73; Ramsay’s Physical Geology

of Great Britain, 73; Jukes’s

School Manual of Geology, 73;

Taylor's Geological Stories, 74;

Blackwall’s Researches in Zoology,

260; Sars’s Remarkable Forms of

Animal Life, 261; Brenchley’s

Cruise of H.M.S. Curagoa, 837 ;

Hartwig’s Sea and its Living

Wonders, 419; Nicholson’s Out-

lines of Natural History, 420;

Gorham’s Endomycici Recitati,

421; Ginther’s Fische der Sudsee,

491; Miller and Vanden Broeck’s

Foraminifera of Belgium, 494.

Bos brachyceros, observations on,

499.

Bowerbank, Dr. J. 8., on certain

species of Sponges, 488,

Brachiopods, on the primary divisions

of the, 201.

Brady, G. S., on marine Copepoda

taken in the west of Ireland, 126.

Brady, H. B., on Archediscus

Karreri, 286,

Bryconethiops, characters of the

genus, 143.

Butler, A. G., on the Indian species

of Thelyphonus, 114; on the

genus Phrynus, with descriptions

of new species, 117; on Peruvian

Lepidoptera, 218.

Calamobius, new species of, 583,

Callichroma, new species of, 197.

Callionymus, new species of, 242.

Carter, H. J., on two new species of

Gumminee, 17; on the Hexacti-

nellidee and Lithistidee, and par-

ticularly on the Aphrocallistida,

Aulodictyon, and Farrer, 349,

437.

EN DEX.

Cellepora, new species of, 98.

Cephalophus, new species of, 42 ; on

the change of form of the lachry-

mal pit during growth in the

skulls of, 425.

Ceratorhinus, on the Asiatic species

of, 252.

Cerceris, new species of, 105, 409.

Ceresium, new species of, 153.

Ceropales, new species of, 51.

Cervulus, on the change of form of

the lachrymal pit during growth

in the skulls of, 425.

Cervus, new species of, 161.

Chelomeles, notes on some species

of, 145.

Chelydradz, notes on the family,

Chersina angulata, on a variety of,

496,

Chirodamus, characters of the genus,

255.

Chlorion, new species of, 291.

Chondrilla, new species of, 23.

Chrysauge, new species of, 228.

Chrysocale, new species of, 227.

Cienkowski, L., on Noctiluca milia-

ris, 262.

Cilibe, new species of, 474.

Clytanthus, new species of, 198,

Clytus, new species of, 200.

Coleoptera, on the Longicorn, of

Japan, 148, 193, 308, 380.

Conchology of portions of the At-

lantic and Pacific coasts of North

America, comparison of the, 185.

Copepoda from the west of Ireland,

on, 126.

Corades, new species of, 224.

Corticium, new species of, 18.

Cottus, new species of, 240.

Coughtrey, Dr. M., on the tracheal

pouch of the Emu, 217.

Crabro, new species of, 102.

Crustaceans, new, 59, 95.

Curculionids, new Australian, 230,

278.

Cybdelis, new species of, 226.

Cybium, new species of, 378.

Cymodocea, new species of, 96.

Cynoglossus, new species of, 243,

379.

Damon, R., on the capture of a Tor-

pedo off Portland, 187.

Damonia, new species of, 77.

Danais Archippus, on the appearance

of, in Australia, 184, 425.

Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4. Vol. xii.

503

Decienus, description of the new

genus, 234.

Delma Fraseri, note on, 145.

Distenia, new species of, 155.

Distichodus, new species of, 144.

Distomum nodulosum, on the deve-

lopment of, 346.

Dolichurus, new species of, 292.

Dolphins from the Cape of Good

Hope, on the, 427.

Dysostines, new species of, 232.

Echinodermata, on spontaneous divi-

sion in the, 323, 391.

Kchthistatus, new species of, 308.

Eleotris, new species of, 242,

mae on the tracheal pouch of the,

Erateina, new species of, 229.

Etheridge, R., on a new species of

Synocladia, 189,

Eurhynchus, new species of, 281.

Exocentrus, new species of, 384.

Falcons, on the great Northern, 485.

Farrea, new species of, 448, 463; on

the spicules of, 454.

Fishes, new, 142, 182, 239, 277, 377,

400.

Foraminifera, on a new type of Car-

boniferous, 286.

Gentry, Mr., on the fertilization of

Pedicularis canadensis, 497.

Gerrhonotus, on the species of, 45.

Gill, Dr. T., on the Scrombrocottus

salmoneus of Peters, 74; on the

Ribbon Seal of Alaska, 188; on

the primary divisions of the Bra-

chiopods, 201.

Glenea, new species of, 387.

Gobio, new species of, 246,

Gorytes, new species of, 407.

Gould, J., on a new genus of Trochi-

lide, 429.

Gray, Dr. J. E., on two new species

of Cephalophus, 42; on some Mam-

malia from Fantee, 65; on the Che-

lydradze, 66; on a sponge on Hya-

lonema, 76; on unequal bivalve

shells, 7b.; on a new species of

Water-tortoise, 77; on the Tor-

toises of the ‘Zoology of Mexico,’

109 ; on Chinese Mud-tortoises,

156 ; on the Deer of the West coast

of South America, 161; on the

skull of the Spectacled Bear of

Peru, and of the Helarctos from

Malacca and Java, 182; on the ske-

leton of Kogia Macleayii, 184; on

504

a Salamander from Shanghai, 188;

on the siliceous spicules of sponges,

203; on Ceratorhinus sumatrensis,

C, niger, and C. lasiotis, 252; on

Natal Sponges, 264; on anew Af-

rican Squirrel, 265; on a specimen

of Macroxus annulatus, 2b. ; on the

habit of Pandora, 7b.; on the genus

Oceanapia, 266; on Sponges from

Ceylon, 2. ; on Ursus euryrhinus,

267; on the development of the

bones in the sternum of Tortoises,

319; on a new species of Alcela-

phus, 341; on manufactured Glass-

rope, 347; on Rats, with descrip-

tions of new species, 416; on the

change of form during growth of

the lachrymal pit in the skulls of

the Bush-boks and Muntjacs, 425 ;

on Blastocerus sylvestris, 426; on

Dolphins from the Cape, 427; on

a variety of Chersina angulata, 496;

on Bos brachyceros, 499.

_Gumminee, on two new species of,

Giinther, Dr. A., on new Fishes from

Angola, 142; on some Lizards with

rudimentary limbs, 145; on the

Fishes of Zanzibar, 182; on Fishes

from China, 239; on Scaphirhyn-

chus Fedtschenkoi, 277 ; on Fishes

from Chefoo, 377.

Gymmnallabes, new species of, 142.

Hancock, A., obituary notice of, 495.

Harpacticus, new species of, 134.

Helarctos, on the skull of the, 182.

Heliomys, characters of the genus,

417.

Heller, Prof. C., on the vascular sys-

tem of the Ascidia, 501.

Hemipodius, new species of, 375.

Herpetological notes, 44.

Herpetosaura, on some species of, 147.

Heteromera, new genera and species

of, 472.

Hexactinellidee, on the, 549.

Hutton, F. W., on some Fishes from

New Zealand, 400; on a new species

of freshwater Crayfish, 402.

Hyalonema, on a sponge on, 76; on

manufactured specimens of, 347.

Hylodes martinicensis, on the meta-

morphoses of, 79.

Hylonympha, description of the new

genus, 429,

Hymenoptera, new fossorial, 49, 99,

253, 291, 402.

INDEX.

Hyopotamide, on the osteology ot

THe IeLy oe re

Hypopus, on the zoological position

and function of, 429,

Tiyopsyllus, description of the new

genus, 152.

Insects, on the amount of substance-

waste undergone by, in the pupal

state, 301.

Isacantha, new species of, 280.

Iswara, new species of, 253.

Kerner, A., on the protection of pol-

len from premature dislodgment or

moisture, 431,

Kessler, K. F., on a remarkable fish

of the family of Sturgeons, 269.

King, Prof. W., on some characters

of Lingula anatina, 1.

Kogia Macleayii, on the skeleton of,

184

Kowaleysky, Dr. W., on the oste-

ology of the Hyopotamide, 164.

Krauss, Dr. F., on the skeleton of

Sphargis coriacea, 77.

Leemosaccus, new species of, 281.

Landemannia, on some Chinese spe-

cies of, 159,

Larra, new species of, 402.

Larrada, new species of, 55, 293.

Lasiapheles, characters of the new

genus, 382,

ee new species of, 584.

Lepidoptera, new, from Peru, 218.

Lepidotrigla, new species of, 241.

Leptops, new species of, 231.

Leptoscopus, new species of, 401.

Leptura, new species of, 194.

Ligidium agile, on the occurrence of,

in Belgium, 75.

Lingula anatina, on some characters

of, 1.

Linstow, O. von, on the development

of Distomum nodulosum, 345.

Lithistidee, on the, 487.

Lizards, on some, with rudimentary

limbs, 145.

Lonchodes insignis, observations on,

347.

Lophiogobius, description of the new

genus, 241

Litken, Dr. C. F., on spontaneous di-

vision in the Echinodermata and

other Radiata, 323, 391.

Lymanopoda, new species of, 219.

M‘Coy, Prof. F., on the appearance

of Danais Archippus in Australia,

184,

INDEX. 505

M‘Lachlan, R., on the Neuropterous

insects of New Zealand, 30,

Macrones, new species of, 244.

Macroxus, new species of, 69.

Macroxus annulatus, on a specimen

~ of, from Zanzibar, 265.

Marginella, new species of, 426.

Marrat, F. P., on some new species

of shells, 426.

Mason, P. B., on the habits of un-

equal bivalve shells, 184.

Meehan T., on the fertilization of Pe-

dicularis canadensis, 497.

Megalomma, characters of the genus,

405.

Méenin, M., on the zoological posi-

tion and function of the parasitic

Acarina called Hypopus, 429,

Meldola, R., on the amount of sub-

stance-waste undergone by Insects

in the pupal state, 301.

Mesosa, new species of, 312.

Microlera, description of the new

genus, 380,

Microsetella, description of the new

genus, 130.

Mobius, Prof. K., on the invertebrate

animals of the Baltic, 81.

Mollusca, remarks on certain species

of Mediterranean, 251.

Monohammus, new species of, 308.

Monterosato, Marquis de, on certain

species of Mediterranean Mollusca,

251.

Mormyrus, new species of, 144.

Morpho, new species of, 225,

Munia, new species of, 488.

Mygnimia, new species of, 256.

Nassa, new species of, 426,

Neocerambyx, new species of, 152.

Neomys, description of the new genus,

416.

Nephropsis Stewarti, description of,

N oun Diets of New Zealand, on the,30.

Newton, A., on the great Northern

Falcons, 485,

Nicholson, Prof. H. A., on new species

of Stromatopora, 89.

Noctiluca miliaris, observations on,

262.

Notocyphus, new species of, 49.

Nysson, new species of, 404.

Oberea, new species of, 588.

Obrium, new species of, 155.

Oceanapia, observations on the genus,

266

Ocyonoma, description of the new

genus, 253.

Ocypoda, on the Megalops stage of,

186.

Olenecamptus, new species of, 314.

Ophioderma, new species of, 398.

Ophiostigma, new species of, 398.

Ophiothela, new species of, 399.

Ophiothrix, new species of, 399.

Opsariichthys, new species of, 249.

Oscaria, new species of, 157.

O'Shaughnessy, A. W. E., herpeto-

logical notes by, 44.

Oxeoschistus, new species of, 222.

Oxyops, new species of, 235.

Pachydissus, new species of, 152.

Pachyura, new species of, 279.

Palliobranchs, on the study of fossil, 1.

Pandora, on the habit of, 265.

Pantoreites, new species of, 239.

Papilio Ajax, remarks on, 301.

Paracalanus, new species of, 126.

Paranephrops, new species of, 402.

Paratachidius, description of the new

genus, 131.

Parathalestris,chavacters ofthe genus,

136.

Parfitt, E., on a new species of Celle-

pora, 98.

Pascoe, F. P., on Australian Curcu-

lionide, 230, 278.

Pedalioides, new species of, 221,

Pedicularis canadensis, on the fertili-

zation of, 497.

Pepsis, new species of, 49.

Perperus, new species of, 252.

Phasmide, on certain species of, 347.

Philanthus, new species of, 415.

Phoca fasciata, on the, 188.

Phrynus, new species of, 117.

Phymatodes, new species of, 198.

Phytcecia, new species of, 388.

Pison, new species of, 295.

Plateau, F., on the occurrence of Li-

gidium agile in Belgium, 75.

Peecilosoma, new species of, 227.

Pogonocherus, new species of, 382.

Pollen, on the protection of, from pre-

mature dislodgment or moisture,

431,

Pomatorhinus, new species of, 487.

Poropterus, new species of, 285.

Porzana, new species of, 376.

Praonetha, new species of, 315,

Priority, a new and ingenious Ame-

rican move in the game of, 78.

Pronophila, new species of, 223,

506

Pseudocyclops, new species of, 128.

Pseudogobio sinensis, note on, 247.

Pseudorhombus, new species of, 379,

Pyenogonida, on a genus of, 342.

Radiata, on spontaneous division in

the, 323, 391.

Rats, notes on the, 416,

Rhinaria, new species of, 278.

Rhodopsis, new species of, 313.

Rhopalorhynchus Kroyeri, descrip-

tion of, 342.

Robertson, D., on marine Copepoda

taken in the West of Ireland, 126.

Royal Society, proceedings of the,

164.

Saint-Cyr, M., on the scolex of

Tenia mediocanellata, 428.

Salius, new species of, 254.

Scaphirhynchus Fedtschenkoi, de-

scription of, 269 ; observations on,

277.

Sciurus, new species of, 265.

Scombrocottus salmoneus, on the

identity of, with Anoplopoma

fimbria, 74.

Sebastes, new species of, 377.

Semper, G., on the migrations of

_ Danais Archippus, 425.

Sericophorus, new species of, 405,

Shells, on unequal bivalve, 76, 184 ;

new, 426. j

Sieboldia, on a specimen of, from

Shanghai, 188.

Smermus, new species of, 383.

Smith, F., on new species of fossorial

Hymenoptera, 49, 99, 253, 291,

402

Smith, S. T., on the Megalops stage

of Ocypoda, 186.

Solenostoma, description of the new

genus, 141.

Soridia and Pholeophilus, on the

identity of, 147.

Sphargis coriacea, on the skeleton of,

(iff

Sphex, new species of, 291.

Sponges, new, 17, 349, 468; on the

siliceous spicules of, 208; from

Natal, 264; from Ceylon, 266;

observations on, 488.

Stearns, R. E. C., othe conchology

of portions of the Atlantic and

Pacific coasts of N. America, 185.

Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., on a Sphe-

IN-DEX.

romid from Australia and Arctu-

ridw from South Africa, 95,

Stenhomalus, new species of, 155.

Stenodryas, characters of the new

genus, 153,

Stenosmylus, new species of, 38.

Stenygrinum, characters of the new

genus, 154.

Steroma, new species of, 221.

Stromatopora, new species of, 89.

Swinhoe, R., on three new species of

birds, 373.

Syarbis, new species of, 238.

Sybra, new species of, 318.

Syngnathus, new species of, 580.

Synocladia, on a new species of, 189.

Tachytes, new species of, 57.

Teenia mediocanellata, on the scolex

of, 428.

Telebasis, new species of, 35.

Tentegia, characters of the new

genus, 284.

Thalestris, new species of, 135.

Thelyphonus, on the Indian species

of, 114.

Thorell, Prof. T., on the necessity

of a common language in natural

science, 268.

Thranius, new species of, 196.

Torpedo, capture of a specimen of, off

Portland, 187.

Tortoises, notes on, 109, 156; on the

form of the bones in the sternum

of the young, 319.

Toxabramis, description of the new

genus, 249,

Toxotus, new species of, 193.

Trachypterus arcticus, note on, 77.

Trachypus, new species of, 107.

Trigonopsis, new species of, 54.

Trionychide, on the, 156.

Trochilide, on a new genus of, 429.

Trypoxylon, new species of, 99.

Turdus, new species of, 374.

Tychreus, new species of, 286.

Uromys, new species of, 418.

Ursus euryrhinus, note on, 267.

Walden, A. Viscount, on new species

of Asiatic birds, 487.

Wood-Mason, J., on Nephropsis

Stewarti, 59; on a new genus and

species of Pycnogonida, 342; on _

certain species of Phasmide, 347.

Xylotrechus, new species of, 200.

END OF THE TWELFTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.